DPMT  2005
1. S.I. unit of magnetic flux is (a) tesla (b) oersted (c) weber (d) gauss. 2. A body of mass m is moving towards east and another body of equal mass is moving towards north. If after collision both stick together, their speed after collision would be (a) v (c) 7 2 v (b) v/2 (d) v/72 (c) 3600 (d) 4200. 8. A transverse wave is expressed as : y = y0s'm2nft. For what value of A,, when maximum particle velocity is equal to 4 times the wave velocity? (a) y0n/2 (b) 2y0n (c) y0n (d) y0n/4. 9. Two bodies are thrown up at angles of 45° and 60°, respectively, with the horizontal. If both bodies attain same vertical height, then the ratio of velocities with which these are thrown is (a) 7273
(C) 7 5 7 2
3. A body of mass 1 kg is moving in a vertical circular path of radius 1 m. The difference between the kinetic energies at its highest and lowest position is (a) 20 J (b) 10 J (c) 475 J (d) 10(751) J
(b)
(d)
2/73
7 3 / 2 •
4. Across each of two capacitors of capacitance 1 iF and 4 [J.F, a potential difference of 10 V is applied. Then positive plate of one is connected to the negative plate of the other, and negative plate of one is connected to the positive plate of the other. After contact, (a) charge on each is zero (b) charge on each is same but nonzero (c) charge on each is different but nonzero (d) none of these. 5. Magnification of a compound microscope is 30. Focal length of eye piece is 5 cm and the image is formed at a distance of distinct vision of 25 cm. The magnification of the objective lens is (a) 6 (b) 5 (c) 7.5 (d) 10. 6. (a) (b) (c) (d) Kirchoff's law of junction, 2 / = 0, is based on conservation of energy conservation of charge conservation of energy as well as charge conservation of momentum.
10. Charges 4 0 , q and 0 are placed along xaxis at positions xQ,x = U2 and x = I, respectively. Find the value of q so that force on charge 0 is zero. (a) Q (b) 0/2 (c)  0 / 2 (d)  0 . 11. A ray fall on a prism ABC (AB  BC) and traval as shown in figure. The least value of refractive index of material of the prism, should be (a) 1.5 (b) 7 2 (c) 1.33 (d)
7 3
12. Escape velocity from a planet is v„. If its mass is increased to 8 times and its radius is increased to 2 times, then the new escape velocity would be (a) v„ (c) 2v„ (b) 72v c (d) 272v c
7. Calculate the amount of heat (in calories) required to convert 5 g of ice at 0°C to steam at 100°C . (a) 3100 (b) 3200 32
13. A body takes time t to reach the bottom of an inclined plane of angle 8 with the horizontal. If the plane is made rough, time taken now is 21. The coefficient of friction of the rough surface is * based on memory
P H Y S I C S l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 30
(a)
tanG
(b)  t a n 9 (d) itanG
(c) jtanS
(a) (b) (c) (d)
speed of the observer distance between observer and source speed of the source frequency from the source.
14. Two small charged spheres A and B have charges 10 jxC and 40 jiC respectively, and are held at a separation of 90 cm from each other. At what distance from A, electric intensity would be zero? (a) 22.5 cm (b) 18 cm (c) 36 cm (d) 30 cm. 15. 50 tuning forks are arranged in increasing order of their frequencies such that each gives 4 beats/sec with its previous tuning fork. If the frequency of the last fork is octave of the first, then the frequency of the first tuning fork is (a) 200 Hz (b) 204 Hz (c) 196 Hz (d) none of these. 16. In a cyclotron, if a deuteron can gain an energy of 40 MeV, then a proton can gain an energy of (a) 40 MeV (b) 80 MeV (c) 20 MeV (d) 60 MeV. 17. Graph between velocity and displacement of a particle, executing SHM is (a) a straight line (b) a parabola (c) a hyperbola (d) an ellipse. 18. In the nuclear reaction, 180 v A  > y  P
72 Y
22. Two simple pendulums whose lengths are 100 cm and 121 cm are suspended side by side. Their bobs are pulled together and then released. After how many minimum oscillations of the longer pendulum, will the two be in phase again? (a) 11 (b) 10 (c) 21 (d) 20. 23. If percentage change in current through a resistor is 1%, then the change in power through it would be (a) 1% (b) 2% (c) 1.7% (d) 0.5% 24. 3 identical bulbs are connected in series and these together dissipate a power P. If now the bulbs are connected in parallel, then the power dissipated will be (a) PI3 (b) 3P (c) 9P (d) PI9. 25. (a) (b) (c) (d) Acceleration due to gravity decreases from equator to poles decreases from poles to equator is maximum at the centre of the earth is maximum at the equator. SOLUTIONS 1. (c)
the atomic mass and number of P are, respectively (a) 170,69 (b) 172,69 (c) 172, 70 (d) 170, 70. 19. A radioactive substance has activity 64 times higher than the required normal level. If T]/2 = 2 hours, then the time, after which it should be possible to work with it, is (a) 16 hrs. (b) 6 hrs. (c) 10 hrs. (d) 12 hrs. 20. An electron, moving in a of induction of intensity B , proportional to (a) its charge (b) (c) speed (d) uniform magnetic field has its radius directly magnetic field none of these.
2. (d) : From the principle of conservation of linear momentum, mvi + mvj = 2 mv'  2mv'  = m  vi + vj 
2 2 or, 2 mv' = m\v + v
3.
v 72' (a) : Difference in kinetic energy
,
~Jlv
= 2mgr = 2 x 1 x 10 x 1 = 20 J. 4. (c): Stored charge on capacitor becomes zero only when it is discharged through resistance or when two capacitors of equal capacitance are charged and then connected to opposite terminals. Here the capacitances are different. 31
21. The apparent frequency in Doppler's effect does not depend upon
32 PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05
(c) : M.P. of compound microscope = m„ x me r D_ v D u where m e = — = — = 1 + u„ u„ fe 30 = m„ x 6 => m„ = 5. 5. 6. (b) : Kirchoff's law of junction is based on the law of conservation of charges i.e. on the fact that charges do not remain accumulated at a junction of a circuit i.e. a junction of a circuit cannot act as source or sink of charges. Total rate of incoming charges is equal to the total rate of outgoing charges. 7. (c) : Heat required = heat require to melt ice to water of 0°C + heat require to boil water to 100°C + heat require to make steam at 100°C = mL, + msAt + mLs = 5 x 80 + 5 x l x 100 + 5 x 540 = 400 + 500 + 2700 = 3600 cal.
13. ( a ) : When body moves on frictionless surface then 1 ~> d — —gsiti&t When body moves on rough inclined d = ig(sin6ficos0)(2O 2 1 •• 1 > —:g(sin0(J.cos9)(2<) • = —gsin0< sin0ficos0 = p.cos0 = sinQsin0 4 sinG > H = —tan8. 4 £=0
X 
sin9 4 4 14. ( d ) : Let at a distance ^ x the total electric intensity ' 1A 4TV£QX
90x X
8. (a) : As given in question, maximum particle velocity = 4 * wave velocity 4xoo JW° = k X y0n/2. 2g where u is initial velocity of the body. sin 2 45 _ u22 sin 2 60 2g ^ u22~ ~ sin 2 45 Qq 2g uj _ v/3/2 u2 l/y/2
4O
9.
(c) : Vertical height
«2sin26
qB =0 4ne0(90x) ,6 • (90  x2) = 4x2 x (90x)2 90  x = 2x => 3x = 90 => x = 30 cm. 15. (c) : As given, u 2 = u + 4 Similarly, « , = « + ( / i  l ) M From given condition, 1),, = 2v => u + (50  1) x 4 = 2v =
•u = 196 Hz.
_ sin 2 60
10. (d) : The total force on Q , 4QxQ •=0 47ts0/" 4TO 0 (//2r Qq 4 QxQ 4ti£ 0 (/ /4) 4TT£0/ //2
j2mE 16. (b) : R = j2mE = RqB qB As R is a constant for the cyclotron (it is cyclotron radius) and q for the deuteron and proton are the same, RqB is a constant. ••• V 2 mp'Ep =4lmdEd = ^ 2 ( 2 mp)Ed
=> J2mpEp :.
Ep = 2Ed = 2 x 40 = 80 MeV.
11. (b) : As AB = BC, Z A = Z C = 45° At each reflection, Zr = 45° = i e , critical angle 1 • = ^2. sin;',. sin 45° 12. (c) : Escape velocity 2GW) 27? 2 GM R R = 2v„.
17. (d) : In simple harmonic motion, y = a sinottf, v = acocosoo/ From this, we have V2 V2  y +   = 1 , which is equation of ellipse. a a (0 18. (b) : '782°Z>
. 176y
5He
2,
V
2GM
p > '
v
^ 176 7 _ „ 0 L 71 Z + e _!
69
172
+ jHe
^ + energy
32
PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 32
19. (d) :
Available
4.
nTm = T
.2
11  J
=> T= 6 x 2 = 12 hr.
BOUND VOLUMES of your Favourite Magazines
Mathematics Today Chemistry Today Physics For You Biology Today
Volumes of the following years are available : Mathematics Today Chemistry Today Physics ForYou 2004 2004 2004 2004,2003 & 2001
20. (c) : When electron moves in a magnetic field, mv = qvB r qB 21. (b): Apparent frequency in Doppler effect depends on frequency of source, direction and velocity of source and observer. 22. (b) : T = 2nij
7
For / = 121 cm and / = 100 cm («)11 = (« + 1)10. n = 10. 23. (b) : Power = PR A P „ Af A R — =2 y +— . AP  2 x 1% + 0 = 2%.
BiologyToday
24. (c) : When bulbs are connected in series,
V pJ—R' 3 — When bulbs areRconnected in parallel,
= 3x3P = 9P. P' = R" R 25. (b) : At poles, the effect of rotation is negligible because of which g is maximum while at equator the effect of rotation on g is the maximum. Therefore, value of g is minimum. Thus as we go from pole to equator acceleration due to gravity decreases. For complete solved paper of DPMT2005, refer MTG's DPMT Explorer.
V2X3
Price of each volume : Rs.170 Add Rs.25 (for each volume) for postage .
How to order: Send money by demand draft/money order. Demand Draft should be drawn in favour of MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. Mention the volume you require along with your name and address. Mail your order to : Circulation Manager, MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd., 406, Taj Aptt., Ring Road, Near Safdarjung Hospital, New Delhi  29.Tel.: 26197344 email:mtg@pcmbtoday.com
34
PHYSICS F O R Y O U  AUGUST 05
SOLVED PAPER
DCE  2005
1. An organ pipe, open from both end produces 5 beats per second when vibrated with a source of frequency 200 Hz. The second harmonic of the same pipes produces 10 beats per second with a source of frequency 420 Hz. The frequency of source is (a) 195 Hz (b) 205 Hz (c) 190 Hz (d) 210 Hz. 2. Two rings of radius R and nR made up of same material have the ratio of moment of inertia about an axis passing through centre is 1 : 8. The value of n is (a) 2 (b) 2V2 (c), 4 (d) 1/2. radius of Earth's orbit is (a) 4 (b) 9 (c) 64 (d) 27. 9. 3 particles each of mass m are kept at vertices of an equilateral triangle of side L. The gravitational field at centre due to these particles is 3 GM (a) zero (b) L2 12 GM 9 GM (d) (c) s i r 1?
j 10. A solid sphere of radius R is rolling with velocity v 3. One drop of soap bubble of diameter D breaks into I on a smooth plane. The total kinetic energy of sphere is 27 drops having surface tension a. The change in surface 7 , (b) mv2 (a) energy is 4 2 2 (a) 2n.aD (b) 4naD (d)  w v (c) ncD2 (d) SnaD2. j (c) ~'»v~ 4. The gas having average speed four times as that 11. A block is kept on an inclined plane of inclination of S0 2 (molecular mass 64) is I 0 of length /. The velocity of particle at the bottom of (a) He (molecular mass 4) ! inclined is (the coefficient of friction is (I) (b) 0 2 (molecular mass 32) I (a) [2g/(.icosesin0)]" 2 (c) H2 (molecular mass 2) (d) CH 4 (molecular mass 16) (b) J2gl(sin0ncos8) (c) V2g/(sin6 + icos0) 5. A container having 1 mole of a gas at a temperature j (d) ^2g/(cos0 + j.Lsin0) 27°C has a movable piston which maintains at constant pressure in container of 1 atm. The gas is compressed 12. If earth is supposed to be a sphere of radius R, if until temperature becomes 127°C. The work done is g}0 is value of acceleration due to gravity at lattitude of 30° and g at the equator, the value of g  g3n„ is (C,, for gas is 7.03 cal/molK.) (a) 703 J (b) 814 J (c) 121 J (d) 2035 J. (a) ^co2/? (b) 31 6. An electron having mass (9.1 x 10~ kg) and charge (1.6 x 10"'° C) moves in a circular path of radius 0.5 m (c) co2R (d) ^ R with a velocity lO6 rn/s in a magnetic field. Strength 13. An organ pipe open at one end is vibrating in first of magnetic field is overtone and is in resonance with another pipe open (a) 1.13 x io~5 T (b) 5.6 x I0"6 T at both ends and vibrating in third harmonic. The ratio (c) 2.8 x 10~6 T (d) none of these. of length of two pipes is 7. A cylinder rolls down an inclined plane of inclination (a) 1 : 2 (b) 4 : 1 (c) 8 : 3 (d) 3 : 8. 30°, the acceleration of cylinder is 14. A coil takes 15 min to boil a certain amount of (a) g/3 (b) g (c) g/2 (d) 2g/3. water, another coil takes 20 min for the same process. 8. A period of a planet around Sun is 27 times that * based on memory of Earth. The ratio of radius of planet's orbit to the
32 PHYSICS l"'OH YOU  AUGUST '05
35
Time taken to boil the same amount of water when both coil are connected in series, (a) 5 min (b) 8.6 min (c) 35 min (d) 30 min. 15. Two capillary of length L and 2L and of radius R and 2R are connected in series. The net rate of flow of fluid through them will be (given rate of the flow through single capillary, X = nPRV&r\L) (a) — X 9 (c) X (b) (d) f * \ x
connected in series with resistance of 20 Q across source. If 0.1 A passes through resistance then what is the voltage of the source? (a) 1.5 V (b) 2.0 V (c) 2.5 V (d) 5 V. 22. Potentiometer wire of length 1 m is connected in series with 490 Q resistance and 2 V battery. If 0.2 mV/cm is the potential gradient, then resistance of the potentiometer wire is (a) 4.9 0 (b) 7.9 Q (c) 5.9 Q (d) 6.9 Q. 23. Dipole is placed parallel to the electric field. If W is the work done in rotating the dipole by 60°, then work done in rotating it by 180° is (a) 2W (b) 31V (c) 41V (d) W/2. 24. An electron of charge e moves in a circular orbit of radius r around the nucleus at a frequency u. The magnetic moment associated with the orbital motion of the electron is (a) nver2 (c) 7toe (b) (d) 7t er
16. A charge q is fixed. Another charge Q is brought near it and rotated in a circle of radius r around it. Work done during rotation is (a) zero (c) 17. (a) (b) (c) Qq 2 e„r Qq u (b) 47: £ r 0 (d) none of these.
Advantage of optical fibre high bandwidth and EM interference low band width and EM interference high band width, low transmission capacity and no EM interference (d) high bandwidth, high data transmission capacity and no EM interference. 18. In an electromagnetic wave, direction of propagation is in the direction of (a) E ^ (b) B (c) ExB (d) none of these. 19. F, and F 2 are focal length of objective and eyepiece respectively of the telescope. The angular magnification for the given telescope is equal to F, F1 (a) F
2
25. A and B are two identically spherical charged body which repel each other with force F, kept at a finite distance. A third uncharged sphere of the same size is brought in contact with sphere B and remived. It is then kept at midpoint of A and B. Find the magnitude of force on C. (a) FT2 (b) F!8 (c) F (d) zero. 26. A composite rod is made of copper ( a = 1.8 x 10"5 K"1) and steel ( a  1.2 * 10"5 K"1) is heated then it (a) bends with steel on concave side (b) bends with copper on concave side (c) does not expand (d) data is insufficient. 27. A wave of equation y = 0.1 sin[100rekc\ and wave velocity 100 m/s, its wave number is equal to (a) 1 nr 1 (b) 2 r ! (c) n m"1 (d) 271m1. 28. Volumetemperature graph at atmospheric pressure for a monoatomic gas (V in m 3 , T in °C) is •
V / V
(c) 20. (a) (b) (c) (d)
f^f2 F] + F2
(d)
F] + F2 M
Critical velocity of the liquid decreases when radius decreases increases when radius increases decreases when density increases increases when density increases.
21. A diode having potential difference 0.5 V across its junction which does not depend on current, is 32
(a)
r CC)
(b)
T CO
PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 36
(C)
(d)
T(°C) T(°C)
29. (a) (b) (c) (d)
In Xray experiment Ka, denotes characteristic lines continuous wavelength a , (3emissions respectively none of these.
In second case, 2 / ~ 420 = 10 / = 205 Hz or, 215 Hz. The value o f / = 205 Hz satisfies both the conditions. 2. (a) : The moment of inertia of circular ring whose axis of rotation is passing through its centre, /, = mR2. Also, I 2 = m2(nR)2 Since both ring have same density, «7, _ m 2n(nR) xA~ 2nR x A where A is crosssection area of ring. m2 = nm. Also, mR1 U m2(nRf
> n = 2.
30. The ratio of frequencies of two pendulums are 2 : 3, then their length are in ratio (a) 7273 (b) V3/2 (c) 4/9 (d) 9/4
mR1 nm(nR)2
31. The value of escape velocity on a certain planet is 2 km/s. Then the value of orbital speed for a satellite orbiting close to its surface is (a) 12 km/s (b) 1 km/s (c) y[2 km/s (d) 2km/s. 32. The electrochemical equivalent of a metal is 3.3 x 10~7 kg/C. The mass of metal liberated at cathode by 3 A current in 2 sec will be (a) 19.8 x 10"7 kg (b) 9.9 x 10~7 kg 7 (c) 6.6 x 10" kg (d) 1.1 x lo^ 7 kg. 33. For a paramagnetic material, the dependence of the magnetic susceptibility X on the absolute temperature is given as (a) X « T (b) X oe 1 tr(c) X « MT (d) independent. 34. (a) (b) (c) (d) An optically active compound rotates the plane polarised light changing the direction of polarised light do not allow plane polarised light to pass through none of the above.
3.
(d) : Change in surface energy, (AW) = surface tension x change in surface area of bubble = ct [27 x 47id2  471D2] Volume of bigger bubble = volume of 27 smaller bubbles
— 7 i D 3 = 2 7 x — 7t<3?3
=> s
3
3
=>
d =
3
—.
AW = a x 4 C 27x^1 T
D2
= 2D2 x 471 x a = 8TIctD2. (a) : Velocity
i
Vmolecular mass => M]=4i.e. He.
(b) : W = P(Vf V,) = nR(TfT,) = 1 x 8.14 (127  27) = 8.14 x 100 = 814 J. (a) : B= mv = qvB r mv qr 9.1xl0~ 31 xlO 6 1.6xl0"'9x0.5 = 11.37xl0~ 6 T
35. Three particles A, B and C are thrown from the top of a tower with the same speed. A is thrown up, B is thrown down and C is horizontally. They hit the ground with speeds VA, VK and Vr respectively. (a) VA = VH = Vc (b) VA = VB > Vr (c) VH > Vc> VA (d) VA > VH = Vc. SOLUTIONS 1. (b) : In first c a s e , /  2 0 0 f = 195 Hz or, 205 Hz.
= 1.13 x 105 T. 7. (a) : Acceleration of a cylinder down a smooth inclined plane is gsinB mR2 for cylinder. where 1 = (1 + HmR1) gsin30° mR
2
g x 1/2 _ g 1 1 + 1/2 3
mR 37
32 PHYSICS l"'OH YOU  AUGUST '05
8.
RL OC
(b) : According to Kepler's third law, T2 R _ (T" RC~ 277;,
N 2/3
From (i) and (ii), equation, 3v_
41. 3^ 2/n
uc. = ufi
U,
= 9.
9. (a) : The gravitational field intensity at point O is the net force exerted on a unit mass placed at O due to three equal masses m at vertices A. B and C. Since the three masses are equal and their distance from O are also equal, they exert force FA, FH and FR of equal magnitude. It follows from symmetry of forces that their resultant at point O is zero. 10. ( a ) : Kinetic energy = translational kinetic energy + rotational kinetic energy = — mv" + —7co 2 2 2 2 Moment of inertia of sphere (/) = — MR K.E. = — / M V 2 2 N
+ — x — MR" 1
14. (c): The time taken by coils to boil the same amount of water when connected in series, as V is the same, the current decreases, time t  t} + t2 = 35 min. 8r/ 15. (aj : Fluid resistance is given by R = When two capillary tubes of same size are joined in parallel, then equivalent fluid resistance is
8R]L\ 9
71F Rate of flow P_ R, nPr
TC(2 RY
x — = —X. 8rZ, 9 9
8
7IPR* as X = 8r /
2
5
(— \R
10
11. (b): Acceleration of block = gsinen*
16. ( a ) : The charge is moving in an equipotential line. So no work is done. 17. (d) : Few advantages of optical fibres are that the number of signals carried by optical fibers is much more than that carried by the copper wire or radio waves. Optical fibers are practically free from electromagnetic interference and problem of cross talks whereas ordinary cables and microwaves links suffer a lot from it. 18. (c) 19. (a) : The angular magnification produced by an optical instrument is defined as angle subtended at eye using instrument M• angle subtended at unaided eye For telescope, fo = ^ M =— _ — F fe 2 _ kr pr where T is coefficient of viscosity of the liquid, p its density and r is the radius of the tube. £ is a dimensionless constant called the Reynold number. Thus critical velocity increases when density and radius of the tube decreases. 20 a 21. (c) : I"  V L IR = 0.5 + 0.1 x 20 = 2.5 V.
0.1 A V AWvi
= gsinO  g m cosO = g(sin9 cosG) From straight line equation, v2 — it2 = 2 as i.e. v = 2 x g ( s i n 9  j i c o s B ) / or, v = y2g/(sin9.icos0).
2
N = mgcosO
12. (b) : Acceleration due to gravity at lattitude X is given by g'=g — R(a2cos2\ At 30°, g30 = g  «co cos 30° = or, gg3o: • R.
2 2
20. (c) : Critical velocity of a liquid,
3 > g~R
4
13. (a) : In first overtone of organ pipe open at one 3v u, = end,
41R
Third harmonic or second overtone of organ pipe open at both end, 32
u„ =• 2L
3v
... (ii)
22. (a) : Potential across potentiometer wire
PHYSICS l"'OH YOU  AUGUST '05 38
.pEcosQ ]V=pE' cos60° Also 0.8 x io~7 kg. A'ray and the KXr&ys originating from higher shells are known as Ky and so forth. (d) : Frequency of pendulum x x/length R x2 r+R where R is resistance of potentiometer wire and r is resistance connected in series. (a): When A is thrown up. yjvB2 +2gh For C also.7 x 3 x 2 = 19. the charge on them ^ ( are equalised due to the flow of free electrons. 35. (c) : Escape velocity = sj2gR =v(.(0.e. the plane of polarisation of the light is rotated about the direction of propagation of light through a certain angle. (c) : Paramagnetic material obey's Curie's law. /? = — 4 = .8 = 2 R . i 30. (a): When the planepolarised light passes through certain substance.e./J2 O O = V2 km/s. 25.= 7t m 28. the magnetic moment is in = IA = vera'2.02(490 + R) = 2R => 9. 24. Orbital velocity = v„ = ^JgR=vL. [21]= F.. 27. 0. when it is placed between A and B is given as qx(q/2) (q/2)x(q/2) _qq_ Fr = 4 ne. (c): Let initially both the sphere having charge q. the total charge q is equally shared between two so that the charge left on B is q/2 and that developed on C is q/2.1 sin (10071/ .'. i. Vf for A = vf for B = vf for C. vH has the same initial velocity. where C is called Curie's constant. (a) : From Faraday's first law of electrolysis mass of a substance liberated = ZIt = 3.kx) => £ = —= . vc is acting horizontal. (a) : Work done = .98 23.0. (a) : As we know w = 1 shell is known as the ATshell. 34. ^jv2 + v2 :. Thus W when an uncharged sphere ^ ^ ^ ^ C is brought in contact with sphere B having a charge q and then removed. (c) : Wave equation v = 0. Whereas for A and yjv^ + 2gh for A.02R 1. The force on C. Thus force between A and B sphere kept at a distance /• is given as . yjvc2 + 2 gh i.02 = IV = pE \ WI pE where p is dipole moment of dipole and E is the electric field applied. For complete solved paper.1 sin (tot .0. The vertical velocity vc . 4nea(r/2)~ 4ne 0 (r/2) •+vit0 26. In A'ray experiment when Xrays are emitted in the process of filling the vacancy at K shell they are known as K shell A'rays. V2 32.y ^ . The KX ray that originates with the n = 2 shell is known as A'. For B.kx) 32 PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 39 .02 R = 2 R 9. 9.3 x 0. I = ve If /I is the area of the orbit. The work done required to rotate dipole by 180° is W = . (b) : As coefficient of linear expansion of copper is more than steel therefore it expand more than steel with same amount of change in temperature.8 + 0. „ F =47ts n r _ fi i2 31. refer MTG's DCE Guide When two identical metallic spheres are brought in contact. The final velocities are the same.02 V Comparing with general equation. o 100TC y = 0. (c) : Foe T 29. According to which % = C/7". comes back to A with the same initial velocity vA. it reaches to maximum height at zero velocity.2 xlO" 3 ) V x 1 m 10 " m = 0.pE cos 180° = pE = 2IV. 33. (a) : The charge passing per second through any point of the path is v times the charge of the electron.9 Q.
(a) Electric field and a dipole are in same direction. f ^ ( H g . potential difference leads the current? Q (4/3)7t/3 Q o o 5.= pEQ dt2 the truth table.5 is placed inside a shell containing liquid of refractive index 1.6 . induced emf is 10. (b) Name the type 2. SOLUTIONS 1.6 _ 0.51)1. 2. £0 47tr2 (b) Of an resonance circuit at which angular frequency. If stopping potential needed to stop the elected —— = co 9.pEQ the relation between r . the . If 106 (b) By Gauss theorem. (a) Separation between two parallel plates facing each other is 2 cm and surface area P = 100 cm2. (b) For a radioactive material half life period is 600 sec.8. (a) Describe a decay of a neutron.2005 Contd. Find the total charge enclosed within the sphere if A = 3000 V/m 2 . PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 40 £n ~—nR3 4™"2 \4ne0R3 j .160 cm.. find x = . 1 : q find the deflection of an electron.4 volt. The focal length of lens in air / 1 1 fa V«1 R2 The focal length of lens when placed in a liquid of refractive index 1... photoelectron is 1. (a) The torque applied to deflect dipole by small of gate used in the ' angle is given by circuit given. then find out the work function dt~ of metal surface.6) ~ 0. radius of the sphere is 30 cm. From equation (i) and (ii)..6. from July 2005 issue t ._ A. If initially there are 600 number of molecules find the time taken for disintegration of 450 molecules and the rate of disintegration. The convex lens becomes a concave lens. (a) If the radius of a coil is changing at the rate 10 2 units in a normal magnetic field 1 Or3 units.l ) = (1.51. 7a = I^. where R is the radius of the sphere./?£sin9 = .5x1. 32 3 . Find the final radius of the coil. B and Y and draw Also.0 x / a = . What will be the focal length inside the liquid. This satisfies the condition of simple harmonic motion. (0 (ii) x H/ f.6 fa~ (n K pi/) _ (1. = . When the dipole is deflected in small angle does it exhibit SHM? (b) Electric field inside a sphere varies with distance as Ar././ .(SOLVED PAPER CBSE PMT . (c) Light of wavelength X = 4000 A incident on a metal d2Q 2n surface.V. . R = 30 cm. A lens of focal length of 20 cm and of refractive index 1.1 3. Given r max = R = 0. Thus time period = 2n 4. E at r inside the uniformly charged O electrons of velocity 10s m/sec projected into the gap sphere between plates of potential difference 0 = 400 volt. E = Ar..30 m or.
a = .016 m = 1.1.69 eV.450 = 150.693 This work as OR gate as output of given circuit is equivalent to that only.• (j) = BA] dt • 1 x 10"" = 103 X 2N x /• = x 10~2 5. 4 eV > CBSE (Board) April 2005 May 2005 May 2005 June 2005 June 2005 June 2005 June 2005 July 2005 July 2005 July 2005 July 2005 PHYSICS l"'OH YOU  AUGUST '05 42 6.1 x 10 ' x(10 ) 1. 2 3 > CBSE (Mains) > BHU (Prelims) 8 2 V Karnataka CET 32 . . 9. This is called neutron beta decay.95 x 1 0 .176 cm = 1. the number of molecules remaining is 600 . dr — =:?T — 2TO' dl dt Induced emf \e\ = r!A 2 = — x 10 " m = 0.M J J K * 150 dt TV2 x 150 = 0. n —> p + e + u (b) The original number of molecules A'„ = 600 If 450 molecules disintegration have taken place. Solved Papers 2005 in Physics For You > IITJEE (Screening) CBSEPMT (Prelims) . 10~2 400x . (a) Neutron decays to a proton. The rate of disintegration.6x 10~19 x . 2n (b) NAND gate is used in the circuit f1 4 \2 \2) => n = 2 = t 71/2 o A 0 0 1 1 B 0 1 0 1 A 1 1 0 0 B 1 0 1 0 AB 1 0 0 0 C V Y = AB .173 disintegrations/sec 600 at that instant when 150 molecules were remaining. 150 Vn" 600 ' v> 0. r ^ . 0.09 .!/' x 4TtE0 = 3000 x (0. AIEEE WBJEE IITJEE (Mains) AIMS > AFMC > 2 1X 2x 10~ x9. (a) Area of coil = nr dA . >coC CD" >  LC co > VZr' ' dt \e\= B— ['.3) x 3 3 9x10 1 = 3xl0 x<3) xl0"3x= 9 x lOo c _ 3.1.' .1 (b) If voltage leads the current in the resonant circuit.6x10~ 34 x 3x10 s 9 4000x10 10 = 4.76 mm.4 eV = 3. an electron and an antineutrino.A + B 0 1 1 1 t = 2 x 600 = 1200 sec.work function .6 cm. coL—— > 0 ojC 1 6 9x10 coZ. > r V.1 . (c) Maximum kinetic energy of electron = stopping potential = Work function A.4 = 1.
the collector current is 10 mA. will not conductive.01 mA (e) emitter current will be 11. JT V 3. the unit of energy will be (a) 1/4 times the original (b) 1/2 times the original (c) 2 times the original (d) 4 times the original (e) 8 times the original. is reverse biased and D2 is forward biased (d) (e) D. then (a) emitter current will be 9 mA (b) emitter current will be 11. Velocitytime (vt) graph for a moving object is shown in the figure. In frequency modulation (a) the amplitude of modulated wave varies as frequency of carrier wave (b) the frequency of modulated wave varies as amplitude of modulating wave (c) the amplitude of modulated wave varies as amplitude of carrier wave P i n s i r s F O R YOl< I AUGUST'05 v (m/s) 30 4 0 50 60 — • / (see) 43 . C = 1 (c) A = 0.2005 1. A car travels half the distance with constant velocity of 40 kmph and the remaining half with a constant velocity of 60 kmph. the (a) (c) (e) One milligram of water is converted into energy. C = 0 (b) A = 0. B = 1. in npn transistor. (a) D and D2 are r reverse biased (b) £>. B = 1. B = 1. C = 1 (e) A = 1.1 mA (d) base current will be 0. In which of the following remote sensing technique is not used? (a) forest density (b) pollution (c) wetland mapping (d) ground water survey (e) medical treatment. 8.1 mA (c) base current will be 0.SOLVED PAPER KERALA PMT . 7. 5. (d) the frequency of modulated wave varies as frequency of modulating wave (e) the frequency of modulated wave varies as frequency of carrier wave. In the Ag i v e n Bcircuit the output Y becomes zero for the inputs (a) A = 1. 10. In the diode circuit given. and D2 are forward bias (C) D  is forward biased and D2 is reverse biased D. Audio signal cannot be transmitted because (a) the signal has more noise (b) the signal cannot be amplified for distance communication (c) the transmitting antenna length is very small to design (d) the transmitting antenna length is very large and impracticable (e) the signal is not a radio signal. B = 0. Total displacement of the object during the time interval when there is non AWv— 2. 4. If 90% of the electrons emitted reach the collector. C = 0. B = 0. 6. If the unit of force and length are doubled. energy released will be 90 J (b) 9 x io 3 J 5 9 x io J (d) 9 x IO10 J 6 9 x 10 J. and D.3 mA. The average velocity of the car in kmph is (a) 40 (b) 45 (c) 48 (d) 50 (e) 52. 9. C = 0 (d) A = 1.
Then its moment of inertia (in kg m 2 ) about its geometrical axis is (in kg m2) (a) 0. it makes 10 revolutions in the first 3 seconds. Now the water will rise to the height of (a) 4/. Assuming a uniform angular acceleration. 14. Then J C the two pieces will have the same mass the bottom piece will have larger mass the handle piece will have larger mass mass of handle piece is double the mass of bottom piece (e) cannot say.8 (b) 0. how many rotations it will make in the next 3 seconds? (a) 10 (b) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40 (e) 60. its velocity at point B is (a) 2v (b) v PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 44 .2 m. Water rises up to a height h in a capillary tube of certain diameter. If the lift falls freely downwards. When a ceiling fan is switched on.2 (d) 20. A solid cylinder of mass 20 kg has length 1 m and 32 19. then the angle between them (b) 60° (d) 120° radius 0. A book is lying on the table.2 (e) 20. 17.zero acceleration and retardation is (a) 60 m (b) 50 m (c) 30 m (d) 40 m (e) 65 m. (b) 3 h (c) 2h (d) h (e) 1/2 h. A man of mass 60 kg is standing on a spring balance inside a lift. The depth at which the value of acceleration due to gravity becomes 1 In times the value at the surface is (R be the radius of the earth) (a) R/n (b) R/n2 (c) R(nl) (d) Rn («l) (e) Rn 21. (a) (b) (c) (d) 13. I f g = 10 ms~2 the minimum amount of work done in making it stand with its length vertical is (a) 0. (a) (b) (d) Construction of submarines is based on Archimedes' principle Bernoulli's theorem (c) Pascal's law Newton's laws (e) Boyle's law. 23.4 J (c) 64 J (d) 4 J (e) 12. 11. 15. If the velocity at point A is v.4 18. An 8 kg metal block of dimension 16 cm x 8 cm x 6 cm is lying on a table with its face of largest area touching the table. This capillary tube is replaced by a similar tube of half the diameter. Its period decreases (b) increases remains the same decreases and then increases becomes infinity. is (a) 0° (c) 90° (e) 180°. An incompressible fluid flows steadily through a cylindrical pipe which has radius 2r at point A and radius r at B further along the flow direction. the (a) (c) (d) (e) 20. A cricket bat is cut at the location of its center of mass as shown. 16. 12. then the reading of the spring balance will be (a) zero (b) 60 kgf (c) < 60 kgf (d) > 60 kgf (e) 60 kg + weight of the spring. What is the angle between the action of the book on the table and the reaction of the table on the book? (a) 0° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 90° (e) 180°.8 J.4 J (b) 6. Which one of the following is not a conservative force? (a) gravitational force (b) electrostatic force between two charges (c) magnetic force between two magnetic dipoles (d) frictional force (e) force between nucleons. If A and B are nonzero vectors which obey the relation \A + B\ = \AB\. A simple pendulum is taken from the equator to pole.4 (c) 0. 22.
A particle of mass m carrying charge q is released from rest in a uniform electric field of intensity E.5 jiC. The terminals of the charged capacitor are disconnected from the power supply and connected to the terminals of an uncharged 6 ^. + 2*2)(A3) A. What is the final potential difference across each capacitor? (a) 167 V (b) 100 V (c) 625 V (d) 250 V (e) 750 V.5 seconds (b) 1. the charge stored is found to be 1. where the symbols K k\ + k2 + £3 {k\+k2) 2 (A. The sound of the splash will be heard at the top of the tower approximately after (given velocity of sound = 330 ms 1 ) a time of (a) 11. V) V (c) 4 PV (e) zero. The speed of sound is 330 ms 1 . 26. The kinetic energy acquired by the particle after moving a distance of x is (neglect gravitational force) (a) qEx (b) qEx2 2 (c) qE x (d) q2Ex 2 (e) q E?x. The work done during the cycle is (a) I p v (b) 2 PV (d) PV 2 29. Which of the following is not characteristics of simple harmonic oscillation? (a) the motion is periodic (b) the motion is along straight line about the mean position (c) the acceleration of the particle is directed towards the extreme positions (d) the oscillations are responsible for the energy transportation (e) the period is given by T = have usual meaning.3 Hz (d) 550 Hz (e) 560 Hz. The frequency heard by the observer will be (a) 545 Hz (b) 580 Hz (c) 458.F capacitor. When a battery of 6 V is connected between A and B. 28.5 seconds (c) 10 seconds (d) 14 seconds (e) 21 seconds. +k2 + k3) (d) kj PHYSICS FOR YOU  AUGUST '05 45 . An ideal gas is taken through a cycle ABCA as shown in the PV diagram.1 xF. 31. 33. 30. A hot liquid kept in a beaker cools from 80°C to 70°C in two minutes. If the surrounding temperature is 30°C. A CP. its volume increases (b) decreases does not change first decreases and then increases first increases and then decreases. A 10 ^F capacitor is charged to a potential difference of 1000 V. then the time of cooling of the same liquid from 60°C to 50°C is (a) 240 s (b) 360 s (c) 480 s (d) 216 s (e) 264 s. (a) (c) (d) (e) (d) 4v (e) (*1+*2X*3) k\+k2+ k^ When water is heated from 0°C to 10°C.5 aF (d) 1 \i¥ (e) 0. The resultant spring constant of the system of springs shown below is (a) (b) (c) kx + k2 + £3 (4*. Four identical capacitors are connected as shown in diagram. C (2P. 3F) 25. 24. The value of Ci is (a) 2.5 nF (b) 15 nF (c) 1. 32. A stone is dropped into a lake from a tower of 500 m high. A source of sound of frequency 500 Hz is moving towards an observer with velocity 30 ms~'. 27.(c) v/2 (e) 8v.
The value of R for which the potential difference across the first cell is zero is given by (a) J? = / • ./•. A fish looking from within water sees the outside world through a circular horizon.34.1 H (c) 2 H (e) 5 H. The ratio of the radii of the circular paths of alpha particle and the proton respectively is (a) 1 : 2 (b) 4 : 1 4 (d) 2 : 3 (c) (e) 39. Two wires that are made up of two different materials whose specific resistances are in the ratio 2 : 3 . A glass slab of thickness 3 cm and refractive index 3/2 is placed on ink mark on a piece of paper.0 cm (e) 3. PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST'0546 . It can be converted into a voltmeter to read 3 V by connecting (a) resistance nearly 6 kO in series (b) 6 k£2 in parallel • (c) 500 Q in series (d) it cannot be converted (e) 6. A galvanometer has 30 divisions and a sensitivity 16 j. 36. The following series resonant LCR circuit has a quality factor (0factor) 0. length 3 : 4 and area 4 : 5 .4 and a bandwidth of 1. the distance of the mark will appear to be (a) 3. The electric field E.0 cm above it. 20 A (e) 40 A. The ratio of their resistances is (a) 6 : 5 (b) 6 : 8 (c) 5 : 8 (d) 1 : 2 (e) 1 : 4 37. then the magnetic field at a point half way between the wires is (a) (c) (e) 32 V3n0 2tt 3PO 40.5 amp and 5 amp respectively in the same direction. and r 2 are connected in series to an external resistance R. If the secondary voltage is 200 V. Which one of the following is not electromagnetic in nature? (a) Xrays (b) gamma rays (c) cathode rays (d) infrared rays (e) microwaves. Two long parallel wires P and O are both perpendicular to the plane of the paper with distance 5 m between them.3 kHz. If the fish is Jl m below the surface of water. 41. The phase difference between current and voltage is (a) 90° (b) 60° (c) 75° (d) 45° (e) 30°.5 cm.6 kQ in series. 44. 45. 16 A (b) 16 A. what will be the radius of the circular horizon? (a) 3 m (c) Ji m (e) 4 m. C L HJCfflRTL 0.5 H and resistance of 157 ohms.0 cm (b) 4.2 k2 : £ (b) 0.1 nF R . If P and O carry currentof2. 3 (b) —?= m (b) (d) ^0 ^ 71 Ho 271 (d) 3N/7 m 271 \/3p 0 4 6 . then the primary and secondary currents are respectively (a) 40 A. The value of inductance is then (a) 0. 35. 38. A transformer with efficiency 80% works at 4 kW and 100 V. 40 A (c) 20 A.94 H (d) 10 H 43./r 2 (e) R = rt= r2.r2 (b) R = rt+ r2 (c) R = /'. 40 A (d) 40 A. When the angle of incidence on a material is 60°. An alpha particle and a proton of same velocity enters a uniform magnetic field at right angles to it. (d) R = r. Two cells of same emf E but different internal resistances/". For a person looking at the mark at a distance 5.A/div.5 cm (d) 5.0 cm (c) 4. current density j and conductivity a of a conductor are related as (a) a = E/j (b) a = j/E (c) a ~ /E (d) a = 1/jE (e) a = j2E. . 10 A. 42. An ac source of frequency 50 Hz is connected in series to an inductance of 0.
e. = ex = — mA = 11.1Bcos0=M2+522M5cos0 5. 32 P H Y S I C S l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 => 4y5Bcos6 = 0 . (iii) Size of antenna required for their efficient radiation would be larger i. (b) : Between time interval 20 s to 40 s there is nonzero acceleration and retarding.xlO° (d) 0.. 3. (b) velocity (d) charge 6. (b) : The process of changing the frequency of a carrier wave (modulated wave) in accordance with the audio frequency signal (modulating wave) is known as frequency modulation (FM). = (o0 + at . (e) : BC 0 * 1 3 1 40tt x3 + . . a technique known as remote sensing is used. The velocity of the refracted ray inside the material is (in ms 1 ) (a) 3 x io8 (c) V 3 x l 0 8 (e) 0. 407T 1 )' = 0 4. 47 . IH= 1. (i) These signals are relatively of short range.x 9 = 607t 0 from 6 s to 3 s = 3 2 9 The number of revolutions made from 3s to 6s = 6071/271 = 30.5 x 10s The wavelength of the matter wave is independent mass momentum frequency.= / /. (c) : Angle turned through in 3 seconds = 2TI X 1 0 = 2071 But. In a sample of radioactive material. 47. without physically touching it. colour. (d) : Energy = force x distance (c) total distance _ (d/2) + (d/2) _ 2\\v2 d! 2 dt2 total time v. (i i) If everybody started transmitting these low frequency signals directly. 7. 8. (e) : Remote sensing is the technique to collect information about an object in respect of its size. + / r or. about 75 km. 2. 4071 x...1 mA 9 Also. Distance travelled during this interval = area between interval 20 s to 40 s = — x base x height + area of rectangle = —x20x3 + 2 0 x 1 = 30 +20 = 50 m. v2 48.o c r a: 407T = 10 mA 20TT = 0 + .9 2 radians/s" co 3 s =0 + 407T !. (d) : E = MC. A to.1 mA.o c . 40 + 60 10. 2 40x60x2 11. ex x 90 100 100 = 48 kmph.the reflected light is completely polarized. 9. what fraction of the initial number of active nuclei will remain undisintegrated after half of a halflife of the sample? (A) (C) (e) 1 7T 42 (d) 2V2 SOLUTIONS 1. (d) : Following are the problems which are faced while transmitting audio signals directly. (c): When positive terminal of battery is connected to the /jside and negative terminal to the /7side then diode is said to be forward biased while when negative terminal of battery is connected to pside and positive terminal to the //side then diode is said to be reverse biased. temperature etc. 0 = GV + .'. nature. Remote sensing is done through a satellite. (c) : \ A + B\= \ AB\ M2+52+ 2. of (a) (c) (e) (b) 3 l7? ..= 1 x 10'6 x (3 x 108)2 = 10"6 X 9 x 1 0 1 6 = 9 X 1 0 ' ° J. 12. So to explore these areas or locations. location. mutual interference will render all of them ineffective. (b): Let the number of electrons emitted per second at emitter be x. + vv. /. cos© = 0 0 = 90°. There are some areas or location which are inaccessible.75 x io8.
26. 24. (d) : Work done = area enclosed by triangle = ^x(2PP)(3VV) = ^xPx2V = PV.3 ) = 5 c m = t }3 cm 8 cm 16 cm . the mass is weightless.Hf n 21.Mf) . HD 4°C •*• t e m p e r a t u r e (8 . (d) : Work done = nigh The height of centre of mass initially = 3 cm The height when ^ 16 the block is vertical = 8 cm . (d): As the temperature of water increases its volume v o l u m e decreases till 4°C. h 25.. h* Mr. ( c ) : The height h through which a liquid will rise 32 R n h\ + k*) k^ 29. Therefore value of time period of simple pendulum decreases. at this temperature volume of water is minimum. 23. (b) : Centre of mass is closer to massive part of the body therefore the bottom piece of bat have larger mass. On further increase in the temperature. 01+02 n 6 cm 17.2 )2 = ^—— = 0. Work done = mgh = 8 x 10 x (5 x IO"2) = 400 x 10"2 = 4 J. (a): Inside a freely falling lift. This is not a conservative force. (e) : . [using (i)] or. (d) : Apparent frequency = 330 x500 = ——x500 33030 300 PHYSICS l"'OH YOU  AUGUST '05 48 330 . 20. 15. (a) 22.•. ( d ) : Force of friction is nc^ conserved. (c) : Acceleration . volume starts increasing. (c) : Acceleration due to gravity at a depth d • t \ 2 When liquid is cooled from 80°C to 70°C 8070 120 80 + 70 10 30 (i) 120x45 When liquid is cooled from 60°C to 50°C 6050 10 t = * 10 k= 60 + 50 30 2 t= 120x45 25 = 216 s.reaction o f table in a capillary tube of radius r is given by h = 2s cos8 rpg 13. (d) : From equation of continuity av = a constant /raA vA = aB vH \J_ => n(2r)2v = nr2vH vR = 4v. 18. 19. :. (&! + k 2 ) x k i .displacement The direction of acceleration is always directed towards the equilibrium position. (b) : The moment of inertia of cylinder about the geometrical axis = MR2!2 20 x (0. (e) : Two springs and k2 are parallel which are in series with spring. When diameter of tube is half of original then water will rise to a height 2h. action o f book 14. as the spring balance is attached to the lift.4 kgm 2 . 28. x25 : 120x45 27. (d) : From Newton's law of cooling. 16. (a) : T = As we go from equator to pole the value of g increases. with respect to the lift.
5 * C. Value of R is nearly equal to 6 kQ. = x = 16 A.. • Q = Q. v 330 Total time taken by sound of splash to be heard / = /. (e) : The capacitance . . = 10 s. => /. 80 4x1000 .2 = 100s => t. (c) : Resistance = p — RL = Pl x A. 49 PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 . (a) : Kinetic energy = force x distance = Eq x x = qEx. V =• 16x10" 40.1xl0~°F = 0. Men this charged capacitor is connected to uncharged apacitor then total charge remains same. t30x16x10"6 . (a) : (R + G)1K = V V (R + G) = = 6. where C = 10 JJ. I. tan0 ~ 1. + t2 = 10 + 1. + V2 = iR E .u ' = 550 Hz. .5 2.5 2.5 m > 5 A C. .X . i = 1 2 • 500 = 0xt. (d) : tan0 =—— = — = R R 2TXX50X0.". (a) : r) = input power 80 _ 200 x / v 100 ~ 4 x 103 .5 A ifo 2ti' co L < X 2. = — xl0"° =0.„ . ie time taken by sound to reach tower s 500 U=.ross A and B = ^ + 2 i 1 2 1 2 r. 38. (d) : B = ifo. (a) : VWv R "rom circuit. . F. = E (given).5 s.i f 2 = iR. f 2 As ir. 100 200 Also. 1 15 2.ir} + E . Also ir] = E (given) ir] — + jr — i f 2 = iR => R = rj — r2.5 u. ( c ) : After charging. (b) lE  WvVE I W r where 0 is the phase difference between current and voltage. + 10" This is the equivalent la 1p _ 4 m p 2e J x e mn — 39. = r. This is connected in series in a voltmeter. _ 2 x _ 5 _ 3 — X —X — 3 4 4 P2 h 37.lF.5 X . 2n . (e) : r = qB mP R AAVV— 3 s Q = CV.dZ.= c=: 1. 0 ~ 45°. 1.. Ep Ip = 4 KW l EJs EpIp 15. (a) : The time taken by stone to reach lake S= ut\+gl\ 1 2 Alternative : i  2E r]+r2 + R E n R = r. „ output power 41.5 157 3.5 s = 11.2)V V = 625 V.F = 10 x 10"6 F x 1000 V = 10~2 C. 4 . total charge on the capacitor 0= CV . + —xlOxf.. 4x10 r = 100 : 40 A.5 s. 2. 471 Z5 2. + Q2 10"2 = ( C . 1 1 2 • ?.C = — Ci x 6 diagram 2 1 1.25 kQ. + r2 + R 36. I.1 j.
the bottle feels its whole weight. if the bird is accelerating downwards.64 H. the small downwards force on the ceiling created by the slight vacuum made by the wings is absent. (c) : From Brewster's law. 0 = . If the bird is flying in the bottle. H = 3/2 ®— 2 cm 3 cm 3/2 Thus for person mark is at a distance = 2 + 2 = 4 cm.= 9 => /? = 3 m. Similarly. (d) 48. only a small amount of its down draft will be felt by the bottle . Also T = '1/2 \I2 1/2 given. When the cap is opened. the system stops being closed and the parts really do need to be considered sperarately. None of the given answer is correct.= (0*R)2 C ls a flying bird in a bottle lighter than it sitting on the bottom? When the cap is sealed. On the otherhand. 43. 45. • = tan 60° • = ^ x l 0 8 m/s. (b) : The apparent depth of ink mark real depth . This causes a wind to j flow downwards which impacts the bottom of the bottie. far above the tops of the walls of the bottle. what is happening is that when the bird is j flying steadily. making the scale push upwards with an extra force.1 x 106 = 0. 3. (c): Cathode rays are invisible fast moving streams of electrons emitted by the cathode of a discharge tube which is maintained at a pressure of about 0. + h2 RR +h'=(Rxiiy (V?) 2 ^* 2 => 7= ^R2R2 —R—l 9 9 R. jV_ Nn 32 1 Ti . then although all of its downdraft should hit the floor of the bottle. n = 1/2.i but we can get an idea about what happens by thinking about it a little: 1. very. then so is the center of mass. (a) : From condition of total internal reflection. If the bird is sitting on the floor of the bottie.01 mm of mercury. it is pushing air downwards with its' wings to keep it up in the air. If the bird is "in" the open bottle but very.bird (if the bird is not accelerating).so the upwards force from the scale is slightly less than the gravity force on the system. pushing it down. the net force is also upwards . As long as the bird is not accelerating up or down (ie sitting on the floor or flying level) the center of mass of the system is moving with a constant vertical velocity. ifthe bird is accelerating upwards. Thus the scale reads a smaller weight than the weight of the sitting bird in the bottle. The downwards force from the air on the bottle pushes! down with exactly the weight of the . (c) : where n = 2. PHYSICS l"'OH Y O U  AUGUST '05 50 => L = (0. the bird and the bottle form a sealed system. The net force on the system must be a small downwards force . which creates a small force downwards on the ceiling of the bottle. S N_ T T 47.the scale reads a higher weight than the sitting bird. Physically. j. sinO =  • = 2 cm.42.making the bottle approximately its empty weight. This downwards flow of air also creates ! a slight vacuum above the wings.4 x 2 x io 3 ) 2 x 0. making the bottle lighter than the closed bottle. 44. = tan / 3x10 : 46.
an unwanted p_j velocity variation Av is imparted on the satellite. The duration of the engine bum is always negligible with respect to any other orbital times.International Physics Olympiad ^ m PROBLEMS & SOLUTIONS • • I Q. r'min. as functions of v0.81 m/s 2 . despite the quick reaction of the ground crew to shut the *' engine off. Marks are indicated at the beginning of each subquestion.2 Calculate the angle a between the major axis of the new orbit and the position vector at the accidental misfire. To obtain numerical values use: Earth radius RR = 6.1 Compute the numerical value of r0.2 Determine in this case the closest approach of the satellite to the Earth centre in the new trajectory. 2. 3. 2.1 Determine the parameters of the new orbit. so that it can be considered as instantaneous. m. Question 2 Suppose 3 < 1.2 Give the analytical expression of the velocity v0 of the satellite as a function of g. Question 3 3. and take the length of the sidereal day to be T0 = 24. 1. 2. and calculate its numerical value for P = 1/4.37 x 106 m. needed for the satellite to escape Earth gravity.0 h. in parenthesis. We consider a geosynchronous communications satellite of mass m placed in an equatorial circular orbit of radius ra. the satellite has been stabilised in the 24 desired location. as a function of T0 and P. namely accelerations to reach higher orbits or brakings done to Image: E S A initiate reentering in the atmosphere. T. P esc . The most frequent orbital manoeuvres performed by spacecraft consist of velocity variations along the direction of flight.1 Calculate the minimum boost parameter.4 Determine the period of the new orbit. Rr. as functions of r 0 and P. and calculate their numerical values for P = 1/4. Once this geosynchronous circular orbit has been reached (see Figure F1). These satellites have an "apogee engine" which provides the tangential thrusts needed to reach the final orbit. 2. The thrust happens to i j be directed towards the Earth and. and r0. an error * by the ground controllers causes 0 the apogee engine to be fired / again. In this problem we will study the orbital variations when the engine thrust is applied in a radial direction.3 Give the analytical expressions of the perigee rmm and apogee rmax distances to the Earth centre. We characterize this boost by the parameter (3 = Av/v0.3 Obtain the expressions of its angular momentum L0 and mechanical energy E0. semilatusrectum I and eccentricity 8. and is being m readied to do its work. as a function of r0. 1. in terms of r0 and p. g and RT. Question 1 1. and calculate its numerical value. For more about this exam read MTG's Physics Olympiad Problems and Solutions PHYSICS FOR YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 . Earth surface gravity g = 9.
2. This is an elliptical trajectory because e = P < 1.Q2 GMTm T — _m2g2V ^ "o 1 gRT2m2 ^—T ^ 'n l = r0.1 ) 2 2 0 v0 Combining both.2 The initial and final orbits cross at P. with respect to the origin.1 (1. 4. the curve is a hyperbola. 2 1 2 e2 = 1  2EL0 where / is a positive constant named the semilatusrectum and e is the eccentricity of the curve. Calculate its numerical 3 value for P = —IW. In the approximation m « M the gravitating F3 mass M is at one of the focuses. and E is its mechanical energy.. 2 > r0 1 . We may have the following cases: i) If 0 < e < 1. In terms of constants of motion: /= and 8= 1+ 2Elf G M rr? 2 2 sl/2 Av_ z GMm 2 where G is the Newton constant. That is ' — Z.07xl0 J m/s sRfmgR2 2 4> = 1. the curve is a parabola.0 + 0.Question 4 Suppose P > Pe5C.22xlO 7 m v0 =3. 2 I 2 = — mAv +En=—mAv — mvn 0 2 2 2 E = —mvn . At this point That is >'(6 = a ) = ' o = : >h •Pcosa K => a =—. one gets e = p. the curve is an ellipse (circumference for e = 0).1 The value of the semilatusrectum I is obtained taking into account that the orbital angular momentum is the same in both orbits.2 GMr. The eccentricity value is G2 Mf m3 where E is the new satellite mechanical energy. 24 2. where the satellite engine fired instantaneously (see figure 4).0) Obtain the "impact parameter" b of the asymptotic escape direction in terms of r 0 and p.3 Ll)=r0mv0=— mv0 V0 v 0 1 2 nMTm 1 2 gRjm E0=mv0 G = mv0 2 r0 2 rQ = mv0 1 2 HINT Under the action of central forces obeying the inversesquare law. iii) If e > 1.2) Determine the angle 0 of the asymptotic escape direction in terms of p. 4.0) Determine the / residual velocity at the infinity.1 and 1. 2 . parabolas or hyperbolas. ^ I .1 = Xmv2 ( P 2 . 2.3 From the trajectory expression one immediately obtains that the maximum and minimum values of r P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . bodies follow trajectories described by ellipses. . L is the modulus of the angular momentum of the orbiting mass. as a function of v0 and p. with zero potential energy at infinity. ii) If e = 1. 4.2 (1. the general polar equation of these curves can be written as (see Figure F3) r(9) = 1ECOS0 mv0 2 1 jr E0 = —mv02 . (See Figure F2). SOLUTIONS 1. Taking the origin at this focus.3 (1.n=mv0_ r0 r n> gRf T02 4 n2 1/3 To ' GMr g=R'R o= r0 = 4.
taking into account that r and v are orthogonal at apogee and at perigee./ a ' . after eliminating v. is given by 2 l(3 3/2 ^ voo=v0(P"l) 4.41 rad . . E=LmVo2^_l)=imv2_g4aL where the semilatusrectum continues to be / = r0. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . 3/2 2 For P = 1/4.1 ) 1/2 'Jfi ! ro th Y ® asym T2 _ rf Therefore. where r'mm = r0!2.2 Due to 8 = p esc = 1. 1+8 ' e . with £ = 1. 1 . This also arises from energy conservation (for E = 0) and from the equality between the angular momenta (L0) at the initial point P and at maximum approximation.63 x 107 m.1 Only if the satellite follows an open trajectory it can escape from the earth gravity attraction. r min = 3.P )" . £ = imv02(pLir=0 This also arises from T = pe. the period T in the new orbit satisfies that j •3 a r0 where a.max = i / ' max 1 \\ \ \ 3. 'max = max r 0 a n dj j _ p Itlin" mm 0 Tp J + For (3 = 1/4. Then.38 x 107 m. 4.Pcos0 a s 3 m = 0 3. 4. the semimajor axis of the ellipse. one gets 'max = 5. The satellite angular momentum is the same at P than at the point Av where its residual . US 1711 velocity is (figure • .4 By the third Kepler's law. . b = r0=> 6 = 'o(Pz.(1/P) % _I According to figure 5.3 The Asymptote angle between each Figure 5 asymptote and the hyperbola axis is that appearing in its polar equation in the limit r — This is the angle for which the equation » denominator vanishes. n 1= • . v0 p^ r» rmm • 'A v J» ! energy has to be zero to reach infinity (Ep = 0) without residual velocity (Ek = 0).4 h. they are given by / ' max . T = T0 = 26.— + vmym P For p =  p a v c =  .correspond to 9 = 0 and 0 = n respectively (see figure 4)./ m £ 2 0 2 r Lq = mgR2 v0 = mvr What remains of them. / // \ n \ 2 a= s or from . the satellite trajectory Asymptote will be a hyperbola. thus mv„r0 = mv„b So. T = T0( 1 . The minimum boost corresponds to a parabolic trajectory. by energy conservation. where r and v are orthogonal.c=l j I .1/2 (P . — + COS 2 P one gets 0=138° = 2. is a seconddegree equation whose solutions are r max and r min .2 As £ = p > Pesc 1. "' 18 'min r . e = P => Pesc=l This can also be obtained by using that the total satellite 24 ®asym = COS.1 If the satellite escapes to infinity with residual velocity v„.<32 2 . The minimum earthsatellite distance corresponds to 0 = n. 2. the orbit eccentricity has to be equal or larger than one.G 5). The distances rmm and rmm can also be obtained from mechanical energy and angular momentum conservation. F 1 2 .1 ) = . the polar parabola equation is I r 1 COS0 Figure 4 Hence.
Potential difference across 3 jo.E. C (equivalent) = .37i 0 = 0.CITc?ljfeaghnci h r Q l i l f e i n g The problems given here are intended for students preparing for IITJEE and students are advised to make a sincere effort of solving these problems before going through the solutions.74 A. (b) Now consider a pair of equally inclined rails with a separation d ( < 2R) and consider a uniform ball starting from rest and descending a vertical distance h while 10 gh 5 + 2/ 1 .0 V " 1 E= 12 V 3 nF battery that has an internal 5 Q r= 1 Q. (b) While rolling down the inclined rails. (a) What is the time constant of the charging circuit? (b) After the switch has been closed for a time. Soln.at b0tt0m — P. Ph. The train Faculty of Momentum. (a) Show that Vcm = cWR2 .04 volts. There is 6 JJ. rolling without slipping. K. At the initial moment of the train was at T and the car at C. By :Shashi Bhushan* 1. a toy train moves along a square path of side length a blowing a whistle of frequency 300 Hz.F <•.= 5.: (a) The section of the rolling ball perpendicular to the rails and parallel to the rails has been shown. resistance of 1. 0 = v cm (») + co(OP) (<) => vcm = ay]RA . The centres of the square and the circle coincide.E.— .C At time t = x q = <7oU .F a 5. where a> is angular velocity of the ball.: (a) R (equivalent) = 1 + 5 = 6 Q 3x6 . (b) q = q0(\ . 1525. what is the voltage across the 3 0. VP = 0 is into the plane o f t h e paper X J But v P = vcm + v P O (velocity of P relative to CM) co JR or. j+6 Time constant. x = RC = \2 sec.d2 /4. Potential difference across 5 Q VR = i x 5 = 0.3(. In a park.74 x 5 = 3 . 7 0 y . i = 0.e'K) where q0 = EC = 12 2 = 24 o.e~') = 0. Wright Town. Since there is no sliding.d 2 /4. 4R 3. 2 co" = mgh *2vc2m = 2 gh 5 R (d2/ 4) 2 2 Current.C. Since there is no slipping.= 2nF. A boy is riding a toy car running on a circular track of radius a/4. Jabalpur (MP. (And of course at another point Q opposite P which is not visible).0 £2.„top •at mv.1 Yc.F capacitor? Across 5 Q resistor? Soln. friction does not perform any work and mechanical energy is conserved. R 6Q At time t = x. [Note that charge on both the capacitors is same]. Two capacitors in series are charged by a 12. Note that ball is in contact with rail at point P only in the second diagram. i = ^ = iu 0 dt E 12 V where < = — = n = 2 A.iF.).12 M. The car moves with a constant speed of 11 m/s. determined in part (a). the same relation holds between vcm and co.: 07615005358 24 P H Y S I C S FOR Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 .0 £2 resistance in series between the capacitors. A uniform solid ball of radius R rolls without slipping between two horizontal rails such that the horizontal distance is d between two contact points of the rails to the ball.63<70 15. Find the speed of centre of mass of the ball at the bottom of the rails. 2.
moves such that the points O. fitted with a 0 Atmosphere 0 i conducting piston of T* P„  cross sectional area A. Cv = y R R .= — — tan0 ' dt dtyi a > dQ_ a 2. Speed of train. Determine the maximum and minimum frequency heard by the boy. In this situation the velocity component of the train is towards the car and is maximum.: Consider the situation when train has moved a distance x. The cylinder i contains a monoatomic gas at atmospheric temperature T0. = 22 sec 2 45° • sin45° = 22V2 m/s. thickness d and thermal conductivity K.: For a adiabatic process. Soln. A gas is undergoing an adiabatic process represented by the graph shown in figure. when sin0 • sec20 is maximum when 0 = 45° [ .• both sin0 and sec© are increasing function when 0 changes from 0° to 90°. PV1 = constant ell dP dV V dV V. C and T always lie on the radial line. But )A dP) >A yfh y0 = tant y [from the graph] _ K0 tan 0 RPa ~ i'0 tan 0. Heat conducted through piston in time dt . . The piston is open to the atmosphere (atmospheric pressure = Pn) as shown and can slide without friction. Maximum frequency is heard when the train takes the turn at the corner. I 5. dx d ( a ^ „ .. (b) Find the maximum volume of the gas if its initial volume is V0. Speed of sound is 330 m/s. Note that process is isobaric as gas expands under constant atmospheric pressure. Rate of heat supply by heater = rate of heat absorbed by gas + rate of heat conduction to atmosphere through piston Heat supplied by heater in time dt = qdt Heat absorbed by gas in time dt = nCPdT where dT = rise in temperature in time dt. Find A(P.2 Hz. Vyj. The heater fitted inside the cylinder supplies heat at a constant rate of q and is switched on at / = 0. Soln. At a certain stage (shown by point A in the graph) the pressure and volume is P0 74 KA{TT0) dt PHYSICS FOR YOU . Component of train's velocity along C'T' is vTr = vysinO = 22 sec 2 0 • sin0 In the position shown minimum frequency will be registered by the boy on the car when vTr is maximum.1 Hz. qdt = nCpdT + KA(TT0) dt SEPTEMBER '05 4. and 45° is the maximum possible value of 0 in this case]. The Doppler shifts depends on velocity of train along the line joining C and T./max ~ 300 330 33022V2 = 331. = —sec = —co sec ( 2 dt 2 dQ where — = C angular speed of — D dt the train = angular speed of car 11 m/s 44 rad/sec.PQ d V yPo = tant Since. /min =300 and K0 and the tangent at A makes an angle 0 with volume axis as shown.: (a) Let the temperature of the gas be T at time t. (a) Find the temperature of the gas as function of time. Note that the velocity of car is always perpendicular to this line and hence has no effect on apparent frequency.1 ~ J Q tan 0 330 _330 + 22\[2 = 274. A non I conducting cylinder is . Soln. Minimum frequency is heard when the train is about to reach the corner.„ K) the value of molar specific heat of the gas at constant volume using the given information. o/4 2 v r = 22 sec 0.
KA(T T0) ~ 5nRd dT Integrating. where m is the mass of Hatom]. Soln. calculate the pressure experienced by the plate.5)(10. the total momentum before and after photon emission shall be zero. + To) Process is isobaric. A radioactive source emits ^particles with kinetic energy K and has half life T. mv = 10. Volume of annular space = 4nr2 vdt Concentration of P particles in this region (i.2 eV. [mc2 = 939 MeV. At an instant the concentration of P particles at a distance r from the source is C.2 eV c Recoil of kinetic energy of H is 2 K 2m = 0. t h e n ^ ^ particles will be present inside the annular region of thickness dr = vdt. f. Adt number of Pparticles cross the surface of the shell.54x10" = 5. A 4nr2vC 4w vCT Ar => N = — = — = In 2 X X (2k 2 Also. Soln.. If v be the speed of P particles. where N is instantaneous number of radionuclide in the source.n a x 6. Consider an imaginary shell of radius r centred at the source. (b) If a small plate is placed at a distance r0 from the source such that P particles strike normally and come to rest. At maximum temperature.43x10" ——— 1 E 10. (a) Calculate the number of nuclei in the nuclide at that instant. Hence we made almost no error in assuming that almost all energy is possessed by photon. — <= and > qd T ^niax 0+~KA or.54x 10 939 xlO 6 4nr CT In 2 (b) Each Pparticle strikes with a momentum mv and loses all its momentum. qdKA(TT ) 0 qdKA(T K U . dr = vdt The number of particles (P) emitted per second = A. Mass of P particle is m. Y VN _ Vmax 0 r Tq T.nR dT = KA(TT0) d dt 2 dT dt qd .2)2 = 5. at a distance r) is C Adt 4 nr vdt A = 4nr vC But A = \N. . E 7.2 Note: This fraction is too small.5 (10.: (a) Let A = activity of source. 5nRd 5 nRd fdt Tq) 2KAt qd 1_i^(7_r0) =e qd ' 2 KAt qd ] _ e 5nM ~KA (b) Temperature is maximum when . rate of heat supplied by heater = rate of heat lost by gas KA T T r = 7.At Required fraction = — = 5. K = —mv => V = 2 m N= In 2 •'• ™V~ pc — (i) [E = energy of photon] But E = E2 = 10.: From conservation of momentum. Assuming that the recoil energy of Hatom is small. Change in momentum of each p particle = mv Pressure on plate = (mv) x number of particles striking per second per unit area A XN = mvx• = mv x 4nrn4roV 24 PHYSICS FOR YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 .e.2) mc eV. In a time interval dt. (0. calculate the fraction of energy difference between n = 2 and n = 1 level that goes into atomic recoil energy. An electron in a H atom at rest makes a transition from n = 2 energy state to n = 1 state. Note that recoil kinetic energy of Hatom is very small due to its large mass and hence the entire energy may be assumed to be possessed by the photon. From v (l).
Let's assume 60 o30" that ball A will go off at Kj 30 degrees and ball B will go off at 60 degrees. 4 Conservation of momentum A ball at rest has no momentum. but also for setting up your next shot by placing the cue ball in line for the next ball. In angular. d= QN + NP = CD + NP = i?cosa + 5Many = tfcosa + (BD + R) tany d = tfcosa + (/?sina + #)tany . R ~ 41 Using Snell's law at point A : sin / = sin 45° = 7 2 sin r => r = 30° So from AACB.. For our purposes let's say that the momentum of ball A is 5 m/s. By solving equations mBuBx + mAuAx = mAvAx + mBvBx mBuBy + mAuBy = mAvAy + mBvBy We can easily calculate the velocities of ball A and B after coming in contact. Dependent on the collision angle of ball A are the before ® angles at which both balls collision B will roll. The collisions in a game of pool can get very. The formula for this 24 PHYSICS FOR YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 24 .l /n V /tt Contd. very complex. the two balls will always have a resulting angle of 90 degrees. be placed on the mirror. If ball A has a mass of 2 kg the momentum is equal to 10 kg m/s. V fl/ 8. s i n l 5 ° = 1/4. — = 2KC. When ball A is going to the right along the X axis it has momentum only in that direction. sin/' = 4 2 s i n r = sine => / = e = 45° y = 60° So. such that the emergent ray from the second rod is in the line with the incident on the first rod? (Take V3=1. Ball B also has amass of after kg. OA  d " d From AAMC the angle of incidence will be R/42= 1 i = 45°. The velocity of the ball can be determined by using vectors. (i) Since. This is called an impluse. parallel to the first. These components can be figured out with geometry. from page no. It is in its state of inertia. According to the law of conservation of momentum.18/?. many of the balls are already moving at different speeds and different angles. At what distance a second similar rod. A collision is also takes place when you strike the ball with the cue stick. Ball A hits ball B and they move off in their respective angles. => BN> R Now.mvX 4nr02 4ronCT I"2 2K _ 2K = mvC. d = flcosl5 + (7?sinl5 + tf)tan60 = 3 MR So required distance = 2d = 6. the object ball will continue on the path that the cue ball was on before the collision took place. (3 = 120° => a = 15° Since here a * 0 so CD will not be radius (note this step carefully). two dimensional collisions. Momentum is represented by (mass * velocity). the vector sum of the momentum is constant. Collision The key to billiards is to know what is going to happen to the balls after the collisions. when you break. After vA they come in contact with one another both balls will have a y and ax component. A cylindrical glass rod of radius R and refractive index lies on a horizontal plane mirror.) Soln.75.. cosl 5° = 9/10. A ray of light is incident on the rod horizontally at a height h above the horizontal diameter of the rod such that h= Rl\f2 as shown in figure. This is important not only for making shots and pocketing balls. the distance between the rod will be 2d. There are always ways of altering the spin of the ball to change where the ball will end up in. In a head on collision.: The path of the ray is shown in figure. Ball B is in the path of ball A. That applies to closed systems. From symmetry of the problem. These are difficult collisions to figure out vectors are needed to sort out that. For example. 2 = ^2mK C .
while a person on train B sees it cross at an angle tan _1 (l/2).7 W/m deg respectively. is 1. The coefficient of linear expansion of material is a and the coefficient of volume expansion of mercury is y. 7./4. 1.60. The external surface of copper plate is maintained at a constant temperature of 7'. Two masses each of m = 1 kg with equal charges O are suspended by light strings of length L = 1 m . if it is suspended from a point C such that AC = Z.. A bullet of mass 10 g is fired horizontally into a wooden block of mass 10 kg.07 N/m and vapour pressure 2300 N/m 2 ? 24 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E 8. 5. deg and 58.5 m and mass M = 1 kg. A copper plate (thickness d { = 9 mm) and an iron plate (d2 = 3 mm) are put together. A cube of a material floats in a container of mercury. 11. 10. the refractive index \iA is 1. A long string of mass per unit length 0. The intensity at the central point is measured as a function of thickness 5. Find the muzzle velocity of the bullet fired from the gun and the total mechanical energy lost in the impact. A pendulum consists of a uniform rod AB of length L = 0. What amount of heat should be imparted to the air to increase the pressure in the vessel five times? 9.52 respectively whereas H/.62 and 1.64 respectively.51 and 1. 4. 6. is placed between one of the slits and the screen. What is the ratio of the effective gravity between the earth's equator and the poles? (Assume the earth is a sphere of mass ME = 6 x 1024 kg and radius RC = 6400 km).2 m/s after the impact. Calculate the period T of the pendulum. At what angles does the aeroplane cross the line as seen from the ground? Also calculate the ground speed of the aeroplane. As the temperature of the container is increased. Coefficient of thermal conductivity of copper and iron are 390 W/m. = 50°C and that of the iron plate at T2 = 0°C.5 m. The bullet is embedded in the block and the block slides with a velocity 0. Let A has two convex sides of radius of curvature R and lens B has one flat side and one concave side of radius of curvature R. An optical doublet is formed from two lenses A and B made of glass of different refractive indices p. The area of each plate is much greater than its thickness. yellow and blue wavelengths. Its velocity at the lowest point is v0.50. What is the radius of the smallest droplet that can form from water of surface tension 0.2 kg/m is stretched to a tension of 500 N/ Find the speed of transverse waves on the string and the mean power required to maintain a travelling wave of amplitude 10 mm and wavelength 0. respectively. A thin piece of glass of thickness d. What is the difference in power of the doublet for these three wavelengths? 13.SOLVED PAPER BIHAR C EC E'05 (MAINS 1. refractive index n. A light aeroplane crosses above them. Each slit has width ii'. 2. A mass M moves in a vertical circle at the end of a string of length L. The effective gravity g eff at a point of the earth's surface is defined by weighing an object and dividing it by its known mass.1. Two trains A and B are travelling in opposite directions along straight parallel lines at the same speed 60 km/h. What is the power of the doublet? For red. A closed vessel 10 litres in volume contains air under a pressure of 105 N/m 2 . Find the temperature TX of the constant surface. Determine the tension in the string when it makes an angle 9 to the downward vertical. 3.. A double slit experiment is shown in the figure. which lies on a smooth horizontal table. A person on the train A sees it cross at right angles. For what values of 8 is the intensity at C a minimum? 12. find the relation between y and a such that the cube does not go deeper in the container from its original position.
16. The tension of the string T= —— + mgcosQ But by the law of conservation of mechanical energy. 19.10 x 0. V = 0. m • M u = ?. taking into account the classical radiation loss. Determine the resistance R. m = 0. hypotenuse. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . calculate the approximate time it takes for a weakly bound electron to fall into the first Bohr orbit. with L>> R. as a function of time if the loop is rotated at angular velocity co? 18. Neglect the internal resistance of the battery. and carrying the same currents /. The current gain of a transistor in a common emitter circuit is. The muzzle velocity of the bullet = 20. 1 0 x 2 0 . 20. 15. the ammeter reading R is taken with WA— both switches > 2® open as well as with both 3fl switches closed.vB2 = R2 •'• vA2 . Determine the force between two circular loops of wire having the same radius R. On this basis.2 m/s Applying the law of conservation of momentum. Determine <9. Find the base current when the emitter current is 3 mA? SOLUTIONS 1. By the law of the triangle (Pythagores theorem).i x l 0 .2 Joules. VAVcircuit. 24 0. Find the induced e.2 m/s. Use the Bohr model of hydrogen atom to show that when an electron jumps from the level n to level n . M = 10 kg. The strings hang at 30° to the vertical.cos0) +m h mgcosQ mg mv2!R i • T = ^{v022gR(lcosQ)} +mgcosQ . :.m. 17. For the train C moving with the same velocity. Express the force in terms of the angle 0 between their axes and their line of centres.2 => u — 20.from a point. the frequency of the emitted photon is close to the electron rotation frequency (in Hz) if n is very large. vA2 . 1 0 x 0 .1. S 2gh 2gR(\ .2 m/s Total mechanical energy lost = ^mir 1 2 1 + m)V 2 => Loss of energy = ^ x 0 .v / = vA2 + vB2 . WA<12 V The readings are the same in the two cases. Given (vAvg) is _ tovB L . Calculate the speed and the deBroglie wavelength of an oxygen molecule at room temperature. Derive a differential equation for the electron energy. and with their axes parallel and the currents in the same direction. A classical electron moves in a circular orbit around a proton. A constant magnetic field B is present perpendicular to the axis. R' = 2 va+Vc=Va+Vb ~VA +VN +2v / ( v B cos0 R' makes an angle 0 such that v s i n 9 tan+=l= ' Q 2 vR +v A cos© + v^cosO 2v /l sin9 V V vH B vB + B But vA = COS0 COS0 cos0 = 2 vB COS0 a sin 9 2v ii tan9 = 2vB 3. 2 tan0 = 0 = 45°. when they are located at a distance L apart.'. 1 2 1 2mvo =2mv 2 . Train moves at 60 km/hr to the east. The relative velocity of the plane with respect to A si r '+V/j2 — 2 v^vfl cost as the plane makes an angle 0 (0 is to be determined). Calculate its common base current gain. It is free to rotate about an axis of symmetry.10 x u = 10. A rectangular loop of conducting wire has area A and N turns.49. 2. In the 3 Q. R The tension = the component of the weight of m + the centrifugal force mv2/R.f.2VAVH cos0 => 2vs2 = 2 v / 4 v / ( c o s 0 => vB = v^cos©. 2 2 = 40. 14. 2 2 .10 kg.
co Rcos X At the equator.273) K = 1092 K. 2 2 1 _ 7 mlA +/ [12 16 J 48 This is a physical pendulum. per unit area dt ' 0. if y = 3a.+ A.e. i. R = 6400 km = 6. => R= m . 12 m = 6. 9. 271 05 = 24x60x60 ' the angle turned throu gh/s One can substitute and get the values. g' = gco2rcosX • co r 2 2 But r = RcosX g'= g . 0°C B difference across Cu + A potential difference Fe Cu H across iron = potential difference across AB Potential difference here is the temperature difference. If (1 . the rise of temperature is 5 times if pressure is to be increased 5 times.074x10 .4 litres.75 x 8. 10 Number of moles of air = 22.5°C (one can check with Fe also). h ^ x l Q " 3 Kx 390 ' K2 58.U . About the axis of rotation O. The volume of air enclosed = 10 litres at 105 N/m 2 At NTP. the speed of the wave = J .yA0) = (1 . ^cosX = 90° R G = 6. K of copper = 390 W/m deg.^ x ^ K = 1218.3aA0) i.3 674xlO3=5O_0 9x10" 390 0 = 34. Moment of inertia of the rod about I2 U4 1/4 the centre of mass = m • — . If V is originally immersed in mercury.75/? Joules = 1218.4. P T Therefore. the density of the material ^'PHgg = V0p x g ^ ( 1 + 3aA0) p H g (l . potential 5Q0(. At constant V. 50 = 6 7 4 x l 0 3 cal/s.31 = 10128 J. Velocity of a transverse wave in a string = ^ 2T as this is a droplet (with one surface) ° ' 0 7 N/m where T is the tension and p.^ y = 50 m/s.074 x 10 .7 W/m deg. P = 1 x io5 N/m 2 . X = 90°. 6. 10. V0 the total volume of the body. T = 2N 8.7 p. M = 6 x io 2 4 . Excess of pressure = 2300 N/m 2 = 2x K2 = 0.3 dQ. T = 2n 7m 48 11 m{l!4)g The period of oscillation. T.67 x 1 0 . ml'g where / is the moment of inertia and /' is the distance of the centre of mass from the axis of rotation.2 kg/m. „ 7 I 17 1 T = 2N\—— =N ——. K for iron = 58.•. T = 500 N. volume of air = 22.•. (dQ/dt = heat transferred/unit time for heat transfer and the charge conducted per second for current transfer) dQ_ (500) A = 50 dt (L /K)A) + {L2Ik2A) k _ 9x 10~ 3 m. . 12 g 3 V 5.06 mm. p. 24 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E . temperature 273°K. Heat required = ^ x .4 A 0 = (5 x 273 . v. 7. In series. dOldt is the same. = mass per unit length.e.086 x IO"5 2300 = 6 x 102 mm = 0. it is GM g = l co 2R R GM At the pole.4 x io 3 m.3aA0) x g But V'pHgg = F 0 pg.Y A 0 ) g = F 0 (l + 3aA0) p(l . I = / c M . the body will not rise or fall with respect to the surface of mercury. PV= nRT. + mtP •CM. n = 0.
the amplitude A = 10 x 10~3 m. IS 3+R 12 • = i2 +1. if there is no plate.40 R Blue : \La = 152. 1 4 it2 v 2 v P^xuxvx4" A2 7 d = I sin30° q2 = 47t80 x 4 x psin 2 d mgtand »xl0y L4xUrxiox4=. They will be attracted because the A7pole of P is facing the south pole of Q.p.B = 1. 3a V/A— 1. S where S is the area of mg tanQ = 4tc0 4d2 2 X Given. At C. Taking the loop ABCD.51. 24 . [4.5 A D 11. If a plate of thickness t is inserted. 0 13. they are equal to two magnetic dipoles having the north poles on the right hand side for both.5 x l = 3 x 1.5 in the loop ABCD verified] Current 15..5 A .Mean power.25 x IO"4 = 25 xC each. the field due to P at a distance 22 PHYSICS FOR YOU  OCTOBER '05 R R : . 47i2x2500x(10X103)2 0.5 m .2X50X 2 = 197 watts. When the distance is very large composed to the radius. 3 x 1. the equivalent resistance 3 R n. When two circular coils are carrying current in the same direction.1 (.51X2_M2 3Q This is also the VAVcurrent in A 12 V when S. then g one gets minimum.5 2 = 10"8 9^3 mgcosd q = 0.5 A 3R 3+ 3+R But in the loop ABCD. one gets a dark spot at C. hMWr h R J? " 4 $ 2 £2 11 Tr^'vK.64 0 . When S] and S2 are open.40 R R R The powers of the combination are the same for all the three colours.e.60 Red : \kA = 1. T cos0 = mg => T = 7'sin 9 = 24 mg cos 9 1 4T o 78 q (2d) . \x. — /(1 H). X = 0.) = X/2. n9 4 * '73 30' 7cos8 >F ^ = 1X0.. n 2 = 1.62 0. (xs = 1. 5 2 x 2 _ M l : 0. (""I + 1 V (Mjg ~ 1) Therefore the power of the double lens .5 Q 9 + 6R 2R 3R 9 4 One can verify that I> + R=~5~ O 9 24 Total resistance = j + ^ = ^ • 12x5 = 2. and S2 are closed. the equivalent path is BCt+ \it i. 14. If t or d the the thickness is such that / (1 . the total resistance in the circuit is 8 Q.50. p • S = p. Yellow : \iA = 1. one gets maximum intensity A because the path difference is zero.5 = R x i2 12 2R 2 3 + 3R 3+R 12(3 + R) 9 + 3 R 3(3 + R) 9 + 6R 2R 2R 4 _ = J _ R = 4. P = ^pva>2A2 crosssection. Current i2 = 1 A.'. BC. If the path difference is X/2..
Current gain of the common emitter circuit = ^ = 49 = 3 in But IC + IB = IE .94mA 50 50 = 3 .. (3 49 — = common base 6 gain. (i0 . An accelerated electron radiates energy according to Maxwell's theory.25 A. > j E = £0sinco/.8xl02 10 m = 0. (at = 90°. the force of attraction = BM cosG..e. as cos0 = 1 here. 16. where E0 = BANu>. •• p + l k r h IB(IC + IB) _lc lE Ic .e.2 vi h nh 4n2mke2 1 '2tt 47T2WFE2 „ h 2 2 Energy emitted by a wave —e 0 c£ 0 per second/unit v 2nr 2nke nh 4712mk2e4 h\? ' area. ho = £„£„_.8x10 m / s 34 mv 3 2 x l .5=3.(L » R) 471 (L2+R2)3/2 L3 A s t h e m a g n e t ± : m c m a i t o f c a i l g = i nR2. 6 6 x l 0 x4. ^induced 24 19.L is dt When 0 = 90°.i 1 r —r where S .area oi eadh coil. an electron which is at rest or moving with a constant velocity will not be able to emit radiation. 2(%R2) . = . a2 Force of attraction = . <> = BANcosatt. it will continue to turn but coming nearer and nearer the nucleus and finally it falls on the nucleus. .21. Then is BM cos0. 27t r 2tzkr V= . = 0.38x10 .27 6. There is no equality of the centripetal force of attraction and the decreasing centrifugal force of mofr.94 mA = 0. According to Bohr's correspondence principle.• / b = — x 3 m A = 2. u = If the axes are making an angle Q. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 .25 x 10" 20. a = = — IE P + l 50 49 49 But / c. The flux through the coil = BANcosQ where B is the magnetic induction. Let the normal to the loop be at an angle 0 to the magnetic field.. 17. The energy emitted by an electron per second is F • ds = qEV 1 2 [ifn — (nX) and 2 « » 1 ] 4n2mk2eA As n2 2 n (n1) 2 => v> =  —— = u . i.. E0 = BAN(0 When it is perpendicular. the classical orbital frequency. . a force is acting on the electron causing acceleration will cause radiation energy loss. the classical result will be the same as those given by the quantum theory.— ' mR 471 . As energy is continuously lost while making rotation.ifo.06 mA. If an electron moving in a circular orbit round the proton has an acceleration towards the centre due to centripetal force. . :. The coil is at that instant in the plane of the field. dfy/dt = 0. As a varying electric and magnetic field alone can give a wave.2. i. < is maximum. E o = Ho 271 .66x10 .2 Mo i 2nR 2nR . The average velocity of an oxygen molecule at room temperature is 3x1. The attraction towards the nucleus. for large quantum numbers..6x10 ^de Broglie 27 = 4.2 3 32x1. 471 S i22\nR2)2 •+N 2n2mk2ei 2ti mk e c»ir 2 2 A [ 2 2n 4 1 ( i . 18. the centripetal force goes on increasing and till some angular momentum is left. the value is maximum. A is the area of loop and N = number of turns of the coil.
Mark the wrong statement/statements. (b) T = mgm<s>~r as mufr is the centrifugal force (c) T = mg as T is the centripetal force (d) T = nm2rmg as msrR is acting outward (centrifugal force) and T+ mg is acting towards the centre 9 2 . the centripetal force is mcoV 3. If x . (a) For the same quantities such as potential or kinetic energy of a mass. A man is travelling horizontally at 3 m/s to the east and the rain drops are falling vertically at 4 m/s. then 2 because (a) T = mg + mw r mg is acting dounwards. (a) The horizontal distance travelled by the projectite in Is is half of that travelled in 2s and the horizontal distance travelled in 6s is half of that travelled in 12s. they denote the same physical quantity (c) The dimensions of the same quantity need not be the same (d) None. (a) The error in the in the determination of jc = that in y > error in z (b) The error in z > error in y > error in x (c) Error in x = error in y > error in z.anbmcp > y= a"b" cP .eP. 2. (b) The horizontal distance travelled in 6s is less than the distance travelled in 4s (c) The horizontal distance travelled in 8 s = the horizontal distance travelled in 16 s (d) None. at the maximum height. When a body is falling down freely from a height. the 5.5 m (b) 62.SOLVED PROBLEMS Practice Question for PMT 1. At what angle should he hold the umbrella ? (a) At an angle 9 to the vertical in the northwest direction where 9 = sin" — (b) Vertically (c) At 9 to the vertical where 9 = sin1— in the 5 northeast direction • 1 4 (d) At an angle 9 = sin — to the vertical Two vectors A and B are given by A = {2i3j + 2k) and B = (4l6j+ angle between 2 a n d B ' s g i v e n by (a) 90° (b) 45° (c) 0° (d) None. bn.5 m (c) 125 m (d) None. its maximum potential energy = its maximum kinetic energy. When a satellite is turning round the earth in an orbit of radius r. 4. the magnitude of (a) The potential energy of the satellite = kinetic energy of the satellite (b) The potential is double the kinetic energy (c) The kinetic energy is double the potential energy (d) None. (d) None. the relation between distance and time is given by (a) straight line with increasing time (b) It has the shape of a circle (c) It is a parabola with decreasing curve and then remains constant (d) It is a parabola with increasing curve and then remains constant. the dimensions are the same (b) If the dimensions are the same. if the tension is T. When a particle of mass m is making a vertical rotation with an angular velocity co. A projectile is fired on a horizontal ground at an angle of 45° with an initial velocity of 40^2 m/s . 24 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E When a body is falling freely from a height. the distance travelled in 5 seconds is given by (a) 187. 4k) . If the initial velocity is zero and the acceleration of a body is 3 t.
(d) 13. BC are adiabatics. 64 & Therefore the electric field at the centre of a circular ring is 4A. 16. A and B are soap bubbles formed by filling air. + Md22 (b) / as EF is outside the body Md„2 + 2Mdld1 =A 12. >2% v„ vc . Moment of inertia about EF.. The ratio of volumes (b) V . If the radius of A is smaller than B.3 m respectively. The magnetic field at the centre of a semicircular P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  OCTOBER '05 . The work done by a body of mass m moving with uniform acceleration a towards the centre. No air will flow from A to B or B to A (d) None. 17. If there is friction between the block and the inclined plane. . If two spherical shells A and B of masses 2 kg and 5 kg and radii 0. (a) air flows from B to A (b) air flows from A to B (c) there is steady condition. 18. if these two bubbles are now connected to each other. . la. vt .1m and 0. 19. A block is projected up an inclined plane with a velocity v. the minimum velocity v is (a) yj2gsmQh (b) p\xk (c) (d) gh cotO + 2gh y]2\ikghcotB (c) 72 = 7I m j .10. 11. AD. The electric field due to a semicircular ring of charges at the centre is E4tc07I yj2gh2VikghcoxQ 14. roll down the inclined plane starting from rest. in rotating through n degrees is (a) manr (b) zero (c) ma2r (d) None. The position of the hole for H„ getting the maximum range of efflux (a) should be at the bottom (c) at the top (b) at H0/2 (d) the range attained will only depend on the total quantity of water in the tank and not the position of the hole. 15. If a manometer is made of two narrow tubes A and B of radii r. and r2 and T is the surface tension of a liquid of density 10J kg/m3. the liquid level in A will be (a) equal to B (b) lower than B (c) higher than B (d) cannot say. v d ~ _ v h vc W (0 v d (d) None. (a) 7. 2X (b) 4ns0r (c) zero (d) None.. (a) The heavier mass will roll down the inclined plane faster and has an acceleration g sinO (b) The lighter one will roll faster with an acceleration g sin9 Both will reach the end with the same velocity (c) and their accelerations will be more than g sinG (d) Both will reach at the same time and their acceleration will be less than g sind. K.
21. m lb The total capacitance is (a) 4 \ i F (b) 2 \iF (c) \\iF (d) 0 . 28. X2 and A. electric charges can exist as isolated charges 66 (c) none. Two rods of length I and mass m are in L shape. The current in the circuit is (a) 6 A (b) 9 A (c) 4 A (d) 3 A 23. The lines are closed (b) The magnetic field lines start from a south pole and end in north pole (c) Magnets are always dipoles. Find the relation between A.) AT All resistances have equal values. Find the relation between torque and (i) angular accelration and (ii) angular momentum 27. Find the moment of inertia about an axis passing through the point of joining and perpendicular to the plane of Lsection I. 25. (a) find the phase difference between the currents in L. 26. The 24. How does resistance vary in semiconductors with temperature. charges flow (a) from A to B (b) from higher to lower charges because B is having a higher charge (c) from lower charge to higher charge (d) from a charge having a higher potential energy to the one having lower potential energy. 29. 0 ) x3 = x l + x 2 (b) . (a) increases (b) decreases (c) no rlation etc. and Rt (b) and the phase difference between the potential differences across C and R. Bohr's assumption that the angular momentum of the electron in H atom is nh (a) quantisation of energy (b) quantisation of the de Broglie wave similar to waves on a sonometer wire of open tube (c) similar to waves in a closed tube (d) quantisation of compton wave length. It the charges on A and B are 5pe + and 10pe + . 30. 2xF 4n F 2xF 2M F 2\xF 2\iF D A (d) None. F /. is given by (a) v ' (c) ^ m e mc 2a Ho' 1 47IE0 2 (b) zero (d) None. Two metal spheres A and B of radius 5 cms and 20 cms are kept at a large distance and connected by a long wire. (d) Electric dipoles exist but magnets are monopoles The ratio of the magnetic moment to the angular momentum of an electron orbiting in the hydrogen atom according to classical physics.wire of radius a carrying current is magnetic field at the centre of the coil is (a) (c) W . 1Q each. 5 M . m 22.. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  OCTOBER '05 . The difference between the electrical field lines due to a charge and those due to a magnet are (a) The magnetic fied lines start from a north pole and end in south poles.L + _ L = X Xi A. ^ 20.
^ • 5 = 8 + 18 + 8 = +34.1 1 in the NE direction. 5. Therefore the angle between them is 0°.r.6 eV (c) depends on the number of the orbit (d) j (b) Torque and work done have the same dimensions t = r x F . s = ±gt2 34. B will be zero.t.4 eV (b) 1. power or energy in mechanics. (c) This is surprisingly true because if one takes work done. i AxB=2 j 3 4 . 0 = 40>/2 • sin 45° .r. — = n— + m—+p— x a .= dy x y have the same dimensions. the kinetic energy of photons produced by 6000 A 0 will be (a) 2. What is the magnetic field at P due to A and B 32. 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E .6 k 2 =i(0)7(0)+*(0) = 0 4 Errors 1 2.5 KeV.31. (b) a = dx.velocity of the man w. (b): The magnitude of the potential energy = The kinetic energy of the satellite = ^ QMlH 1. The ground state energy of the electron in the hydrogen atom is .= 2 2 3 2 2 dt' (d) : w = 0.6 eV.da Error % = — = x dc + da + a b c y m This is a parabola with increasing distance but it remains constant when it reaches the ground.13. Their dimensions are different although both are in different forms of energy and one can be converted into the other 3. What is the maximum wavelength that can be detected by a semiconductor photo detector if the band gap of the semiconductor Eg = 0. if the excitation energy of the K level is 9.6 eV (c) 1. AB* 0 but Ax. 6 = s i n . (c) : The time taken by the projectile to reach the maximum height (at which its final vertical component is zero) is given by. x GMm 4km/w db p— c 3km/w vm_ incretial fc da + = T = db + dz_ z dc 8. (c): The relative velocity of the rain with respect to the man = velocity of the rain w. >dv = adt dt' v = }3 tdt = 3 r = 62.gt =>40 = 10x t =>t = 4s The time of flight is 8s. (c) : The two vectors are parallel. if one applies a potential of 8 KeV ? SOLUTIONS 1. F. (b) : (a) mgh and m v True. and the same thing in electricity.75 eV ? (given he = 12400 eV A°) (a) 165. If two conductors of infinite lengh carry the same current in the same direction.(d) : x = a"b c'' Inx = n\na+m\nb + p\nc differentiating. But they are different quantities statement is false.6 eV (b) 13.13. If the kinetic energy of photons produced from a metal by irradiating the metal with 4000 A° radiation was p B I 1. In an Xray tube (copper target). W = r.6 eV The ionization energy of H atom is (a) . the inertial frame.ds_.• = • f .3 nm 35. b c . is it possible to have Xrays and if so what is the wave length. the projectile cannot travel as it has already hit the ground. dc.5m . v=4=> ds = vdt => S = f \t2dt = j.6 eV 33. 6. the current and charge have no analogue in mechanics. the inertial frame .t. After 8 seconds.0 eV (d) 0.3 (b) 1653 A° (c) 16530 A° (d) 165.
P. 21. As the motion is of uniform angular velocity. They add to each other. u 2 Hoi a2 2fl ' The magnetic field is perpendicular to the plane containing the current element and radius. They cancel each other. (b) : For rotation.mg mafr is the centrifugal force and T + mg is the centripetal force acting towards the centre. The range is maximum when h = fj h below or above the height same.'. (c): The electric fields are in the same plane. it will grow further reducing the pressure inside.E. the range will be the . I.m+M(dl 2 2 + d2)2 18. = 4jt 20. (d): /.20 47tso •o r ' Charges flow from a higher to a lower potential therefore charges flow form A to B till their potentials become equal. (a) : 2\iF Air will flow from A to B. But as B is already large. At a height 4\xF 2\iF 2 nf 2\i. . Therefore the capacitors connected between B and C the total PHYSICS FOR YOU  OCTOBER '05 22 . of a hollow sphare = 2 mr 2 d) + 4 • 5 ~J )• larger the radius. v2u2=2as . 15. there is no acceleration and therefore no torque. till A collapses.05 p. AT 14. = Icm + M d\ where d is the distance of the centre of mass. the work done is Torque x 0. 19. (M. The potential of the charge at B = Q 1 1 10x10" 4KEn 0. 13. (b) : The ratio of volumes P V x = constant for adiabatic curves PV = \xRT • j f/Yi _ c o n s t a n t WR T2V]1 r2vr V. . smaller the height of the miniscus therefore level on the left hand side will be less and on right hand side will be more. R COS0 where© is contact angle.. ^)b 2 (i\ + k2lr2) But v2 a2 = 2as gh (1 + kz/rz)s It is independent of mass and the radius and less than gsinO. Excess of pressure inside the film = As RA <RB. 17. 10.2 ( g s i n 0 + p y t gcos0)5' =2(gsin0^ + s= h H S sin 9 sinO 4iten rx 4 7tE0 5xlQ" 6 c 0. No work is done. in opposite direction.Md + Md + Md2 + 2 Mdxd2 I2 = IX+M d2 +2 Mdxd212. =>mgh = ^m(\ + v2 = 2 gh 2 16.PT A>PR B . (a) : The potential of the charge A = I fl1 . R is the radius of the tube. (d) : T + mg = mar :.9. (d) : The K. y X v 11.E. Icm = IxMd2 •• h = Ic. of the rolling body at B.gcos0^) = (2gA + 2n t gAcot9). K. T = m<s?r . v= 0 =2as u^ = . h— — cos 0 as h R is a constant. at A. This is equivalent to a wheatstone's bridge.F C ih 2hF D This is the same as one given below. (a) : 5 = / . The excess pressure h pgh = 2 T Where r = 2T hr is a constant.
They are in parallel. Mass x a = force. co just as linear momentum is m. mr2 • — = — => mv. a mv I = moment of momentum or angular x momentum = rxmv = mrar = mr2a>. the value of I about C= ml I. I. Therefore the total capacitance is 2 p F . Angular momentum is /. But any magnet has always a north and a south pole. This is equivalent to a south pole as can be verified from the direction of B. (b) : For Bohr orbits. 2nr =n\ie Broglje . m C For rod B. he . For rod A. ^^ch = rate F= is the axis of symmetry 1 and 2. This is equivalent to A rWIW—i1_2v m — ' LvwwvJ . 3 25. Let us consider the magnetic moment of a very thin wire carrying current in the anticlock wise direction.4. 3. 5. Just as (mv) = rate of change of momentum.v. 3X for open tubes.co 2m • 28. he . Therefore the temperature decreases the resistance of the semiconductor. the value of I about C= ml1 M. Just as one gets a finite number of waves mv ° in a given string. 2~k. 24. torque x = dt rate of change of angular momentum. 22. /co = Angular momentum.capacitances are l p F in the series from ABD and l p F in ACD. 7 have the same potentials. (a) : 3 1. electrons in the valence band acquire more energy and they have a probability crossing the potential barrier and start a current. 7 r MMWV. (a. 2 \xF T 2 uF 4n •Z) 2nf "'^deBroglie ~ 2 7 t r 2 nF as X = — . (b) : The angular momentum of the electron is 1 /co = mr CO.5 r^WAW. is replaced by 7 x a = x where a is the angular acceleration. of A and B about C 2mll L 271 e mr2 . WAWAMAAA6 ' • [WWW— fi I—wmfc—I WvWrJ?/. If one holds the paper against light. angular momentum /co = nh . 2nr = nh r 2n nh = 2nr _ he ^1+^2 _ 1 X{k2 24 PHYSICS F O R YOU  S P E B R '05 ET M E . c) : Electric dipoles also exist. (a): As the temperature of a semiconductor increases. Torque replaces force in circular motion. A 27. This face is equivalent to the north pole.1 R/A "total • = lfi! each 3R 23. Mass in translaton is replaced by the moment of inertia in circular motion.W W r — R/2 rWM— 3. The magnetic moment of the orbiting electron 2 = i A=e v nr" = enr 2 • co Ji 2t: change of angular momentum = I a . 26. or gets n • X . 4. 6. Rate of change of angular momentum dd) •• mr2 a r2 dt = /ct co = angular velocity. one can see that the current flows in the clockwise direction on the other side.
f c G  CBSEPMT/AIIMS/AFMC & Other PMT Exams CBSEPMT MAINS e x p t O R € : R :f " / m j™ Most Powerful Books for CAK TE P E M£ C l TSS RC H R EHA ET CAPSULE 1 Rs. Botany A H u m a n For Competitive Exams. j. (a): Potential difference across L and R are the same. The current in the resistance is in phase with the potential difference but current in L lags by nil..6 eV. K.. Add Rs.( .6 eV.6eV • 34.e.30. = .). even at lower applied potentials.554° v 8000 W l .1 .«». as they are in parallel circuit.13. The short wavelength limit is given by he = 12400eVA° . Bioloj Send a demand Draft in favour of 'MTG Books' payable at Delhi. l r to the p. • 73 && M T G BOOKS 503. of the photo electrons = 2.200 23 Assertion & Reason Assertion & Reason \ Zoology*^. 33. hield at P = that due to B along the current direction and that due to A at P. max = j00 R .: 26194317.E. = r. 0 6 6 6000.. Ring Road.n + Ho 7 12400eVA° = 16530^°. The ionisation energy is the energy needed to remove the electron from the groundstate to infinity. 9. direction at the end. of 4000 A° radiation 35. E. hv2 = 12400eVA° = 2 . 31. • 3 . 0. 4\v •. Hence the phase difference between the currents in R and L = . New Delhi . However. (d) : hv = heIX 12400eFA° • 3.\eV 4000 A° K. The maximum wavelength that can be detected if the gap energy is Eg is A.6 eV hv = Wu + K.E. (b) The current is the same as C and R are in series. Ionisation energy =EXEx= 0 . Tel. . Near Safdarjung Hospital.5eV If X2 =6000A° is used. How to order 9nn • tWi. VR2 and IR2 are in phase for R2 but Ic leads V(. If the conductors have infinite length.29.35 for postage/handling charge if ordering a single book.4° = 2AeV. In the case of the H atom. 1 ^ = ^ 0 + 1 .. PostageB331on order of more than one book. the mag. Taj Apt.. by %!2Therefore the phase difference between the potential differences across C and R is + 90°. 26191601 22 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  OCTOBER '05 .n / 2 . 6 ey W0 = 1.1 3 . One cannot get A^series Xrays if the applied voltage is less than the K energy level i. of the electrons =1.5 KeV.= 1.1. 6 e F ) = 13. of the electrons (Einstein's equation for photo electricity) hv.75eV 32. one can get some other series and a continuous spectrum or Bremsstrahlung.5 = 0..
the focal length is maximum. y eye lens For all the calculations required you can use the lens formula and lens maker's formula. It is about 2. The work Contributed by Deptt. The number of the spectacles lens that will make his range of clear vision equal to an average grown up person (a) +1 (b) .5 cm (c) — cm 25 (d) — cm.3 5. A nearsighted man can clearly see object only upto a distance of 100 cm and not beyond this. Assume that the eye lens is equiconvex lens. A person can theoretically have clear vision of objects situated at any large distance from the eye. When the muscles are fully relaxed. For example power of lens required is +3 D (converging lens of focal length 100/3 cm) then number of lens will be +3. T h e C i l i a r questions. When the muscles are strained the curvature of lens increases (that means radius of curvature decreases) and focal length decreases. 1 to 40) Only one option is correct and there will be negative marking in these PASSAGE : 1 (Read the following passage and answer the questions number 1 to 5. They have only one correct option) The concept of work in thermodynamics is borrowed from mechanics. The ciliary muscles are most strained in this position. The image of the spectaclelens becomes object for eyelens and whose image is formed on retina. Kota (Rajasthan) 24 PHYSICS FOR YOU  SPE BR '05 ETME . The number of spectaclelens used for the remedy of eye defect is decided by the power of the lens required and the number of spectaclelens is equal to the numerical value of the power of lens with sign.5 cm (c) 25 cm (d) 25 11 (a) 25 cm 3. A farsighted man cannot see object clearly unless they are at least 100 cm from his eyes.NO. of Physics. muscles of eye control the curvature of the lens in the eye and hence can alter the effective focal length of the system. The image distance is therefore fixed for clear vision and it equals the distance of retina from eyelens. The function of lens of spectacles is to form the image of the objects within the range in which person can see clearly.3 4. They have only one correct option).' l (c) + 3 (d) . The smallest distance at which a person can clearly see is related to minimum possible focal length. is Minimum focal length of eye lens of a normal person 25 (b) 2. A person suffering for eye defects uses spectacles (eye glass). 1. For a clear vision the image must be on retina. (a) normal sighted person (b) nearsighted person (c) farsighted person (d) a person with exceptional eyes having no eye defect PASSAGE : 2 (Read the following passage and answer the questions number 6 to 10. Neglect the distance between eye lens and the spectacle lens. is Maximum focal length of eye lens of normal person (b) 2. A person who can see objects clearly from distance 10 cm to < > then we can say that the person is x. For an average grownup person minimum distance of object should be around 25 cm. The number of the spectacles lens necessary for the remedy of this defect will be (a) +1 (b) .1 (c) + 3 (d) .'J  tiy H FDR (For Q. For finite distance moved by the piston from initial position A to final position B. (a) 25 cm 2.5 cm for a grownup person. Resonance.
Mathematically we can relate q = CFand for a parallel plate capacitor fully filled with a dielectric C = According to paragraph answer. Such transitions are represented by broken lines joining A and B. then fill bubble for (a) and if given statement is false fill the bubble for (b). All reversible processes are not quasistatic but all quasistatic processes are reversible. that is it prevents them from jumping from one conductor to the other. First along the path taken in going from A to B. For non zero pressure of the gas there will be non zero work whenever there will be non zero volume changes of the gas. Since a conductor is liable to be electrified by induction. PASSAGE : 3 (Read the following passage and answer the questions number 11 to 15. the transition from A to B cannot be represented by curves on PFdiagram. The free expansion of a gas is irreversible. For this reason the distance between the plates should be small as compared to their linear dimensions.done by the gas is given by P = pressure of gas. A few comments regarding this integral operator needs to be made. P =f (V) ) may or may not exist. For this reason electrical breakdown strength (The maximum electrical field which a dielectric can withstand. If the transformation from A to B is not reversible. 6 to 10 \ If the given statement is true. 7. 24 10. To protect the capacitor from external influences it is housed in a shell. They have only one correct option) Charges are concentrated exclusively on the external surface of a conductor. Free expansion (expansion of gas against vaccum) differs from all other process. Capacitance depends on the shape and surface area of the conductor. Several example can be cited. it increases the capacitance and secondly prevents the neutralization of the charges. can express P as a function of V only if the external conditions are changed in such a way that at every point on the path the system can be regarded as an equilibrium state and Such a transformation is called a quasistatic transformation. Therefore neither the material of the conductor nor its mass are of any importance for its capacitance. One. All reversible transformations are quasistatic but all quasistatic processes need not be reversible. an equation of state ( i. 8. The dielectric between the conductors plays two fold role. In order to keep the capacitance constant and independent of surrounding bodies the entire electric field should be contained between the plates. Directions for Q. For volume changes from K. 9. If the transformation is such that when the sequence of the changes in external conditions are reversed. Firstly. In case of free expansion of gas work done by the gas can not be calculated by A'Fdiagram because free expansion cannot take place reversibally. Two plates of a capacitor kept on insulating stand are fully charged. to VQ work done by gas in process 1 will be greater than in process 2. the system retraces its path from Bio A. also called dielectric strength of dielectric) should be high. The combustion reaction of a mixture of petrol and air ignited by a spark cannot be reversed. 11. To fulfil its function the capacitor must be able to store accumulated charges and energy for appreciable time to obtain a definite capacitance one can conveniently take two conductors and arrange them as close to each other as possible and place a dielectric between them.e. The spontaneous processes of nature are irreversible. (a) (b) (c) (d) £ £ d Capacitance does not depend on area of plates separation between plates surrounding bodies potential difference across plates 12. its capacitance is influenced by other conductors in its vicinity and by the medium they are in. dV = change in volume In PV diagram work will be area under the curve. This transformation is called reversible.In the case of free expansion work done by the gas is zero although it cannot be calculated by PV diagram. 6. Now the ebonite plate between the PHYSICS F O R YOU  SPE BR ET M E '05 . Total work done by the gas depends upon intermediate process.
4 Dielectric Distance between strength (VIM) plates (m) 3 6 7 1 x x x x 10 7 10 7 10 7 10 7 0.15 (c) 1. the angle of refraction A. Then the number of electrons passed through bulb in one second is (a) 3.01 0. As the distance between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor is decreased (a) chances of electrical break down will increase if potential difference between the plates is kept constant. R2 —ww(a) potential difference across i?.capacitor plates is removed then the capacitance of capacitor will (a) increase (b) decrease (c) remains same (d) may increase or decrease 13.125 0. 200 V is used at 100 V.33 24 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E . In the following circuit diagram. Choose the most appropriate capacitor. (Assuming same potential difference across each capacitor) Capacitor Dielectric Constant A B C D 2. Now one part is stretched to double the length. 20.8 3. The velocity of approach between A and B is (a) V A +V B (c) VA .125 x 101S (d) 6.16 x io 6 J (c) depends on for how much time it is used (d) 3. (c) power consumed in R} is greater than in R2 (d) none of these 21. the current flowing through resistor of 1/4 Q is (a) 1 A (b) 60 A (c) 30 A (b) •0 MD WAVJ 15.01 m 0. All linear dimensions are doubled then the capacitance of the parallel plate capacitor will (a) remain unchanged (b) become double (c) increase by eight times (d) increases by four times 16. Then the total energy stored in the 12 V50 Amperehour battery is (a) 600 J (b) 2.VB 22. Then the refractive index of the prism is (a) 1.125 0.01 0. Currents upto 100 A are to be measured with the help of an ammeter designed for a maximum current 1/4 Q. 1 £2 (d) none of these 23.1 Q (b) 1/9 Q.125 x 1017 (b) zero (c) 3.3 2.125 of 10 A and having resistance of 0. Then the resistance of the stretched wire will be (a) R (b) 2R (c) 4R (d) R/2 17. A table for parallel plate capacitors along with the properties of dielectrics used in these is given.6 x io 4 J 24. (c) 1/100 Q (d) none of these 19. For a prism kept in air it is found that for an angle of incidence 60°.5 (d) 1. A 50 Amperehour battery can supply a current of 50 A for 1 hour. The equivalent resistance between the points A and B is (a) 5R/9 (b) 2R/3 (c) R R AWv ^VWv R B (d) none of these. (d) chances of electrical break down will decrease if charge on the plates is kept constant. 25 A for 2 hour and so on. is high (b) current through R. A wire of resistance R is cut into two equal parts.73 (b) 1.01 Area of plates (m 2 ) 0. (b) chances of electrical break down will decrease if potential difference between the plates is kept constant. In the given circuit > Rr Find which of the following VvWstatement is correct.25 0.25 x 1018 18. 41 (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D 14.2 4. angle of deviation 8 and angle of emergence 'e' become equal. A bulb rated 200 W.1 Q. (c) chances of electrical break down will increase if charge on the plates is kept constant. is E greater than in R. The resistance of additional shunt must be (a) 0. Two particles are moving along a straight line as shown.
5 m/s 2 (c) 10/7 m/s 2 (d) 5/7 m/s . In second case it is connect at point C and zero deflection is observed at a length 30 cm from P. Now the pistons are released. Assuming the pulleys and string to be massless and smooth.m and zero deflection is observed at length PJ = 10 cm. 29.5 m (d) 100 m 24 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E 31. B & C having initial pressures as shown. A mango falls just above the tortoise. Two aeroplanes fly from their respective position A and B starting at the same time and reach the point . The MVv—WArgalvanometer is first connected at points . In the following arrangement the system is initially at rest. Circuit for the WvVmeasurement of resistance by potentiometer is R shown. The acceleration of the mango falling from tree appearing to the tortoise is (Refractive index of water is 4/3 and the tortoise is stationary) (b) 3g/4 (a) g (c) 4g/3 (d) none of these (b) D (c) +T (d) 26. Gas < is present in the three K U3 1/3 parts A. the acceleration of block C will be (a) zero 2 (b) 2. A mango tree is at the bank of a river and one of the branch of tree extends over the river.25. The maximum height upto which he can throw the ball is (a) 50 m (b) 25 m (c) 12. The platform is now released. A tortoise lives in river. Two conducting movable smooth pistons A . PT diagram is shown below then choose the corresponding VT diagram D P D +T (a) +T 28. 32./8 (b) LIA (c) LI6 (d) 1/5.B = = c are kept inside a non S S S S conducting. — * — * (c) — > H 27. Then the unknown resistance Xis (a) 2R (b) R/2 (c) R/3 (d) 3R 30. Choose the correct ray diagram of an equi convex lens which is cut as shown. Ram can throw a ball on a horizontal surface upto a maximum distance of 50 m. adiabatic P $ IP $ p container with initial > positions as shown. Then the final equilibrium position length of part A will be (a) Z.
41. The rate at which energy in capacitor is stored (a) first increases then decreases (b) first decreases then increases (c) remains constant (d) continuously decreases 37. An uncharged capacitor is connected in series with 43 .9 P0V0 2 P. No. Then the wind is blowing in (a) northeast direction (b) northwest direction (c) direction making an angle 0 < 9 < 90 with north towards west. The pressure of the mixture is nearly (a) 3 atm (b) 5 atm (c) 6. Then (a) final temperature in (i) will be greater then in (ii) (b) final temperature in (ii) will be greater then in (i) (c) total heat given to the gas in (i) case is greater than in (ii) (d) total heat given to the gas in (ii) case is greater than in (i) 42. 12 gm He and 4 gm H2 is filled in a container of volume 20 litre maintained at temperature 300 K.5 P0V0 (b) 1. No negative marking) For Q. c. Two identical capacitor C. They are fully charged.F is connected to a cell of emf 20 volt. The' work done by the external agent on the plates is (a) . An ideal gas can be expanded from an initial state to a certain volume through two different processes (i) PV? = constant and ( i i ) P = K V 2 where K is a positive constant. The energy of the capacitor is (a) w (C) a resistor and a battery. In the I figure shown a 11117)11/ parallel plate d / 2 „K.75 F (b) 2 F (c) 21 F (d) 16 F 5F 4F 2F 38. The total heat given of the gas is nearly (a) 2.400 nJ (One or More than one may be correct. The potential difference across C. (d) north direction 33.25 atm (d) 12. He (c) ^ kg H2 + ^ kg He (d) ^kgH 2 + ^ k g H e 2 0 volt (d) . H2 (b) l k g . = c c2=c Now a dielectric slab is inserted between the plates of C2. The plates Px and P2 of the capacitor have area A each. In the figure shown the equivalent capacitance between A and B is (a) 3. A diatomic ideal gas undergoes a thermodynamic change according to the PV diagram shown in the figure.2 v //mint capacitor has a dielectric of P width d/2 and dielectric constant K = 2.200 ^J (b) 200 ^J (c) 400 (xJ 40. The other dimensions of the dielectric are same as that of the plates. and C2 are connected in series with a battery. The plates of the capacitor are drawn apart slowly to double the distance between them. 41 to 55. The charging of the capacitor starts at t = 0.4 P0V0 (c) 3. Which of the following will have maximum total kinetic energy at temperature 300 K? (a) l k g .5 atm 39. will (a) increase (b) decrease (c) remain same (d) depend on interval resistance of the cell HHh —1 1— 36.C sfirraUaneously when wirrfr was not +E . On a windy day they head towards C but both reach the point D simultaneously in the same time which they took to reach C. Two identical blocks A and B are placed on two 24 P H Y S I C S FOR Y O U  SPE BR ET M E '05 35.Wowing. In the figure a capacitor of capacitance 2 p.1 P0V0 34. v isothermal r C A: ^ 3d 3 eaA V2 2 " V •(b) 2e0AV 2 e0AV2 3d 2MF 2K +V (d) (d) 1.
It is known that the heat radiated per unit area per second is h. This is equal to the electrical power per unit surface area. (a) a point charge at point P will not experience electric force due to capacitor (b) the potential difference between the plates will be 3 0 / 2 C (c) the energy stored in the electric field in the region 9 Q2 between the plates is —— 8C (d) the force on one plate due to the other plate IS . The distance between the plates is d. (a) Q1 2 ro0cr (b) INDIAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY Joint Entrance Examination 2006 (IITJEE) (d) 45. 2006 (Sunday) 08.00 hrs. 2005 to 6th of January. 12. (Math) 16. The crow flies towards the ground and picks up 24 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E Examination Schedule : April 9. .C (d) total charge flown from A to D is .18. Neglect air resistance and other friction Read the following statements and choose the correct options. A crow is sitting on a branch of a tree and on ground surface wheat grains are spread. Application Form and Information Brochure will be available from 28th of November. (Physics).00 . (Chemistry) Each of the above three papers (Physics.00 .30 pC 47. 2006. (a) ABC (b) ADC (c) AFC (d) AEC 46. ZAFB = ZEFC. specific resistance p. In the figure shown the plates of 2Q a parallel plate capacitor have unequal charges.00 hrs. P is a point outside the capacitor and close to the plate of charge Q. I 'P it r 2„ / 2 P/ (d) » = Ji r £ 44. Therefore h can be expressed as (a) h = (c) h= I 1P 2:tV a grain and sit on the front wall. In the figure initial status of capacitance and their connection is shown.00 . Its capacitance is C.14.00 hrs.10. Statement I : Kinetic energy of A on sliding to J will be greater than the kinetic energy of B on falling to M. Given that BD = DE. The possible path shown in diagram.inclined planes as shown in d i a g r a m . Choose the correct mirrorimage of figure given below. Which of the following is/are correct about this circuit? +1 I 2 iF B C 15 V oA +11 3nF D  10 V D " C (a) final charge on each capacitor will be zero (b) final total electrical energy of the capacitors will be zero (c) total charge flown from A to D is 30 p. Choose the correct path so that path length becomes minimum. Statements I I : Acceleration of A will be greater than acceleration of B when both are released to slide on inclined plane Statements I I I : Work done by external agent to move block slowly from position B to O is negative (a) only statement I is true (b) only statement II is true (c) only I and III are true (d) only II and III are true 43. radius r. A current / flows through a cylindrical fuse wire of length /. Mathematics and Chemistry) will be of objective type in new designed to test the comprehension and analytical ability of the Candidates.
36. (a) if the earth were not inclined on its axis (b) if the orbit of earth were a circle rather than ellipse (c) if the earth revolved toward west rather than toward the east. 27. Chemistry and Mathematics. resonance. (b) 9. 4. 47. 26. (c). 55. 50. (d) 39. b. Reason : Both the frequency of collisions and momentum transferred per collision becomes 2 times. 8. Direction for questions (51 to 54) Read each of the following numbered pairs of statement carefully one is an assertion and the second is a possible reason.IV (b) A .IV. (c) 19. Mark your answers to question according to followings. 38. Read statements in Q. C . (b) 14.IV (d) none of these ANSWERS 1. 40. 33. 52. Reason : Neutral conductor cannot produce electric field. (d) (b) (b) (d) (d) (c) (a) (a) (c) (d) (d) Note : For detailed solutions please log on to our website www.in 24 PHYSICS FOR YOU  S P E B R '05 ET M E 45 .E. Chemistry and Biological Sciences will be of two hours duration. 30.11. c) 51. 54. (d) out of the following options for each statement to become true.Directions (For questions from 48 to 50) You already have some knowledge of the earth and its motion about its own axis and also about the Sun. 23. Photon (B) Wave II. (b) If both assertion and the reason are true statements. Date of Examination : April 22 and 23. 18. 53.2005 in national dailies. It will also be posted on the pwebsite : http://jexab.ac. Statement: Objects would weigh four times as much as they do now 50. It only depends on velocity of observer and object but not on their position. 22. 6. c) 48. 49. 28. 54.III. Assertion : While drawing a line on a paper. 35. (d) if the earth had half the present diameter but retained its present mass. 17. 11. 46.I. D . but the reason does not explain the assertion.I. 48. 41. C . Vernacular (or any other fifth subject). Assertion : We cannot produce electric field in a neutral conductor. 55. 31. 2006 Pattern : All question papers in Mathematics. 52. need not be a resident of West Bengal.49 and 50 and choose one of (a). 20. 13. B .III. 42.becs./B. Assertion : For an observer inside the moving train stationary objects outside the train appear to move with different speeds. in JOINT ENTRANCE EXAMINATION (WBJEE2006) Eligibility B. y rays (a) A . (b). 37. Physics. 51. 7. 49. Physics.III (c) A . (a) (a) 2. 45. Statement: Night and day would be of equal length in all latitudes all year long. Statement : The sun would set in the east.II. d) (a. : High Secondary (10 + 2) with English. Frequency (C) X rays III. 25. (a) (b.Tech. In this exercise you have to identify the effect of some imaginary conditions. B . Reason : Relative velocity of the object is independent of relative position. D .II. 15. 53. (c) 44. (b) (a) (b) (d) (c) (d) (b) (b) (d) (c) 3. (a) If both assertion and the reason are true and the reason is an adequate explanation of assertion. (d) If both the assertion and reason are false statements. K capture (D) Nucleus IV. (d) 24. (b) 29. 21. (d) (b) (d) (b) (d) (b) (b) (a) (b. C . ac./B. 48. Objects near the train appears to move faster and object far away appears to move slower. 16. 32. Assertion : When an ideal gas is heated in a rigid non conducting container then pressure becomes double if the temperature is doubled. 43. Match the following : Side P Side Q (A) Photoelectric effect I.II.I. 10. Reason : Friction always opposes motion. (c) If the assertion is a true statement but reason is a false statement. D . 12. friction force acts on paper in the same direction along which line is drawn on the paper. The detailed advertisement will appear on 6.Arch. All questions will be Multiple Choice Question (MCQ) type. (b) 34. (b) (c) (a) (a) (a) (a) (a) (b) (c) (c) (c) (a) 5. B .
a. M + 2m G) (d) — . What is the equivalent resistance between any two corners of the triangle circuit shown below? Each resistance is of 1 £2? (a) 1/2 £2 (b) 1 Q (c) 3/2 Q. The frequency of an open organ pipe is f .1 x IO"27 kg. what will be the acceleration of the block with which it will slide down? (a) (g + a)sin0 (b) (jg . A mass m is suspended from two springs of constants ks and k2 and it oscillates with frequencies/. the inclined plane is lying on the floor of a lift which is falling down with a retardation a.6 x 10~21 joule.)/=/. What will be the dimensional formula of the constant of proportionality? (a) MLT1 (b) M L 0 r r ' (c) ML'T (d) ML^T" 1 . If the same mass is suspended from the same two springs connected in parallel. What is the electric field at the intersection of its diagonals? 1 36g ^ 1 6Q (a) (b) 471E 0 X2 47TE. 8. The angular speed of the ring.0 * (c) 1 47IS0 Q x2 (d) zero. so that horizontal range is equal to the maximum height? tan"11 (b) tan~'2 tan~!3 (d) tan _1 4. 2. A capacitor is charged from a 5 volt battery 100 times per second and is then discharged through a milliammeter 100 tomes per second with the help of 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SPE BR ET M E '05 46 . What is the value (b) zero (d) P2Q sine.2 * IO"21 joule. 9. will be 2M M 2m G) (b) © (a) M + 2m v ' M + 2m M . If.. What should be the angle of projection. The time period (7) of the artificial satellite of earth depends on the density (p) of the earth (assumed constant) as (a) Toe p f ^  M  /i+/2 10. If half part of organ pipe is dipped in water then its frequency is (a) / (b) 3//4 (c) f / 2 (d) 0.2 x 10"21 joule (d) 2. Six charges each equal to +Q are placed at the corners of a regular hexagon of each side x.SOLVED PROBLEMS Practice Question for PMT 1. each of mass m are attached gently to the opposite ends of a diameter of the ring. Angle between P and Q is 0. The mass of the hydrogen molecule is 3. (c) Tcc\!y[p 7. The damping force for a body moving through a fluid is proportional to velocity. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius R rotating about its axis with a constant angular speed co. The average kinetic energy of a hydrogen molecule at 27°C is 6. the (a) (c) 3.27 x 10"21 joule (b) 5. A block is allowed to slide down an inclined plane of inclination 0. 11. 13. The average kinetic energy at 127°C is 12. a n d / 2 respectively. Which type of thermodynamics process is the heating of water under atmospheric pressure? (a) adiabatic (b) isobaric (c) sochoric (d) none of these. then the frequency of the combination will be (a. (d) 2 Q.a)sin0 (c) g sin© + a (d) g sin0 .— c o (c) M + 2m ' ' M 6. Two blocks.+/2 (c) f =4 f i + f i (b) f = 4 K K (d) of P (QxP)l 2 (a) P gcos0 (c) P2QsinQ cos6 4. 5. (a) 4. (b) T K ^ j p (d) Toe i/p.13 x IO"21 joule (c) S.
What is the capacitance of the capacitor if the current is 0. 23. A proton and an alpha particle enter in a uniform magnetic field with the same velocity. An air bubble inside a glass slab (p. Eph = kinetic energy of photon. 24. 14.8 newton is applied on the block as shown in the figure. 21. Its distance from the sun when it is perpendicular to the major axis of the orbit shown from the sun (a) rx+r2 (b) n +ry 18. A block of mass 2 kg is placed on the floor./?^ = momentum of photon. the current through the diode is (a) zero (b) 1 mA (c) 10 mA 100 Q —Wv— I V 2 V (d) 30 mA.« u 0 . 20. The magnitude of the angular momentum of the particle about the origin is (a) 60 units (b) 40v2 units (c) zero (d) 7. A force of 2. The period of rotation of the alpha particle will be (a) four times that of the proton (b) two times that of the proton (c) three times that of the proton (d) same as that of the proton. Its moment of inertia about an axis perpendicular to its plane and passing through a point on its rim will be (a) 5/ (b) 31 (c) 61 (d) 41. Moments of inertia of a uniform circular disc about a diameter is /.a vibrating switch.5) appears at 6 cm when viewed from one side and 4 cm when viewed from the opposite side. A photon and an electron possess same de Broglie wavelength.F. When a mass is rotating in a plane about a fixed point. Einstein photoelectric equation states that 1 —mv 2 = / . Which of the following is true? (a) trajectory of electrons is less curved (b) trajectory of proton is less curved (c) both are equally curved (d) both move along straight line paths. 17. 26. p e = momentum of electron. which of the following relations is correct? Here Ee = kinetic energy of electron. in the circuit shown here. In a nuclear reaction between a deuteron and 6 C 12 . E„ 2c V (a) " F ^ T (b) E 2c v Ph ph (0 Pph v (d) SPE BR ETME Pe Pph '05 c 2v 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  . Given that c = speed of light and v = speed of electron.8 N (b) 8 N (c) 20 N (d) zero. (a) (c) (d) Xrays will not show the phenomenon of diffraction (b) polarisation deflection by electric field interference. 25.j u . 16. An electron and a proton enter a magnetic field at right angle to the field with same kinetic energy. The largest and the shortest distance of the earth from the sun is r] and r2. Which is the other particle liberated? (a) electron (b) positron (c) proton (d) neutron. Assuming that the junction diode is ideal.4. In this equation v refers to (a) (b) (c) (d) velocity of all ejected electrons mean velocity of emitted electrons minimum velocity of emitted electrons maximum velocity of emitted electrons. A particle of mass m = 5 is moving with a uniform speed in the XOY plane along the line Y = X + 4.67 cm (c) 15 cm (d) none of these. The thickness of the slab is (a) 10 cm (b) 6. 19. 22. The coefficient of static friction is 0.5 mA? (a) 1 nF (b) 5 nF (c) 50 p. 15.F (d) 100 p. its angular momentum is directed along (a) the radius (b) the tangent to the orbit (c) a line perpendicular to the plane of rotation (d) none of these.5 units. = 1. The force of friction between the block and the floor is (take g = 10 m/s 2 ) (a) 2. the nucleus 7N13 is produced.
m. is applied to the primary coil of the transformer. Excess pressure inside a bubble of radius r is P. The area under the curve is divided into two regions. 33.2r r (C) \i r.C. 37. 28. The number of turns in the primary and the secondary coils of a transformer are 1000 and 3000 respectively.5 by passing a current through it. A beaker full of hot water is kept in a room and it cools from 80°C to 75°C in minutes. 2 volt and internal resistance 1 ohm are available to produce heat in a resistance r = 0. A long straight thin conductor has a current of / ampere. Then (a) Wx > W2 (b) W] < W2 (c) Wx = W2 (d) Wx  W2 30.28 W (b) 2.0 V 2V is from A t o B and the volume region 2 is from B to C. Then the potential difference between X and Y is (a) 2E (b) (c) zero (d) none of these. the resultant form of vibration will be (a) a circle (b) an ellipse (c) a straight line (d) a parabola. Two identical batteries. Then the dipole moment of this combination is (a) qa (b) zero (c) qaj3 (d) (a) increasing the capacitance (b) increasing the potential difference between the plates (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these. iq) and (q) are placed at the corners A.f. 34. If the work done in the two regions be denoted by Wx and W2 respectively. from 75°C to 70°C in U minutes and from 70°C to 65°C in t3 minutes.0 W (c) 8/9 W (d) 3. B and C of an equilateral triangle of side a as shown in the adjoining figure. +r.08 volt.24 volt (d) 0. 31.2 W 35. Increasing the charge on the plates of a capacitor means 36. each of e. When they superimpose. Then (a) tl<t2<t3 (b) tx = t2 = t3 (c) tx<t2 = t3 (d) tx < t2 < tj 29. Two mutually perpendicular simple harmonic vibrations have same amplitude. The magnetic induction B away from the conductor at a distance r from its axis varies as shown (a) (b) (c) 0.0 (d) 2 Tiqa 32. The maximum joulean power that can be developed across R using these batteries is (a) 1. (d) n+ri 27. The region 1 0. If the potential difference between the cathode and 24 PHYSICS FOR YOU  SPE BR ETME '05 48 . If 80 volt A. The curve in the adjoining figure shows an isothermal expansion of a given mass of a gas. Three charges of (+2q). t£ien the potential difference per turn of the secondary coil would be (a) 240 volt (b) 2400 volt (c) 0. frequency and phase. Then (a) P ~ Mr (b) P «= r2 2 (c) P oe r (d) none of these. Two similar accumulators each of emf E and internal resistance r are connected as shown X in the adjoining diagram.
p.8 MeV (c) 27. 39. (b) : F = kv.5 electron volt. The dot product . The plate current ip in a triode is given by iin ip = K K+. magnetic field B and velocity v of the electrons were in mutually perpendicular directions. Which of the following gates corresponds to the truth table given below. The ratio of the final velocities of the helium and the hydrogen ions is (a) 2 (c) 1/2 (b) (d) 1/^2 (a) 2/5 (c) 2~5 (b) 2 x 5 (d) 2 5 . 2g 1 2 1 ? Hence. 2sin0cos6 = —sin 0 2 2 or.6 electron volt. the flow of current across the junction is mainly due to (a) drift of charges (b) diffusion of charges (c) both drift and diffusion of charges (d) depends upon the nature of material.0015 a.1 A. lattice parameter is (a) 10.3 MeV (d) 14.F = 1. = 1.3O m (c) 10~10 m 30 m (b) — xlO 2 15 (d) IO' m. Momentum of a photon of wavelength X is (a) h/X (b) zero (c) hX/c (d) hc/X. 41.666.u (d) 0. Doubly ionised helium atoms and hydrogen ions are accelerated from rest through the same potential drop.5) equal to (a) 7200 A (b) 4800 A (c) 10800 A (d) 7201 A. 0 0 1 SOLUTIONS 1. If the angle of the prism P} is 10°. sin28 = .m.u the binding energy of the helium nucleus will be (a) 28. 3. 45. An achromatic prism is made by combining two prisms Px (p. The masses of neutron and proton are 1. 48. In J. electric field E .the target of Coolidge tube is 1. That is u 2 sin2 ( PHYSICS F O R Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E . 40. He = 1. Light of wavelength 7200 A in air has a wavelength in glass (p.u (b) 1 A. Thomson's method.(ip)2' (c) Gm ip (d) Gm cc ( i p f \ 43. This velocity selector allows particles of velocity v to pass undeflected when (a) v = BE (b) v = E/B (c) v = B/E (d) v = B2IE. A B Y (a) NAND 1 0 0 (b) NOR 1 0 1 (c) XOR 0 1 1 (d) OR. If VA and VB denote the potentials of A and B.s i n 0 or. tanG = 4. 49. The probability of a radioactive atom to survive 5 times longer than its halfvalue period is 24 50. the energy required to excite it from the ground state to the next higher state is nearly (a) 3.0087 and 1. 42.2 electron volt (c) 12. If the ionization energy for the hydrogen atom is 13.4 MeV (b) 20. then the equivalent resistance ion between and B in the adjoining electric circuit is (a) 10 ohm if VA > VB (b) 5 ohm if VA < VB (c) 5 ohm if VA > VB (d) 20 ohm if VA < VB. (b): p is perpendicular to (QxP).650) i represents the refractive index.6° (d) 20°.01 Au 38. of perpendicular vector is zero.532.u (c) 0. the angle of the prism P2 will be (a) 5° (b) 78° (c) 10. 2.(g (b) Gm .515) andP 2 = 1. then the mutual conductance Gm is related to the plate current as 1/3 \2/3 (a) Gm . 47.1 electron volt (d) 1. When an p«junction diode is reverse biased.c = 1.2 MeV.2 x 105 volt then the minimum wavelength of continuous Xrays is (a) 10 A. u 2 sin 26 (d) : R = ym.4 electron volt (b) 10.m.0073 a. 44. If the neutrons and protons combine to form helium nucleus of mass 4.u respectively. 46. That is MLT~2 = k [LT 1 ] Hence k = MT"1.J.
Tx 1 R1 \GM =2k4. curvature = 1/radius. mass of electron is less. The direction of momentum in the XOY plane is given by ¥X y . And the equivalent resistance across a and c is 1/2 Q. 2jiM 15. (d) : . where T is in kelvin. Mvsin<j> 14. / 10. 2n V Frequency of open and closed pipes are v/2/ and v/4/ respectively. i. Same is true for the parts ad a and dc. 12. r 2 = 7 j x l x 4 = 27j. (d): It is the maximum kinetic energy of the electron. when minimum amount of energy is used to take the electron out.real depth 6 4 17. * That i s / 2 = /j 2 + f2. (a): Momentum of the particle = mass x velocity = (5)x(3a/2) = 15V2.7 = 0. (a) : The effective value of the downward acceleration is [g . Hence. k = kx + k2. Remember. 22. / . 9. (a) 11. (c) : T = 2n. Hence equivalent circuit is as shown in the figure. 8.x + 4. (a) : Here 5 x C x 100 = 0. curvature of the trajectory of the proton will be less. (b) : £ c =— mv1 = — x(mv)v = — — v. 19. b = 2+ And 0T' is neutron. The symmetry of the distribution current requires that there should be same current in the partsab and be. 23. (c) : p = 18.(a)] sin0 = (g + a)sin9. 6.5 * IO"3 This gives C = 1 iF. (a) : Suppose we want to find the resistance across a and c. M2. T2 = That is 7. Then TlllxMI q2 M] Here q2 = 2qx and M2 = 4 M x . Here I = MR2. = (M + 2m)R2 Hence co. This is possible only when there is no current through the part bd. T = • qB 1213 1 21. (c) : Xrays consists of photons. (b) (c) : / i = T _ J — > / 2 = 7 " J — 27t V m 2n v m In parallel.D2 + 6C12 + 7N Here a = 6 + l . real depth _ thickness . (b) : Radius of the circular path is R = q0B Since. = Mco/(M + 2m).co.4. (b) : In this case. q2 that for aparticle. Eph = 13 20. (a) : The diode is reverse biased so the current through it is zero. mass and charge of proton and T2. 2 2 2 X he For photon. The radius of the proton will be more than that. Slope of the line = 1 = tan6. so its radius will also be small. 0 = 45° Intercept of this straight line = 4 Length of the perpendicular z from the origin on the straight line = 4sin45° = Angular momentum = momentum x perpendicular distance = 60 units.e. 5. (c) : KE « T. (c) : /co = 7. Hence. (c) 24 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SPE BR ET M E '05 . 16. R ]IGx(4/3tiR3P) J And ZL = MlxV2_ T2 qx M2 Let Tu Mu qx be the time period. 13. (d): Electric fields due to the charges at the opposite corners will cancel each other. which do not carry charge.
6 x 10"34 joule x sec c = 3 x 108 m/sec. (b) 33. fv ^ 2 = and —QM.He 37. i = E/r. r+r 0. 35. 0.1. External resistance = 0.016)^ 2 A2 = 5°. (b): For maximum power in the external resistance external resistance = total internal resistance. Nn = Now. (c) 26.e. then charges of (q) and (q) placed at B and C can be replaced by a charge (2q) placed at D.2 X io 5 = 120000 eV he = 12400 eV A 12400 eV A 120000 38. then the minimum wavelength A.523 . 31.6xl0~34x3xl08 min " 1.5 1 Power developed across external resistance = 2 2 x 0. Now.08 volt . r' = 0. ^ = ™ 0 a = 4800A Electric dipole moment = 2q .J L = Nn 1000 0. :. As external applied force of 2.5 39.24. Positive direction of dipole moment is from D to A i. F .= 2 ampere.8 newton is less than than limiting friction. 32.1 9 V V= 1. = (2\lF . (b) 30. (c) : If D is the middle point of the line joining B and C.7 A.l ^ c ) ^ .008)(10°) = (0. Energyof helium ion = qV Energy of hydrogen ion = q'V where Vis the potential difference through which either of these ions is accelerated. 40.5 r' 1 1 Current in external resistance E 2 2 i= = = . the angular disperson 0! and 0 2 are numerically equal.6 x 10~19 C _ 6. .min of continuous Xrays is given by ^•min = hc/eV Here h = 6.5 = 2 watt. 25.e. E N 36. (a): For an achromatic combination of two prisms P\ and P2. (d) : For a transformer.+ i or.6xlO. ( b ) : "Hg^0.08 Ns turn Here.Vy = Eir = E—xr = EE = 0. = 0 2 ( l p . Hence the two batteries should be connected in parallel.666 .5.. (1. (d) : B Mr.= — — E u„ 1. (a) : Limiting force of friction = pi? = \iMg = 0.5 + 0. the actual force of friction is equal to the external force of 28 newton but in opposite direction. (c) 29.650)^ 2 or.515)10° = (1. i. (b) : In crossed electric and magnetic field the charged particle travels straight with no deflection when Bev = Ee. . Xa = 7200 A = qa4h. (c) : When the potential difference between the 24 UhJ rr = I 2 UJ J_ VH SPE BR ET M E '05 PHYSICS FOR YOU  .2\ic) A2 i. (d) : If charges on helium ion and hydrogen ion be denoted by q and q . ' JV\ Now AD = (AB) sin 60° = a aS Here % = 1. If VHs and VH denote the final velocities of helium ions and hydrogen ions and MHe and MH the masses of helium ions and hydrogen ions. Total internal resistance = r = . (c) : Let current in the circuit be i then i is given by E + E = ir + ir or.e. Vx .^ = 0. (a) 28. —. (c) 27. Then vl qV_ q'V V f vUe } fir 2 P N P UhJ / N 1 U'J N. (0. r 34. (a) cathode and the anticathode is Fvolt.4 x 2 x 10 = 8 N. along the bisector of the angle at A but away from the base of the triangle. v = EIB.5.1. 41. e = 1.
0 0 1 5 ) amu = 0. gamma.0160] amu = 4.0073] = 2 [2. Cosmic.m. So we are presenting some mneumonics to learn few very difficult things in Physics in a very easy way. Dear Students. If you have such mneumonics in Physics. The order of ohmic values in resistors Billy brown relies on your gin but prefers good whiskey.4 . 44. infrared. (a) 43. The different categories of radiation.3/2 42. (b) 48.0015 a.u Y. Black/brown/red/orange/yellow/green/blue/purple/grey/white. 2. Survival probability of a radioactive atom = 2"5. radio. s n 1/3 di p dV(. (c) : Let the lattice parameter be a. then 10HO m.u Decrease in mass when two protons and two neutrons combine to form helium nucleus = (4. (b) 49.0320 . We know that its too difficult to remember The spectral classification sequence (star classes on a stellar evolution diagram). (c): When VA > VB. 1. 3. (a) : 2 w r = 2 [1.0305 amu = (0. (i) dVv « ..4 MeV. i = K dip \ H 1/2 . In capacitive (C) circuits.load over effort (1/e) MEMORY 5.0305)(931) MeV = 28.m.mp = 4. it is the other way. On selection we will publish them with your name in our monthly magazines Physics For You. (a) : For a triode. (a) 45. 1 1/3 p G»> 2 ' 5 ohm.0087 + 1.. Botany or Zoology which can be proved as aid to memory then send them to us. a3 = 50. The definition of mechanical advantage Men always like eating. in order of increasing wavelength Cary grant expects unanimous votes in movie reviews tonight.i f /^p=constant 1/2 Now.The current flows from the antimony to the bismuth through the cold junction. television. In inductive (L) circuits. Xrays. microwave. Whether current leads voltage or lags it in reactive circuits Think of 'Eli the Ice man'. MA . visible.„ r 2 ' 3 c. hence ELI. 24 PHYSICS FOR YOU  SPE BR ETME '05 . so ICE. V ° 'Vp = constant JK 2 =f*2/v/3 46. Chemistry. the junction diode is forward biased biased and hence conducting. A%V0 = 2"5. The direction in which the current flows in a thermocouple Contributed by Neha Chandak. 47. Then the two ten ohm resistors are arranged in parallels.0320 a. voltage (E) leads current (I). Nagpur made from antimony and bismuth metals abc . (c) : Here tlth = 5 = « But AWV0 = (1/2)" = (1/2) 5 . 1 = J_ R•AB " i o J_ _2_ 10' 10 But r \ dVe %J 3 d i ^ = G. ultraviolet. Chemistry Today and Biology Today.
(b) 7 0 /V2 (c) 70/4 (d) 70 2. (a) 70/2 (e) Io28. 5. Two thin lenses of focal length 20 cm and 25 cm are in contact. 13. 12. base and collector respectively of a transistor. The relation between a and P parameters of a transistor is (a) a =(3 . 6. then a < b. b and c.2005 1. If one of the slits is covered then the intensity at the central maxima will become 24 (c) a = . the central maxima is observed to be 70.p a r t i c l e s and (3particles respectively emitted in the reaction : 8 s^ 1 9 S ~* 78 are (a) 8 and 8 (b) 8 and 6 (c) 6 and 8 (d) 6 and 6 (e) 8 and 4. P 7. are (a) (c) (d) The frequency of Xrays.r is (a) v = — = (c) (e) v = (b) v = c^\xrK (d) v = K VcZ 3. The magnification of the image when an object is placed at a distance x from the principal focus of a mirror of focal length / is (a) (e) / 1+ / (b) l + { (c) 7 (d) i / (b) . b < c (d) a < b. will appear (a) red (b) blue (c) violet (d) white (e) black.5 D (e) 9 D.P — 1+0 V (d) P a^t— 1P (e) a = p. The counting rate observed from a radioactive source at t = 0 second was 1600 counts per second and / = 8 seconds it was 100 counts per second. The effective power of the combination is (a) 4. b < c a = b = c. Time taken by sunlight to pass through a window of thickness 4 mm whose refractive index is 3/2 is (a) 2 x IO"4 sec (b) 2 x io 4 sec 11 (c) 2 x IO" sec (d) 2 x 10" sec (e) 2 x 10s sec. A pn junction in series with a resistance of 5 k£2 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SPE BR ET M E '05 . b > c a > b. 4. In the Young's double slit experiment. A red coloured object illuminated by mercury vapour lamp. 10. Db and Dc are the doping levels of emitter. when seen through a green filter. its speed in a medium of dielectric constant K and relative permeability p. b > c (b) a > b. The counting rate observed as counts per second t = 6 seconds will be (a) 400 (b) 300 (c) 250 (d) 200 (e) 150. Which of the following is not conserved in nuclear reaction? (a) total energy (b) mass number (c) charge number (d) nucleon number (e) number of fundamental particles.SOLVED PAPER KERALA PET . If c is the speed of electromagnetic waves in vacuum. yrays and ultraviolet rays respectively a. If De. 14.5 D (b) 18 D (c) 45 D (d) 2. 11. then (a) Dc = IJh = Dc (b) De <D„ = Dc (c) De >Dh> Dc (d) De < Dh < Dc (e) De> Dc> Dh. The ratio of the deBroglie wavelength of an aparticle and a proton of same kinetic energy is (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 1 : (d) 4 : 1 (e) V2 : 1 9. The number of a .
70 km (e) 42. = n2 (b) < n2 n 2 < «. 23.134 ms"1. the angular velocity and linear velocity of the tip is (a) 0. (d) 0.] (d) [M'L^TA. 0. It reaches the ground in s. A TV tower has a height of 100 m. a stone is thrown up. 25. 0. What is the maximum distance upto which the TV transmission can be received (R = 8 x 106 m)? (a) 34. and (a) (c) If and n2 are the refractive indices of the core the cladding respectively of an optic fibre.k ) .70 km •(c) 40 km (d) 40.2547 rad/s. If a radio receiver amplifies all the signal frequencies equally well. A particle is displaced from a position (2/' .2047 rad/s. the (a) (e) If a radio receiver is tuned to 855 kHz radio wave. 0. If the catching process be completed in 0.1047 rad/s.8. (b) 1 = 1? (e) < = 3 r 1r <2 r '2 (d) t? = ti 19. c and d as follows.8 mA (b) 1 mA (c) 2 mA (d) 20 mA (e) 9. (d) n2 = 2m. A=• Cyfd The percentage errors of measurement in a.00314 ms"1 (e) 0. A second stone thrown down with the same speed reaches the ground in t2 s. b. 0. then w.1472 rad/s.75 km. (a) (c) (e) The dimensional formula of magnetic flux is [M'L0T~2A_1] (b) [M'L^'A" 1 ] 2 2 [M'L T!A. From the top of tower. find the voltage gain. If the forward bias resistance of the i 5kn junction is 50 £2.is connected across a 50 V p n DC source.1 s the force of the blow exerted by the ball on the hands of the player is (a) 0.0314 ms"1 (b) 0. The work done by the force in an arbitrary unit is (a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 16 (e) 20. 16. A third stone released from rest reaches the ground in t3 s. (a) 250 (b) 500 (c) 125 (d) 50 (e) 75. A body starting from rest moves with constant acceleration. 18.2k) under the action of the force of (2i + j . 3%. 24 PHYSICS FOR YOU  SPE BR ET M E '05 . c and d are 1%.j + k) to another position (3/ + 2 j . The ratio of distance covered by the body during the 5th second to that covered in 5 seconds is (a) 9/25 (b) 3/5 (c) 25/9 (d) 1/25 (e) 25. 20. 22.] 26.06314 ms"1 . Then (a) h = 1 1 (c) (e) «2 = yflni • 17. A player caught a cricket ball of mass 150 g moving at the rate of 20 ms1. 2% and 2% respectively. If the input peak voltage is 5 mV and the current gain is 50. it is said to have high (a) fidelity (b) distortion (c) sensibility (d) sensitivity (e) selectivity. the +1 forward bias current is 1 (a) . The horizontal range and maximum height reached will be in the ratio (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 4 (d) 4 : 1 (e) 4 :V2 27. A transistor connected at common emitter mode contains load resistance of 5 k£2 and an input resistance of 1 k£2. A physical quantity/I is related to four observable a. b. An object is projected at an angle of 45° with the horizontal.347 rad/s.314 ms"' (c) 0. 21. 24.77 km (b) 32. If the length of the second's hand in a stopclock is 3 cm. (a) (c) (e) The area under accelerationtime graph gives distance travelled (b) change in acceleration force acting (d) change in velocity work done. What is the percentage of error in the quantity A? (a) 12% (b) 7% (c) 5% • (d) 16% (e) 14%. 28.3 N (b) 30 N (c) 300 N (d) 3000 N (e) 3 N. frequency of local oscillator in kHz is 1510 (b) 455 (c) 1310 (d) 1500 855. 0.1 ] 1 [M'L^A. 15.9 mA.
Which of the following statements about the gravitational constant is true? (a) it is a force (b) it has no unit (c) it has same value in all systems of units (d) it depends on the value of the masses (e) it does not depend on the nature of the medium in which the bodies are kept. its momentum increases by times. Two masses M and Ml2 are joined together by means of light inextensible string passed over a frictionless pulley as shown in the figure. (a) ^2 (e) 1/72 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 2^2 (e) PQ + QR + PR 35. Two identical solid copper spheres of radius R are placed in contact with each other. The gravitational attraction between them is proportional to (a) R2 (b) Rr2 (c) R* (d) R~* (e) R\ 40.. A body rolls down an inclined plane. the small one will ascent with an acceleration of (a) g/3 (b) 3g/2 (c) gl2 (d) g (e) gl4. Then. If P cm of water be the atmospheric pressure. 38. the distance of centre of mass of the system from P is PQ+PR PQ + PR + QR (a) (b) 3 3 PR + QR PQ+QR (c) (d) 24 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SPE BR ET M E '05 39.7 3 2 ^ (c) zero <«> S . In elastic collision (a) both momentum and kinetic energies are conserved (b) both momentum and kinetic energies are not conserved (c) only energy is conserved (d) only mechanical energy is conserved (e) only momentum is conserved. A ball is released from the top of a tower. second and third second of the motion of the ball is (a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 4 : 9 (c) 1 : 3 : 5 (d) 1 : 5 : 3 (e) 1 : 3 : 2 33.29. (b) force (d) coefficient of viscosity 41. 30. R respectively. Q. each of mass 1 kg are kept as shown in figure. then the body is (a) solid cylinder (b) solid sphere (c) disc (d) ring (e) hollow cylinder. The ratio of work done by force of gravity in first. If their centres are marked P. X with their centres on a straight line. Four particles each of mass M. When onethird of its length hangs over the edge. then the depth of the lake is . (d) 732 GM L 34. If its kinetic energy of rotation is 40% of its kinetic energy of translation. Three identical spheres. 32. touching each other. The moment of inertia of a thin rod of mass M and length L about an axis perpendicular to the rod at a distance L/4 from one end is (a) (e) ML2 „ (b) ML2 T 1ML2 ~Y2 (c) 7 ML1 24 (d) 7 ML 12 48 36. Radius of an air bubble at the bottom of the lake is r and it becomes 2r when the air bubbles rises to the top surface of the lake. are located at the vertices of a square with side L. the chain starts sliding. to (a) (c) (e) The modulus of elasticity is dimensionally equivalent strain stress surface tension. the coefficient of static friction is (a) 3/4 (b) 1/4 (c) 2/3 (d) 1/3 (e) 1/2. The gravitational potential due to this at the centre of the square is r— GM (b) 764 . When the kinetic energy of a body is doubled. When the bigger mass is released. A uniform metal chain is placed on a rough table such that one end of chain hangs down over the edge of the table. 31. 37.3 (a) .
If the frequency of the last tuning fork is double that of the first. Then its time period in seconds is 1 271 <b) (a) (b) a/2 (c) j = (d) a/43 (b) .K(d) 2 cal mol"1 K"1 1 1 (e) 4 cal moh K .2°C (b) 22°C (c) 20. Its corresponding wavelength at 3000 K will be 3 16. frequency of the second tuning fork is (a) 138 Hz (b) 132 Hz (c) 144 Hz (d) 276 Hz (e) 270 Hz.1 hour. A closed organ pipe and an open organ pipe are tuned to the same fundamental frequency. B and C are 12°C. (d) (b) (a) 2X"> ( 0 J^K (e) 4 2 49. An observer standing near the sea shore observes 54 waves per minute. (b) 8P (c) 4P (d) IP (a) 1 hour (b) 1 s (d) 1 minute (c) 12 hours (e) 0. When the tap is opened the reading of the manometer falls to 4 x 105 pascal. 54. (a) 2 x 10"5 (b) 6 x 10"5 (c) 18 x 105 (d) 1. A particle executes linear simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 2 cm.1 x io. 43. PHYSICS FOR Y O U  SPE BR ET M E '05 45. The value of PV/T for one mole of an ideal gas is nearly equal to (a) 2 J mol"1 K' (b) 8. The time period of the seconds hand of a watch is 24 . If the wavelength of the water wave is 10 m then the velocity of water wave is (a) 540 ms"1 (b) 5.5 x 105 pascal. The ratio of their lengths is (a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 2 (e) 4 : 1. 42. (o (e) 44. A manometer connected to a closed tap reads 4. (d) 2^r 9ti (po) iw? < c) Jf (d) £ 2n 51.2°C (e) 20. The temperature when A and C are mixed is (a) 18.24% when its temperature is raised by 40°C. The temperature when A and B are mixed is 16°C and when B and C are mixed is 23°C. Its amplitude is a and total energy E. (a) r g. The coefficient of linear expansion of the metal is °C. 48. A black body has maximum wavelength Xm at 2000 K.(a) 2 P (e) 5P.5 . and the viscosity of the liquid is t). At one instant its kinetic energy is 3£/4. The volume of a metal sphere increases by 0.2 J mol. The electrostatic field due to a charged conductor just outside the conductor is (a) zero and parallel to the surface at every point inside the conductor (b) zero and is normal to the surface at every point inside the conductor (c) parallel to the surface at every point and zero inside the conductor (d) normal to the surface at every point and zero inside the conductor (e) normal to the surface at every point and nonzero inside the conductor. 19°C and 28°C respectively. Its displacement at that instant is (a) a/J2 (e) a. 53. Then the velocity of flow of water is (a) 7 ms'1 (b) 8 ms"1 (c) 9 ms"1 (d) 12 ms"1 (e) 10 ms"1.4 ms"1 (c) 0.6 ms" . The temperature of equal masses of three different liquids A. 46. 52.3 cal mol"1 Kr1 1 1 (c) 4. 47. A set of 24 tuning forks are so arranged that each gives 6 beats per second with the previous one. What is the velocity v of a metallic ball of radius r falling in a tank of liquid at the instant when its acceleration is onehalf that of a freely falling body? (The densities of metal and of liquid are p and c respectively. When the particle is at 1 cm from the mean position the magnitude of its velocity is equal to that of its acceleration.2 x 105 (e) 2. A particle starts simple harmonic motion from the mean position.8°C.184 ms"1 (d) 9 ms"1 1 (e) 48.2°C (d) 25. 50.
For a certain thermocouple. The balancing point is obtained 1/3 m from the zero end.05 iJ (c) 1 p. The electric flux emerging from the cube is 3 •qal ^ (a) zero (b) — — / \ 1 iA \ (d) Aqa2 E° series with P the balance point shifts to 2/3 m from same end.1 A Lamv(b) 0. The magnitude of the earth's magnetic field at a place is B0 and the angle of dip is 8.7 . A soap bubble is charged to a potential of 16 V. 65. 58. What is the capacitance 01 4e 0A 2EQA 3 SNA . is bent in the form of a semicircle. Its radius is then doubled.4 A (e) 0. A horizontal conductor of length / lying magnetic northsouth moves eastwards with a velocity v.2 A.y (d) u 57. then the new neutral and inversion temperatures are respectively (a) 285°C and 560°C (b) 285°C and 570°C (c) 295°C and 560°C ' (d) 275°C and 560°C (e) 275°C and 570°C. 56. 0.4 A.5 x 107 C kg 1 moves with a speed of 2 x 10s ms . P and Q are (a) 4. 2 (b) 2. The charging battery is and then the separation between the plates is Work done during the process is (a) 5 pJ (b) 0.f (c) . 59. F i g u r e shows f o u r plates each of area A and separated from another by between P and 8NA M I r v (e) zero.55. 63. The resistance to be connected in series to convert it into a voltmeter of maximum reading 3 V is (a) 49 Q (b) 80 Q (c) 40 Q (d) 30 Q (e) 50 Q. 10 pJ 64.1 A. 0. 61. j 1 \ a distance d. 68. A straight conductor of length / carrying a current /. The emf induced across the conductor is (a) zero (b) B0 Iv sin5 (c) B0lv (d) B0 /vcos5 (e) B 0 sin5. 0. = 3 V.7 (e) n2I xlO. An a . (a) (c) (e) A cyclotron can be used to accelerate aparticles (b) (iparticles neutrons (d) neutrino positron. A 10 £2 electric heater operates on a 110 V line.J (d) (e) 50 xJ. A milliammeter of range 030 A has internal resistance of 20 Q. 67. The rate at which heat is developed in watts is (a) 1310 W ( b ) 670 W ( c ) ' 8 1 0 W (d) 1210 W (e) 1100 W. (= 10 Q) and R2 (= 30 Q) r in the circuit diagram with E.2 A.2 A Rr (c) 0. 60. The potential of the bubble now will be (a) 16 V (b) 8 V (c) 4 V (d) 2 V (e) zero.p a r t i c l e with a s p e c i f i c c h a r g e of 2.4 A. A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance is charged to 1 pC. 4 (c) — (e) e0/q.1 in a perpendicular magnetic field of 0. 4 (c) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) (e) unpredictable. 0. A point charge +q is placed at the midpoint of a cube of side a.2 A (d) 0. The magnetic field in tesla at the centre of the semicircle is 7 (a) ^ x l O " / 7 (c) ^ 2x l O / 7 (b) — x 10 I (d) n I xlO. Then the radius of the circular path described by it is (a) 8 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 16 cm (d) 2 cm (e) 32 cm. E2 = 3 V and ll i l l 1 M E 3 = 2 V are respectively f (a) 0. If a 6 Q resistance is connected in 75 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  NOVEMBER '05 66. Resistors P and Q connected in the gaps of the meter bridge. In which of the following substances does resistance decrease with increase in temperature? (a) copper (b) carbon (c) constantan (d) silver (e) sodium. 0. 62.1 A. of 10 jiF removed doubled. the neutral temperature and inversion temperatures are 285°C and 570°C respectively.05 T. If the cold junction is brought to 10°C. The current and i2 f1 1 through the resistors R. E. if the temperature of the cold junction is 0°C.
A coil having an inductance of 0. The e. (a) : = — mv \ma(vo)2 4mp(va)2 or. 2 2500 rad s' 1 and 5 A 2500 rad s"1 and 51^2 A 250 rad s"1 and 5 ^ 2 A 25 rad s"1 and 5s/2 A SOLUTIONS 10.. the current drawn from the line is (a) 3 A (b) 30 A (c) 0. u 71. 2. 314 Hz. (b) : 196 . For the series LCR circuit shown in the figure. P = 9 D. 24 v t cxt 3 x l 0 8 xt P = —— = d 4 x 10 . (e) : R = 5 * 103 Q. a = 8 and 2 a . 72. 16 .9 mA. amplitude becomes half and intensity becomes l/4th. ( c ) : / 0 = /f 2 When one slit is closed. 1. v = — 3 3xl08x/ or. (c) :  w 1 = height of image height of object or. count rate reduces to ~ 1 _ 1  iL.= 200. 4. —=K and v = 1 11. .= T2 4 x 10 P 1+ a 14. half life must be 2 sec. 1 = \mp(vp)2 =^mp(vp)2 v € 8 mH t AM/V44D J 20 nF =  2 or. counts per second = 1600 At / = 8. 50 Hz 100 V. 9. 100 Hz 100 V. + 1 _L__L _ 9 + / 2 " 2 0 25 ~100 ' /~/. If the efficiency of the transformer is 80%.P = 10. . P = a(l + P) = or. (c): p = 1a or. E= and (a) (c) (e) If an alternating voltage is represented as 141 sin (628 t). (in volts) generated in the coil is (a) 10 (b) 5 (c) 2.f. P = 6. = 3/2. (d) : At t = 0.78 = 10 A\96 D164 Then.Pa = a 3. or. >r (e) K ' Therefore. h 8. (a) : b > a > c (c) : — = Ho 1 or £o a < b and b > c.5 (d) 1. v^ = h p h m 2 p' p v or. (e) 13. 628 Hz (b) 100 V. 12.m.25 70. m v =. j. 100 Hz (d) 141 V.69. the count 1600 „„„ rate will become — . 2x3x10 . 4 a + 00 = 32 or._L Ho s o . then the rms value of the voltage the frequency are respectively 141V. or. d = 4 mm = 4 x 10~3 m c d n =  or.= 2x10 11 sec. A stepdown transformer is used on a 1000 V line to deliver 20 A at 120 V at the secondary coil.p = 10 or. counts per second = 100 In 8 sec. / = 5 (e): 3x4xl0"3 „ . P .. (e) mpyp mava mp 4 mp 2 = 1. v.164 = 32 88 . 6. In 6 sec.5 H carries a current which is uniformly varying from zero to 10 ampere in 2 second.25 (e) 0. PHYSICS F O R Y O U  S P E B R '05 ET M E . F = 50 V V 50 1 1 R (5x10 +50) 100 + 1 101 = 9.. what is the 220 V resonance frequency and the amplitude of the current at the resonating frequency? (a) 2500 rad s"1 and 5 ^ 2 A (b) (c) (d) (e) 7.4 A (e) 24 A. I— IJ4. (c) : p.3 A (d) 2.
(e) : § = BA = BAcosQ F B =and BqV= F.. ( = 0 .1 = 200 150 x 200 = 30 N. (iii). 24. 1 2 « 1 25a S = ut + ar = 0 + . (a) : m = 150 g. (a) : RL = 5 kQ Input resistance = 1 k£2. when thrown downwards with velocity u. (a) : A = 2i .. ( b ) : Let h be the height of the tower. t3 = yjtxt2 .' T " 2 ] or.1047 x 3 = 0. . v = 20 m/s. T 60 30 v = 0. (i). a2b3 c\[d Putting the value in (iii). h+ J_ Dimensions = [MLT"Z][L1} h) = \g(h+h) [AT][LT~X] Dimensional formula of < will be J > [ M ' ^ A . (c) : « 2 < n \ 17. Also.j + k . (e) : A = log^4 = 21oga + 31ag6^logc +—loga? Differentiating both side dA _ 2da A a  k s i n 2 8 x 2 g _ 2 sin 26 Ratio = 2 • 2a ~ • 2fl gxu sin 8 sin 6 2 Mb b  dc c  1 dd 2 d (1/ 42)' = 4:1. and co = — = — = — = 0. v = cor. .00314 m/s.1047 rad/sec.x ax 25 = 2 2 2 Ratio = 9/25. ® : Change in velocity Area = change in acceleration (a) x change in time u) = change in velocity. 1 2 = 250 h = utx + —gt\ hut2 . (d) : Length of second's hand = 3 cm = radius. 26.. Adding (iv) and (v)..2 g 21.. 22. . . when released from rest. h = ^ g t 3 2 . (ii). when projected upward 16. (e) : For resonance. then from the laws of motion (under gravity). 20. (a) : Covering range = d ~ j2hR = V 2 x l 0 0 x 8 x l 0 6 = V 16x10® = 4 x l 0 4 = 4 0 km. PHYSICS FOR YOU  NOVEMBER '05 77 . B = 3i + S = BA = {3i+2j2k)(2ij = i+3j3k 2j2k + k) FS = (2i+jk)(i+3j3k) = 2 + 3 + 3 = 8. 28. (a) 18. 25. 19. *» * £ < e = 45) = 2 x 1% + 3 x 3% + 2% + ~ x 2 % = 2% + 9% + 2% + 1% = 14%... (d) : Horizontal range = Maximum height reached = u2 sin 26 u2 sin 2 6 .= u + ^gt1 h 1 From (ii). V0= 5 mV..= u + 2 gt2 h . (iv) (v) From fi). [M'LT^A" 1 ].15. F= 1000 Distance covered in 5 sec.. 1x10 h 50 x 5 x IO"6 = 250 x 10"6 ••• 4 = 50 X l h output voltage Now. 1 s F = ma a = v/t = 20/0. qV F qV ^cos8 1 + —g'2 2 . (a) : Distance covered in 5th second a « v 9a = w +—(2rcl) = 0 + —(101) = — 27. (3 = 50 Output voltage = 5kQ x I c h Input voltage = 5 * 10 3 V P= 50 = — and A = 5 X 1 ° 3 = 5x10 Q. voltage gain input voltage 5 x l 0 3 x 250xl0~ 6 5xl0~ 3 3 23.
:.m k x — 2 2 R Kinetic energy of translation = — mv mk 2 1 . (c) : u . 1 2 39. (e) : Moment of inertia of uniform rod ML1 +M ~~Y2 M Ml} 12 Ml} 16 Mt = + M/21 I ]_ J_ 3+ 4 M • T Mg 31. . 2 V2 1 2 1 . J" 2 Kinetic energy of rotation = —J® = . Modulus of elasticity is dimensionally equivalent to stress.e.E. Foe R' 40. / x M x g 1/3 / 34. kinetic energy = p2/2m or. (c) : 7 = ^ (2 RY 33. pl = ^2mkx 2m 2 Gxxn2p2R* 9 FIA tsLIL 2 2kx = Ic2 or. (e) : For static friction. 1 . mg^h~g il=2 *2 = 2 * 2 R1 Moment of inertia of a solid sphere about its diameter is —MR . (a) : Potential energy at the = 1:3. (e) 38.9 v2 Work done by the force of gravity in first second is mgh~g2 =mg[h^ — R2 1 2 x— mv 100 2 40 Work done in 2nd second is mgh^mg2 or. (a) : Kinetic energy = —mv 2 Momentum = mv = p or. the moment of inertia will be 35. Ratio of 1 : 2 st nd t : 3 = 1 : 3 : 5..Tx„ T2 M M g = —a 2 2 . 32. kx = —L. 24 k2 = — or. — g = a => a = — 2 2 3 :. mgih~g mgl hRatio of 1st and 2nd = wgj hmg Ratio of 2nd and 3rd is mg rd ^ — M m 2 ) = 3:5. S„=~g(2n\) ML2 1ML 4 12 48 36. When the bigger mass is released. (c) : F = = i. of translation.0.or. L GM = 732 M Gx — nRpx — nRp 3 4R 4 1 4 1 . (a) : In elastic collision both momentum and kinetic energy are conserved.29. (a) : Mg . V j 5 ^ „ r~4 M centre is 4V2 L GM ^2x16 or. The body is a solid sphere. 37. (b) : Kinetic energy of rotation = 40% of K. rh w "•T2 M2 ML1 12 Now at a distance L/4. PHYSICS FOR Y O U  SPE BR ET M E '05 p2=42px. • M 3M g c Solving. 2 2 Work done in third second is mgh^mg2 or. (b) : xt (MP{ 0) + ( M „ ) ( P Q ) + (Mr)(PR) MP + M0 + Mr PQ + PR 3 1+ 1+1 ^ R (2 1 x 0 +1 x PQ +1 x PR Mxg Ma 30. p2 = or. acceleration of the lighter mass will be gl3. 2kx = 2m 2m = yj2 y[2~mkx = yllp] stress strain AL Dimensionally — = 1.
m2x = coVA2 . (d) 55.e. 2 3 PV 45. 2 g pg 2 g . 2u. (d) : Let the pressure at the given point inside the liquid be (F. and U24 . 56.5x10 = 1 v{ 2 1x10 2 = v2 Pg 2 g p lxio5 2 — = v2 1x10 2 100 = v2 v 2 = 10.P o ) g / 2 _ r (ppo)g V = 2r 9n 9T Xm{ 3000 _ Xm 44. 2 +x0 = + —— pg 2 pg 2 g I„m5 0. the depth of the lake is 7P. 60 53. . fc) :i>24 = 2u. Number of waves per second = 54/60 Now. h 1 .Di = (n . (d) : Number of waves per minute = 54 . T = — = t=.2°C.1 x 2(P~Po)g 43. (b) : Total energy of a simple harmonic motion is given by E = 2 ma2a2 3E 1 1. (a) : Y = 24 xlO"5 AV V • AV 0.23) => CA _ CB ~ CB _ Cc ~ 3 4 5 4 „ 27t 2 7i or. or. (o = y/3. (b) : The figure can be represented as CA 15 — =— Cc 16 If 0 is the temperature when A and C are mixed then. co ^ F 51.constant (by Bernoulli's theorem) Pg 2 g Pg or. 4x3 12 47. 2n co = — 3 or. 2 2\ — = —mco (a x ) 4 2 or. 0 = 20. fe): — + — . x = — or. (a) : We know terminal velocity = 2r 9ri Here g = g/2 2 ( p . (a) : — . 41.41. Px = IP. u. x =a —a 4. (c) : According to Gauss's law.24 y= — and a = — 2. (d) 49. SPE BR ET M E '05 Now.1 2 ) = Cfl(1916) and C s (23 . 2 a a or. v = 54 v = — x l 0 = 9m/s. .19) = C c (28 . 54.1 or.= nR = 1 x 2 cal/mole/kelvin. (c) : A = 2 cm Magnitude of velocity from mean position = cW A and acceleration = co2* Now. = 138 D 2 = x>i + 6 = 138 + 6 = 144 Hz. .lm) and f 2 = P ~ at . or. P v2 42.u. + P.x 2 or. or. As P is in cms of water. (b) : LL 7] Xm2 2000 Xm2 Xmi = —Xm. 2C = 24 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  . (d) : u = — for closed organ pipe v f u = — for open organ pipe 212 v _ v 2. co2 • 1 = © V 4 .pressure = cms of Hg or 76 x 13. (c) : Heat gain = heat lost Q ( 1 6 . = 138 or.= — ^ 4^~2/2 ' 4 l2 h 2 52. PjV. Q ( 0 .6 cms of water Now. 3 3 48.. (/^+/ )jitr 1 = PxjTc(2/}) or. 4 2 50. = P2V2 i.1) number of beats/s = 23 x 6 or. Ceq = C + C = 2C and C = t0A/d.•.1 2 ) = Cc(280) 280 CA 15 •'• Solving.5 xlO 5 1 „ 4xl05 1 v. 46.2 J 32 2 2 —a=a~x 3(1 2 2 I 1 2/ 2 — —ma a = — wco ( a 2 2\ ) 2 2 3 2 or. y 100x40 3 = — xlO"5 = 2xl0~ 5 per°C. the two capacitors are in parallel. x = —.
P + 6 = 20 or. Bq = or.=> Fi = — = 8 V. /?.5 = = x10 = 2500 rad/s. + 3 . (i) or. P = ^ 2 2 When Q resistance is connected in series then the balance point shifted as 1/3 3 P+6 _ O 2/3 1/3 or. H R 10 77= ( l l ) 2 x io = 1210 W.. r = r Bq/m r7 1 As qhn = 2..2 A. co0 = .41 = 100 V./. (d) : R = 10 Q Operating voltage = 100 V Rate of heat developed. R2i2 = E2 —E —3 or. ( b ) : Resonance angular frequency. RA = 20 Q. From (i).1 A /.1 x io 3 = 20 + 7? => 7? = 100 . + Ei . = 0. (b) 16 YL1 F> 1 <72 J^J Vn 1 <T .5 H. 64.2 0 = 80 Q.ti7 4tt r Here r = U% 471 I e= I L— dt 69. (c) : £ = 141sin(628/) £ = 7s0sincof 0) = 628 => 27CD = 628 628 628 o =. H = PR V 110 A A And /.14 V =3L " " 72 141 72 1. R = ? F = 7^(7? + 7?„) => 3 = 30 x 10~3(20 + R) => 0. e = 60.5 125 = 0. = 0. = 2/7?. m 1 78X10 x20x10"6 _3 104 100 . 65. 5 = 0. 80= 120x20 1000 x 7 p 1 JtC x 100 =» / . /?. but . 61.= . 67. (b) : IA = 30 x IO' 3 A. (a) 66. 68..5xl07 12. 7 = V5 2 = 5 .1 A.2 = 0 or. (a) : In the loop containing three cells 7?.p = 3 A. 58. C2=C.57. xl00 71. In the loop containing single cell R2i2 + E2 = 0 or.l l ) 2 PHYSICS FOR YOU  SPE BR ETME '05 .3 .0.5 x 10 kg" . ^ + 6 = 2 0 or.E2 .16 m = 16 cm./. 3 P = .= —. (b) /= h 1 (1/3) O . 0 = 4.^ = ^ 2 2 2 or. (a) : Efficiency = E I PP or. (b) : 59. (c) : L = 0. (b) : P Q 5 10 ^ L— = — x — = 2. 3(P + 6) = 3Q . (c) : or.5 10 2 dt 70. » 2 = — 2 .051.0 or. Values of q and C are given micro units but the answer is in milli units). (a) : Magnetic field at the centre of the semicircle _ PO. = 2/10 or. v = 2 x 105 m/s wv 24 72 = (5) 2 + ( l l .. Then P = 2. (ii) 62. (b) : V cc — F. = —= = 11 . 2/j 2x10 20 r=5xl0"2x2.E3 = 0 Then. O C and V2 16 oc <2 —. 2 C2 2 (There appears to be a misprint in the question paper. = 2 / . 63. 30 7?> 2 72. (b) : Temperature of cold junction = 0°C Neutral temperature = 285°C Inversion temperature = 570°C./.= 100 Hz 271 2x3. 6 = 2 0 . 716 4 220V 44 J 25 x 102 x 20 x 10~6 x 220 220 25x 102 x 8x IO 3 or.
2.85 x 106 (b) 11. The X in A40004500 45005000 50005500 55006000 60006500 65007000 1. Two plates of potassium oxide of area 50 cm2 at separation 0. For the verification of the gas some experiments are performed on the two boxes and the results are noted. Thereafter the deflection is recorded in the ammeter. When radiation falls on the cathode plate a current of 2 iA is recorded in the ammeter. Assuming that the vacuum tube setup follows ohm's law. The wavelengths of various colours is as follows : 1 Light Violet 2 Blue 3 Green 4 Yellow 5 Orange 6 Red questions. The maximum kinetic energy of the emitted electron is (a) 16 eV (b) 8 eV (c) 4 eV (d) 10 eV Passage 2 : (Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 6 to 10. (a) 8 x 10s Q (b) 16 x 106 Q 6 (c) 8 x io Q (d) 10 x io 6 n 3. the equivalent Contributed by Deptt. It is found that ammeter current remains unchanged (2 pA) even when the jockey is moved from the end P to the middle point of the potentiometer wire. Resonance. They have only one correct option).8 Q. Then the colour of the incident light is (a) green (b) violet (c) red (d) orange 4. jockey is moved from the end P to the middle point of the wire PO. . The o voltage across the electrodes is 2Q 20 V measured with the help of an ideal voltmeter. When other light falls on the anode plate the ammeter reading remains zero till.5 mm are used in the vacuum tube. Which of the following colour may not give photoelectric effect from this cathode? (a) green (b) violet (c) red (d) orange 5. of Physics. Assume that no radiation is falling on the plates. Experiment 2. 1 to 45) Only one option is correct and there will be negative marking in these PASSAGE 1: (Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 1 to 5. (a) 8. Two closed identical conducting containers are found in the laboratory of an old scientist. WB = 160 g and mass of evacuated container Wr = 100 g. The resistance of 100 cm long potentiometer wire is 8 Q. The number of electrons appeared on the surface of the cathode plate. Experiment 1.6 W. When the two containers are weighed WA = 225 g . The battery used in potentiometer circuit is of 20 V and its internal resistance is 2 Q. 100 cm the diagram.0625'x 109 (c) 8. resistance of vacuum tube operating in this case when jockey is at end P. and which can be varied by moving jockey Jon the potentiometer wire. When the two container^ are given same amount of heat same temperature rise is recorded..JAM H r) J^Ii F D R (For Q. Assuming all the incident photons eject electron and the power of the light incident is 4 x io . The photocurrent is measured with the help of an ideal ammeter. Photo current in the circuit is very small so we can treat potentiometer circuit an independent circuit.85 x 10" (d) 0. when the jockey is connected at the end P of the potentiometer wire.NO. Kota (Rajasthan) 24 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 . They have only one correct option) An experimental setup of verification of photoelectric effect is shown in .
In a certain experiment to measure the ratio of charge and mass of elementary charged particles.5 atm. then equivalent coefficient of linear expansion for the composite rod is (a) (c) a . Now the temperature of the mixture is T and pressure is P. attached to a rod of material 2 and of length L2 as shown.5 x 10 rad/s (b) 4 x io rad/s 13 (c) 4 x io rad/s (d) zero 16. (1 A = IO"10 m) Path of the two particles was intersecting straight lines parabolic (c) circular straight line w. T = 300 K (c) P < PA. They have only one correct option). (a) (b) (d) x 103 m/s (d) none of these Dia H? (molar mass) 2 g o2 6. APB =1. Distance between them came out to be 12 A. Angular velocity of the first particle was : 12 12 (a) 2. a surprising result was obtained in which two particles moved in such a way that the distance between them remained constant always. Total number of molecules in A (here NA = Avagadro number) 125 (b) 3. dia (c) mono. mono (b) dia. 2 ) 24 18. In which situation rootmeansquare speed of the molecules is greatest? (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D 17. T> 300 K (b) P > PB. If a . Identify the type of gas filled in container^ and B respectively. Then (a) P> PA.5 x 1015 m/s 2 (c) 2 x 10 m/s 12. this two particle system was isolated from all other particles and no force was acting on this system except the force between these two masses.x 10~30 m/s (b) 3 3 (c) 14. After careful observation followed by intensive calculation it was deduced that velocity of these two particles was always opposite in direction and magnitude of velocity was 103 m/s and 2 x 103 m/s for first and second particle respectively and masses of these particles were 2 x IO"30 kg and 10 30 kg respectively. . (d) Ar. The plus and minus sign refer to the direction of the velocity along the axis. A one dimensional Situation Velocities gas is a hypothetical +5 A 4 2 +3 gas with molecules that B +1 3 +4 6 can move along only a single axis. 0 2 (a) N 2 . Acceleration of second particle was (a) 5 x 1015 m/s 2 (b) 4 x 1016 m/s 2 16 2 (c) 2 x 10 m/s (d) zero 13. T< 300 K Passage 3 : (Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 11 to 15. and a 2 are their respective coefficients of linear expansion.25 NA (c) ~ N A 28 9.. 7.. If the gases have initial temperature 300 K and they are mixed in an adiabatic container having the same volume as the previous containers. Identify the gas filled in the container A and B. the velocities in metre per second of such a gas having four molecules. each other 15. The given C +2 +4 +5 +3 table gives four D 4 +3 +3 5 situations. (a) mono. dia (d) dia.a 2 (Z. H2 (c) 0 2 . Some 24 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 . If the first particle is stopped for a moment and then released.125 NA (a) — • 64 125 (d) 32.25 cal (b) 1000 cal (c) 2812.2 +a2Z.t.Z.5 atm. The velocity of centre of mass of the system just after the release will be 1 „ 1 103 m/s (a) .Z. Acceleration of the first particle was (b) 4 x io 16 m/s 2 (a) zero 16 2 (d) 2. Required data for unknown gas : Mono (molar mass He 4g Ne 20 g F2 19 g Ar 40 g N2 28 g Kr 84 g 32 g Xe Rd 131 g 222 g Cl2 71 g 11. L a + a2L2 (b) (d) a. mono.r. It was also noticed that.+ L2) (a. A composite bar of length L= + L2 is made up from a rod of material 1 and of length I . Some of the thermodynamic parameters are state variables while some are process variables. T= 300 K (d) P> PA. Ne (b) He.5 cal (d) none of these 10. Ar 8. The initial internal energy of the gas in container A.pressure change found are APA = 2. r +a 2 Z. If the containers were at room temperature 300 K initially (a) 1406.
c. Its moment of inertia about 2axis is equal to its moment of inertia about line y = x + c. A current carrying rod AB is placed perpendicular to an infinitely long current carrying wire as shown in the figure. A uniform disc of radius R lies in the xy plane. If the capacitance are C. 19. (a) A (b) B (c) C (d) some where between A and C 3>K (a) (b) (c) (d) 23. 0) charges 0 and 3 Q respectively. (d) state variables : internal energy. A steel rod of length 1 m is heated from 25°C to 75°C keeping its length constant. The point at which the conductor should be hinged so that it will not : rotate. Which of the following curves best represents the variation of pressure as a function of volume? (a) d 2d 3 dX (b) d • 2d 3dx. volume process variables : work done by the gas. In the arrangement shown in figure./C2 will be (the gaps shown are negligible) (a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 3 (c) 9 : 5 (d) 25 : 24 . the resistance of voltmeter is 6 kfi. 0) (2d. 45° • 22. The variation of electric field as a function at x (for x = 0 to x = 3d) will be best represented by 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 25. heat absorbed by the gas. then C. (a) state variables : temperature. The voltmeter reading will be (a) 6 V (b) 5 V (c) 4 V (d) 3 V 10 V H i  20. temperature process variables : internal energy. work done by the gas. volume. work done by the gas.j (b) ±" (d) R 3k£2 2 k£2 +R (c) J 21. dielectric constant = 2 and K2 = 3. Choose the correct one. heat rejected by the gas process variables : temperature.6 x io(d) zero 24. of moles process variables : internal energy. (b) state variables : volume. The longitudinal strain developed in the rod is (Given : Coefficient of linear expansion of steel = 12 x 10"^/°C) (a) 6 x 10"6 (b) . The given curve represents the variation of temperature as a function of volume for one mole of an ideal gas. In the circuit shown in figure. The value of c will be (a) R . and C2 respectively. no. with its centre at origin. 0) (3d. Two very large thin Q 30 conducting plates having 1 same crosssectional area are placed as shown in figure they are carrying *X (d.6 x io~5 4 (c) .grouping of the parameters are given. (c) state variables : work done by the gas. (C) 2d 3 dy (d) d 2d 3 d x \ t/ ' .
31. 27. Two beads A and B move along a semicircular wire frame as shown in figure. A particle revolves in clockwise direction (as seen from point A) in a circle C of radius 1 cm and completes one revolution in 2 sec. A proton and a neutron are both shot at 100 m/s P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 (c) MVR (d) MV. The length of the train is half of the perimeter of the track. What is the magnetic field at the centre P due to the cubic network? (a) 8 by B and C by the instant A. If a charged conductor B is so placed inside a hollow conductor that it touches the outer conductor. B and C meet for the first time is (a) 3 : 2 (b) 5 : 4 (c) 3 : 5 (d) 3 : 7 32. The initial positions of A.m. The magnitude of induced e. 3.. The radius of curvature of the mirror is 20 cm. where O is the centre of the semicircular arc. Arectangular loop of sides of length .26. Two blocks A and B a b each of mass m are placed F ^ ^ 2F . The speed of bead B at that instant is (a) 72it (c) u l l j i (b) u (d) 7273. The number of elements lying between A and B according to their atomic numbers is (a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 5 (d) 4 36. At an instant the speed of A is u. The axis of the circle and the principal axis of the mirror M coincide. (d) No charge will be transferred to A. V (  HHO3/ 72c/ QkI d 4ti d (b) (c) 0 Ho 4T T Ho (d) 4ti 28. The linear momentum of the train will be (a) zero (b) 2 MV 71 34.Then the direction of revolution (as seen from A) of the image of the particle and its speed is (a) clockwise. (b) The entire charge of B is transferred to A and comes on its inner surface. 1 m/s. ZBAC = 45° and ZBOC = 75°. where R is Rydberg 1875R 675R constant. 2.'and b is placed in xy plane. . Atrain of mass M is moving on a circular track of radius R with constant speed V. B and C are as shown in fiaure.14 cm/s 35. The blocks! does not slide on block B. in anticlockwise direction with speeds. Three particles A. 1.57 cm/s (d) Anticlockwise.Auniform but time varying magnetic field of strength B = 20// +1 Ot2j + 50k where / is time elapsed. If the frequency of the current in the primary coil is 50 Hz then the frequency of the current in the secondary coil will be (a) 500 Hz (b) 5 Hz (c) 60 Hz (d) 50 Hz 29.5 m/s and 2 m/s respectively. 1 and respectively. In a stepup transformer the turns ratio is 10. B and C move m a circle of radius r = 1/71 m. A steady current is set up in a cubic network composed of wires of equal resistance and length d as shown in figure. (c) A positive charge is induced on the outer surface of A. 1. 33. Then what will happen to its charge? (a) The charge of B is transferred to A and comes on its outer surface. The ratio of distance travelled 24 .14 cm/s (c) anticlockwise.f.57 cm/s (b) clockwise. The wavelengths of Ka Xrays of two metals A and B are 4 . 30° on a smooth horizontal ////l!llll7ll!ll)))>//>//l surface. 3. Two horizontal force F and 2F are applied on the2 blocks A and B respectively as shown in figure. The beads are connected by an inelastic string which always remains tight. Then the normal reaction acting between the two blocks is (a) F (b) Fi2 (c) FlS (d) 3F. at time 7 is (a) 20 + 20 / (b) 20 (c) 20 t (d) zero 30. Call it AB.
Mark your answers to question according to followings. A particle of mass m moves along a curve y = x2. (d) may decrease or increase depending on the values of their coefficient of expansion 45. and A. 1/4) (b) the velocity of particle will be along the line 4x .C. but the reason does not explain the assertion 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 are curved. 42. 41.6 km (c) 8 m (d) 8 km 40.towards a l2C nucleus. 43. 47. If the temperature of water is increased by to sum of amplitude of two waves. 46 to 55) 46. What should be the value of h so that it melts completely by the time it reaches the bottom assuming the loss of whole gravitational potential energy is used as heat by the ice? [Given : LF = 80 cal/gm] (a) 33. a person wants to raise a block lying on the ground to a height h. The bouyant force on the block by water by a hot wire instrument. Reason : In case of goggles. A block of iron is kept at the bottom of a bucket difference between them will be 120°. Reason : The resultant amplitude of two waves is equal the block. (a) will increase (b) will decrease Reason : The hot wire instrument is based on the (c) will not change principle of magnetic effect of current. In the figure shown. (a) the position coordinate of particle are (1/2. When particle has acoordinate as 1/2 andxcomponent of velocity as 4 m/s then.C. Assertion : The D.1 =0. it does not have any power.4y . In both the cases if time required is same then in which case he has to exert more force. then the phase 38. If the initial focal III length is / then after I3 rearrangement the equivalent \ j focal length is » (a) f (b) J12 (c) >74 (c) If the assertion is a true statement but reason is a false statement (d) If the assertion is false and reason is true statement. both can be measured 1 °C. Assertion : Simple harmonic motion is not a uniformly accelerated motion.6 m (b) 33. (b) If both assertion and the reason are true statements. Assume pulleys and strings light. Assertion : Although the surfaces of goggle lens 39. A solid sphere and a hollow sphere of the same material and of equal radii are heated to the same temperature (a) both will emit equal amount of radiation per unit time in the beginning (b) both will absorb equal amount of radiation from the surrounding in the beginning (c) the initial rate of cooling will be the same for the two spheres (d) the two spheres will have equal temperatures at any instant. An ice block at 0°C is dropped from height h above the ground. Which particle. Reason : Velocity is nonuniform in SHM. (a) If both assertion and the reason are true and the reason is an adequate explanation of assertion. if either. Assertion : The binding energy of a satellite does not depend upon the mass of the satellite. full of water at 2°C. The water exerts bouyant force on. I °C the temperature of iron block also increases by 44. (c) the magnitude of velocity at that instant is 4vr2 m/s (d) the magnitude of angular momentum of particle about origin at that position is 0.No. The given lens is broken /j\ into four parts and rearranged / \ as shown. is more likely to be absorbed by the nucleus? (a) the proton (b) the neutron (c) both particles are about equally likely to be absorbed (d) neither particle will be absorbed 37. One or more than one options may be correct (For Q. both the curved surfaces have equal radii of curvature and have centre of curvature on the same side. (a) (i) (b) (ii) (c) same in both (d) cannot be determined Direction for questions (41 and 45) : Read each of the following numbered pairs of statement carefully one is an assertion (A) and the second is a possible reason (R). Assertion : If two waves of same amplitude produce a resultant wave of same amplitude. Reason : Binding energy is the negative value of total energy of satellite. .
(a. If its initial concentration is doubled then the halflife period will becomes (a) double (b) half (c) four times (d) remains same 50. 35. 9. 42. 15. 40. 45. 48. 14. 30. 50. 44. (a) The initial potential ~ 2s difference across the capacitor is 100 volt. 18. (b) Volume of compartment I is 3 V/5 (c) Volume of compartment II is 12K/5 (d) Final pressure in compartment I is 5/73. in P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 . In series LCR circuit voltage drop across resistance is 8 volt. 33. 21.48. c) (a. 27. 39. 46. 4. A partition divides a container having 2P. 23. T P. 47. jou es In 2 (d) The thermal power in the resistor will decrease with 1 second a time constant 2 In 2 24 : For detailed solutions please log on to out website www. The same gas fills the two compartments whose initial parameters are given. (b) magnetic field at the site of nucleus is increased by 32 times (c) angular momentum of electron is changed (d) none of these 49. a graph of the current in a iqa discharging circuit of a capacitor through a resistor 2 5A of resistance 10 Q. The figure shows. 29. 12. = 2 x i o ! N/m 2 P„= 1 X 105N/m2 (moving fluid) capilarry (stationary fluid) (stationary fluid) 55. c) 51. 36. b) (a. 26. c) 5. Which of the following statements is/are correct. In which of the following cases potential energy increases? (a) a spring is compressed from its natural length (b) two opposite charges are brought near each other (c) a body is taken away against gravitational force. (d) Note 2. 8. An electron makes a transition from n = 2 to n = 1 state in a hydrogen like atom. across inductor is 6 volt and across capacitor is 12 volt. 24. 19. (d) (d) (c) (d) (c) (d) (a) (a) (c) (c) (c) (c) (a) (b) (d) (a) (b) (c) (b. d) 54. 43. Which of the following is not possible ? P. 38.2V. 34. 55. 6. The half life period of a radioactive substance is 20 days. 7. ANSWERS 1. (a. 25. (b) The capacitance of the capacitor is ^ ^ F 53.ac. 49. (a. 31.resonance. c. Then (a) voltage of the source will be leading current in the circuit (b) voltage drop across each element will be less than the applied voltage (c) power factor of circuit will be 4/3 (d) none of these 54. . 3. 28. b. 51. The rate of heat energy emitted by a body at an instant depends upon (a) area of the surface (b) difference of temperature between the surface and its surroundings (c) nature of the surface (d) none of these 52. (d) air bubble rises up in water. 10. d) (b) (b) (a) (b) (d) (b) (d) (a) (a) (d) t (c) The total heat produced in the circuit will be 500 . c) 52. with reference to the final equilibrium position? (a) The pressure in the two compartments are equal. (a) magnetic field at the site of nucleus is decreased by 16 times. 11. The partition is a conducting wall which can move freely without friction. 22. 13. 41. 53. 20. c. T II I insulated walls into two compartments I and II. b. c. 16. (d) (c) (d) (b) (c) (a) (b) (b) (d) (a. 37. 32. b. V. d) (c) (d) (a) (c) (d) (c) (d) (b) (c) (a. 17.
8. (a) (b) (c) (d) Photoelectric current can be increased by increasing the intensity of light decreasing the intensity of light increasing the frequency of light decreasing the frequency of light.28 J. 2. (d) e.32 J (c) 0. motion is given by n—.f. Find the correct statement.m. > direction. 1 0. The heat produce in the resistance is (a) 0. After two hours 1/16 of the initial amount of a certain radioactive isotope remains undecayed.64 J (b) 0.+ gx = 0 . 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . A 4 (iF condenser is charged to 400 volt and then its plates are joined through a resistance. 5.16J (d) 1. of a cell than a potentiometer. 1 in second and x in meter. cooking is fast because (a) boiling point of water increases because of lower pressure (b) boiling point of water increases because of increasing of pressure (c) increase of latent heat of steam (d) decrease of latent heat of steam. of a cell than a voltmeter.f. > 3. The resultant isotope is (a) qo Th 214 (b) 88Ra234 238 (d) 92U236.SOLVED PAPER MANIPUR PMT . Then the frequency and direction of propagation of the wave are (a) 10s Hz. (a) A potentiometer is a better device to determine e. In a cyclotron 12. The equation of a body executing simple harmonic .m. of a cell cannot be determined by potentiometer. An electromagnetic wave travelling in vacuum is given by £. where EV is in volt per meter.m. (c) 92U 4. = 30cosf2n x 10s? . 11. three aparticles and three y ray photons. 6. absorptive power of a perfectly black body is (a) zero (b) one (c) infinite (d) one hundred. A tuning fork vibrates at 250 Hz. The time period dt' of motion is 1/2 . x direction (b) 10s Hz. o4Pu246 emits in succession two (3 particles. x direction (d) 30 Hz.. The half life of the isotope is (a) 15 min (b) 30 min (c) 45 min (d) 1 hour. In a pressure cooker.f.2jut/3]. (c) Both potentiometer and voltmeter is equally better device to determine e. 7. by (a) (b) (c) (d) A galvanometer can be converted to an ammeter connecting a high resistance in series with it a high resistance in parallel with it a low resistance in series with it a low resistance in parallel with it. The. .f of a cell. (a) only electric field increases the energy of the charged particle (b) only magnetic field increases the energy of the charged particle (c) electric and magnetic field alternately increases the energy of the charged particle (d) none of the above.1/2 4tt° (a) (b) S V " \l/2 V' 11 (c)  . if the speed of sound in air is 350 m/s (a) 25 cm (b) 33 cm (c) 60 cm (d) 35 cm. d2x „ .2005 1.m. y direction (c) 30 Hz. (b) Voltmeter is a better device to determine e. The length of the shortest closed organ pipe that will resonate with tuning fork is. 3 l ~rj\ J (d) 4 71 It J 9.
its angular velocity is 10 radian/sec (b) 60 radian/sec 31. ANSWERS 1. The energy release by fission of a single uranium atom is 200 MeV. (a) 107 (c) 10" (b) 1010 (d) 1012. 25. 19..8 radian/sec. Which of the following material is normally used as moderator in nuclear reactors? (a) iron (b) germanium (c) graphite (d) oxygen. (b) : Heat produced in the resistance is equal to energy stored in capacitor = CV1 = —x4xl0"* x(400) 2 = 0.13. PHYSICS F O R YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 . A charged particle moving with velocity v enters a magnetic field in a direction perpendicular to the field and moves in a circular path of radius r. 24. Two sources of light are coherent if light waves coming from them are of same (a) wavelength (b) velocity (c) phase difference (d) frequency. 3. 3 a and 3y particles. 22. The speed of light in glass is (a) 2 x i o 1 0 m/s (b) 3 x IO10 m/s 8 (c) 2 x i o m/s (d) 3 x io 8 m/s. Which of the following quantity remain constant in the motion of a planet in an elliptic orbit as seen from the sun? (a) speed of the planet (b) kinetic energy of the planet (c) angular momentum of the planet (d) velocity of the planet.32 J.5.'m (c) 10~8m (d) lO^m. of a cell more accurately as it is a null method. A yparticle carry no charge and massless particle. The speed of violet light and red light are exactly same (a) in vacuum and air (b) in vacuum but not in air (c) in air but not in vacuum (d) neither in vacuum nor in air. ( a ) : E = 30cos 16.30cos 2jiu t we get i) = 10 s Hz and direction of propagation of the wave is x direction. The average size of a nucleus is of the order of (a) 10. (a) : By increasing the intensity of the incident light. Comparing it with the relation Ey . 14. 15. decrease in mass number 12 and decrease in charge number = 6 .m. Then the time period of the particle (a) increases with v (b) decreases with v (c) independent of v (d) increases with v and r. number of photons falling on a metal surface increases which will increase the number of photoelectrons thus the photoelectric current will increase. 2 2 5.2 watt of power is 24 2jix10V2tvc 2nx" 3 . 20. A Pparticle has negligible mass and carries unit negative charge. The halflife of Pa218 is 3 minutes. 17. 21. 2. Candela is the unit of (a) luminous intensity (b) luminous efficiency (c) luminous flux (d) illuminants. (a) : An alpha particle has mass of 4 units and charge of +2 units. per (a) (c) A circular disc is rotating at the rate of600 rotations minute. With emission of two P. The number of fission per second required to produce 3. Water is normally used as a coolant liquid to take away heat from running engine because of its (a) high density (b) high specific heat (c) low specific heat (d) high normal conductivity. 18. The resultant isotope is 90 Th 234 . The refractive index of glass is 1. 23. (a) : Potentiometer measures the e.2 = 4. 4.f. 5 m (b) 10.4 radian/sec (d) 62. What fraction of 10 g sample of Pa218 will remain after 15 minutes? (a) 1/5 (b) 1/2 (c) 1/125 (d) 1/32. Which of the following transition in a hydrogen atom emits the photon of lowest frequency? (a) n = 2 to n = 1 (b) n = 4 to n = 2 (c) n = 4 to n = 3 (d) n = 3 to n = 1.
Medium : English & Hindi Eligibility : XI. Gorakhpur.Medical Selection.2501876.com E .A. Dadabari main Road Kota ( Raj. 4000 /No of Sets : 04 Sets ( Service Tax as applicable) Postal Test Series Daswani Classes Ltd. or XII passed Admission : Direct 15 (Obj. Full Address.Our Selected Students in PMT .daswanigroup. attested copies of dass X & XII board marksheets. Vadodara.2501433 Mob. or XII passed Admission : Direct Course Fee Rs. Ratlam. 98293 . Jaipur. Date of birth. Circle .D.Mail: info@daswanigroup. Bilaspur. Sikar. specially designed exercises both for CBSE(PM/PD) / STATE LEVEL P M T a self monitoring stage by stage system helping you to analyse your own success on a rating scale and boosting your confidence gradually.2501433 Fax : 0744 . Provided Scholarship for those students who cleared Screening Exam of CBSE ( PM / PD ) in 2004 or scored more then 85 % marks in XII Board Exam can Enroll Free of cost for All India Test Series. 24 PHYSICS F O R YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 . WHERE SUCCESS IS MUST Corp. Postal Test Series or PRIZM A d m i s s i o n P r o c e d u r e :Apply on a plain paper specifying medium ( Hindi I English ) along with two passport size photographs. Office : 683. Scholarship documents ( if any ) and Demand Draft in Favour o f " D a s w a n i C l a s s e s L t d . Indore. Code and any necessary information. You can get the benefits through this Test Series regarding your Pre . II sets the students on a carefully chartered path which beings with Subjective Paper Test Series Medium Admission : English & Hindi : Direct Course Name Eligibility : XII App. Meerut. zm j. Chandigarh. C^N * Our Selection in 2 0 0 5 . I m p o r t a n t : Write clearly your Name. Alwar. Medium : English & Hindi Eligibility : XII App. Bhopal.45678 Website : www.XII App.w mix STATE LEVEL PMT: 506 ( Admission in progress for ) All India Test Series All India Test Series consists of specially designed Prescheduled Minor and Major test papers in all subjects covering all Major concepts of the syllabus. " Payable at Kota. Provided Postal Test Series for those Students how are unable to join the Class Room Coaching as well All India test Series also at our any centre. Rishikesh.) & 04 (Sub) Test No of Test : 09 Subjective Test FSR^zrvi Course Fee Rs. study Material comprises of a systematized study material on each subject. Udaipur. Agra. or XII passed : 1 Subjective Test Series PRIZM is a subjective Test Series to prepare students for CBSE ( P M / P D ) Mains Exam.3000 /. Father's Name.(Service Tax as applicable ) Course Fee : Rs. 2000 /No of Test : 15 (Obj. Bikaner. Raipur. ) Tel: 0744 . Allahabad. 800 A ( Service Tax as applicable ) Correspondence Course Dasyyani Classes Ltd.com Our Centres : Ajmer. / Passed Admission : Direct Course Fee : Rs.2005 r> a S I? I ft s ? J ¥ k I ?§ ? » J » tPm* t> A* * alt* > .) & 04 (Sub ) Test ( Service Tax as applicable ) For more details visit at our web site Scholarship Daswani Classes Ltd. C. Telephone Number with STD. Medium : English & Hindi Eligibility No of Test : XII App. Kanpur. Gwalior. Jodhpur.
Nn 16 => n = 4. (c) : Time of the particle i. (a) : For vacuum and air all colours have same speed. 6 eV] A£ = E2 — (i) « = 2 to n = 1 l2 4\ (ii) n . m 2 = —kx dt we get k = gm/n Time period of SHM = T = 2 n J ~ or. n = — = 4 or. T = — = — hr = 30 min.75£. E B d2x ~ = dr gmx n d2x Compare it with the relation. = 0 . 32 AE AE = E E.. (d) : co = 2nu = 2 x 3 . 14. T 4 2 7. (b) : Increase of pressure increases the boiling point of water.1 3 . 8 81£ . it is independent of v.8 radian/sec. 19.= 62. 22 42 (iii) n = 4 to n — 3 _4 7 (iv) n = 3 to n = 2 A£ = £.. T = 2%\— V k V Sm or. 1. (b) : Water has high specific heat. 1 B2q2r2 2 m .N_ (b> : — =  . 11. N N0 N 12 or. It means for a particular change in temperature it would draw maximum heat. N K 12. or.e. = 2x10 m/s. T= 4n. (d) : To convert a galvanometer into an ammeter a low resistance is connected in parallel. (c) : Number of fission per second or. v = 3x10 „ .3/2 ' (c): d2x 7t ~dF=~gx or ' m H __=10" 200xl0 6 xl. = 9. 250 = or.„ 8 . (b) : In a cyclotron energy of the charged particle 6. (b) : For a perfectly black body the absorptive power is unity. 60 1 6. 21. (c) : For coherent source wavelength is same and phase is also same or phase difference is constant.e. (a) : The size of a nucleus is the order of 1 fm i.. 1 4 x . b = 2 m is 8 i. 20.1875£. hydrogen atom emits a photon of lowest frequency. 1 B2q2r2 i. (a) : The S.5 18. unit of luminous intensity is candela. (c) : In a motion of a planet in an elliptic orbit as seen from the sun angular momentum of the planet remain constant. n = v/4L 350 350 or.e. 16 7 144 = E. 10.e. (d) : For a closed pipe. 24 72 P H Y S I C S F O R YOl! I DECEMBER '05 .e. = E 4 9 = — E. t 2 1 i.4 to n = 2 J__J_ AE = E. I 2 1_ = 0. 9 1 For n = 4 to n = 3. 15.35m = 35cm. L = — = 0. (c) : P = 2nm or.6xl0" 1 9 22.004/i. 10~15 m. Na~ 32 25. =0. 12. = 0.I. (c) : Graphite is used as a moderator in nuclear reactors. 23. (c) : The energy in the «th state of a hydrogen atom is given by E ^n + ^2 > n = Et [where = . 17. 4L 4x250 13.
am the acceleration of moon towards the centre of earth. 2. If g = 10 ms 2 . 9. On bouncing the ball loses its velocity by a factor of (a) 3/5 (b) 9/25 (c) 2/5 (d) 16/25.9 ms" (b) 8. The blocks moves with a uniform acceleration of (a) 3 ms.76 metre. 1 kg block and 0.5 k g block move together on a ir//mi/> horizontal f r i c t i o n l e s s surface.8 ms .2 (b) 6 ms" 2 2 (c) 9 ms(d) 12 ms .8 m.2 ) 2 (a) 4. Each block exerts a force of 6 N on the other. The mercury thread in a barometric tube stands at a height of 0. Then am is equal to (if g is acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth) 10. the acceleration due to gravity at its surface would be (g on planet = 9. Figure shows stress/ strain curves for three different materials taken to fracture.5 kg lkg 0. On bouncing.A1IMS CBSE ^DPR/IT) (AFMC )(VMMC) (EAMCET) (WBJEE) ( BHU ) ( CMC ) (Manipal PMT) 2006 Medical Entrance Exam ( UP c p m t H (CET Karnataka) Practice Test Paper Bihar ) (PMT ( JIPMER ) (mp PMT) (MGIMSJ (PMDT 1. If a planet consists of a satellite whose mass and radius were both half that of the earth. A 5 kg brick of dimensions 20 cm x 10 cm x 8 cm is lying on the largest base. 4. then the atmospheric pressure in Nitt 2 is . A rubber ball is dropped from a height of 5 metre on a plane where the acceleration due to gravity is not known. Which curve best shows the behaviour of a copper wire.4 ms"2. PMT) (TNPCEE ) The unit of amplification factor is ohm (b) mho AV' a nondimensional constant. and Rc the radius of earth. the centre o f mass of the composite system will be 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 8. 5. If the density of a material of a square plate and a circular plate shown in figure is same. If Rm is the radius of moon's orbit round the earth. and which one best shows the behaviour of a glass fibre? (a) (b) (c) (d) Copper wire I I II II Glass fibre II III III I strain x 11. If density of mercury is 13. 6. (a) (c) (d) Haryana] (Kerala P m T ) (Raj. It is now made to stand with length vertical.9 ms"2 2 (c) 19. The resultant of two forces : s (a) f c o s 2 0 ° (b :'/cos20° (c) 2 f c o s 10° (p • cos 10°. then the amount of work done is (a) 3 J (b) 5 J (c) 7 J (d) 9 J.6 ms" (d) 29.2 . 7.6 x 103 kg n r 3 a n d g i s 9. it rises to a height of 1. In the case of an obliqtt •t ' \ the velocity is perpendicular to acceleration (a) once only (b) twice (c) thrice (d) four times.8 ms 2 . (a) (b) (c) (d) inside the square plate inside the circular plate at the point of contact outside the system. A force F makes an angle 20° with another force F. 3.
01 x io . 30 (C) 10 (d) r=R 10 30 P in kPa 14. When a charged particle is projected in a direction perpendicular to a uniform and static electric field. When it was measured across a resistor of 5 £2 it was found to be 1. 18. Two dipoles (dipole moment p) are placed as shown in figure. 24. The motion of the particle is (a) on a straight line (c) periodic (b) simple harmonic (d) all of these. 13. Two different gases of molecular masses Mx and M2 are at the same temperature.2 V. 15.3 (a) 1.70x) where y is in mm.01 x 10 6 (d) 1. A point charge is surrounded symmetrically by six identical charges at distance r as shown in the figure." 20. 17. At what approximate temperature would it radiate energy twice as first? The temperature of surroundings may be assumed to be negligible? (a) 200°C (b) 200 K (c) 800°C (d) 800 K. What is the ratio of their mean square speeds? (b) M2/Mx (a) M . the frequency of oscillation will (a) increase (b) decrease (c) remain the same (d) becomes zero. 19. Which of the following are true? (a) the wave is a standing wave (b) the speed of the wave is 50/7 ms 1 (c) the frequency of oscillations is 500 x 2n Hz (d) none of these 16. The graph between E and r for a conducting uniformly charged sphere of radius R is 12. / A / 2 (c) 4mxim1 (d) ylM3/Ml (a) r=R (b) r=R . decreases the current capacity increases the current capacity decreases.01 x io 5 (c) 1.f. increases (b) the e. A long metallic cylinder of radius R has a current i flowing through it.8 V. The internal resistance of the cell is (a) 10/9 Q (b) 9/10 Q (c) 12/7 Q (d) 7/12 £2. An object is at temperature of 400°C. Heat energy absorbed by a system in going through a cyclic process shown in figure is (a) 107 rr J 4 (b) 10 71 J (c) 10" 71 J 3 (d) 10^ 7t J. x in m and n n s. Consider a wave represented by y = cos(5007 . (a) (c) (d) 3 kp2 2x4 3kp 4x4 (b) (d) 3kp 3kp 5x4 When the cells are connected in parallel the e. 24 23. A springmass system oscillates in a car.m. How much work is done by the forces of electrostatic repulsion when the point charge at the centre is removed at infinity? (a) zero (c) (b) (d) 6<?2 4tts0r 12 q 2 47ts Qr 47ts0r 21. The force between two dipoles will be (a) (c) 22. its path is (a) a straight line (b) simple harmonic (c) a parabola (d) all of these.m. A particle moves in the XY plane according to the equation r = (i +2 j)A cosco t . If the car accelerates on a horizontal road.01 X 10 4 (b) 1. The magnetic induction B will vary with distance from the centre as shown in the figure P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . The potential difference between the terminals of a cell in an open circuit was 2.f.
In the circuit shown in figure. when its velocity becomes perpendicular to the electric field for the first time.1/4 / . the key is pressed at time t = 0. 29. 33. A proton is released from the origin at a place where fields E and B exist along . 32. In a series LCR circuit.5 cm (c) 7. Find the displacement of the proton. If incident wavelength is changes to thrice the earlier wavelength. A proton (mass m and charge +e) and aparticle (mass 4m and charge +2e) are projected with the same kinetic energy at right angles to a uniform magnetic field.2 Em (a) ~iPr (b) eBJ eB1 Em Em (d) ~7B* 26. Which one of the following statements will be true? (a) the aparticle will be bent in a circular path with a smaller radius than proton (b) the radius of the path of aparticle will be greater than that of proton (c) radius of the paths of both the particles will be the same (d) both will go through the magnetic field in the straight line. at resonance. 27. A diffraction pattern is obtained by using red light. are (a) (c) A star is moving towards earth. The thickness of the slab is (a) 7 cm (b) 10. If refractive index of water is 4/3 and glass is 5/3. 34. speed of fastest emitted electron will be . An air bubble in a glass slab (p = 1. In a photoemissive cell. speed of fastest electron is v when radiations of wavelength X are incident on it. along Taxis 2 Em . \ 1/2 I4 (a) v (  (b) (c) less than (d) greater than vl — \ rwMi VAVR (a) (b) 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 .5) is 5 cm deep when viewed from one face and 2 cm deep when viewed from the opposite face. If red light is replaced by blue light then (a) bands become broader and farther apart (b) bands disappear (c) bands become narrow and crowded together (d) no change in bands will takes place. 30. Lenz's law is a consequence of the law of conservation of (a) charge (b) mass (c) energy (d) momentum.v e Zaxis respectively. the (a) total impedence is 25. then critical angle so that light travelling from glass to water is completely reflected is (a) sin'(4/5) (b) siir'(5/4) (c) sin 1 (3/5) (d) sin '(4/5). 31.5 cm (d) 10 cm.(c) t (d) t 28. then spectral lines shifted towards blue (b) red green (d) infrared.v e Xaxis and . Which graph in figure shows the variation of current / with time /? key i La—— Ceo (b) total impendence is R (d) voltage across C and L are in phase (d) the voltage across C lags the source voltage by Till.
A proton and an aparticle are accelerated through the same potential difference.5 x 10~6 m (b) 1. Amount of fuel needed in one year will be (given : energy released per fission = 200 MeV) (a) 87 gm (b) 103 gm (c) 385 gm (d) 148. When hydrogen atom is in its first excited level. A hole in Ptype semiconductor is (a) missing atom (b) a missing electron (c) a donor level (d) an excess electron.5 x io' 2 m. then ratio of the number of nuclei of X. after a time (a) (1/9) X (b) (1/10)1 (c) (1/11)1 (d) (11/10)1. then Planck's constant = 6. Which of the following is responsible for the flow of current in a conductor? (a) positive ions (b) free electrons (c) protons and holes (d) protons.8 eV (d) 6.8 eV is liberated. Two radioactive materials Xt and X2 have decay constants 10/A. 44. its radius is (a) half of the radius of hydrogen atom in its ground state (b) same as radius of hydrogen atom in its ground state (c) twice of the radius of hydrogen atom in it's ground state (d) four times as the hydrogen atom in its ground state. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O l ! I DECEMBER '05 \ . If initially. and 1/1 respectively. Potential energy Vof a pair of nucleons varies with their distance d as (a) V « d (b) V = constant for d < 0 and V = 0 for d > d0 where d0 is same fixed distance (c) Voc \ld (d) dr2. Then output is (a) zero (b) Vi (c) half wave rectified (d) full wave rectified. 39. 49. then largest wavelength of the same series will be (a) 1119.35. (c) P = a 1.3 MeV (c) 8.5 gm 54 Inputs A B 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 Output Y 0 1 1 1 and (3 = — then relation between a and 3 is IR 'B (a) P = a 1+ a (b) a .1P (d) non? of these.5 A (c) 1376. Ratio of deBroglie wavelength of the proton to that of aparticle will be (a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 7 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2V2 38.4 MeV. 40. Current gain of a semiconductor device is a = — 'E 37.8 A (b) 1215. input is across A and C and output is across B and D. If wavelength of the incident radiations is changed to 700 A.4 MeV (d) 2. Then energy of the reaction : Li7 + H1 — He4 is » (a) 19. 45. A combination of AND function and NOT function results in (a) OR gates (b) inversion (c) NAND gate . Uranium235 is used as nuclear fuel in a nuclear reactor having power level 1 MW. 43. If the shortest wavelength of Lyman series is 911. 47.0 eV (c) 4. electron with kinetic energy 1.0 eV. to that of X2 will be Me. 36. Truth table given below corresponds to (a) AND gate (b) OR gate (c) NAND gate (d) NOR gate.8 A (d) 1417.6 MeV (b) 17.8 eV (b) 4. then wavelength associated with the particle will be (a) remains unchanged (b) half (c) double (d) none of these. they have same number of nuclei.5 (a) (c) The deBroglie wavelength of an electron of speed kms 1 is 1. (d) NOR gate. 46. 48. 0. In the figure given.5 x IO" m (d) 1.9 A. If ultraviolet light of wavelength 800 A is allowed to fall on the hydrogen atom in its ground state.57 x IO"34 J sec) (a) 3. 42.6 A.60 MeV and 7.a 50. If the momentum of a particle is doubled. 41.06 MeV respectively. Binding energies per nucleon for Li7 and He4 are 5.5 x IO"8 m 10 1.
47lSn 20. (c) : g' = . R„ g. in a springmass system. . We obtain x = ( — ) r andy = (constant) x t \2m) This gives y2 = constant x x. (a) : If p is mass/area. 7r/2p Again mass of circular plate is ——. = 10 cm Increase in height = 6 cm = 0. (d): Since amplification factor is the ratio of output voltage and input voltage therefore it is a dimensionless constant. 7tD2 ux20x20' dx 4tt£ oy 4 ttSqX Positive sign of F indicates that there is repulsion between the dipoles. (a) : r = — „„ . 2 2 15. 4. then mass of square is /2p. . (c) : In this case and —7. C x 2 3)_3 p2_3kp2 — M J = 100 TtJ. 23. the square plate is more massive than the circular plate. Clearly. 8' n2 a„.^ = 12 1 2gxT8 * 2gx5 =1 _3 = 2 5~5 3.G. = 4 cm Final height of C. GMJRm 2 am R: L = 9. 19. 12.2L. 17.8 N n r 2 = 1. However. (b) : CoctL Vm 13. (c) : The frequency of oscillation does not depend upon the effective value of acceleration due to gravity. Since 47ie0r the six charges are identical. (a) : Initial height of C. the velocity becomes horizontal. (b) : The potential energy of the point charge due •. (b) : Electric field at dipole 2 is due to 1 is 1 P £2] = • (opposite to p t ) 47ts0 X" Electric potential energy of the PI = P Pi = P system is U = p2E2l F dU = 47CS 0 X to individual charges surrounding it is U = of the point charge is 6 q2 10. 11. 9 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . 21. for r>R.76 x 13. k = 70 co 500 50 Speed of wave = — = = — ms v k 70 7 16.8 ms"2 = 19. ( a ) : At the highest point of trajectory.6 x io 3 x 9. (a) dv„ dvx = qE 18. So. for r < R. the path is parabola. (c) : Fractional loss in velocity = 1 . E .1) = 4/^cos 2 10° or. (c) : P = 0.6 ms"2.(R/2)2 ~ R2 2g = 2 x 9. (d) 2Q or.kx) co = 500. 2 g GMJR g K or. 2.06 m Work done = 5 x 10 x 0. G(M/2) _ GM 8. (d) : Copper is ductile and glass is brittle. the work done on 4ne0r moving the point charge to infinity is 6q2/4n£0r. R = 2FcoslO°.V ) Q 673 \R = \ N F2.06 J = 3 J. So.= 0 '' dt m dt (qE dx =v = This gives U m. it is perpendicular to acceleration (which is directed vertically downwards). (b) : For conducting sphere.F 1. (d) : — = —^ or.SOLUTIONS 1. 7. 22.5a or.G. A. 5. a = ^ r ms" = 12 ms" . (d) : 6 = 0. dy = v = c o n s t a n t and ~^ y V j 6. the resultant potential energy Hence.8 5 = — Q.01 x 105 Nm"2. (c) : R = F + F2 + 2F2cos20° = 2/^(1 + cos20°) or R2 = 2/^(1 + 2cos 2 10° . E = 0. (c) : Area = 14. (b) : Comparing with y = acos(o>r . (c) : The current capacity increases when cells are connected in parallel.E= kqlr2 1 where k = and q is the charge on the sphere.
25. ( c ) : q v B = . . According to the righthanded system. At any time. 1 B(2nr) = ii0—Inr nR . We apply Ampere's circuital law here. the velocity of the proton may be written as M = Uj + Uyj The electric and magnetic fields may be written as E = Ej and B = Bk respectively. The force on the proton is F = e(E+ixB) = eEjeB(uyi uxj) Thus.y ( . u„= — = sinco* dt B y or. y = — ( . (b) : At resonance.. (b): In figure. 31.. E K = . the displacement along the 7axis is 2E _ 2 Em _ . co? = 7i or. (c): The current grows and then becomes maximum with the increase in time. (c) : Band width wavelength When we go from red colour to blue colour wavelength PHYSICS FOR YOU DECEMBER '05 dux.24. \dy = — \sm(s>tdt o Bo E . Thus. 30. d2y eB duK We have. ( b ) : Let us take axes as shown in figure.1 + COS7t) = „ mv2 1 2 pl 26. 28. 56 (iv) uy = A sin(co? + 5) du and hence. — r = + = dt' m dt HI Ul HI HI m where io = eB/m . Also. / we consider a closed curve C as shown. or.= eB «„ . U nR If we want the magnetic field at a point P' distant r' from the axis of the cylinder.m V = £ qB qB Since EK is same but ma = 4m p .. — = Aocos(cor + S) (v) dt duv Fv At / = 0.. E eE 8 = 0 and A = mco B E . We obtain A B' (27i/) = n0/ bJ^LU2 2w' ' B' . ux — 0 and —~ = — = dt m m Putting in (iv) and (v).T . (a) : When star moves towards earth. B oc r.ux B) The components of the acceleration are (i) dt du e and r~ = (EuxB) (ii) dt m eB eB . This will be the case for the first time at t where 7 777 C 17 sincof = 0 or. a series LCR circuit is totally resistive. (iii) This equation is similar to that for a simple harmonic motion. (c) 29. we obtain R = pm p E K q„B ' F S K V ^ v E _ prirEK R„ = B q„B Hence Rp = Ra.r'"1 We now plot a graph for Bvsr. . Fx = euyB and Fv = e(E .. t = — = co eB ai dy E . then we again apply Ampere's circuital law for the curve C'. qa = 2qp. uv = sin co/ ' B The path of the proton will be perpendicular to the Kaxis when uv = 0.l + coscof) Ba At Ba Ba Thus.2 Em Ba BeB eB2 C O t=. wavelength of the light coming from it decreases and spectral lines shift towards the blue side. 27. if we want the magnetic field at an inside point P for a long metallic cylinder carrying current. the Zaxis is upward in the figure and hence the magnetic +X field is shown downwards. Thus.
Y = 47.6xl0"19 or. 8 6 x l 0 23 « 385 gm 6.6 x 10 x i o 6 J = 3. (a) : X = or. £ 2 =1. X = mv 9. first balance the reaction then calculate the energy of the reaction.e. E. (c) 39.18xl0 7 1. i. 41. (d) : = ^K ~ a  _ 5/3 _ 5 ~ 4/3 ~ 4 c: Sill 1 sine 4 5 => • if 4 hc 1 —mv2 = — 2 X hc . = N0e'xi'. 1 700x10"' 1 800x10"' 6.decreases and hence band width decreases. (b) : Hole is deficiency of electron. 9' •7(2 m)eV h • 2 eV ~ 7(16m)eV 2y/2:l. (d) 48.86 x 1023 235 . (c) : XP = X = ••• XP:Xa 38.+ E.86 x 1023 .6x10" [1.=£. E. (b) : Binding energy of Li7 = 5 .2 MeV Binding energy of He4 = 7. 31 _ he From (i) and (ii).'2 _ (j. Li7 + H1 — 2 He 4 > Energy of the reaction = 2 x 28. I2 2 . <() (i) (ii) he hc hc r A E2 = ()> v '2(4 Subtracting them. if photoelectrons are emitted.1x 10 x 500 X = 1.57xl0" 34 x3xl0* 1. (c) : AND gate followed by NOT gate is NAND gate. (c) : Power in 1 MW = 106 J/s Total E per second = 10s J Energy released per fission = 200 MeV = 2 0 0 x 1.. (b) : As X = h/P 0) (ii) 42. (b): Let Ex and E2 be the kinetic energy of electrons for incident radiations of wavelength Xx and X2 respectively. (c) A+B. 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 50.= . = x/y => x = y • p.=X.5 cm.= £.=) or. (b) : For OR gate.8 + 6. 7.". v . i.5 A 3 3 44.A . t= 1 1 io_i A.125xl0 16 . (d) : In first excited state n = 2 and r « n2. of fissions needed per second IO6 = r. 3. 35.3 MeV. 2P 2l P 2 6.57x10 x 3x10 1.25 x 107] 6. radius becomes four times.2 x 1 0 " " J. 33.e.0 eV..125 x io 16 x 365 x 24 x 60 x 60 = 9. = —x911. E2 = 1. of fissions needed in one year = 3. Mass required = 7 — x 9 . 45.8 + 2. (b) : Total apparent depth y = 7 cm If thickness of the slab = real depth = x (say) Then p. No.5 = 10.8 + 46.57x10 x3xl0s x0. X. (a) : V.1. (b) 00 x.06 x 4 = 28..6x10"" £ 2 = 1.24 .6 = 1215. = 7 x 1.43 x io 7 . provided — > < > t 3A.2 MeV Since the reaction is not balance. i.2 = 4.5 x 10"6 m. Number of nucleus involved in fission per year = 9. 37.he A. 40.2x10 No. (b) 49. .39. hc _1_ = LX2 X.= 3. 6 x 7 = 39. 32.e..6x19" 36.2 = 17. i f A U x . bands become narrower. N2 = N0ex2> JV.02x10 1 43. or.
Chandrodaya Society.Practice Paper for IITJEE 2006 PARTA Note: For Question Numbers 115 only one answer is correct. 1 st Floor.6 Ma2 (b) 4.6 Ma (d) 9. The force on the pulley by the clamp is given by (a) 7 2 M g (c) 2 the platform is given an angular velocity ct>0. The force on the bottom of the cylinder by the liquid is (a) Mg (b) Mg . 1/4. Chembur. the angular velocity of the platform a)(t) will vary with time t as G)(0 ®(0 (a) <o(0 (c) (d) (b) u>(0 (b) 4lmg W g (d) yl{M + mf + M2g 3. Now.8 Ma2 4. Opp. 1. The moment of inertia of the lamina about an axis through its centre of mass and perpendicular to the plane is 1:6 Ma2. A string of negligible mass going over a clamped pulley of mass m supports a block of mass M as shown in the figure.When the tortoise moves along a chord of the platform with a constant velocity (with respect to the platform). •o The side of the square is 2a.Vpg (c) Mg + nR2hpg (d) pg(V + nR2h) 6. where AC is an adiabatic process. A symmetrical lamina of mass M consists of a square shape with a semicircular 7 ~ \ 2a section over the edge of the / square as shown in figure. the maximum possible value of a is given by (a) cot a = 3 (b) tan a = 3 (c) sec a = 3 (d) cosec a =3 2. A tortoise is sitting at the edge of the platform. The coefficient \ * / a of friction between the insect and the surface is 1/3. The PT diagram for an ideal gas is shown in the figure. Ph. An insect crawls up a hemispherical surface very slowly (see the figure). The volume of the remaining cylinder is Kand its mass is M.: 25222710 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . 5. The moment of inertia of the lamina about the tangent AB in the plane of the lamina is (a) 2. find the corresponding PV diagram. A hemispherical portion of w w w w w radius R is removed from the bottom of a cylinder of radius R. The upper surface of the cylinder is at a depth h below the liquid surface. If the line joining the center of the hemispherical surface to the insect makes an angle a with the vertical. Mumbai.8 Ma2 2 (c) 5. It is suspended by a string in a liquid of density p where it stays vertical. \Swastik Park. (a) Contributed by : Vidyarthi Academy. A circular platform is free to rotate in a horizontal plane about a vertical axis passing through its center. Swastik Chamber.
kx). anticlockwise (c) anticlockwise. Twopoint masses m and 2m moving in the same horizontal plane with spe^d 2v and v. carrying charge Q. The masses of these stars are M and 16 M and their radii a and 2a respectively. the speed of the disc just after collision and its direction of motion with respect to initial direction of particle is (a) (c) 2v along x 90° V3 (b) — v . where symbols have their usual meanings. A wave equation is given by y = /4cos(w/ . clockwise 8. An uniform bar length 6a and mass %m lies on a smooth horizontal table. The longest wavelength of light that can cause photoelectron emission from this substance is approximately (a) 540 nm (b) 400 nm (c) 310 nm (d) 220 nm 10. zero. 2V and AV respectively. clockwise. A conducting sphere of radius R. 9. A particle of mass ^v m strikes elastically with a horizontal disc >x of radius R. 6 = 30° (d) 2v. A body of mass m is fired straight from the surface of the larger star towards the smaller star.0 eV. Induced currents in position 2. zero. A proton.(c) B (d) V V 7.2 V (d) zero 11. respectively. which is kept in a stretched position with maximum extension xQ and is released. Denoting angular velocity (about the center of mass). If vp is the maximum particle velocity and v is the wave velocity of the wave then (a) vp can never be equal to v (b) vp = v for X = 2nA (c) vp = v for X = A/2n (d) v^ = v for X := A/n.5 carries a total charge of 1. 45°. clockwise (b) anticlockwise. 4 are respectively (a) clockwise. The work function for a substance is 4. (a) 1/3 Q amount of charge will flow from the sphere to the shell (b) 2/3 Q amount of charge will flow from the sphere to the shell (c) QI2 amount of charge will flow from the sphere to the shell (d) (g2/167160/?) amount of heat will be produced 13. When joined by a metal wire. Two masses m and Mare attached to a spring. clockwise (d) anticlockwise. 16. A nonconducting ring of radius 0. Their velocity will bear a ratio (a) 1 : 1 : 1 (b) 1: ^ 2 : 1 (c) 7 2 : 1: 1 (d) 1 14. Assuming the horizontal surface on which masses are placed to be frictionless. strike the bar (as shown in figure) and stick to the bar after collision. PARTB Note: For Question Numbers 1630 one or more than one answer/s is/are correct. 12. If the mass of the disc is equal to that of the particle and the surface of contact is smooth. a deuteron and an alpha particle are accelerated through potentials of V. with a velocity v as shown in the figure. Distance between the centers of two stars is 10a.1 V (c) . the time period for oscillation would be (a) 2n (c) Mm k(M + m) (b) 2ti. lies inside an uncharged conducting shell of radius 2R. anticlockwise.11 x 10"10 C distributed nonuniformly on its circumference producing an electric field E everywhere in space. The minimum initial speed for the body to reach the surface of smaller star is (a) ^ (c) GM — 5GM (b) (d) t 5 GM GM 5 N o current 15. The value of the integral  EdX (a) +2 V (X = 0 being center of the ring) in volts is (b) . total energy and P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 ff (d) 271 2 Mm k(M + m) 24 . 3.
They could no longer be regarded as separate subjects. where x is in meters and t is in seconds.center of mass velocity by io.the study of lenses. magnetism and optics. and the North Pole. three great branches of physics: electricity. Consider a simple rigid body consisting of two particles of mass m separated by a massless rod of length 21. Soon afterward. Angular momentum L of the system (a) about z axis is 2mPu> (b) about z axis is 2m/ 2 wcosa (c) L is constant (d) L is not constant Note: Question Numbers 2230 are passage based questions. 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . ir (d) m f i g t f g 18. The one dealt with glass rods and cat's fur. Maxwell's theory provided spectacular justification for this hypothesis. in every luminous particle. compass needles. but rather as two aspects of a single subject: electromagnetism. The expression represents (a) a wave travelling in the positive xdirection with a velocity 1. Ampere correctly postulated that all magnetic phenomena are due to electric charges in motion. The rod is skewed at angle a.5 m/s. prisms. (c) a wave travelling in the negative xdirection having a wavelength 0. Each questions has one or more than one correct answer/s. Faraday discovered that a moving magnet generates an electric current. we have after collision I 2m (a) Vc = 0 (b) « = jv 2a 3a (c) co = — 5a 3 mv' (d) E = 17.5 m/s. the domain of electricity extends over the whole of nature. Passage 1: In the beginning.2 m. A particle of mass m is projected with a velocity v making an angle of 45° with the horizontal. Neglect gravity. The rod is rotated at constant angular speed about a perpendicular axis passing through its centre. who presented the decisive experimental confirmation for Maxwell's theory in 1888. then. electricity and magnetism were entirely separate subjects. (b) a wave travelling in the negative xdirection with a velocity 1. But in 1820 Oersted noticed that an electric current could deflect a magnetic compass needle. interferences and diffraction was incorporated into electromagnetism. (d) a wave travelling in the positive xdirection having a wavelength 0. The midpoint of the rod is rigidly attached to a vertical axis which rotates at angular speed a>. then (a) the resultant amplitude is (1 + J2)a (b) the phase of the resultant motion relative to the first is 90° (c) the energy associated with the resulting motion is (3 + 2 s[2 ) times the energy associated with any single motion (d) the resulting motion is not simple harmonic 20. Hertz. the other with bar magnets. are attached to the two ends of a light rigid rod of length 2R. and lightning. too. It even affects ourselves intimately: we perceive that we possess an electrical organthe eye. had merged into a single unified theory. as shown in the sketch. batteries. currents. E and Vc respectively. Then. electrolysis.2 m. Three simple harmonic motions in the same direction having the same amplitude a and same period are superposed. each of mass m and charge q. iron filings. Faraday had speculated that light. Two particles. we see an electrical process Thus. Magnitude of the angular momentum of the projectile about the point of projection when the particle is at its maximum height (a) zero (b) mv 4jig (c) 21. is electrical in nature. mirrors. The ratio of the magnitudes of the magnetic moment of the system and its angular momentum about the centre of the rod is (a) q/2m (b) qlm (c) 2qlm (d) q/nm 19. By the time Maxwell and Lorentz put the finishing touches on the theory of electricity and magnetism were inextricably intertwined. A wave is represented by the equation y = A sin(10 + 157TJ + n/3). in 1831. put it this way: "The connection between light and electricity is now established In every flame. Read the passages carefully and answer the following Multiple Choice Questions based on each passage." By 1900. and soon optics. pith balls. If each differs in phase from the next by 45°.
if someone on the train naively applied the laws of electrodynamics in that system. On the other hand. (a) (b) (c) (d) Let person on train be A and on ground B. (d) Interpretation tells us the frames in which they are. is due to the magnetic force on charges in the wire loop. Passage 2: A bubble chamber contains a liquid that is just at the point of boiling. Tiny bubbles form along the trail of a highenergy particle passing through the liquid. starting with the Lorentz force law. 3 are proton. What is the chance that all the air molecules P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  SEPTEMBER '05 Passage 3 : In its application to classical mechanics. microwave etc. At this point a gamma ray. (a) According to Ampere a single moving charge can produce magnetic field (b) Maxwell's theory united electricity and optics (c) Discovery of electromagnetic radiation yrays. which is emitted by certain radioactive substance and travels in from the left. yray (a) tracks are spiral because of friction track are spiral because of collisions 3 has least velocity while 1. proton electron (e _1 ).(And it was soon apparent that visible light represents only a tiny "window" in the vast spectrum of electromagnetic radiation. would predict no magnetic field. As the loop rides through the magnetic field. magnetism and optics (d) unification means single equation for all phenomenon 23. 24 . because the loop is at rest. electron (e_1) electron (e^1). from radio through microwaves. many of the equation of electrodynamics. a motional emf is established. This emf. Passage 4 : Air molecules are in continuous chaotic motion. The paths revealed in a cloud or bubble chamber can be photographed to provide a permanent record of the event. (d) Discoveries by Oersted and Faraday are different physical phenomenon. that electromagnetic theory presupposes the existence of a unique stationary reference frame. Figure shows the bubblechamber tracks resulting from an event that begins at p o i n t s . It certainly appears. In fact. it was stated clearly by Galileo. Suppose we mount a wire loop on a freight car. A charge carried along by the train would generate a magnetic field. (c) in order to interpret correctly A and B must know in which frame they are. 2. electron. and a changing magnetic field induces an electric field. applying the laws of electrodynamics in that system. A is wrong but B is right A is right but B is wrong both are wrong they differ in interpretation but predictions are in agreement 27. according to the flux rule e = ~(d&/dt). After all. a charge in motion produces a magnetic field. positrion (e+). is unification theory. (a)A is correct in his interpretation if he is moving in inertial frame. infrared and ultraviolet. positrion (e+). and have the train pass between the poles of a giant lrfagnet. proton electron. but someone on the train. (b) (c) (d) Particles 1. Question: does it also apply to the laws of electrodynamics? At first glance the answer would seem to be no. And yet there is an extraordinary coincidence that gives us pause. the magnetic field in the freight car will change. make explicit reference to "the" velocity of the charge. visible. 24. But as the magnet flies by. ultraviolet. 26. which are moving along with the train. with respect to which ail velocities are to be measured. The resulting electric force would generate an emf in the loop given by equation e = ~(d<$/dt). whereas a charge at rest does not. proton. therefore. by Faraday's law. 2 have same velocity 3 has maximum velocity the principle of relativity is hardly new. (a) (b) (c) (d) 25. (b) B is correct in interpretation if he is stationary. From passage we can conclude that (a) we cannot treat electricity and magnetism separately (b) we cannot treat optics and electromagnetism separately (c) there is a single set of equations which can explain current electricity. to Xrays and gamma rays. what would the prediction be? No magnetic force. remember.) 22.
13. 4. 22. d) 20. 16. the probabilities would have been the same. 7. d) (b) (c) (c) (a) (c) (b. Although this may seem contrary to experience. b. or a volume of about 10~29m. 30. 17. b. (b) the probability that every molecule occupies a specific location is greater than probability that all molecules are in waste basket. 9. d) d) ' 30. the probability is (10~4)". 12. (a) For practical purposes pressure. (c) microstate corresponds to variables measured in lab. (c) molecules are distributed in microstates as per temperature of each molecule. A macrostate is specified by giving the values of macroscopic quantities such as pressure. This is exceedingly small number since VWB/VR « and n is large. c. The probability that a single molecule is found in a specific cell is UN. Can this • • • possibility be • • larger than • probability of • • • s p e c i f i c • • distribution of • • m o l e c u l e s I I• I 1 1 1 I I I I I I• I II I• I I 444^ vWB * • spread evenly 2nm throughout the ° room? Imagine the room divided into many small cells each equal to the smallest volume a molecule can be forced to occupy.3 m 3 wastebasket and a 3000m 3 room. (b. The distinction here is between the microstate of the system and its macrostate. we will prove it. (a. (a. 27. (c) 26. 23. roughly a cube 2 x 10~'° m on a side. (a. ANSWERS 1. For the same reason all lottery numbers are equally good: 01 02 03 04 05 06 is as likely as 23 18 07 12 37 15.in a room could. c) 2. 25. 3. In equilibrium state (a) all the gas molecules are equally distributed in different microstates. 19. (a) (b) (b) (a. For a 0. 11. (a) 15. c) 21. (b) most of the molecules are in most probable microstate. The probability that all n molecules are in their specific cells at any instant is (1 IN)" = ( l / 3 x l 0 12)n = 10"3 2'lo2S. 18. The difference is that in the second calculation the molecular positions were exactly specified whereas in the first one they could be anywhere in the wastebasket. 24. there are/V= 3000/10~29 = 3 x 1032 cells. (d) nothing can be said regarding distribution of molecules in microstates. (b) microstate corresponds to energy of atom or molecule. c) (a. the probability of this happening is far greater that the probability that all the air molecules in the room where you are sitting have the actual positions that they have right now. for an instant. 29. 8. 28. the precise locations of the individual molecules. We did not know. 14. (d) If the volume of waste basket is doubled the probability of all the molecules are found in it is increased by a factor of 2'°~ . or 102 8 x '°2:> times the probability of all 1024 molecules being found in the wastebasket. (d) from the passage we conclude that macrostate can be achieved by probability distribution of atoms or molecules in microstates. In our room of volume 3000 m3. b. Had we specified the positions in the first case also. It is incomparably smaller. have a fixed value for given conditions. What is the chance that all n molecules in the room will randomly end up in the wastepaper? For all n molecules the probability is (VWKIVR)n. (d) 10. randomly fly into the wastepaper basket in the corner of the room? Is such a thing possible? Is it probable? Perhaps surprisingly. 29. d) (d) (c) (a. or care about. volume etc. (c) the probability that every molecule occupies a specific location is less than probability that all molecules are in waste basket. d) 5. This is an illdefined number but for our purposes we will use the volume of a typical air molecule. 6. where n = 1024 a very small number indeed. temperature and volume. (a) 1st calculation is for macrostate and 2 nd for microstate. Let the volume of the room be VR and that of wastepaper basket be VWH. A microstate is specified by giving a complete atomic description of each particle. These two concepts are connected by the principle of equal probabilities: All possible microstates consistent with a given macrostate are equally likely. (b) (d) (a) (d) (b) (b) (d) (b. 28. (d) 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '05 . without regard to what is happening at the atomic level.
1.NO. x is the compression and k is a constant. the bowler running at velocity 1 m/s throws a ball (0. the minimum force F to be applied perpendicular to the incline so that the block does not slide is (a) 0 (b) 40 N (c) 120 N (d) 200 N questions) 6. The instantaneous power of the gravitational force (a) varies linearly with time (b) is constant throughout (c) is negative for complete path (d) none of the above 7.2j 6i +2 j (b) c (c) zero (d) cannot be determined from the given data. Resonance. If the magnetic field at P can be written as A"tan(o/2) then K is [Refer to the figure of question no. of Physics. r is equal to (a) 1/8 (b) 1/4 (c) less by a factor depending on the mass of the car (d) 1/2 8. (a) 4. The average power delivered to the ball by the bowler is (a) 317/3 W (b) 634/3 W (c) 635 W (d) 317. In the figure shown. (a) along + xaxis (b) along + zaxis (c) along (jr)axis (d) along + ^axis 9.5 W 3.I. Figure shows a block kept on a rough inclined plane. The coefficient of static friction p is (a) S / 2 (b) I/V6 (c) V3 (d) 1/V3 5. The maximum external force down the incline for which the block remains at rest is 2 N while the maximum external force up the incline for which the block is at rest is ION. 2. A particle is projected with a velocity u making an angle 8 with the horizontal. 1 to 40) Only one option is correct and there will be negative marking in these (For Q. Kota (Rajasthan) 58 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY '06 85 .5 m from initial level in a time span of 1.5 kg) at speed of 25 m/s after performing necessary bowling actions from a height 0. The energy that is dissipated during the braking process to stop a travelling car moving at 50 km/hr is r) times that dissipated to stop the car when travelling at 100 km/hr. A particle is moving with velocity v = i + 3j and it produces an electric field at a point given by E = 2k • It will produce magnetic field at that point equal to (all quantities are in S.NO. units) 6i . I to 40) Only one option is correct and there will be negative marking in these questions. The work required to compress the device by a distance d will be maximum when (a) d = 1/4 (b) d = 1142 (c) d = //2 (d) d = /.'J yll rJMr sri r j i \ rj rj r) FOR (For O. The force exerted by a compression device is given by F(x) = kx(x I) for 0 <x < I. 8] Contributed by Deptt. ly The V shaped wire is in xy plane.5 seconds. where I is the maximum possible compression. The direction of the field B at P is shown. In a cricket match.
Then force experienced by the bar magnet is (a) 2ACEi + 2BDF j (N) (b) 2ACEi(~N) (d) ACEi+BDFj(N) . 0) (a) (c) JV_ 14na slct2+b jV b 2 (0. An infinitely long wire carrying current 1 is along )' axis such that its one end is at points (0. Their relative velocity must be parallel to r where r is the position vector of point A with respect to point charge.4 x 10" T)k (b) (3xl0~ 5 T) / + (4x 10~5 T)ic (c) (4x10~5 T)j + (3xl 0"5 T)k (d) ( . (ill m/s 2 ) a r (in m/s 2 ) > t (in s) / (in s ) 1 37° •7 . (in N) F.0) (a*0) JV (b) 47r a 1 477b1 (d) none of these. 5. The initial velocity of the particle is u = (3i + 4 j) m/s. i. If /. The total work done by the resultant force on the particle in time interval from t = 0 to / = 4 seconds is a . along the axis and the same distance d. 0) then the work done by this force is P. The value of magnetic field strength B at P is 5 5 P P* (a) (3x10" T) j + ( . 14. Two observers moving with different velocities see that a point charge produces same magnetic field at the same point A . (inN) *• . (a) 192 J (c) 0 (b) 400/3 J (d) none of these 4jta Ja +b2 13. but inside the V is along (a) positive zaxis (b) negative xaxis (d) negative j/axis (c) negative zaxis perpendicular planes as shown in figure. (c) 0 15.e. The direction of field 5 at a point P symmetric to P* with respect to the vertex. Two infinitely long linear conductors are arranged perpendicular to each other and are in mutually PHYSICS FOR YOU JANUARY '06 16.T) j + ( 4 x l 0' 5 T)k / > X 11. This statement js (a) true (b) false (c) nothing can be said (d) true only if the charge is moving perpendicular to the r ..1' (in m) 12. 20.v e zaxis &ndiAP=AB= 1 cm. 12) to (4. B = (Cx2i + Dy2j) Wb in XY plane at r = (Ei + Fj) m. When the particle moves from (0.JV_ 4tt d jV (c) ltd (a) (b) (d) jV_ 2nd ltd 10. b) while the wire extends upto + oo. The components of a force acting on a particle are varying according to the graphs shown.3 x 10 . = 2 A along the yaxis and /2 = 3 A along . The magnitude of magnetic field strength at point (a. In the figure the variation of components of acceleration of a particle of mass 1 kg is shown with respect to time. A magnetic dipole M = (Ai + B]) J/Wb is placed in magnetic field.
B rests on the lm floor.2) 2 (c) (2. placed in uniform magnetic field B. A uniform magnetic field B = (3i+4j + k) exists in (2. At t = 0. A charged particle of mass 1 kg and of charge 1 C is having velocity 1 m/sec along xaxis and is at origin at / = 0. qvB (c) 2qvB. A uniform magnetic field of magnitude 1 T exists 58 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 87 . The magnitude of magnetic force on triangle is (a) ilB (b) 2ilB (c) 3/75 (d) zero. are respectively (a) zero.5 kgf semicircular wire will be (c) 12. 0) a horizontal plane (p = 1 / a/3 ).5 J (c) 0 (b) 10 J (d) none of these 17.2x2y + constant 2 (c) U = 2x y + constant (d) not defined 18. A semicircular wire of radius . tt2/2. Then the coordinates of particle at time 7t seconds will be (a) (0. . qvB 24. .2x 2 y (b) U = . The coefficient of 7777777777777777777777777 friction between A and B as well as that between the floor and B is p. A neutral particle is at rest in a uniform magnetic field B. 0 (d) 2qvB. 19. 2. Both of these move off in separate paths lying in plane perpendicular to B . 22. 2) (b) (0. The tension in string at that moment will be (Neglect gravity) (a) 5 x 10"7 N ' (b) 15 x IO"7 N 6 (c) 10~ N (d) zero 23. There exists a uniform magnetic and electric field of magnitude 1 T and 1 V/m respectively along positive yaxis.(a) 22. The least force required is is placed in xy plane as shown in figure. In the figure the block/I of mass m is place on the block B of mass 2m. Both blocks are given the same initial velocity to the right.5 m/s2 (c) B will not move (d) B will move forward with an acceleration 0. 7t /2. (c) ~4qB 25. M >> ?: M is a man of mass 60 kg stand ing * on a block of mass 40 kg kept on ground. If the man accelerates with an acceleration 2 m/s2 in the forward direction.> v The system is given a velocity v i> perpendicular to magnetic field q B . The charge is given a velocity (a) J2 (i+j + k) (c) V2 (i+jk) (b) J i ( i . Figure shows an equilateral triangle ABC of side / carrying currents. the particles collide.n2/2. 45° 20. At later time. as shown in figure. 21. As shown in the figure.3 and that between B and the ground is 0. A heavy body of mass 25 kg is to be dragged along I m carrying current 1 A having its centre at (2. The force on (a) 25 kgf (b) 2. The potential energy function associated with the force F = 4xyi + 2x2 j is (a) U = . zero (b) zero. The acceleration of A with respect to B is (a) zero (b) pg to the left (c) pg to the right (d) 1/2 pg to the left 1 m/s.2) region of space.1. 2) (d) (0.5 m/s2. 1. particle decays into two particles each of mass m and one of them having charge q. . The coefficient of B friction between the feet of the ll'inninillimitllU'll man and the block is 0. A charge of magnitude 1 pC and mass 1 mg is attached to one end of a light string of length 2 m whose other end is fixed. 2) 27. Then this time of collision is 777 17 217 777 (b) qB (a) qB mn (d) they will never collide.5 kgf (d) 25/S kgf. Two changes +q and q are +9 i) 6>« attached to the two ends of a light rod of length L. then (a) it is not possible (b) B will move backwards with an acceleration 0.j + k) (d) V2 (i+j + k) 26. The magnetic force on the system of charges and magnitude of force on one charge by the rod.K. There is a magnetic field of 1 T perpendicular to the plane of revolution of charge.
. A charge q enters into this magnetic field perpendicularly with speed v along perpendicular bisector of one side and comes out along perpendicular bisector of other side.z direction 2^2na along + z direction (C) 2d x id • (d) d x 2d id • PASSAGE1 : (Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 31 to 35. Ali neglected studies and now has no means to earn money other than a camel whereas Ram becomes an engineer. Two long conducting wires fixed at (0. is (space is gravity free) (•1.a ) carrying equal currents in +. Due to low salary and degradation in health of camel. Ali becomes worried and meet his friend Ram and discusses his problem.1 and pv = 0. . The magnetic field is perpendicular to the plane of the triangle. . (ii) Mass of camel is 500 kg. (iii) Load is accelerated for first 50 m with constant acceleration.) along . _a)(s> positive charged particle is projected with velocity u0 from the point (a.1 ) towards origin with speed 1 m/sec. A uniform magnetic field exists in region which forms an equilateral triangle of side a. Current per unit width in both the ® planes is same and current is flowing in the outward direction.z direction (b) 2na (c) (d) IV''. The variation of magnetic induction as function o f x (0 < x < 3d) is best represented by A 2 (d) \ 2 ' (a) d x 2d 3d (b) »2d v id • 28. then coordinates of centre of circle in which particle moves are (a) (1. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U DECEMBER10 . to xaxis are placed at (d. Ram collected some data and with some assumptions concluded the following. 2^f2na 30. . then it is pulled at a constant speed of 5 m/s for 2 km and at last stopped with constant retardation in 50 m..in region y > 0 is along k direction as shown.7 3 ) (c). Two large conducting current planes perpendicular 48 (i) The load used in each trip is 1000 kg and has friction coefficient \i t = 0. 0) as shown in figure. If mass of particle is 1 kg. a) and o) (0. They have only one correct option) Ram and Ali are two fast friends since childhood. A "(o. 0) as shown in figure. the electric field at that point so that particle will not experience any force there. . Now both are working in the same factory. The magnetic induction in the triangle is 2 mv mv (b) qa (a) qa mv (c) 2 qa (d) 4qa 29.cr)(j) point (0.2.direction. 0) and (2d. A particle of charge 1 C is projected from ® B= 1 T point (—v/3. Ali uses camel to transport the load within the factory. 73) (b) (1.'V. along +z direction (a) 2 na Ho'Vll along .
zero. zero.(iv) From biological data. +ve 32. They have only one correct option) Components of loudspeaker : A loudspeaker consists of permanent magnets. Finally the air in front of the loudspeaker is set into vibration following the cone's motion. Ram wrote a letter to the management to increase his salary.22 x io 7 J 4 2. 37. the (a) (c) The total energy consumed of the camel during trip of 2100 m is 2.2 T and is directed at an *• X angle 60° from the normal to the plane of the coil as shown in figure. flexible suspension ring and rigid speaker cone as shown in figure. basket. The frequency can be determined by adjusting the mass and stiffness of the cone and voice coil.v e (d) +ve. The magnitude and direction of magnetic force on the coil is 89 PASSAGE2 : (Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 36 to 40. (Assuming that the camel exerts a horizontal force on the load) : 31. Because there is a definite equilibrium position for the speaker cone and there is elasticity of the mounting structure. paper cone attached t o coil moves air to produce sound current away N * ' f r o m viewer A interacting with 1 Clirren! t0Ward viewer 33. +ve (b) +ve.1 x io 6 J (b) 4. A voice coil in a loudspeaker has 40 turns of wire and loopdiameter 1 cm and the current in the coil is 1 A. . The ratio of the energy consumed of the camel during uniform motion for the two cases when it moves with speed 5 m/s to the case when it moves with 10 m/s (a) 19/20 (b) 19/10 (c) 10/19 (d) 20/19.v e (c) +ve. pushing the paper cone. speed of camel etc. +ve. After calculations on different issues Ram suggested proper food. 35. to his friend. Assume that the magnetic field at each of the wire of the coil has constant magnitude 0. uniform motion and retarted motion respectively are (a) +ve. The current follows the vibrations of speech and the electromagnetic force follows the current changes. (d) paper cone attached to coil moves air to produce sound when the voice coil is vibrated by an AC current interacting with magnetic field. 36. Maximum power transmitted by the camel to load is (a) 6250 J/s (b) 5000 J/s (c) 10s J/s (d) 1250 J/s 34. +ve. the (a) (c) The ratio of magnitude of work done by camel on load during accelerated motion to retarded motion is 3 :5 (b) 2. . For the welfare ofAli. Sign of work done by the camel on the load during parts of motion : accelerated motion. there is inevitably a free cone resonant frequency like that of a mass on a spring. the rate of consumption of energy of camel can be expressed as P = 18 x 103 V+ 104 J/s where P is the power and V is the velocity of the camel.2 : 1 1: 1 (d) 5 : 3 Loudspeaker principle : A light voice coil is mounted so that it can move freely inside the magnetic field of a strong permanent magnet.22 x io J (d) 4. and sound waves are transmitted to the listener. voice coil. magnets basket A Z S T ' Z Z " c o n e paper signal ^ from amplifier 58 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 . The paper cone is attached to the voice coil and attached with a flexible mounting to the outer ring of the speaker support.22 x 106 J force on coil Working : The radio drives a rapidly changing current through the coil. (a) (b) (c) The principle of loudspeaker is it converts mechanical energy into electrical energy permanent magnet exerts force on the coil the voice coil carrying current experiences torque due to which cone rotates and sound is produced.
2 (b) 4jt x 10" 2 N. then (a) if they are compressed to same distance. In the figure.) (a) same (b) doubled (c) becomes 8 times (d) becomes four times 40. (b) The block will compress the springs during its to and fro motion about its original position by different amounts. . +y (c) 7i x 10. The magnetic field B is present only in the region of radius R and is uniform.y y (d) 4a/3 7t x 10"2 N. (d) coil will get contracted without current due to fixed magnets in loudspeaker.t 44. is (assume that value of magnetic field also gets doubled. The FX {F is magnitude of force and Xis compression) graph for the springs is given below. (c) An electron shot with a velocity towards D. a block rests on the top of a smooth fixed hemispherical tube of radius R in which it can just fit. The block is given a small jerk so that it can slide on the hemisphere. With reference to the figure of Q.5 x 10"4 sec (d) 2. (b) An electron placed at B experiences a larger force at B than that at C. cos (2000ti0 where t is in seconds. 58 . Initial and final velocities are along radial direction and they are perpendicular to each other. perpendicular to the lines of induction at B in the plane of the figure will emerge from its opposite corner. There are two massless springs A and B of spring constant k4 and kn respectively and kA > kB. be denoted as work done on A and work done on B respectively. the coil will experience magnetic force in the positivesdirection in the time intervals o f : [Take the initial direction of current shown in figure to be positive] (a) 0 to 5 x 10"4 sec (b) 2. IVA > WK (b) if they are compressed by same force (upto equilibrium state) WA < WH (c) if they are compressed by same distance. when the current is passed through coil (a) it tries to contract. 43. One or more than one options may be correct (For Q. .37 when the current in the coil is given by / = /. If the diameter of the cylindrical magnet. which of the following expression(s) is/are correct? (a) (c) mv B=~~q. 45.No.N. > W. (b) it tries to expand. WA = WH (d) if they are compressed by same force (upto equilibrium state) W. 41 to 55): 41. If WA and Wt. (d) An electron shot with a velocity along the line ABC will continue to be moving in the same direction. A particle of charge q and mass m enters normally (at point P) in a region of magnetic field with speed v. then the magnetic force on the coil assuming the same potential difference.(a) 4K x 10"2 N. (d) The block can never come to the original position. It comes out normally from Q after time T as shown in figure. Which of the following statements is/are incorrect? P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 90 spring 1 spring 2 (a) The block will compress both springs by same amount. 42. (c) current has no effect on coil. A space has magnetic field in which the lines of induction are as shown in the figure.5 x 10 4 to 7. (a) The magnetic induction at B is greater than the magnetic induction at C. number of turns of the coil and cross section area of the wire of the coil are all doubled. Which of the following may be possible? (b) r = 7iR 2v 2 qB (d) none of these.R Km 38.5 x 10~4 sec 39. Two springs are connected to the base as shown.5 x lO^toS x 10^ sec (c) 0 to 2. For this to happen.y (c) The block will perform to and fro motion along the hemispherical surface about the original position. If the voice coil is wound loosely and there is an approachable gap between two consecutive turns.
(henry)1 (volt)2 (ohm)"2 G.> B 5 kg 3 kg 2 E 47. the direction of the total force exerted by the plane on the body is vertical. it must be in equilibrium. (max) = 5 : 3 52.D (c) (iii) . E C.2 (d) 2. There is friction between A and B. gradually increasing from zero to a maximum is applied to B so that the blocks move together without relative motion. F OE (c) the maximum compression of the spring will be . (max) Fx (max) < F.5 m/s if p./ (a) F = 2/"3 r (b) F = ——r r 91 58 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 . The paths are as shown in the figure. Then (a) the maximum speed of the block will be (b) the maximum speed of the block will be QE VwA7 2 OE (ii) Magnetic permeability (iii) Magnetic induction (iv) Energy (a) (i) . with velocities perpendicular to the magnetic field. Then 5 kg R 3 kg . (coul)2 (metre) 2 (newton) 1 E. = 0.A (d) (iv) . (c) When a body is free to slide down a rough inclined plane at a constant velocity. The path of the particle is a circle.C. Select the appropriate units for these from the options given in column Y. the speed with which the block B falls off the belt is (a) m/s if p = 0. (b) A charged particle enters a region of uniform magnetic field at an angle of 85° to the magnetic lines of forces. Instead of this another horizontal force F2. The possible reasons for different paths may be (a) the charge of M is greater than that of N (b) the momentum of M is greater than that of N (c) specific charge of M is greater than that of N (d) the speed of M is less than that of N. Column X gives four physical quantities. (max) > F . (coul)1 (newtonj'Qoule^'fmetre)" 1 (b) (ii) .(a) No net force acts on a rectangular coil carrying a steady current when suspended freely in a uniform magnetic field. smooth mass is in underformed 7777777777777777777777777777777 state and the block has zero velocity £ is a uniform electric field. In the figure E shown.B. (joule) 1 (amp) 2 B.— K (d) the maximum compression of the spring will u ——. A block A (5 kg) rests over another block B (3 kg) placed over a smooth horizontal surface. (d) When a body is at instantaneous rest. X Y (i) Permittivity A.5 49. (max): F. (coul)1 (newton)1 (sec)1 (metre)"1 F. Two 30 kg blocks rest on a massless belt which passes over a fixed pulley and is attached to a 40 kg block.2 (c) 2 m/s if p. Two charged particles M and jV enter a space of uniform magnetic field. (max) = F2 (max) F. For some of the physical quantities. Which of the following is/are conservative force(s)? 4 0 kg .5 (b) ^ 2 m/s if p = 0. A horizontal force Fx gradually increasing from zero to a maximum is applied to A so that the blocks move together without relative motion. (joule)1 (metre)"2 (amp)"1 D. there may be more than one correct choice. If c o e f f i c i e n t of 2 in 30 kg I S 2 m cb 30 kg (a) (b) (c) (d) //hi/>>/>n//nm'// TT/777777777777777Tn F. 48. 46. initially the K O spring of negligible J 000001. ( f a r a d ) 1 ( a m p ) 2 ( o h m ) 2 friction between the belt and the table as well as between the belt and the blocks B and C is p and the system is released from rest from the position shown. be Q 50. Which of the following quantities is/are frame dependent? (a) magnetic field due to current carrying wire (b) work done by a force on a particle (c) potential energy (d) kinetic energy 51. (max) F. = 0.
(d). (d) 38.XII are likely to be declared by mid July. c) lb. 31.02. d) 53. 28. A.S . 43.2006 by 5:00 p.2006 (Thursday). 32. (a. c.01. 9.I. ac. 52. (b) 13. (d) (a) (a) (b) (a) (d) (a) (d) (b. d) 46. in EXAM ALERT ALL INDIA INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES (AIIMS . c) (a.2006 to 24. 16. 21. (b) 23. Biology and English or whose results of Class .. 12. d) (a) (b) (a) (b) (b) (b) (a) (d) 4. (except AIIMS Campus. Current flowing in the remaining cylinder is I. Biology and English. 26. 41.02. ANSWERS 1. 39. 48.06.Which of the following statements is/are correct about the particle? U (in J) 20 15 \ s I . For more details see exam alert on pcmbtodav. (d) x = 5 andjc = + 5 are unstable equilibrium positions of the particle. A charged particle is x©x X X „ B kept at rest on a smooth X X horizontal surface in X X uniform mangetic field X X B which is directed downwards as shown in the figure. 37. a cylinder of radius R/2 is removed. (b) 18. d) (a. Then with respect to the observer which of the following statements is/are correct ? (a) path of the charged particle will be straight line (b) path of charged particle will be circular .I. d) 47. Entrance Examination will be held on 01. AIIMS Campus. (a) 25. (b) 35. 3. its xcoordinate. New Delhi . (b.t. c) (d) (c) (a) (c) (b) (d) (b) (a) 53. (c. In the figure the variation of potential energy of a particle of mass m = 2 kg is represented w. b.02.01. *• A (in m) " (a) If it is released at the origin it will move in negative jcaxis. 45. Ansari Nagar. (d) (a. Controller of Examinations. 29. 11. 5. (a.(c) F 3 (xi+yj) (a2 + y2f'2 (d) F 3 (yi + Xj) (* +/) 2 3/2 (c) magnetic force on the charged particle is zero (d) magnitude of magnetic force on charged particle is qVB. Schedule of sale of prospectuscumapplication forms: 1.com or mtg. d) 50. AIIMS . securing a minimum 60% marks (50% in case of Scheduled Caste/Scheduled Tribe candidates) in aggregate in Physics.01. (b) 15. as shown.M.B. Last date for receipt of completed applications at Examination Section. (b) If it is released at x = 2 + A where A > 0 then its maximum speed will be 5 m/s and it will perform oscillatory motion.2006 to 17. (a) 10. By post against Bank Draft from the Office of Asstt. (a.I. Eligibility Criteria: Candidates who have passed 12th class 'A examination under 10 + 2 system or an equivalent examination with Physics. (b) 20.2006) Applications are invited in prescribed form for admission to MBBS Course commencing on 1st August. 34. 27. (a. (c) If initially A = . (a.2006 4. b) (a. 54.2006 2.m. 49.I. W2 58 55. 2006 are eligible to apply. 17. 2. 19. (b.24.2006 to 17. 24. 7. Magnetic field strength is (a) zero at point A (b) zero at point B (c) (d) I V at point A 3nR vJ at point B 3it R * c) d) c) d) d) Note : For detailed solutions please log on to our website www. c. 36.r. Chemistry. b. 44. (a) 30.B. An observer is moving with constant velocity v towards right. 54. 2006. (d) (a. (c) 33. 22. Chemistry. (a) 8.02. 51. Against cash payment from S.03. b. From a cylinder of radius R.10 and u = s/6i then it will cross x = 10.03.in P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 92 • A' R . 55. 14. 6. 42. The particle moves under the effect of this conservative force along the xaxis. New Delhi) 03. Against cash payment by selected branches of S. Ansari Nagar.2006 3. resonance. (d) 40.
The dimension of Planck's constant is equal to (a) work (b) force (c) angular momentum (d) linear momentum. For a capacitor to hold maximum charge it must have * Based on memorv 93 . (a) (b) (d) (b) (d) n+1 k n +1 Intensity of sound wave depends on frequency as well as amplitude frequency only (c) amplitude only number of overtone. kept at a distance r cm apart the potential energy of the system is (a) (c) r 3r (b) (d) ir 6. 4.u.naximim deviation when passed through a prism? (a) white (b) red (c) violet (d) green.53 (c) 0. If a charge g.(SOLVED PAPER UP CPMT .25 15. A ball of mass m elastically collides with a wall with velocity v. 7. The time constant is given by (a) L/R (b) R/L (c) LR (d) MLR. The equivalent resistance between A and B in the given circuit is (a) 10 Q (b) 20 Q (c) 30 Q (d) 40 Q. and q2 in e.31 (d) 0. a (a) (b) (c) (d) A galvanometer can be converted into voltmeter by low resistance in series high resistance in parallel low resistance in series high resistance in series. If halflife of a substance is 4 days then amount of substance left after 2 days is (b) (C) ^2 721 72 + 1 (d) 14. 5.2 m v (d) 2v. 9. then change in momentum is equal to (a) 2m (b) 2mv (c) . Which of the following statement is correct for PNjunctions? (a) in depletion layer immovable ions exist (b) the current in the reverse biased condition is generally very small (c) /Wjunction diode is reverse biased then barrier potential increases (d) all of these. Which colour shows .2005* 1.5.42 (b) 0. If 60 N force is required to continue the motion then the coefficient of kinetic friction is (a) 0. 10. 2. the shortest distance in which the car can be stopped is (a) 40 m (b) 80 m (c) 90 m (d) 180 m. 3. A 20 kg body requires 75 N to start the motion. If the coefficient of static friction between road and tyres is 0. 58 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY '06 13. 8. A car is moving along a straight horizontal road with a speed of 72 km/hr. A person standing in front of a mirror finds his image larger than himself. 12. This implies that the mirror is (a) concave (b) convex (c) plane (d) none of these. If a spring is divided into n equal parts then k of one spring becomes (a) —— < n +1 (c) nk 11.s.
23. the velocity of light in the medium is (a) 3 x io 8 m/s (b) v^xlO* m/s (c) 6 x 10 s m/s (d) 1. 16. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY '06 94 . If y = 5/3. the value of g. 20. If a cycle wheel of radius 4 m completes one revolution in two seconds then acceleration of the cycle is (a) 4 m/s 2 (b) 2rc2 m/s 2 2 2 (c) n m/s (d) 47t2 m/s 2 . 58 33. 30. (mass of the body = 40 kg). If the critical angle for total internal reflection from a medium to vacuum is 30°. Its period of revolution in an orbit of radius 4R will be (a) T (c) 7 2 T (b) (d) 87: 29.5 x 10"3 Ns 31. centre of gravity. The period of revolution of a certain planet in an orbit of radius R is T. A geostationary satellite has an orbital period of (a) 2 hr (b) 12 hr (c) 6 hr (d) 24 hr.5 x 10 3 Ns 3 (c) 0.16 x 10~3 Ns (b) 1. When a source is going away from a stationary observer with the velocity equal to that of sound in air. The bread gives a boy 5000 cals. An ideal gas at 27°C is compressed adiabatically from 27 unit volume to 8 unit volume. A thermoelectric refrigerator works on (a) Seebeck effect (b) Peltier effect (c) Joule effect (d) photoelectric effect. then the power of the lamp is (a) 62 watt (b) 138 watt (c) 76 watt (d) 264 watt. If the luminousefficiency of a lamp 2 lumen/watt and its luminous intensity 42 candela. How much height he can climb by using this energy of his efficiency is 28%. 24. 27. 19. 28. 25. When a gas expands adiabatically (a) no energy is required for expansion (b) energy is required and it comes from the wall of the container of the gas (c) internal energy of the gas is used in doing work (d) law of conservation of energy does not hold. If the distance between the plates of a parallel plate condenser is halved and the dielectric is doubled.98 x 10" Ns (d) 2. 22. The radius of the Bohr orbit depends on (a) 1 In (b) n (c) Mn2 (d) n2. (a) 5 m (b) 15 m (c) 10 m (d) 22 x 5 m. (a) (c) (d) The energy produced in the sun is due to fission reaction (b) fusion reaction motion of electrons and ions chemical reaction. 32. (a) (b) (c) (d) First law of thermodynamics states that system can do work system has pressure system has temperature heat is a form of energy. is is 26. Resonance is a special case of (a) damped vibration (b) natural vibration (c) undamped vibration (d) forced vibration. then the rise of temperature is (a) 145°C (b) 370°C (c) 225°C (d) 402°C. then its capacity will (a) remain the same (b) increases by 4 times (c) increases by 2 times (d) increase by 16 times. Earth radius can be measured by (a) orbiting the satellite around the earth at two different positions (b) by the measurement of centre of gravity (c) by the value of g (d) by Cavendish value G. (a) (b) (c) (d) For the stability of any nucleus binding energy per nucleon will be more binding energy per nucleon will be less number of electrons will be more none of these. 21. 18.5 x 108 m/s. A force of 50 dynes is acted on a body of mass 5 g which is at rest for an interval of 3 sec.(a) large radius (c) solid sphere (b) hollow sphere (d) small radius. then the frequency heard by observer will be (a) same (b) double (c) half (d) one third. then impulse is (a) 0. 17.
1 x 105 m/s. 38.7 x 10 m/s (d) 8.35 x 1 0 s m/S (b) 6. At which the following temperatures the value of surface tension of water is minimum? (a) 4°C (b) 25°C (c) 50°C (d) 75°C. into d. .c. .V2) (P. In the circuit shown in figure at rMiim. (a) 670 (b) 810 (c) 1210 (d) 1310. Work done by the system in closed path ABC A (a) zero . If a half wave rectifier is used to convert 50 Hz a. The difference between soft and hard Xrays is of (a) velocity (b) intensity (c) frequency (d) polarization.4 . v r and vx are the speeds of microwave. (b) IP2WWi) V . 35. 36. The maximum velocity of the emitted electron is (a) 1. When light travels from air to water which parameter does not change? (a) wavelength (b) frequency (c) velocity (d) all of these. 540 g of ice at 0°C is mixed with 540 g of water at 80°C. The resulting nucleus is (a) „X. source is minimum (c) the current through the a. 37. T= 2. it executes the simple harmonic motion with time period (b) (c) T = 2ti (d) r=27i. resonance R jy/vV(a) the power factor is zero (b) the current through the a. B 1 C (c) (K. A nucleus „XM emits one a and one (3 particle. 44. 46./2/2 4na2 (b) (d) M 2na1 M l 4na2 Calculate the rate at which it develops heat in watts.. 43. > vm (b) vir < vx < v. 48. The speed of the wave is (a) 0. source is maximum (d) currents through L and R are equal. On increasing the temperature of a substance its colour become (a) red (b) yellow (c) green (d) white.c.2 x 10s m/s 5 (c) 2.34. Force acting on each wire is (a) (c) VJI1 2 na M. 39. 95 42. 41. A light of wavelength 4000 A is allowed to fall on a metal surface having work function 2 eV.^ j where x and y are in metres and t in seconds. At 10 Q electric heater supplies on a 110 V line. If vm.9°C (c) 0°C (d) 80°C. A wave is represented by x = 0 . The final temperature of the mixture in °C will be (a) 40°C (b) 79. 49.P2) (d) (P + W — V2Vj v 47. Then the material is (a) paramagnetic (b) diamagnetic (c) ferromagnetic (d) nonmagnetic.5 m/s (b) 8 m/s (c) 16 m/s (d) 6 m/s.c then the number of pulses present in rectified voltage is (a) 25 (b) 50 (c) 100 (d) 75. A material is placed in a magnetic field and it is thrown out of it. Two long parallel wires carry equal currents I in the same direction . 40.* (b) N2X~* (c) „_ 4 Z m ~ 4 (d) „ l Z " .„ v >v (d) (c) y x< V„. 4 c o s  ^ 8 / .. 58 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 .c. If a body is released into a tunnel dug along the diameter of the earth of radius R0.> t'p.. 45. The length of each wire is / and the distance between them is a. Xrays and gamma rays respectively in vacuum then (a) vg > V.
(a) : Potential energy of the system 1 4ti£(i r _A ~ . 3. 8.. (a) : Opposing force on a car is the force of friction.= 0. . (e) : According to I s ' law of thermodynamics dO = dU + dW For adiabatic expansion. Mi . intensity of sound depends both amplitide as well as frequency. By third equation of motion. so the ball returns 58 . 12. 11. Hence. 72 km/hr = 72x1000.. (a) : Capacity (C) = 4jteQr Capacity of a spherical capacitor depends on the radius.5 m/s 2 . C = — C {Kid) P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 96 or. (a) : It is balanced Wheatstone bridge because . v2 = ir + 2as 0 = (20) 2 + 2(5) (s) or. (d) : Radius of « th Bohr orbit is r„ °c n2.. s = (20)2/10 = 40 m.mg Reatardation.e. (c) : Force of friction = force required to keep the body moving constant speed. where K = l/47te .. so its dimensions are [M°L°T]. (a) : N = jV0(1/2)" where n = number of half lives = t!T N_ M. (a) : Intensity of sound (7) (amplitude) 2 .. (c) : Deviation 8 = . dO = 0 . 18. where M„ = mass of earth Rc = radius of earth. 7. 0 13. F [\. a = . so the mirror is concave. 9.KA 20. a = — = Hg 2 1 2 F . (b): Since the collision is elastic. Hence dimension of Planck's constant is equal to angular momentum. (c) : Dimensions of Planck's constant (h) [£] = [ M l ^ ] M [T. ( a ) : The size of the image is more than the size of object. F = 60 N. SOLUTIONS 1. 16. N Therefore resistance between C and D is ineffective so total resistance between A and B ( 1 0 + 1 0 ) ( 1 0 + 10) _ 20x20 (10+10) + (10 + 10) 20 + 20 5. (c) : Earth radius can be measured by the value of g. (b) : Capacity of a condenser. 2 Also. then spring constant of each part is nk. (c) : When a spring constant k is cut into n equal parts. z. _GMjl S~ .] = [ M L T ' ] .. 6. Hence. Therefore 8 is maximum for violet colour. 19. G = gravitational constant. ( d ) : To convert galvanometer into a voltmeter we connect a high resistance in series of galvanometer. 24 hours.„) of a triode valve is given by (a) n = rp* gm (b) r p = ( i * gm (c) gm = n x rp (d) none of these. 3600 v = 0.50. dll = dW.= 20 m/s. with velocity v..e.and . plate resistance (r p ) and mutual conductance (g. (d) : A geostationary satellite resolves around the earth from west to east with the same angular velocity as the earth.'. 4. Its period of revolution is one day i.8 15. 2.. The relation between amplification factor (n).5x10 = 5 m/s 2 . 7 2 Hence the amount of susbtance left after two days is 1/72 . [L] = [/] [to] = [ML ] [T.l)A For violet colour i is maximum. 14. (d) 10.31 R 20x9. Change in momentum = mv . m m = 0. i. capacitor of larger sphere hold maximum charge.1 ] Angular momentum. (a) : As L/R is time constant of RL circuit.. .(mv) = 2mv. / (frequency) Hence.'. 60 . 17. the shortest distance in which the car can be stopped is 40 m.
T2 = TT 'r2yn 58 PHYSICS F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 . — = . 2 M or. Therefore.6x 10~'9 . Hence capacity will increase by 4 times. (b) : In the sun. 100x9. source is maximum. CO : 2K :. (a) : For the stability of the nucleus it should have high binding energy per nucleon. .7= 264 watt.4 C. T2 = 675 . F = 50 dynes = 50 x 10 s N = 5 x 10"4 N Impulse = force x time .. = 27 unit.5 „ „ „ . Impulse = 5 x 10"4 x 3 = 15 x 10~4 = 1. (d) : According to first law of thermodynamics heat is a form of energy.c. = 27°C = 300 K K.5 x ]0 8 m/s. has 100 pulses/sec. According to Kepler's third law. (b) : Energy received by a boy from bread = 5000 cals = 5 0 00 x 4.Therefore. Power of the lamp = —— = 263. In vacuum. v = 6.5 lumen luminous flux Since luminous efficiency = 1 power 527. 0 = 471 x 52 = 527. M U .76x10" 9. V2 = 8 unit y = 5/3. (b) : i . 38.6x10 x 3 x 10s 4000 x 10"'° x 1. v+v 2 32. r oc & or.= 0. (c) : The Xrays having large wavelength and low frequency are soft Xrays whereas Xrays having small wavelength and high f r e q u e n c y are hard Xrays. d =4 1 C 2 or. t2 = 87*.2 = 21 x 103 J..1 eV = 1. 39. (d) : Angular velocity. (d) : For adiabatic compression Given : 7". ^ \ v 33. 35. 37.387x10'' or. dJ2 c2 \ i J 2 K. 24. h= = 15m. K 71 = 1.8x40 25. 23. 30. these waves travel with the same speed.12 x 21 x 103 . or. (c) : In the circuit shown L and C are in series. 27. According to law of conservation of energy mgh = 100 29. it is a series resonance circuit. 36. 28x21x10' . 7V 1 7 7 = 7 = —77. 31. W'=T2V2Y~' or. Hence current through a. 21. (d) : Microwaves. gamma rays and Xrays are electromagnetic waves. (d) : sm C = — = — p c V = csinC = 3 x io 8 X s in30° = 1.m v ^ — f r 0 ( c V ) 2 X 6.76 x IO"1" J. 1 hr 34. 26. energy is produced due to fusion reaction. rectified voltage has 50 pulses/sec.2 = 3. (b) : Thermoelectric refrigerator is based on the Peltier effect. In half wave rectifier negative pulses are missing. (d) : Luminous flux (0) = 4nI where 1 = luminous intensity .5 x 10"3 Ns.2 x 105 m/s. .. 2x1. 22. (b) : In going from air to water frequency remains the same.. 28. w = 2n/T : 7t rad/sec. 97 7 > 3 0 0 ( 0 " = 3 0 0 ( f ] = 675 K or. (c) : The frequency heard by the observer . so difference is of frequency. T2 = T or.1X10"31 = constant.c.273 = 402°C. Y Centripetal acceleration = oo2r = 7I2/' = 47t2 m/s 2 . (b) : 50 Hz a. ( d ) : Resonance is a special case of forced vibration. (b) : Force. (d) : Time period of revolution of a planet in an orbit is T. Therefore.
The resulting nucleus is „ _ (Z^ ~ 4 . AK„ A/. M a i l y o u r o r d e r t o : Circulation Manager. final temperature of mixture will become 0°C. MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. AF„ x = AV„ or.25 (for each volume) for p o s t a g e . At 1600°C. Ring Road.4cos^8/. the colour of hot body is white.com 58 PHYSICS F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 98 . At 1300°C. 41.1 = 1. (a) : Force acting on each wire. 2711) = 8 or. v = v>\ s x47t = 16 m/s.2003 & 2001 we get. (a) : At 900°C. NearSafdarjung Hospital. (d): Surface tension of water decreases with increase in temperature. :26197344 e . 49. decrease in mass number 4 and decrease in charge number = 2 ..m a i l : mtg@pcmbtoday. the colour of hot body is green. Heat required to melt 540 g of ice at 0°C = 540 x 80 = 43200 cals. F = Ho 4ti 21 of 2 units. Final colour = white.Tel.e. . At 1200°C.. the colour of hot body is yellow. How to order: Send money by demand draft/money order. Taj Aptt.2I l 4n a a 2 2n a V 2 42. New Delhi 29. X = 47t Speed of the wave. (b) : Diamagnetic material is repelled by the magnetic field therefore when a diamagnetic material is placed in a magnetic field it is thrown out of it. — . (c) : Heat developed per second = (110) 2 AV J L = AV L x M J L 11 = AF A/„ AV„ R 10 = 1210 watt 43. 406. 50. therefore. 46. jx = r Jl / = . velocity of light ( 3 * 10s m/s). 40.— Compare the given equation with standard equation i~ x = acos 2nvt 2ny " N Available BOUND VOLUMES of your Favourite Magazines Mathematics Today Chemistry Today Physics For You Biology Today Volumes of the following years are available : MathematicsToday Chemistry Today : : : : uuRffft 2004 2004 2004 2004. \ = vm = vx. Heat lost by water in cooling from 80°C to 0°C = 540 x 80 = 43200 cals Since both are equal. (c) : Given equation : x = 0. u = — 271 2tt 1 y = . (a) : A/. Mention the volume you require along with your name and address.or.. A (3 particle has negligible mass and carries unit negative charge with the emission of one a and one P particle. (b) : Work done by the system = area of AABC 2 2 47..170 Add Rs. (d): An alpha particle has mass of 4 units and charge Physics ForYou BiologyToday Price of each volume : Rs. 48. Demand Draft should be drawn in favour of MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. the colour of hot body is red. therefore at 75°C surface tension of water is minimum.i.
which was moving with a velocity of 20 m/s. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY'06 59 99 .1 second. 11.7 * 9. If the direction of rotation is reversed and the speed is doubled.cos8 + sinGj (b) M'(peosO . If both bodies move in the same direction with different speeds the distance between them increases by 2 m/s. When two bodies move uniformly towards each other the distance between them decreases by 8 m/s. It revolves around the nucleus of an atom in a circular orbit of 4. 3.6°.8 km is banked so that no friction is required at a speed of 30 m/s.8 * V 3 N (c) 9.8x^/3 N (d) 0. 5. A body of mass 2 kg rests on a rough inclined plane making an angle 30° with the horizontal. The speeds of the two bodies will be (a) 4 m/s and 3 m/s (b) 4 m/s and 2 m/s (c) 5 m/s and 3 m/s (d) 7 m/s and 3 m/s. 9 and friction coefficient p.B) is a force \jjA2 + B2. A curved road of diameter 1. The resultant of two vectors (A + B) and (A .16 x 10"" kgm2/s (b) 2 x IO"35 kgnr/s (c) 3 x 10 33 kgm2/s (d) 3 x 1Q35 kgnr/s.8 N. The angular momentum of electron is (a) 2. 10.pcos9) (d) !f'(pcos0 + 2sin0). Figure shows the displacement (x)time (t) graph of a particle moving on the Aaxis.0 A with a speed of 6 x 106 m/s. The position of centre of mass of a system of particles does not depend upon (a) masses of particles (b) forces on particles (c) position of the particles (d) relative distance between the particles. A body is moving along a circular path with constant speed. Then (a) the particle is at rest (b) the particle is continuously going time (t) o along Xdirection (c) the velocity of the particle increases upto time t0 and then becomes constant (d) the particle moves at a constant velocity up to a time t0 and then stops.7 x 9. the blow exerted by the ball on the hands of the player is (a) 100 N (b) 30 N (c) 20 N (d) 15 N. then (a) direction of centripetal acceleration remains unchanged (b) direction of centripetal acceleration is reversed (c) magnitude of centripetal acceleration is doubled (d) magnitude of centripetal acceleration is halved.Practice Paper for West Bengal JEE 2006 1. A particle of mass m moving with a velocity v make head on elastic collision with another particle of same mass and initially at rest. 4. A player caught a cricket ball of mass 150 grams. The frictional force on the block is (a) 9.8 N (b) 0. Rotational analogue of force in linear motion is (a) weight (b) angular momentum (c) moment of inertia (d) torque.7. The velocity of first particle after collision is (a) v (b) . The mass of an electron is 9 x 10~31 kg. 2. A body of weight W is kept on a rough inclined plane having an angle of inclination with horizontal. 9.v (c) tv (d) 0. What is the banking angle? (a) 6° (b) 16° (c) 26° (d) 0. Force required to pull the body downwards is (a) FF(p. 8. 12. If the catching process is completed in 0. 7. 6.sinO) (c) lysine . The coefficient of static friction between the block and the plane is 0. The angle between two given forces is (a) 7i/4 (b) 7i/3 (c) 7r/2 (d) 7t.
When the door of a refrigerator in a room is kept open. + a 2 . + 2 a . As the man climbs up the ladder into the balloon. What is the rise in temperature of water at the bottom if whole energy is used up in heating water? (a) 0. 25. Then the potential energy of the man (a) increases by mg(2l .6 J (c) 0 (d) none of these. 19. (b) 3a 2 (c) a . 14. Then CP will be (a) 0. The entire system is in equilibrium in air. Two pieces of wire A and B of the same material have their lengths in the ratio 1 : 2 and their diameters are in the ratio 2 : 1. 22.h) (b) increases by mgh (c) increases by ivgl (d) increases by mg( 1 — h). How much will it cost at the rate of 50 paise/kWh in 1 day? (a) Rs. percentage increase in diameter will be (a) more for hollow sphere (b) less for hollow sphere (c) same for both (d) cannot say.13. 358/(c) Rs. Two spheres of equal radius r are touching each other.c. their elongations will be in the ratio (a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 1 : 8 (d) 8 : 1. cooking is faster because the increase of vapour pressure (a) increases specific heat (b) decreases specific heat (c) decreases boiling point (d) increases the boiling point. 21. During the melting of a slab of ice at 273 K at atmospheric pressure. An ideal gas A and a real gas B have their volumes increased from V to 2 V under isothermal conditions. A body is under the action of two equal and opposite forces.02°C (c) 1.57? (d) 2. If earth suddenly shrinks by one third of its present radius. each of 3 N. 397/15. The coefficient of cubical expansion is (a) 3a. 27. The increase in internal energy (a) of A will be more than B (b) of A will be less than B (c) will be same in both cases (d) will be zero in both cases. 20. The force of attraction between them is proportional to (a) /•" (b) iA (c) r2 (d) r 18. Two spheres are made of same metal and have same mass. The density of the other liquid is (a) 9/4 g/c. The ratio of densities of A and B is (a) 4 : 3 (b) 3 : 1 (c) 3 : 2 (d) 3 : 4. Two cylinders A and B float on water. In a pressure cooker.c. (d) 2a.23°C. Water falls from a height of 500 m. 28. The coefficient of linear expansion of a crystal in one direction is a . A body floats with one third of its volume outside water and 3/4 of its volume outside another liquid. (a) positive work is done by the ice water system on the atmosphere (b) positive work is done on the ice water system by the atmosphere (c) internal energy of ice water system remain constant (d) internal energy of ice water system decreases.c. 375/(d) Rs. (b) 4/2 g/c. 58 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY '06 100 . the balloon descends by a height h. and that in every direction perpendicular to it is a 2 . A 12 HP motor has to be operated 8 hours/day. It is observed that A floats with 2/3rd of its volume immersed and B floats with half of its volume immersed. The work done is (a) + 6 J (b) . the acceleration due to gravity will be 2 3 4 9 s (d) (a) lb) 2 g <c> 9 g 4 17. the temperature of the room (a) decreases (b) increases (c) remains constant (d) cannot say.5R (b) 0. 26.1/? (c) 1. 350/(b) Rs. A rope ladder with a length / carrying a man with a mass m at its end is attached to the basket of a balloon with a mass M.5R. One is solid and the other is hollow.c. 16. (c) 8/3 g/c. The body is displaced by 2 m. 23. If they are stretched by the same force.16°C (d) 0.96°C (b) 1. 24. The kinetic energy of one mole of an ideal gas is E = 3/2 RT. (d) 3/8 g/c. When heated 54 to the same temperature.
If the intensities of two interfering waves be 7. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY'06 59 45.. A number of tuning forks are arranged in order of increasing frequency and any two successive forks produce 4 beats per sec. What will be its period of oscillation as recorded by an observer inside the wagon? (a) 2 n J j f 1V3 g (b) 2nWyg 101 . the equation of plane progressive wave is (a) y = /'sinoo? (b) . 33. If all the linear dimensions are doubled keeping temperatures constant. and v2 respectively. Its corresponding wavelength at 3000 K will be 3. = / 2 (d) either 7. Two spheres made of same material have radii in the ratio 1 : 2. and the velocity of sound in air is 330 m/s. then the rate of flow of heat 02 will be (a) 40. (b) 2Q. there will be (a) reflection only (b) refraction only (c) both reflection and refraction (d) neither reflection nor refraction.. Of the following. 35. Two waves of length 100 cm and 101 cm produce 10 beats in 3 sec. 36. 42. A particle undergoes simple harmonic motion having time period T.2x + 3x73) where x and y are in metre and t is in second. A plane wave of sound travelling in air is incident upon a plane water surface. 41. < < I 2 (c) 7. The velocities of sound at the same temperature in two monoatomic gases of densities p.. 2. A black body has maximum wavelength X„. If the last tuning fork has a frequency octave higher than that of the first fork is 256 Hz. 44. The displacement of a wave travelling in xdirection is given by y = 10~4sin(600/ . 32. 37. (c) Q. Quality of sound depends upon (a) frequency (b) amplitude (c) overtones (d) none of these. The rate of flow of heat is 0 .K J J 38. 40. If p. cal/sec. and p2 are v. the quantity that remains unchanged is (a) frequency (b) amplitude (c) wavelength (d) speed./p 2 = 4. The speed of sound is approximately (a) 1010 m/s (b) 355 m/s (c) 336. the contrast between maximum and minimum intensity is maximum. (a) (b) (c) At absolute zero all substances exist in solid form molecular motion ceases water becomes ice (d) none of these.67 m/s.29.67 m/s (d) 33. 46. then the value of v. A simple pendulum of length / has been set up inside a railway wagon sliding down a frictionless inclined plane having an angle of inclination 9 = 30° with the horizontal. Consider a compound slab consisting of two different materials having equal thickness and thermal conductivities K and 2K respectively./4 "(d) 0. If the velocity of sound in water is 1400 m/s. 30.The equivalent thermal conductivity of the slab is 2 4 (a) (b) \/2K (c) 3K (d) . at 2000 K. Both are at same temperature. and 12. The speed of wave motion in ras"1 is (a) 300 (b) 600 (c) 1200 (d) 200. 16 81. 39. The angle of incidence is 30°. when sounded together.' = /"sin(cor£x) (c) y = "7=sin(co?fct) yjr (d) j/ = —sin(coZfa) r 12t (d) ^ T ./v2 is (a) 1/4 (b) 2 (c) 1/2 (d) 4.„. 31. The graph between the length and the (time period)2 of a simple pendulum is (a) straight line (b) circle (c) parabola (d) hyperbola. Heat given to a body which raises its temperature by 1°C is (a) water equivalent (b) specific heat (c) thermal capacity (d) temperature gradient. When a sound wave goes from one medium to another. The time taken in 3/8th oscillation is (a) \ t (b) I t (C) 34. then the number of tuning forks is (a) 63 (b) 64 (c) 65 (d) 66./2. Ratio of heat radiation energy emitted per second by them is (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 1 : 8 (d) 1 : 16. (d) —A. A cylindrical rod is having temperature TT and T2 at its ends. (a) (b) (c) — A. or I 2 is zero.. 43. when (a) > > I2 (b) /.
5 IO J (d) 12 x io. then (b) EA <EH (a) EA > E„ ( d ) EA = EH/R2.5 Hz (c) 1. one 200 volt60 watt and the other of 200 volt200 watt are connected in series of a 200 volt line. 50. 55. Two copper spheres of same radii one hollow and other solid are charged to the same potential then (a) both will hold same charge (b) solid will hold more charge (c) hollow will hold more charge (d) hollow can not be charged. If it is uniformly stretched. 58 57.5 Hz (d) 10 Hz. The resistance of a metal conductor increases with temperature due to (a) change in current carriers (b) change in the dimensions of the conductor (c) increase in the number of collisions among the current carriers (d) increase in the rate of collisions between the current carriers and the vibrating atoms of the conductor. Study figure shown and find out the equivalent capacitance of the network between D and B. I and Bare EA and EH respectively and if the displacement between A and B is /'. 49. A wire 1 m long has a resistance of 1 Q. so that its length increases by 25%. then (a) the potential drop across the two bulbs is the same (b) the potential drop across the 60 watt bulb is greater than the potential drop across the 200 watt bulb (c) the potential drop acrosss the 200 watt bulb is greater than the 60 watt bulb (d) the potential drop across both the bulbs is 200 volts. Then the energy stored in the condenser is (a) 3 x 10^ J (b) 6 x io. 56. A capacitor of capacitance 1/300 pF is connected to a battery of 300 V and charged. E„ 51. (b) Restoring force is always directed towards a fixed point. W h a t 2Q AMVwill be the resistance between P Q and O in the 2Q.(C) I \8 (d) 2n 47. PHYSICS F O R YOU  JANUARY '06 102 .5 J.F (c) 2 pF (d) 1 iF. Their masses after charging (a) remains unaffected (b) mass of A > mass of B (c) mass of A < mass of B (d) nothing can be said. following MWQ+circuit? (a) (1/3) Q (b) (2/3) Q (c) 2 Q 3 3Q (d) 5 Q. (d) Acceleration of the particle is maximum at the equilibrium position. Figure shows the electric lines of force emerging from a charged body. If the electric field at. 48. when (a) R>> r (b) R < < r (c) R = r (d) none of these. 54. A large horizontal surface moves up and down in simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 1 cm. 53. If a mass of 1 kg (which is placed on the surface) is to remain continuously in contact with it.14 J x 4 (c) 1.25% (d) 77. (a) 5 pF (b) 3 p. = EJR (c) 52. For a particle executing simple harmonic motion which of the following statements is not correct? (a) Total energy of the particle always remains the same. Two electric bulbs.33%. then its resistance will increase by (a) 25% (b) 50% (c) 56. Two spheres A and B of exactly same mass are given equal positive and negative charges respectively. 58. To get the maximum current from a parallel combination of n identical cells each of internal resistance r in an external resistance R. the maximum frequency of simple harmonic motion will be (a) 5 Hz (b) 0. (c) Restoring force is maximum at the extreme positions.
66. 69. The magnitude of magnetic induction at the centre C is •fe) (a) 9G (b) 10G (c) G/9 (d) G/10.(d) nonmagnetic.f. Inversion temperature of a thermocouple is that temperature of hot junction at which the e. the field becomes 30 (xT. A ferromagnetic material is heated above its Curie temperature. 70.59.02 m2 carrying a current of 10 A. 65. Two parallel long wires A and B carry currents /.01 Nm (b) 0. (a) the same as (b) one half (c) double (d) one third. R1S PIO 4 [R2 R.8 Nm. Then the cork (a) moves bodily only (b) rotates only (c) has neither rotational nor translational motion (d) has rotational as well as translational motion. The torque acting in the loop is (a) 0. only 10% of current passes through the galvanometer of resistance G. A magnet is broken into three pieces in length. then the magnetic s N2 I S2 moment of the system is (a) 1 ml (b) 2ml (c) jiml (d) ml/2. In a shunted ammeter. A material is placed in a magnetic field and it is thrown out of it. The deflection in moving coil galvanometer is reduced to half. 60.f is (a) maximum (b) minimum (c) zero (d) none of these. Most of the substances show which of the magnetic property? (a) diamagnetism (b) paramagnetism (c) ferromagnetism (d) none of these. 73. The magnets are so placed that the axis of one produced bisects the axis of the other at right angles. A circular loop of area 0. is held with its plane perpendicular to a magnetic field induction 0. Which of the following thermocouple produces the maximum therrno e. The wire loop PORS formed by joining two semi circular wires of radii RT and R2 carries a current 1 as shown. the magnetic field at a point mid way between the wires is 10 ]U.m. The ratio / s // 2 is (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4.2 T. A bar magnet of magnetic moment M is kept in a uniform magnetic field of strength 5. The strength of the new pole is the strength of the poles of original magnet. 67. for the same temperature difference between hot and cold junctions? (a) copperbismuth (b) antimonybismuth (c) ironnickel (d) copperiron. 68. The magnetic field at the centre of current / carrying loop of radius r is (a) HO "I 2r (b) (c) (d) \x0nl. The resistance of the shunt is P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  JANUARY'06 59 103 . Which one is correct statement? (a) ferromagnetic domains are perfectly arranged (b) ferromagnetic domains become random (c) ferromagnetic domains are not influenced (d) ferromagnetic material changes into diamagnetic substances. The torque acting on it is (a) MB (b) M8cos0 (c) MB(lcos0) (d) MBS'MQ. When a straight conductor is carrying an electric current (a) there are circular magnetic lines of force around it (b) there are no magnetic lines of force near it (c) there are magnetic lines of force parallel to conductor along the direction of current (d) there are magnetic lines of force parallel to conductor opposite to the direction of current.001 Nm (c) zero (d) 0. 62. making angle 8 with its direction. Two short magnets of equal magnetic moments are placed on a piece of cork which floats on water.m. with north / pole of one touching south pole of the other. Then the material is (a) paramagnetic (b) diamagnetic (c) ferromagnetic . When /. 74. The resistance of the galvanometer is (a) 60 Q (b) 10 Q (c) 40 Q (d) 20 £2. when it is shunted with a 40 £2 coil.T. 71. and I 2 (< /). 64. 72. If / 2 is reversed. 61. Two identical thin bar /y magnets each of length / and pole strength m are placed at right iji angles to each other. (b) (d) (Wf l 4 U M j f 63. and A are in the same direction.
Its 91. Why sun has elliptical shape when it rises and sets? 76. A convex mirror is used to form an image of a real object. the angle of incidence is found to (b) are 1/16th as numerous as before be twice the angle of refraction.414 A 86. If the threshold wavelength 83. The magnitude of induced current at I = 0.875 eV (c) 18. (a) temperature of target (b) size of target 84. The r. 79.2 k£2. man will not see image greater than himself? (a) concave mirror (b) convex mirror (c) plane and concave (d) none of these.8 A. 90. 81.14 A (b) 1. Rainbow is formed due to a combination of (c) atomic number of target (a) refraction and absorption (d) mass of target. the image will be (a) erect (b) virtual (c) diminished (d) of same size.5 c + 1.m.5 eV and 2. microscope is 77. (a) cos~'(p.6 A (c) 1. then distance of object from mirror is (a)'(nl)/ (c) (b) { n j r ) f (d) (« + I)/(a) virtual and diminished (b) real and diminished (c) real and enlarged (d) virtual and enlarged. If an object is 30 cm away from a concave mirror of focal length 15 cm.1875 eV (b) 1. Magnetic flux 0 in weber in a closed circuit of (b) dispersion and focussing resistance 10 £2 varies with time / (sec) as 0 = 6t2 . A concave mirror of focal length/produces an image n times the size of object. Choose the wrong statement. 80. A photographer changes the aperture of his camera so that the new diameter of the aperture is twice the initial one. 89. When the source is moved to a distance of 1 m. What changes on polarisation of light ? .0 A. The focal length of the objective is (a) 528 A (b) 2791 A (a) equal to that of the eye piece (c) 5893 A (d) 10683 A. 58 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY '06 104 .75. (a) frequency (b) wavelength (c) phase (d) intensity. the value of X for tungsten is and eyepiece.25 is (a) 0. The energy of a photon in electron volt. If image is real. The wavelength of characteristic Xrays depends (c) shorter than that of eye piece upon (d) five times shorter than that of the eye piece.3 eV respectively. 4.2 A (b) 0. whose wavelength is 6600 A is (/? = 6. A photocell with a constant potential difference of Kvolt across it is illuminated by a point source from a length when viewed vertically above will be (a) 10 cm (b) 3 cm (c) 7. 85. will be equal to (a) 14. (c) refraction and scattering (d) dispersion and total internal reflection. 87. In which of the following case.1414 A (d) 2. The ratio of new exposure time to the initial one is (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) I : 4 (d) 4 : 1.6 * IO"34 Js) (a) 0. Then the angle of (c) are I/4th as numerous as before incidence is (d) carry 1/4"' their pervious momentum. The astronomical telescope consists of objective X for sodium is 5460 A.2 A (d) 0.5 cm (d) 8 cm./2) (b) 2cos~'(p/2) 92.75 eV (d) 198 eV. A ray of light passes from vacuum into a medium (a) carry l/4 th their previous energy of refractive index p.s. The image formed by an objective of a compound (c) 0. j distance of 25 cm. A fish 10 cm long is 4 cm under the water level. Alternating voltage V = 400sin(500ro) is applied It is due to (b) reflection across a resistance of 0. The ratio of specific charge of ionic deuterium to that of proton will be (a) 4 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 2. the electrons emitted by the photocell 82. 88. (b) greater than that of eye piece 93. (a) the image lies between the pole and the focus (b) the image is diminished in size (c) the image is erect (d) the image is real. The work function for tungsten and sodium are (c) 2sin '(p) (d) 2sin'i}i/2). 78. value of current (a) refraction (c) scattering (d) dispersion.
0 x io 15 atoms/cm 3 . 50. 16. 88. on an average. 24. On increasing the reverse voltage in apn junction diode the value of reverse current will (a) gradually increase (b) suddenly increase (c) remain constant (d) gradually decrease. 14. 29. 72.5 millimho.5 (d) 4 x IO'5. 11. 37. 67. 98. 77. 95. 78. 97. 94. 100 (b) (a) (d) (a) (b) (b) (b) (c) (a) (a) (d) (b) (c) (C) (a) (d) (a) (b) (d) (b) WB JEE'06 WttG. 6. 55. 31. 42. 93. A silicon specimen is made into a /?type semiconductor by doping. 99.5 x 1035 atoms/cm 3 (c) 1. 91. 86. 13. 98. 95. 56.0 x io 13 atoms/cm 3 (d) 1. 83. 19. 80. Light of certain wavelength and intensity ejects photoelectrons from a metal plate. 81. (c) (a) (d) (d) (c) (c) (b) (a) (c) (a) (c) (d) (a) (c) (b) (b) (a) (c) (b) (c) 2. 92. 89. 73. The value of plate resistance of a triode is 3 x 103 Q and its mutual conductance factor is 1. 59. 84. (b) (b) (c) (c) (d) (b) (d) (c) (c) (d) (C) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) (b) (c) (c) (d) 4. What determined the hardness of the Xrays obtained from the Coolidge tube? (a) current in the filament (b) pressure of air in the tube (c) nature of target (d) potential difference between cathode and target. 9. (d) (b) (a) (b) (c) (d) (b) (a) (a) (a) (a) (b) (b) (a) (a) (d) (b) (b) (b) (c) 3. the energy gap between the conduction band and the valence band is (a) infinity (b) wide (c) narrow (d) zero. 68. then its amplification factor will be (a) 2 x IO6 (b) 45 (c) 4. Then this beam is replaced by another beam of smaller wavelength and smaller intensity. 17. 71. 43. In a good conductor. 69. 53. 38. 61. 48. 36. As a result (a) no change occurs (b) emission of photoelectrons stops (c) kinetic energy of photoelectrons decreases by the strength of the photoelectric current increase (d) kinetic energy of photoelectrons increases but the strength of the photoelectric current decreases. 63. . 100. 45.5 x io 30 atoms/cm 3 (b) 2. 22. 79. 51.94. 70. 76. 85. 40. 26. 27. 30. 74. 64. 46. 34. 25. 8. 87. 35. 99. 96. 97. 90. What is used to convert alternating current into a direct current? (a) choke coil (b) transformer (c) diode valve (d) triode valve. ANSWERS 1. 54. (d) (a) (b) (c) (d) (c) (b) (c) (c) (C) (C) (C) (b) (c) (d) (d) (d) (d) (d) (d) 5. If the number density of atoms in the silicon specimen is 5 x 1028 atoms/m 3 . 18. 75. 58. 65. 15. then the number of acceptor atoms in silicon per cubic centimeter will be (a) 2. 41. 82. 20. 47. 52.Complete Book for P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  JANUARY'06 59 . 57. 39. 32. one indium atom per 5 x 107 silicon atoms. 21. 66. 44. 49. 60. 33. 7. 12. 62. 96. 10. 28. 23.
When force F is applied to the combination of two springs (shown aj in figure). 0 ° * (c) 1375.0°K The value of temperature on Xscale equal to the temperature of 50.0°*. At time / = 0. 0 ° 7 and boils at 30. water freezes at . y k constant magnetic R field B is directed at s an angle of 45° to the *axis in the xyplane. Kota (Rajasthan) 106 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 .0°* (b) . 2. The plotted lines are isotherms. / h PORS is a rigid square 0 wire frame carrying a steady current / 0 . A uniform.0°*. 3. of Physics. with its centre at the origin f 2 O. The coefficient of viscosity r of a liquid is defined as the tangential force on a layer in that liquid per unit area per unit velocity gradient across it. supply of 120 V is connected to a large resistance X. Order of the most probable speed vp of the molecules at these five states is = (a) '/> at 3 > vp at I '/) at 2 > V/J at 4 Vp a. Then a sphere of radius a moving through it under a constant force F attains a constant velocity v given by (where K is a numerical constant) (a) KFaq (c) (b) Ari a a /I V A / F (d) KT) K ~ ari 5. + k2 ) (c) (. 1 to 40) Only one option is correct and there will be negative marking in these questions. the frame is at rest in the position shown in figure.7 0 . 1. M(g + a) (a) kt +k 2 (b) [F + M (g + q)](*. The upper spring is ideal while the lower spring has mass M.0°X and boils at 375. water freezes at 125. A certain gas is taken to the five states represented by dots in the graph. Each side of the frame is of mass M and length L. A D. The torque f about O acting on the frame due to the magnetic field will be (a) i = (c) _ RJ l Bl.1 2 5 . On a Y temperature scale.NO. with its sides parallel to the* and>»axes. Assume that the deformation of the springs are constant. On an X temperature scale.j ) 4. A voltmeter of resistance 10 kQ placed in series in 10 k£2 0 •iy 120 V k Contributed by Deptt.fi (b) (i+j) aj) BIJ} (d) x = H . the elongation in upper spring will be (the whole system is inside a lift is moving upwards with a constant acceleration a). Resonance.0°* (d) 1500.0°Kon Tscale is (a) 455.C.F + M(g + a)) kl+k1 (d) F + Mg + Ma X WMW \k> > rF / 6. 5 (b) 'p at 1 > vp at 2 ~ Vp at 3 > Vp at= 4 Vp at 5 (C) Vp at 3 > Vp at 2 =vp Vp 4 > vp Bt i = Vp at 5 at (d) insufficient information to predict the result.JE (For Q.
8. If * _ A J By • dI = 2p„ tesla meter. inverted. • dl = . Other end of the string is attached with a block of mass 2 kg. Let BR and BN be the magnetic field produced by the wire P and Q which are placed symmetrically in a rectangular loop ABCD as s h o w n in /j C figure.. same size. erect. 12. t h e v a l u e o f 1 will b e (a) 8 A (c) 5 A (b) 4 A (d) 6 A.the circuit reads 4 V. Assume that the tube remains in vertical plane.p 0 tesla meter.5 V (c) 0. then (a) A EA\ < A£b < A£ r  if temperature in every process decreases (b) AEA\ = A£S = A£ (  if temperature in every process decreases (c) A£^ < A£)j < A£ r l if temperature in every process increases (d) lAfitfl < lAfi^l < A£ (. (b) (iii) . In a vertical plane inside a smooth hollow thin tube a block of same mass as that of tube is released as shown in figure. One end of a light rod of length 1 m is attached with a string of length 1 m. By the time the block reaches the right end of the tube then the displacement of the tube will be (where R is mean radius of tube). J Bv • d! = — 2 p 0 tesla meter. (D) real. diminished . to V2 through three different polytropic processes A. An ideal gas undergoes j an expansion from a state with temperature T{ and volume K. inverted. Other end of the rod is attached at point O such that rod can move in a vertical circle.A. At this angle minimum deviation occurs. If \AEA\. \ capacitances of 1 pF. and A£( be the magnitude of changes in internal energy along the three paths respectively. erect. Each resistor in the following circuit has a resistance of 2 MQ and the capacitors have 107 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 11.C (c) (i) .75 V (d) 1. The battery voltage is 3 V. _ A II H and \B. This for measuring very high (a) 390 kQ (c) 190 kQ is an unusual use of voltmeter resistance. magnified \ (C) real. The value of X is (b) 290 kQ \ (d) 300 kQ. 10. 9. The voltage across the resistor A in the following circuit at steady state is (a) 0 V (b) 0. B and C as shown in the PV diagram. Select the correct characteristics of the\image of a real object formed by a lens of focal l e n g t h / f r o m the choices given below? Nature of lens and position (i) Lens is converging and 2 / away from the object (ii) Lens is converging and between / and 2f from the object (iii)Lens is diverging and distant / from the object (iv)Lens is converging and less than / from the object (a) (ii) . (A) virtual. (a) 4V5 (b) 5^5 (c) 10 (d) 3^5 . This deviation is (a) 30° (b) 40° (c) 50° (d) 20°.  if temperature in every process increases. diminished \ \ \ (B) virtual. . A ray of light is incident on a face of equilateral triangle at an incident angle 50°. Current in wire P is I directed inward and in O is 21 directed outwards. 13. magnified (E) real.B (d) (iv) . The minimum velocity that must be given to the block in horizontal direction so that it can complete the vertical circle is ( g = 10 m/s 2 ). inverted.E Characteristic pf the image observed .5 V. 7. When it is slightly disturbed it moves towards right. (a) 2R/n (b) 4R/n (c) RI2 (d) R.
22. The net quantity of charge crossing any crosssection per second is (a) directly proportional to the area of crosssection (b) inversely proportional to the area of crosssection (c) independent of the area of crosssection (d) directly proportional to the length of the conductor.s value of V in time interval from t = 0 to 774 is (a) (c) iL (b) 40 V (d) 30 V..v in a region of space is shown. then potential at x = 2. A steady current is passing through a linear conductor of nonuniform crosssection. Now a dielectric of dielectric constant 2 is inserted between the plates filling the entire space. 108 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 s (b) K i i V2 (d) none of these. (c) 17. B U„ 0) A (*. Which one of the following combinations of radioactive decay results in the formation of an isotope of the original nucleus? (assume that beta means P") (a) one alpha and four beta (b) one alpha and two beta (c) one alpha and one beta (d) two alpha and one beta. 0) (c) e„ (d) — (2nr + r) 18. 15.\component of the electric field as a function of . 21. The electric field between the plates is 10 V/m. Network done by electric field is c<7 . A graph of the . ) 2s„ (b) 28. which of the following is incorrect? (a) all the charge drawn from the source is stored in the capacitor (b) all the energy drawn from the source is stored in the capacitor (c) the potential difference across the capacitor grows rapidly initially and this rate decreases to zero eventually (d) only half of the energy drawn from the source is dissipated outside the capacitor.M X . An infinite long plate has surface charge density a as shown in the figure. The voltage time (V 1) graph for triangular wave having peak value V0 is as shown in figure.14. An uncharged parallel plate capacitor is connected to a battery. If the electric potential is 10 V at the origin.m. 20. In the above question the average value of voltage (K) in one time period will be (a) (c) JjL (b) Ti f (d) zero.* . The electric field between the plates now is (b) 20 V/m (a) 5 V/m 10 V/m (d) none of these. 19. 16. A point charge q is moved from A to B.0 m is 20 E. (N/C) Jc(m) The r. . The y and r components of the electric field are zero in . In a photoelectric effect. this region. electrons are emitted (a) with a maximum velocity proportional to the frequency of the incident radiation (b) at a rate that is independent of the intensity of the incident radiation (c) only if the frequency of the incident radiation is above a certain threshold value (d) only if the temperature of the emitter is high. When an uncharged parallel plate capacitor is connected to a source of constant potential difference.. (a) .
Two loudspeakers Lu L2 driven by a common oscillator and amplifier. They notice each other when 180 m apart and apply brakes simultaneously. 27. 25. Two cars A and B are travelling towards each other on a singlelane road at 24 m/s and 21 m/s respectively. Their intensity ratio IAHH is 4B +1 9 i—i—i—t—• t 10 11 12 (d) /'. 81 (C) 28. The displacement vs time graph for two waves A and B which travel along the same string as shown in the figure.23. 29. A is a fixed charged. When beats are produced by two progressive waves of nearly the same frequency. Neglect gravity. If at another temperature T' the power radiated is P' and wavelength at maximum intensity is X0/2 then (a) P'T' = 32PT (b) P'T' = 16PT (c) P'T'= 8PT (d) P' T' = 4PT.0. Assuming the fi]2kg arrangement to be 1 frictionless everywhere and pulley and strings to be light. where the observer is (d) the frequency of beats changes as the time progresses. They just succeed in avoiding 16 (d) 32. then (a) RP °c r~ (b) RP oc r (c) RP °c Mr2 (d) RP « Mr. At this temperature the wavelength at which the radiation has maximum intensity is A. In the figure shown. 26. Consider a body B of area ^4=10 m2 coefficient of reflectivity r = 0. A solid spherical black body of radius r and uniform mass distribution is in free space. A black body emits radiation at the rate P when its temperature is T. both stopping simultaneously at the same position. A uniform rod of mass m and length / is rotating with constant angular velocity co about an axis which passes through its one end and perpendicular to the length of rod.5. At / ( « this moment the radius of +'/ curvature of the resultant path of B is (a) 0 (b) co (infinity) (c) 4rt£(lr2/77v2 v collision. Then which of the following is incorrect? (a) the emissive power of B is 20 W/m2 (b) the emissive power of B is 200 W/m2 (c) the power emitted by B is 200 watts (d) the emissivity of B is 0. The emissive power of a black body at T = 300 K is 100 watt/m 2 . the value of the force F applied on A is (a) 50 N (b) 75 N (c) 100 N (d) 96 N. 31. The system starts from rest and A attains a A 6 k g —*F velocity of 5 m/s after it has moved 5 m towards 1 right. It emits power P and its rate of cooling is R. B (of mass m) is given by a velocity v perpendicular to line AB. The area of crosssection of the rod is A and its Young's modulus is Y. 30. with the frequency equal to the difference in the component frequencies (b) the amplitude of vibration at any point changes simple harmonically with a frequency equal to the difference in the frequencies of the two waves (c) the frequency of beats depends upon the position. Assuming constant retardation for each car. which one of the following is correct? (a) the particles vibrate simple harmonically. Its temperature is 300 K.3 and coefficient of transmission t = 0.2. the distance travelled by car A while slowing down is (a) 96 m (b) 84 m (c) 67 m (d) 113 m. The strain at the mid point of the rod is may I 3 mm11 (a) (b) 8 AY 8AY 3»7C0 2 / nm2l (c) (d) 4 AY 4 AY 24. are set up as shown in the P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 10 .
A proton is released from a point between the plates with a velocity parallel to the sheets but perpendicular to the direction of current in the sheets. (b) 471(7 b+a 12 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 . As the f r e q u e n c y of the oscillator increases from zero. Match the physical quantities given in column I with dimensions expressed in terms of mass M. 35. 39. If this rod end is now given a small displacement and released angular frequency of the resulting motion is (a) (c) 38 ~k (b) (d) \ T 34. time T and charge Q given in column 11 and write the correct answer against the matched quantity. „ — f 40 m 9 m •a: What is the frequency at which the first maximum is observed? (speed of sound = 330 m/s).2 T 2 Q 2 L2T"2 (ii) .(D) (v) .X<< d\ (a) 0 (b) d/2 (c) d!3 (d) d/ 6. then the wavelength of the light incident cannot be (a) (c) 3D d2 12 D (b) (d) 6D d2 18D 36. VT V <8> ® infinite ^ >v s h e e t s c arrving * ® ® <8> ® ® ® ®< current same direction (of equal current per unit length K) are separated by a distance d. length L.(C) (c) ( i i i ) . (a) 165 Hz (b) 330 Hz (c) 495 Hz (d) 660 Hz.(F). A collar B of mass 2 kg is constrained to move along a horizontal smooth and fixed circular track of radius 5 m.( E ) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (b) (d) Column II ML2T~2 ML2Q"2 ML2T"' ML 3 T'Q" 2 M 'L.. One of its ends is attached """" to a spring of spring constant k which is unstretched when the rod is horizontal. Then a current per unit length of the cylinder from one cylinder to the other is •a (a) 47UC? In (b/a) V . Column I (i) angular momentum (ii) latent heat (iii) torque (iv) capacitance (v) inductance (v) resistivity (a) (i) . Two long coaxial and conducting cylinders of radius a and b are separated by a material of conductivity o and a constant potential difference V is maintained between them. If the collar starts from rest at B. In the figure shown if a parallel beam of white light is incident on the d plane of the slits then the distance of the nearest white spot on the screen from O is (assume d<< D. 33. In the above question if the light incident is monochromatic and point O is a maxima. the normal reaction exerted by the track on the collar when it passes through A is (a) 360 N (c) 1440 N (b) 720 N (d) 2880 N. 37. A uniform rod of mass 112 1/2 1n and length / is hinged at 3E its mid point in such a way that it can rotate in the vertical plane about a horizontal axis passing through the hinge. Then the path of the proton is (a) circle (b) helix (c) straight line (d ) straight line only if it is released from a point exactly midway between the two plates. the detector at D recorded a series of m a x i m u m and minimum signals.figure.. The spring lying in the plane of the circular track and having spring constant 200 N/m is undeformed when the collar is at A. by a battery.
length 21.mg cos 0 46. the time elapsed for next collision (coefficient of restitution e = 1/2) 2 nr (a) — u 3 nr (c) (b) (d) 4tcr — u 12 nr 43. the angular velocity acquired by the ring is 2 qB qB (b) m U are measured as follows: K = 100. Two masses m and 2m are placed in fixed horizontal circular smooth hollow tube as shown.img cos 0 3P (d) mg sin 0 . The values of kinetic energy K and potential energy 111 PHYSICS F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 (i. 47. At the same time the wedge is made to move with speed 10>/3 towards right as shown in figure.5% (b) 1% (c) 0. 44. If the surface tension and angle of contact are T and zero respectively.tmg cos0 P (b) mg sin 0 . A mosquito with 8 legs stands on water surface and each leg makes depression of radius a. radius r having a charge q uniformly distributed over it and free to rotate about its own axis is placed in a region having a magnetic field B is suddenly switched off. then the weight of mosquito is (a) STa (b) \6nTa (c) 7a/8 (d) 7a/1671. from the point A as shown in the figure. The mass m is moving with speed u and the mass 2m is stationary. The coefficient of friction between the block and the incline is The maximum speed of the block during the course of ascent is P (a) mg sin 0 + (. A uniform field B = 3i +4j + 5k . A particle is projected at angle 60° with speed \0yJ5 . = 0.m.0 ± 1. A rod of length 5 m is placed along j^axis is moved along Aaxis with constant speed 1 m/sec.f in the rod will be (a) zero (b) 25 volt (c) 20 volt (d) 15 volt. As shown in the figure. 2m (d) none of these. It is placed on rough edge as shown in (d) none of these. z u parallel to Xaxis T upto co (d) M„/ (ik) 47taV2 42." b+a 40.\img cos 0 77777777777777777" 2P (c) v = mg sin 0 . A ring of mass m.5% (d) 1.0 J Then the percentage error in the measurement of mechanical energy is (a) 2. Then the time after which particle will strike with wedge is (a) 2 sec (b) sec (c) 4 / ^ 3 sec 48. « (c) si. 45.5%.0 ± 2.(C) 2na l In (b/a) 2no T. The magnetic field at the origin due to the current flowing in the wire is upto ~ X w <b.80 mimmmiiwmimim M = 0. A block of mass m is being pulled up the rough incline by an agent delivering constant power P. Then induced e.0 J U = 200.\x. rod is composed of two parts of 2m mass.75 t 30° . 41. length / and m mass. After their collision.
For this situation. are practically transparent to these radiations. In the above question.4 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 14 . 53. 100 J/s T (c) 12. upward (c) 0. A current carrying wire in north south direction passes through this region. then rotate to fall rotate first. then magnitude and direction of force is (a) 0. For the next three questions assume that emissions from all surfaces are perpendicular to respective surfaces. rock saltr~carbon disulphide etc. 52. Heat transfer by radiation : When the thermal radiations fall on matter they are either transmitted.1 0. absorbed or reflected. r — 0).5 e=l 49.8 (a) 0. R+ T + A = /. water are opaque and therefore. (a) 100 J/s. Four spheres of the same radius of different material A. downward (d) 0.0 cm. For the surface A shown in e = 0. then magnitude and direction of force is (a) 1.48 N. upward. its direction being parallel to the axis along east to west. e = 0.2 N downward —downward VI 50.5 power / = 0.48 N. they are known as adiathermanous or athermanous. 51. 50 J/s A: (b) 50 J/s. e = 1. t transmitting power. 50 J/s (c) 0. PASSAGE I : Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 51 to 55. They have only one correct option.\ f = 0. B. the fraction of incident radiations absorbed then from the above. On llie~trtheflmnd_ materials like metals. For this situation the rate of loss of energy by the surface A and B respectively are (a) 25 J/s.96 N.5 (c) 0. A slab of transmitting t = 0. » » The relation given above is oversimplified.5 J/s = 0. 37. 0. A uniform magnetic field of 1. transmitted Tand absorbed A by certain area of the body in a given interval of time must be equal to the total energy I falling on a body over the same area and in the same interval of time. 50 J/s (d) 0. r — 0). if the surface B is removed.96 N. r reflective power. The wire intersects the axis and experience a force of 1. the fraction of incident radiations reflected.5 r = 0. a absorptive power. rate of loss of energy by the surfaces A and B respectively are : (assume that / = 0 for both A and B).5 figure. Once radiated by a hot body. The thermal radiations can penetrate a diathermanous material.5 B 0.3 J/s (b) 25 J/s (c) 50 J/s (d) 37.5 T exists in a cylindrical region of radius 10.2 N (b) 1. But if the » e=. C and D have following data as given in the table. it is not transparent > and its surface is dull (t — 0. In the above problem.5 54. wood. body is a good absorber (a — 1).e.5 /• = 0. it will it will it will it will In the given configuration of rod slide first. Given that P = a AT4 = 100 J/s. The socalled diathermanous materials like dry air. 0 . then the rate loss of energy by surface A is (a) 33.5 and for the surface B. 0.3 0. because body may transmit some wavelength and absorb other wavelengths.5 J/s.the (a) (b) (c) (d) figure.2x (d) 1. if wire in northsouth direction is lowered from the axis by a distance of 6 cm. If the wire is turned from north to south to north eastsouth west direction. B is the best emitter.5 is kept in between the two surfaces as shown.5 and reflective e = 0. Then its transmitivity may be Reflectivity Transmitivity A 0. If we define.2 N upward (c) 1. The total energy reflected R.2 (b) 0. then slide to fall neither slide nor rotate slide and rotate simultaneously.4 D 0. thermal radiation travel on and on as electromagnetic waves until they get absorbed by some cold athermanous body. r +t + a =1 A body which is transparent (/ — 1) is not opaque and > it is not a good reflector (a —> 0. 50 J/s (b) 50 J/s.5 power r = 0.2 (d) 0.2 N downward.5 J/s (d) 0 .2 C. downward (b) 0.4 0. All are at the same temperature. the fraction of incident radiations transmitted. i.
The direction of propagation of light is perpendicular to the surface of wavefront.e. VJ w (b) 45° ~1 59. The wavefronts are plane wavefronts in case of a parallel beam of light. The equation of wavefront of the wave at time t. PASSAGE 2 : Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 56 to 60. 56. Wavefronts incident on an interface between the media are shown in the figure. The refracted wavefronts will be as shown in (a) . To maintain the temperature of inner environment of a box a source of heat is placed inside the box. W2 is •'he wavefront at time t + At. A wavefront is an imaginary surface at every point of which waves are in the same phase. Huygen also said that secobdary wavelet every point of the of radius cA/ wavefront acts as the source of secondary wavelets. Spherical wave fronts shown in figure. The wavelets are to be considered only in the forward direction (i. They are called secondary wavelets. then to draw the wavefront at time t + At take some points on the wavefront W. W.55. The power of the source is minimum if the medium surrounding the box used is (a) either metal or rock salt (b) either wood or dry air (c) either water or wood (d) either metal or car. W2 is another wavefront. Huygen proved the laws of reflection and laws of refraction using concept of wavefronts. He said that the light propagates in form of wavefronts. emitted by source at t = 0. Plane wavefronts are incident on a spherical mirror as shown. The tangent drawn to all secondary wavelets at a time is the 1 + Af new wavefront at that time. in air. The reflected wavefronts will be (a) (b) . and draw spheres of radius cAt. wavefront in this case where c is the W. W. the direction of propagation of light) and not in the reverse direction. strike a plane mirror. They have only one correct option. Draw a surface W2 which is tangential to all these 15 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 secondary wavelets. W> speed of light. is a wavefront. Reflected wave fronts will be as shown in A \ (b) (d) 58. Huygen was the first scientist who proposed the idea of wave theory of light. For example the wavefronts for a point source of light is collection of concentric spheres which have centre at the origin. is (take refractive index of air as 1) (a) x + y + z = ct (b) x2 + y2 + z2 = t2 2 (d) x2 + y2 + z2 = c t (c) xy + yz + zx = ct 57. A point source of light is placed at origin. The radius of the wavefront *ra> at time t is ct W„ IV2. If a wavefront IVi at time t is given.
44. The minimum academic level of audience was MSc. 39. a body is shown performing the VCM and students have to show directions of centripetal and centrifugal forces. Letter to Editor Dear Editor. 14. 38. However. medium (d) 60.resonarice. coinciding with the 100th anniversary of Albert Einstein's Special Relativity. Sathe for a need for teaching physics correctly from the grassroots level by going back to the basic concepts as given by the original authors. 20. 32. Although the logical incompleteness of Newton's laws ofmotion leads us to Einstein s General Relativity. 26. He gave a good lesson for physics education and was my subject of lectures in some Indian events of the IYP. show the direction of motion. 6. 48. In that question. 8.Editor. 33. Actually. 10. 34. It is like this : The centripetal force is acting on a body. 9. 16. some physics organizations are considering the question: Will there be significant rise in the public awareness of physics and in the enrolment in physics? I hesitate to answer positively and in support of this 1 like to share a unique experience. 57. 58. 12. If this is the situation with young teachers. 24. Physics.5 (d) cannot plane wave fronts are figure. 22. Let us start with the question on the circular motion. (c) (d) (a) (c) (b) (b) (d) (c) (b) (c) (c) (a) 5.particularly circular motion . 23. 21. one can hardly expect students to jump on physics for making career. concerned with a new trend in HSC physics . 28. I started the lecture in a Symposium on 16th January 1993 with that reversed question. Pune \ We agree with Dr. 45. 30. 19.ANSWERS (c) 1. It is the approach to teach science that has to change if students have to learn the correct j thinking. 18. It may be noted that Frank Wilczek [Nobel Laureate of 2004] had admitted. this question . all over the world. what to talk of HSC students. Certain shown in refractive medium is (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 1. for many years.that is listing Understanding Oriented Questions without giving direct answers to them. I am working on the logical aspects of teaching and learning mechanics . in October 2004. (c) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (b) (c) (b) (a) (d) (c) 3. 55. some young teachers drew anticlockwise trajectory and some did the opposite. We share his concern. Consequently. (d) (c) (d) (b) (a) (b) (a) (c) (a) (c) (c) (a) Note : For detailed solutions please tog c to our website www. 56.in the reversed manner is much more challenging question. The index of (a) (b) (c) (c) (c) (b) (b) (a) (c) (b) (d) (d) 2. as the readers can see from our editorials. the said question is not very challenging. Dileep V. 35. 50. 17. with suitable arrows. 49. it was easy for these two groups to understand my opinion about the logical problems in the present treatment of VCM. . 29. As an HSC teacher. 60. 41. 53. 46. With such logical problems in the basic concepts of mechanics. 43. This is why 2005 was celebrated as the IYP. 51. that incompleteness itself has not been completely understood. (a) (a) (b) (d) (b) (a) (c) (c) (b) (c) (a) (b) 4.for about 30 years and arrived at the following conclusion many years ago which is given below. The enrolment in physics has been steadily decreasing. in physics. 7. in my opinion. in be determined. 15.classical mechanics. But as per my expectation. One of the aims of IYP was to improve the public awareness of physics and physics education so as attract young students to physics.. Now. 36. 47. 25. 42. 31. Constant interpretations and interpolations of the original ideas have diluted the content of physics.  16 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O I J  FEBRUARY '06 . 13. 40. 27. that he had maximum trouble in learning. This is why we still have problems in teaching/learning 300year old mechanics. 52. Sathe. Such questions are now attracting promising students like the I IT aspirants. 59.ac. 54. 11. students do know the VCM from std IX and hence. having done MSc. 37.
65. Mg : 12. O : 8. Which bulb glows brighter? (a) bulb with resistance r (b) bulb with resistance R (c) bulb glow equally bright (d) bulb with resistance r will be fused. Be : 4. y (c) (3.1 x io.66 eV. 9. N : 7. The ionization energy of hydrogen atom is 13.3 JK'mol"1 or 0. The impurity atom with which pure germanium should be doped to make «type semiconductor is not (a) phosphorus (b) arsenic (c) bismuth (d) boron. 4. Ca : 40. 2. Velocity of recoil of the gun is P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 . CI : 35. He : 2.6 eV.4 eV (b) 1. (a) (b) (c) (d) Speeds of red light and yellow light are exactly moii Jaoa vdtsenieJdo sd nss sfistMtt Btkn&to Me is nU in vacuum but not in air in air but not in vacuum in vacuum as well as in air neither in vacuum nor in air. N0 = 6 .SOLVE & SEND Get All India R a n k Very Similar MODEL TEST PAPER for AIIMS 2006 Time : 1 hr Maximum Marks : 60 Instructions: 1. z+tY z_iK ~* Radioactive radiations are emitted in the sequence (a) (3. HC1:36. the energy corresponding to transition between third and fourth orbit will be (a) 3. a . Fill in your answers in the given response sheet. C : 12. y. (d) 0. 5. Zn . A gun of weight 10 kg fires a shot of 0. P : 31. 1/3 mark will be deducted for every wrong answer and no marks will be awarded for unattempted questions. 2. 3. For every correct answer 1 mark will be credited to your account.5.0 x 10" Nm 2 and a = 1. mp ~ 1. 5. 8 = 1 . Li : 3. N a O H : 40. 6.5 x io 1 0 N (c) 5 N (d) 88 N.5. 5 . Si : 14. A system undergoing simple harmonic motion must possess (a) inertia only (b) elasticity only (c) inertia as well as elasticity (d) inertia. elasticity and external force. Ag : 108. The change in tension when the temperature falls from 50°C to 30°C is (given Y = 2. 0 2 3 x I O 2 3 . : K M n 0 4 : 158. Atomic No : H : 1. 1. N : 14. A steel wire of uniform area 2 mm 2 is heated upto 50°C and is stretched by tying its two ends rigidly. An earth satellite moves from an orbit A to another stable lower orbit B. Fe : 26.5 x io'° N (b) 1. In the given reaction. In this process (a) gravitational potential energy decreases (b) gravitational potential energy increases (c) gravitational potential energy remains unchanged (d) none of these.6 x IO'27 k g . Co : 27. Cu : 29. F : 9. 10.0821 atm m c = 9. An equibiconvex lens of focal length 10 cm is cut by a plane perpendicular to its axis to make two piano convex lenses from it. R = 8. flC'mol1. C : 6. 7. Useful data : At. Na : 11. Zn : 30. p.wt. Use of Trigonometric table. Two light bulbs one of resistance R and other of resistance R (< R) are connected in parallel to the mains. a (b) a . This question paper contains 60 questions. 50 A A zX* zJtK*4. H : 1. y (d) y. 6 * 1 0 ' 1 9 C . 4. Al : 13. B : 5.5 per °C] (a) 2.51 eV (c) 0. Na : 23.85 eV .11 * 10 " kg.5 g with a velocity 230 ms _1 . Following Bohr's theory. 3. Calculator or any other helping device is restricted. The focal length of each piano convex lens will be (a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 20 cm. Mg : 24. 8. S : 32. C u : 6 3 ./ Mol. He : 4. p.wt. a. O : 16. Ni : 28. Rb : 37 C o n s t a n t s : g = 10m/s2.
5 cms 1 (c) 1. mv mv (c) mv 20. In figure there are two semicircles of radii r. V = volume. The magnetic induction at centre O will be (a) (0 4 (b) (d) mi ±v 4 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOll  FEBRUARY '06 . The change in kinetic energy of the system in the explosion is (a) 1 mv . The ratio of their momenta is (a) MA : Mg (b) MB : MA (c) (d) MA 12. • CM P ML2 "T (d) ML2.0 ms (d) none of these. 17. Dimensional formula of a is (a) ML5T"2 (b) ML~5T2 2 (c) ML'T(d) M'L 5 T.15 cms"1 (d) 1. A body starts from rest and moves with a uniform acceleration. P = pressure. 16. (b) (d) 1 2. Three thin uniform rods of mass M and length L lie along the x.x) where distances are in metre and t in second.51 cms"1. 21. An object with mass m and speed v explodes into two pieces.=—. 13. and r 2 in which a current i is flowing. The equation of state of a gas can be expressed (_ a \ RB „ P\—. The orbital velocity for this satellite is given by (a) (c) 2 GM R 2 GM R+h (b) (d) 1 GM \R + h jGM \ 2R 22.(a) 1. zaxes with one end of each at the origin.+ n n — 15. On mountains roads are made spiral because they look beautiful save vehicles from turning over reduce speed have less steep slopes.10 cms' 11. A satellite of mass m is revolving at a height h above the earth's surface. Its period of oscillation is given by (a) 2 s (b) 1. The displacement of a particle executing simple harmonic motion is given by y = 1. suspended from one end. 19. the ratio of their length should be (a) 3/4 (b) 4/3 (c) 1/4 (d) 5/4. The ratio of the distance covered in the /7th second to the distance covered in n second is 2 1 2 1 (a) .2 ms"1 1 (c) 5.5 ms"1 (b) 4.64 s (c) 1.2sin(3. y. 18. Moment of inertia / about the zaxis for the threerod system is (a) (c) ML2 ~12~ 2 ML2 ((b) b) : MB2. (a) (b) (c) (d) (b) 1. To have same thermal resistance of the two rods of these materials of equal thickness.2 . The radius of the earth is R and its mass is M. R are constants. as 14. The less massive piece comes to rest. swings as a physical pendulum.5. The maximum velocity of the particle is (a) 3.. the explosion takes place in a gravity free space. the (a) (b) (c) (d) Potential F i n given circuit is 9V 32 V 8V 5 V. Ratio of coefficient of thermal conductivity of two different materials is 4 : 3. 1 V J V 9 = absolute temperature and a. one three times as massive as the other. Two bodies of masses MA and Mh have equal kinetic energy.16 s (d) 1 s. A meter stick.— (b) — — n n 1 1 2 1 (c) (d) .57 + 0.
is that of (a) work (b) impulse (c) angle (d) stress. At what temperature will the hydrogen molecules escape from earth's surface? (a) 104 K (b) 103 K (c) 102 K (d) 10 K. The power of the lens to correct his vision will be (a) + 2 D (b) . The depth inside the earth at which the value of g is 50% of its value at the surface is (a) R (b) 2R (c) R/2 (d) R/4. 36. 37. A simple pendulum oscillates with frequency n in air. The refractive index of the material of an equilateral prism is ^ 2 • The angle of minimum deviation produced by it will be (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) none of these. If the momentum of a body varies with time according to the relation P = t3 . The equations of light waves are y. An iceberg (density 0. = 6coscot.2 (b) N kg' s"2 (c) N kg (d) N kg"1. then (a) MG = 9.92 g/cc) is floating partly immersed in sea water (density 1. The power factor of LCR circuit at resonance is (a) 0. The fraction of the total volume of the iceberg above the sea water. 30. If MJ and MY are the inertial and gravitational masses of a body respectively. 35. 38. it oscillates with the frequency (a) (b) 1. These superpose to interfere.5 D. 32. to reach the bottom of an inclined plane is given by (a) V57l4 (c) VTOT7 (b) 5/7 (d) V15/14 33.8 (d) MG = M. 40./9. The ratio of maximum to minimum intensity in the interference pattern is (a) 7 : 1 (b) 49 : 1 (c) 1 6 : 9 (d) none of these.0. From Brewster's law it follows that the angle of polarisation depends upon (a) wavelength of light (b) orientation of plane of polarisation (c) orientation of plane of vibration (d) none of these.^1 (c) (  ) » (d) 29. then the duration of the day would become (a) 6 hr (b) 18 hr (c) 12 hr (d) 96 hr. 26. 27. 39. h. is (a) 2 s (b) 6 s (c) 3 s (d) 4 s. A person can not see objects clearly beyond 50 cm. a statement of assertion (A) is given and a corresponding statement of reason (R) is given just below it. The ratio of time taken by a disc and a sphere of equal radii. The dimensional formula of e2/e0/zc (where e. If a cube is put in a liquid of density 3 times the density of the material of the cube. If the earth suddenly shrinks such that its radius becomes half of its present radius./6. If the angular velocity of a body increases by 50%.2 D (c) + 5 D (d) . mark the correct answer as (a) if both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A 28. Planck's constant and velocity of light).6t2 + 3 Ns. Directions (Q. c are charge. is (a) 89% (b) 11% (c) 9. then the time at which the maximum force acts on it.8 MF (b) MG = MI (c) MG = A/. The gravitational field intensity is measured in (a) Nm 2 kg.707 (b) 1 (c) zero (d) 0.5 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 .09% (d) 78%. A transformer changes 220 V to 22 V. then its efficiency will be (a) 100% (b) 90% (c) 80% (d) 70%. then the percentage increase in the rotational kinetic energy is (a) 225% (b) 125% (c) 25% (d) 50%. 24. y2 = 8cos(o» + ()>). Of the statements.03 g/cc). On immersing in a liquid of density one sixth of the bob of the pendulum.23. then the fraction of the volume of the cube which remains inside the liquid is (a) 1/4 (b) 1/2 (c) 2/3 (d) 1/3. If the currents in the primary and secondary coils are 10 A and 70 A respectively. 25. 34. 31. 41 to 60) : In each of the following questions.
then its time period becomes infinite. Assertion : It is not possible for a system. the electrical potential energy increases. 46. Reason : Sound waves are longitudinal waves. 49. to transfer heat from a body at lower temperature to another at higher temperature. 59. The final rays are in the backward direction. 44. Assertion : A large soap bubble expands while a small bubble shrinks when they are connected to each other by a capillary tube. Reason : The rest mass of photon is zero. Assertion : If a pendulum falls freely. Reason : The space charge reduces the potential in the cathode and anode region nonuniformly. Assertion : In the absence of space charge. Assertion : When two electrons are brought close to each other. 45. Reason : Electrons are always present inside the nucleus. Assertion : A vibrating tuning fork sounds louder when its stem is put against a desk top.(b) if both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A (c) if A is true but R is false (d) if both A and R are false. 52. 42. the fringe width will decrease. and m2 (m. 53. 58. Reason : When a wave reaches another denser medium. 55. > r2). Assertion : The rainbow is seen sometimes in the sky when it is raining to an observer with his back towards the sun. Total internal reflection from water droplets causes dispersion. Reason : The mean square velocity of the molecules is inversely proportional to their masses at constant temperature. the potential gradient between cathode and the anode will be uniform. Reason : Couple and kinetic energy have different units. Reason : It is not possible to violate the second law of thermodynamics. 51. Assertion : In LCR series circuit. P H Y S I C S F O R YOll  FEBRUARY '06 10 . 43. 48. 54. Reason : The magnetic field due to the earth at the magnetic equator is vertical. Assertion : If Young's double slit experiment is performed in water. at constant temperature the product of the pressure and volume is constant. Reason : White light is composed of several colours. > m2) are going around the earth in orbits of radii r. Assertion : The couple acting on a body is not equal to the rotational kinetic energy of the body. Reason : Separation of isotopes is possible because of the difference in electron numbers of isotopes. Reason : Free falling body has acceleration equal to g. and r2 (r. Assertion : For a given mass of an ideal gas. 50. unaided by an external agency. 57. 41. the resonance occurs at one frequency only. Assertion : In a radioactive disintegration an electron is emitted by the nucleus. Reason . Reason : A current induced in a disc rotating in a magnetic field produces a force which tends to oppose the disc's motion. Assertion : A thin aluminium disc spinning freely about a central pivot is quickly brought to rest when placed between the poles of a strong Ushaped magnet. Assertion : y for a diatomic gas is more than for a monoatomic gas. Reason : Wavelength of light in water is smaller than in air. Reason : Work must be done against electrical force of repulsion. Assertion : A dip needle becomes vertical at magnetic equator of the earth. Assertion : Radiowaves can be polarised. 60. 47. a part of the wave is reflected. Assertion : The relative velocity of two photons travelling in opposite direction is C. Assertion : Brilliant colours are seen in thin layer of oil on the solution. Assertion : Two satellites of masses m. Reason : At resonance the inductive reactance is equal to the capacitive reactance. Reason : They will have same velocity. Assertion : Isotopes of an element can be separated by using a mass spectrometer. Reason : The molecules of a monoatomic gas have more degrees of freedom than those of a diatomic gas. 56. Reason : The excess pressure inside bubble (or a drop) is inversely proportional to its radius.
54. ® ® ® 21. © ® © @ ©® 23. 38. © ® © © 34. © ® © @ ©® 22. Physics For You.The Editor. Name Correspondence address — Pin: No. The last date of receipt of Response Sheets is 10th of next month. New Delhi . 39. © © © ® ©® 24. Ring Road. If Yes Subscription N o If N o . Adjacent Safdarjung Hospital. © ® © © © @ ©@ ©© ©© © ® ©® 17. Fill the correct answers in circles with blue/black ball point pen. © 42. 53. ® © © ©® 27. S h e e t m a r k e d w i t h p e n c i l s will not be a c c e p t e d D o n ' t tick ( S ) mark. ©® © @ © 43.20. • © © @ ©® © © ©© © ® © © © @ © © @ © © 37. 48. Attach this form along with your response sheet. © © 36. © ® 18. © 45. ANSWER SHEET ©® © ®® ® ®® ®® ®® ®® ®® ®® ®© ®® ®® ®® ®® © © © © ©© ©® 20. © 44. © ® © @ 16. 55. Please send a self addressed envelope along with postal stamps worth Rs. © © 19. h o w you obtained this issue • From school library Hj M a g a z i n e A g e n t / B o o k Shop Others (please s p e c i f y ) W h a t you like most in Physics For You? What suggestions would you like to give for its improvement? Note : Solution sheet other than the one printed will not be accepted. © ® 31. 406. of Q u e s t i o n s A t t e m p t e d Board Passed/Appearing (Percentage & year) Phone : N o . of Q u e s t i o n s U n a t t e m p t e d Do you s u b s c r i b e to M a t h e m a t i c s Today. ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® © @ © ©® ©@ © @ © ©© ©© © ©® ©@ @ ® 56. ® © @ © ® 26. . ©® © © ® © © ® ® ® 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 . © © @ © 35. 51. ® 57. 46. © ® © © © ©® ® ® ® © © © © ® ® ® ® ® ® ® © © ® ® © © © © ® PI 59. © ® © © 25. Response sheet will not be entertained without the stamps. © © @ © © 40. © ® ©® 28. 47. 49 50. © ® © @ ©® 29. Physics For You. Chemistry Today and Biology Today. © 41. Do not fix the stamps on the envelope. ® 58. © © © @ 33. The despatch will include ranking cum analysis sheet and solutions (detailed).110 029. (Photocopy is not aliowed). © © @ ©® 30. © @ ©© ®® 32. Taj Apartment. 52.
each rated 220 V. If the same force accelerates the same body through 1 m. Roadways are banked on curves so that (a) the weight of the vehicle may be decreased. 3.32 A. What is the distance covered by the body? (a) 750 m (b) 850 m (c) 600 m (d) none of these. The electric energy consumed in kWh is (a) 5 kWh (b) 50 kWh (c) 15 kWh (d) 1500 kWh. An object is placed at a distance of 30 cm from a concave mirror and its real image is formed at a distance of 30 cm from the mirror. The focal length of the mirror is (a) 15 cm (b) 45 cm (c) 30 cm (d) 20 cm 6. 9.Practice Paper for 1. Ten identical electric bulbs.E<E' (d) p <p'. In order to avoid skidding.33 A (d) 3. A motor cyclist moving with a velocity of 72 km/h on a flat road takes a turn on the road at a point where radius of curvature of road is 20 m. he must not bend with respect to the vertical plane by an angle 6 greater than (a) tan"1 (6) (b) tan"1 (2) (c) tan"'(25. Variation of time period of a simple pendulum with its length is as in (a) (c) / / 11. In the given figure. The critical angle of light passing from glass to air is minimum for (a) red (b) green (c) yellow (d) violet. 5.3 A (c) 0. 4. E> E'. Which of the following relation is correct? (a )p>p'. (b) the frictional force between the road and vehicle may be decreased (c) the wear and tear of tyres may be avoided (d) the speeding vehicles may not fall inwards.E<E' (c)p>p'. A body start from rest with a uniform acceleration of 2 m/s 2 for 10 sec.5 newton 2. the current in the cell is (a) 33 A (b) 3. The two wires will have (a) same stress and strain (b) different stress and strain (c) different stress and same strain (d) same stress and different strain. 50 W are used in parallel on 200 V line for 10 hours a day in month of 30 days.92) (d) tan'(4). A particle of mass 10 gram is executing simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 0.5 m and circular frequency of 10 radian/sec. A copper wire and a steel wire of same diameter and length are connected end to end and a force is applied which stretches their combined length by 1 cm.5 newton (c) 5 newton (d) 0.E>E' (b )p<p'. it move with constant speed for 30 sec then deaccelerated by 4 m/s2 to zero. VAV 7. 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 . the momentum and energy attained by the body are p' and £ ' respectively. A force of 5 N acts on a body of 5 kg for 1 second and gives it a momentum p and kinetic energy E. 8. 10. The maximum value of the force acting on the particle during the course of the oscillation is (a) 25 newton (b) 2.
is v. (b) — ( f . 26.3) (d) none of these. The centripetal force acting on the body is (a) 2 N (b) 2. At what height from the earth surface.' + j + 4k . mains is (a) 155. Two mirrors are placed at right angles to each other.6 volt (b) 220 volt (c) 311 volt (d) 440 voit. 17. 20. A solenoid is taken and an iron rod is inserted into it then which of the following quantities will not change (a) magnetic field at the centre (b) magnetic flux linked with the solenoid (c) self inductance of the solenoid (d) joule heating. 14. It performs 10 revolutions in 31. A magnet of magnetic moment M is freely suspended in a uniform magnetic field of strength B. The magnetic induction B at the centre will be iW r jV (c) 4r 60 (a) (b) ^ rT 2 iM (d) 8r .c. Two waves having a phase difference of 60° will have a path difference of (a) A/2 (b) A/3 (c) A/6 (d) 2A. 25. The peak value of voltage in 220 volt a. 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 (c) V = v if A = A 2n 15. A current / ampere flows in a circular wire of radius r subtending an angle n/2 radian at the centre. An immersion heater of 1 kW will take the time for increasing the temperature of 1 litre of water through 10°C equal to (a) 10 s (b) 24 s (c) 42 s (d) 100 s.F capacity from three capacitors of 2 p.2 N (d) 0. 23. If the coefficient of apparent expansion of a liquid in a copper vessel is C and in a silver vessel is S and the coefficient of linear expansion of copper is A. The work done in rotating the magnet through an angle 0 is given by (a) BM (b) A/SsinG (c) A/ScosG (d) MB(\ . How many images he will see? (a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 0. A man is standing between them combing his hair. 13. Then (a) " . A galvanometer is shunted by 1 /«"' of its resistance.12. The displacement of the body in last 3 sec. the acceleration of gravity will be half the value of g at surface. Let Vbe the wave velocity and v be the maximum velocity of a particle in the medium. A sine wave has an amplitude^ and wavelength A.10 kg is being rotated in a circular path of diameter 1.F each. If A = 4/ + 4j . A body of mass 0. 27. the angle between the vectors is (a) 0° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°.C) (a) — — t (b) r j (C + 3 A • S) (C + S + 3/4) (c) (d) 18. An automobile engine develops 100 kW when rotating at a speed of 1800 rev/min. What torque does it deliver? (a) 350 Nm (b) 440 Nm (c) 531 Nm (d) 628 Nm. To obtain 3 (J. they will be arranged (a) all the three in series (b) all the three in parallel (c) two capacitors in series and the third in parallel with the combination of the two (d) two capacitors in parallel and the third in series with the combination of the two. is (a) 3vp3v.3A) (S + 3A. 19. 24.4 N (c) 0.0 m on a frictionless horizontal plane by means of a string.4k and B = 3. (c) — (/ + 3) 16. 22. The fraction of the current passing through the galvanometer is 7 I (a) — r (b) n +1 n1 (c) n +1 (d) A n\ 21.cos0).5 N. The velocity of the body after t sec.4 sec.v i f ^ M (b) V = v if A = 2 n l (d) V can not be equal to v. then the coefficient of linear expansion of silver is (C + S. A body starts from rest with uniform acceleration.
42.9 eV (c) 5.39 eV (b) 53. 40. The coefficient of thermal conductivity of a rod depends on (a) nature of material of rod (b) volume of rod (d) temperature of rod (d) area of crosssection of the rod. then induced emf in the wire is (a) 8 x 103 V (b) 6 x io~ 3 V (c) 4 x IO"3 V (d) 2 x 10"3 V. 28. A copper ring is moved quickly towards the south pole of a powerful stationary bar magnet. Photoelectric threshold wavelength for tungsten is 2300 A.257 x 10~ tesla (d) 1 .5 Q at 100°C. 2 x (a) (c) Coefficient of superficial expansion of a solid is 10"5/°C. The extraction of cream from milk when it is churned depends upon (a) centrifugal force (b) centripetal force (c) cohesive force (d) gravitational force.24 A.1 Q at 30°C and a resistance 4. As a result (a) copper ring will get attracted (b) copper ring will get magnetised (c) a current flows in the magnet (d) current flows through copper ring. (a) 1.39 x 103 eV (d) none of these. Work function will be (a) 5. 5 1 2 x IO"6 tesla. The temperature coefficient of resistance of the wire is (a) 0. A rectangular coil of area 2 0 cm x 15 cm and turns 485 is revolving in a uniform magnetic field intensity 20 Wb/m2 with a speed of 1 800 rpm. 32. Find emf developed in the coil when it makes an angle 60° with the field? (a) 45.679 x 10~5 tesla (b) 2. 44.5 x 104 V 4 (c) 4. Two waves are approaching each other with a velocity of 20 m/s and frequency n.0064 °C' (b) 0. 33.(R = 6400 km) (a) 2650 km (c) 4800 km (b) 3200 km (d) 6400 km.7 x 104 V (b) 74. An electron is accelerated at 10 kV to a tungsten target. If a spring extends by x on loading. The distance between two consecutive nodes is (a) 20In (b) 10/w (c) 51 n (d) n/10. 43.62 A (b) 2. 37. then energy stored by the spring is (if T is the tension in the spring and k is the spring constant) (a) T2l2x (b) T2/2k 2 (c) 2k/T (d) 2T2/k. 34.124 mm (d) 1.5 l°C 5 3 x l O l°C (d) 4 x 10~5 /°C. (a) (b) (c) The magnitude of acceleration of the car is maximum on applying brakes on pressing the accelerator on starting the car (d) on turning off the car. 38. The focal length of the objective lens is (a) 4 cm (b) 40 cm (c) 44 cm (d) 440 cm.45 x 104 V. If magnetic flux between the pole pieces is known to be 8 x 10 4 Wb. The wavelength of the Xray photon produced will be (a) 0. An astronomical telescope has a length of 44 cm and tenfold magnification.028 x 10~4 tesla 3 (c) 1. 31.8 x 107 m (d) 18 x 107 m. of of the of .8 x i o 3 m (b) 18 x i o 3 m (c) 1.0012 "C"1.48 A (c) 0. Determine the flux density at the centre of a coil. Its coefficient of linear expansion is 1 x 10"5/°C (b) 2 x i o .4 sec. 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 41. 35.F. A wire has a resistance of 3. If the capacitance of a spherical conductor is 1 0. 30. (a) (b) (c) (d) The coefficient of restitution depends upon the masses of the colliding bodies the direction of motion of the colliding bodies the inclination between the colliding bodies the materials of the colliding bodies.75 x 10 V (d) 7. then its diameter would be (a) 1. (a) (c) (d) The internal resistance of a cell is the resistance of electrodes of the cell (b) vessel of the cell electrolyte used in the cell material used in the cell. 39. A closely wound flat circular coil of 25 turns of wire has diameter of 10 cm and carries a current of 4 ampere. 36. A small piece of metal wire is dragged across the gap between the poles pieces of a magnet in 0.0025 C"' (d) 0. 29.0034 0 C"' 0 (c) 0.
9 ohm and 0.45. 54. Two batteries £.7 m/s (b) 375. 49.I. at 0°C. 58.5 A (b) 5.15sin5xcos300/ represents a stationary wave.5 ohm as shown in the figure.2 ampere. = 0.7 e. A wire.005 A. Given t h a t y = 1.64 x 10" N/C (c) 34.s. A horizontal wire 0. assuming its mass to be 3 x 10~3 kg nr 1 ? (a) 58.41 and density of air is 0.8 x 103 T. vertical. the potential plate of which has an area 200 cm2.512 m (d) 0. If the focal length of its eyepiece is doubled. 59.3464 x 10" N/C (b) 346. If the temperature difference between their ends is the same.001293 gm per cc. 0. 56.4 m/s (c) 320 m/s (d) 365.u (b) 47. (a) 77.u (d) 477.3 m/s. 47. 60.5 x IO'3 T. Calculate the velocity of sound in air at 20°C. horizontal (c) 88. Most room heaters rely on (a) conduction (b) radiation (c) convection (d) all of these. A surface encloses in an electric dipole.u (c) 4. 55. are jVAWl connected with R=10.+2e > E 51. If P and 0 are two vectors. If the ratio of maximum and minimum intensities in an interference pattern is 36 : 1. Two rods of same material have diameters in the ratio 1 : 2 and lengths in the ratio 2 :1. (a) 1018 (b) 1072 (c) 1027 (d) IO30. +2e 57. find the number of electrons per unit volume of the wire. If the drift velocity of the electrons be 2 cms"'. The distance between the plates is 1 cm and it is filled up by an abonite plate of S.s. Magnifying power of a telescope is M. Electrical fuses are usually made of (a) copper (b) aluminium (c) manganin (d) wood's metal. 50.1 m long carries a current of 5 A. the ratio of the amplitudes of the two interfering waves will be (a) 5 : 7 (b) 7 : 4 (c) 4 : 7 (d) 7 : 5.8 x 10' 3 T.0 A (c) 0. 15 volt r.88 x IO"3 T. y = 0. PHYSICS FOR YOU I FEBRUARY '06 62 .C.u. the electrons emitted by anode and collected by cathode only anode and collected by the grid and by cathode grid and collected by cathode only cathode and collected by anode only.05 A (d) 0. The wavelength of this stationary wave will be (a) zero (b) 1.77 e.1+ + Iand 9 volt and i n t e r n a l resistances 0.3 m (a) 0. then the magnifying power is (a) 2M (b) M (c) 3M (d) M/2.4 e.s. 46. The equatuion. Of the following quantities. having 1 mm 2 crosssectional are carries a current of 3. down vertical (d) 85. = 0. Charge of an election = 1.m.= 1 V 5 £.628 m 48. = 9 V r.6 x 1019 coulomb. Find the electric intensity at A. The flux through the surface is (a) zero (b) positive (c) negative (d) infinite. are (a) (b) (c) (d) When using a triode as an amplifier. horizontal (b) 5.6 ohm respectively.256 m (c) 2.0 e. Find the magnitude and direction of an independent magnetic field which can support the weight of the wire.f. (a) 344.64 x 10" N/C (d) 3. the ratio of heats conducted by them in a given time will be (a) 8 : 1 (b) 1 : 8 (c) 4 : 1 (d) 1 : 4.5Q 10. 53. = 3.s. 52. Calculate the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor. Calculate the current in the circuit? (a) 0. then the correct relation is (a) P+Q=QP (c) P x (b) P + Q = Q + P (d) P x Q = Qx P Q—P•Q . which one has dimensions different from the others? (a) pressure (b) torque (c) stress (d) modulus of elasticity. when the atmospheric pressure is 76 cm of mercury.464 x i o " N/C.9 £1 of e.6 Q .
m2.8 m. 62. 64. On increasing the reverse bias to a large value in a /'//junction diode. The orbital speed of a satellite in a circular orbit of radius r about a spherical planet of mass M and mean density p for a low altitude orbit (r = rp) will be (a) (b) finap charge on an electron is rotating once per second in a circular path of radius 0. A long straight conductor. the current (a) increases slowly (b) remains constant (c) suddenly increases (d) decreases slowly. Its plate resistance is 10 kiloohm. The magnetic field at the centre of the loop has magnitude (a. A particle carrying a charge equal to 100 times the 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 . A group of electric lamps having a total power rating of 1000 watt is supplied by an A. The magnetic moment of a short magnet is 8 amp.' (d) V2Gp65.C.5 is (a) 2 x ]0"8 second (b) 2 x 108 second (c) 2 x 10"" second (d) 2 x 10" second. 70. Its mutual conductance will be (a) 2 x 10s mho (b) 2 x io 4 mho (c) 500 mho (d) 2 * 10~3 mho. The amplification factor of a triode is 20. 67. voltage E = 200 sin(310/ + 60°). 63. After the collision the two balls move with same speed. The ratio of the amplitudes of the waves at P and O is (a) 25/9 (b) 9/25 (c) 5/3 (d) 3/5. What is the electric potential at their common centre? (a) e„ ^ (b) E„ (Rr) (c) —(R + r) (d) none of these. A point source emits sound equally in all directions in a nonabsorbing medium. Two concentric spheres of radii R and r have similar charges with equal surface densities (o). 72. 75. Time taken by the sunlight to pass through a window of thickness 4 mm whose refractive index is 1. The value of the magnetic field produced at the centre will be (n 0 = permeability constant) (a) 107/Ho (c) 10"6/n0 •4 (b) lO'Vo (d) 10"7Ho. Density of ice is p and that of water is a. A ball collides elastically with another ball of the same mass. 68. Two points P and Q are at a distance 9 metre and 25 metre respectively from the source. What will be the angle between the velocities of the balls after the collision? (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°.p ) (b) M (c) M I_i P a (d) M 66. 69. What is the magnetic induction at a point 20 cm away on its equatorial line from its mid point? (a) 104 weber/m2 (b) 2 x IO"4 weber/m 2 4 2 (c) 3 x IO" weber/m (d) 4 * IO"4 weber/m 2 . The collision is oblique and initially one of the balls was at rest. i l l . What will be the decrease in volume when a mass M of ice melts? M PP (a) ( c .61. is bent to form an almost complete circular loop of radius r. Then the rms value of the circuit current is (a) 10 amp (c) 20 amp (b) 10V2 amp (d) 20^2 amp 71. When monochromatic light travels from air to another medium. say glass (a) frequency decreases (b) frequency increases (c) wavelength decreases (d) wavelength increases. carrying a current /. Angle of deviation (8) by a prism (refractive index = n and supposing the angle of prism A to be small) can be given by (a) 5 = ( n . 74. Which of the following statements is not correct in respect to a body in uniform circular motion? (a) its kinetic energy is constant (b) its acceleration is constant (c) its speed is constant (d) its angular velocity is constant.1 )A (b) 5 = (jt + I )A A + 8„ sin (Hl) (c) 8 = (d) S = (H + l) sm(A/2) 73.
Their total electrostatic energy is £. The dispersive power of a prism depends on angle of the prism (b) material of the prism angle of the prism and material of the prism both none of the angle of prism and material of prism. 79. If they are elongated through the same distance. 84. Two springs A and B are alike and fV is the work done in stretching the spring. 81. (c) .6° (b) 4° (c) 5. If the velocity of sound in hydrogen is 1500 m. find V2 (b) — 8 the time of flight. A metal wire of length L. They will (a) attract each other (b) repel each other (c) neither attract nor repel each other (d) try to be perpendicular to each other. 64 water drops alike in all respects have been charged to the same potential.(b) (d) iV r 0 + «) M f 1 2r \ + n n) 76. The frequency of the first fork will be (a) 220 Hz (b) 110 Hz (c) 330 Hz (d) 440 Hz. (b) A charged particle can not be accelerated by a magnetic field. The frequency of the last fork is three times that of first.3 m/s (d) 676. then (a) WA> W„ (b) WA < W„ (c) IVA = Wh (d) none of these. A 82. PNP transistor NPN transistor PN junction diode (d) photocell. The energy of the big drop will be (a) 8E (b) 16£ (c) 32E (d) 4£.2 x 10"23 91 (c) 2.3 x 1019. (c) The speed of a charged particle can be increased by a uniform magnetic field. Two separate straight conductors carry parallel currents in opposite directions.3 x 10 (d) 2. A solid sphere rolls on an inclined plane with an acceleration of 3. YA k =TL (d) k J ± . then its velocity in a mixture of three parts of oxygen and two parts of hydrogen by volume will be (a) 385.38 x IO"23 JK"1) (a) 32.9 m/s.4 m/s (c) 536. (a) (c) (d) 87.0 x io 15 (b) 3. 85. 2 10 8 . Kilowatt hour is the unit of (a) energy (b) power (c) electric charge (d) electric current. Which of the following statements is correct? (a) A charged particle can be accelerated by a magnetic field. If yx2 (a) 7= — x1 is the equation of a trajectory. (a) (b) (c) Identify the following sketch. 80. All these drops combine to form one big drop.54 is combined with another thin prism P' of refractive index 1. 56 tuning forks are arranged such that each fork produces 4 beats per second with its preceding fork. 78. Then the value g at the equator would : (a) become zero (c) increase by co2 R (b) remain unchanged (d) decrease by co2 R 83. 77. The angle made by the incline with the horizontal is (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 75°. 2 (c) 8 (d) 1 —. The angle of prism of P' will be (a) 2. 92.33° (d) 3°. 90. 86. (a) (c) (d) 88. P H Y S I C S F O R YOll  FEBRUARY '06 . Line spectrum is obtained from yellow light of candle light of electric bulb Bunsen burner (d) sodium lamp. . A is stiffer than B (kA > kK). (d) The speed of a charged particle can be increased by a nonuniform magnetic field.5 m/s2. Suppose the earth stops rotating about its axis. (a) (b) (c) A red hot body emits thermal radiations (b) ultraviolet rays thermal radiation alongwith red light all of these. What will be the number of molecules in 10"6 m3 air at 105 N/m 2 pressure and 300 K temeperature? (Boltzmann's constant = 1.7 m/s (b) 474.72 for dispersion without deviation. A thin prism P of angle 4° and made of glass of refractive index 1. 91. area of crosssection A and Youngs modulus Y behaves as a spring of spring constant 2 YA YA (b) * = (a) k = L 89.
27. (d) 90. (b) 85. 41. solid sphere and spherical shell of same mass and radius the moment of inertia about an axis passing through their centre will respectively be maximum and minimum in case of (a) ring and disc (b) ring and spherical shell (c) ring and solid sphere (d) solid sphere and spherical shell. 44. water (b) water. 47. 36. 98. 37. 100 will (a) 97. the leaves diverge. 84. water. 10 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  FEBRUARY '06 Book your c o p y TODAYS J ! * t M T G BOOKS 2 503. (d) (c) (c) (c) (c) (a) (b) (a) (c) (a) (b) (b) (a) (a) (c) (b) (a) (b) (d) (b) 5. 59. 42. A uniform electric field E is directed along +*axis. 51. 33. 24. 16. The charge on the leaves is (a) positive (b) negative (c) either positive or negative (d) equal and opposite. If the potential Vis 0 at x = 0. 83. 96. 78. (b) 50. 32. 76. 43. 49. 6. 8. 39. 54. the graph showing the variation of cutvoltage (V0) with frequency (u) of incident radiation is 100. 89. 99. Pick cut the incorrect statement.in . magnetite. 46. 56. 38. 67. (b) 35. 48. (a) 20. (d) 45. (d) (b) (a) (c) (c) (c) (a) (d) (a) (d) (a) (a) (b) (a) (c) (a) (a) (c) (b) (d) 2. 86. 63. 57. The SI unit of magnetic field is tesla (T). 72. 19. 34. 96. 26191601 BOOKS email: info@mtg. (a) (b) (c) (d) A 500 nF capacitor is charged at a steady state of jxC per second. (d) (c) (d) (c) (d) (a) (c) (c) (a) (b) (c) (d) (c) (c) (a) (c) (a) (b) (c) (d) 3. The correct sequence of diamagnetic. (b) 75. 77. 23. ANSWERS 1. 29. Taj Apt. (d) 65. 79. 9. 14. (d) 55. 58. 22. 68. (c) 60. When a glass rod rubbed with silk is brought near the gold leaf electroscope. then the potential at a point +x will be (a) xE (b) xE (c) x2E (d) x2E. (a) v • u • 95. 26. 52. 88. For a photoelectric cell. (b) 25. 91. For a ring.io website: www. It may also be written as (a) J A"2 n r 2 (b) J A"1 n r 1 2 (c) JA" n r (d) JA"1 nr 3 .93.29 Tel : 26194317. 98. 87. paramagnetic and ferromagnetic substances respectively is (a) liquid oxygen. magnetite (d) none of these. 69. (c) 80. 94. 1 volt x l coulomb = 1 joule 1 volt x l ampere = 1 joule/sec 1 volt x l watt = 1 horsepower watthour can be expressed in electron volt. (a) 100. (a) 10. (b) (d) (a) (d) (c) (b) (b) (a) (d) (b) (d) (b) (d) (b) (d) (d) (a) (d) (c) (c) 4. 97. 92. 21. 71. 74.mtg. 81. 11. magnetite (c) liquid oxygen. 94. disc. 73. (a) 95. 53. Near Safdarjung Hospita J g New Delhi . 64. (c) 15. 93. 17. A potential difference of 10 volt be developed between the capacitor plates after 5 sec (b) 10 sec (c) 20 sec (d) 50 sec. 28. 99. 82. 66. (d) 40. 18. (d) 30. 13. 62. liquid oxygen. 31. Ring Road. 12. 61. 7. (c) 70.
a. 7. The top of the liquid as well as the hole at the bottom are exposed to atmosphere. (b) j6kA . A string of length / is fixed at both ends. Kota (Rajasthan) 127 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06 . a) is [X = charge per unit length on each line charge. (c) 6 kA (d) 2^3kX 6. The magnitude of electric field at a point P (a. The axis of the ring is perpendicular to the line joining the centres of the ring and the sphere. so that the centre of ring passes through the centre of sphere. Three infinitely long line charges are arranged along the three coordinate axes. The length of the string is 1 m. The value of 0 at any time t after the bob has been released is (Use g = n1) (a) 30°cos7i/ (b) 30°sinro (c) 30°sin(7i/+ 30°) (d) none of these. XR (b) XR 2s„ (c) XnR 4s„ (d) XnR 3s. then the s. If at O a minima is formed. Screen 5. of Physics. Resonance. It collides elasticaily and head on with another stationary smooth solid sphere B of the same mass m and same radius.FDR (For Q. As the liquid comes out of the hole. It is vibrating in its 3 rd overtone with maximum amplitude a. (area of the hole is a and that of the top surface is A) (a) the top surface of the liquid accelerates with acceleration = g (b) the top surface of the liquid accelerates with acceleration r2 a' questions. S. In the figure shown. A bob is attached to a long. 4. x is the distance from the S. The maximum flux through f he sphere in this process is (a) 8. The amplitude at a distance 113 from one end is (a) a (b) 0 43a (c) — (d) all. The string is deflected by 30° initially with respect to vertical. There is a small hole in the bottom of a fixed container containing a liquid upto a height h. A hollow smooth uniform sphere A of mass m rolls without sliding on a smooth horizontal surface. filled with air. Light incident on the slit. light string.O = S f i / plane of slits as shown). passes through a medium of variable refractive index p = 1 + ax (where Two particles P and Q describe simple harmonic Contributed by Deptt. minimum value of the positive constant a (in terms of / and wavelength X in air) is (a) XII (b) A. 1 to 60) Only one option is correct and there will be negative marking in these 1. a parallel beam of light is incident on the plane of the slits of a Young's double slit experiment. 3.//2 (c) FIX (d) none of these. (c) the top s u r f a c e of the liquid retards with a retardation = gA (d) the top s u r f a c e of the liquid retards with ga retardation = — r • A 2. k = l/47te0] (a) 2 kA . upto a distance / before falling on S R e s t of the space is s. The ratio of kinetic energy of B to that of A just after the collision is (a) 5 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 2. A ring of radius R having a linear charge density X moves towards a solid imaginary sphere of radius RI2..No.
A hydrogen atom is in the 4th excited state. 7 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06 . The angular velocity of this planet is such that it makes apparent value of g at the equator half of value of g at the pole.gt 2 Pwgt 1 IP (d) none of these. The velocity of a point on its equator is v.5 (c) 2. y in meters). when their displacements are same they have the same speed of 1. units) when it moves along a straight line y = x .motions of same period. (c) gt (d) none. then a visible photon may follow this infrared photon. 11. 16. <b)~ (d) ' 2V2 V 2 ' 2V2 ' 15.2. 18. The escape velocity for a polar particle on the planet expressed as a multiple of v is (a) v (b) 2v (c) 3v (d) data insufficient.2 m/s in the same direction. The angular momentum of a particle about origin is varying as L = 4/ + 8 (S.4 (d) 2. A striker is shot from a square carrom board from a point A exactly at midpoint of one of the walls with a speed 2 m/sec at an angle of 45° with the xaxis as shown. Assuming air is stopped when it reaches the wall and there is sufficient friction on the ground so that the wall does not slide. The maximum velocity in m/s of either particle is (a) 3 (b) 2. The coordinate of the striker when it stops (taking point O to be the origin) is (a) (c) 2V2' V2 1 0 2V2' 0. Then the acceleration of the body if n number of photons incident per sec is (Assume wavelength of photon to be X) nh nh 2nnh Xm (a) (c) (d) 27t Xm Xm Xm ~h 12. The collisions of the striker with the walls of the fixed carrom are perfectly elastic. A free standing wall of height h and thickness t and density pu rests on a rough floor.4 (x. Consider a spherical planet rotating about its axis.I. then (a) the maximum number of possible transitions will be 10 (b) the maximum number of possible transitions will be 6 (c) it can emit three photons in ultraviolet region (d) if an infrared photon is generated. Number of identical photons incident on a perfectly black body of mass m kept at rest on smooth horizontal surface.* j (c) 13. When P and O are on opposite sides of O at the same distance from O they have the same speed of 1. in the above question so that the wall only topples and does not slide for a given velocity v is (a) py p„v (b) p. the minimum velocity v so that the wall topples is f n1/2 P„g P„g (a) (b) P. If we assume that penetrating power of any radiation/ particle is inversely proportional to wavelength of the particle then (a) a proton and an aparticle after getting accelerated through same potential difference will have equal penetrating power (b) penetrating power of aparticle will be greater than that of proton which have been accelerated by same potential difference (c) proton's penetrating power will be less than penetrating power of an electron which has been accelerated by the same potential difference (d) penetrating powers can not be compared as all these are particles having no wavelength or wave nature. same amplitude along the same line about the same equilibrium position O. 10. Total friction force acting on the wall in the above question is (take length of wall to be I) (a) p > ' 2 (b) pjhv1 (c) p J h * (d) p J t v \ 14. The angular velocity of rotation becomes (a) two times the initial value (b) half of initial value (c) one third of initial value (d) four times the initial value. The elongation in a metallic rod hinged at one end and rotating in a horizontal plane becomes four times of the initial value. The force acting on the particle would be (a) I N (b) 2 N (c) V2 N (d) S N. Minimum value of coefficient of friction. 9.6 m/s in opposite directions. The / = I/V2 coefficient of kinetic friction between the striker and board is 0. A wind of speed v and density p blows against the wall. 17.
19. A spherical ball of mass density a and radius /• is attached to a pulleymass system as shown in figure. The ball is released in a liquid of coefficient of viscosity ri and density p (< a/2). If the length of the liquid column is sufficiently long, the terminal velocity attained by the ball is given by (assume all pulleys to be massless and string as massless and inextensible) (a) (c) 1 r2(2a  P)g 9 T 1 U 2(q4p)g 9 1 (b) (d) 1 r (cr2p)g r(c3p)g
throughout the plane. If the coordinates of end point P of wire are (2 m, 1.5 m), then the total force acting on the wire is (a) 40 Nk (b) 1 0 N k (c)  1 0 N k (d)  4 0 N k . 23. The gas law PV/T = constant for a given amount of a gas is true for (a) isothermal change only (b) adiabatic change only (c) both isothermal & adiabatic changes (d) neither isothermal nor adiabatic change . 24. A hot black body emits the energy at the rate of 16 J n r 2 s"1 and its most intense radiation corresponds to 20,000 A. When the temperature of this body is further increased and its most intense radiation corresponds to 10,000 A , then the energy radiated in J n r 2 s _l will be (a) 4 (b) 1 (c) 64 (d) 256 25. A wall is made of two layers A and B of the same thickness but different materials. The thermal conductivity of A is twice that of B. In steady state, the temperature difference across the wall is 36°C. The temperature difference across the layer A is (a) 6° C (b) 12° C (c) 18° C (d) 24° C. 26. An ideal monoatomic gas initially at 300 K undergoes an isobaric expansion at a pressure of 2.5 kPa. If the volume increases from 1 m 1 to 3 m \ then heat added to the gas and its final temperature respectively are (a) 12500 J, 450 K (b) 12500 J, 600 K (c) 12500 J, 900 K (d) 25000 J, 1200 K. 27. A plane mirror forms image / of an object O kept 10 cm from the mirror. It is found that 1 O 10 c m when a planoconcave thin lens is placed in front of and in contact with the mirror (plane surface of lens in contact with mirror), the position of image formed by plane mirror does not change. Then the refractive index of lens and radius of curvature of its curved surface are respectively (a) 1.5, 10 cm (b) 2.5, 10 cm (c) V2 , 10 cm (d) all of these are possible 28. An object and a plane mirror are shown in figure. Mirror is moved with velocity v as shown. The velocity of image is object (fixed)
/ / / / / / / / / / / / /
20. A capillary of the shape as shown is dipped in a liquid. Contact angle between the liquid and the capillary is 0° and effect of liquid inside the meniscus is to be neglected. T is surface tension of the liquid, r is radius of the meniscus, g is acceleration due to gravity and p is density of the liquid then height h in equilibrium is (a) greater than 2 T / r p g (b) equal to 2T/rpg (c) less than 2T/rpg (d) of any value depending upon act. 21. As shown in the figure, three sided frame is pivoted at P and O and hangs vertically. Its sides are of same length and r —
P
q
\mt
have a linear density of J j , kg/m. A current of 1 0 ^ ampere is sent through the frame, which is in a uniform magnetic field of 2 T directed upwards as shown. Then angle through which the frame will be deflected in equilibrium is (Take g = 10 m/s 2 ) (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°. 22. A parabolic wire as shown in the figure is located in 1.5 m B = 2^2T x  y plane and carries a current / = 10 amp. A uniform magnetic field of intensity 2V2 T, making an angle of 45° with *axis exists 8
P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06
(a) 2vsin0 (c) 2vcos0
(b) 2v (d) none of these
heat developed in 80 seconds and amplitude wattless of
« = 4Q
29. M o n o c h r o m a t i c light rays parallel to A'axis strike a convex lens AB. If the lens oscillates such that AB tilts upto a small angle 0 (in radian) on either side of }'axis, then the amplitude of oscillation of image will be ( f = focal length of the lens) (a) / s e c 0 (b) / s e c 2 0 (c) / 0 2 / 2 (d) the image will not move. 30. It is f o u n d that all electromagnetic signals sent from A towards B reach point C. The speed of electromagnetic signals in glass cannot be (a) 1.0 x 10 s m/s (b) 2.4 x 10 s m/s (c) 2 x 107 m/s (d) 4 x 107 m/s 31. Figure s h o w s an / = 1 0 cm / = 5 cm object placed in front of a lens of focal length 10 cm, at a distance 20 cm from the lens. On 20 cm the other side, a convex mirror ( f = 5 cm) (with same principle axis as that of lens) is placed such that all light rays after refracting through lens strike the mirror simultaneously. The distance between the mirror and the lens is (a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 30 cm (d) cannot be determined 32. A conducting rod AB moves ® B parallel to jcaxis r X in the xy plane. ^  A uniform magnetic field B pointing out of the plane as shown in the figure. Required force to maintain a constant speed v of the rod is given by (initially capacitor is uncharged)
(a)
current is E = 25sin( 100ro + Jt/2) (a) 4000 J, 3A (d) 8000 J, 5A (b) 8000 J, 3A 34. 4000 J,given circuit, the (c) In the 4A 3 ^F potential difference across the WvV— capacitor (in steady state) is 24 V. Each resistance is of VW\r WA— 6 £2. If the cell is ideal, then emf of the cell is (a) 30 V (b) 9 V (c) 12 V (d) 40 V. 35. A loop of a string of mass per unit length (i and radius R is rotated about an axis passing through centre perpendicular to the plane with an angular velocity co. A small disturbance is created in the loop having the same sense of rotation. The linear speed of the disturbance for a stationary observer is (a) coR (b) 2coR (c) 3(0R (d) zero. PASSAGE 1 : (Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 36 to 40. They have only one correct option) Changing from a circular to an elliptical orbit Let us identify the system as the spacecraft and the earth but not the portion of the fuel in the spacecraft that we use to change the orbit. In a given orbit, the mechanical energy of the spacecraft  earth system is given by E = GMm/lr. This energy includes the kinetic energy of the / \ /clliP'ifl ~ ° , .. : circular'. K orbit spacecraft and the •. ; orbj( potential energy ;' / associated with the : gravitational force between the spacecraft and the earth. *• rocket engine is fire here If the rocket engines are fired, the thrust force moves the spacecraft through a displacement. As a result, the mechanical energy of the spacecraft  earth system increases. The spacecraft has a new higher energy but is constrained to be in an orbit that includes the original starting point. It cannot be in a higher energy circular orbit having a
R
(b) (d)
v„S2/2 R „2i/IIC R
(c) ^ i a  e  " ' " ) R
33. In the series LCR circuit as shown in figure, the
9 PHYSICS FOR YOIJ  MARCH '06
larger radius because this orbit would not contain the starting point. The only possibility is that the orbit is elliptical as shown in the figure. GMM E=— 2a Above equation gives the energy of the spacecraft earth system for an elliptical orbit where a is semimajor axis. Thus if we know the new energy of the orbit, we can find the semimajor axis of the elliptical orbit. Conversely, if we know the semimajor axis of an elliptical orbit we would like to achieve, we can calculate how much additional energy is required from the rocket engines. A spacecraft is moving in a circular orbit around the earth (radius 6400 km), at a height of 300 km from the surface. To place the spacecraft in an elliptical orbit, the magnitude ofthe mechanical energy ofthe spacecraftearth system is decreased by 10.0%. 36. If the spacecraftearth system had initial energy (£•(,). then the total mechanical energy of the system after firing the rocket will be (a) 1.1E 0 (b)  0 . 9 E n (c) E0 (d) none of these. 37. Semimajor axis of the new elliptical orbit is (a) 7437 km (b) 6700 km (c) 7370 km (d) none of these. 38. The maximum distance from the centre of the earth to the spacecraft is (a) 6700 km (b) 8174 km (c) 7437 km (d) 7874 km. 39. Maximum height of the spacecraft above the surface o f t h e earth will be (a) 970 km (b) 1474 km (c) 300 km (d) 1774 km. 40. Minimum distance of the spacecraft from the surface of the earth is (a) 900 km (b) 1474 km (c) 300 km (d) 1774 km.
P A S S A G E # 2 : (Read the following passage and a n s w e r t h e q u e s t i o n s n u m b e r e d 41 t o 45. T h e y h a v e only one correct option)
minimum for red, violet is focused nearest to the lens while red farthest from it as shown in figure.
F,
y
As a result of this, in case of convergent lens if a screen is placed at F v centre of the image will be violet and focused while sides are red and blurred. While at Fn, reverse is the case, i.e., centre will be red and focused while sides violet and blurred. The difference between fv and ft is a measure of the longitudinal chromatic aberration (L.C.A), i.e., L.C..A. =fR  f v =  d / w i t h df=fv /« (1) However, as for a single lens,
/
 = Ctil>
R,
= d\i R "K .f 1 Dividing eqn. (3) by (2); df d\x
—
R2 . J_
(2) (3)
/
—
=
=
tt>
(Ht)
d\\. '= dispersive power (4) 011). And hence, from eqns. (1) and (4), L.C.A. = df= co/ Now, as for a single lens neither/nor co can be zero, we cannot have a single lens free from chromatic aberration.
as to = C o n d i t i o n of A c h r o m a t i s m :
In case of two thin lenses in contact
2= 2 f i F f fi The combination will be free from chromatic aberration \idF= 0
. df df i.e., —7 + —;r = 0 2 f fl which with the help of eqn. (4) reduces to co. f . co,/ „ — 1 i i i 2 = 0 i.e., (5) fc fi f fl This condition is called condition of achromatism (for two thin lenses in contact) and the lens combination which satisfies this condition is called achromatic lens, From this condition, i.e.. from eqn. (5) it is clear that in case of achromatic doublet :
P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06
>
,; /
Chromatic Aberration The image of a white object in white light formed by a lens is usually coloured and blurred. This defect of image is called chromatic aberration and arises due to the fact that focal length of a lens is different for different colours. As p. of lens is maximum for violet while 10
(1) The two lenses must be of different materials. Since, if co, =co,, — + — = 0 A A i.e., — = 0 or, F = oo F i.e., combination will not behave as a lens, but as a plane glass plate. (2) As co and to2 are positive quantities, for eqn. (5) to h o l d , / , a n d / , must be of opposite nature, i.e., if one of the lenses is converging the other must be diverging. (3) If the achromatic combination is convergent, = coc. <a>„ fo i.e., in a convergent achromatic doublet, convex lens has lesser focal length and dispersive power than the divergent one. 41. Chromatic aberration in the formation of images by a lens arises because : (a) of nonparaxial rays (b) the radii of curvature of the two sides are not same. (c) of the defect in grinding. (d) the focal length varies with wavelength. 42. Chromatic aberration of a lens can be corrected by (a) providing different suitable curvatures of its two surfaces. (b) proper polishing of its two surfaces. (c) suitably combining it with another lens. (d) reducing its aperture. 43. A combination is made of two lenses of focal lengths / a n d / ' in contact, the dispersive powers of the materials of the lenses are to and co'. The combination is achromatic when (a) co = (o0, io' = 2co 0 ,/' = 2 / (b) co = co0, co' = 2co 0 ,/' = / / 2 (c) to = to0, to' = 2co 0 ,/' =  / / 2 (d) to = co0, to' = 2co 0 ,/' =  I f . 44. The dispersive power of crown and flint glasses are 0.02 and 0.04 respectively. An achromatic converging lens of focal length 40 cm is made by keeping two lenses, one of crown glass and the other of flint glass, in contact with each other. The focal lengths of the two lenses are (a) 20 cm and 40 cm (b) 20 cm and  4 0 cm (c)  2 0 cm and 40 cm (d) 10 cm and  2 0 cm.
12
45. Chromatic aberration in a spherical concave mirror is proportional to (a) / (b) p (c) 1 If (d) none of these.
P A S S A G E  3 : (Read the following passage and a n s w e r the questions n u m b e r e d 46 to 50. T h e y h a v e only one correct option)
fc <fD and as
Energy balance for the earth Energy arrives at the earth by electromagnetic radiations from the sun. This energy is absorbed by the surface of the earth and reradiated out into space according to Stefen's law. The only type of energy in the system that can change due to radiation is internal energy. Let us assume that any change in temperature of the earth is so small over a time interval that we can approximate the change in internal energy as zero. Thus HMIN) + HM0UT) = 0 ^ETi(IN) = ~ ^4vi(OUT) • Where the IN and the OUT refer to energy transfers across the boundary of the system of the earth, as shown in figure.
\ t /
energy c o m i n g in f r o m the sun
energy radiated f r o m the earth into space = / / „ „ „ , „
The rate of energy transfer per unit area from the sun is approximately 1340 W/m 2 at the top of atmosphere, which is called solar constant/,.. Not all of the radiation arriving at the top of the atmosphere reaches the ground. A fraction approximately 30% of it is reflected from clouds and the ground and escapes back into space. Stephen's law can be used to express the outgoing power, assuming that the earth is a perfect emmiter. Using the equation and the facts, calculation shows that result is significantly lower than the average global temperature 288 K, determined using actual measurements. This difference indicated that a major factor was left out of the analysis. This is the thermodynamic effect of the atmosphere, which results in the additional energy being trapped in the system of the earth and raising the temperature. The energy balance concept is certainly valid and the earth, as a system, must emit energy at the same rate as it absorbs. Thus the value obtained using the energy
PHYSICS FOR YOIJ  MARCH '06
balance concept is the temperature associated with radiation leaving the top of the atmosphere  it is not the temperature at the surface of the earth. 46. If radius of the earth is 6400 km, then net input power received by surface of the earth is nearly equal to (a) 1.2 xio 17 watt (b) 1.7 xio 17 watt (c) 4.8 x io17 watt (d) 3.6 x io17 watt 47. According to the concept of energy balance, the temperature of the earth should be (a) 312 K (b) 296 K (c) 254 K (d) 288 K 48. At moon, if solar constant /,. = 567 W/m 2 , then its equilibrium temperature is approximately equal to (a) 300 K (b) 224 K (c) 254 K (d) 288 K 49. I. Energy balance concept can correctly predict temperature of surface of a planet/satellite provided there is no atmosphere on the planet/satellite. II. If energy balance concept is used for planets/satellite with atmosphere, it can find out temperature of top of the atmosphere, not of the surface. (a) both I and II statements are correct (b) both I and II statements are incorrect (c) statement 1 is correct and II is incorrect (d) statement I is incorrect and II is correct 50. If solar constant for earth and the mars is 7t, and I m respectively, then the ratio of average sunearth distance and sunmars distance is
Such materials are said to be paramagnetic (for example : Mn 2+ ). Materials in which individual atoms or molecules have no net magnetic dipole moment are said to be diamagnetic (for example : Cu + ). Even if an atom has a net magnetic moment, a finite sample of the material will have zero magnetic moment because of random orientation of the atoms. But when a magnetic field is applied, a net alignment of magnetic dipole occurs and the medium becomes magnetically polarized or magnetized. Unlike electric polarization which is always in the same direction as E , magnetisation can be both parallel (paramagnets) and antiparallel (diamagnets) to B . A few materials (called ferromagnetic in reference to their most common example, iron) retain substantial magnetisation even after the external field has been removed  for these magnetisation is dependent not just on the present field but also on the magnetic history of the object. When placed in an external magnetic field paramagnetic substances acquire magnetisation due to alignment of atomic dipoles. But what about diamagnetic materials? Consider an electron revolving in its orbit with a magnetic field applied perpendicular to its plane of motion. Whereas the centripetal acceleration (v 2 /r) is ordinarily sustained by electrical forces alone, my 1 r 4ns,, r Now the magnetic force also has a role to play, thus changing the orbital velocity to V my  + ev'B = 47t£„ r~ r (under the conditions shown in the above diagram the new speed V is greater than v. If B were in opposite direction magnetic force would be opposite to the electric force and thus V would be less than v).
ev'B
\2
rr
(a)
(b)
(c)
vh J
(d)
PASSAGE  4 : (Read the following passage and answer the questions numbered 51 to 55. They have only one correct option). Magnetic Properties of Matter All magnetic fields are due to electric charges in motion. If for example, one were to examine a piece of magnetic material in an atomic scale, he would find tiny current elements created by to distinct and independent processes : Electrons orbiting around nuclei and spinning on their axes. We may treat these current loops as magnetic dipoles, and thus conclude that each electron constitutes a magnetic dipole. But these electrons within a given atom lock together in pairs with opposing spins, and thus effectively neutralise the magnetic moment of each other. Only atoms and molecules with an odd number of electrons may possess a net magnetic diploe moment.
13 PHYSICS F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06
1
=^ ( v r
2
 v 2 ) = ^ ( v ' + v)(v'  v) r
assuming (v  v) = Av « v , we get Av = 2 mc Orbital magnetic moment being directly proportional to orbital angular momentum, a change in orbital speed means a change in orbital magnetic moment.
1 A eVB Am = —a A vrk = 2 4m Notice that this, change is magnetic moment is opposite to the direction of the applied field. In ordinary unmagnetised matter all electron orbits are randomly oriented and thus the orbital magnetic moments cancel out. But in presence of magnetic field each atom picks up a little extra dipole moment and these increments are all antiparallel to the field. This is the mechanism responsible for diamagnetism. Evidently it is a universal phenomenon affecting all atoms. However, it is typically much weaker than paramagnetism and is therefore observed mainly in atoms with paired electrons where paramagnetism is absent.
55. Samples of manganese chloride (MnCl 2 ), cuprous oxide Cu 2 0 and metallic iron were picked up from a meteor X by a suitable space probe and send back to earth. Similar samples picked from another meteor Y were also send back to earth. When these samples were exposed to the same magnetic field at a laboratory on earth, choose the incorrect statement: (a) MnCl 2 from both X and Y will acquire the same magnetisation (b) Cu 2 0 from both X and Y will acquire the same magnetisation (c) iron from both X and Y will acquire the same magnetisation (d) none of these
51. The magnetic moment of an electron comprises P A S S A G E  5 : ( R e a d t h e f o l l o w i n g p a s s a g e a n d of two factors. A spin component and an orbital a n s w e r t h e q u e s t i o n s n u m b e r e d 5 6 t o 6 0 . T h e y h a v e only one correct option) component. Choose the correct option. Circus Act (a) only the spin component is responsible of j . A new circus act was developed by Gemini circus. Riya paramagnetism (a circus girl) swings from a trapeze, projects herself (b) only the orbital component is responsible for at an angle of 53° as shown and supposed to be caught paramagnetism by Ravi, whose hands are 3.2 m above and 4.8 m (c) both spin and orbital component together account horizontally from her launch point. for paramagnetism Once Riya is projected, she moves freely under gravity. (d) both spin and orbital component together account She requires certain minimum velocity v to reach Ravi. 0 for diamagnetism. This velocity may be evaluated by using equation of 52. Choose the incorrect statement. motion in 2D. Once Riya reaches to Ravi, she is caught (a) all ferromagnetic materials are diamagnetic too by Ravi. Now both move with same speed upward and (b) all ferromagnetic materials are paramagnetic too both swing around suspension point O. (c) all paramagnetic materials are diamagnetic too (d) all diamagnetic materials are paramagnetic too 53. The orbital magnetic moment of an electron is directly proportional to the orbital angular momentum M = K L . The value of K (according to the passage) is (a) dim, (b) etmc (c) 2e!mc (d) 3mjl. 54 The fractional change in orbital magnetic moment of an electron in Li2+ revolving in an orbit of rad'us r when exposed to a magnetic field of 1 tesla perpendicular to its orbital plane is jne,/
47IS„// 3/77, (d) (b) (TIE,/ V
J,,J
v In order to safe guard their lives, a safety net is provided 4 m below the launching point of Riya. For all the following calculations take g = 10 m/s 2 .
PHYSICS FOR YOIJ  MARCH '06
Ins,,/2
V
3m,
14
56. In order to just reach Ravi, the initial speed of Riya should be equal to (a) 45 km/hr (b) 30 km/hr (c) 36 km/hr (d) 24 km/hr 57. In the above problem, at the instant when Riya reaches to Ravi, the magnitude and direction of her velocity is (a) 21.6 km/hr, at 37° upward from horizontal. (b) 21.6 km/hr, in horizontal direction. (c) 16.2 km/hr, at 37° upward from horizontal. (d) 16.2 km/hr, in horizontal direction. 58. In the above problem, if mass of Ravi is 2m and mass of Riya is m, then when riya is caught by Ravi both move together with the speed equal to (a) 9 km/hr (b) 6 km/hr (c) 7.2 km/hr (d) 4.8 km/hr 59. If both move together further and both of them are considered as one mass system of 3m. Effective distance of this one mass system from suspension point is assumed to be 1 meter, then angle through which they deflect will be (a) 30° (b) 37° (c) 53° (d) 60° 60. In their debut performance, once Ravi misses the Riya completely as she flies past. The horizontal distance through which Riya moves from the initial launch point before landing in the safety net 4 m below her initial launch point is (a) 10 m 1. 6. 11. 16. 21. 26. 31. 36. 41. 46. 5156. (d) (d) (a) (c) (b) (c) (b) (b) (d) (a) (a) (c) (b) 9 m 2. 7. 12. 17. 22. 27. 32. 37. 42. 47. 52. 57. (d) (d) (b) (a) (b) (d) (a) (a) (c) (c) (d) (b) (c) 12 m 4. 9. 14. 19. 24. 29. 34. 39. 44. 49. 54. 59. (b) (b) (a) (b) (d) (c) (a) (d) (b) (a) (a) (b) (d) 9.6 m 5. 10. 15. 20. 25. 30. 35. 40. 45. 50. 55. 60. (d) (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (b) (c) (b) (a) (c) (c)
Exemplary Physics Teacher Award
the futures of their students. Their contributions are barely recognized and appreciated. To honour such dedicated masters and to share their techniques for the benefit of other students, we have decided to constitute the monthly 'MTG Exemplary Physics Teacher' award. The students who have benefited are the best source of information for us about such great teachers. We invite students to propose the names of teachers for the award by writing to us, giving the following information. 1. 2. Student's name, class, school, city, contact address, phone number, email. Teacher's name and career details, contact address, phone number, email, subject (P/C/M/B), where does he teach, when did he teach you. 3. Narrate an incident which demonstrates the techniques he/she uses to expand your thinking... (200 words). 4. How did he influence your life. (100 words)
MTG
W
e realize that there are several great science and math teachers who have devotedly shaped
ANSWERS 3. (c) 8. (d) 13. (b) 18. (b) • 23. (c) 28. (a) 33. (a) 38. (b) 43. (d) 48. (b) 53. (a) 58. (c)
Send your entries to .. MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. 406, Taj Apt. Ring Road, New Delhi  1 10 029 email : info@mtg.in Every month the selected entry including the teacher's profile will be published in Mathematics Today, Chemistry Today, Physics For You and Biology Today. The teacher will also be awarded a certificate, Rs. 1 1 00 cash and a lifetime subscription of the magazine.
Note : For detailed solutions please log on to our website www.resonance.ac.in
15 PHYSICS FOR YOIJ  MARCH '06
Very Similar
MODEL TEST PAPER
for AIEEE2006
Exam on 30th April 2006
1. The dimensional formula representation for impedance of A.C. circuit is (a) [M°L2T3] (b) [ML2T"3A"2] 2 2 (c) [ML T A'] (d) [ML'T" 3 A 2 ]. 2. Figure shows the accelerationtime graph of a particle. Which of the following represents the corresponding velocitytime graph?
(d) gradually fall behind the aeroplane if the aeroplane was flying horizontally. 6. Two weights w, and w2 are connected by a light thread which passes over a light smooth pulley. If the pulley is raised upwards with an acceleration equal to g, then the tension in the thread will be 2wjw2 WW2 (a) (b) »'] + Vt'2 IV] + w2 4vcjvi'2 4u)W2 (c) (d) VJ + W2 T 7. A beaker containing water is lying on the pan of a spring balance. If one dips his finger in the water without touching the beaker, then the reading of the spring balance will (a) become zero (b) not change (c) decrease (d) increase. 8. A person standing on the floor of a lifts drops a coin. The coin touches the floor after /, second if the lift is at rest and after t2 second if the lift is moving with a uniform velocity v upwards, then (a) <, = t2 (b) t, > t2 (c) /] < t2 (d) none of these. 9. Two billiard balls of the same size and mass are in contact on a billiard table. A third ball of the same size and mass strikes them symmetrically and remains at rest after the impact. The coefficient of restitution between the balls is (a) 2/3 (b) 2/4.1 (c) 1/7 (d) 1/8. 10. The linear momentum of a body is increased by 50%. The kinetic energy will be increased by (a) 25% (b) 50% (c) 100% (d) 125%. 11. Three identical cars A, B and C are moving at the same speed on three bridges. The car A goes on a plane bridge, B on a bridge convex upward and C goes on a bridge concave upward. Let FA, FH and F(: be the normal
P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d) v
3. A train of length 200 m travelling at 30 ms 1 overtakes another train of length 300 m travelling at 20 ms 1 . The time taken by the first train to pass the second is (a) 20 s (b) 30 s (c) 40 s (d) 50 s. 4. If AxB = 0 and BxC. = 0 , then the value of AxC. is (a) 0 (b) ACsmQh. (c) ACcosd (d) ABtand. 5. An aeroplane flying at a constant speed releases a bomb. As the bomb moves away from the aeroplane, it will (a) always be vertically below the aeroplane if the aeroplane was flying horizontally (b) always be vertically below the aeroplane if the aeroplane was flying at an angle of 45° to the horizontal (c) always be vertically below the aeroplane 34
forces exerted by the cars on the bridges when they are at the middle of the bridges. 10 x lO l o ]Nnr 2 and 2 x 10" Nirr 2 respectively. 540 g of ice at 0°C is mixed with 540 g of water at 80°C. and T2. The acceleration due to gravity g is at two constant in the ratio temperatures'/'. B and C are 12°C. 19°C and 28°C respectively. (a) 0°C (b) 40°C 17. The temperature. A body floats with 1/3 of its volume outside water and 3/4 of its volume outside another liquid. is GM„MR? GMjn (a) 100 K (b) 300 K (c) 502 K (d) 546 K. The moment of inertia ofthe arrangement about YY' wire and a steel wire of the same length are extended by 1 mm under the same force. each of mass M and radius R are arranged as shown in figure. The temperature when (a) highest point (b) lowest point A and C are mixed is (c) middlepoint. (a) 18.2°C (d) 24. 12.M R (d) . velocity of hydrogen RF molecules at NTP. (d) no inference can be drawn due to insufficient then the force on a particle of mass m placed in the information. velocity of helium GMjn GM. A tunnel is dug along a diameter of the earth.M R MR2 19. Three identical rings. 1 I 20. 13. > r 2 15. then (a) FA is maximum of the three forces (b) FH is maximum of the three forces (c) FR is maximum of the three forces (d) FA = FK = FC.= *a.2°C. The density of other liquid is (a) (c) cm j gem 4 3 (b) — e cm 9 (d) . A heavy stone is attached to a thin wire and is whirled liquids^.s. then the angular momentum of the earth around the sun is (a) oc Vr (b) = mr (c) m2r (d) r312.. VI % (d) Rs = 4 ' 18. Two planets have radii in the ratio .m.2°C (b) 20. Which of the following (a) nx : my (b) ny : mx inference is correct? (c) mx : ny (d) my : nx. If /• denotes the distance between the sun and the earth.g e m 3 (a)(b) .m (a) hrr (b) molecules is equal to the r. The Young's modulus of brass and steel are (c) 80°C (d) less than 0°C. If Me (c) 7\ < T2 and RL.s. at which r. Figure shows the  pressure P versus (c) .y : y and density certain mass of a gas in the ratio in : n. The temperature of equal masses of three different 16. in a vertical circle.3°C (c) 22.*. are the mass and radius respectively of earth. of the circle (d) position where the wire makes an angle of 45° with 23. between lowest and highest points. (c) (d) HF' 22. tunnel at a distance r from the centre is 21. The final temperature of mixture is the diameter. The wire is most likely to break The temperature when A and B are mixed is 16°C and when the stone is at the when B and C are mixed is 23°C. the surface tension of \ water will I (a) increase (b) decrease j (c) remain unchanged (d) none of these.m. (a) TX = T2 (b) 7". On mixing the salt in water. The radii of the brass and steel wires are RH and RS respectively.M R volume/'graphs for a 14. Then (a) (c) Rs=j2RB RS = 4R„ (b) «. A brass 35 P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06 .
1 x 107 S (a) 2. t2 and t3 such that h + h + h = d.7 S. The displacement y of a particle executing periodic motion is given by y = 4cos 2 (1/2 /) sin(1000«). Ohm's law is not applicable in (a) diode (b) transistors (c) radio waves (d) all of these. Each rod is of the same length. Then capacitance of the system is (given that plate area = A) (a) K] AE N (b) /W"! h. 27. This expression may be considered to be a result of the superposition of independent harmonic motions (a) two (b) three (c) four (d) five. If the capacitor plates are pulled apart.00 m long. What is the total flux of electrostatic field due to a charge of one coulomb? (b) 1/£Q (C) SG (d) 1/Eo (a) e 0 30.2 A^ h+t2+h Aeo d Aen K) (c) 2K\ t\+t2 + As n (d) 32. A charge O is placed at the centre of a circle of radius R.1 x io.24. The left and right ends are kept at 0°C and 90°C respectively. Three rods 90°C made of the same material and having o°c • the same crosssection have been 90°C joined as shown in figure.5 s (c) 250 s (d) 252 s. There are n exactly identical resistors each having resistance R. then on connecting them in series the resistance will come out be (a) \ n '(b) n2X (c) 4 n (d) ^X..1 x 10~7 S 7 (d) 5. T h e potential difference between A and B in the circuit shown is 1/3 V 28. What is the resistivity of the material of the wire? (b) 3. 26. of uniform crosssectional area A = 8. A parallel plate capacitor is filled with three dielectric of thickness t. The temperature of the junction of the three rods will be (a) 45°C (b) 60°C (c) 30°C (d) 20°C. A parallelplate capacitor is connected to a battery that has a constant terminal voltage. A wire / = 8. A man measures the period of a simple pendulum inside a stationary lift and finds to be T s. has a conductance of G = 2. (c) the electric field remains constant but the charge on the plate decreases (d) the electric field increases but the charge on the plate decreases. (c) 4. If the lift accelerates upwards with an acceleration g/4. (a) the electric field decreases and the charge on the plates also decreases (b) the electric field remains constant but the charge on the plate increases 36 15 34. 25. The resultant resistance when joined in parallel is X. The work done in moving a charge q from A to B so as to complete a semicircle is (a) zero (c) On (b) (d) (a) (c) 15 2_ (b) (d) 15 •V 15 2EnR 29. then the period of the pendulum will be IT (a) (b) 2TY[5 (c) T (d) 774.00 mm2. Two tuning forks of frequencies 256 Hz and 258 Hz are sounded together.45 Q _ l . PHYSICS FOR YOU  MARCH '06 . The time interval between consecutive maxima heard by the observer is (a) 2 s (b) 0. 31.S 33. 35.1 x io.
connected as shown in 38 (a) 2. BY (b) Ex. The wire shown in the figure carries a current of 60 A. if any. and . B * 0 (d) E= 0. = 1. = 0. Interference fringes are observed on a screen placed in front o f t h e slits. this region of space may not have (a) E = 0. coming from slit A.5 H L . If A is the amplitude of the wave coming from a line source at a distance r.75 H (b) 2. 46. 3s.75 H.5 H 60 A (a) 4571 x 105A tesla (b) . 41. 43. Three pure inductances a.00 H (d) 1. Bx (c) Ex.sinto/ (ii) y2 = a 2 sin2co/ P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '06 . 37. Bx. B = 0. The magnetic field at a point on the axis of the coil is (a) perpendicular to the plane of the coil (b) perpendicular to the axis o f t h e coil (c) along the axis towards the centre of the coil (d) along the axis away from the centre of coil. Slit A being on the upper side of the horizontal plane. then (a) A « r2 (b) A °= r 1 2 (c) A ~ r (d) A °c r'. 39.Vi in the figure are associated with (a) a diamagnetic and paramagnetic s u b s t a n c e respectively (b) a paramagnetic and ferromagnetic substance respectively (c) soft iron and steel respectively (d) steel and soft iron respectively. 44. B * 0 (b) E± 0. then (a) fringe width increases (b) fringe width decreases (c) there is no change in fringe width (d) fringes disappear.25 H (c) 2. Which of the following pairs of space and time varying E and B f i e l d s would generate a plane electromagnetic wave travelling in the Zdirection? (a) Ex. The phase difference between the voltage and current in the circuit is (a) 71/2 (b) 7t/3 (c) zero (d) rc/4. = o. Out of the following four waves which of the two can produce interference? (i) y. monochromatic light is used to illuminate two slits A and B. in the loop? (a) no current will be induced (b) the current will be clockwise (c) the current will be anticlockwise (d) the current will change direction as the electron passed by. Bz (d) Ez. An electron moves along the line AB which lies in the same plane as a • * 7 circular loop of conducting wire as shown in the figure. 45.45ji x 10" s /t tesla (c) 4571 x 10"' k tesla (d> . In Young's double slit experiment. . 42. B = 0 (c) E* 0. Now if a thin glass plate is placed normally in the path of the beam.0 iiciiry connected across an alternating voltage of frequency 150/271 Hz. The field P if radius is 2 cm will be figure. A coil Oi 150 011 in and inductance 1. A current passes through a coil in the anticlockwise direction.4571 x l0~4/t tesla. iic /j'// curves A. The equivalent inductance of the circuit is U = 0. What will be the direction of current induced. A proton moving with a constant velocity passes through a region of space without any change in velocity.36. 40.75 1 L.c. If E and B represent the electric and magnetic fields respectively.
200% ages.5 g. Uranium235 is used as nuclear fuel in a nuclear reactor having power level 1 MW. 51. then distance between eye piece and objective should be (a) 15 cm (b) 35 cm (c) 55 cm (d) 75 cm. Then ratio of the deBroglie wavelengths Kp and Xa will be (a) 2 (b) 1/2 (c) 1/3 (d) (l/2) . An intrinsic semiconductor behaves like insulator at (a) 273 K (b) 100°C (c) 273°C (d) 0 K. Combinations of NAND gates shows below are equivalent to 47.(iii). 48. If angular magnification in normal adjustment is 10. Then nature and focal length of combination will be concave. Amount of fuel needed in one year will be (given : energy released per fission = 200 MeV) (a) 87 g (b) 103 g (c) 384 g (d) 148. current gain is 0.9 mA (b) 0.v3 = a3cosco/ (a) (i) and (ii) (c) (ii) and (iv) (iv) = a 4 sin(m* + ^ j (b) (i) and (iii) (d) none of these. 50. 50 cm (b) convex. 25 cm (d) convex.2 eV. 57. then its half life period is approximately equal to (a) 2520 years (b) 6475 years (c) 7010 years (d) 8900 years. In a common base transistor amplifier. then total luminous flux emitted by the lamp is (a) 50 can del a (b) 100 candela (c) 150 candela (d) 300 candela. 56. 49.5 eV strike an electron of aluminium then emission of electron (a) will be possible (b) depends on the smoothness of the surface (c) will not be possible (d) none of these.98.07 * 10~4 per year. 52. 25 cm. collector current changes by (a) 4. A proton and an aparticle are accelerated through same potential difference. On changing emitter current by 5 mA.11ooJ? .4 dioptre placed in contact. 50 cm concave. If two photons each of energy 3. Eye piece of an astronomical telescope has focal length of 5 cm.0 mA. 39 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  MARCH '06 eXPLOR€R • 10 Very Similar Practice Test Papers • 20022005 Expert's Solved Papers .19 mA(c) 5. 53. If the radioactive decay constant of radium is 1. Work function of aluminium is 4. 55. 2000+ MCQ's with detailed Solutions • Frequently Asked Questions AlIEE E I # iiP Rs.98 mA (d) 5./2 . If illumination produced at a screen placed at a distance of 2 m from the lamp is 25 lux. 54. are the (a) (c) If two lenses having powers +6 dioptre and . Which one of the following spherical lenses does not exhibit dispersion? Radii of curvature of the surfaces of the lenses are as given in the diagram.
h = — gtx 1 2 (ii) = U. T = 7. Percentage increase of kinetic energy = •4—x100 = —xl00 = 125. (d) : Water exerts an upward force on the finger [Archimede's principle]. (a) : In the first case. vA x t = s + 200 AxB = 0 => A\\B . h — vt2 0r . So. SOLUTIONS (b) : [Impedence] = [resistance] [ML2T or. vt graph is a straight line parallel to the timeaxis. the vt graph is a straight line sloping upwards to the right. (a): :. When acceleration becomes zero. u = 2vcos30° = S v Using one ball for calculation. When 90% electrons emitted reach the collector. . the horizontal displacements would remain the same at all times.8 ohm (c) 16. 40 Ec A I I mg V P H Y S I C S FOR YOU  MARCH '06 . (c) : On a plane bridge. BxC = 0 => B\\C u / = 20 sec.4 x IO6 m) (a) 100 km (b) 60 km (c) 55 km (d) 50 km. T= _JLJL(2g) g g 4m/W2 W + W1 58. the reading of the spring balance would increase. 200 m 3. So.w2 T=— x g g (2g) W. then collector current is found to be 9 mA.3 ohm (b) 12. 59.j. (i) In the second case. 6.9 V. v0 _ vx 2 itcos30°0 ~ V3vxV3 " 3 " =[ML TA] [AT] [A] 2] 2 2. FA = mg • E„ A A_E1 I I V mg mg 10. 1 2 > h — ~gt 2 Comparing (i) and (ii). AxC = 0 . A\\C . ( a ) : mit = 2«JVCOS0 But 9 = 30° /. ( c ) : T = lah^(2 rri\ + m2 g ) or. therefore there is a uniform increase in velocity. ( a ) : _ 300 m HA AB vA = 30 m/s. the horizontal component of the velocity of the bomb will be the same as the horizontal component of the velocity of the aeroplane. 1 .8 ohm. 8.(a) (b) (c) (d) AND and NOT gates respectively OR and AND gates respectively AND and OR gates respectively OR and NOT gates respectively.4 ohm (d) 23. The dc resistance of the circuit will be (a) 5. The distance up to which the broadcast can be receive is (radius of earth = 6. So. Then (a) emitter current will be 8 mA (b) emitter current will be 11 mA (c) emitter current will be 9 mA (d) base current will be 1 mA. Ek is increased by a factor of 9/4. 2 w. When a silicon junction diode is forward biased by applying a voltage of 0. So. According to Newton's third law of motion. (d) : Ek = t = s . velocity is constant. vB x 2m  p is increased by a factor of 3/2. The T. 9. 60. ( a ) : At all times. v„ = 20 m/s. 1 4 11. + M>2 ' or. 4. So. 5. the finger would exert equal and opposite force on water and hence on the bottom of the beaker.V transmission tower in Delhi has a height of 240 m. then current through diode is 55 mA at 27°C. ( b ) : Since acceleration is constant. So.
T = — = 20. 3 RT = ~M or.. Since Voc T.— V3 ...0 or. >317'= 448 + 180 = 628 or. mg FB= or. (b) : Required time interval 1 1 . (d) : Moments of inertia of rings I and 11 about )T = 2xMR2 2 =3 MR2 1 2 MR 7 =MR2. — pg = — x l x g 19. —pg = mg 3 4 42 or.. 7". y = 2(1 + cost) sin 1000/ or. — = —r= or. :.s = 0. 2 mX Moment of inertia of ring III about YY' = 1 Total moment of inertia = 3MR 2 +MR2 2 ! 4 T 4 — = . T cc M rU2. (a) 8 _3 or. 80 + 0 = 80 . Now. MSH( 19 .3°.x l x g = wg. the given expression is a result of the superposition of three independent harmonic motions. I and A/ are constants. . — = 16 r12 x 28 + 15 x 12 ' g= GMr 5Re GMcmr 5—• R e 16. M. (2$ . 4Sb 1 5 4 2 S 4 ~ T 5 _ 115 4 ~ 16 15T+ 16T= 16 or. 13. Force on particle of mass m = ">g 17. Vis small for Tt.ms. (a) : 540 x 80 + 540 x ] x (9 _ 0) = 540(80 .12) or.SA _ 287" or. (b) : Y = —UrX— . (c) : For a given pressure. Mass of inner solid sphere. (b): Tension is maximum when the stone is at the lowest point. Rs _ Yh RL YS 628 or.0) or.23) or. therefore.e.mg = mv R or. 0 = 2(90 . T « R3'2 r271 3/2 co = — or. Q. nR A/ l<~ i. 4SH = 5S c When A and C are mixed. (111). 30 = 180° or.19) = mSc (28 . y = 2sin 1000/ + 2sin 1000/ cos/ or. 0 = 0°C KA(Q0) KA(90Q) KA( 9 0 . T = 2T T 2 or. (b) : = ^+—L.v2 258256 2 26. (b) : When A and B are mixed.T) . (a) : Accoding to Kepler's third law. is maximum of the three forces. L r2 ~ 3/2 or. y = 2sinl000/ + sin(1001/) + sin(999/) So.16) = MSA (16 . Fc . L 20. 12. .= . F.= n —. R V 2V Comparing.( d ) : . r = 2 x 273 K = 546 K.6 ) 24.= 2 or. < T2. co cc r T Now. P H Y S I C S FOR YOU  MARCH '06 .On convex bridge. mSA (T — 12) = mS. mSH (23 .5s. g = GMy 1 3—xy K r or 5 Sc P From eqn.0) or. 0 = 180°/3 = 60°C 25. F.. V 4 TT1"3 — M./ — x—TU r M = 3 3 R„ nR.s 1 „ Rn or. 21. (b) : =: 2cos 2 1 i sin(1000/) 10 1 1 2x10" 1 2 R. R„ 72 ' y/2 2V V 18. A _ J x . SC (i) . (a) : Let us first calculate the mass of inner solid sphere of radius r. & = Pl^l . L = mr2CD or. p = j g c m R 2 On a concave bridge. 22. (ii) T12 (iii) Dividing (i) by (ii). Fcmg + R Clearly. RK=—p=. v. — —— 3 g2 p2R2 y 15. or. 20 = 0 or. 3SH = 45^ When B and C are mixed. (c) : — . ^ D 14. 31 23. (c) : g = nGpR. Fh = mg .
(d) : Ohm's law is not applicable in valves. A4 z a K j A  .5 H are in parallel. C = u h c2 e0A K2 RA T C Now.r75 or. 2. 31. On connecting them in series we have the resultant resistance Rs = nR = n2X. (d) : Here R • 150 Q. (b) : The resultant resistance in parallel is X = R/n. = KtAZ. 37 (a) . fe) :EX.Az() The effective capacitance (C) is given by c ~ C. (c): As a constant path difference is introduced in the rays coming from two slits. (c) : Total resistance of the part AB is RAH = 2 + 2 + 2 = 6 Q. co£ 2tco L 0 150 1 tan < = p = :: 271 X X. transistors etc. 0 = l/e. 44. Eldr .g' =g+ 4/ 15g i U ^ or. < = ? > j 271 .00 H. 1 h C3 = C3 K. T' = ^2nJI . then it is in the direction of the velocity. (c) 43.0 henry 50 u=Hz. (d) : We have taken two diametrically opposite segments. r r = 2TI 28. (b): A proton moving with a constant velocity passes through a region without any change in velocity. semiconductors. (a) : = ^T W=jEdr=0 c For in this case. Leq„ = Lx + V = 1. 35. electrolytes. AB 15 15 34. So a magnetic field (B) either may not be present or. 41. (c) 39. £ The current is i = = —A 9 + 6 15 The potential difference between A and B is (1/3) . The vertical components cancel each other and horizontal components get added. The electric field (£) is definitely zero. The fields due to these two segments at the point P are indicated in the figure. C. 3 2 . .27. Since Kis constant and d is increasing. ( a ) .75 + 0. (b): From Gauss's theorem.371x100x60^ 2x2 38. 40.. Now C is also decreasing and therefore charge content decreases. (d): Independent waves can't be coherent and can't produce interference. (c): Here I 2 = 0.5 . o. the flux of electrostatic field due to a charge of q coulomb is <)>= \EdS = ^~ £ s o For q = 1 coulomb. thus £ decreases. KxAs0.. (b) : For a point source. (a) : Electric field (E) = V/d. K 3 7Aen L2 + £3 0.45x8. VaH = 2 x 6 volt = — volt. So. 42.25 = 2. / « 1/t2 r and A c c j l .5H and L3 = 0.3 = iQ7 4TI r = 457CX 10~5A.= 4.00x10" P~ J~7 V r~ or ' A„ c c 1 ~r 45. . 2 .1x10"' S. BY are perpendicular to each other and both of them are normal to Zaxis.+ — 1 +  1 3 \ 1 I K.tesia. .0.o. ( C ) : P = = 8 . the field will be along the axis away from the centre O. 46. L = 1. 36.00 33.: R R 2tt 150 (> = 45° = 7t/4. (a) : We have C. 30.25 H or. if present. / . L  and L' are in series. ij_ 1 _ U C2 K2AsQ KiAs. 43 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  MARCH '06 . 29.= 0.
(d) . Tel. 60.4 ohm. yj2meV X^oc or.07x10" 54.2x10"" = 3. l h = /. 50. A. 2395757 Jyoti Book Depot. 51. = 0.125x10" Number of fission needed in one year = 3. 49. P2 = .855 x 10". (a) : Current gain.91.h = h and since I. = 6 D.: 9437192167 Anil Book Store. = . = 0 55.: 2530807 Behrampur: Murthy News Agency.'. (c) : E = P x i = io 6 x J = io 6 J Energy released per fissiofi = 200 MeV = 200 x io 6 x 1.9 ) mA = 1 mA.4 D P = />. Tel..: 2396922 Pragnya. / = Er2 = 25 x (2) 2 = 100 candela. . 10 = ^ fa /. Tel. a = 56. (b) : P.: 251074 Shiva Shakti Pustakalaya.6 x JO"19 J = 3.. X oc 1 •v/w ORISSA JEE 1/2 6XPLOR6R •2. Tel. + P . . /„ = 50 cm.: 2522758. (c) : Since work function of aluminium is greater than the energy of photons. = 5 cm + 50 cm = 55 cm. Tel. (b): When two input of NAND gate are combined NOT gate is formed. (b) 10" 3. 57.: 2311043 AK Mishra Agency (P) Ltd.: 9437201586 /V 0. Tel.: 2222678 Cuttack: Madhab Book Store. convex lens.47. Number of nucleus involved/fission = 9. 59. Tel. Prasants. h 52.2 x 10" J. — = 0. (c) : d = \l2hR = V2 x 240 x 6. d = d(n) !_/?] R2 f ) J_ Ri R] = R2. Tel. = 384 g.. Tel. L = f„ +fc and A / = 4 . 48.: 2533971 Amit Book Depot Tel. = 9 rnA.„ oc xl/2 /> _ . (d) : Since 1e = ! h + I c •• h . (b) : Since E = p or.4 x io 3 m = 55 km. /„ = 10 mA. Tel. Z. = 90%/t. . (a) : X = — mv A. Tel. (c) : In normal adjustment. .: 9437109718 Student Book Centre.I c = (10 . Tel.: 2618327. (c) : V = IR V 0.: 9437261172 Sadgrantha Mandir. 2632375 Bijay Book Depot Rourkela: Student Circle.: 2476020 Sambalpur: Book Fair Book Seller. 58.•. Tel.9 9 . The best.4 x 106 = 55. h or.693 : Use TU2 =r^4 ' 1.9 = — Ie 10 => If /. Tel.or. Number of fission needed per second 53.: 2500076.125 x io16 x 365 x 24 x 60 x 60 = 9.4) D = 2 D.855 x IO23 44 P H V S I C S F O R V O l l  MARCH 06 . Tel.: 2503050 Padmalaya Book Seller. = (6 . ( e ) : A s JOiD 2 2 Mass required = 6 235 o^x 1023 Mc 23 J 1_ For no deviation. So. A v a i l a b l e at Bhubaneshwar : AK Mishra Agency (P) Ltd. Tel.: 2471954 Sagarika. / = +50 cm. R=—= x 10" ohm r ohm = 1 55x10 550 = 16.
the water velocity is 1 m/s and the pressure is 2000 Pa. of Physics. If motor cyclist does not hear any beat. < v 2 (d) v . Ph. If the root mean square speed of the same gas at the same temperature 7.(Vl/y2) (d) 3. When this mass is replaced by a mass M. Jabalpur (M. A sonometer wire resonates with a given tuning fork forming standing weaves with five antinodes between the two bridges when a mass of 9 kg is suspended from the wire.second (b) 1. the wire resonates with the same tuning fork forming three antinodes for the same positions of the bridges. 1. Two satellites of masses m. = 4RH (b) Rs = R j j 2 (d) RS=R„/ 4 o o o Motor cyclist • 22 m/s (176 Hz) Stationary car (165 Hz) motor cyclist which in turn is moving towards a stationary car and away from the police car as shown in figure. length and resistance of a metal wire of circular cross section are radius = (0.6% (c) 17% (d) 12%.itrnd the period in which they beat (a) 1. The velocity of sound in an ideal gas at temperature r . The Young's modulus of brass and steel are respectively 10 x 10'° N/m 2 and 2 x 10 l o N/m 2 .064%) cm and resistance = ( 6 4 ± 2 ) Q . then (a) v2=Vl(V2/JV (c) v2=v. Marks : 150 This paper consists of 50 questions having only one correct answer (including some questions based on short passages). and v 2 respectively .1/cos50/. The measurement of radius.26 ±0. The pressure of water at another point where the crosssectional area is 5 cm 2 . is (a) 500 Pa (b) 50 Pa (c) 5 Pa (d) 5 x 103 Pa. and V2 respectively.497 second (c) 2.P).: (0761)5005358 51 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '06 .1 second (d) 2.994 second. Momentum. and T2 K are found to be F. and v2 ? (a) V.Practice Problems IITJEE 2006 ( C H c m e d 011 Q i v w ^ p a t t e r n ) 5.6% (b) 8. and m2(m.0 ±0. A horizontal pipe line carries water in a stream line flow. = v2 (b) v. > r2) respectively. 2. A brass wire and a steel wire of the same length are extended by 1 mm under the same force. and T2 are v. / r l = v 2 / r 1 4. Then (a) (c) Rx = 4lRR R. > m 2 ) are revolving round the earth in circular orbits of radii r. where t is in second. the radii of brass and steel wires are RH and Rs respectively. length = (156. The superposition of two harmonic oscillations in the same direction results in the oscillation of a point according to the equation x = ocos2. > v2 (c) v .) (b) v2 = v. The stationary car is emitting a sound of frequency 165 Hz. Corresponding to right answer there will be +3 marks & for incorrect/wrong answer there will be 1 mark. The value of m is Contributed by Deptt. and r2 (/. nr 3 ) 7. yj(V2/V. (Density of water = 103 kg. The maximum error in measurement of specific resistance of the material of the wire is (a) 18. A police car moving with velocity 22 m/s and emitting sound of frequency 176 Hz f o l l o w s a Police car April 2006 Time : 2 hrs f • M a x . then his velocity is (a) 11 m/s (b) 22 m/s (c) 33 m/s (d) 44 m/s 6. 8. Which of the following statements is true regarding their speeds v.02) cm . At a point along the pipe where the crosssectional area is 10 cm 2 .
ImCAT (b) (d) 2msAT C mCAT 16. VA = 2* IO'3 m3 P. If at a point (0.. moves through a certain distance in a uniform electric field in time A proton of mass mp. (c) 10 min.48 sec (c) 3. initially at rest.The presures and volumes corresponding to t some points in the figure are PA = 3 x 104 Pa. 400 nm.1 £2. (a) Qa is maximum (b) QH is maximum (c) < < is maximum 2 (d) QA = QB = QC 14.0 fiF is connected through a resistance R = 2.52 sec 17. What is the percentage change in area when a thin copper plate having dimensions 2L * L is heated from 7". then which of the graph is correct ? (c) (d) 15. 0H and i r respectively. An electron of mass m„ initially at rest. In the given circuit of figure H'lino current is passing through the —m—— galvanometer connected to a meter bridge. 4 m and 6 m respectively are coated with carbon black on their outer surfaces.1 mA (b) 1000. A thermodynamical process is shown in the figure. The wavelengths corresponding to maximum intensity are 300 nm.2 = 0.24 sec (d) 20.2 kJ/kg) (a) 5 min. 20 sec. Then the minimum current in the circuit for full scale deflection of galvanometer will be. 10.1001 mA 19. 20 sec. Three discs A. 9.693 ) (a) 13.(a) 25 kg (b) 5 kg (c) 12. The galvanometer shows full scale deflection with current of 100 MA. 600 J of heat is added to the system and in process BC 200 J of heat is added to the system. If the lid of the kettle is open. z) the potential is V. B and C having radii 2 m. 50 sec. A circular ring carries a uniformly distributed positive charge and lies in XY plane with centre at origin of coordinate system. the ratio of t2/t. The change in internal energy of the system in process AC would be (a) 560 J (b) 800 J (c) 600 J (d) 640 J 13. Two litre of water at initial temperature of 27°C is heated by a heater of power 1 kW in a kettle. (d) 12 min. The average translation kinetic energy of a molecule in gas becomes equal to 1 eV at a temperature (a) 7733 K (b) 8833 K (c) 3377 K (d) 3388 K. V„ = 5 x 1 0 . = 8 x l O4 Pa. The time after which the potential difference across the capacitor becomes three times to that of resistor is (Given log(. (a) 100. is nearly equal to P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  MARCH '06 (b) 52 . The time in which the temperature will rise from 27°C to 77°C is (specific heat of water = 4.1 mA (c) 1. also. Distance A Ccorresponding *c to null deflection of galvanometer is x.3 m3 '' In the process AB. 11.5 kg (d) 1/25 kg. A thin copper wire of length L increases in length by 1% when heated from temperature 7*. respectively. then heat energy is lost at a constant rate of 160 J/s.001 mA (d) 0. It is discharged through a small coil of resistance wire embedded in a thermally insulated block of specific heat capacity s and mass m. Neglecting the effect of gravity. A fully charged capacitor has a capacitane C. takes time t2 to move through an equal distance in this uniform electric field. (b) 8 min. the potential difference Vacross the capacitor is (a) (c) msAT C. A capacitor of capacity C = 4. A galvanometer with resistance 100 Q is converted into an ammeter with a resistance of 0. The power radiated by them are QA. to T2. 0. What would be its value if the radius of the wire AB is doubled? (a) x/2 (b) 2x (c) x (d) none of these 18. to T2 ? (a) 1% (b) 3% (c) 2% (d) 4%. 40 sec. If the temperature of the block is raised by AT. 12.86 sec (b) 6.5 MQ across a battery of negligible internal resistance of 12 volt.
The angle of inclination of the incline is doubled and it is found that to keep the block stationary a minimum horizontal force Fmm needs to be applied on the block. acceleration of the block is (a) up the incline (b) down the incline (c) zero (d) none of these 27. In Young's double slit experiment.C ) (b) (7t/2 + C) (c) 2C (d) (Jt2C. For a certain surface X the ball covers the maximum distance AB.)" (d) 1836 24.0R 30.0 21. (b) . This experiment is repeated for many surfaces of varying roughness. The magnitude of impulse imparted by surface X to the ball during the collision at is (a) mv0 (b) 2 mv0 (c) 45 mv0 (d) 43 mv0 22 Angular velocity of the ball just after collision at A is (a) v0/R (b) Vo/2R (c) 2 v J R (d) zero 23. The ratio of the intensity of light at the midpoint of the screen in the first case to that in the second case is (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : (d) V2 . refractive index 1. it will behave as a (a) convergent lens of focal length 3. radius R. On immersion in a medium of refractive index 1..6° 29.(a) 1 (c) (mjmjn (b) (w . The minimum thickness of the glassplate is (a) 2X (b) 2X/3 (c) X/3 (d) X Q.5. When the applied force is 2F max .25 (c) 0.75 (d) 1. The horizontal force is increased gradually and it is found that the block still does not move. The coefficient of friction between the block and the incline surface is (a) 1/2 (b) 3/4 (c) 1/4 (d) zero 25. the ball moves on the path shown and hits the surface again at B. In an ideal double slit experiment. the two slits are sources of equal amplitude A and wavelength X but are incoherent. Work done by the surface X on the ball during collision at A is (a) m v2 5 .33° (b) 4° (c) 3° (d) 2. Fmi„ is equal to (a) 5 N (b) 20 N (c) 15 N (d) 1 0 N Q .0R (c) divergent lens of focal length 3. The coefficient of friction between the surface X and the ball is (a) 0. A thin prism P. When the applied force exceeds a value Fmas the block begins to slide [g = 10 m/s 2 ] 53 P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  MARCH '06 . 26. In another experiment with the same set up. 24 to 26. with angle 4° and made from glass of refractive index 1. Assume that all the surfaces used in the experiment are perfectly elastic and the ball is a uniform sphere of mass m.5 (b) 0. While hitting the surface the 5 v0 ball has a velocity v0 and angular velocity —— . .5R (d) divergent lens of focal length 3./« t . A concave lens of glass. The angle of prism P2 is (a) 5. a spinning ball is made to fall on rough horizontal surface.75.72 to produce dispersion without deviation. The maximum possible deviation of the ray will be (a) (7t . when a glass plate (refractive index 1. are based on this passage: In an experiment. the two slits act as coherent sources of equal amplitude A and of wavelength X. the intensity at the position where the central maximum occured previously remains unchanged.5) of thickness t is introduced in the path of one of the interfering beams (wavelength X). pressing it against the incline.20 to 23.« v „ (c) ^ (d) 5 j mv. 28. has both surfaces of same radius of curvature R.1 20.54 is combined with another thin prism P2 made from glass of refractive index 1.) 31. are based on this passage: A block of mass 2 kg is placed on a rough incline whose angle of inclination (0) can be varied. The critical angle for two media is C. After 2 A hitting the surface at A. A ray of light travels from a denser to a rarer medium.5R (b) convergent lens of focal length 3. It is found that when 0 = tan" '(1/2) the block just beings to slip.
The binding energy per nucleoli of deuteron (.01 mole of each of He. probabilities of getting a and (3particIes from the radio nuclide are equal. The magnetic field at centre of the loop as function of / is 54 RMS velocity of molecules of a diatomic gas is to be increased to 1. Xrays emitted by the tube contain only (a) a continuous Xray spectrum (Bremsstrahlung) with all wavelengths of0. Electrons with energy 80 keV are incident on the tungsten target of an Xray tube.47 K (b) 291.0 .H 2 ) and helium nucleus ( 2 He 4 ) is 1. The longest wavelength photon that will be emitted has wavelength X(given in terms of the Rydberg constant R for the hydrogen atom) equal to (a) 9/(5R) (b) 36/(5R) (c) 18/(5R) (d) AIR 35.32. Two radioactive substances A'and >'initially contain equal number of nuclei. At t = 0.: a 2R 3 8 to 3 9 a r e b a s e d o n t h i s p a s s a g e : A radio nuclide consists of two isotopes. the cylinder has a flexible diaphragm and at the other end a fixed piston. = 405 sec and 72 = 1620 s respectively.2 MeV 33. Q. The speed of sound in the gas mixture is (a) 330 m/s (b) 300 m/s (c) 280 m/s (d) 360 m/s 41. p0(7t + 2y/3)r2a AR (b) p0(7t + 4 i ) r 2 a AR 2R p{l(27t + \/3)/. At the lower end. A'has a half life of 1 hour and )' has half life of 2 hours. The ratio of number of nuclei of a emitter and (3emitter at time t = 0 is (a) 1/3 (b) 1/2 (c) 1/4 (d) 2/5 Q. 36. Height of the gas column is h = 30 cm and its 1st and 3rd overtone frequencies are 900 Hz and 2100 Hz respectively 40. Imagine an atom made up of a proton and a hypothetical particle of double the mass of the electron but having the same charge as tne electron. The ratio of specific heats (y) for the mixture is (a) 10/7 (b) 5/7 (c) 13/7 (d) 11/7 42. In process/1 it is done adiabatically P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '06 . assume that the field at its centre is approximately the field at all points inside it. 1 5 5 A and the characteristic Xray spectrum of tungsten.155A (b) a continuous Xray spectrum (Bremsstrahlung) with all wavelengths (c) the characteristic Xray spectrum of tungsten (d) a continuous Xray spectrum (Bremsstrahlung) with a minimum wavelength of .5 times. A small circles loops of radius r is coplanar with the circuit and the centre of loop coincides with centre of curvature of the semicircle. 0 2 and C0 2 .8 MeV (d) 19. each of length R and A / Q \ D DEA is a semi circle of radius R. AB.Yto the activity of Y is (a) 1 : 4 (b) 1: 2 (c) 1 : 1 (d) 2 : 1 34. 4 3 to 4 5 a r e b a s e d o n t h i s p a s s a g e : In the closed circuit shown. 38. After two hours the ratio of the activity of. K shell electrons of tungsten have72.47 K (d) 0 K Q.5 keV energy. If two deuteron nuclei react to form a single helium nucleus. The magnitude of induced emf in the loop (a) (c) Q.9 MeV (c) 25. The probability of getting a particle from the radio nuclide at / = 1620 sec is (a) 1/9 (b) 8/9 (c) 2/3 (d) 3/8 39. The current through the circuit increases at a constant rate dlldt = a .9 MeV (b) 26. Temperature of the gas in the cylinder is (a) 191. Apply the Bohr atom model and consider all possible transitions of this hypothetical particle to the first excited level. One of the isotopes decays by aemission and the other by (3emission with half lives f .1 MeV and 7 MeV respectively. 4 0 to 4 2 a r e b a s e d on t h i s p a s s a g e : A vertical cylindrical vessel of area A = 15 cm 2 contain n = 0. Since loop is small. then energy released is (a) 13. 3 6 t o 3 7 a r e b a s e d o n t h i s p a s s a g e : (a) (c) jV_ AnR j V _ (ti + VJ) 2?iR (d) 5) 37.47 K (c) 391. BC and CD are straight J—*—second uctors.
(c) (a) (b) (a) (b) (c) (c) (a) (a) (d) 4. 21.6 43.. 8. 18. . and L2 (c) to the right of O (d) between O and L. 46. 30. .) WB . 33. 9. 39. The ratio of initial and final volume for process B is 2 1 4 7 (a) (b) (c) (d) 45. The image formed by mirror M is at a distance of (a) 180 cm from L2 (b) 90 cm from L2 (c) 180 cm from mirror (d) 120 cm from mirror 47.5 (c) .and in process B it is done isobarically. 24.6) 2 (c) (7. 15. 13. 37. If dielectric strength of air is 3 x 106 V/m. 29. Light rays emitted by O first pass through lenses L.1 ) (b) (2. 36. The value of y for gas = 1.) AFMC BHU (Screening) AMU (Medical) CBSE (Mains) BVP (Engg. 48 to 50 are based on this passage: A small sphere is charged uniformly and placed at point . 10.5 Q. 28. (a) (a) (a) (a) (c) (a) (a) (b) (a) (a) 2. (b) (b) (a) (c) (d) (c) (c) (a) (b) (a) 3.J E E UPSEE UGET (Mahe) Kerala (PET) Kerala (PMT) BVP (Medical) AIEEE AMU (Engg. 25. 1) (d) (3. >  ) S O that at point B ( 8 . 12. 35. The ratio of initial and final volume for process A is (a) 7. 31. Q.4 given (1.0 01 L.) Orissa JEE UPCPMT AIIMS BHU (Mains)  2nd April 9th April 16th April 16th April 22nd & 23rd April 23rd April 23rd April 24th & 25th April 26th & 27th April 29th April 30th April 4th May 7th May 10th May 11th May 14th May 21st May 21st May 21st May 1st J u n e 18th J u n e P H Y S I C S F O R YOIJ  MARCH '06 .5 nC (b) 0. 49.1 ) (c) ( 3 . 11. 45. 38. 17.4 jtC (c) 0. 44.5) 5 = 7.8 nC (d) 1 nC 49. 32. 4 ( A . . i M / =30 cm / 2 = 60 cm ( t L Exam Alert > > > > > > > > > > > > > V > 45 cin 90 cm 90 cm j 46. 14. and L2 respectively and then reflect from mirror M and then reflected rays pass through L2 and L. minimum possible radius of the sphere is (a) >/20 cm (c) A/30 cm (b) Vio cm (d) 2 cm ANSWERS 1.5 (b) 2.6) 15 44. 47. 7 ) electric field strength is E = (54/ + 7 2 j ) N/C and potential is +900 volt 48. 20. 26. The charge on sphere is (a) 0. 27.6) 25 (d) (7. 6. (b) between L. The ratio of work done by the gas during A and B is (a) 2. The final image is formed at (a) pole of Z. 5 (d) 1. (a) (d) (b) (b) (a) (a) (c) (c) (c) (a) 5. 41. 46 to 47 are based on this passage: (a) ( 2 . = 30 cm and f2 = 60 cm respectively are placed coaxially as shown . 7. 50. 48. 43.1 . 23. and L2 having focal length / . 34.6 (b) (7. 19. (b) (b) (b) (a) (d) (d) (d) (d) (a) (c) Two thin convex lenses L. A plane mirror is placed normal to the axis and a point luminous object O on the axis as shown. respectively. 16. 22. . 1) 50. 40. 42. Coordinates of point A are 5 > > > > CBSE (Pre) IITJEE MGIMS Vellore (Engg.
Suppose gc be the acceleration due to gravity at the equator and gp be that at poles. it retards at constant rate of 4 ms 2 and comes to rest. The speed of the pendulum at x — A!2 will be 7W3 T nAy/3 (c) 2T (a) (b) (d) nA — T 3nA 5.033 kW. The velocity of the vehicle should not be more than (a) p r g (b) [i. A neutron is moving with a velocity u. What is the maximum acceleration with which the monkey can climb up along the rope? (a) 2. 3. The dimensions of [p 0 £ 0 ]' /2 are the same as that of (a) time period (b) wavelength (c) frequency (d) velocity. the time period of the pendulum is T. B and C respectively. If the initial kinetic energy of the neutron is E. is given by (a) co2/Re (b) Rea)2 (c) wRc (d) w2/R2. 11. A pendulum is suspended from the ceiling of the compartment of a train. Their centres are marked A. The rope can break when a mass of 25 kg is suspended from it. 6. A projectile can have the same range R for two angles of projection.g!r (c) Jug/r (d) 9.2 0 0 6 1.Practice Paper for c BS EPMT ( Prel ims) . what is the power of the engine? (Take g = 10 m/s 2 ). The distance of centre of mass of the system from A is (a) (c) AB+AC+BC AB + BC (b) (d) AB+AC AC + BC 4. A monkey of mass 20 kg is holding a vertical rope. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate of 2 ms 2 for sometime. 7. An engine pumps up 100 kg of water through a height of 10 m in 5 seconds.gt.04 + 1)" A1 (A+ir 8. Two rods of different materials having coefficient P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '06 . the time period of pendulum (a) will increase (b) will decrease (c) will remain unchanged (d) the pendulum will not oscillate.t2 OC R (c) (d) A. If /. what is the total distance travelled? (a) 2 m (b) 3 m (c) 4 m (d) 6 m. The coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is p. Three identical particles each of mass 1 kg are placed touching each other with their centres on a straight line.3 kW (c) 0. then gp . how much kinetic energy is retained by neutron after collision? (a) (c) (A +1) A1 A +1 (b) (d) . and t2 be the times of flight in the two cases then what is the product of the two times of flight? (a) ut 2 oc R2 (b) t. Then. Assuming the earth to be a sphere of radius Re rotating about its own axis with angular speed co. When the train is stationary.5 m/s 2 (b) 5 m/s 2 2 (c) 7 m/s (d) 10 m/s2.33 kW (d) 0. If the total time for which it remains in motion in 3 seconds. An automobile is turning around a circular road of radius r. (a) 33 kW (b) 3. 2. 10. If the train accelerates. Given that the efficiency of engine is 60%. A simple pendulum performs simple harmonic motion about x = 0 with an amplitude A and time period T. It collides head on and elastically with an atom of mass number 62 12.
The velocity of sound is 320 ms"1. Two factories are sounding their sirens at 800 Hz. A small charge is placed at a distance s from its surface. + K. There is no bending of rods. a 2 and Young's modulii Ylt Y2 respectively are fixed between two rigid massive walls. 27. 23. If we incident ray normally on one of the two perpendicular surfaces. 26. K. The rms velocity of gas molecules is C. PHYSICS FOR YOU  MARCH '06 (d) jj/3 16. the efficiency of the heat engine increases (b) decreases is not affected may increase or decrease depending upon the nature of the working substances. : Y2 is equal to (a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 9. the cube floats 3 cm above the water surface. The number of beats heard by the person in one second will be (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 10. The length of the side of cube is (a) 10 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 20 cm (d) 30 cm. The rods are heated such that they undergo the same increase in temperature. 15. Its refractive index is 1. Then they are brought in contact with each other and then again separated to the original distance. then which of the following relations is correct? (a) y = 2 a (b) y < 3 a (c) y > 3 a (d) 2y = 3a. 19. (a) K. and (a) (c) (d) When the temperature difference between the source the sink increases.5. surrounding this point. It experiences a force which is (a) proportional to r (b) proportional to (/• + s) (c) inversely proportional to (/• + . The first law of thermodynamics forbids flow of a heat (a) from low temperature to higher temperature (b) from lower pressure to higher pressure (c) from bodies with more heat content to one with less heat content (d) none of the above cases. In the region. 13.8 : 1 (b) 1 : 8 (c) +2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2. on heating. when a mass of 300 g is placed on it. The ratio of v to C is (a) 3/y (b) y/3 (c) >/57y 20. The maximum and minimum possible intensities in the resulting beam are (a) 5/ and / (b) 5/ and 31 (c) 91 and 1 (d) 91 and 31. the rate of change of potential will be zero along the (a) north (b) south (c) northsouth (d) eastwest. The equivalent thermal conductivity of the slab is K. A charged isolated metal sphere of radius r carries a fixed charge.of linear expansion a . It is to be used in air. What should be the radius of curvature of the curved surface? (a) 8 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 16 cm (d) 24 cm.5. A slab consists of two parallel layers of two different materials of same thickness having thermal conductivities K. 25. 64 . If the mass is removed. A man runs towards the plane mirror at 2 ms 1 . the electric field points towards north. + K2 (b) (c) A'. which of the following phenomenon will take place? (a) dispersion (b) total internal reflection (c) refraction (d) none of these. A wooden cube floats just inside tne water.2 0 units of electricity. the liquid overflows.K2 (d ' 2X)A. 17. The relative speed of his image with respect to him will be (a) 2ms^' (b) 4 ms"1 (c) 8 ms"1 (d) 10 ms"1. If. The speed of sound in a gas is v. 22. 24. K]+K2 21. The quantity which is zero on an average for the molecules of an ideal gas is (a) momentum (b) density (c) kinetic energy (d) speed. A liquid having coefficient of cubical expansion y is filled in the container having coefficient of linear expansion as a . Two coherent monochromatic light beams of intensities I and 41 are superposed. Two equal metal balls are charged to 10 and . + K. the thermal stress developed in the two rods are equal provided K. . and K2. The ratio of forces between the two balls is (a) . 14. At a point in space. We have a right angles isosceles prism. A man goes from one factory to the other at a speed of 2 ms 1 . If ot : a 2 = 2 : 3. We wish to make a piano convex lens of focal length 16 cm from glass having refractive index 1. 18.v)2 (d) inversely proportional to s2.
0 x 10"6 N from left to right.28. The magnetic field of a bar magnet resembles most closely in the magnetic field of (a) a straight wire carrying a direct current (b) a straight wire carrying an alternating current (c) a wire loop carrying an alternating current (d) a wire loop carrying a direct current. 35. A length 3 A of 0. The wire is connected in series with a resistance of 5 Q and a battery of e. (a) (b) (c) (d) An isolated magnetic pole is not yet observed is made of any ferromagnetic material is made of soft iron only is made of a diamagnetic material.m. Figure shows three long. 250 V the minimum number required to form a composite 16 pF 1000 V capacitor is (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 32.2 (c) 0.m. 40. The total power consumed by them when they are connected in series with the same source is (a) 100 W (b) 75 W (c) 50 W (d) 25 W. B and C carrying currents of 3 A. It will be equal to (b) it is based on Kirchhoff's laws (c) it does not involve Ohm's law (d) it is a null method. In a potentiometer. Wheatstone bridge is more accurate method of measuring the resistance because (a) it has four resistor arms 42. The substance is (a) diamagnetic (b) paramagnetic (c) ferromagnetic (d) ferrite. The current / in the circuit as shown in the figure is (a) 1/45 amp.c. The magnitude of induced e. A voltmeter of range 3 V and resistance 200 Q cannot be converted into an ammeter of range (a) 10 mA (b) 100mA (c) 1A (d) 10 A. From a supply of identical capacitors rated 8 p. supply is applied across a PHYSICS FOR YOU  MARCH '06 66 . straight and parallel conductors^. 29.f. 31.3 (d) 0. The potential gradient along the wire in volt per metre is (a) 0. A piece of copper and another of germanium are cooled from room temperature to 80° K. 37.0 x IO"6 N from right to left (d) 5. 32. 39. When 100 volt d. A bar magnet is cut into two equal halves then (a) the two halves are devoid of magnetism (b) one piece has both south poles and the other both north (c) each piece is a bar magnet with the same pole strength as original bar magnet having half length (d) none of these. (a) (b) (c) (d) When cells are connected in parallel net emf becomes higher net emf becomes lower current capacity becomes higher current capacity becomes lower. 2 V 30 £ 2 30 Q 33.iF 3 nF 3 pF (a) 9 jxF (b) 4.5 m of the wire B experiences a force of 3 c m 4 cm (a) 10 x 106 N from right to left (b) 10 x 10"6 N from left to right (c) 5.F. 43. 5 volt and negligible internal resistance. 30.5 pF (c) 1 (iF (d) 6 p. 41. An induced e. (d) 1/5 amp. 2A 1 A 1 A and 2 A respectively. 38. Find the effective capacitance between points P and O.1 (b) 0.m.f. does not depend upon (a) the number of turns in the coil (b) the speed with which the magnet is moved (c) strength of the magnet (d) the resistivity of the wire of the coil. is produced when a magnet is inserted into a coil. (b) 1/15 amp. A small piece of a substance is repelled by magnetic field in whatever direction the magnetic field is applied. Two bulbs take 50 watts each when connected in parallel to 100 V source.F.f. 36. (c) 1/10 amp. 3 j. the length and resistance of the wire are 10 metre and 20 Q respectively. The resistance of (a) each of them increases (b) each of them decreases (c) copper increases and germanium decreases (d) copper decreases and germanium increases.4 34.
6 erg (d) 13. (d) 10 P=• kW = 3.55 H (b) 100 Q and 0. hence total work done = xi* 60 100 10 x lOOx lOx 10 = J. « 2 = 0. i. 2 Final kinetic energy of neutron = — xlxv f 1 A Mo X47TEa 4tt 1+A 67 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '06 . If the frequency of a.5 amp. (a) (b) (c) (d) The decay constant A. (d) : v = / a \ = a2t2 or. Therefore. SOLUTIONS 1. v = yj\irg.solenoid. =— 1 u{ + "2 M  +M  M] + M 2 Now 7/. 2 2 3.6 x 9 eV (b) 13. successively illuminate a metal of work. x.e.0). \ and Xn = — x 4 x l = 2 m . 6.5 eV respectively.c. As x = ut + at2. The tension caused in the rope will be T = M(g + a). 6 x 5 x 103 (c) : Let the final velocity of the neutron be v. hence = 2 s and t2 = I s . 60 6 1 0 0 117 50. insulators and semiconductors is largely connected with (a) their ability to conduct current (b) the type of crystal lattice (c) binding energy of their electrons (d) relative widths of their energy gaps. The ratio of maximum speeds of the emitted electrons will be (a) 1 : 5 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 1. As efficiency of engine is 60%. the current drops to 0.6 * 10"'" J. 46. When 100 volt a.3 kW. 49. it gives a = 2. ( a ) : Let the monkey climb up with acceleration a. The ionization energy of L i ^ atom in ground state is equal to (a) 13. function 0. 7( 2 sin20 g 2R g (d) : Centripetal force = force of friction 47. the impedence and inductance of solenoid are (a) 200 Q and 0.5 eV. of a radioactive sample decreases as the age of atoms increases increases as the age of atoms increases independent of the age depends on the nature of activity.0 H (d) 100 £2 and 0. is applied across the same coil. where M is the mass of the monkey. ( b ) : Range is same for angles of projection 0 and (90 . = 1 and M2 = A Hence v. hence = ^ x 2 x 4 = 4m. = 1+A 1 1 1 . (b) : W = 100 x 10 x 10 J. ^ — = \iR = \iMg or. 45.5 ms~2. = u. Maximum value of T is 25g = 20(g + a). The ratio of the radii of the nuclei n AI 27 and 52Te125 is approximately (a) 6 : 10 (b) 13 : 52 (c) 40 : 177 (d) 14 : 73. = 6 m. v = 2 * 2 = 4 ms 1 . The electromagnetic waves of frequency 2 MHz to 30 MHz are (a} in ground wave propagation (b) in sky wave propagation (c) in microwave propagation (d) in satellite propagation.. 44. The distinction between conductors. /W.93 H. Truth table given here corresponds to (a) AND gate (b) OR gate (c) NAND gate (d) NOR gate. Inputs A B 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 Outputs Y 0 1 1 1 or. r 5. Light of two different frequencies whose photons have energies 1 eV and 2.6 J (c) 13. Taking g = 10 ms~2. 2M sin 0 2i<sin(9O0) 2«cos6 11 = . source is 50 Hz. t\h ~" 4.86 H (c) 200 Q and 1. 2. 2 M2 L Then v. ti — = 4h sin0cos0 Hence. 48. /.c. a current of 1. flows in it. + x. Unit of \iJ4n = newton/amp 2 and unit of l/47te0 = newton x metre 2 /coulomb 2 .0 amp. = £2 xt2=\\t2=2t2 Since + t2 = 3 s.
(d) : • •• v 25.5 units] L . X = 90° and Sc~ S ~ K^2 because at the equator X = 0°. (a) : Let the side of the cube be L. 15.2 ^ .LL C V3 322 '=l±^x« =l ^ x 8 0 0 = x800 Hz v 320 320 Z^.8°.g„ = Rcio2. Hence 3 x l x L = 300 i.0) and K(Q. 19.co2cos2A H e n c e gp = g because at poles. .a. (b) : Critical angle will be sin"'(l/1. ts 2. (a) : t = Hence x (T} . at B. 1 22 ( a ) : .ng ' . 24. Y or.e.) Solv. n n =  322318 Taking A as the origin. As F\ = F2. (d): As electric field is directed from south to north and E = .(0.6. F2 = Y2CL2T U2il2) a2r where F. R = 8 cm. It is zero along east and west.0 2 ) = 2K2(Q . (b) : The pendulum oscillates under the effect of two accelerations g and a.= (151) R 1o or. 10.0. = K 2 a 2 . The angle of incidence inside the prism will be 45°.x/J=3202x80{) = 318x800Hz v 320 320 W 25 1 . ( c ) : As charge on a metal sphere can be supposed to be placed at the centre just like a point charge and force on point charge « l/(distance) 2 . 9. . 14. increase in the volume of the liquid is more than that of the vessel. The water displaced is 300 g and its volume is 300 cm 3 . 320 320 17.5) = 41. of cubical expansion of container = 3 a when y > 3 a . from A i. the light ray will undergo total internal reflection. . ^ C = 4r. PHYSJCS FOR YOU MARCH 06 68 . (b) : g' = g . Then volume of the cube outside = volume of water displaced due to mass. T 2 or. 16" R 23. 1 oo (VA) a{T f2 F2 or.T2). (c) : / m a x = / 1 + / 2 + 2 7 v 7 and / m i n = / . (a) : Molecules move at random in all possible directions and momentum is a vector quantity.0 2 ) = 2^.Initial kinetic energy of neutron = E Final kinetic energy = I A J +A ]2 —xlxw 2 2 1x800 x 800 = = 10 Hz. 1 = 1 0 cm. (d) : Let the temperature on the two sides be 0 and B2 and the temperature of interface be 0. i _ a2 13. 20. (c) 2n s/3A •— x .(AV/Ax) Hence rate of change of potential will not be zero along north or south or northsouth. (b) : The image always remains as far behind the mirror as the object is in front. w x 0 + /wx2r + m x 4 r KM. hence )'. ( c ) : Coeff. ./?t. ( d ) : w» = 27. Then KA(QX e2)t M(6i 6)? _ K2A(BQ2)t 2d ~ d d This gives £(0. + / . (a) : V = <OS]A2~X2 2tc T 12.K. and F 2 are thermal stress. 26. = 18. I t . Hence resultant acceleration increases because of which T decreases. which are in mutually perpendicular directions.]Kj 21. = 2r 3m AB = 2r. (d): First law of thermodynamics is concerned with the conservation of energy and not with the flow of heat. (a) : Initial force = Fx = Final force 1 (+10)(20) 4s 0 = yRT and c = 3 RT M R 1 (5X5) l 47te0 r [charge on each ball = (10 200 8 20)/2 = . . Since it is more than critical angle.e. Hence gp .
31.5 = 5 x 10"" N. 48.5 eV = 0.= 25 watt. + C2 + C3 = 9 (J.) h = (3) x 13. less for semiconductors.BC (BA is ® and B( is O ) PHYSICS FOR YOl  MARCH '06 155 . = 15 mA. 5 4 voit = 0. ••• O r = C. remain same but current capacity gets increased because currents due to all the cells are added up. But capacity of one such row of four capacitors will be equal to 2 p.5 ( v max )l = 2 or. 0. or. 29. (d) : a is +ve for copper but .F.= P2 = 50 watt P{P2 _ 50x50 . (a): A magnetic pole does not exist in nature because we cannot separate a north pole from a south pole. 35. (d): Induced emf depends only on the rate of change of total magnetic flux linked with the coil. there is no energy gap.F.)2 30x60 „„ ^ . M Now. ( d ) : In null position.0.. < / It is clear from the figure that M = M\ + M2 or.0 eV 1/2 O w j u _ 10 0. (c) R.5 hence 200 = V(100) 2 + (100itZ.m. (b) : The electromagnetic waves of frequency 2 MHz to 30 MHz are used in sky wave propagation. co = 0. no current flows through the galvanometer connected in diagonal arm of the bridge. For conductors.f. (a) : Here z„ = 3V = 0.4 volt/metre. ( a ) : Radius of nucleus. 33.m. R = where A is the mass number R m oc (27)'» (125)'"..£. / > mil = m'l + m'l 38. ( d ) : Forbidden energy gap is maximum in case of insulators. ( c ) : In parallel combination of cells. Hence 8 such rows of four capacitors each.5 eV ^«( v max) 2 II = (M) )nW = 2.5 eV = 2. K_y__ L 10 metre 34. hence according to right hand palm rule. (a) : It is equivalent to a parallel combination of three capacitors.h . where A is the area of the loop.E. (d) 20 + 5 5 1 F = / x 20 = — x 20 = 4 volt. 200 Q So. m' . i 32. r 100 P+P. 2 J I X 4 x 10 40. must be joined in parallel to form a 16 iF 1000 V capacitor.c.105 = IO"5 T.Z (/. 44. ( d ) : For 1000 V capacitor. four capacitors must be joined in series.28.Hh A= Hence. ( d ) : A current carrying loop is equivalent to a bar magnet or a magnetic dipole having magnetic dipole moment equal to i A. 43. 36.. (a) : For d. (b) ": For OR gate Y = A + B. (d) : Total magnetic field produced by conductors A and C at the position of B = BR = BA. I = — = — amp. force will be directed from left to right. 30. (a): A diamagnetic substance is repelled by a strong magnet. 39. e. 41. As Bj( is <g>. B„=—^OIII. 30 + 60 20 10 5 1 = — amp. It is independent of the resistance of the coil. (c) 46 (c) 47.5 eV . 2TIX3X10 Hpx2 2 = 2 x 10"5 . hence Z = R = (£ r m s // r m s ) = 100/1 = 100 £2.c. Z = +(2NFL)2 = V(100)2 +(100ttZ. 2 1 = 20 Q. F = BRil sin90° = IO"5 x 1 x 0.015 amp.0. (d) : P. ( a ) : (l.)2. It is due to this reason that Wheatstone bridge is more accurate method for determining resistance.v e for germanium. 37.6 eV. 2 ( v max ) ( v max)ll 2 ^ 45. 49. For a. Z = — = 200 Q. 42. (c) : r ( v v <)I =(hv)lW = 1 eV . new range cannot be less than 15 mA. 50.
What would be its speed when it is passing through the point O assuming that 3% of the initial energy is dissipated against air resistance. What is the kinetic energy associated with the rotation ofthe cylinder? What is the magnitude of angular momentum of the cylinder about its axis.c. (a) Compare the velocity of sound in oxygen and hydrogen at 10°C and under a pressure of 76 cm of mercury when oxygen is 16 times denser than hydrogen.l°C.0 m long is displaced from its position of rest into the position PR and then set free. (b) Given the velocity of sound (v) depends upon the elasticity of the medium (E) and the density (c/). A body suspended from this spring.19 J).25 m. (a) The maximum and the minimum magnitudes of the resultant of two given vectors are 17 units and 7 units respectively..f. can it have a radial or tangential acceleration? (c) A solid cylinder of mass 20 kg rotates about its axis with angular speed 100 s~'.45 A .35 cal.f. 2.m. (a) A spring balance has a scale that reads from 0 to 50 kg. (a) A simple pendulum PO 2. If the gas is taken from the state A to 3 via a process in which the net heat absorbed by the system is 9. oscillates with a period of 0. (b) The initial and final temperatures of water in a container are observed as 16 ± 0. will the intensity be zero? (b) A resistance of 1000 £2 and a uniform variable resistance oftotal resistance 400 Q are connected in series to a battery of e. 8. 3. What is the weight of the body? (b) A wheel is rotating about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane. (b) An Xray tube produces a continuous spectrum of radiation with its short wavelength end at 0. The radius of the cylinder is 0. Hydrogen atom has only one electron. (a) Only certain definite lines are found in the atomic spectra of substances. 4. £ and internal resistance r. Show that the power P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MAY0624 1. (c) Why does the electrical conductivity of a pure semiconductor increase with rise in temperature? 6. 6 V and a negligible internal resistance. 9. (b) What part does the specific heat of water play in causing seabreeze? 7. Explain why. will the potential there be also zero? If the potential at the point be zero. but its emission spectrum has many lines. (a) If the intensity at a point in an electric field be zero.. If both the clocks be taken to the moon.m. then state with reason whether the clocks will show accurate time or not. Why? (c) Calculate longest and shortest wavelength in Balmer series. 7Q . If these two vectors are directed at right angles to each other. What is the rise in the temperature of water? (a) Thedisplacementj(inm)ofabody varies with 2 2 time t (in sec) as }' = . when displaced and released. derive the relation.60 s. (b) One of the two clocks on earth is controlled by a pendulum and other by a spring. What is the potential difference across the 1000 Q resistor when (i) a quarter. (a) In changing the state of a gas adiabatically from an equilibrium state A to another equilibrium state 5. how much is the net work done by the system in latter case? (1 cal = 4. How long does the body take to come to rest? (b) Machine bearings are often made of one metal while their rotating shafts are made of another. (ii) half of the variable resistance is in the circuit.Practice Paper for V v. The length ofthe scale is 20 cm. What is the maximum energy of a photon in the radiation.j ? + 1 6 / + 2. 3 Mains 5. an amount of work equal to 22.5°C and 41 ± 0. If it moves with constant angular velocity or constant angular acceleration. (a) An electric motor runs on a d.3 J is done on the system. find the magnitude and direction of their resultant. Explain it. source of e.
Given there is one free electron per atom.0 x 108 ms"1).5 g/mol. if the lower half of the lens is painted black and completely opaque? SOLUTIONS [LT1] o= [ML 'T2]n[ML 3]A or [M°LT'] oc M° * L~" T2" By the principle of homogeneity of dimensions. v oc 1 d where k is the constant.output ofthe source is maximum when the current drawn by a motor is e/2r. but the potential at C will be given by v Q = Q d _ 2 2 .5.2 oersted. and Minimum magnitude of their resultant =  a \ . 17+7 = 12 L in 1 ! E a Also. molecular mass = 63. we have 0 =a +b 1 = a . b = . we have Maximum magnitude of their resultant =  a \ +  b  = 17. b  = 7 Solving these two equations. d — I. Find the moment of the magnet. why? Will the speed of sound in moist hydrogen be greater than in dry hydrogen? (b) The refractive index of glass is 1. is ^looo + ^ p j o When these two vectors act at right angles to each other. P H Y S I C S F O R YOU  MAY 06 Hence current / = — = ^ A R 1100 . Given. 10. if two like charges of equal magnitude O be separated by a distance 2d as shown in figure. H = 0.92 x 103 kgm\ (c) A bar magnet 4 cm long is held vertically with its north pole resting on a horizontal table. If the potential at a point be zero. (b) Let the relation be represented by equation. which is not equal to zero. h v oc E" x d Writing the dimensions on both sides. density of copper = 8. (b) A current of 5 A flows through a copper wire of a cross section 3 mm2. 2. The resultant of two given vectors has its maximum magnitude when the vectors are parallel to each other (0 = 0°) and its minimum magnitude when they are antiparallel to each other (0 = 7t). (c) The image of a candle formed by a convex lens is obtained. Obtain the drift velocity of the electrons. (i) when a quarter of the variable resistance is in circuit. potential difference across the 1000 Q resistance is 25 . it is known that the potential inside a charged hollow conductor is constant having some value but there is no electric field there. (a) The speed of sound in moist air is greater than in dry air.e. the total resistance of the circuit. we get  a \ = and \b = 177 = 5. What is the speed of light in glass? (Speed of light in vacuum is 3. the intensity at C (the mid point of AB) will be zero.3b 1 = 2a a= 1/2. we have magnitude of there resultant = = \ f u F+ 5 2 ^ 5=12 1000 Q —vm AWAV 400 Q 13 This resultant is inclined at an angle a to the vector a where tana = ^ = 04167 a = tan" 1 (0. For example.•. A neutral point is located on the table 3 cm from the lower end of the magnet. (b) The circuit is shown in figure. Then the potential at any point on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining the two charges will be zero but there will be a resultant intensity at that point whose direction is parallel to the line joining the charges. two equal and opposite charges are placed at a distance apart. Hence if a and b are the two given vectors.. For " " example. the c potential may not be Mzero there.4167) 6 V \ or 1100 Q . (a) If the intensity ( Q) (• Q) at a point in an electric I —I field be zero.1 / 2 Hence the relation is [LT 1 ] « [ML'T"2]1'2 [ML 3]"2 or or v v = E"1 d~u2 i. then the intensity may not be zero there.
These electrons make transitions to the ground state by giving up different quantities of energy: As a result. (b) The time period of the clock controlled by a spring depends upon the force constant of the spring and the mass of the body suspended by it. The time period of the oscillating mass is given by T = 2?r or .5 x 102 kg x 24. 70 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MAY 06 . Potential difference across the 1000 £2 resistance is 6 1200 x 1000 V = 5 V.= 24. It will only have radial (centripetal acceleration). i Velocity of sound in hydrogen = 4 times the velocity of sound in oxygen. 'rot = 4x 0.•. 2 5 ) 2 = 0. 7. time period is inversely proportional to the I square root of acceleration due to gravity. if the wheel rotates with constant angular da velocity (co). But.8 . the total resistance of the + 1200Q. so it will not be affected when it is taken to the moon.5 x 10 x 24. = V Pi ' 1 1 Vl6 ~ 4' Hence v2 = 4v.5 x 10z (0. and v2 be the velocities of sound in oxygen and hydrogen respectively and p. — / fT = m dt tangential acceleration will be zero. 471 Weight of the body = (b) The radial acceleration or centripetal acceleration / c = fflV da Tangential acceleration. M x 20x10 Let m be the suspended mass. the ratio of the two specific heats. the force constant of the spring is mg 50x9. So the time period will be more and hence the clock will go slow. i k=— = r.625x (100)2 J = 3125 J. Hence. Since sound travels under the same conditions of temperature and pressure and moreover both oxygen and hydrogen are diatomic gases having the same value for y. Hence only certain definite frequencies of radiation emitted by the atoms are possible resulting in line spectrum of the atom. in this case. Hence the clock based on spring will give the same time on the moon as well as on the earth. When a certain quantity of hydrogen gas is excited by supplying energy from outside source. they give rise to spectral lines corresponding to the photons of different frequencies. . i. then ^ 0. according to Bohr's frequency postulate. But.625 kgm2 Given co = 100 s"1 •'• A (ii) In the second situation. . millions of hydrogen atoms are excited.5x10" T m . it will have both radial dt and tangential acceleration as shown in figure. p 2 be their corresponding densities respectively. 3. So. if it rotates with constant angular acceleration (a). . then — = 0 .// = ra = r —• at So. onpage no. (a) We are given that a weight of 50 kg displaces the spring through 20 cm.45 V The moment of inertia.. Contd.8 N = 219 N. . Hence current i = ~ = . 0. " v2 .60)2 4n 2 4rt 24. of the cylinder about its own axis is 1 = \ M R 2 = i x 2 0 x ( 0 . m 4. (c) The rotational kinetic energy A'rot is = 2/C° {EZEEEEB0Axis of cylinder 26 . in case of the clock controlled by a pendulum... p. v = jp£ Here. p2 = 1.p ^ j A . T °c —t=SS On the surface of the moon the value of g is much less compared to that on the earth. These atoms absorb different amounts of energy and the electrons of the atoms jump to quantum orbits of different energy levels. (a) Let v.1100 circuit is xlOOO V = 5.. (a) The atomic spectrum of a substance is obtained due to transitions of electrons from one energy state (orbit) to another.e. Hence. 5. Atom has only certain definite energy states corresponding to the stationary or permissible orbits of the electron.60 = 2ti 24.5 x 9.
= m 2 (d) cannot be said. Which will reach the bottom first? (a) solid cylinder (b) hollow cylinder (c) both will reach the bottom together (d) the one having greater density. In a refrigerator.41 : 4.2 N (c) < 0.15. and q2 are dissimilar. 10. A substance breaks down by a stress of 106 N/m 2 . When masses m. 4.collides elastically and head on with another ball of mass m 2 initially at rest. Two dissimilar springs fixed at one end are stretched by 10 cm and 20 cm respectively. 2.1 if <7.41 (d) 1. 6. In which of the following cases transfer of momentum will be maximum? (a) ni\ > m 2 (b) mx < m 2 (c) OT. 8. The resulting acceleration of the slab would be (a) zero (b) 2 m/s 2 (c) 1 m/s 2 (d) 5 m/s 2 . What will be the force exerted by q. A wire of resistance R is bent in the form of a circle. what is the velocity of the jet plane? (a) v/2 (b) 2v (c) 2 (d) vS 11. and q2 when a third charge is placed near them? (a) 0. 13. A ball is dropped downwards. A 10 kg block M.8 m. 5. The water in an electric kettle begins to boil in 15 minutes after being switched on. What is the distance between them after 3 seconds? (a) 25 m (b) 20 m (c) 50 m (d) 9. the period of revolution of the satellite will be (a) 7. the sound is heard at an angle of 30° with the vertical from his left. A 30 kg slab rests on a M F+frictionless floor.2 N (b) > 0. 9.A 1. When displaced slightly from their mean position and released.2 N. The mTrmTTtmTffmfrt. 12. A force of 40 N is applied on the block. A ball of massOT.2 if qx and q2 are similar and more than 0. A hollow cylinder and a solid cylinder having the same mass and same diameter are released from rest simultaneously from the top of an inclined plane. A man on the ground finds that when he sees a jet plane just over his head. How many joules of heat energy will be delivered to the room for each joule of electrical energy consumed ideally (a) 13 J (b) 26 J (c) 12 J (d) 11. and q2 repel each other with a force of 0.2 N (d) less than 0. Using the same main supply. and m2 are suspended at their lower ends. If the density of the material of the wire is 3 x 103 kg/m 3 then the length of the wire of that substance which will break under its own weight when suspended vertically is (a) 3.5 and that of dynamic friction is 0. A satellite is orbiting around the earth with a period T. After 1 second another ball is dropped downwards from the same point. 3. A tank has an orifice at its bottom. If the velocity of sound is v.4 m (b) 34 m (c) 340 m (d) 3400 m. 77V2 (b) T (c) 772 (d) 2T. liquid flowing out per second from the orifice does not depend upon (a) the area of the orifice (b) height of the liquid level above the orifice (c) density of the liquid (d) value of acceleration due to gravity.5 J. c o e f f i c i e n t of static f r i c t i o n between the block and the slab is 0. If the earth suddently shrinks to 2/3 rd of its radius without change in mass. heat from inside at 277 K is transfered to the room at 300 K. by what percentage the length of the wire used as the heating element should be increased or P H Y S I C S F O R Y O l l  MAY 05 52 . The volume of Exam on 18th June 2006 . Two charges q.Very Similar MODEL TEST PAPER for BHU (MAINS) 2006 SECTION . they will oscillate with period in the ratio (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 1. rests on the top of the slab. The resistance between two points on the circumference of the wire and at the end of a diameter of the circle is (a) R/4 (b) R/8 (c) R/16 (d) R/32.
16. 3. its speed may or may not change. (c) £ .10 mA (b) 6. its velocity must change and it must have some acceleration. S C" > 5BM + (3+ + X.66 mA (d) none of these. Select the correct answers and mark it according to the code. on the axis of the coil. 23.. its speed must change and it must have some acceleration. 2 +V 2 2 (3) I v0  = 0 (2)  v 0  =  v . A Young's double slit arrangement produces interference fringes for sodium light X = 5890 A that are 0. If £. The ball will enter a window W of width 0. > £ 2 > £3. The magnetic field at its centre is B. 2. 21.B Direction: In the following questions more than one of the answers given may he correct. (d) £. if u is • L 0. If A = 1 = 5 . then in terms of Boolean algebra A + B equals (a) A+B (b) B (c) A (d) A or B. and v 2 . If its velocity changes. The wavelength at 927°C will be (a) X/9 (b) X/4 (c) X/3 (d) X/2. speed of light. £ 2 and £ 3 are three respective kinetic energies of an electron.005 (b) 0. Code: 17.5 cm. If its speed changes. 14. A circular coil of radius r carries a current /'. The dispersive power of the lens is (a) 1. the magnetic field will be Bl8? (a) 3r (b) 2/• (c) V3r (d) J2r • 15. At what distance from the centre. A convex mirror of focal length/produces an image l /n times the size of the object. 27.01 20. (a) (b) (c) For detecting intensity of light we use photo diode in forward bias photo diode in reverse bias LED in forward bias (d) LED in reverse bias. The focal length of a thin convex lens for red and blue coloured are 100. 19.decreased if the water is to boiled in 10 minutes? (a) decreased by 33% (b) increases by 33% (c) decreased by 67% (d) increased by 67%. (a) (b) (c) (d) Which of the following is not a property of light? it involves transportation of energy it can travel through vacuum it has infinite speed it can travel in a material medium.20° (d) 0. 2 and 3 are correct (b) 1 and 2 are correct (c) 2 and 4 are correct (d) 1 and 3 are correct 26.9 and 99. 25. If its speed changes but direction of motion does not change. 22. the base current is (a) 0. > £ 3 > £ 2 (b) £ 2 > £ 3 > £. then (a) £.6 mA.0 m . Which of the following statements are true for a moving body? 1. If its velocity changes. Iftwo bodies are in motion with velocities v. X stands for 53 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U MARCH'06 (1) v 0 I = 7V. an alpha particle and a proton each having the same de Broglie wavelength. and it must have some acceleration. SECTION . = £ . The distance of the object from the mirror is (a) (n + \)f (b)(n\)f (a) 1.5 mA (c) 0. (a) proton (c) neutron (b) electron (d) neutrino. The sensitivity of a tangent galvanometer will increase when (a) number of turns in the coil is deceased (b) number of turns in the coil is increased (c) radius o f t h e coil is increased (d) none of these.30°.5 m at a height 1 m. In the nuclear process. What is the angular fringe separation if the entire arrangement is immersed in water whose refractive index is 4/3? (a) 0.5 m 1. 4.02 (d) 0. 24. The de Broglie wavelength of a neutron at 27°C is X. 28.995 (c) 0.2° apart.10° (b) 0.15° (c) 0. A ball is dropped onto a pad at O and rebounds with a velocity 1 at 1 an angle 60° with the horizontal as shown in figure. then resultant velocity can be (c) br/ (d) brj' 18. its velocity may remain constant. ± v 2  (4) v0 > c. If the emitter current is 6. For a common emitter circuit the current gain of a transistor is 60. = £ .
The capacitor is connected to a cell of emf E. then (1) Pi = 16 W (2) Pi = 4 W (3) P2 = 4 W (4) P2 = 16 W. 36. then X and / are given by (1) X = 2ti x 10~2 m (2) X = 10"3 m ( 3 ) / = 103/(27t) Hz (4) / = 104 Hz. + / . 35. An astronaut. 32. but S T = 0 (4) the liquid will ooze out of the tube slowly. whereas Peltier effect is irreversible I (4) Joule effect is irreversible. A transverse sinusoidal wave of amplitude a. 220 V are connected in series across a 220 V source. + /. The direction of the field is P H Y S I C S FOR Y O U MARCH'06 29. (1) I (2)  (3) Which of the following statements is/are incorrect? both Peltier and Joule effects are reversible both Peltier and Joule effects are irreversible Joule effect is reversible.(I) 50 m/s (2) 1 m/s (I) I F = 0 . where v is the speed of propagation of the wave. The tube is now pushed down so that the height of the tube outside the liquid is less than h (1) the liquid will fill the tube but not come out of its upper end (2) the liquid will come out of the tube like in small fountain (3) the free liquid surface inside the tube will not be hemispherical 54 . 30. (2) h + U 33. The moment of inertia of a thin A square plate ABCD of uniform thickness about an axis passing through the centre O and perpendicular to the plate is (where /.D of inertia about axes 1. 41. If a dipole is situated in a nonuniform field. The capacitance of a parallelplate capacitor is C0 when the region between the plates has air. are moments . (3) the external agent has to do — E C 0 ( K .IT*0.1). The maximum speed of any point on the string is r/10. 31. 34.. I x = 0 (3) S f = 0. 220 V and 100 W. /2. whereas Peltier effect is reversible. 38. Which of the following functions represent simple harmonic motion? (1) sin2co/ (2) sinco/ + 2cosra/ (3) sin2a)/ (4) sinco/ + cos2co/. then (1) final internal energy must be equal to initial (2) final temperature must be equal to initial (3) net work done on the system must be zero (4) net heat given to the system is zero.1) flows through the cell (2) energy C0E?(K . (1) /. /. 37. This region is now filled with a dielectric slab of dielectric constant K. Two electric bulbs rated 25 W. +V 2 B 0/\ C 2\ (3)/. i 40. If in athermodynamical process the initial pressure and volume are equal to the final pressure and volume respectively.1) is absorbed by the cell I . If a ~ 10~3 m and v = 10 m/s. The 25 W and 100 W bulbs bulbs now draw powers Pi and P2 respectively. the liquid rises to a height h in the tube. 39. (2) (4) LF*0.1 ) amount of work to take the slab out (4) the energy stored in the capacitor is reduced bv l?C0(K . Then (1) charge EC0(K . When a capillary tube is dipped in a liquid. A ring carrying clockwise current is placed in a uniform magnetic field. The free liquid surface inside the tube is hemispherical in shape. 2.. A heavy stone is thrown from a cliff of height h in a given direction. and then slab is taken out. +/ 4 . inside an earth satellite experiences weightlessness because (1) the centripetal gravitational force on the astronaut is cancelled by the centrifugal force (2) no reaction is exerted by floor of the satellite (3) he is far away from the earth's surface (4) no external force is acting on him. + /. wavelength A. The speed with which it hits the ground (1) must be larger than the speed of projection (2) must be independent of speed of projection (3) must depend on the speed of projection (4) may be smaller than the speed of projection. A. A reference frame attached to earth (1) cannot be inertial frame as earth is rotating about its axis (2) is inertial frame by definition (3) cannot be inertial frame as earth is moving around its axis (4) is inertial f r a m e because N e w t o n ' s laws are  applicable in this frame. (4) 7 . and frequency/is travelling on a stretched string. 3 and 4 which are in the plane of the plate). b u t Z x * 0 (3) 6 m/s (4) 5 m/s.
/?. emf induced in it is e. (a) : The ball A has fallen for 3 seconds. the distance travelled. to n = n2.s2 = 45 . 1 . limbs of a narrow Utube is held in an electromagnet The possible values of and n2 are with the meniscus in line with the field. An electron in a hydrogen atom makes a transition from n = w. 1 2 4. (c): Transfer of kinetic energy and hence momentum is maximum when /. Which of the following statements concerning the (2) if 0 0. /. block The slab will however. The meniscus of a liquid obtained in one of the in the initial state is eight times that in the final state. Photoelectric effect supports the quantum nature of light because (1) there is a minimum frequency of light below which no photoelectrons are emitted (2) the maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons depends only on the frequency of light and not on its intensity I HVSIt'S FOR Y O l MAY '06 SOLUTIONS 1. (3) even when the metal surface is faintly illuminated. = —MR For hollow cylinder. (4) electric charge of photoelectrons is quantised.20 = 25 m. limiting friction = \JihU_g 50 N N i. = 8.5 x 10 x io = As applied force is 40 limiting friction. Semiconductor devices are (3) diamagnetic (4) nonmagnetic. a= 2. 47. n2 = 2. A bird flies down vertically towards a water surface. e must be 0 50. 5. The ball B has fallen for 2 seconds.. So = — gt 2 = — x 10 x 2 2 = 20 m. (a) : For solid cylinder. The magnetic flux linked with a coil is 0 and the (2) voltage dependent (4) none of these. Mx+M2 (30 + 10) 3. 46.  48. dt s I \ (3) dEd7 = —(dBds dt s s (4) (§Bds= 0. Then (1 ) if 0 = 0. = 4. 45.e. move with acceleration 2 2 2 ' 2 F 40 2 = = 1 m/s . the photoelectrons leave the surface immediately . the bird will appear to (1) be farther away than its actual distance (2) be closer than its actual distance (3) move faster than its actual spee^ (4) move slower than its actual speed. (c) : Here force of = 0.. To a fish inside the water. of the dopants (impurities) 44. less than the force of shall not move. the distance travelled. When lights of different colours moves through water. The time period o f t h e electron 42. vertically below the bird. = 2 (2) n[ = 6. n 2 = 3 seen to rise.perpendicular to the plane of the ring inwards (1) there is not net force on the ring (2) the ring will tend to contract (3) the ring will tend to expand (4) torque on the coil is maximum. n2 = 1 (4) = 8. (1) paramagnetic (2) ferromagnetic 49. = m2.1 5 9 Si = — el\ =— xl0x3~ =45 ni. e cannot be 0 depletion zone of an unbiased pn junction is (are) true? (3) if e is not 0. (1) temperature dependent (3) current dependent 43. . This indicates that the liquid is (3) «. Ih = MR2 55 . Which of the following Maxwell's equations have (2) the width o f t h e zone is dependent o f t h e densities of the dopants sources of E and B ? (3) the electric field in the zone is provided by the electrons in the conduction band and the holes in the valence band (4) the electric field in the zone is produced by the (2) cfBd! = p 0 / + p0s0 — dEds ionized dopant atoms. The liquid is (1) n. they must have different (I) wavelengths (2) amplitudes (3) velocities (4) frequencies. 0 may not be zero (1) the width of the zone is independent of the densities (4) none of the above is correct. Separation between the two balls.
(b) : m = — = —.=— ~ 0 ~ 0'' or. 7.is the radius of the orbit of satellite. ah < ax Hence solid cylinder reaches the bottom first. So the equivalent resistance is R/4.2 N) and is not affected by the presence/ absence of any other charge. = 2JT 20 tan 9. 10° /= = > 34 m.S % decrease in length . 10. = V\A — = V\A p/. x = ^3/•. 56 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U MARCH'06 . . (a) : Heat produced.15°. LQ 271 //•" B'.« . hence T remains unchanged.f „ _ 100. when earth shrinks.999.g = x 10 .. h\ u 1. B = Magnetic field at a point on the axis. ( a ) : In this arrangement. H. ii = (1 .1 A. It will be "Ho so if n is increased. 2 r = (r"+x~y or.9x99. and q2 on each other remains the same (= 0. uX X 4 o/L' ~ X'~ 3 velocity of light in air(c) velocity of light in water (v) • — =— . pg 3XI0 3 X9. "llQ The sensitivity can be increased (i.013 VTk/s 7100. 12. r is decreased and 11 is decreased. x 100 14. or. (a) : Coefficient of performance = ^ QI ^ 7? '/.J I l 4tt (/•.414 9. there are two resistances each of value R/2 connected in parallel. As T is independent of radius of earth. 4 4 19. 10 .x100 = 1 'i y x 100 = 33%.\ v \GM where /. 8. Here. 8/' = (r 2 3 2 ~m 47t r „ 2nr „ r 6.= 2n I— O 1 T V # for the given current) if is decreased.5 or.n)f 18. _ 0 ~ 4 ' d =.01 20. n or. 16. m2g = k2 /. more deflection 20 2 rH ''I • = „2tt 10 — 10 T2 = 2n —=. k = . which is independent of x 1 (r2+x2f2 +x ) 2 l 8r or. image is virtual. 4 r~ = r + x 15.. h2 = . 13. then as per question. p l2 IO/.v 17.e. (b) : n = As S 2/77 _ 1.5 = 0. (a) : X.2 2 2 2 Xm 2 X2m 0) = 0.1 )f. (a) : If K is velocity of jet.As //.T2 = _ _ 2 7 7 _ = 277 = ] 2 j 1 300277 23 •'• Q\ = Q2 + W= 12 + 1 = 13 J. (c) : Light does not travel with infinite speed.. or. (c): Volume of liquid flowing out per second through . h. 1 0 a n m2 _ 20 So. 5. 11 = f or. /2 = hh U 15 to U 0' = —0 = — x 0. R (P//A) A r According to question. v u/n u u = (n . (a): Force exerted by q. (b) : T = — = 2nr. the orifice = Av = A^2gh density of liquid. (c) : Magnetic field at centre.+ x2x3/2 ) As B' = 5/8. > /„ therefore angular acceleration. d h g \ g r. v = — and n n k f for convex mirror is positive 1 _ 1 n + ^ f u v or. . V v sin 30° = — or V = vsm30° = . (b) : / (c) : OT. v = A Xm 1 2 1 fr 1 h2 mv =— m. (d) : Dispersive power of lens co is _ f R . (b) : Breaking force = breaking stress * area of cross section = weight of wire I 0 6 X / / = / ( / X pg or.2° = 0. v 2 11.
= / /.108 mA. As internal energy of an ideal gas is a function of temperature alone. (b) : GMmc mv = 0 ' ~ .0 = wsin60°x— or. The given function ^represents simple harmonic motion. 30. zero or negative. (b) : A motion will be simple harmonic if acceleration °= —y dy (i) As v = sin2u». vj 15 J 15 1 = — xV 3 — T = — 2 M" 15 3 . 37.! = . I.e. „ i Acceleration = — = . and / = I3 + / 4 As J2 = I3.5 m.v = 1.. 23.5 = «sin60°x — .2r . v depends on u and v > it. v = 'r~ = 2acos2tot y ' ' dt dv 7 ? Acceleration = — = . y = sin2(i)/ represents simple harmonic motion. ma > mr > m. we use photodiode in reverse biased. final temperature = initial temperature. (ii) y = sinco/ + 2cosco/ d)> „ • v = — = co cos co/2co sin cat dt dv 1 . (a) : v0 = ^ v 2 + + 2V[V2 cos9 If 0 has any value between 0° to 1 80c then cosG will be positive.= . (i) Taking vertical motion from O to IV. K) 22. //. Clearly.i. u 21.4 o r sin2w/=4or>> dt So. the speed of body may or may not change.= . t/2 =30 or. 1 " > xl0x4 1. 24. E °= Mm. I = / . The remaining two functions do not represent simple harmonic motion.. 27. (d): Take horizontal motion from O to W. we have N/3 1 s = ul or. . so If ... (d) : X = V2 mE i. (d) : „C" + (3+ + ZXA Conservation of mass number: 11 = 11 + 0 + A. (d) : . (d): The angle of contact at the free liquid surface inside the capillary tube will change in such a way so that the vertical component of the surface tension forces just balance the weight of liquid column.4 + 5 = 1 + 1 = 0 + 1 =1 = A or B. (c): Velocity = speed + direction.j2mx(3/2)kT ~~ X 2' JjmkT or. (b) : The process must be cyclic. (d) : A reference frame attached to earth is not inertial because rotation of earth around its axis as also around the sun are not uniform. / ( = p / « = 6 0 / a Since.. (d) : Maximum speed of any point 011 the string =flco= v/10 33. // = V30 s P H Y S I C S F O R Y O l i  MAY 06 57 . final internal energy = initial internal energy.3 61 = 0. (c): In a non uniform field.2 w cosco/ dt = co2(sinco/ + 2cosco/) = ufy. X oc 1 / V r . ='/« + 60/a. — = ucos60°xt = u—t 2 2 or. (a) : P = ^ or.'.. (b) : To detect the intensity of light. The change in velocity must produce acceleration. When dipole is aligned with field. or. 25. u So the ball will enter the window with all velocities greater than 5 m/s upto 29. 4 = 0 or. If velocity changes. 28.or..v = 1..— A. E t * 0 . 26. + / . 35.6 x i o . 36.• . the direction of motion of body may change. Z= 0 Hence X stands for neutrino.• 61 6. /— — A. /.w s i n c o / . ZT = 0 and when dipole is not aligned. then 1. then velocity of body must change and hence there must be an acceleration. If speed changes. . Therefore. 32.. therefore. = 61/fl /. A = 0 Conservation of charge number: 6 = 5 + 1 + Z. F * 0 ...0 m.x 1 0 x ^ . + /. we have s= utgr If .e. + ly r1 2 r 34. (d): The speed with which the body hits the ground is v + g 2. ( a ) : According to theorem of perpendicular axes / = / . 31. / = v/3 /11 .
(c) : The width of depletion zone of an unbiased pn junction is dependent of densities of the dopants. (F 2 /25) + (f / 2 /100) Power in 25 W bulb = PR. there is no net force on the ring and ring will tend to expand as the direction of force on every part of the ring is acting outwards. if < = 0. Tel: 26194317. However.C0E = EC„(K . 960 . (d): Semiconducting devices are current dependent and temperature dependent as electrical conductivity of semiconductor increases with increase in temperature. when () = constant £ 0.qE2 39.in website: www. the light travels as packets of energy called photons. 10 3X. Using this concept all the alternatives (1). 43. Taj Apt.v Also. 50. Near Safdarjung Hospital. 2 — n2 V_ V1 V : /?] — — = — and R2 = 100 25 V Current. Ring Road. <) may not be zero. = 20 K 49. different velocities and different amplitude. =  — I K 40. 45. Q oc n C 48. 47. ( b ) : T„ = 1/n vn vn Here. e = 0. . they have different wavelengths. > j e can be zero. The electric field in the zone is produced due to ionized dopant atoms. Lli i As — = — = —.1) (c) Work done in taking out the slab IKC0E2\C. d§ldt it 0. (a) : When light of different colours move through water.3 r— = 2tux10 Hr Hz. therefore. as they tend to move from weaker parts to stronger parts of the field.'. 200 Pages. (b): The liquid level rises in case of paramagnetic and ferromagnetic liquids. (d) X=/ = — 10X2TT x. (2) and (3) can be understood easily. speed of bird = dx/'dt U Let u Apparent speed of bird = dx dx = x C0E\K\). y 20 V f or. 42.1) (b) Initial energy = KC0E2 Final energy = CnE2 Energy absorbed by the cell = KC^E2 . (a) • 41. (d): For light travelling from bird (rarer medium) to fish (denser medium).C0Er = C0£2(A' .. (a) : The equation 1 and 3 are related to source of electric field and equation 2 with source of magnetic field. x — = 16 W 25 X = 4 W 20 Power in 100 W bulb = Z2/?. a2nf = v/10 v / 20m/ 10 207ixl0 . +R. Each photon is of definite energy which does not change with the change in intensity of light. Hi . 46. (d) : When a clockwise current carrying coil is placed in a perpendicular uniform magnetic field. / = R. i LL.mtgjn Rs. 26191C01 BOOKS email: info@mtg.or. ] 44. = 1 and ~ u' ' refractive index of water. n. v = p_x V \i2 U As > 1. M T G BOOKS NewDclhi"29 BHU WttG Mh 503. (a) : (a) Initial charge = (KC0)E F inal charge = C0E Charge that flows through the cell = KCaE . v "• . If e ? 0. (a) : According to quantum nature of light. (d) : As e = diSfldt. 58 f & ® EXPLORER Available at leading bookshops throughout India. 7tr 2 m.
The flow of air from the sea to the land during day time is known as seabreeze. cooler air over the sea flows towards the land. But as the temperature is increased. the final velocity v = 0.6 x io 3 eV = 27. the electrons cannot cross even this small forbidden gap.6x 1Q~34 x3xlQ 8 eV or E = 0. = 4 = 4x910 A R .8 x 2 = 19.9 J. lighter hot air on land rises up.5 and 16.22. Net work done by the system in the process = (39.6°C.6 xl0~ l<) = 27.= 910 A 2 2 X = — x —= —x910 A = 6552 A 5 R 5 for shortest wavelength. 26 (b) The maximum energy of the photon in the radiation is given by E = hvt Now A. = 9.. 6.5) or between 24. E = hc K = 0. The total power drawn from the d.5). But the forbidden gap between conduction band and valence band is quite small for semiconductor. for Balmer series «.16. (b) The coefficient of friction and hence the frictional force between the surfaces of same material is greater than that in case of dissimilar material surfaces. 6.(16 ± 0. m= 16ms i 1 J a 2 4 .6 m.6°C The logic of this again becomes clear if we note that. (c) 1 =R .1) .4°C and 25. (b) The land is more quickly heated or cooled than seawater because specific heat of land is less than that of seawater. \_ 1 — 9. (a) Heat absorbed by the system in going from state A to state B."1 "2.('ontd. So during the day time the land becomes more heated and lighter than the air over seawater. P. (a) Let / be the current drawn. J 1 2 Comparing it with s = ut + —at .1 . For example.y f 2 +16/ + 2.18 J Also.6 x 10~34 x 3 x 108 0.6 keV The accelerating voltage for electrons to produce Xrays in the Xray tube is 27. The rise is therefore between (40.c.1 + 0. the valence band is totally filled and the conduction band is empty at absolute zero temperature. For a body to come to rest. As a result. This is just the range indicated by the above equation of the temperature rise.i (b) The rise in temperature of water is A0 = [(41 ± 0.45xt0l° 6. and to maintain an equilibrium in pressure.9 and 41.2 and y .5) and (41. Thus the higher specific heat of water causes the seabreeze. it is only 0. Then we have j m v 2 = 19.15.3 J.72 eV for germanium and 1.3) J = 16.5)]°C = 25 ± 0. v2 = 19. (a) The potenital energy gained by the bob of the pendulum in the position PR = mgh where w is the mass ofthe bob. Hence the conductivity of semiconductor increases with increase in temperature. Gain in potential energy o f t h e bob = m x 9.166 ms .16) ± (0. of the source is then P = ei .012 m . more and more number of electrons in the valence band acquire thermal energy to cross the forbidden gap and move to the conduction band where they can move under the action of even small electric field.6 / w x "[QO = 1 9 0 1 2 m 7Q (a) Given y = .1 eV for silicon. total work done on the system in going from state A to state B = 22. source is then £/' out of which a part i2r gets dissipated (as heat) in the internal resistance of the source.35 x 4. Final temperature is anywhere between (40.1 )°C and initial temperature is anywhere between (15. n2=<x> 1=VI x u = 3640 A . using these values => v = u + at => 0 = 16 — 4 / j or / = 12 s. (c) For a semiconductor. For this we must have P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MAY 06 7 => >. Near absolute zero. from page no. 7.19 J = 39.012x2 = 6. we have 8.45x10" 10 m Let v be the speed of the bob when it is at the point O.18 .y ms . = 2 for longest wavelength n2 = 3 1 = X 5R 36 .45 xlO~ l o x 1. So to reduce the frictional force.88 J = 16. machine bearings are made of one metal while their rotating shafts are made of a different material.012 x 2 „ v = Vl9.45 A = 0.35 calorie = 9.rr We want P to be a maximum.5)]°C = [(41 .9 . The power output." J or a = .6 keV. Since 3% of the initial energy is dissipated against air resistance the energy possessed by bob when passing 97 across point O is = 1 9 .
J Speed of light in glass = (c) Yes. Now. The number of atoms per unit volume is obtained from the fact that Avogadro number of atoms constitutes onegram mol. PS.] For P to be a neutral point. Therefore Np 6. (a) The speed of sound in a gaseous medium is inversely proportional to the square root of its density i.5x 1028 atom/m 3 From equations (i) and (ii) 5_ = 1..e. But the density of hydrogen is less than the density of water vapour and hence the density of moist hydrogen is more than the density of dry hydrogen. v oc ^1/p.(i) where n is number of free electrons per unit volume. when the lower half of the lens is painted black. speed of light in vacuum (b) Mgiass . we must have //. Now.6x10" (c) Let the magnet NS of pole strength m be held vertically with its north pole A' resting on 4 cm a horizontal table. the density of watervapour is less than air and so the density of moist air (air mixed with water vapour) is less than the density of dry air. of material. vo P H Y S I C S F O R Y O l i  MAY 06 9 125 2 YEARS SOLVED PAPERS Available at leading b o o k s h o p s 71 . P is a point on the table such that PN = 3 cm (figure). The intensity at P due to the /Vpole of the magnet is given by / / = ni/32 in the direction as shown in the figure. the current I is I = Anev ..92 x 10 or M 63.r x 2i = 8 . CBSEPMT EXPLORER MODEL TEST PAPERS PRACTICE PAPERS W1bG MAINS 1 PS [ascos0=— 3 . The intensity at P due to the Spole of the magnet is Now. (b) If v is the drift speed of electrons. light gathering power of a lens depends upon its diameter. It may be pointed out that the intensity of the image will be lesser.= PN2 + NS2 = 3 2 + 4 2 = 25 . It is because.2 or 3 9 ~ 25 or m\ [ 7 H= 0. . So the speed of sound in moist hydrogen will be less than in dry hydrogen.S peed of light in glass 1..H2 cos 0 = H [H = Horizontal component of earth's magnetic field] m m X uBstnvi 1 CBSEPWiT SainS j 5 = 0.5 = x 10s speed of light in glass 3 x 10s ms "' = 2 x 10s ms"1.2 unit.dP dP = s x 1 .2] m= 225 unit ( 98 Therefore.5x10" LP J •••(ii) = 8.2ri = 0.02 x 10 x f . the moment of the magnet is M = pole strength x length of the magnet 225 = — X 4 = 9. The ray diagram showing the formation of image is as shown in figure. The image formed will still be of full size. Hence the speed of sound is greater in moist air than in dry air. di di dP t Thus — — 0 when / = 2trdi Thus the power output of the source is maximum when the current drawn is e/2r. To obtain n we note that it is equal to number of atoms per unit volume because there is one free electron per atom..2 x lO^ms" 3x 10~6 x 1. H2 = m/25 along PS 3 m The horizontal component of H2 is H2 cos 0 = — x ~ 23 10.
D and E are B 1. B. 4035241 Website : www. The curve is a semicircle* n2 KT (a) u = (b) U = 2m ^ F0T nF0T (c) u = (d) u = Am 2m T 2R \ 9.53 placed in a rectangular C 1. It will leave the circle at a vertical distance h below the highest point such that (a) h = R (b) h = j R (C) h = ~ 1 A concave mirror is used to focus the image of a flower on a nearby well 120 cm from the flower.com.61 is gently dropped into the liquid layer. H H H H H I  H H (d) R(J21) 6.2. Wright Town. It begins to move 0 T Time with a velocity u after the force stops acting. F is shown in the graph as a function of time.) (a) ^ 2 g / (  i c o s 9 . (a) 2R (b) R(l + S ) (c) Ry/2 2. A horizontal force of 10 N is necessary to just hold a block stationary against a wall. The glass piece as it descends downwards will not be visible in (a) Liquid A and B only (b) Liquid C only (c) Liquid D and E orily (d) Liquid A. OB and QC shown in the following figure.) Phone : (0761) 4005358. 3. the weight of the block is (a) 2 N (b) 20 N (c) 50 N (d) 100 N Radius of the curved road on national highway is R. D and E (d)h = A particle of mass m.52 the liquids making 1. email : momentumacademy@gmail. Width of the road is b.s i n 0) (b) ^ g / f s i n O . The value of h is (a) v2b Rg (b) v Rgb (c) V2R A block is kept on an inclined plane of inclination 0 of length I. On a glass plate a light wave is incident at an angle of 60°. Jabaipur (M.62 container of glass with 1. Near Stadium. is £ IX.B. The container is illuminated from the side and a small piece of glass having refractive index 1.P. 1495. A particle originally at rest at the highest point of a smooth vertical circle is slightly displaced. the distance of the flower from the mirror should be (a) 8 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 80 cm (d) 120 cm I m m i s c i b l e transparent liquids . I o initially at rest.51 A.• 1. If the reflected and the refracted waves are mutually perpendicular.1. The velocity of particle at the bottom of incline is (the coefficient of friction is p.66 E layers according to their densities. Find the resultant of three vectors OA. .C. If a lateral magnification of 16 is desired. The coefficient of friction between the block and the wall is 0. acted upon by a variable force F for a H \ brief interval of time < i T. the refractive index of material is Momentum. The outer edge of the road is raised by h with respect to inner edge so that a car with velocity v can pass safe over it. Radius of the circle is R. The refractive index of the liquids are shown in the adjoining diagram.j i c o s G ) (c) ^/2g/(sin0 + icos8) (d) yj2gl(cosd + \isinQ) 8 vlb_ (d) R — 7.com Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 .momentumacademy..
20.direction (b) 1015 tesla in z.direction (d) 103 tesla in z. the corresponding angle of refraction is \ 1 (b) 90° (a) (c) sin T (d) 3. (d) In vacuum.25 x 103 tesla in z. where t is in seconds.5 x IO"6 coulomb (b) 2 x IO"6 coulomb (c) 10"6 coulomb (d) 8 x IO"6 coulomb A generator produces a voltage that is given by V= 240sinl20f. then the minimum magnetic field is (a) 6.05 T. If x is the distance of an object from the focus of a concave mirror and y is the distance of image from the focus. The adjoining figure shows two bulbs Bl and B2 resistor R and an inductor L. = co2 + / 2 (d) cOJZJ = co 2 / 2 4. The amount of charge that flow during this period is (a) 2. If a ray of light is incident from air on the glass with angle of incidence 0. (c) In vacuum. area of a coil changes from 101 cm 2 to 100 cm 2 without changing the resistance which is 2 £2.direction A metallic ring connected to a rod oscillates freely like a pendulum. the speed of light depends upon wavelength. The velocity of light in air is 3 x 108 ms 1 . (c) Inserting an iron core in a coil increases its coefficient of self induction. If now a magnetic field is applied in horizontal direction so that the pendulum now swings through the field. (d) According to Lenz's law the direction of the induced current is such that it opposes the flux change that causes it. They will together form an achromatic combination if (a) oij/j = (b) (Mj/j + cOJ/J = 0 ( 0 tOj+Z. the pendulum will (a) keep oscillating with the old time period (b) keep oscillating with a smaller time period (c) keep oscillating with a larger time period (d) come to rest very soon In a magnetic field of 0. the speed of light does not depend upon frequency. (b) The self induced emf produced by changing current in a coil always tends to decrease the current. When the switch S is turned off (a) both B l and S 2 die out promptly (b) both Bl and B2 die out with some delay (c) Bl dies out promptly but B2 with some delay (d) B2 dies out promptly but B{ with some delay The wavelength of sodium light in air is 5890 A . the speed of light depends upon frequency. (b) In vacuum. then which of the following graphs is correct between x and y ? (a) (b) (c) (d) If a particle of charge 10~12 coulomb moving along the xdirection with a velocity 10s m/s experiences a force of 1010 newton in ydirection due to magnetic field.direction 16 PHYSICS FOR YOU I JANUARY '08 . Glass has refractive index p with respect to air and the critical angle for a ray of light going from glass to air is 0. Two lenses have focal lengths / and / and their dispersive powers are a>l and co2 respectively.25 x 10'3 tesla in z. The wavelength of light in a glass of refractive index 1. the speed of light is independent of frequency and wavelength. The frequency and rms voltage are (a) 60 Hz and 240 V (b) 19 Hz and 120 V (c) 19 Hz and 170 V (d) 754 Hz and 70 V Which of the following is wrong statement? (a) An emf can be induced between the ends of a straight conductor by moving it through a uniform magnetic field.(a) T 73 (b) ^ co ^ 3 (o 1 s (c) 6.6 would be close to (a) 5890 A (b) 3681 A (c) 9424 A (d) 15078 A Which of the following statements is correct? (a) In vacuum.
current is given by (a) (o 1 (b) 1 V2 ih+h? ^ ( M ) ' 2 (d) <M)" Seven resistors. and n2 respectively (n2 > nl > 1).0 cm and 3. The lens will diverge a parallel beam of light if it is filled with (a) Air and placed in air (b) Air and immersed in L} (c) Lj and immersed in L2 (d) L. An alternating current is given by the equation i = il cos a t + i2 sin cot. If an initial current of 2 A in the solenoid is reversed in 0. The effective resistance between A and B is (a) 1 q 3 (c) 7 Q 32 Sixteen resistors each of resistance 16 Q are connected in the circuit as shown.s. Which of the following condition is correct? (a) Lines of force minimum but induced emf is zero.4 Wb nr 2 2 (c) 0.3 and 3. 0.0 amp (d) 12 £2.022 Wbm" 2 (b) 0. (b) Lines of force maximum but induced emf is zero.4 and 15. The two lenses are thin. Then the force of interaction between the two current carrying conductors is (a) oo (b) zero N/m (d) ^ r A solenoid has 2000 turns wound over a length of 0. are connected as shown in the figure.4 and 12. The final image formed by the eyepiece is at infinity. The developed induced emf changes and the number of magnetic lines of force also changes. The 60 cm 40 cm meter bridge wire has a resistance 0. It can be filled with air or either of two liquids Ll and L2 having refractive indices w.0 cm respectively. Total displacement of the object during the time interval when there is nonzero acceleration and retardation is (a) 60 m (b) 50 m (c) 30 m (d) 40 m In the circuit shown.2 x IO3 m2. The r. each of 1 Q.30 metre. The distance between the objective and the eyepiece is 15. a coil of 300 turns is wound. then the emf induced in the coil is (a) 6 x 104 V (b) 4.0 A hollow double concave lens is made of very thin transparent material.0 (b) 2.25 sec. Velocity time (vr) graph for a moving object is shown in the figure. 5 amp (b) 10 Q.8Wbm" (d) l W b n r 2 K ' 4JI The coil of dynamo is rotating in a magnetic field. The value 5V 1 of unknown resistance X and the current drawn from the battery of negligible resistance is (a) 6 Q.8 x 10"3 V 2 (c) 6 x IO" V (d) 48 mV A closely wound coil of 100 turns and area of crosssection 1 cm 2 has a coefficient of selfinduction 1 mH.0 (c) 2. 1.0 cm. 0.The focal lengths of the objective and the eyepiece of a compound microscope are 2.3 and 12. The distances in cm of the object and the image produced by the objective measured from the objective lens are respectively (a) 2. a X 6n meter bridge is in its •^W^— balanced state. (d) Lines of force maximum but induced emf is also maximum. The magnetic induction in the centre of the core of the coil when a current of 2 A flows in it. (c) Lines of force maximum but induced emf is not zero. The area of its crosssection is 1. The ratio of the radii of circular paths along which the two particles move is (a) 4 : 3 (b) 2 : 3 (c) 3 : 1 (d) 1 : 4 A straight wire carrying a current il amp runs along the axis of circular current i2 amp.m.0 (d) 2.5 amp Two ions having masses in the ratio 1 : 1 and charges 1 : 2 are projected into uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the field with speeds in the ratio 2 : 3. will be (a) 0. Around its central section. The net resistance between AB is (a) 1 Q (b) 2 Q Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 (b) 2 . and immersed in L.1 amp (c) 4 Q.1 ohm/cm.
05 J (d) 0.5 kg wt (b) 52 kg wt (c) 1. Pm 34.(c) 3£2 33.3 x IO10 F (b) 2 x l O " 9 F (c) 2 F (d) 18 F 42.5 m and 0. A charge Q is divided into two parts and the two parts are separated by a certain distance. The force between them will be maximum if one of the charges is (a) (c) 4. If t1 and t2 be the time of flight in two cases.8V (d) 9. the capacity of the condenser will be (a) 3.5 J (c) 0. If the current in one of them is doubled. Its angle of projection with the horizontal is (given g = 10 ms2) (a) 60° (b) tan"1(4) (c) tan"'(3) (d) tan"!(2) A projectile can have the same range R for the two angles of projection. the force between them will be (a) 2F (b) ^ F (c) 2V2F (d) 4F If a current 7 = / 0 sin flows in a circuit 38.0 kg wt (c) r/2< Electric charges q. If a medium of dielectric constant 6 is completely filled in between. q and . One second after the projection. The magnetic energy associated with the coil is (a) 5 J (b) 0.2 q are placed at the three corners of an equilateral triangle of side I. 2 kg wt A block of mass M is pulled along a horizontal frictionless surface by a rope of mass m by applying a force P at one end of the rope. The magnitude of the electric dipole moment of the system is (a) ql (b) 2ql (c) Sql (d) 4ql Two circulai coils have number of turns in the ratio 1 : 2 and radii in the ratio 2 : 1. The force which the rope exerts on the block is (a) P Ta Mm Z (b) PM M+m across which an alternating potential E = E0 sin m has been applied. then the power consumed in the circuit is EI (b) (d) zero (a) (C) S T2 A current of 2 A flowing through a coil of 100 turns gives rise to a magnetic flux of 5 x 10 5 Wb per turn. the potential drop across the 4 £2 resistor is (a) 1.6V (b) 2. The work done in increasing the voltage from 10 V to 15 V will be 4W 5W (a) W (b) — (c) — (d) 2W (c) 41. If the same current flows through them.6 m. a stone moves at an angle of 45° with the horizontal. The tension in the horizontal cord will be (a) 0.8 A. The range on the horizontal plane is (a) 2 u2 3g (b) (c) Su2 2g 3u2 (d) g f (b) Q 3 Q 4 (d) none of these 36. The radii of two spheres forming a spherical condenser are 0. the magnetic fields at their centres will be in the ratio (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 4 Force between two long straight parallel currentcarrying wires is F.005 J T Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 .6V (d) 4 Q (d) Pm (M + m) M+m The work done in increasing the voltage across the plates of a capacitor from 5 V to 10 V is W.4V (c) 4. Two seconds from the start. then what is the product of two times of flight ? R (a) J_ ' R A weight of 1kg is suspended as shown in figure. it is travelling horizontally. The effective resistance between points P and Q of the electrical circuit shown in figure is 2 Rr (a) R + r \ 2 R 8 R(R + r) r ' r (b) 3 R+r (c) 2r + 4R \lR vvw— 5R 28 28 (d) 2 ' 2r The speed of a projectile u reduces by 50% on reaching maximum height. If the current flowing through the 3 Q resistor is 0.
when looked at normally. The amount of carbon which can be obtained from 34.x (b) xy (c) x + y (d) yx The rate constant for a first order reaction is 1 x IO2 s_1. has an activation » energy as x kJ mo!"1 of A. Mass = M) is (a) M (b) Ml2 (c) MB (d) M/4 An endothermic reaction.2 g atom (d) 14. C 12 H 22 O n by concentrated H 2 S0 4 gives purest form of carbon.2 g of sucrose is (a) 14. The depth of the swimming pool is h.(d) Cl" .8% (b) 68% (c) 46% (d) 64% For an elementary reaction. A — 5. 2Na 2 S 2 0 3 + I 2 Na 2 S 4 0 6 + 2NaI.4 g atom In the reaction.6 sec Ratio t n / Jt m for a first order reaction would be equal to (a) 7 (b) 2 (c) 8 (d) 3 Vapour density of PC15 is 104. The degree of dissociation of PC15 at this temperature will be (a) 6. III BC13 is a planar molecule boron is (a) sp3 hybridised (c) sp hybridised (c) III.)? (a) Mg (b) Rb (c) Li (d) Ca Beryllium has diagonal relationship with (a) Li (b) B (c) Na (d) A1 The size of the following species increases in the order (a) Mg2+ < Na+ < F" < A1 (b) F <A1< Na+ < Mg2+ (c) A1 < Mg2+ < F~ < Na+ (d) Na + < A1 < F" < Mg2+ The inability of N to form NC15 is due to (a) nonavailability of vacant d orbital in valence shell of N (b) high ionisation energy of N (c) low electron affinity of N (d) small size of N atom. The apparent depth of the vessel. the size of the other image will be (a) 1 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 8 cm (d) 16 cm IMi The minimum value of n for which g subshell is possible is (a) 6 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 3 The charge to mass ratio of a particles is approximately the charge to mass ratio of protons (a) twice (b) half (c) four times (d) six times The number of spherical nodes in 3p subshell is (a) three (b) two (c) one (d) zero Which of the following sets of elements would have the lowest first ionisation energy (/£.5 x 102 sec (d) 138.5 x 103 (b) 2. IV (d) I. A man standing in a swimming pool looks at a stone lying at the bottom.3 sec (c) 0.5 x 104 5 (c) 1 x IO' (d) 1 x 10s The weakest base among the following is (a) H~ (b) CHj(c) CH 3 0. the activation energy of reverse reaction is (a) . The equilibrium constant for the reaction would be (a) 2.4 g (b) 12 g atom (c) 3. the specific rate constants for forward and reverse reactions are 0. The concentration of the reactants would be reduced from 1 mole to 0. ©0+GXD— Hi ' 1 — + H2 1 — Hi H: 49.16 but when heated to 230°C its vapour density is reduced to 62. is (a) d (fx. III (b) II. IV because in this molecule (b) s/r hybridised (d) unhybridised Dehydration of sucrose. and the other half is filled with a liquid of refractive index ju.25 mole in (a) 102 sec (b) 69.50 and 5 x 104 respectively.5 cm. For two positions of a lens.r ( f c +  i 2 ) (b) d (d) — — Which of the following overlap of orbitals is/are incorrect ? L 0 • © — © n. the equivalent mass of 2Na 2 S 2 0 3 (Mol. If the size of object is 2 cm and the size of diminished image is 0. Refractive index of water is n h n (d) hn (a) (b) (c) h 50. the images are obtained on a fixed screen. + n2) (c) . If energy change of the reaction is y kJ. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '0 (a) I.A vessel of depth d is half filled with a liquid of refractive index n.2. At what distance from the surface of water is the image of the stone formed Line of vision is normal.
76 V and that of „ E?re 2 Ite = .02 x 10 3 M and 5 x 10"11 M (b) 1 x 10"3 M and 3 x 10"u M (c) 2 x IO 3 M and 5 x IO"12 M (d) 3 x l 0 2 M a n d 4 x l 0 . Crystallisation of sugar from syrup IV.N.50 V •Cu = X volt (a) 0.10 xlO 1 2 (b) 3. In the reaction.35 V 81. C 2 0 2 " the value of x is (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 86.1 .N.280. 2 (a) O.0 . The £° cell of the cell with net cell + .T. 1.1 3 M The molal elevation constant of a liquid is the ratio of elevation in boiling point to (a) molality (b) normality (c) molarity (d) mole fraction of solvent 70.5 bar. +5 while.48 kcal m o l 1 at 25°C.85 atm. contains molecules equal to (a) 3.01 x 10 (d) 3.N. the other two S atoms have 0. 6 5 V 82. The value of AH for the process I(?) + e~(g) —> I (s) (a) > 0 (b) < 0 (c) > 0 (d) < 0 Enthalpy of neutralisation of acetic acid with KOH will be numerically (a) = 57. +3 (c) Three S atoms have O.325 V (c) .41 V.670.1 M aqueous solution of 2% ionised weak acid is [ionic product of water = 1 x IO14] (a) 0.0. 2 H 2 0 2 + 2CIO 2 + 20H~ » 2C1" + 5 0 2 + 6H 2 O t the substance oxidised is (a) H. (d) 1.1 kJ (d) unpredictable.0 . In the following half reaction.5 atm (b) 3. Which statement about Na„S 4 6 is correct ? .0.3 atm. Rusting of iron II. +4 (d) Two S atoms have O. Osmotic pressure of 30% solution of glucose is 1.N. The heat evolved during the combustion of 46 g ethanol in a bomb calorimeter was determined to be 670.48 kcal (d) . 2 8 kcal (c) . +2 while other two have O. (a) I.01 x 1023 74.N.1 kJ (c) <57.192 (c) 6. Determination of correct molecular mass by measuring colligative property applies to (a) an electrolyte in solution (b) an nonelectrolyte in dilute solution (c) a volatile solute (d) an electrolyte in concentrated solution.15 V E° Cu+ + 0.92 x 10 4 S m o l 1 m2 at 25°C. The ionic mobility of Ag+ will be (a) 6. 3 5 V (b) .P.=0 85.0 2 (b) C102 2C0 2 + xe~ (d) 4 ! .m2u2 (c) m. Atomisation of dihydrogen. The value of AE of the reaction at the same temperature is (a) .The concentration of [H+] and concentration of [OH ] of a 0.01 x IO20 24 (c) 3.3 3 5 . In the diagram given below the value of X is Cu 0. +3 while the fourth S atoms has O.1 kJ (b) > 57. The values of E\ ZnlZn 2+ = .65 V (d) .20 bar and that of 3. 2 x 1 0 ^ 83.26 x 104 kcal 80. Their masses are m] and m2 respectively.N. P reaction Zn + Fe2+ Zn2+ + Fe is (a) .u2 = m2u1 (d) MjjW2 = m2u2 73.192 xlO" 4 (d) 3 . The osmotic pressure of the mixture containing equal volumes of the two solutions will be (a) 2.5 (b) Two S atoms have O.0..N. For the cell reaction to be spontaneous (a) £°cell > 0 (b) E°cell < 0 (c) AG > 0 (d) AG = 0 84.7 atm (c) 1. The unit cell belongs to which of the following type (a) Primitive cubic (b) End centred cubic (c) Body centred cubic (d) Face centred cubic 75. of all atoms is 2. The molar ionic conductance at infinite dilution of Ag+ is 61. 1 7 V (c) . II (b) II.6 6 9 . Vaporisation of camphor III. 2 4 kcal (b) . Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 78. which of the following expression is correct ? (b) mlul . 71. The molecular velocities of two gases at same temperature are ui and u2. III (c) I. IV (d) Only IV 79. The site occupied by the anion A~ in the crystal lattice is (a) triangular hole (b) cubical hole (c) tetrahedral hole (d) octahedral hole 76.1 . 1 7 V (d) + 0. 3 5 V (b) 0.0 .12 x 10 cc of 0 2 at S.4 xlO" 8 (b) 6. In which of the following process entropy increases? I.42 % solution of cane sugar is 2.
i (d) x i \n2'X Which of the following pairs of ions when mixed in dilute solutions may give precipitate ? (a) (c) Na + . b. 4 (d) 2 . 1 ln2 1 i 2 (a) — . Which of the following complex will give white precipitate with barium chloride solution ? (a) [Cr(NH 3 ) 5 Cl]S0 4 (b) [Cr(NH 3 )S0 4 ]Cl (c) [CO(NH.[Fe(CN) 6 ] 93. xl2 + yS02 + ZH 2 0 — aSO 2.c. If its disintegration constant is 3.023 curie. the oxidation state of nitrogen in the new compound will be (a) + 3 (b) + 5 (c) . The Rubin number which was proposed by Ostwald as an alternative to the Gold number in order to measure the protective efficiency of a lyophilic colloid may be defined as the (a) mass in milligrams of a colloid per 100 c. 1 .S2~ (b) NH. 2 (b) 2 .7 x 104 sec1.1 M KC1 is added to it. 2 Migration of colloidal particles under the effect of an electric field is known as (a) electroosmosis (b) electrophoresis (c) electrodialysis (d) dialysis.16 g eq.2 M KC1 is added to it.1N NaOH required to completely neutralize 10 ml of this solution is (a) 40 ml (b) 20 ml (c) 10 ml (d) 4 ml The ligand shown here is :o$o. (b) mass in grams of a colloid per 100 c.+ bV + cH + . > The values of z.S0 4 Na+.1 (d) . c are respectively (a) 1.) 6 ]Br 3 (d) None of these Three arrangements have been shown for the complex cation bis(ethylenediamine)dinitro cobalt (III). (d) mass in grams of a colloid per 100 c.(c) OH (d) unpredictable. 4 (c) 1 .c. 2 .10phenanthroline (c) 1. of solution which just prevents the colour change of standard sol of dye CongoRubin from red to violet when 0.c.c. The volume of 0.3 g oxalic acid dehydrate is made up to 250 ml. (c) 4. 88. N N" (a) tridentate (b) 1. of solution which just prevents the colour change of standard sol of dye CongoRubin from red to violet when 1 M KC1 is added to it.ln — (b) X X T'l (c) Mn2. The halflife and mean life of the sample are respectively. Which of the following statement is true for physical adsorption ? (a) It is also known as Langmuir adsorption (b) Heat of adsorption is about 100 kJ mol 1 (c) Extent of adsorption increases with increase in temperature (d) It is not specific. Which of the following is incorrect ? 2 N02 III (a) (b) (c) (d) I and III are geometrical isomers II and III are geometrical isomers I and II are geometrical isomers II and III are optical isomers .3 .8 x 1010 (b) 9. (c) mass in grams of a colloid per 100 c. KC1 is added to it.PO An aqueous solution of 6. the mass of X is (a) IO3 g (b) IO15 g (c) IO"6 g (d) 10~14g 95 The decay constant of a radioactive sample is X.CO23+ (d) Fe . loses 10 moles of electrons to form a new compound Y.10 phenanthrine (d) 2. Radium has atomic weight 226 and a halflife of 1600 years. Assuming that all nitrogen appears in the new compound.8 x 1010 (d) zero One mole of N. 4 .2 x 106 PHYSICS FOR YOU I JANUARY '08 The activity of a radioactive nuclide (X100) is 6.7 x 1010 (a) 4.H . 2 . The number of disintegrations produced per second from 1 g are 3. of solution which just prevents the colour change of standard sol of dye CongoRubin from red to violet when 0.2dipyridyl..Cr04 (d) K. of solution which just prevents the colour change of standard sol of dye CongoRubin from red to violet when 0. Which one of the following will have the highest coagulating power for a f e m e hydroxide sol ? (a) NaCl (b) BaCl 2 (c) K_.
1n one of the following plant types both PEP carboxylase and RuBP carboxylase are present in the cell chloroplast (a) CAM (b) C 4 (c) C 3 (d) CAM and C 4 123 . on page no. hypothesis. experiment. theory (b) observation. Linnaeus (b) G. Who coined the term taxonomy ? (a) Waksman (b) A. hypothesis.P. theory. observation. experiment (d) experiment. d i ^ e c t i y q f W l t y . theory. Cuvier (c) John Ray (d) E.Rubisco protein comprise % of total chloro plast (a) 4 (b) 40 (c) 16 (d) 20 124 Who of the following proposed photoperiodism ? (a) Garner and Allard (b) Darwin (c) Lysenko (d) Arnon contd. decandole (c) Leuwenhoek (d) Louis Pasteur Kalpvriksha is the name of (a) banyan tree (b) peepal tree (c) coconut tree (d) palm tree In the book Historia Naturalis about 1000 medicinal plants were described which was written by (a) Pliny (b) Linnaeus (c) Caesalpino (d) Tippo The term phylum in taxonomy was given by (a) C. Nonsymbiotic anaerobic nitrogen fixation bacteria is (a) Azotobacter (b) Frankia (c) Clostridium (d) Azolla 122. 117 The osmotic potential is denoted by (a) (b) AT (c) (d) Ws 118 Loss of water from the tips of leaves is called (a) guttation (b) transpiration (c) respiration (d) bleeding 119 Rate of transpiration can be measured by (a) Ganong's potometer (b) porometer (c) auxanometer (d) respirometer ] 2(J The element which is not of much importance to plants is (a) Ca (b) Zn (c) Cu (d) Na.L. experiment (c) theory. Haeckel Taxon is (a) species (b) unit of classification (c) highest rank in classification (d) group of closely related families Viroids have (a) single stranded RNA not enclosed by protein coat (b) single stranded DNA not enclosed by protein coat (c) double stranded DNA enclosed by protein coat (d) double stranded RNA enclosed by protein coat Yersinia pestis is causative agent of (a) syphilis (b) leprosy (c) whooping cough (d) plague 10' In plant. Red rust of tea is caused by PHYSICS FOR YOU I JANUARY '08 (a) Puccinia (c) both (a) and (b) (b) Cephaleuros (d) none of these Pteridophytes differ from bryophytes in having (a) vascular tissues (b) archegonia (c) motile antherozoids (d) alternation of generation i 14 If the number of chromosome in nucellus is 48 then what will be the number of chromosome in endosperm of Ephedra ? (a) 48 (b) 72 (c) 24 (d) 96 In active nonosmotic absorption of water the OP of the cell sap of root hairs is than/to OP of the soil water (a) higher (b) lower (c) both (a) and (b) (d) equal 116 The role which can be assigned to plasma membrane is (a) it gives passage to water (b) it gives passage to solutes and water (c) it gives passage to water and solutes only into the cell (d) it helps in movement of cell contents out of the cell. 86 6 } o + 0 ?acj<t $ 6 . Citrus canker is caused by (a) virus (b) algae (c) fungus (d) bacterium fit Agaragar which is commonly used in microbiological studies and culture media is obtained from (a) Gelidium (b) Laminaria (c) Polysiphonia (d) Batrachospermum Dinoflagellates are considered connecting link between Monera and Protista because (a) they spin while they move (b) they have flagella in grooves (c) they show bioluminescence (d) they have condensed chromosomes lacking histone proteins. observation. hypothesis. hypothesis.alkr tfitf Which of the following is a true sequence? (a) observation.H.
Growth is maximum in the zone of (a) cell division (b) cell elongation (c) cell maturation (d) all of these. The level of which of the following increases during water stress? (a) ethylene (b) abscisic acid (c) indole3acetic acid (d) gibberellins Genetical dwarfness can be overcome by treating it with .Skoog and Miller are associated with discovery of (a) cytokinin (b) auxin (c) gibberellin (d) both (a) and (c) 146. 139. A type of pollination in which flower remains closed is (a) dicliny (b) chasmogamous (c) dichogamous (d) none of these 143. are (a) auxins (D) kinetins (c) coumarins (d) gibberellins 14 Most of the plant's auxin occurs in (a) leaves (b) lateral buds (c) shoot apex (d) root apical meristem 148. Acetyl CoA is synthesized in (a) cytosol 16 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 Contd.Pollination in Vallisneria is by (a) wind (b) animals (c) insects (d) water 144. Which of the following provides energy to ETS by absorption of sunlight ? (a) chlorophyll (b) mitochondria (c) ATP (d) water i 28. plants respire in presence of light (c) C4 plants also exhibit Calvin cycle (d) C3 plants lack Hatch Slack pathway 126 At which step C0 2 joins photosynthesis? (a) first step of light reaction (b) last phase of light reaction (c) first step of photophosphorylation (d) dark phase or the first step of Calvin cycle.In sugarcane plant C0 2 is fixed in malic acid.Model Test Paper CBSEPMT 2008 O 125 Which of the following is incorrect statement? (a) C4 plants also show C2 cycle (b) C.The growth hormones responsible for bolting. from page no. Succulent plants have respiratory quotient less than one because of (a) complete oxidation (b) complete reduction (c) incomplete oxidation (d) incomplete reduction Vinegar is synthesized from alcohol by (a) Mycobacterium aceti (b) Acetobacter aceti (c) Lactobacillus (d) both (a) and (b) 132 Which of the following cells do not respire? (a) cortical cells (b) epidermal cells (c) RBC (d) xylem cells 133 The respiratory enzymes in the aerobic bacteria are located mainly in (a) liposomes (b) mitochondria (c) chondrioids (d) polysomes How many ATP molecules are formed in ETS from the reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide generated in one cycle of Krebs cycles ? (a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 9 (d) 12 Pyruvic acid enters TCA in the form of (a) OAA (b) malic acid (c) Acetyl CoA (d) citric acid f 36. 26 (b) inner membrane of mitochondria (c) matrix of mitochondria (d) Fi particles of mitochondria 137 Female gametophyte of angiospermic plants is represented by (a) oospore (b) embryosac (c) carpel (d) pollen grain 138 Pollen grains are not green but yellow because (a) plastids are absent (b) plastid chloroplast changes to chromoplast (c) they degenerates at the time when pollen grains shed (d) for attraction of vectors. in which the enzyme that fixes C0 2 is (a) ribulose biphosphate carboxylase (b) phosphenol pyruvic acid carboxylase (c) ribose phosphate kinase (d) fructose phosphatase Electron acceptor in PS II is (a) FRS (b) PQ (c) cytb (d) Fe J 30. l45.Pollen grains are able to withstand extremes of temperature and dessication because their exine is composed of (a) cutin (b) suberin (c) sporopollenin (d) callose 140 In Casuarina fertilization occurs by (a) chalazogamy (b) mesogamy (c) porogamy (d) apogamy The formation of embryo sac is called (a) megasporogenesis (b) megagametogenesis (c) microgametogenesis (d) none of these 142.
Phosphatase 154 Black tongue disease is associated with the deficiency of (a) Menadione (b) Niacin (c) Retinol (d) Calciferol Clara cells in the respiratory system are present with (a) Trachea. (b) There are 3 lobes in right lung and 2 lobes in the left lung of man. release lecithin (c) Respiratory bronchioles. 164Angiotensin . (c) The urine leaving the DCT is nearly as concentrated as the interstitial fluid deep in the medulla.II increases the blood volume by (a) signalling PCT to reabsorb more NaCl and water (b) stimulating adrenal gland to release aldosterone (c) by stimulating the release of ADH (d) all of these 16: .Which of the following gases makes the most stable combination with the haemoglobin of red blood cells? (a) C0 2 (b) CO (c) 0 2 (d) N2 Which of the following statements is incorrect ? (a) Atelectasis occurs due to the lack of surfactant and Pneumothorax. (b) The wall of collecting tubule is permeable to water whereas ascending limb is impermeable to water.Which of the following wave of ECG shows ventricular depolarization ? (a) P wave (b) QRS wave (c) T wave (d) U wave 16? Which of the following statements is wrong ? (a) The counter current mechanism changes the isotonic glomerular filtrate into a hypertonic urine by increasing salt concentration around the nephron and collecting tubule. (b) Lubbclosure of atrioventricular valves . 160A portal system is one in which (a) a vein starts from an organ and ends up in heart (b) a vein starts from an organ and ends up in another organ (c) a vein starts from heart and ends up in lungs (d) none of these 161 . (c) Purkinje fibresinitiation of heart beat. release mucus (d) Respiratory bronchioles. prothrombin (b) Zinc. ferric ions are converted into ferrous. release lecithin If thorax is injured and pleura damaged. Which one of the following is a matching pair ? (a) Dubbopening of the semilunar valves at the beginning of ventricular diastole.(a) auxins (c) antigibberellins 150 Abscisic acid causes (a) faster leaf fall (c) dormancy of tuber (b) gibberellins (d) ethylene. (d) In methaemoglobin. (d) Pulsation of radial'arteryvalves in blood vessels. release mucus (b) Trachea.Which of the following are involved in the formation of the acetabulum ? Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 151 Recently discovered vitamin having anticancer properties is (a) Vitamin B. (c) Asphyxia occurs due to acute hypercapnia.When the volume of body fluid falls below normal. ADH (a) decreases permeability of distal convoluted tubule and collecting tubule (b) increases permeability of distal convoluted tubule and collecting tubule (c) has nothing to do with permeability of convoluted tubule (d) none of these 166.Lymph differs from blood in possessing (a) more proteins and less waste products (b) less proteins and more waste products (c) more proteins and more waste products (d) less proteins and less waste products 162. sodium is transported passively and chloride ions pass out actively into the interstitial fluid. (b) retardation of growth (d) all of these immediately after the start of ventricular systole. the air enters the pleural cavity and the lungs are collapse. This condition is known as (a) Hyponea (b) Orthopnoea (c) Dyspnoea (d) Pneumothorax 157. Carbonic anhydrase (c) Vitamin B r Paralysis (d) Sulphur.Vitamin excreted by urine in higher vertebrates is (a) A (b) D (c) K (d) C 16? . (b) Vitamin B1S (c) Vitamin B n (d) Vitamin Q 152 Tonics made out of the liver are very effective in curing haemopoietic disorder because (a) they contain proteins (b) they contain RBCs (c) they contain bile juice (d) they contain vitamin B 153 Find the odd one (a) Vitamin K. (d) As the filtrate passes through the ascending limb.
bronchi and bronchioles are lined by (a) squamous epithelium (b) ciliated epithelium (c) columnar epithelium (d) cubical epithelium The mast cells secrete the following substance (a) heparin (b) histamine (c) serotonin (d) all of these Urethra.Birds (b) Vertebral column . chorda tympani and hyomandibular (b) medulla and divides into palatine.Reptiles (c) Ribs . hyomandibular and chorda tympani (c) cerebellum and divides into ophthalmic. (b) DG Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 (c) cAMP (d) Protein kinase A During mechanism of action of insulin. when the level of progesterone in the blood is (a) low (b) normal (c) high (d) very high Which of the following product PIP2 diffused into the cytoplasm triggering the release of Ca2+ for intracellular calcium mediated processes? (a) IP. ii & iii The cells responsible for the resorption of bone matrix during the growth and remodelling of the skeleton are called (a) osteoblasts (b) osteoclasts (c) chondroblasts (d) chondroclasts Bone formed by the ossification of tendon is called as (a) sesamoid (b) cartilage or replacing bone (c) isnvesting or dermal bone (d) none of these Uncinate process is the typical feature of (a) Verterbral column .Reptiles Which of the following transmits impulses from one side of the cerebellum to the other? (a) Pons varolii (b) Crura cerebri (c) Corpora quadrigemina (d) Cerebellum Branched tree like structure present in cerebellum and made up of white matter is (a) arborial (b) areolae (c) arbor vitae (d) archenteron The CSF moves from ventricle of the brain to subarachnoid space through (a) foramina Magendie (b) foramina Luschka (c) foramen of Monro (d) both (a) and (b) Trigeminal nerve arises from brain in the region of (a) pons Varolii and divides into palatine.Birds (d) Ribs . vagina and oesophagus have a common inner lining of (a) squamous epithelium (b) ciliated epithelium (c) columnar epithelium (d) stratified squamous epithelium Stratum germinativum is an epithelium of the type (a) squamous (b) ciliated (c) columnar (d) cuboidal The horns of rhinoceros are composed of (a) bone (b) cartilage (c) chitin (d) keratin In mammals. protein kinase C is activated by (a) P. maxillary and mandibular Inhibition of uterine contraction ceases and the bleeding and cramps of menstruation begin. maxillary and mandibular (d) pons Varolii and divides into ophthalmic.P 2 (b) IP3 (c) DG (d) Ca2+ Which of the following hormones binds with intracellular receptors? (a) Thyroid hormone (b) Catecholamine (c) Peptide hormone (d) All of these Fertilizin proteins are associated with (a) corona radiata of the ovum (b) zona pellucida of the ovum (c) acrosome of the sperm (d) tail part of the sperm Cells of Rauber are (a) trophoblast cells in contact with embryonal (b) cells of inner cell mass (c) cells present in the blastocoel (d) uterine epithelial cells making contact with blastocyst The mesoderm gives rise to all structures except (a) nervous system (b) muscular system (c) circulatory system (d) gonads If both the ovaries of a pregnant female are removed in the second trimester it will lead to (a) abortion (b) slow development of fetus (c) normal development (d) premature birth Inner surface of fallopian tubes.(i) Ilium (ii) Ischium (iii) Pubis (a) i & ii only (b) ii & iii only (c) i & iii only (d) i. the melanocytes give protection from (a) UVrays (b) infrared rays (c) Xrays (d) visible light .
(d) 168. (b) Salmon fish excretes lot of stored salt through gill membrane when in fresh water. 27. (c) 43. 75. 147. 40. 65. (d) 163. 150. (c) Paramecium discharges concentrated salt solution by contractile vacuoles.com Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 . (c) 108. 177. 21. (a) 123. 92. 196. (c) 98. 157. (c) 138. 81. 54. (d) 113. 29. 25. 187. (c) 73. 124. 24. 190. (a) 198. 101. 197. (a) 143. 114. (a) 78. (d) 158. (c) 58. 20' If a person dependent on maize food grain in future he suffers from deficiency of which vitamin? (a) Retinol (b) Niacin (c) Thiamine (b) Calciferol • ANSWERS 3. 115. 85. 49. 162. (b) 153. estrogen (d) secretin. 61. 134. 51. 129. (c) (b) (b) (b) (c) (b) (a) (b) (d) (a) (b) (b) (d) (a) (a) (c) (d) (b) (b) (a) (a) (d) (c) (a) (a) (b) (c) (c) (b) (b) (b) (b) (d) (a) (d) (b) (d) (d) (c) (a) 5. 95. 130. 17. 117. (b) 103. 86. in arterial blood (c) CO. (d) 148. 69. 41. 149. 55. cholecystokinin Gall bladder is stimulated by (a) secretin (b) cholecystokinin (c) enterogastrone (d) enterokinase . in venous blood (b) 0 2 conc. 180. in arterial blood (d) 0 2 conc. 62. (b) 188. 200. 74. 136. 141. (d) 53. 184. 44. 160. 6. 7. 159. 185. 109. 112. (a) 33. 199. in venous blood Systemic heart refers to (a) the heart that contracts under stimulation from nervous system (b) left auricle and left ventricle in higher vertebrates (c) entire heart in lower vertebrates (d) the two ventricles together in humans. 171. (b) 93. 194. 80. 191. (a) 118. 56. 120. 140. 170. visit our website : www. 172. (b) 13. 156. 10.A lubricant. 90. (a) (b) (d) (c) (a) (c) (c) (c) (a) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (b) (d) (b) (d) (b) (b) (b) (a) (b) (d) (a) (c) (c) (a) (a) (d) (d) (b) (b) (c) (a) (a) (d) (b) (b) (b) For detailed solution. 195. 146. (c) 83. 107. 161. 70. (c) 38. 127. 99. (d) 28. 15. (b) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (d) (d) (b) (d) (b) (a) (a) (c) (b) (b) (a) (a) (a) (d) (a) (b) (b) (b) (c) (d) (b) (c) (b) (d) (c) (d) (b) (d) (a) (a) (a) (c) (a) (b) 2. conc. (a) 183. 152. 71. 102. 9. RASS operated during which condition (a) low BP & low Blood volume (b) high BP & high Blood volume (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these Which one of the following statements is correct with respect to salt water balance inside the body oflivng organisms? (a) When water is not available camels do not produce urine but store urea in tissues. 52. 122. 155. (c) 48. 175. 97. 145. 26. 181. 132. 19. 125. 96. 176. 12. 137. (c) 23. 60. 100. 22. 36. 66. 182.momentumacademy. 20. 37. 31. 82. 79. (b) 18. parathormone (b) estradiol. 67. (d) 68. 59. progesterone (c) kinase. 174. 116. 111. 169. 166. 14. 64. Which one of the following commonly forms renal stones in ureter and cause severe pain during urination ? (a) Oxalate salt (b) Citrate salt (c) Uric acid (d) Carbonate salt The respiratory centre in the brain is stimulated by (a) C0 2 conc. 106. (a) 193. 39. (a) (a) (c) (a) (d) (d) (c) (a) (a) (d) (b) (a) (b) (d) (d) (c) (a) (b) (d) (a) (b) (a) (d) (d) (a) (a) (c) (b) (d) (c) (d) (b) (b) (d) (c) (c) (c) (d) (b) (c) 4. 72. (b) 173. 47. 32. 50. 84. 104. 131. 154. 45. 151. 16.Duodenum has characteristic Brunner's glands which secrete two hormones called (a) prolactin. 89. 30. 76. 94. 91. 135. 11. (b) 63. 192. 42. (b) 8. (d) The body fluids of fresh water animals are generally hypotonic to surrounding water. (a) 1. 139. 110. 189. 126. 35. 34. 179. (c) 128. Haemophilia is caused by (a) factor V (b) factor VIII (c) factor III (d) none of these Movement of WBCs out of capillaries is called (a) translocation (b) phagocytosis (c) diapedesis (d) pinocytosis. 186. 144. 142. 165. (a) 88. 121.' (d) 178. 119. 105. 46. 57. 77. 164. 87. (b) 133. mucin in saliva is made up of (a) glycoprotein (b) polysaccharides (c) phospholipids (d) myosin Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) (a) is caused by a variant of Pneumococcus pneumonae (b) is caused by a variant of the common cold virus (corona virus) (c) is an acute form of asthma (d) affects nonvegetarians much faster than the vegetarians. 167.
at an angle of 45°.com Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 .) y2 (lsinG. Email: randhawainstitute_physicsiyahoo.C.2 + 2g (AB) (V 2 sin0. Find the minimum muzzle velocity required to hit the plane and also angle with which it is projected? From a point on the ground at a distance 'a' from the foot of a pole. (a) How must he aim his gun so that both "shots" hit the ball simultaneously? (b) What is the distance of the foot of the tower from the two persons and the height of the tower? A projectile is fired from the base of coneshaped hill.208. Sht A B = R Sln 0 V sin0 2 2 . The projectile grazes the vertex and strikes the hill again at the base. H=(V sin 0)t+ ^ g t 2 First Floor. Ball/ \A 1 An aeroplane flies horizontally at a height h' at a speed v. l 2 2.R=V c o s 8 2 V slnQ _ V2 sin 29 Rg = V2 sin2 9 Solve quadratic equation Also.g(l + sin0 2 ) Velocity at A. The second person is ahead of the first by a distance of 50 m and releases his 'shot' with a speed of 80 m s 1 .. show that. 8 8 R=Vxt. Randhawa Institute of Physics. V the initial velocity of projection and < the angle of projection. obtain an equation for finding the angle of projection so that r is at a minimum.Thought Provoking Projectile Motio By : Prof. S. g(lsin02)J . Two persons simultaneously aim their guns at a ball kept on a tower. we get V. and V2 the velocity of striking the plane when projected so that the range down the plane is maximum. SOLUTIONS The max. If 8 be the halfangle of the cone. range along inclined plane is V2 R= OA g(l + sin9 2 ) T h e he. Prove that V = ^V\V2 A ball is thrown from a point in level with and at a horizontal distance R from the top of a tower of height H. Sector36D. H Hk. Find the height of the pole. The first person releases his 'shot' with a speed of 100 ms"1 at an angle 30°. H its height. An antiaircraft gun fires a shell at the plane when it is vertically above the gun. Rajinder Singh Randhawa* If Vbe the velocity of projection and Vl the velocity of striking the plane when projected so that range up the plane is maximum.s i n 0 2 ) 2_V 2 2 4. Chandigarh.0. show that ) > 4 = tan" (2 cot 8) and V = ^2gff > 1 If v be the velocity and a its inclination to the horizontal at any point on its path for a projectile.2 V22 = V X + i tan §j . V sin9. is Vv then V2 = V.(ii) ( l + sin0 2 ) (lsin02) Multiply (i) and (ii). a ball is thrown. on the other side of it. which just touches the top of pole and strikes the ground at a distance of 'b'.. g( l . How must the speed and angle of projection of the ball be related to R in order that the ball may just go grazing past the top edge of the tower? At what horizontal distance r from the foot of the tower does the ball hit the ground? For a given speed of projection.) g(l + sin0 2 ) ^ (l + sin0 2 ) "'U) Similarly. maximum range down the plane is given by R' V 2 sin0. it is at right angles to the former direction after a time v/gsina.
.v cot a sin (90° .(i) For second person's shot.gt sin0 cos 2 0 v gt = v sin0 + sin0 sine gsinO . V p a ^ e U —V sin 8 ± ^Jv2 sin 2 6 + 2gH^ g (Taking+ye sign) :. • Dividing. Final velocity = . initial velocity = v sin a .vt(u => v = u cos a h = (u sin a ) t .8 t2 .V c o s 2 0 ^ V 2 s i n 2 0 + 2gH = 0 solution of equation (iii). 6 = 80.9 (2) 2 = 100 .(1/2) x 9..sin0 (V 2 sin 20 + 2 gH) .(iii) and d2 = 80 cos (38° 68')f •••(iv) .8 t2 .4 m s V 2 sin 2(f) Range = 2H tan 6 = and H = V 2 sin 2 0 2g A \ Since the horizontal c o m p o n e n t of velocity remains constant throughout the motion.1 9 ..4. using equation of trajectory. we get a t) V2 sin 20 cos0 . .(iii) The angle of projection for which r is minimum is a y = ^2g//(l + itan28) We have ..(ii) The angle of projection 0 for which r is minimum for a dr given value of V is given by j^ = 0 . height of the tower is from (i) H = 100 x 4 x 2 ..(1/2) x 9.a ) As along vertical direction.V sin (3 = .v cos 2 0/sin 0 Now. x_ y = x tan a 1 R) :. H = a tan 45° 1H First person Second person a +b ab * a+b 100 cos30° t = 50 + 80 cos (38° 68')f [From figure] which gives t ~ 2 sec is the time of the two "shots" hit the ball after firing. H = (8Osin0)f .a ) = ..^ gt2 1 => ^gt ^ ~(usina)t +h=0 cos a)t Aerc^iiane Since 'f' is real ! sin 2 a > 4 x \ g h ••y]v2 + 2gh Now.. v cos a = V cos (3 But a + (3 = 90° vcosa cos ( 9 0 ° .V s i n O j 2 _ 2 gH . c o s a = a = tan 2 Jv +2gh tana = A/2~gh (A/2lh/v) Let H be the height of the pole..•. 2 tan 5 = 2 s m 20 sin (j) tan 5 = 2 cot 6 tan 0 = 2 cot 5 1 j) = tan^ (2 cot 8) : \ \ HILL ¥ vf V/ / / / \/ / //////// 2#tan5 \f/ P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 . using v = u + at f a = g ' U=? vcos 2 0 vsin0 . (a) H = (100 sin30°)? . r = VcosG/ = ^yjv2 sin 2 0 + 2gH . Using (ii). we get (100 sin30°) = 80 sin0 => 0 = 38° 68' (b) The distances of the foot of the tower from the two persons are dy = 100 cos30° x t .. Using we find d{ ~ 180 m and d2~ 130 m [From (iii) and (iv)] Now.(ii) From (i) and (ii). 2i sm 0 2 gH l i \ i = 2 g H L +4T t a n o 2 c o t 8 / y l + 4cot 8 \ ' .. For first person's shot. f = ftvvb Now.Cnl^j .
When we remove bulb A from the circuit. (b) The frequency of the wave changes. 01K18 ' Train Your Brain ^ g C ^31 OTH][? UlMfl JJ 0 C n^ B 1B  The diagram shows a circuit with four identical light bulbs. the spring is compressed a distance 2d.q . After the collision. and the other one is charged with charge .. which statement is correct (p is a momentum. From this we can conclude that the electric potential in this region is (a) constant (b) zero (c) positive (d) negative. which of the following statements is correct? (a) The speed of propagation of the wave changes. the light intensity of bulb C (a) remains the same (b) increases (c) decreases (d) becomes zero.50 kg object is hung from the 0 cm end of the meter stick. how fast is a person on the Equator moving due to the Earth rotation? (a) 5 m/s (b) 50 m/s (c) 500 m/s '(d) 5000 m/s In a certain region of space. the electric field is zero.. Approximately. After the force is removed from both objects. the bob reaches the highest position. The amplitude of an electromagnetic wave in vacuum is doubled with no other changes made to the wave. When the negatively charged plate is discharged and then recharged with a positive charge 4q. A 0.25 kg (b) 0.75 kg (d) 1. The mass of the meter stick is (a) 0. (d) Momentum of the bob after t2. Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 . The pendulum bob is suspended by a stiff rod of length / and negligible mass. A dart is loaded into a springloaded toy dart gun by pushing the spring in by a distance d. As a result of this doubling of the amplitude. The radius of the Earth is 6. For the next loading. and the stick is balanced horizontally.37 x 10 6 m. The same constant force starts to act on each object. (c) All of the above are true. 4.0 kg. the electric field between the plates becomes Canadian Physics Oiympaic! Problems MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS WITH ONE CORRECT OPTION A uniform meter stick is supported on a fulcrum at the 25 cm mark. Object 1 has a greater mass than object 2. The force is removed from each object after it accelerates over a distance d. What quantities are conserved in this process? (a) Total kinetic energy of the bob and the bullet during the time interval At = t2. How much faster does the second dart leave the gun compared to the first? (a) Four times as fast (b) Two times as fast (c) The same • (d) Half as fast One of two parallel metallic plates is uniformly charged with charge +q. 2. and passes completely through the bob.th (b) Total momentum of the bob and the bullet during the time interval Af = t2tv (c) Total mechanical energy of the bob and the bullet during the time interval t3t{. The bullet emerges at time t2 with a speed of v/2. (d) None of the above is true. K is a kinetic energy)? (a) p i < p 2 (b) p i > p 2 (c) Kx > K2 (d) Kx < K2.50 kg (c) 0. In this case. At time t3. Two objects are initially at rest on a frictionless surface. the electric field between them is E. A bullet of mass m and speed v hits a pendulum bob of mass M at time /. the bob can barely swing through a complete vertical circle.
the velocity of each sphere becomes constant. the current in the frame (a) (b) (c) (d) is directed clockwise does not appear is directed counterclockwise none of these. The angles of the prism are 90°. and the specific heat capacities c. Based on what is shown on the graph. 15. you hear (a) the intensity and the frequency of the sound both increasing (b) the intensity and the frequency of the sound both decreasing (c) the intensity increasing and the frequency decreasing (d) the intensity decreasing and the frequency increasing. I< You stand on a platform at a train station and listen to a train horn as the train approaches the station at a constant velocity. the latent heats Lj and Lj. but before it arrives. and / 2 .5 E (b) 1. One sphere has a diameter twice as large as the other. 17. Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 11. A linear conductor with current /.0 min. and the area of a circular conductor. A metallic wire © 2>©© 3 has the shape of a square © 3 © © 3 © & © © © frame and is placed in the © © ©p© © field as shown. It is called the terminal velocity.0 min.5 £ (d) 3E A uniform magnetic field B is directed out of ©j2L£L£L® the page.(a) 0 (c) 2. < c 2 (b) L. Two solid spheres manufactured of the same material freely fall down in the air. > Two solid objects of the same mass are supplied with heat at the same rate AQ / At. The drawing shows velocity (v) versus time (t) graphs for two cyclists moving along the same straight segment of a highway f r o m the same point. current I 2 . 45°. The critical angle of the prism material is 49°. and inversely proportional to the radius of the circular conductor (c) directly proportional to the product of currents I. and specific heat capacity c^ changes according to graph 1 on the diagram.. and 45°. c. The ratio of terminal velocities of the spheres vbig/vsmal] is (a) 2 (b) (0 \ (d) ^ (a) (b) (c) (d) Astronauts are weightless in orbit because they are beyond the pull of gravity they travel in the accelerated frame of reference where centrifugal force is equal to centripetal force. . The temperature of the second object with latent heat L^ and specific heat capacity c2 changes according to graph 2 on the diagram. The magnetic force acting on each of the conductors is (a) zero (b) directly proportional to the product of currents /. At what time do the two cyclists meet? (a) 4. The force due to air resistance is proportional to the crosssectional area of a moving object and is a quadratic function of the speed of an object. is placed along the axis of a circular conductor. In some time after the beginning of motion in the presence of air resistance. and c 2 in solid state obey which of the following relationships? (a) Lj > L2. > c 2 (d) L t < L2. and the net force on an astronaut is zero they are in free fall together with their spacecraft of another cause.0 min (c) 12 min (d) 8. <L2\CL< c2 (c) Ll > L2. and / 2 . The second cyclist starts moving at t = 3. While the train approaches. What rays are the possible continuations of the incident ray? (a) The ray 1 only (b) The ray 2 only (c) The ray 3 only (d) Both rays 2 and 3. The temperature of the first object with latent heat L. The shape of the wire is steadily transformed into a circle in the same plane. inversely proportional to the square of the radius of the circular conductor (d) directly proportional to the product of current /.0 min (b) 6. which carries current / 2 . A light ray strikes a prism as shown in the drawing. Cj > c2. C.
00 kg/s as shown in the figure. draw the path of the subsequent motion of the bob if the string breaks when the bob is at its highest point. 27. On the same graph. to another of lesser radius. A long vertical tube with a weightless movable piston inside has its lower end under the water. Which of the following is true? (a) The kinetic energy increases and the potential energy increases. (v) Find the resistance of the resistor that corresponds to the maximum power delivered to the resistor. The conveyor belt is supported by frictionless rollers and moves at a constant speed of 0.e source as a ratio of the power consumed to the power produced by the source. supporting it. suddenly breaks. and the electric field in the cartesian system of coordinates. Using 10 m/s 2 for the acceleration due to gravity. A satellite is moved from one circular orbit around the earth. which intersects the optical axis of a converging lens under a small angle a at a distance 2F . and 1 g/cm3 for the density of water. draw the following two functions: (i) kinetic energy versus speed of a particle according to classical mechanics and (ii) the same function for Einstein's relativistic theory. the magnetic field. A point source of light is moving uniformly along a straight line. (iv) Treating the efficiency of u. An electron is moving at a constant velocity in a region of space with a uniform electric field of 1. the force on the lateral wall of the aquarium is (a) 36 N (b) 90 N (c) 180 N (d) 1500 N. Sketch a graph of the force necessary to lift the piston during its motion as a function of the height of the piston. A heavy pendulum bob is swinging back and forth when the string. Then it is slowly moved upwards. The electric force of interaction between the charge and the plate is best described as (a) zero force (b) an attractive force proportional to q/h1 (c) an attractive force proportional to q2/h2 (d) an attractive force proportional to q2/4h2 QUESTIONS THAT REQUIRE GRAPHIC SOLUTIONS 21. The lateral wall of the aquarium is 40 cm long and 30 cm high. The initial position of the piston is just over the surface of the water. (ii) Find the power produced by the source as a function of the resistance of the resistor. Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 24. A brick is on an incline whose angle of inclination can be changed from 0 to 90 degrees. and the potential energy decreases.0 x 10~3T. A point particle carries a positive charge +q and is maintained at a distance h above a large conductive uncharged plate. Sketch a graph of the force of friction acting on the brick versus the angle of inclination in the given range. A source of electric power with electromotive force E and internal resistance r. The tube is motionless throughout the experiment. (b) The kinetic energy increases. Sketch a vector diagram for the velocity of the electron. (d) The kinetic energy decreases and the potential energy increases. find the efficiency of the source of electric power as a function of the resistance of the resistor and sketch the graph of this function. (iii) Sketch graphs of these two functions. Ignoring the mass of the string and air resistance. (i) Find the power delivered to the resistor as a function of the resistance of the resistor. The crosssectional area of the piston is A. is connected to a resistor. 23. SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS 26. The electric field has only an xcomponent while the magnetic field has only a ycomponent.0 x 10 3 N/C and a uniform magnetic field of 1. Sand from a stationary hopper falls onto a moving conveyor belt at a rate of 5. (c) The kinetic energy decreases and the potential energy decreases.75 m/s under the action of a constant horizontal external force F ext supplied by the motor that drives the belt. and calculate the efficiency for this resistance. 28.An aquarium is filled with water. Find (i) the force of friction exerted by the belt on the sand (ii) the external force F ext (iii) the work done by Fext in 1 s (iv) the kinetic energy acquired by the falling sand each second due to the change in its horizontal motion (v) compare and analyse the answers to (iii) and (iv).
If T is a period of rotation. and T = 24 x 3600 s. If instead of q~ one has 4G 4i7+.3)2 a2_f 2 t )2 U3J ' Jl P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 ? dV N —u.A + E. it takes less time to travel the distance d. If Q is negative. 10. The potential is also positive (c). (a) and (c) are wrong.— .50 x 0. Even though the force applied to objects 1 and 2 is the same. E = 0. because an object experiences the external force of gravity that changes momentum. The • . a constant R (a). (i) Draw the lens. e o The reason why there is need to take one gaussian surface for one plate and full discussions are given in the author's book. The potential energy is proportional to the square of the compression.500 m/s Consider uniformly charged spherical shell. (b) is the correct answer. v = 2nR/T = 4. T. the trajectory of the source of light. where R is the radius of the Earth. the speed increases the same number of times as the compression does. whether it is enclosed or not is also not known. and the relative velocity of the image with respect to the source. Therefore. E. Therefore the resultant field is — . we can obtain the ratio of accelerations of the two cyclists: a2 tax = 4.50 kg The relationship between the angular speed (co) and the linear speed (v) gives: v = mR. (d) (d) is correct because an amplitude. 11. then not only the field is zero but the potential is also zero unless it is mentioned that it is a charged enclosure. co = 271IT. (b) According to the law of conservation of energy. the potential will be a constant and will be positive or negative depending on whether the charge is +ve or negative. and kinetic energy is proportional to the square of the initial speed of the dart. However by the superposition of two Gaussian surfaces. the magnetic flux through the frame is increasing. 9. (iii) Determine the minimum relative speed of the image of the source of light with respect to the source. According to the Lenz's law. The equivalent resistance of the part of circuit with the bulb B increases after the removal of the bulb A. dx 1 47te0 Q+ — . a speed of propagation. and the trajectory of its image produced by the lens. 4. Therefore. If "it is a certain" region of space. the velocity of the image. potential is ^ its smaller mass. It results in the induction of electric current in the loop. (d) is wrong. If the question had been a uniformly charged sphere. (d) At a particular point S.riSL or IE where e0 £o £o to the to the 0 left right £ = • The answer should be (d) and not (b). During the transformation of the shape of the frame. The area of a circle is greater than the area of a square with the same perimeter.V. V= 0 (b). the change in momentum is less for object 2 because At is smaller. The speed of the source of light is v0.A = — + e e due+to due to o o q q to the right to the right from P to S from S to O Thus the field is £ = — where O = — . (b) From the slopes on the graph.. the field due to 4q = — to the E o o left and that due to +q = — to the right. 7. This entails the reduction in current through the bulb C. the potential is also a negative (d). Beyond the Barriers (Extension lectures in physics) by Krishnan. If the shell is not charged. ft.from the lens with a focal distance F. and a frequency of the wave are independent variables.25 = M x 0. SOLUTIONS (b) Condition of equilibrium for torques with respect to the fulcrum is: 0. As V = constant. the potential energy of a spring transforms into the kinetic energy of a dart. the field due to q+ is added to q . Therefore. the direction of the induced current is clockwise. (ii) Draw the vector diagram for the velocity of the source of light. 8. Object 2 has a greater acceleration because of . The field any where is zero.63 x 102 . because of the energy loss during the motion of the bullet inside the bob. The distances traveled by the two cyclists must be equal a/ 2 a2(t . in between the plates. the current produces the magnetic field of the opposite direction to the external field whose flux is increasing.25 =>M = 0.
d is its diameter. where D is the density of water. the two identical masses have different time of phase transition. there is also a possibility of reflection along ray 3. The intensity of sound is increasing because the distance between the source and the observer is decreasing. the kinetic energy PHYSICS F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 increases with the decrease in the radius of the orbit. v is the velocity. F = [(1000 x 10 x 0. 17. No other forces are applied to the bob. Therefore. .20. and the magnetic force on the wire is zero. The motion starts when a = tan 1 (p. 13. the Snell's law gives the possibility for the ray to be refracted in the direction of the ray 2. where M is the mass of the Earth.1 ((i) nil acts on it. v is proportional to JJ . i. (a) : Each conductor is parallel to the direction of magnetic field lines of another conductor. the average pressure is half of the maximum one. Therefore. where L is the length of the wall. 15. Under the same condition. 19.3) / 2] x 0. (b : • The uniform motion with the terminal velocity is possible when the force of gravity of the object is equal to the force of the air resistance. its latent heat is also greater. we can apply the Coulomb's law to calculate the force. (b) 14. the magnitude increases and it is negative. If the wire with current is parallel to the magnetic field line. the force becomes constant. i The lines of field of the point charge are everywhere perpendicular to the surface of the conductive plane. Because the source is approaching the observer. the frequency increases due to Doppler effect. (d) Comparing the slopes of the diagrams for the solid state of the two objects. The gravitational potential energy is negative and decreases with the decrease in radius. D is the density of the material ofthe sphere. The force will increase linearly until the pressure of water under the piston becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure P0. the centripetal force on the satellite is a gravitational force. 18.'mgsm(a) . H is the height of the wall. When the brick m g moves and the force ( ' nmgcos(aKj of kinetic friction tan . From the equation (i). 23.e. The pattern ofthe electric field lines over the plane is absolutely the same as for the system of two identical and oppositely charged particles separated by the distance 2h. Pressure is a linear function of the height. and static friction exists.4 = 180 N. 21 The motion will be vertically down under the force of gravity. Hence. Therefore. we see that the same heat causes less change of temperature for the second object. j2 nd z Mg = kv' Jtd 2 Kd D — e = kv — 6 4 where M is the mass of a sphere. (b) In the circular motion around the Earth.) (i) For the motionless brick: Ff = /wgsin(a) (ii) For the moving brick: Ffk = pmgcos(a) a . 2:.t = 6min —— = 2 t3 12. . therefore. Therefore. therefore. (d) The angle of incidence of the initial ray on the inclined side of the prism is less than the critical angle. Jl 25. The time of the second object is greater. R is the radius of the Earth and G is the universal gravitational constant. After this moment. When the brick is motionless. v2 = GM IR. (b ) The horizontal segment of the graph corresponds to the melting of the solids. c = 3 x 108 m/s (a) Classical Mechanics^' 5 6 2 '' (b) Relativistic Mechanics 24. and k is the constant coefficient for both spheres. the second object has the greater specific heat capacity. the sine of the angle between this two directions is zero. The force on the lateral wall can be found from: F = PavHL. In addition. (c) : The pressure P of water on the base of the aquarium is given by: P = DgH. There are two segments of the graph: 1.3 x 0.
170 Add Rs. however. Mail your order t o : Circulation Manager. Apx = (5. produced by the source is ?(R + r) = • This function is steadily (R + r)2 (R + r) decreasing with increasing of the resistance R (when R = 0. the trajectory of the source and the trajectory of its image cross the optical axis of the lens under the same angle a. The path AB of the source during some time interval is shown on the Fig. How to order : Send money by demand draft/money order. 2004 Chemistry Today: 2006. which permits to state that the speeds of the source and the image are different.750 m/s)2 = 1.•IF 0 that crosses the optical axis X at distance 2F from the vertex of lens and has the Fig. Its image A'B' is a trajectory of the image of the point source of light during the same time interval. MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd.2 9 . 406. Therefore. PHYSICS FOR YOU I FEBRUARY '08 187 Price of each volume : i s. the image of the object is also at the doublefocal distance from the lens.in . Mention the volume you require along with your name and address.: 26197344 email: info@mtg.2005 2006. From this condition. The obtained condition. The triangles POC and P'OC are equivalent right angle triangles.l figure 1 as an object.00 kg(0. (R + r) Pmax = E1/(4r)..2005.00 s This change occurs due to the only horizontal force on the sand A N The force of friction: / = = 3. its image moves at the velocity u vo along the line 2F . and thus. (ii) The power.2003 28.81 J (iv) ^(Am)v 2 = ^5. It experiences the external force and the force of friction from the sand £Fx = max +Fext .750 m)cos0° = 2. delivered to a resistor. Taj Aptt. (iii) The vector diagram of the velocities (figure 3) shows that the relative velocity v has its minimum magnitude when it is perpendicular to the vector u. Fext = 3. as it is clear from figure. New D e l h i . the trajectory of the image of the source of light A'B' crosses the optical axis at the point P ' at the distance 2F from the lens. (i) At 1.2004..75 N At (ii) The belt is in equilibrium. (ii) While the object moves at the velocity v0.This function has a maximum at R = r. does not permit us to conclude about the instantaneous position of the source of light at the moment that matches the result for the relative velocities.Ps = EV r). The only general conclusion is that the position of the source must guaranty the following relationship between the instantaneous speed of the source and the instantaneous speed of its image: v0 < u • A (iii) 0 r Available + r) (iv) The efficiency is given by: eR/(R 5./ = 0.25 (for each volume) for postage .. Demand Draft should be drawn in favour of MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. (i) First. covered by the source and its image during the same time interval. is given by R. we can find the rate of change of the xcomponent of momentum for the sand.2005.41 J (v) Friction between the sand and the belt converts half of the input work into internal energy of both objects. Near Safdarjung Hospital. we can obtain the result: I v Inm = v0sin2a.75 N. we must investigate the trajectory of the image of the source of light.00 kg)(0. Tel.5 BOUND VOLUMES of your Favourite Magazines Volumes of the following years are available : Mathematics Today : 2006. Ring Road.750 m/s) • = 3.75 N (iii) W = FArcosO = 3.1 e 3 o 130. The diagram shows the different distances AB and A'B'. (i) The power.2005 0 f\ r / R Physics For You : Biology Today : 2006.75 N (0.2fi Introducing the vertical and horizontal axes of coordinates. Ps = P= Due to the properties of the point at the doublefocal distance from the lens. 2 \7 same magnitude of inclination a to the axis (figure 2).
E{) and U0 respectively. V. Chandrodaya Society. These quantities are related to the previous ones as (a) Q> Qo (b) V> V0 (c) E > En (d) U> U0 7. The corresponding quantities now are given by Q.[ a n d is r e p u l s i v e . an emf e is induced between A and E. Chembur. the distance of the man above the floor will be (a) h\ l + M (b) Practice Paper SECTION . if v is in the zdirection and B is in the xdirection. The potential difference across the combination is (a) 1100 V (b) 2250 V (c) 2400 V (d) 1200V a a+b (b) The loop will be compressed. First Floor. No.. Mumbai71.The increase in internal energy is (a) 250 cal (b) 500 cal (c) 1000 cal (d) 1500 cal. A dielectric is now introduced between plates with battery still in connection. 8. (a) T h e n e t f o r c e o n t h e l o n g s t r a i g h t w i r e AB is h 2 m ~M (c) 2 h (d) a function of m. The angle of contact of the water surface at the upper end of the tube will be (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) tan" 1 2 (d) 60° 1 g of water on evaporation at atmospheric pressure forms 1671 cm3 of steam. Tel. (c) No torque will be acting on the loop as the forces are in same plane (d) No torque will be acting on the loop as the forces experienced by the wires of the loop are normal to the plane of the loop. h and u. voltage. Vidyarthi Academy. 1/4. 25222710 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U IFEBRUARY'08 188 . Swastik Chambers. E and U. M. When the ball reaches the floor. A parallel plate capacitor is connected to a battery. A solid cylinder of mass M and radius R is pulled by a horizontal force F acting at its topmost point on a horizontal surface where the coefficient of friction is p. The quantities charge. VQ. if v is in the ydirection and B is in the xdirection (b) e = 2Bav. When it moves with a velocity v in a magnetic field B. Swastik Park.They are then disconnected and reconnected in parallel. if v is in the )>direction and B is in the xdirection (c) e = BXv. Heat of vaporization at this pressure is 540 cal g~'. 6 to 10) 6.II One or More Correct Option (Q.plane. Opp. No. 2ti L p F = . a man of mass M standing at a height h above the floor throws a ball of mass m straight down with a speed u relative to ground. with A and E on the yaxis. (a) e = 0. the correct statement(s) is/are.IITJEE 200 PHYSICS SECTION 1 Only One Correct Option (Q. It lies in the yz. It is known that water wets glass. Two capacitors of 4 pF and 6 pF are connected in series and a potential difference of 5 kV is applied across the combination . 1 to 5) In gravityfree space. The conductor ABCDE has the shape shown in the figure. The water level rises by h in the tube. electric field and energy associated with this capacitor are given by Q{}. The tube is now pushed down so that only a length hi2 is outside the water surface. The maximum acceleration of the cylinder so that it may not start slipping is (a) 2pg (b) (c) (d) ~Vg Long glass capillary tube is dipped in water.0 V 2 Z. For the situation shown in the figure.
(d) e = Bkv. ColumnI ColumnII (a) charge on inner (P) . U) A parallel plate air capacitor has capacity 5 x 10~12 F. d) have to be matched with one or more statements in the Column . The period of vertical oscillations are Ts and Tp respectively 7. At that time the current. the power given to the two coils is the same. At a certain (b) Capacitor instant of time. for kx > k2 (a) Tp<T1<T2< 1 . (/ = MR2) ColumnI ColumnII Mg (r +R) (P) a = —1——t2(a) Force F = Mg } 2MR2 is applied to string towards left and spool rolls without slipping. Corresponding values for the second coil at the same instant are i2. i(t) = 7max sin cot. S. an inductance L and a capacitance C driven by a current source. the induced voltage and the energy stored in the first coil are iu Vt and (/. T. R. Plate A has a positive charge ql . The current in one coil is increased at a constant rate. Match the graphs given in ColumnII to element given in ColumnI. V2 and U2 respectively.5 0 x 10~12 F surface of plate A (Q) 150 x 10~12 F (b) charge on outer surface of B is Now a cell of emf (R) 100 x 10~12 F 10 V is connected so that plate A is +ve (S) 50 x IO"12 F and plate B ve (T) 100 X 10~12 F (c) charge on inner surface of plate A is (U) 150 X 10"12 F (d) charge on outer surface of plate B is 12. (Q) (d) Plot of voltage across (S) capacitor and inductor 13./stands for force of friction.I (a. A heavy spool of mass r>R/2 Fr>fR for all the case M and radii r. A body of mass m is suspended from two light springs of force constants kx and k2 (< k{) separately. Match the following. Li — 8 mH and L2 = 2 mH. V PHYSICS FOR YOU IF B U R '08189 ERAY 71 . R of axel and spool respectively is resting on rough surface so that only rolling may be possible. The current in the second coil is also increased at the same constant rate.II (P. Mg(rR) (b) Force F = Mg is f (Q) 2 MR7 applied vertically ( r upwards. An ideal string is wound on the axel. V2±_ Then. Now the same body is suspended from the same two springs which are first connected in series and then in parallel. if v is in the xdirection and B is in the ^direction. 61 to 64) Statements in the Column . respectively. No. The periods of vertical oscillations are T} and T2 respectively. 1_ 1 (c) Resistor (d) (b) — = 4 (c) ^ = 4 (a) T TT Ui SECTION Match the Columns (Q. There is no slipping between string and axel. Q. Figure shows an LCR circuit consisting of a series combination of a resistance R. The string is continuously pulled by applying force F.J _ _L 1 1 _L r 2 1] 2 +r 2 2 Tp T{ T£ (b) r 2 " r2 t2 (C) (d) ColumnI (Element) ColumnII (Graph of voltage and current (a) Inductor (P) Two different isolated coils have selfinductances.IO"10 coulomb and plate B has charge q2 = +2 x IO"10 coulomb. c. b.
the rod reaches terminal velocity has constant acceleration has increasing acceleration oscillates simple harmonically SECTION . 20 to 21) . ac.2 / J 1 ) 1 Jv \ (S) 143 cm (1=4/3 I (T) 237 cm (U) 200 cm SECTION . The power required to drive this car at 36 km/hr is (a) 2. acn. 15 to 19) PassageI When 2500 kg car driven at 72 km/hr on level road is put in neutral gear (engine force is cut off) the velocity decreases in the following way v = 20/(1 + tl20). When switch S connects resistor R in circuit maximum velocity of rod is Mg R sin a.5 kW (b) 3. Mg R sin a. . (a) (b) (c) (d) When switch 5 connects an inductor L. In columnI are given lens and surrounding medium.5) has focal length 50 cm when placed in air. A thin equiconvex lens (n = 1. = 0 (U)a*o>acm*0 PassageII n A homogenous field of magnetic induction B is perpendicular to a track of breadth / which is inclined at an angle a to the horizontal. . In columnII are given corresponding focal lengths.2 (Q) 100 cm I U=4/3 i (c) "a=4/3' (R) 75 cm (d) H=1. No. No. 20.V Assertion & Reason (Q. statement2 is false (d) both statement1 and statement2 are false. A frictionless conducting rod of mass m slides the two rails of the track as shown in the figure. !7. A vertical coil of conducting wire with galvanometer is in a cart.When he crossed uniform magnetic field galvanometer shows deflection. Uniform magnetic field B is as shown in the figure Statement.25 kW (d) 9 kW The resistive force at speed of 72 km/hr was (a) 2500 N (b) 3000 N (c) 4000 N (d) 5000 N P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U IFEBRUARY'08190 Instructions Each question contains statement1 (assertion) and statement2 (reason). mark correct choice if (a) statements1 and 2 are true and statement2 is a correct explanation for statement1 (b) statements1 and 2 are true and statement2 is not a correct explanation for statement1 (c) statement1 is true.IV Comprehension Type (Q. When switch S connects capacitor C in circuit acceleration of rod after some time is (a) zero mg sin a (b) constant and equal to m + B2l2C mg sin a (c) constant and equal to mB2l2C (d) increasing continuously ! 8. The plane of coil is parallel to velocity (see figure). (a) (b) 2 B2l2 B2l2 3Mg R sin a MgR sin2 K (c) (d) 2 2 2Bl B2l2 19. Of these statements. = 0 (T) a ^ O . A man is moving with constant speed in A cart. Focal length Water (a) V (P) 600 cm (b) \J [i=1.0 kW (c) 6.(c) Force F = 2Mg applied at angle 6 0 with vertical ( C M so that line of ' •s force passes through point of contact (d) Force F = Mg applied at an f Q A ( r .R sin 6)L (R) « = " g angle e < 8 0 VY/ (S) a = 0.
21 Disc rests on rough horizontal surface.C H = CH .C .55 x IO"22 J (b) 1. 4 (b) 10. No. He states that current is produced because Lorentz force acts on free electrons. 6 ^Br CI —CH" ^C1 tButOK isomers (d) 4 . .0 •(*) final product B is H I F ) OH I CH3 (a)  . A twoslit Young's experiment is illustrated in the figure X = 5000 A.5 and after 964 sec. A body is projected vertically upwards from the surface of earth with a velocity sufficient to carry it to infinity.6 x 10 J (d) 4. . 24. No.II One or More Correct Option (Q. Initially the piston is kept pressed such that one part has a pressure P and volume 5 V and the other part has pressure 8P and volume V. the piston is now left free.2. I conversion possible by (a) LiAlH4 (c) NaBH 4 reagents (b) Zn .C — OH H CHR CH—CH. 6 H' CH (a) none product has (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 T. Fe the value of x.CH = CH . SECTION . it was 0.2 x IO"20 J 4 (c) 3.CH .C H . Fe3(CO)y .38 x IO"23 J K"1) (a) 5. — • O CH.CH. Find the new pressure for (a) the isothermal and (b) adiabatic process [y = 15] 25. y are in the Mn2(CO)jc.V I Subjective Questions (Q. (a) Calculate the thickness of the film and (b) shift of central fringe if S. A piston divides a closed gas cylinder into two parts. 23. 26 to 30) The average energy of oscillator with frequency 10 Hz at 1000 K is (Boltzmann constant = 1. A simple pendulum of massless rod of length L and mass m has a spring of force constant k connected to it at a distance h below its point of suspension. No. When a thin film of a transparent material is put behind one of the slits.25.—OH CH3 Re2Cl8" " molecule has (a) 0 bonds (b) dp hybridization (c) 5 bond (d) bond order is three i 33 Which can undergo nucleophilic substitution? (a) C2H5Br (b) [ f j ) N PHYSICS FOR YOU IF B U R '08191 ERAY t 29 If 18e" rule is valid for Mn.S2 is 1 mm. 12 C=C (c) 5 . OH OH (c) both (a) and (b) CH3 — C — C — CHJ CH3 — C .2 x IO"24 J 14 (a) 3.The index of refraction of the film is n = 1. Find the frequency of vibrations of the system for small values of amplitude. SECTION . the zero order fringe moves to the position previously occupied by the 4th order bright fringe . fraction of A left undecomposed after 400 sec was 0. and distance between slit and screen is 2 m. A —» B. The order of reaction was (a) 2 (b) 1. Calculate the time taken by it to reach height h.Statement. 31 to 35) CH. Statement2: External torque due to friction acts on disc during collision. A particle of mass m strikes the disc tangentially at topmost point (see figure) Statement1: Angular momentum of system about point of contact is not conserved.5 (d) 1st order CHJ 28. CHEMISTRY SECTION 1 Only One Correct Option (Q. 22 to 25) 22.5 (c) 3. Hg/HCl (d) AlIsopropoxide OH II CH 3 ^c = c \ H I H CH jCOOAg *(A) I2 H i (b) (c) ' H —.
> (P) H2NOH/dil. S°(H20) = 20 Jmol'K' 1 ) What is the ratio between heat generated by hydrogen burned and same weight of carbon burned ? AH.4 x 105 kJ 2 (c) 6. 36 to 39) Statements in the Column .N0> (O NO.II (P. find theoretical maximum work produced from electric motor. R.1 M KC1 increases in 1M CN~ decreases by increasing temperature decreases by adding C 2 0 4 " ~ SECTION Match The Columns (Q.8 (d) 12. CH. 3 Prays Xrays (R) 6 C n I H CH : alkene C2H5 (d) trans2pentene + OSO4 (a) (b) (c) (d) SECTION .4) CH : H—C—N—0 © (C) H• C2H5 H.4 x 105 kJ 4 (c) 8. Battery rated as 1500 mA hr can power a device drawing 100 mA current for 15 hrs. 'NO. pNitrophenols (b) d(+). Q. No. respectively for a rechargeable lithium battery.2 x 10 kJ (d) 182 kJ (T) PCC. Hg/HCl (c) CH2 = CH .6 x 10 kJ (d) 11. ColumnI CoiumnII (Reagents) (Conversions) (a) > C = O — > CH. ColumnI (Pairs of compounds) (a) o. S°(H 2 ) = 131 JmoL 1 K"1. Using H 2 as fuel ? (a) 1. 0 = 286 kJ AHf CO. Agl (d) A1C13. No.IV (A) H.0 diol Comprehension Type (Q. b.C . During charge recharge cycles.3 (c) 6. If carbon Li intercolation ratio is 6 : 1 the theortical charge capacity of lgm graphite to intercolate lithium is (a) 372 mA hr/gm (c) 150 mA hr/gm (b) 684mAhr/gm (d) 880 mA hr/gm Solubility of PbCl2 decreases in 0. It is very powerful fuel and can operate the heat engine. (c) AgCl.2 (b) 4. c. Li® + xee + w C+xH + 2e~ C „ Lix total amount of energy battery can store is rated as mA hr.9 x 104 kJ (b) 2. CH2C12 (U) K2Cr207 ColumnII (Property) (P) n Bond order is 2 (Q) Hydration energy maximum (R) Paramagnetic (S) Odd electron molecule (T) oxidising property ColumnII (Method of separation) (P) Benzene (Q) Steam distillation 37.C2H5 ether ColumnI (Isotope) (P) 94Pu239 (Q) 6C14 (S) 14Si30 (T) 24Cr55 (U) 7N13 39. T. Graphite has lithium inter eolation sites between its layers.CH. d) have to be matched with one or more statements in the Column . ° > (B)diol ColumnII (Types of emission) positron a. ColumnI (Molecule) (a) F2 (b) C 2 (c) K0 2 (d) NO 38. U) 36. H 2 S0 4 (b) C0 2 4 H 2 C 2 0 4 (Q) Zn . S 0 (O 2 ) = 205 JmoHK" 1 . 40 to 44) PassageI Lithium cobalt oxide and specially carbon are active ingredients for +ve and ve electrodes. S. following half cell reaction occur LiCo0 2 ^ " Lij _ „ + Co0 2 + x .CH3 (R) N2H4 / OH~ 0 I II (S) Na at 230°C CH. (a) (b) (c) (d) Which of these can form transproduct ? (a) 2Butyne + H 2 Pd/BaS0 4 alkene (b) 2Butene(cis) + C 5 H 5 C0 3 H>(.O .6 When 1 kg of H 2 is burned. 0 (d) •NH 1 gm graphite can charge coulombs (a) 1341 (b) 95600 (c) 13600 (d) 2682 PassageII Hydrogen is more energy dense than carbon by mass.2 kJ What work will be provided by engine operating between 25°C and 300°C ? (a) 6.CHOH .— CH .. H . /(+) 2Butanol PHYSICS FOR YOU IF B U R '08192 ERAY .I (a. = 394 kJ (a) 2.2 x 105 kJ (b) 2. MgCl2 (d) (R) Chromatography (S) NH 3 (T) C2H5 .
It forms (B). 47 to 50) 47.3 ± j{yl)(y + 5) (b) 15y = I3x . k3 rate constant). with Zn + NH4C1.3. N 2 > I.3 + J(x3)(2x) +7 (c) 15* = I3y + 3 ± yl5x2y (d) 13x=15y + 3 ± V3 + x . and oxidized product (C) C 7 H 7 ON. ksp Co(OH)3 = IO"43. then the number of such quadratic equations is (are) (a) one (b) two (c) three (d) infinitely many The minimum distance of x2 . C. A cell is prepared MCI M 1 x 1 0 " % lxlO" 2 M M SECTION . k2.1 with buffer having NH 3 and NH 4 ion. 51 to 55) 51. In this how many numbers will be divisible by 11 (a) 11 x 4! 5! (b) 11 x 2 ! x 7 ! (c) 11 x 3! 6! (d) 11 x 9! P H Y S I C S FOR Y O U IFEBRUARY'08193 . B.2. y (formation of complex) [xM* + y NH3 ^ M.1M) emf 0. of A. Statement1: LP.l l + IZ+ll (c) IZ1I + IZ2I + IZ+3I (d) I2Z+1I + IZI + IZ1I The digits 1.V Assertion & Reason (Q. Find value of x. On reduction. H N02 NH 3 (2M) NH 3 (2M) where MCI is insoluble salt which form complex M^CNHj^ with NH 3 . MCI 5 MCI *3 Nitration of Benzene takes place by above path. C 7 H 9 ON which forms silver mirror with Tollen's reagent. than double rate constants sulphonation also takes place by same steps. k3 nitration graph Compare rate of Nitration use of Benzene/C6D6 (kh k2.VI Subjective Questions (Q. No. X. b be real. 9 are written in random order to forms a nine digit number. Statement1: CH3CN less basic than CH 3 CH —NH Slateinen bond N.4 x 2 54. kf for Co(NH3)3+ = 2 x 1035) MCI 50. How much of 6 M NH3 and 6M HC1 should be added per litre of this solution to prevent Co(OH)3 from precipitate ? (kb NH3 = 2 x IO"5.SECTION . Triple bond N has more I.P.118 volts at 25°C. If a is a root of x2 + ax + b = 0 then a 2 is also its root.01M CoCl3 by buffering solution at pH 9. 45 to 46) instructions Each question contains statement1 (assertion) and statement2 (reason). HN0 3 .01M) NH3(0. Which of the following expressions will NOT admit 2 as a value? (a) IZ21 (b) I Z .1179 volts at 25°C. of 0 2 Statement2 N2 looses bonding e~ and 0 2 looses antibonding e" 46. No.C6D6) ( C6H6). statement2 is false (d) both statement1 and statement2 are false. mark correct choice if (a) statements1 and 2 are true and statement2 is a correct explanation for statement1 (b) statements1 and 2 are true and statement2 is not a correct explanation for statement1 (c) statement1 is true. k3 1X10~5M M it has Another cell is M 1X10~ M NH3(0. . The compound ( Q can form isomers X and Y on nitration with con. y) plane (a) 13x= 1 5 y . Of these statements. No. Graph of Benzene and C6D6 (deutro benzene) are shown in nitration and sulphonation in figure1 and 2 ( . Let a. (k{. It does not react with Benzene sulphonyl chloride or acetylchorides. kh k2. E cell was 0. k2'. Compound (A) C 7 H 7 0 2 N is insoluble dil HCl/NaOH. Y explain the reaction. 45. k3) Compare rate of Sulphonation of Benzene/C6D6 (k{. Explain the effect in benzene and C 6 D 6 by using calculate of kh k2.P. Find st.(NH3)y complex] MATHEMATICS SECTION 1 Only One Correct Option (Q.2y2 = 1 from the line y = x is (a) V2 (b) 1/V2 (c) 2V2 (d) 1/2 Which of the following relation represents a hyperbola in (x. k3) 49 It is possible to prevent precipitate of Co(OH)3 from solution of 0.
4 . B. No.x ) 1 9 (b) 54 . The locus/loci of centers of such circles (a) one ray (b) one parabola (c) two parabolas (d) one circle If sin 2x > cos x and x e [71.x) (b) l i m d .1 ] (P) 0 e [0. / ( 1 ) = 4 .OB. 61 to 64) Let a0. PHYSICS FOR Y O U IF B U R '08194 ERAY .2] (is) are (b) The least number of real (Q) two root(s) o f / ' ( 2 x + 1) = 0 in [3/2. ti/2] (b) [71/6.v(u< v) are the roots of 1—x 2 2x .One or More Correct Option (Q. Using the concept of infinite GP. 2) (R) 0 e (71/2.2)2 = 4 externally. 5/2] (is) are (c) The least number of real (R) three root(s) of fix2) = 0 in [V3.x 2 ) 1 7 * (c) (d) lim (x . TI/2) (c) x € (0. 4] a n d / ( . and b0. x. Let (T) be the curve where the mid points of PnR will lie.x ) 2 8 (c) x17 + x9 + 2x + 1 (d) be81 The limit(s) that do(es) not exist are Vx* (a) lim (1 . TT/3] If sin 0 = (b) x E ( .2y + 1 = 0 (c) x + 2y = 1 (d) x + 2y + 1 = 0 2 anX" n=0 2 v n (R) 2 ianxn+bnxn) n=0 (S) none of these OA. No. then Match the following where prime denotes differentiation w. 65 to 69) PassageI The mid points iPn) of all the chords of C : x2 + y2 = 1 passing through the point <2(0. V4x2 . / ( 2 ) = .2y = 1 (b) x . t.1 . ColumnI ColumnII (a) The least number of real (P) one root(s) of f (x) = 0 in [2. r. No. be nonzero real numbers.2y + 1 = 0 2 2 (c) x + y x2y1 = 0 (d) x2 + f x + 2y . C will (P) True form a triangle.V3 ] (is) are (d) The least number of real root(s) of f'(—x2) = 0 in [ .1 = 0 The equation of one of the common tangents of C and r is (a) Ay = 3x + 5 (b) 4y = 3x + 5 (c) 3x = 4y + 5 (d) 3x = 4y . then Match the following ColumnI ColumnII (a) x 6 [2.2x . TT] (d) [TI/2.2x1/* lim(lxz) (c) Any other vector can be written as a linear combination of OA.l ) = 0. 2) are joined with the point /?(1.3 = 0. 5JC/6] SECflON Match The Columns (Q. OB. ah a2. ti/2] (a) (c) [5TI/6.7i]. . also OA is not proportional to OB • Match the following Columni ColumnII (a) The points A. 1) (d) x 6 (v. 0) (S) null set (2n+1) 2 d ) (b) 2 2 ( g ) ( c ) 2 2 ( t * ) ( d ) 2 ( : *J 4=0 4=0 4=0 4=0 A circle keeps touching the xaxis and the circle x2 + (y .6 The equation of the chord of contact of C corresponding to the common tangents is (a) x .(1 .7 2 . and u.OC are such that 3OA + AOB + 6CO = 0 .8 x + 15 ColumnI ColumnII (a) for x > 6 (b) for . bh b2. then x € (a) [71. OC (d) OABC will be a quadrilateral.IV Comprehension Type (Q.sin x f v ' x>0 The sum(s) equaling 4" are .1 < x < 1 (c) for x < 2 (d) for 3 < x < 5 Vectors (P) (Q) Let f(x) be differentiable in [ . ^ ] (is) are (S) none SECTION . Match the following for the valid type of expansion of 1 fix) ~ x 2 . u) ( Q ) 0 E (TT/3. The equation of F is (a) x2 + y2x2y + 1 = 0 (b) x2 +y2 + x . (b) The vectors (Q) False OA. OC will form a triangle. 56 to 60) The function(s) having a maximum or a minimum is (are) (a) 57 .(1 . OB.4 .1).
bQ. max = — 2 10 =1 74.x>0 1. (a) 10 x IO"8 m. 12. c. (a) (d) 1 ImgL + kh2 (a) (13/6)P. L I f « > 1 a n d / ( n ) = 4. c) aQ. if a = 2. c) (b. cR. c) aQ. aP. Sulphonation NH3 = 30 ml. Let 0<a<2b. cU. 69. (b) (d) x lO^m or 4 mm 16. 70 to 71) 22. bS. Check that the equation IZ + 1/ZI = 1/2 represents two branches of bounded curves in the Argand plane. (b) i R 1 26. dQ aQ. dR aP.S aQ.2 3 2 r 2 n72. T. b.V A s s e r t i o n & R e a s o n (Q. d) 35. 21. 38. 49. 11. (b) 19. 42. (c) 70. dP 65. c) 10. CH.Two triangles are possible if 1 < k < 2/ J3 . Of these statements. cS. (c) (d) RC6H6 > RC6D6 53. 2 (d) The number of real roots of the equation/(x) = / _ 1 (x) are (a) none (c) two (b) one (d) more than two SECTION . c) 28. bP.T aR. c. 54. (a. b = 2 16 9 Jl7 +1 yfVJ —1 73. (c) 20. (a. cT. cR. 61.U. (Hint: the sequence x„ = nn + a is such that x„ = °° and xn = 1/nn is such that x„ = 0). ANSWERS (a) 2. c) 60. > If there exists a pair of sequences x„ and x'„ having limiting values and x„ = a = x'„ and if f(xn) * / (x'n) then the limit o f / ( x ) as x —> a does not exist. 75. 24. (b) (a. Statement. bQ. d) 57. dR aQ. 64. cS. SECTION . d) (a. 13. b = 2k and ZA = Jt/3. c. 37. bR. 23. (a. cQ. 39. (b) 31. +14x1 I x I + sgn (x)yjx2 + 14x1 6. 63. 32.2++ _ • Find least V _ 4L W . •x + ^x2 + 4x . min = —. dP. (b) 0. positive integers a and b such that a<f(ri)<b.VI S u b j e c t i v e Q u e s t i o n s (Q.84 P or J z m p or 1+  Each question contains statement1 (assertion) and statement2 (reason).4x . b. HC1 = 12 ml 51. (d) 9.PassageII If/w = f~Hx) = (a) (c) xJx2 2 \x\+yjx2 + 4x 2 x < 0 (b) y2 . b. 71. (b) (d) a = 1.6y cos 6 + 16 sin 0 + 9 cos20 + 4 = 0. 14. (b) 3. (a. dP aP. dU aQ. (c) 55 (a) (b. 72 to 75) 48. 36. d) (b) 5. bP. dS (b) 18. (3&/2sj2)P (a) 27. Find the least and the greatest values a 2b +of a + 2b 3a + 4b If 0 is real then find the loci of a focus and of a vertex of the family of conics PHYSICS F O R Y O U I JANUARY '08 62. (£ ~ 2) 16 .+ L ++ r. b. (b. No. mark correct choice if (a) statements1 and 2 are true and statement2 is a correct explanation for statement1 (b) statements1 and 2 are true and statement2 is not a correct explanation for statement1 (c) statement1 is true. dP aP. cS. d . c) 8 . dP aQ. 30. and .r (a. 17.U. d) (a. d) (a) (a) (a) 66. find the minimum and maximum distance between them. bT. y = 2 52. cQ. 34.d) 7. A quadratic equation px2 + qx + r= 0 has two real and distinct positive roots if q2 > pr and ^ > 0. 15. 58. bR. 50. 56. No. b. (b)1. d) (a) (c) 47. (a) (b) 33. cQ. bP. cS. bR. statement2 is false (d) both statement1 and statement2 are false. (a. bQ. dR. cP.> 0 P P Let f(x) = sin 3x <Tsin* The limit o f / ( x ) as x — °° does not exist. (a. bP. (c) * = 1. In triangle ABC. (a.R.40 (d) 4. Nitrate RC6H6 = RC6D6. (a. 67.
R2 respectively. when its distance from the moon is At 40°C.k g (C) . It is joined to a steel rod of the same length and diameter at the same temperature. If the relative density of wood is 0. The masses and radii of the earth and moon are MVR and Af . A block of wood floats in a liquid with four fifths of its volume submerged.34 cm 8. Near Stadium.0 mm.2008 PHYSICS 1. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08196 . The gravitational force on the rocket will be zero. If the lift starts accelerating upwards with an acceleration of g/3. (a) i (b) r5 (c) To (d) ? A hydraulic lift is used to lift a car of mass 3000 kg. What is the maximum amount of ice that can melt ? The specific heat of copper is 400 J kg'1 0C'1 and latent heat of fusion of water is 3.0 x 10~5oC_1 and 1. Wright Town. M2) 7 . The minimum speed with which a particle of mass m should be projected from a point midway between the two centres so as to escape to infinity is given by 1/2 ^ "G(M.i X + +. The crosssectional area of the lift on which the car is supported is 5 x 10 2 m. When a hole at its bottom is unplugged. ()I C (d) 22 ^ If M is the mass of the earth. (b) . then the amount of work that must be done on a body of mass m so that it completely escapes from the gravity of the earth. Jabalpur Ph.30 cm (c) 0. 4035241. What is the change in the length of the composite rod when it is heated to 240°C ? The coefficients of linear expansion of brass and steel are 2.28 cm (b) 0.2 x IO"5 °C_1 respectively.M2) (d) 2 d 1/2 Practice Paper A rectangular tank is filled to the brim with water. Two rods of different materials having coefficients of thermal expansion a and a 2 and Young's modulii YL and Y2 are fixed between two rigid and massive walls. a brass rod has a length 50 cm and a diameter 3.k g ( d ) — k g (a) y. If there is no bending of the rods. The rods are heated to the same temperature. 1495. the thermal stresses developed in them are equal provided. . A person measures the time period of a simple pendulum inside a stationary lift and finds it to be T. it will be emptied in time ( ) Tl ( ) i 3 b 7. + M 2„ 1 f W /W t. I (b) 2 (a) md d (c) 2.32 cm (d) 0.8. what is the density of the liquid in units of kg m"3 ? (a) 750 (b) 1000 (c) 1250 (d) 1500 a. A copper block of mass 2 kg is heated to a temperature of 500°C and then placed in a large block of ice at 0°C. (b) y2 ja7 „ 3. 6 10.V 1/2 ~G(MIV1./W ) t . the tank is emptied in time T. (d) y2 V«1 Cj C 2* 10. The distance between the earth and the moon is r and the mass of the earth is 81 times the mass of the moon. Their centres are a distance d apart. is given by GmM GmM (a) — — (b) R 2R 3GmM 3 GmM (d) (c) v 2R ' 4R A rocket is fired from the earth to the moon.: 4005358.5 x 10s J kg1. if both the pistons are at the same horizontal level ? Take g = 10 ms~2. If the tank is halffilled with water. the time period of the pendulum will be r (a) ST V3T (b) — T (c) ^ (d) 1 3 Contributed by : Momentum. ~G(MlM2)~ md 1/2 G(M] . (a) (c) 9. R its radius (assumed spherical) and G the universal gravitational constant. (a) 6 x 105 Pa (b) 5 x 105 Pa s (c) 4 x 10 Pa (d) 3 x 105 Pa 5. (a) 0. What is the pressure on the smaller piston.AIEEE .
In Millikan's oil drop experiement. 19. differ in length by 1 cm and produce 1 beat per second when sounded together. The distance between adjacent nodes is (a) 1. It is found that the 9th bright fringe is at a distance of 9.5 mm apart and interference is observed on a screen placed at a distance of 100 cm from the slits. What is the wavelength of light used in the experiment ? (a) 200 nm (b) 400nm(c) 600 nm (d) 800 nm 15.2 cm.5 x 1016 m3.28 mm and the screen is placed 1. When doped with indium.11. The slope of the graph is equal to (a) the charge of an electron (b) the charge and mass ratio of an electron (c) the work function of the emitter in the cell (d) Planck's constant. A piece of copper and another of germanium are cooled from room temperature to 80 K. a charged oil drop of mass 3.5 Hz. In pure silicon at 300 K the electron and hole concentration is each equal to 1.5 Hz 13.0 cm 12. 49. divided by a movable knifeedge. the hole concentration increases to 4. In Young's double slit experiment. The radius of a nucleus is (a) proportional to its mass number (b) inversely proportional to its mass number (c) proportional to the cube root of its mass number (d) not related to its mass number. Two identical waves.5 x 1022 m3.0 cm (b) 1. the frequencies of the two parts of the wire are (a) 51 Hz. What is the fundamental frequency of the P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '08 17 . The distance between the fourth bright fringe and the central bright fringe is measured to be 1. 48 Hz (d) 49. The distance of the closest approach when the alpha particle is fired at the same nucleus with kinetic energy 2K will be (a) 2r 0 (b) 4r 0 (c) ^ (d) ^ 20. each of frequency 10 Hz. are travelling in opposite directions in a medium with a speed of 20 cm s_1. If the total length of the wire is 100 cm. 21. The maximum speed acquired by the electrons is (a) 106 ms"1 (b) 2 x 106 ms"1 6 1 (c) 4 x 10 ms" (d) 8 x 106 ms"1 17. Which one of the following nuclear reactions is not possible ? (a) (b) 12 9 C + 12C ?0°Ne+«He s 3 Li Be+jH + ^He + "He (c) "Be + JH (d) 3Li + jHe 9 4Be \ L + \°B V 22. The distance of the closest approach of an alpha particle fired at a nucleus with kinetic energy K is rQ. The resistance of (a) each of them increases (b) each of them decreases (c) copper increases and that of germanium decreases (d) copper decreases and that of germanium increases 24. The graph in figure shows how Kmm varies with u.5 Hz (c) 49 Hz.5 Hz.2 cm (c) 1. What is the wavelength of light used ? (a) 2000 A (b) 4000 A (c) 6000 A (d) 8000A 16.0 mm from the second dark fringe from the centre of the fringe pattern. A full wave rectifier is fed with ac mains of frequency 50 Hz. What is the electron concentration in doped silicon ? (a) 3 x 109 nr 3 (b) 4 x 109 m 3 9 3 (c) 5 x 10 nr (d) 6 x 109 nr 3 23.2 x 10~14 kg is held stationary between two parallel plates 6 mm apart by applying a potential difference of 1200 V between them. 50 Hz (b) 50. 48. How is the interference pattern in Young's double slit experiment affected if the sodium (yellow) light is replaced by red light of the same intensity ? (a) The fringes will vanish (b) The fringes will become brighter (c) The fringe width will decrease (d) The fringe width will increase 14. Two parts of a sonometer wire. How many excess electrons does the oil drop carry ? Take g = 10 ms"2 (a) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (d) 10 18. The maximum energy K nm of photoelectrons emitted in a photoelectric cells is measured using lights of various frequencies v>. the slits are separated by 0.4 m away. In Young's double slit experiment the slits are 0.5 cm (d) 2. the electrons are subjected to a potential difference of 182 V. In a cathode ray tube.
2 x 10 3 A 34.2 xlO" 3 A 3 (c) 8. The circuit shown in figure contains two diodes D1 and D. (a) — + hg p r (c) — +hg P r (b) (d) r 4o (c)  K2Xx + X2 — (d) X2 + hg p i. 1X2 X^ X.1 27.2 mA.K 28. They annihilate each other by emitting two photons.9 (b) 0. In a transistor circuit. each with a forward resistance of 50 ohms and with infinite backward resistance. If v is the speed of sound. The work function of the metal is K + K2X2 i\ • K2X2 (a) (b) X2 — X^ X2 + Xx K.8 mA and the base current is 0.0 (d) (a) (b) (c) 2X. The force of attraction between the remaining part of the sphere and the mass m will be (a) 2(KI + K2) (c) (Kl + K2) (b) ~(Kl (d) \(Kl + K2) K2) + 30.1 x IO3 A (b) 10. The current gain (P) of a transistor in common emitter mode is 40. The maximum kinetic energies of photoelectrons emitted from a metal are Kl and K2 when it is irradiated with lights of wavelength X and X2 respectively. the collector current is 9. The change in collector current by 160 mA at constant VCE. If their thermal conductivities are K{ and K2. The ratio of y/y2 will be 2X. A uniform sphere of mass M and radius R exerts a force F on a small mass m situated at a distance of 2R from the centre O of the sphere.51 MeV.A (d) 6. A glass tube of radius r is dipped vertically into a container of mercury with its lower end at a depth h below the mercury surface. is at a distance y t from its central maximum and the 5th maximum of wavelength X2 is at a distance y2 from its central maximum. In Young's double slit experiment.2 x 10. 32. what must be the gauge pressure of air in the tube to blow a hemispherical bubble at the lower end ? 2c . each carrying a source of sound of frequency u. are standing a few metres apart in a quiet field. the number of beats heard per second by A will be X)u (a) — (c) t)u ( v + M) (b) W (d) 2vu v vu (VK) 31. If the battery voltage is 6 V.25 i. The electrical conductivity of a semiconductor increases when electromagnetic radiation of wavelength shorter than 2480 nm is incident on it.7 (c) 0. Two rods A and B of different materials are welded together as shown in figure. Two persons A and B. A starts moving towards B with a speed «. the necessary change in the base current is (a) 0. A spherical portion of diameter R is cut from the sphere as shown in figure. IfCTis the surface tension of mercury. hg p 33. the thermal conductivity of the composite rod will be A B k2 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '198 . A 1 MeV positron and a 1 MeV electron meet each moving in opposite directions.5 (d) 1. If the rest mass energy of an electron is 0. the current through the 100 ohm resistance (in amperes) is 29.A (b) 4 iA (c) 4 mA (d) 40 mA 35. the 10th maximum of wavelength X. The current gain (3 is (a) 48 (b) 49 (c) 50 (d) 51 26.ripple in the output current ? (a) 25 Hz (b) 50 Hz (c) 75 Hz (d) 100 Hz 25. The band gap (in eV) for the semiconductor is (a) 0. the wavelength of each photon is (a) 5.
(d) R .and the rest oxygen.1 MeV and 7. ' IM 100 Q iiyu Tmi (c) 0.C H 2 .CHO (b) RCH.0 (d) 2. (c) w J II OH OH O 20 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '08 CH. OH I (c) CH^ — CH2 — C — CH — CH^ 1 1 CH3CI CH3OH I I (d) C H 3 .C H 3 CH3 CI CI I I CH3CH2CCHCH3 (b) Alkene RCH = CH.5 (c) 2. The latent heat of fusion of ice is 3.CJH2 .CH. Assume that the heat loss from the sides is negligible.1 MeV. 8 gm of H. What is the thermal conductivity of the stone in units of J s .H6 react readily with H 2 0.C H .4 Photoelectric emission is observed from a metallic surface for frequencies l). and B.03 (d) 0. 3.OH is an example of (a) Metamerism (b) Functional isomerism (c) Positional isomerism (d) Chain isomerism 43.4 x 104 J kg1. of the incident light Cu.H. The empirical formula of the compound is (a) CH 2 0 (b) C. is given by (a) (c) (b) 2jc g since (d) 2k gtanoc 40.C .C H . The energy released (in MeV) when two 2 H nuclei fuse to form 4 He is (a) 4.CH.1 ? (a) 1.34 m2 and thickness 10 cm is exposed on the lower face to steam at 100°C.• — Dl 150 Q m m 50 £2 MV.0 (b) 1.Dj (d) (c) n1 39.C H 3 CH3 Which of the following reaction is expected to give a hydrocarbon product readily in good yields. The order of decreasing stability of the carbanions (1) (CH3)3C (3) CH 3 OI.0 (C) CH 4 0 (d) C 2 H 8 0 2 42.02 36. . (a) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 (c) 4 > 1 > 2 > 3 (2) (CH 3 ) 2 CH (4) C 6 H 5 01 2 is (b) 4 > 3 > 2 > 1 (d) 1 > 2 > 4 > 3 The predominant product formed.W C .4 (b) 8. If the maximum values of kinetic energy of the photoelectrons emitted in the two cases are in the ratio 1 : n.CH3 and CH3CH3CH. A slab of stone of area 0.O . when 3methyl2pentene reacts with HOC1 is CI OH I I (a) C H 3 . Two compounds have the structural formula CH3 . nd u. In one hour.D 2 (a) (b) n1 n1 /!t).2 (c) 24 (d) 28. (a) * C O O K S S f > (b) /?COOAg ———> . A block of ice at 0°C rests on the upper face of the slab.C . .5 CHEMISTRY 64 gm of an organic compound contains 24 gm of carbon.v2 •u. then the threshold frequency of the metallic surface is nv1 .OH RCCH. and the product on oxidation in alkaline medium produces (a) RCH. . When a plane electromagnetic wave travels in vacuum. the average electric energy density is given by (here E is the amplitude of the electric field of the wave) (a) ^ e 0 £ 2 (b) \z 0 E 2 a (c) 2e 0 £ 2 (d) 4P F D2 ll— 6 V (a) zero (b) 0.C H . The binding energies per nucleon for 2H and jHe respectively are 1. > u2).036 38. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum of length L suspended from the roof of a vehicle which moves without friction down an inclined plane of inclination cc.6 kg of ice is melted.
Hinsberg's reagent is (a) ( O ^ C O N H 2 (C) C H (b) COC1 3 (d) COC1 When methyl iodide is heated with ammonia the product obtained is (a) methylamine (b) dimethylamine (c) trimethyl amine (d) mixture of all the three amines given in choices Which of the following halides is least stable and has doubtful existence ? (a) CI4 (b) Gel4 (c) Snl4 (d) Pbl4 In the nitrogen family the H . The molecular formula of it is (a) C 3 H 6 0 3 (b) CH 2 0 (C) C.0 and molecular wt 90 . (d) Their ions contain partially filled d electron. Which is used as hydrogen generators ? (a) NaH (b) HI (d) None of these (c) S6H3 Solid PC15 exist as (a) PC15 (c) PCI " (b) PC14+ (d) PC14+ &PC16" Benzene reacts with CH3COCl in the presence of AlCl3to give (b) C6H5COCl (a) C6H5C1 (d) C6H5COCH3 (c) C6H5CH3 The compound most likely to decolourise a solution of KMnO. product X in the above (b) glucose ' (d) all of the above (b) Ne > Ar > Kr > He > Xe (c) Xe > Kr > Ar > Ne > He (d) Ar > Ne > He > Kr > Xe Which of the following statement is not true regarding transition elements? (a) They readily form complex compound. 0 + O. 6dimethyloctane 3Methyl5(l'methylethyl) octane 3Methyl5isobutyloctane 6Methyl4( 1 'methylethyloctane) reaction is (a) ethylene glycol (c) ethanol Reaction of phenol with dil HN0 3 gives (a) p and mnitrophenol (b) o and /jnitrophenol (c) Picric acid (d) o and mnitrophenol The ester among the following is (a) calcium lactate (b) ammonium acetate (c) sodium acetate (d) none of these SO.is (a) CH3CH3 (b) i L j J (c) CH3CH = CHCH2CH3 (d) (CH3)4C Acquired immuno deficiency syndrome (AIDS) is characterised as (a) killer Tcells The correct order and solubility in water for He. (d) the bond pairs of electrons become nearer to the control atom. 0 + 0 2 (a) Cr0 3 + H . CH3ch3^> KMnO.(c) CI. — CH3 I CH /\ CH 3 CH 3 (a) (b) (c) (d) 4. Acidified solution of chromic acid on treatment with hydrogen peroxide yields (b) Cr 2 0 3 + H . (b) They show variable valency.H bond increases. (c) All their ions are colourless. — CH. (b) almost pure /7orbitals are used for M . Ar. (d) H 2 Cr 2 0 7 + H 2 0 + 0 2 (c) Cr0 5 + H~0 Which of the following is not a transition metal ? (a) Chromium (b) Titanium (c) Lead (d) Tungsten Which of the following is expected to form colourless complex ? (a) Ni2+ (b) Cu+ (c) Ti3+ (d) Fe3+ An organic compound has been found to possess the empirical formula CH. This shows that gradually (a) the basic strength of hydrides increases. Kr Xe is (a) He > Ne > Ar > Kr > Xe P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '08 200 .H 6 0 2 (d) C 2 H 2 0 IUPAC name of the compound CH.M .H bond angle in the hydride MH3 gradually becomes closer to 90° on going from N to Sb.Isopropyl1.H bonding. KOH/H (d) (ch3)2chc1»^ CH2_CH2 O? A . Ne. CH3 — CH2 — CH CH.CH •• CH. . (c) the bond energies of M .
Why is the phenolic proton acidic (I) Electron withdrawing group are present (II) The anion is stabilised by resonance (III) The phenol is a carboxylic acid (a) I only (c) I & II only (b) II only (d) I & III only 74. when solvent polarity is increased ? L = leaving group Nu_ = nucleophile (a) R . The relative reactivities of the three classes of alcohol would be (a) same (b) 2° > 3° > 1° (c) 2° > 1° > 3° (d) 3° > 1° > 2° P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '08 .B r which of the following substituent might be best suited for Z ? (a) CI (b) S0 3 H (c) OCH 3 (d) CH3 Rate of reaction is generally influenced by change in solvent and its polarity. Ag (c) Ti.O H I " CHo — CHt (c) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH .H2S gives black precipitate. when kept in magnetic field ? (a) Ti0 2 • (b) Fe2(S04)3 (c) KMn0 4 (d) ScCl3 The proton on the phenol must be removed to start the reaction.L+ + Nu .L + Nu" Large decrease in rate (c) R . Which of the following turns solution cloudy immediately ? (a) > C H 2 O H CH9 — CHo 1 (b) CH3CH2CH2 • C .(b) Reduction in number of Tcells (c) An auto immune disease (d) Inability of body to produce interferons Which of the following is a correct statement ? (a) Troleins are amino acid (b) exHydrogen is present in fructose (c) Starch is a polymer of aglucose (d) Amylose is compound of cellulose Dacron is obtained by the condensation polymerisation of (a) dimethyl terephthalate and ethylene glycol (b) terephthalic acid and formaldehyde (c) phenol and phthalic acid (d) phenol and formaldehyde Nitrobenzene gives Nphenyl hydroxyl amine by (a) Sn/HCl (b) H„/PdC (c) Zn/NaOH (d) Zn/NH4C1 Which of the following set of elements doesn't belong to transition elements set (a) Fe." > OH" > NH2" > F > I (b) CH3 > OH" > NH2~ > r > F~ (c) R > F > OH" > NH2 > CH3 (d) CH3" > NH2" > OH" > F > r The dissolution of Al(OH)3 by a solution of NaOH results in the formation of (a) [A1(H20)4(0H)2]+ (b) [A1(H20)3(0H)3] (d) [A1(H20)6(0H)3] (c) [A1(H20)2(0H)4]" HBr Which of the following compound is optically inactive ? CI CI (b) <s <. If secondary alcohols underwent an SN2 reaction with a hydrogen halide rather then SN1 reaction.L + Nu small decrease in rate (b) R . In. Co. Which of the following combination (SN2 reaction. < A1C13 < SiCl4 < PC15 (b) CC14< AlCl 3 <MgCl 2 <PCl 5 <SiCl 4 (c) A1C13 < MgCl2 < CC14 < PC15 < SiCl4 (d) SiCl4 < MgCl2 < A1C13 < PC1S < CC14 The observed relative reactivities of alcohol towards reaction with a hydrogen halide are 3° > 2° > 1°. Thus which of the following cationic species must not be in the compound A ? (a) Hg+ (b) Pb2+ (c) Bi3+ (d) Cd2+ The correct nucleophilicity order in DNF (a) CH. T1 Which of the following will show increase in wt.C H 2 .small decrease in rate (d) None of these Aq. d o~CHj The correct increasing order of extent of hydrolysis in the following compounds is (a) CC14 < MgCl.OH CH. Au. Hf (d) Ga. solution of A on treatment with HC1. Zr. (d) OH ZCH=CH2 » Z = C H 2 . Ni (b) Cu. reactanteffect on rate) is correct.
3) (b) (0. 5 + c (c) .4) lies inside the circle. then A V l . 5 )" 2 + c (d) none of these V T v . then (a) 25 < k <29 (b) 9 < £ < 2 5 (c) 9<k<29 (d) none of these The length of the latusrectum of the parabola 169{(x . x.V l + x 4 ' 5 + c . whose a b latusrectum is half its minoraxis is (a) (c) J~ . c are in A.1) (b) (c) a n(n +1) (d) none of these f nsinCTtlog^x) v ' V'* I n~ J " ". Then the equation of the ellipse is (b) x2 + 2y2 = 2 ' (a) 2x2 + y2 = 2 2 2 (c) 4x + 20y = 5 (d) 20x2 + 4y2 = 5 The equations represent jeR .x 2 +1 (c) 1 (d) The coordinates of a point on the line x + y = 3 such that the point is at equal distances from the lines Ixl .2 12 13 (b) 14 13 (c) 28 13 (d) 25 ^ Area enclosed by y = 1 and ± 2x + y = 2 (in square units) is (a) ~ (b) ^ (c) 1 (d) 2 Area enclosed between the curve y ~ x"3. and b.2x . is n(n 1) (a) n(n .P.dx = Alog (b) x 3 (l + x 4 .1 .3)2} = (5x . then (x.equals (b) 2 (c) 271 (a) . 0) (c) Directrix of the parabola is x = a (d) Tangent at the vertex is x = 0 x y The eccentricity of the ellipse ~ + 77 = 1 . If f—7=i viequals J (a) (b) When ne N.lyl are (a) (0.P.+ 120 = 0 The circle x2 + y2 .18x .l)2 + (y . Which of the following is false ? (a) Vertex of the parabola is at the origin (b) Focus of the parabola is (a.0) (d) (0. where a > 0..16}. a.lOy + k = 0 does not tpuch or intersect the xaxis and the point (1..18x+ 16y+ 120 = 0 (d) x2 + y2 + 18x . c are in G.20 = 0 at the point (5.6x . the value of \{x]dx t where [x] is the o greatest integer function. 5) is (a) x2 + y2+ 18x + I6y + 120 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 .12v + 17)2 is (d) 7c (a) 82.\6y + 120 = 0 (c) xr + f . >') lies on (a) a st.0) (c) (3. y.Ay .3) If a. b are in G. ±1) and minor axis is of unit length. 2 (d) none of these The integrating factor of the differential equation dy — (xlogx) + y = 21ogx is dx (a) e* (b) logx (c) log(logx) 3 A I (b) 72 (d) none of these (d) x Family y = Ax + A of curves is represented by the differential equation of degree (a) three (b) two (c) one (d) none of these 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '202 The foci of an ellipse are (0. b. The equation of the circle whose radius is 5 and which touches the circle x2 + y2 . y = 1 is (a) 0 (c) (b) \ Consider the equation of the parabola y2 + Aax = 0.i + B .P.MATHEMATICS r dx J ^ ^ T T T 7 ^ " equals (a) Vl + x 4 . the yaxis and the line y = .. line (b) a circle (c) a parabola (d) an ellipse.
If A has the first throw.(a) a circle (c) an ellipse (b) a parabola (d) a hyperbola value of 9 is: (a) 2nn±—neZ 3 (b) 2nn±—. 570 (b) Rs.sinO.1 a . The greater force is represented by 80 kg and the resultant is at rt. angles is 2D of magnitude ^ R.a) = Xbc if (a) 0 < A. is 70. The mean wage of 700 workers working in day shift is Rs. then the correct relationship is (a) x + y = 2 (b) xy = 2 n n (c) x + > ' = '2 (d) x " y = Two forces act at an angle of 120°.l ) —. on walking 240 m nearer the 3 tower. (a + b + c)(b + c . w e Z (d) nn + —. line and its law of motion is given by s2 = 3 t2 + 2t + 4. 543.b\ equals (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 7 (d) 9 1 If . If two particular persons among them are not to be side by side. angles to the lesser. the total number of arrangements is (a) 9(10!) (b) 2(10!) (c) 45(10!) (d) 10! All the letters of the word 'EAMCET' are arranged in all possible ways. equals (a) 24 (b) 48 (c) 72 (d) 96 The perimeter of a triangle. 500. then the general A particle moves in a st.67 (c) Rs.neZ 6 neZ 12 persons are to be arranged to a round table. At a point A. The mean wage of workers working in the night shift is (a) Rs. the angle of elevation of a tower is such 5 that tangent is — . Show that the acceleration varies as 1 1 1 1 (a) — (b) (c) (d) ~7 s s s Displacement in time t is (a) * = (c) s = tu + (b) s = ^t{u + v) (d) s = tv The mean wage of 1000 workers in a factory running in two shifts of 700 and 300 workers is Rs. 616.67 (d) none of these P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '08 203 . The value of a is (a) TI/2 (c) 71/3 (b) TT/6 (d) none of these The minimum value of sin0 cos© is 1 (a) 1 (O . The lesser force is (a) 60 kg (b) 40 kg (c) 50 kg (d) None of these The resultant of two forces. The number of such arrangements in which two vowels are adjacent to each other is (a) 360 (b) 144 (c) 72 (d) 54 Two persons throw a pair of dice alternatively till one gets a total of 9 and wins the game.(b) 0 (d) \ Iii a triangle ABC. and the itiradius is 6. 450.1 < k < 1.R. then the area of the triangle in square units. y = cos~lk. then the probability that A wins the game is 9 (a) ^ (b) n (c) 1/2 (d) none of these If mean of a binomial distribution is 3 and its variance . rightangled at C.<4 (b) l > 4 (c) ? i < 0 (d) X > 0 In a AABC. each equal to P in magnitude acting at an angle a is of magnitude R and the resultant of P and ~ R acting at rt. if Rr (sinA + sin/? + sinC) = 96. 3 is —. then number of trials is (a) 6 (c) 12 (b) 2 (d) none of these (c) /m + ( . the tangent of the angle of elevation is ~ . cosecA (sinB cosC + cosB sinC) is (a) c/a (b) ale (c) 1 (d) none of these If in a AABC 4cosA cosB + sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4 then the triangle is (a) equilateral (b) only right angled (c) isosceles and right angled (d) none of these In a triangle ABC. cosO and tanG are in G. . Then the height (in m) of the tower is (a) 220 (b) 225 (c) 224 (d) none of these If x = sin~'k.
(b) 10. (a) (c) 14. (c) 69. (b) (b) (d) 32. (c) 64. (b) 96. (a) If G is the G. (c) 117. (b) 65. (c) 87. 48. 16.D. (c) (b) 18. 11. (a) 110. 51. (b) Cj~ + A. (d) llil. ' April 6 April 13 April 20 April 20 April 27 May 4 May 7 May 9 to 12 June May 11 May 18 May 31 June 15 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08204 . 41. (a) 103.(d) 85. (a) 44. of the product of K sets of observations. median and mode for a moderately skewed distribution is (a) Mode = Median . (a) 33. (a) 43. (c) 62. 26% 31. (b) 42. then S. (c) 100. 27. (c) 20. (b) 11)6.yn is (a) 1 (c) . (b) 15. (a) 93. 53. (c) 38. yn is 8. (C) (d) (d) 4. (d) 68. 74.is increased by X.M. (c) 19. (b) (a) 34. (d) none of these If S. 12. (a) (b) (c) 102. (b) (c) Forthcoming Competitive Exams CBSE PMT Preliminary Exam IITJEE West Bengal JEE MGIMS CBSE AIEEE AFMC BHU PMT Screening BITSAT CBSE PMT Mains Exam DPMT DCE BHU PMT Mains : . (c) 108. 78. (a) 81. 94. (b) 49. + logG2 + + logGK (b) logGjlogG^ logGK (c) GXG2 GK 56. . (c) 115. (d) (a) (d) (d) none of these.y{. 7. (d) (b) 30. ( a ) 113. (c) 77. (b) 91. (d) 52. (c) 63. 73. (a) 105. (c) 98. 97.3 Mean Variance is independent of (a) origin only (b) scale only (c) origin and change of scale (d) none of these. (a) 45. (a) 66. 92. (a) 72. 99. (d) 23. 47. (c) 39. (c) 61. then the variance of the new set is (a) c 2 + X . (b) 70. (c) 71. (a) 112. (c) 84. 21.2 Mean (b) Mode = 2 Median . (b) 95. (b) 40. (d) 104. 83.1 (b) (d) none of these ANSWERS 1.2 Mean (d) Mode = 2 Median . 8. (d) 28. (c) 86.xn. 17.y2. (b) (c) (d) 58. (c) 107. (c) 50. of n observation xv x2 . (c) 24. 36. (c) (b) 114. (b) 89.(d) 60. 46. (d) (a) 106.If each observation of a raw data whose variance isCT2. then G is equal to (a) logG. respectively. 29.(d) 57. of n observations xx . (a) 59. (b) 80. (c) 76.(d) 82. (b) 120. 6. (d) (d) 5.D. (d) 54. 13. 22. (a) 37. (b) 75. (a) (c) (b) (d) (c) (a) 3. x2 . (b) 67. (a) 90.Mean (c) Mode = 3 Median . xn is 7 and another set of n observations yv y2 . (b) 55. (b) (c) 79. The relationship between mean. (b) 88. 25. (b) (a) (a) (d) (c) (c) (a) (c) (c) (a) (d) 2. (a) 35. with GM 'SGVG2 GF.2 2 2 (c) a /.
0 km along the shortest possible path in 15 minutes.J — (d) _ J _ i+T) in Three equal weights A.0 newton (c) 3.16 rad/sec (b) 19. after which it deaccelerates at a constant rate P and comes to rest.r i ) (b) i) g (c) .28 rad/sec P H Y S I C S F O R Y O l I FEBRUARY '08 10. then what will be the value of angular velocity? (a) 28.9 m 3. If radius of the path becomes 1 m. The velocity of the river water is (in km/h) (a) 5 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 4 If 2 kg mass is rotating on a circular path of radius 0. C of mass 2 kg each are hanging on a string passing over a fixed frictionless pulley as shown in m figure.5 m/s respectively collide elastically. The maximum height of projectile is (a) 9. After it is in motion. It crosses a river of width 1.4 m/s and + 4 m/s (d) . It just crosses the top of two poles each of height h after 1 s and 3 s respectively.60 The total kinetic energy of a rolling sphere having translational velocity v is (a) —Mv2 10 2 (c) — Mv (b) . . then he experiences force of (a) 300 N (b) 30 N (c) 3 N (d) 0. B. (d) 35. Their velocities after collision will be respectively (a) + 4 m/s for both (b) . The coefficient of static friction is (a) 0.6 newton (b) ap Which of the following pair does not have similar dimensions? (a) Stress and pressure (b) Angle and strain (c) Tension and surface tension (d) Planck's constant and angular momentum 5. then the maximum velocity acquired by the car is (a) (c) tx + P ap V ( a + P)f a2 . What should be his maximum acceleration so that the rope just not breaks? (a) g ( l .6 m (d) 4.12 rad/sec 7. PMT ( TNPCEE CET Karnataka 1.26 rad/sec A particle is thrown with velocity u making an angle 9 with the vertical. If the total time elapsed is t.2 m 8.5 m/s and + 3 m/s 6.1 sec moving with speed 20 m/s. A 20 kg block is initially at rest on a rough horizontal surface. The tension in the string connecting weights B and C is (a) zero (b) 13.8 m (c) 39.3 m/s and + 5 m/s (c) . A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate a for some time.3 newton (d) 19.p2 ^ ap V apt (d) a +p A man slides down a light rope whose breaking strength is r times his weight. The speed of a boat is 5 km/h in still water. A horizontal force of 75 N is required to set the block in motion. A cricketer catches a ball of mass 150 g in 0.44 (c) 0.52 (d) 0.r CMC According to new pattern 5PCPMT Manipal PMT PMT Haryana I Kerala PMT ( Raj.38 (b) 0.3 N Two equal masses ml and m2 moving along same straight line with velocities + 3 m/s and . (b) 19. a horizontal force of 60 N is required to keep the block moving with constant speed.8 m with angular velocity of 44 rad/sec.M v 2 2 (d) — Mv2 (c) 8.
A particle is performing simple harmonic motion along xaxis with amplitude 4 cm and time period 1. compression.m. 22. The temperatures Tx and T2 of heat reservoirs in the ideal Carnot engine are 1500°C and 500°C respectively. the pressure of a gas is found to be proportional to the cube of its absolute temperature. A wheel having moment of inertia 2 kg m 2 about its vertical axis. If the r. Electric field at a point between the sheets is P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '08 206 . then the capillary rise in a tube of a diameter 1 mm is (cos 0 = 0°) (a) 1.12.86 cm 21. The torque which can stop the wheel's rotation in one minute would be (a) Nm (b) JL Nm (c) ~ Nm (d) Nm 16. then (a) (b) 7"' (c) KT* (d) Xm does not depend on T 24.03 (d.4 s (b) 0. what will be the efficiency of the engine? (a) 62% (b) 59% (c) 65% (d) 100% 25.12 cm (d) 3.22 cm (b) 2. about an axis passing through L/4 from one end and perpendicular to its length is (a) ~ML2(b) ~ML2(c) ~ML2 (d) Mf If the surface tension of water is 0. speed at 327°C would be (a) 100 ms"1 (b) 200 ms"1 1 (c) 300 ms" (d) 400 ms1.6 s 27. : _ . is (a) (ti2y]a2 + y2 (c) o>/a2 + y2 (b) c o J a 2 . then the ratio of angular velocity will be (a) R_ R (b) R r (c) 1 15. If X denotes the wavelength at which the radiative emission from a black body at a temperature T K is maximum. The excess pressure inside a water drop of diameter 1. During an adiabatic process.s.06 Nm 1 .3 s (c) 0. the bulk strain is (a) 0. If g is the acceleration due to gravity on earth then increase in potential energy of a body of mass m upto a distance equal to twice the radius of the earth from the earth surface is (a) \mgR (b)  mgR (d) \mgR (c) 2 mgR 17.2 mm is (a) 240 Nm"2 (b) 120 Nm"2 2 (c) 0. c t i : .s. rotates at the rate of 60 rpm about this axis.y 2 (d) or J o 14. A body of mass M is hung by a long thread and a bullet of mass m hits it horizontally with a velocity v and gets embedded in the body. If their time periods are same. A cylindrical vessel is filled with water up to height H. A cube is s . Moment of inertia of a uniform rod of length L and mass M.072 Nm '.01 (b) 0. If the sioc : : 1%. h is equal to (a) H/4 (b) HI2 (c) 3H/4 (d) H 18. For maximum range. If S is stress and Y is Young's modulus of material of a wire. A hole is bored in the wall at a depth h from the free surface of water.44 cm (c) 3.2 sec. 0. speed of a gas molecule at 27°C is 100\/2 m s 1 . The ratio CjJCv for gas is (a) 4/3 (b) 2 (c) 5/3 (d) 3/2 26. If increases by 100°C. Two particles having mass M and m are moving in a circular path having radius R and r. Two infinite plane parallel sheets.06 Nm(d) 72 Nm"2 23.02 (c) 0.06 (b) kinetic energy = 4 m v2 (c) momentum = W+m)mv M m2 v 2 (d) kinetic energy = 2 (M+m) 13. The r.2 s (d) 0. then the energy stored in the wire per unit volume is (a) 2Y 2Y s 2 (C) S 2Y (d) 2 S2Y 28. Velocity of a body moving in simple harmonic motion. Surface tension of water is 0. Then for the body and the bullet system (a) momentum M m M+m 19. separated by a distance d have equal and opposite uniform charge densities o. The minimum time taken by the particle to move from x = + 2 t o x = + 4 c m and back again is given by (a) 0.m.
what is the resonance frequency and the amplitude of the current at the resonating frequency? 8 mil 30. 37. Q 24 en (b) Q_ xlO" 6e 0 (d) Ben 35. Two wires of same metal have the same length but their cross sections are in the ratio 3 : 1 .1 s. The magnitude of current is shown here. They are joined in series. The electric field intensity is (a) 2 x 103 N/C (b) 1.5 x 106 A (d) 2 x 106 A 39.5 tesla. A charged particle moving with velocity 2 x 103 m/s passes undeflected through electric and magnetic fields. The resistance of the thicker wire is 10 Q. What will be its value at the centre of the loop? (a) 250 (xT (b) 150 iT (c) 125 iT (d) 75 jiT. As per a point charge + q is placed at the origin O. the current flowing through loop is (a) 5 x l O 6 A (b) 107 A (c) 2. Then ratio of power dissipated is 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08207 . The current flowing in a coil of self inductance 0. For the series LCR circuit shown in figure.(a) depends upon location of the point a (b) 2e 0 (d) zero (0 f (a) 2 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 1 29. The magnetic field due to a current carrying circular loop of radius 3 cm at a point on the axis at a distance of 4 cm from the centre is 54 uT. Magnetic field is 1. 0)] along the straight path AB is (a) (c) qQ 1 47te 0 a 2 72 a qQ l ja_ 47t£0 a2'42 32. To produce a magnetic field of n tesla at the centre of circular loop of diameter 1 m. r . the flux coming out from any face will be (a) (c) Q xlO 6e.* * V2 r (b) 72 Kq 3 Kq 31.4 mH is increased by 250 mA in 0. (b) (40/3)Q (c) 40 Q (c) 100 Q 33. ISA 220 V © 44 C 20 p F SAv (a) 2500 rads" and 5 7 2 A (b) 2500 rads"1 and 5 A (c) 2500 rads"1 and 1 1 72 ' (a) (d) 23 A (d) 250 rads" and 5 7 2 A 42.f.1 V (c) + 1 mV (d) .m. The figure shows a network of currents. The current I will be s. A charge Q (0. (c) r (d) r 2 40.internal resistance of a cell) (a) £2/2 r (b) E2/4 r (c) E2/r (d) E2/3 r 36.5 x 103 N/C 3 (c) 3 x 10 N/C (d) 4/3 x 10"3 N/C 38. The e. Work done in taking another point charge . Elecric field at the centroid of a triangle carrying q charge at each corner is (a) zero (0 4 . a)] to another point B [coordinates (a. The maximum power drawn out of the cell from a source is given by (E = emf of a cell.1 mV 41. induced will be (a) + 1 V (b) .Q from the point A [coordinates (0. The magnetic moment of a current I carrying circular coil of radius r and number of turns N varies as (a) 1/r2 (b) Hr . Soap bubble looks coloured due to (a) dispersion (b) reflection (c) interference (d) none of these Two resistors whose value are in ratio 2 : 1 are connected in parallel with one cell.C is placed at the centre of a cube. The total resistance of the combination is (a) (5/2) Q.
height  . = mr.16 rad/sec. = I2o\ C02= 28.8)2 = 1. The resultant velocity of boat and river = 1.38 Kinetic energy of rolling sphere = — Mv2 + — /to 2 2 2 For sphere.42 = 3 km/h Mass (m) = 2 kg.25 h = 4 km/h. Moment of inertia. then after two days. 1 2 Using the relation. initial radius of the path (r^ = 0..9 x (9 .8 for static friction or u cos 0 (3 . 2 . • '2TT + Jt 143 .8 x l 2 1 x 9. Velocity of river = .6 m/s u2 cos2 0 _ (19.8 m.5. I = —MR and Rat = v to KE = ^Mv2 + 2 2 1 .Xe145 (a) 4 Xe + 3 Qn' (b) 54' 142 (c) 57 Xe (d) 54 Xe 142 + 0nl The part of a transistor which is heavily doped to produce a large number of majority carriers is (a) base (b) emitter (c) collector (d) none of these The following configuration of gate is equivalent to p a(3 or a + (3 Tension is force. 2 7 w 2 = — Mv +Mv = —Mv VM 2 2 3.8x3 = u cos 0 x 3 (a) NAND (c) OR (b) XOR (d) none of these SOLUTIONS F = \iR = \iMg '5 = Ll x 20 x 9.6..1) = 4.= a f l = Vmax Pf2 Vmax But t=t1 + t2 = a a + pN ap At any instant. then the focal length will be (a) 15 cm (b) 20 cm (c) 5 cm (d) 10 cm If convex lens of focal length 80 cm and a concave lens of focal length 50 cm are combined together.9 x 8 4 9x8 u cos 0 = — — = 4.9 x 4 = 19.6 m 2x9. and surface tension is force/length so they do not have the same dimensions. 5 D An electron of charge e is liberated from a hot filament and attracted by an anode of potential V volts positive with respect to the filament. but of amplitudes in the ratio 1 : 3 are superimposed.0. It the plane surface is silvered. (<J): A A l = V max.6)2 = 19.28x44 or ta2 = — — ~ 2 1 2 h ~ 2 Sh x 9.2 = 2 x (0.8 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08208 Max. The speed of the electron of mass m when it strikes the anode is (a) eV2 (c) yj2e/mV (b) meV (d) peV/m ^ = 0. initial angular velocity (coi) = 44 rad/sec and final radius of the path (r2) = 1 m. 5 D (b) .0 km/0.£ Sh = u or u cos 0 x 1 1 cos6 a /jXCOj _ 1. what will be the ratio of the substances? (a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 4 Complete the equation for the following fission process L Z 1 „Kr90 + . 1 .Two waves of same frequency.75 D (d) + 7 . Therefore from the law of conservation of angular momentum /jCD. we have 1 2 h = u cos 0 f j . The ratio of maximum to minimum intensity is (c) 3 : 1 (d) 1 : 3 (a) 4 : 1 (b) 1 : 4 The radius of curvature of a thin planoconvex lens is 10 cm (of curved surface) and the refractive index is 1. I. what will be their resulting power? (a) + 6 .1) = 4. the ratio of the amount of radioactive substances is 2 : 1.5 D (c) . s = ut + ^ at . If their half lives be respectively 12 and 16 hours.28 kgm2 and J2 = mrl = 2 x (l) 2 = 2 kgm2.
new .ri) = ma.sh or v Applying theorem of parallel axes. we get uT 2 mg . T = ?.m.06xcos0° . The time taken by water to cover vertical distance (H . x yj2 ( H . / mV \2 1 j m 2V 2 2x0...p.sh = (Vr.072 P = — = — =. for motion of body A Tmg = ma .m. PT lY = constant ort = yj2(Hh)/g Y = .m.E. m . / = 2 kg m 2 . When each side decreases by 1%.s)l V2 = (100V2) x V2 = 200 ms" 1 _ 2S 45 4x0.2x10" According to Wien's law = b 15. Adding (i) and (ii). then Horizontal range. Therefore.= x 100% = 59% P AU= 2 G M m 2 /GM \ 3 { R2 )mR = mgR 3R Horizontal velocity of water flowing out of hole UyJYgk Height of hole from ground level = (H .s. . R = ut = yflgh. u r' r L L length L = L . in_2 = —r 5 = 2.o'JT (v r . a = g (1 . t •• 1 min = 60 s I (co2 •co. „2 ~~12~ "T6~ = 48 2n and T is same.— = 99 W New volume = L'3 = (99 L/100) 3 Change in volume. Let the bodies B and C accelerate downwards with acceleration a.44 x 10 m = 9 44 cm 10 x 0 .) _ I 2n (\>2 t = 7a = = 2x271(01) 7t = _ "60 15 Change in potential energy of body is \R GMm + 2R) ( GMmx R 23.8/3 = 39. . CO.. i..p.(i) For motion of body B and C 2mgT=2mxa .. 2x^(hH or h2yU2x(H 2h) =0 H = 2h or ft = H/2 Energy stored per unit volume 1 1 stress 1 S2 = — x stress x strain = . A V = L 3 . U2 = 0. 5 x 1 0 x9.1 = 240 Nm D 1.m.e.(ii) .8 Vr. the velocities are just exchanged after perfectly elastic collision. 0) must 1(27 + 273) \ (327 + 273) 1300 = _ L _ V600 ^2 0>r. mv Velocity of system = ^ + m 1 J K.mgR~ma mg .2 = 2 cm.2/3 = 13 N F =m = (150 x 1(T3) x ^ = 30 N Horizontal range will be maximum if dRIdh = 0. If t is the time taken by the particle to go from x = 4 cm to jc = 2 cm.r mg = ma mg (1 .. of system = ^ ( M + m ) . therefore.3 or ...03 V h = 2 S cos 9/ r p g When m] = m.Ji _ [K= ( r. For motion of body C mg .h ) / g = 2y]h(Hh) P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08209 . Uj = 60 r.3 + 3 y = Y or 2 y = 3 or y = 3/2 _ lY When particle is at x = 2.Ii) can be calculated from (Hh) = ±gt 2 T3 or ~ = constant or PT'3 = constant T For an adiabatic change.x stress x ——— = — — Let L be the length of each side of cube. = 1 r.h).3 ma or a = gl3. Ml} ^ ML2 7 .mg .m. the displacement is y = 4 . I = I0 + M (L/4) 2 As co= be same i. Initial volume = L3.rj) Let Tbe the tension in the string. Then the body A moves upwards with acceleration a.s.100 = 0.e..(99 L/(100) 3 or = LJ AV = L 3Z? 100 [neglecting higher order term] Bulk strain = AV 3L 3 /. (a Here.Tl = ma or Tl=m(ga)m(ggi3) T1 = 2 mg/3 = 2x2 x 9. 1 Am oc — y Tl = 1500 + 100 = 1600°C = 1600 + 273 K = 1873 K T2 = 500°C = 500 + 273 = 773 K ri = i _ ZL —1 _ 713_ _ 1100 1 Tx 1873 1873 T..
. The resistance of thin wire = 3Rl = 3 x 10 = 30 Q.y = a cos (Dt = a cos or COS 2nt 27it = acos^ ^ v Charged particle is undeflectei => E = vB = 2 x 103 x 1. Output of G.or R2=3R{ The resistance of thick wire.. 2 5 .5 XlO6 A Ho 4txx10 Magnetic momentM = NIA =NIn i2 i.' /V. £ 3 > y = (pl) r ^n J_ (£ + a) 2 _ ( 3 + l) 2 = 4:1 (fefl) 2 ( 3 .2 = . (c) or / = B = 2nt y 2 1 n L 2 . „ . When plane surface is silvered.M.1 ) 2 g(6) 47te„a Work done = change in P. at A = Final P. Output of G 3 = (A + B). Therefore velocity (by differentiating it) (v) = —=acocoscttf = aa> Jl^ sin 2 at V ' dt = awJl~ 28. = (A + B).= ^ .BB = 0] •• Bx(R2+X2)312 ^ or _ 54x[(3) z + ( 4 ) 2 ] 3 / 2 _ 54x125 27 (3) B' = 250 pT. electric flux 104 • = 2500 rad s" Q xlO" 6 — o t0 Symmetry shows that resultant of three forces on unit charge at the centroid of triangle would be zero. Power P .. the half lives : 48 16 = q 12/ < 1 2 / 8 ^ 2R 2 \3/2 2x3/2 +x'y'z _ (Rz + X'y = /V. ( c ) : E =G>y]a2 Ho 2tc7 2X71X0.e.E. v ^ L .Z T o ) = ^ or F = 20 cm F 20 R.4 s Displacement equation of S. W2 A^o 16 1 2 ' N2 2 42.= a = 4 = 2 = C°S3 2t 1 ¥ = 0. only (a) is correct Emitter is heavily doped. 7. Output of G 2 = A f i . when external resistance of cell is equal to the internal resistance i. R = r E E' Max.e. = .E.2(R B~2R B = p=7«p4: sot=H p=p1+100 p2 eV = ~mv2 No.5 2. Applying conservation of mass no. = (15 . (d): E = = (0.L = 8 m H = 8 x 10"3 H C = 20 p F = 20 x 10"6 F 1 (Dr = 1 VZC ^8xl03x20xl0^ 1 4x10" 0 2Br _ r2 "e„ A cube has six faces. /? = 44£2.R+r r+r 2r Field along axis of coil B = . Total resistance = 1 0 Q + 30£2 = 4 0 Q Apply Kirchhoff's first law. Therefore..Q) coming out from any face = Initial P. Ldl (250x10~ 3 ) 40.2 s = 0. and Charge no.E. 48 4 The maximum power is drawn from the cell.1 ) ( i .5 N/C = 3 x 103 N/i 38.H. Here. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08210 .2s or o L2 = 3 0 1 1 Time taken to move from x = + 2 cm to x = + 4 cm and back again = 2 t = 2 x 0. Ml_ vpi„. Aj _ 3 h. 2(R + x ) At the centre of coil. AB = (A + B)(A + B) = AA + AB + BA + BB = AB + BA [since A A = 0.i v L i ^ x i .l m V Here. / = y = — = 10 cm •50 " 2 D =1 100 . is y = a sincor. = V2Vl = 0 For the same length and same material.4X10" 3 )X v dt " 0.1 = 10" 3 V = . 7 5 D or vJYeVTm = J§ = 16.0 . Ry = 10 Q. q(. at B •• = _ E 0 _ %/2 Ev _ V2 x 220 = A R ~ R ~ 44 Interference in thin films causes colouring of soap bubble.
(v0 . 3 2 X n X r2 Ml (250 xlO" ) in_3.e.1 = 10.E. B = ~ B' B _ 2R ^iR Bx(R2+x2y y2(R~+x ) 2 A =(L51>(irio) = ^ or F =20 cm F 20 When plane surface is silvered. \2) 16' & = (lf=i /Vq \ 2 / 8 2R 2 \3/2 z (.= .R'+x2) 3/2 R 3 16 1 2 .—.5 N/C = 3 x 103 N/C _ ji0 271/ 38. R = r r?2 nl Max. Therefore velocity (by differentiating it) (v) = ~=acocosG» = ao) VIsin 2 cor dt = aco J1 . P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08211 . is y = a sincof. /V2 2 2 ' /V. q(. /„ = 5 V2 A 0 R R 44 Interference in thin films causes colouring of soap bubble.. Power P ' R+r r+r 2r (i0iR Field along axis of coil B = . The resistance of thin wire = 3R1 = 3 x 10 = 30 Q. re ' ^ = 3' I^QafQ1) 2 " 4 " 1 Work done = change in P. Total resistance = 10Q + 30£2 = 4 0 Q Apply Kirchhoff's first law.252 = 0.E.5 0 " P = P1+P2 = 1. (c) E=°A cube has six faces. Therefore. 4 x 1 0 7 ) x dt 0. the half lives : ^ = j y = 4 n 2_ _48_3 . at B =V2 = 9(~Q) 1 104 .= co yfa2 28.H. at A = V. L = 8 m H = 8 x 10~3 H C = 20 ( F = 20 x IO"6 F X 40. R2 A. only (a) is correct Emitter is heavily doped.E. 3 — . /V2 Output of Gj = (A + B).= 2500 rads" 4 4 xlO" 4 _E0 _ y/l Ev _ yfl X 220 .e. 8 = — . when external resistance of cell is equal to the internal resistance i. (c): B = 471 Ty=a or 4= 2= = 3 or ' =T Time taken to move from x = + 2 cm to x = + 4 cm and back again = 2 t = 2 x 0.Q) Initial P. ..4 s Displacement equation of S. = 4 n E fl t> „ Final P. •JLC ^8xl0~3x20xl0"6 Symmetry shows that resultant of three forces on unit charge at the centroid of triangle would be zero. = V2 . and Charge no. Rl = 10 £2. R = 44 Q. Afi = (A + B)(A + B) B' R3 54x[(3) 2 h(4) 2 ] 3/2 (3)3 54x125 27 = AA + AB + BA + BB = AB + BA [since AA = 0. 16 ' N0 ^ N0 = /lV=JL. Applying conservation of mass no.75 D «V =  m v 2 or v = y/2 eV/m 48 No.y = a cos cut = a cos 2nt 01 COS 27it 2 y = 2711 • a cos 1..= ^ = i R R' P2 R1 2 The maximum power is drawn from the cell. Output of G 3 = (A + B).— = .5xlO^A Ho 47txl0 ' Magnetic moment Af = NIA = N In r2 i.M. / = y = — = 10cm 7> = L00 = 100 = P 1 2 5 D _ 100 100 2 ~ f2 " .. p = Yl or P°=—• s o ^ .. (< co co = 1 *_= .2 1 7C COS v Charged particle is undeflected => E = vB = 2 x 103 x 1.or = 3R] 1 The resistance of thick wire.Vx = 0 For the same length and same material. electric flux Qx 10 6 coming out from any face = —7~r— O Cq or U=\ a 2 s / ^ = ° 7 5 = 2. 2(R + x ) ' Ufii At the centre of coil. Output of G2 = ~AB.2 s = 0.l m V Here.3 V = .BB=0] or B' = 250 (iT.
60 x 10"19C me = 9.37 x 10 km 24 ME = 6. The collision between the ball and the train is perfectly elastic. Which ball 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '212 . Circuit A is made of resistors connected in series to a battery.0 x 10 kg RES= 1. depends only on the Planck constant h. > V/and Vj<Vf (d) v.50 x 10s km A* reaches the other end first? B. since both arrive at the same time (c) ballS (d) ball A. A physics textbook of mass m rests flat on a horizontal table of mass M placed on the ground. respectively. At some time t. To a good approximation. circuit B is made of resistors connected in parallel to a battery. = vf and V. respectively.80 m/s2 e = 1. A and B. 7. 8. 5. < Vf (c) v. are set /Vtable _ 3. A simple pendulum of length L with a bob of mass m is taken into Earth orbit on the International Space Station.1 x 103 s 2 (c) 5. = vf and V( < Vf (b) v. Experiment shows that two perfectly neutral parallel metal plates separated by a small distance d. but only if the dip is deep enough. the ball hits the train. According to Newton's 3 rd law. Its frequency of oscillation with respect to that on the ground is (a) greater (b) smaller but nonzero (c) the same (d) zero.79 x 109 km radius. Which of the following has the best chance of being correct for F ? (a) F = held 2 (b) F = held 4 2 (c) F = hd /c (d) F = dVhc. on the speed of light c. how long must you leave it on for electrons leaving the negative terminal of the battery to reach the positive terminal if their path lies within good conductors? (a) a few milliseconds (b) a few tenths of a second (c) a few microseconds (d) a few minutes. then (a) v.Train Your Brain •JI'JU^HW' iyjM Canadian Physics Olympaid Problems DATA Speed of light Gravitational constant Radius of Earth Mass of Earth Radius of Earth's orbit Aceleration due to gravity Fundamental charge Mass of electron Mass of proton Planck's constant Coulomb's constant c = 3. attract each other via a very weak force. Let P be the power drawn from the g = 9. as shown in the figure.< vf and V.63 x IO"34 Js 1/4TI e0 = 8.6 x 10 3 s (b) 3. and on d. The straight portions of the tracks are horizontal.49 x 108 km and 7.673 x IO*27 kg h = 6. The force.. Let Na b be the contact force exerted by body 'a' on body 'b'. (a) ball A (b) neither. A child throws a ball toward the front end of an approaching train. If the labels '/' and ' / ' refer to those speeds just before and just after. What is the maximum error that can arise in the prediction of solar eclipse times (as observed from Earth) on Jupiter caused by one of its moons if one fails to take into account the variation of the relative position of the two planets? (a) 2. 6. which of the following is an actionreaction pair of forces? > (a) mg and /Vtable — book On + M)g and NMe —>book (b) (c) ^prnnnd —^ table ground (d) Aground and Mg + Nground > hook table andtwo identical balls. Let v be the speed of the ball with respect to the train and V its speed with respect to the ground. 2. except that track B has a dip in the path of ball B. Earth and Jupiter move around the Sun in circular orbits of 1. Gravity is uniform throughout.99 x 109 Jm/C2 MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS WITH ONE CORRECT OPTION 1. When you turn on a batteryoperated portable musicplaying device.0 x 10 s (d) 9.67 x 10 " Nm2/kg2 3 RE = 6. 4. known as the Casimir force. F.9 x 102 s. > Vf.00 x 108 m/s G = 6.11 xlO 3 1 kg mp = 1. rolling without slipping at the same speed from one end of two tracks which are identical with the same horizontal length.
with v k and vly the horizontal and vertical velocity components. 19. and v2h x v2 18. QI<Q2< Q3QI<Q2<Q3. 11. (d) AT depends on R. taking dependence to be with respect to a set of independent variables. but on neither vb nor v. Two spheres are identical except that sphere A is white whereas sphere B is black. What would be roughly the minimum diameter of along straight wire carrying a 100 A current for which your card would be safe no matter how close you take it to the wire? (a) 0. A perfectly straight portion of a uniform rope has mass M and length L.>v2> V3.2 mm (b) 1 mm (c) 2 mm (d) 4 mm. in the visible range. VJ = V2 = V3. < E2 < E3. must hold between the spheres? (a) (b) V. As more and more negative electric charge is being brought to a conducting sphere. If 7. 16. E. According to a simplified but still useful model. 14. v3. EL<E2<E3. and the string is stretched by a force. 15. 12. applied to the other segment. A projectile is launched with an initial velocity vi. inside the sphere (a) the electric field and potential increase (b) the electric field stays constant and the potential increases (c) the electric field stays constant and the potential decreases (d) the electric field increases and the potential decreases. Then. the speed of a transverse wave propagating along that segment. of radius Rx.01 T in strength can erase data on the magnetic strip of a credit card. respectively. The tension in the rope at a distance LL5 from end A is (a) (c) TbXTA (4TA + TB)/5 (b) (d) (TA + (TA x TB)/5 TB)/5. One segment has linear mass density e . * T2 17. Three charged conducting metal spheres. A static magnetic field of about 0. R2. and the other e 2 * G i. E3. Gl > Ql > e 3 . (a) AT is independent of R.batteries. If the power of the car's engine were increased by 50%. Let AT denote the difference between the tension in the string at the bottom and at the top of the circle. and v. the speed of the ball at the bottom and at the top. 10. are connected together by wires. = v2 and TL * T2 (d) Vj * v2 and T. An object of mass m hangs motionless from a vertical spring. the drag force due to air resistance on a moving car goes like the square of the car's speed v. A string of length L is composed of two segments of equal length. E1<E2< Q. = Q2 = Q3. the top speed of the car would increase by about (a) 50% (c) 22% (b) 15% (d) 30% 13. the tension in the rope is TA\ at end B it is TB > TA. At end A of the segment. respectively. which of the following sets of relations involving the electric field strength E generated by a sphere. and its charge Q. Let Rt < R2 < R3. Suppose that the maximum speed of a car is limited only by this drag force. An aircraft bound for Vancouver and coming from PHYSICS FOR YOU I FEBRUARY '08 83 . vb and v. (a) V] = v2 and Tj = T2 (b) V] # v2 and TX = T2 (c) v. A ball of mass m attached to an inextensible string of length R in swung around a vertical circle just fast enough so that the string is always fully stretched. which is much greater than the total weight of the string. At equilibrium. After they have been in thermal contact long enough with each other and their surroundings. vb and v. (c) VJ<V2< (d) v. = V 2 = V 3 . (b) AT is independent of R. except if = 0. the total mechanical energy of the system (a) increases (b) remains the same (c) decreases (d) may increase or decrease depending on the new position. (a) PA increases and PB decreases (b) both Pji and PB increase (c) PA decreases and PB increases (d) PA and PB remain the same 9. As the number of resistors in each circuit is increased. and R3. its potential V. When the object is pulled down to a new rest position. is the tension in the segment.O n e segment is tied to a wall. When is there a point on its trajectory after launch where its velocity is perpendicular to its acceleration? (a) (b) (c) (d) always only if v k ^ 0 and viv points upward only if * 0 always. but depends on v2b x v2 (c) AT depends on R. (a) A radiates less than B (b) Both emit the same amount of radiation (c) A radiates more than B (d) A radiates more than B only if its temperature is high enough.>E2> E3.
d  /(/"A (C) d+ <d> d + j2TT) 2(f + d) (d) The behaviour of the loop cannot be determined unless the direction of the magnetic field is completely specified. Let ApA and ApB be the momentum gained by the ships after travelling equal distances. sit. you discover that the spot. and you were separated from this transmitter by the many tall buildings to be found in downtown Toronto. (d) a magnetic field directed vertically downward with respect to the screen's initial position 21. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS Problem 1 A magnetohydrodynamic v (MHD) generator is a device ©_ OB that converts part of the kinetic © . As schematically shown in the figure. To achieve this. If there were only one transmitter. • T fY ' VMM. the ions and electrons enter a region between two electrodes (here. you and want to reach a point a distance L > d away along the find that the spot of light is still shifted to right of centre other shore as quickly as possible. both being your maximum speeds. Exactly half of a rectangular conducting loop lies in a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of 25. The point on the plane's exterior which is then at the highest potential is (a) the nose (front) (b) the tail (back) (c) the tip of the right wing (d) the tip of the left wing (d) all of the previous equally. Then (a) ApA = ApB (b) ApA>ApB (c) APA<APB (d) ApA = ApB = 0. Its body and wings are covered in aluminium. At some point in time.24. The angle of your (b) an electric field directed horizontally to the right with trajectory in the water with respect to the shore must obey respect to the screen's initial position (c) a magnetic field directed vertically upward with (a) cos0 = v.. You are on the shore of a canal of uniform width d by 180° around its vertical axis. You conclude that the first run along the shore at constant speed v b then jump CRT is immersed in in the canal and swim directly toward your target at (a) an electric field directed horizontally to the left with constant speed v 2 < v. is shifted a bit to the right. and the other at x = d </. The magnetic field is strong enough that many charged particles will hit the electrodes and charge them before they can exit. Their initial velocity v is parallel to the plates. parallel conducting plates of area A separated by a gap d) in which a uniform and constant magnetic field B has been set up.. you rotate the CRT 20. Suspecting what the cause of this deflection may be. with which of the following would you be most likely to experience dead spots (places with very poor or no reception)? (a) AM radio stations (frequency 1 MHz) (b) FM radio stations (frequency 100 MHz) (c) cell phones (frequency 1000 MHz) 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '214 . A resistor R is connected to the plates. however. Montreal is flying due west. Two otherwise identical spaceships have different solar sails: sail A is a perfect reflector. Where do the rays focus? accurately describes the effect on the loop? f ( f . respect to the screen's initial position The water in the canal is motionless. the Earth's magnetic field points north and downward. Two identical thin lenses with focal magnetic field starts rapidly decreasing./v2 (b) cos0 = yfvf/v^ « 1 respect to the screen's initial position (c) cosO = 1 « d/L (d) cos© = v2/v. Light rays from a very distant source travel along the loop.t energy of a streaming hot gas nl f into electrical energy. spaced about 30 m apart on average. which of the followings statements most x = 0.. 23. At its operating temperature of between 2000 and 3000 K. When you look straight at the screen. one at happening. At some point on its flight path.d ) (a) The loop is pulled into the magnetic field (b) d + ^ d (a) d+ 2f —d (b) The loop is pushed out of the magnetic field (c) The loop starts rotating . Each starts at the same distance from the Sun and travels radially outward. This creates a timevarying potential difference Vbetween the plates. the magnitude of the the + x direction. you by the same distance as before. instead of being at the centre as it should. sail B is a perfect absorber. pointing straight out of the page. A horizontal cathode ray tube (CRT) is set so that its electron beam produces a spot of light at the centre of the screen when no external electromagnetic field is present. 22. While this is length / > 0 and their optical axis along x. the gas is readily ionised. Facing the screen.
mass M of lead weight 190 kg. keel that acts as a stabiliser. of keel below water level. linear momentum is (b) Estimate how much altitude the satellite might lose conserved. and that the latter therefore angle 6 the mast will tilt away from its initial upright is pretty uniform. assumed to be always positive ion at some generic position between the parallel to the length of the hull. 11. Other assumptions the transverse current density between the plates and may be made so long as they are explicity stated and. the molecules 1. Use your diagram to show that the ion j of the hull is a keel in the shape of a square always parallel experiences a braking force as soon as its velocity . welcome to obtain solution valid only for small 0 or for large 0. over one week because of this friction. On top of this cylinder and perpendicular to it ground. Make SOLUTIONS any other reasonable assumption. we use the relation. It receives electrical power from a solar panel Capri 16. Other than the lead weight. At this altitude. A heavy lead weight forms the bottom of the has a component transverse to the plates. remains everywhere much smaller than its (a) Establish a relationship between wind speed and the longitudinal component. where J is perpendicular (initially) to the sail. = V. Attached to the bottom plates. 1. v it also loses speed because of the friction. and R. are given for a small sailboat. the friction force generated by 0. Comment v Pi = Pp •'• mvi = mvp i = vf briefly. air density is (a) Assume that in such collisions. depth d 11 3 is very tenuous.. consider (b) Then.(a) On a diagram. you are does not explicitly contain R. sail.3. Area A of of area A = 10 m2. at what wind speed will 0 be 30°? is moving at speed v. become embedded in the solar panel. technically known as draft. C is the conductivity of the gas. = m (mass of ball) m2 = M (mass of train) u] = Vi (initial velocity of ball with respect to ground) u2 = V (initial velocity of train with respect to ground) v. Nevertheless. height h of mast 6. lm2u2 v = (m. do not forget to justify them briefly. (final velocity of ball with respect to ground) P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08215 . speeds? Since you may not be able to find a general (c) Derive an expression for the output voltage V that solution for the angle 0 as a function of v. (a) : In elastic collision. hull. you wonder about its stability when a strong wind blows from the side. Now considering momentum of ball with respect to Problem 3 In a mood for some physics as you look at a sailboat on a lake. The gas obeys a generalised Ohm's position when a wind with speed v blows law. with a density p = 10 kg/m .6 m. you can everywhere between the plates. display all the forces acting on a sits a mast carrying a square sail. find an expression for the 60°? maximum retarding force on the solar panel in terms of p and of the radius of the satellite's orbit. assume that any mast. and keel to be weightless. lossely based on the Catalina of 400 km. Earth's atmosphere sail is 12 m2. The expansion (1 + x)n = 1 + nx + . A 1000 kg satellite is orbiting the Earth at an altitude (b) The following data. according to which J=o(E + vxB).75 m. Also. assumptions. justified. If the satellite With these date. Assume also that the also assume that the sail extends all the way from the transverse component of the velocity of the charges bottom to the top of the mast. Obtain an expression for the current / flowing In this simplified model. specific gravity of collisions of the molecules and the panel might cause lead. Pi = mVt. 7 as much as possible. supposed to be the part at the bottom of the the satellite to lose altitude. a crude approximation. Consider the hull of the sailboat as an straight hollow cylinder. to the sail. keel under water.w2)«1  1 m{ + m2 m} + m2 m. PfmVf To find Vj. B. over time.2 kg/m3. If you make Now considering momentum of ball with respect to train. Pi ~ mvr Pf ~ mvf (c) Somebody claims that as the satellite loses altitude m is mass of ball. Analyze the stability of the sailboat using the following oversimplified model.. for Problem 2 x « 1 may be useful. The sailboat leans over in the wind and the question in whether its keel can prevent it from being blown over completely. is this boat stable in all wind through the resistor in terms of v. Somewhat electric field E arising from the process is uniform unrealistically (it would make tacking difficult).
0) where k is a constant. (d) : Time period of simple pendulum.. ( b ) : Hence. T/2 T v/ 2 If N.(ii) .0. 2 + l + c = l c = 1 .. i.v. its will take less time than A to reach other end. the best change of correct F is F = he 6. v 7.M+m)g is action. then its reaction must be R H Now. Equivalent resistance in parallel R ~R R p~n Power of circuit B is. x =n T 2 y/ z . •. (d): Circuit B : Let n equal resistors are connected in parallel to a battery. v 3 Hence.1 + 2.2. (LT 1 ) 6 (L)c ML I " 2 = M a . Frequency of simple pendulum.= — 4 Rs nR 2. 2a + b + c = 1 or 2 x l + l + c = l . Pi A 1 and P„<* n B n As n increases. (a): F h" cb dc F=khacbdc where k is a constant.. 1 c = . option (b) is correct.2  Put value of a. b and c in (i) we get F = k h1 c1. ^ = = 16. we get 2a + b + c = 1 ab=2 From (ii) & (iv).e v k t. V.. Now. T = 2n — \8 v = vjx remains constant through the journey.1 . Hence. 8. d2 10. P = F. H 4 dP = 0 + 3± dvP v . ( b ) : Drag force due to air resistance. T ~ a ~ b Equating power on both sides. [F] = [hf [c]» W ML T..(iii) . dr2. . power of car engine. in series to a battery V volt. 4.kv2.v using (i) P = kv3 Taking log both sides we get log P = log k + 31og v On differentiating we have. As speed of ball B increases. viy always points (viy = 0 at max height) vertically upward and g always acts vertically downward. P .. top speed of car may increase by 15% ... < V Hence option (a) is correct. ground—stable AL table—» ground' (c) : Speed of ball A remains same throughout its path but speed of ball B increases as it falls through the dip.... = —.(iv) {l+b) = 2 \+b = 2[ Q From (iii). Vj i. PA decreases and PB increases Hence. 1 fg 11. (d) 5. Rs 2 nR = y2 y Power of circuit A is P.b = . (given) F=kv2 . l 2 a + b + c . option (c) is correct. v = 0.6% (max).y f =(mM)Vi  m+M 2mV (m + M) it is clear. Equivalent resistance in series.e.2 = (ML2 T 1 )". dP = Mv = > 5 0 % = 3 ..(ii) 9. •(i) (. F °= v2 where v is top speed of car. ( b ) : g = 0 at International space station (d) (c): CircuitA: Let n equal resistors R are connected P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08216 C j = 47te0 JRj .
T ^ ^ J . (b) : Perfect reflector spaceships suffers greater change in momentum than perfect absorber spaceships. (c) Magnetic field at nose and tail of aircraft is zero. (a) T. d=2r\ d = 4 mm 16. V=V1 = V2= V3. = Tr Further.A . Therefore. T. v1= [f~ — ^ v2 = [f e2 Ase.e. external force F is constant and very large. (a) A black body is a perfectly absorber as well as a perfectly radiator. velocity of L/2L/2transverse wave on i<—• < • >p T *P r— string is given by 20.T _ TR 4 TA ~ 5 +1a 5 " 5 + 5 (4TA+TB) 5 18. we know that. Body A radiates less than body B.Tension on the string strictly depends on value of external force applied on it here. vb and vr 13. e3=V As flj < fl2 < fl3 QI<Q2< G 3 where e is linear mass density. i.^ Given that: v2 < v. (d) . is B= 10" A A TTA TTA = f a = \ UTBTA] 5] using (i) T . ^ T T ^ M IL\ ~ A = —\JJC LIS l TnT. (a) 22. At point P./5 i.27 471 r 2x10" 0. right wing of aircraft is at higher potential than its left wing. higher the electric field with common potential E1>E2> E3 Hence. (a) . . = 0 Tb = 5 mg Change in tension. y Vancover (West) Nose B= 0 . :.(i) Again E p £ o c1 KQ fl~ 4tte 0 fl flz :  47ten 1 4Z. (V) i. ( d ) : t a n 0 = . 0 is small „ 21. (b) .e.=Ma „.01 = 10"7x 2x100 o < Montreal (East) Tail 5 = 0 2x10 = 2x10 m 10"2 r = 2 mm diameter of wire.Mass of rope = M Length of rope = L For entire rod AS. option (b) is correct. 217 v? P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY '08 . smaller the radius. A T= TbTt AT=5mgQ AT = 5mg AT is independent of fl. the system of spheres acquire a common potential. Magnetic field at right wing of aircraft (BR) is greater than magnetic field at left wing of aircraft (B f ) B r > B L Hence.—kx Mechanical energy of springmass system in (b) goes on increasing with the elongation 14.C 2 = 47t£0 R2 C 3 = 4m 0 R 3 After connecting the wires.e ApA>ApB.eft w i n g B Right w i n g y .Work done by spring . Now Cj = QXV 4TI80 RR Q1V 47l£0 4K£n 47ien •Rn • f l . Hence. 12. (c) . 1 T 2 19.*e2 17. (e) 15.Magnetic field at P due to a long straight wire carrying current 7.
but it also shows that the satellite would not stay very long in orbit unless it gives itself a small compensating boost quite often. and a tangential component opposite v which slows down the ion.d ) 2 —d Now. with v the average speed of the molecules with respect to the panel. we can write the current I as I = JA = Aa(vB . co = . the electric force FE and the magnetic force F B on the ion are displayed. they come to rest and the change is equal to the incident momentum itself. this gives F = pAv2. F = pAco2r = pA(4n 2 /7 2 )r (T is the period of the orbit) = pA(GM/r2)r (Kepler's third low) pAGM/r (b) The rate what which energy is lost because of this retarding force is P = F • v = .d ) Hence. in a first approximation the transverse current density is J=a(vBE) Since the potential difference V between the plates is equal to Ed as well so to RI. (a) The force on the panel. is equal to the product of the number of molecules that strike the panel per unit of time with the change of Inserting numbers and At ~ 6 x 105 s (a week). and we obtain P = pA(GM / r3)3/2 To find the resulting rate of change in radius.. or flux. so that AE = (GMm/2r2)Ar. 2 f 2 fd or (2 f .) Then.d ) d+ f2 (2 f . Problem 1 (a) In the figure below. the rays focussed at a distance from x = 0. when the flux is perpendicular to it. whose average speed with respect to the Earth is an order of magnitude lower than the satellite's speed (~ 7 km/s.Ex corresponding to Ar = r2 . (d): I f / ' is equivalent focal length of combination. (c) 25. ie we neglect the intrinsic motion of the molecules.23.IR/d) Solving for / gives vBd d/aA+R (c) Since V = RI. If n is the number of molecules per unit volume. the mass density of the molecules. or the rate momentum change. then. 24 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08218 . We assume that this average speed is that of the satellite in its orbit. The momentum of an individual incident molecule perpendicular to the panel is its mass m times the component of its velocity perpendicular to the panel. Since the molecules are absorbed. The resultant net force F has a centripetal component (perpendicular to the trajectory). the number that strike the panel per unit of time. If we calculate AE = E2 . Again. from which immediately follows Ar = (2r2IGMm)PAt so long as we can assume that the rate of energy loss is small and constant on the time scale of interest.J C M / r ' . (b) Assuming that v remains approximately longitudinal. which does not change v.GMm/lr. from Kepler's third law. using lens formula for equivalent lens ~ ~ ~ J_ 1 1 f (2 f . then we can approximate r 2 = rx = r. Combining with the second boxed equation above yields.Fear. with r the orbital radius of the satellite. Since nm = p. we can solve for RI in the nexttolast equation and obtain V = vBd Id I OA Problem 2. gives Ar = 6 k m The answer is consistent with out assumption of reasonably slow orbit decay. _J_ = J_ f f ~ f ~ f 1 _2f J_ f 2 d_ /"/ r r r= (2 ff . we observe that the total energy of the satellite is E = . is equal to the product of n with the surface A of the panel and the component of the molecule's velocity perpendicular to the panel. we see that if we can assume that Ar « ru r2.d ) 1 _2 f 1 fd momentum of individual particles when they collide with the panel. (c) ^ 24.r.
(a) Similar to problem 2. ® •Hiside CD CONTAINS3 Very Similar ONLINE tests as per latest pattern Each test covers 240 questions (i) Physics .sin 2 0 2M . A the Xk area of the sail.i ^ s s . (1 .sin 2 0) 3 = . Mwmml Price : Rs. \ M g d where B = A p Ah XW = pAhv2 cos 3 0 A countertorque is provided by the lead mass at the bottom of the keel.40 f^OK'UNlv. in the limit of small 0 angles.^ j . sin0 = 1 M gdsin0 V(3 + B 2 /v 4 ) One sees that 0 increases smoothly with v. Writing the answer in this form makes it easy to check that dimensions are correct.3 sin 2 0. with moment arm )jh cos0. The total torque of the wind force is then bracket is obviously a mass. since the denominator in the U I M M is m O L E rnmMrn QT NN I MTG UGET Manipal Explorer's available with a CD to give you thoroug! practice of the online examination on your home PC Frea  .60 (ii) Chemistry . the initial force exerted by the wind on the sail is F = pAv2. then its net weights is (1 . We should take into account the buoyancy of the lead.p w a t e / p i e a d ) M g.Problem 3. \ „i where p is air density. so that the opposing torque from the keel is P water Plead This is a cubic equation which is not that easily solved if you don't have a good calculator or a computer at hand. one can look at the small angle solution using the binomial expansion (1 . This force exerts a torque about the hull. Nevertheless. and solving for v.( f i 2 / v 4 ) " 3 This is seen to approach 1 smoothly more important. In the largeangle approximation.6 m/s for 0 = 60° where 0 is not the equilibrium angle. v2 _ 1 . it is best to recast out result for v in terms of cosQ. 350 BOOKS Available at leading bookshops throughout India. When the mast is tilted at angle 0 with respect to the vertical. for 0 approaching 90°. so that equilibrium can be maintained at any finite speed. and it is well known that v has the same dimensions as J g d Let us rewrite the previous expression after inserting cos 2 9 = 1 . The moment arm is d sin0. the range 0 < v < °° maps smoothly to the range 0 < 0 < 90°. there exists a solution. the component of the force perpendicular to the sail is pAv2 cos 2 0.cos 2 0 B2 ~ (cos 2 0)3 = Imposing the condition for equilibrium.60 (iii) Biology .5 m/s for 0 = 30° and = 13. as expected. and v the wind 'VTV/VVV>I/\A/VVV i »lead 1 speed.sin 2 0. iw = xk. Thus.sin 2 0) 3 = 1 . Then. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I FEBRUARY'08219 . we obtain 1/2 1_ (cos2 0)3 in the limit of lar §e 6 2 V = I Pwater Read Mgd sin 0 pAftcos 3 0 Then we get immediately sin0 = x/l . (b) Inserting the date yields v = 4.80 (iv) English & General Aptitude . If M is the mass of the lead.
what should be the value of R in order to establish a current of 5 mA in the circuit? (c) In VB = 6 V.0 V. •'IR By : Prof.0.6 V and the base current amplification factor Pac = 100. Email. A silicon diode is connected to a resistor R and a battery of voltage VB as shown in figure. what is the minimum voltage VB required to keep the diode above the knee point? 4.C. PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH ' 0 8 . One terminal of an 8 V battery is connected to the collector through a load resistance RL and to the base through a resistance RB.) and mutual conductance (gj? 6. what is the power dissipated in the resistor R and the diode when a current 5 mA flows in the circuit? (d) If R = 1 kQ. Assume that the diode requires a minimum current of 1 mA to attain a value higher than the knee point. The knee point of its IV characteristics is 0. If the plate resistance at this point is 5000 Q. Also assume that the voltage Vacross the junction is independent of the current above the knee point. find the amplification factor (p. 150 a . the base current IB=5 pA. A semiconductor has an electron concentration of 8 x 1013 cm 3 and a hole concentration of 5 XIO 12 cm 3. S. Find Pac? The circuit shown in figure contains two diodes each with a forward resistance of 50 Q and with infinite reverse resistance. Hi. electron mobility (pe) = 2. Find the values of RL and RB. (a) Determine the value of P. IE and a .or /jtype ? (b) What is the resistivity of the semiconductor? Given.100 Q 6 V The saturation current density of a PN junction germanium diode is 250 mA/m 2 at 300 K. It the battery voltage is 6 V.emitter voltage VBE = 0.Sector36D. Rajinder Singh Randhawa* (a) If VB = 5 V. find the current through the 100 Q resistance.1 x 103 Q. the collector current IC = 5 mA and dc voltage in the collector circuit VCC = 6.208. Find the Randhawa Institute of Physics.com Ph : 01722620699. (a) Is the semiconductor n.3 V to 3. Mob : 09814527699.3 x 104 cm 2 V 1 s 1 and hole mobility =100 c m 2 V ' s When the plate voltage of a triode is increased from 230 V to 250 V. base . Can this circuit be used as an amplifier? K H G Rs EJ IC + Ir Vcc— • YCE 3.7 V. randhawainstitute_physics @ yahoo. The collectoremitter voltage VCE = 4 V.» — h N o signal In circuit shown in figure. 1. The control grid voltage is changed from .65 mA in the collector current.Thought Provoking Problems III Electronics 1. (b) A change of 27 pA in the base current produces a change of 0. what should be the maximum value of R so that the voltage Fis above the knee point voltage? (b) In VB = 5 V. collectorresistor RC = 1. Chandigarh. base resistor = 1 xl0 6 £2. Firstfloor.4 V to maintain the constant current.05 mA. An npn transistor in a common emitter mode is used as a simple voltage amplifier with a collector current of 4 mA. The base current of a transistor is 105 pA and collector current is 2.
(Boltzmann's constant k = 1. To keep the diode above the knee point. Then.3 = 4.0.3 + 5 x l 0 1 8 x l x l O .7 = 5 .3 V From Ohm's law.7 = 4.0 .44 p = 3.(5 x io®) x (1 x 10*) = + 1 V x2. The current in the circuit is 1= 5 mA. when lis minimum (/min). and the power dissipated in the diode is = / x y = ( 5 x 10~3) x 0.2 ] Again apply Kirchhoff's law to the loop EDFGHCBE. But V= 0. VB = 6 V.0.3 V V„ 4 3 But. 7 = 4.0 ^ = 185xl()5Q 4x10 Also.'.t.7 = 1 + 0.'.5 mW.5 V w.000 Hz modulates a carrier generated by a tank circuit comprising of a capacitor of 1 x 10"9 F and a coil of 10 x IO"6 H.(5 x 10^3) x (i.r.3 In this case.5 mW. Vcc = potential drop. a transistor circuit can be used as an amplifier if the emitterbase junction is forwardbiased and the basecollector junction reverse biased.V= 5 . VB = Imm *R+ V 3 = (1 x IO" ) x 1000 + 0. such that I x R =4 3V 4. An audio signal of 10. R should be maximum (RMM). Power dissipated = VR x / = 5.= ^ . . from fig. VR = IR.r.39 x IO 2 Qm 19 19 (c) ( 8 .3 x (5 x 10"3) = 26. we get Vcc = VCE + ICRL VCE = V cc .= 8600 I 5 xlO . Find the frequency of side bands. the emitter and the base is + 1.5) = + 0. across RL + VCE = ICRL+VCE VrrVr CE 84 rv3 :1000 Q 4x10" As we know that. R = S. (a) Let VR — Voltage across resistor » V—> Voltage across the junction diode.t. it is an wtype semiconductor.7 V (as before) VR = 6.3X10 3 Q Rmax 1X10"3A (b) Now V = 0. since it is % The power of the waterfall is nothing but a lot of drops working together Anon % v V ""wiirtiiintt"^'#0 0 PHYSICS FOR YOU  MARCH '08 .6xl0~ )[8xl0 1 29.3 V As we know that power dissipated equals current times voltage.r. Also VB = 5 V Vr = ^ . collector. (a) Since the electron concentration is higher than the hole concentration. (d) 7? = 1 kQ = 1000 £2.7 = 1. Since VR is fixed. Vcc = potential drop across RB + VBE = IBRB + VBE _ IB i k = independent of the current above the knee point. So that the base is (1 . we have VCC = VBE + IBRB (VBE — base emitter voltage) > VBE = VCCIRRB = 6 . VB=VR+ V VR=VB.IcRc VCE = 6 . SOLUTIONS 100 .0 V w. a minimum current of /min = 1 mA = 10 3 A must flow in the circuit. emitter.5 V w.7 V as in part (a). .t.7 = 5. (b) The resistivity of semiconductor 1 P=" e(ne\ie+nh\ih) 1 (1.38 * IO 23 J/K).i x io 3 ) = + 0.7 = 3. Hence the circuit cannot be used as an amplifier. Minimum voltage VB required is.. Both the emitterbase and basecollector junctions are forwardbiased..5 V The collector is + 0. Applying KirchhofF's loop rule to the loop ABEDFGHKA.0.7 V.voltage that would have to be applied across the junction to cause a forward current density 105 Am 2 to flow.
J Given . PMT Engineering : DCE. CMC Vellore. address. Our panel of experts will crosscheck your questions. age..02 A (50 + 150 +100) Q f eV As we have 1 = 1 r For Ge. We will make you famous by publishing your name (photo if possible). L = LL k ^ V ' k T _ l j ^ ~A~~A J = J s ^ V I k T _ Jj 4..... AMU..0 = 0.65 xlO" 0.65 3 Pac=o = 7T = xlO =24.95 (b) V ' _ 5 / c 0. photographic memory then you are the right candidatefor this contest. AIIMS. Maharashtra CET.i. neatly on a paper with name of the exam. H. You have to send it within a month of giving the particularexam.10)= 1582 kHz. 5*/.155 mA a or 19. we get oc = 0.M.05 x 10 = 2. and lastly the pitfalls Don't send incomplete question. Safdarjung VMMC. Haryana CEE. New Delhi29. Now the equivalent circuit is shown in figure.155 x 10"3 A = 2. WB JEE.4 . Ring Road. All you have to do is write down as many questions (with all choices) you can remember. Who can participate If you have taken any of the exams given below and possess plenty of grey cells.9 kl = 12. the current through 6V them is I : 0. is forward biased and offers aresistance of 50 Q. 3. :(011)26194317. . PunjabPET.P.26191601. Punjab. MP PET. WB JEE.. Near Safdarjung Hospital.5 105x10" Now. your photograph and mail them to us.P. PMT : AFMC. complete.v.230 = 20 volts = 3. The 2 x 3.3. 1V = C 1 2JTVZC ' o Payment will be made after the MCQs are published. Tel. of side bands = (1592 + 10) = 1602 kHz and (1592. Haryana CET.6x10 •19 33 * Conditions apply 9. maximum apply. As all the three resistances are in series. questions.6 = 19.9 x 1. J= 105 Ams J 10 eVIkT . Bihar CECE.We know that p..A = 250 x 10 3 Am"2.More the questions. = V dK s Ji l a is const. Also you can derive psychological satisfaction from the fact that your questions will benefitthousandsof readers.5(la) = a P= iTa Solving. Mailto: e! itor «ITq 406. Maharashtra CET.14 x 7(10 xlO" ) x (1 xlO" ) u c = 1592 kHz Freq. U.Taj Apt. Orissa JEE. your name. Delhi PMT. Diode D2 is reverse biased and as its corresponding resistance is infinite. lE = IB+ Ic= 105 x 10~« + 2.05x10. 0rissaJEE. MTG shall be final and binding.P. will be given to the reader sending the Other conditions decision ofthe Editor. The Benefits Plenty! Each complete question with answer will make you richer by Rs. Jharkhand CECE. JIPMER. 2. PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH ' 0 8 222 6 9 O Kindly note that each question should be O Payment will be made only for complete O Preference complete and correct questions.38 xl0" 2 3 x 300 = 1. Also M 50 1 gm= — = = = 10 r 5000 100 • (a) =^ = mho 100£2 2. CPMT. UPSEE. no current flows through it. the merrier it will be.4 V 6V 2 MCQ'il 1. BHU. J & K CET. . •.07 ac 5I B 27xlO" 6 27 3 DiodeD.3 . The exams .1 = = 4xl05 JS 250 xlO" 3 eV c — = log e (4xl0 5 ) = 12. Ti = 1 Put T = 1 and dividing both sides by area. 150Q 50Q Here dVa = 250 ..
At / = 0. One portion of remaining part ofthe distance was covered with velocity V! and second part by velocity v2 with equal time interval t. (ii) and (iii) A quantity is represented by X = M" Lb/T. the box starts to move on the inclined plane. The vertex A2 moves in the horizontal direction with a velocity v. A point traversed half of the distance with a velocity v„.2008 If e is the charge. The velocity of Ax is . T the temperature. A student writes tanG = . 8. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 (b) (d) ( — ) [gsmaj I g IJ 9. The mean velocity of the point averaged over the whole time of motion is (a) v0 + 2vj + 2V2 (b) 2v0 +v t +v 2 3 (c) 2v0 (v.yc) x 100% (d) none ofthe these If i.kv3 where k is constant. the units of eV/Tare the same as of (a) Planck's constant (b) Stefan's constant (c) Boltzmann constant (d) gravitational constant. The percentage error in measurement of M. L and T are a %. y % respectively.WfllfWWijl AIEEE . A rectangular box is sliding on a smooth inclined plane of inclination a . Find the time after which bolt strikes the bottom surface of the box ^ e^sm'f—" 2 21 (a) \j g cos a (C) Figure shows the vt graph for two particles P and Q. V the potential difference. y and zaxis respectively. The percentage error in X would be (a) (acr + fib + yc) % (b) (act . The given thing construction consists of two rhombus with the ratio 3 : 2. Which of the following statements regarding their relative motion is true? Their relative velocity (a) is zero (b) is nonzero but constant (c) continuously decreases (d) continuously increases. j and fc are unit vectors along x. 3 %. + v. A circular railway track of radius r is banked at angle 9 so that a train moving with speed v can safely go round the track. the angle 9 between the vector i + j +k and vector i is given by (a) 0 = cos (c) e = cos~' (b) e=sin Practice Paper 6. + v ) ' 0 2 The deceleration experienced by a moving motorboat after its engine is cut off. If v0 is the magnitude of the velocity at cutoff. A bolt starts to fall from point A.fib + yc) % (c) (aa fib. is given by — = . the magnitude ofthe velocity at a time t after the cutoff is (b) v0efa (a) V(2v02fe + 1) (c) v0/2 (d) v0.f v Why this relation is not correct? (i) equality of dimensions does not guarantee correctness of the relation (ii) dimensionally correct relation may not be numerically correct (iii)the relation is dimensionally incorrect (a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iii) (c) (iii) and (i) (d) (i).) (d) (2v +V.
cos (c) cos •a)' 90° (b) 90°.a to y = a.gt (c) Jv2 + g2t2(2vsinQ)gt (d) sjv2 + g2t2 . At t = 0.4 ms 1 vj = .v s i n O ) 2 . v2 = .0° (b) ^ ( v c o s 9 .0° V3 . is the acceleration directed? (i) vertically upwards (ii) horizontally (iii) vertically downwards B B 0 (a) 0°. How far from the throwing point will the ball be at the height of 10 m from the ground? 1 Jl g = 10 m/s 2 .28 ms 1 . Find the work done by this force during a displacement from y = .cos30° = — 2 2 (a) 4.01 kg block collides with a horizontal massless spring of force constant k = 2 N/m. A 0. which shows the variation of the tension Tin the string with time t. = . 2 Aa5 2Aa + 2 Ca (a) 3 (b) 2 + ) (d) none of these. sin 30° = .(2vcos0).90°.6 v (b) 0.L 1. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 .4 ms~'. may be 17. it is displaced from equilibrium position and released. v2 = .5 ms' 1 .= .g7 • What is the maximum value of the force F such that the block shown in the arrangement does not move? (Given p. The speed of the block at the time of the collision is (g= 10 ms 2 ) (a) 3 ms"1 (b) 1. 3 2 16 A 1 kg ball moving at 12 ms"1 collides head on with 2 kg ball moving with 24 ms"1 in opposite direction. For what value of a. While rising up the velocity of the mass after t seconds will be (a) ^(vcos9) + (vsinO) 2 2 A simple pendulum is vibrating with an angular amplitude of 90° as shown in the given figure. A force F = Ay2 + By + C acts on a body in the ^direction.28 ms"1 Vj = 28 ms 1 .20 m.5. The graph.4 m.5 ms"1 (c) 6 ms"1 (d) 4. = ~ j = ) 15. v2 = 28 ms 1 Fcos60 — w= 10V3 (a) 20 N (b)10N (c) 12 N A particle of mass m is suspended from a fixed point O by a string of length R. What are their velocities after the collision ( c  F sin60 if« = § ? (a) (b) (c) (d) (d) 15 N v.cos" i (d) cos 1 _ . If the coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the surface is 0. v2 = 4 ms~' Vj = 4 ms"1.7 v (c)3v (d) 2 v 0 (d) A boy playing on the roof of a 10 m high building throws a ball with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle of 30° with the horizontal. A body of mass m is thrown upwards at an angle 9 with the horizontal with velocity v. 90° J=.0°.33 m (b) 2.66 m (d) 5. The spring get compressed by 0.(a) 0 (b) ]/W 0 (0 (a) 0.60 m (c) 8.
upto infinity and a charge .2 x (b) 5 Rt 5 Rnt "(W2WQ (d) (c) Rnt Rt The moment of inertia of two bodies are /. Here x0 is a positive constant... The potential at the origin of this system of charges is 1 (a) zero (b) 4TT£0X0 ln(2) (c) infinity (d) < In (2) 7 4 71 ^ Q ^Q The currentvoltage (/ . Their geometrical shapes and sizes are same. When a block mass m is placed on the tray. it executes simple harmonic motion of period 1. The value of m is Tray •AAAA— 10 £2 (a) zero (b)2 pC (c) 4 uC (d) 6 pC. the charge on the capacitor plates is 2Q AVvVC Hh HI 2. x = 4x0. the time period of the resulting oscillation of the ball is given by (a) T = \mV (b) T = 2n BV ma (a) 7. then (a) / . An air chamber of volume V has a neck of crosssectional area a into which a light ball of mass m can move without friction.q is fixed at each of the points x = 2x0. x = 5x0 .2 .5 £2. The induced current in the circuit is W W . = T2 (d) 7. < / 2 (b ) / .0 s. It follows from the graphs that / / / / (a) 10 kg (b) 20 kg (c) 30 kg (d)40kg 22. each of spring constant k. upto infinity. 1 ^ A capacitor of capacitance C = 2 pF is connected as shown in figure. as shown in figure. n(W2Wx) (a) . .. The diameter of the ball is equal to that of the neck of the chamber. When the tray is depressed a little and released. A tray of mass M= 10 kg is supported on two identical springs. > T2 (b) 7.5 V D ' O E (d) he = IEF A coil having n turns and resistance R Q is connected with a galvanometer of resistance 4R Q.5 s. the first made of iron and the second of aluminium.. = / 2 (c ) / . and I 2 ..V) graphs for a given metallic wire at two different temperatures Tx and 7 2 are shown in figure. the period of oscillation becomes 3.. A charge + q is fixed at each of the points x = x0. If the bulk modulus of air is B. whose centre is O. x = 6x0 . Wx weber to W2 weber. is greater or less than 7 2 depending on whether the resistance R of the wire is greater or less than the ratio V/I Which of the graphs shown in figure correctly represents the variation of magnetic field B with distance r from a long current carrying conductor? (a) PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH'08225 . If the internal resistance of the cell is 0. x = 3x0.For the given uniform square lamina ABCD. F 'AC = A/27EF (b) 'AC = a/27EF (c) 'AD = 37EF (a) / x „ „ mB <0 r . This combination is moved in time 1 seconds from a magnetic flux. > / 2 (d) relation between Ix and I 2 depends on the actual shape of the bodies. < T2 (c) 7. The ball is pressed down a little and released.
4 Nm 28. A freshly prepared radioactive source of half life 2 hours emits radiation of intensity which is 64 times the permissible safe level.(a) 16 (b)6 (c) 4 (d)i (c) (d) 27.25 T. A rectangular coil of 50 turns carries a current of 2. Maximum tension that the rope can bear is 960 N. What is the maximum energy of a photon in the radiation? Planck's constant = 6.> 2 7 30 60 90 » Mass number (b) (d) W+X+Z Y+Z . What should be the speed v of the loop as to have a steady current of 1 mA in the loop? (b)i ® B • 4 Q (a) 1 cm s 1 (c) 3 cm s _I (b) 2 cm s 1 (d) 4 cm 29. W. The current induced in the loop is BX X X X X X £ X X X X X X X X X X N V X X X X X X X X —\Q 12 c m 10 c m (a) BLv/R clockwise (b) BLv/R anticlockwise (c) 2BLv/R anticlockwise (d) zero 31. The minimum time after PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH'08226 . as shown in figure. What is the magnitude of torque acting on the coil? B 30. X.0 A and is placed in a magnetic field B of 0. constant in space and time. Y and Z are four nuclei indicated on the curve. One end of a massless rope. j.5 keV (c) 40 keV (d) 42.1 Nm (c) 0.5 keV Binding energy per nucleon versus mass number curve for nuclei is shown in figure. In a Young's double slit experiment the intensity at a point where the path difference is — (A. pointing perpendicular and into the plane of the loop exists everywhere as shown in figure. (a) 35 keV (b) 37. (a) 0.2 Nm (d) 0. The process that would release energy is Y A.3 Nm (b) 0. A conducting square loop of side L and resistance R moves in its plane with a uniform velocity v perpendicular to one of its sides.6 x 10~34 Js. With what value of maximum safe acceleration (in ms~2) can a man of 60 kg climb on the rope? (a) Y . A square metal wire loop of side 10 cm and resistance 1 Q is moved with a constant velocity v in a uniform magnetic field B = 2 T. being 6 the wavelength of light used) is I.is equal to < 0 # (d) An Xray tube produces a continuous spectrum of radiation with its shortwavelength end at 0.33 A.2 Z (c) W. A magnetic field B. If I0 denotes the maximum intensity. which passes over a massless and frictionless pulley P is tied to a hook C while the other end is free. as shown in figure. The loop is connected to 4 Q resistor.
62 cm (c) 8. But the relation is not correct because of (i) and (ii). by what distance should the second particle be moved.32 cm 39.7 + ^ r _ I+O+O _ i (l + l + l ) 1 / 2 x l ~ V3 "73 (.1 mm. (a) AX x .13 cm A balance which has arms of equal length and pans of equal weight is called a (a) sensitive balance (b) inertial balance (c) true balance (d) beam balance SOLUTIONS eV W_ PV =R T1 T R and — = Boltzmann constant. 3) The jaws of a vernier calliper touch the inner wall of calorimeter without any undue pressure.". (a) —d . Main scale reading of calliper is 8. the input is across the terminals A and C and the output is across B and D.64 cm (b) 8. X = MaLb/T. The position 18 PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '08 _ r r + 7 . Consider a two particle system with particles having massess mx and m2. j • i = k i = 0 and i i = 1 ) The difference in velocities is increasing with time as both of them have constant but different accelerations.63 cm (d) 8.01 cm. time = —> 2v„ next distance. 3. so as to keep the centre of mass at the same position? (b ) d m2 m. If the first particle is pushed towards the centre of mass through a distance d.„„ = (aAM + bAL + •cATs x 100 100 X { M L T = (aa + Z>3 + cy) % 4. Then the output is (a) zero (c) full wave rectified (b) the same as the input (d) half wave rectified 37.36 cm (c) 4. The thin metallic strip of vernier calliper moves downward from top to bottom in such a way that it just touches the surface of beaker. The 5th of vernier scale division is coinciding with any main scale division. The decay products in both cases are stable. [rg]_L(Lr2) (a) [tane] = ^ = (LT 1 ) 2 = 1 = [M°L°T° [v Hence formula is dimensionally correct. d Then for first half distance.which it would be possible to work safely with the source is (a) 6 hours (b) 12 hours (c) 24 hours (d) 128 hours A radioactive sample consists of two distinct species having equal number of atoms initially. Find actual internal diameter calorimeter. Vernier constant of calliper is 0. The mean life time of one species is z and that or the other is 5T. The actual depth of beaker in mm is (when zero of vernier coincides with zero of main scale) (a) 8. The 4th of vernier scale division is coinciding with any main scale division. (a (i +j+k)i cos0 — 2 2 (i + J + k2)112 x (7 2 ) l/2 (a) N (b) (c) (d) 36. when it is observed that the zero of vernier scale lies on the left of zero of main scale. A plot is made of the total number of radioactive nuclei as a function of time. In the adjoining figure. Which of the following figures best represents the form of this plot? zero of vernier scale on the main scale reads 4.d m.42 cm (d) 4. t \ m2 J (d) (c) 2. (a) 4. = Vj t Let the total distance be d.32 cm. N.6 cm.37 cm (b) 4. whereas its vernier constant is 0.
(a) Actual acceleration of bolt 2. 3 .<W 1= gt cos a At equilibrium tension should be maximum and at the position of maximum amplitude tension is minimum but not zero.g cos a j a0 = g sina/ v X V . = (0 cos 0) 2 + (v sin 0 .. ( a ) : ~71 = ~ dt ^ .co x'/ a2 = actual acceleration of box = g sina i i + .gt = Vertical component of velocity v.and last part of distance. (a) : Vertically upward /. v\t + v2t= — or t = 2 2(Vi+v2) Now.. = . we get 2v " 1 or 2v 2 + kt 2 V. (c): R = M2 . 1 = 3 x .66 m 11. (c) : Instantaneous velocity of rising mass after t sec will be v. = v2t d d :. Option (d) is correct. Vertically d o w n w a r d O• B But = —— = 3+2 5 5k = v • mg A^ 1 mg PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '1 . ( a ) .= vA=3k. / = ^ l_ 2v 2 J_ 2 2v :J or [1 + 2 v & ] = fv2 v Fsin60° o F cos60°— ir= 10V3 F cos60 = \L(W + F sin60) By substituting p = — ^ and W = 10>/3 F = 20 N YYIV^ 13.g sin a . average speed „_ t 2V 0 (V 1 +v 2 ) (v. = V( v 2 + £ 2 ' 2 2vsin0gO 12.vA=5k 2 = ./ = 0+ (gcosa)f2 f= 9 (a) 21 g cos a % = 0. J or —r = ~kdt 3 5 10.gt)2 1 Intergrating we get . ..6v 5 sin 26 g 10 x 10 x sin 60° = — ~— = io = 8. 14. + v2) + 2v0 2v0 2(V[ + v 2 ) 2(v. v = v0 1 •=c 2v„ Putting in (i).= 0. ( d ) : TmgcosQ = R or v = 1+2 or v= ^1 + 2 v 2 fe 8.— 2 = kt + c 2v At t= 0. = + v2 where vx = v cos9 = Horizontal component of velocity vy = v sinG .+v 2 ) dv 7. Also tension varies non linearly. v.
ac v2 = 2gR cosa R ac = 2g cosa. (b) : Induced current _ n _ n dW R' dt R' dt = m..v..mg cos 9) = tan a = cosa = . the time period of the SHM is „ m m T = 2nJ— k „ mV or T = 2n' 2 ~ yBa _ Ma 23.01 "" " " 100 or V = 6 ms"1 By perpendicular axes theorem.(24) or v2 .. . (c): H ere. and v2 = . = g sina r \ a. (c) Iron is denser than aluminium Ix > I 2 .^ 2k and r=2n M 2k A/ 3 Aa3 3 2 Aa3 h W = \Fdy = j(Ay2 + By + C) dy 2 • + Cy Ba2 ~2~4 Ca.4)2 200x16 v = — — + 2 x 0. no current P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . 22. _IZ _ Ma2 T 1 IAC + ^BD .mg.. M 21. 2 —mv = —kx + u.x 2 2 2 2 x (0. Hence the pressure increases from P to P + AP. When the ball is pressed down a distance x. t *.h ac IMa2 By the same theorem IEF ==. AV=ax)or . = .5 V 10 which gives m = 30 kg. (d) : L e t P be the pressure of air in the chamber. the volume of air decreases from Vto say VAV.j = ha 1 n(W2Wx)^ (R + 4R) t n(W2Wx) 5 Rt 20.= 2 o •'• i ac ~ ief 19.4 =0. (c) : When the capacitor is fully charged.3 6 2V2 3 12 .(i) or F = —AV v2 F = kx F°<=x 3 + 2 Ca + 2 Ca According to conservation of momentum 1 x 1 2 + 2 (24) = Vl + or VI + 2V2 = . tana = = 2cota (T . Hence the correct choice is (c).4 ms"1 17. The change in volume is A V=ax The excess pressure AP is related to the bulk modulus B „ AF as AP = B — Now restoring force on ball = excess pressure x crosssectional area . = 24.Horizontally By perpendicular axes theorem. and a.. = 2 t z l . 4 = 36 a2 =M 12 2 2 Hence the motion of the ball is simple harmonic.28 ms"1.0 10 + m or Tx V M 1.e. 1 2 1.5 x 10 x 0. If m is the mass of the ball. ( C ) Here 7..(ii) where k = Ba2/V i."2+b2 M(a2+a2) IEF =M — = — 12 12 M(2a^) 1 ~ 12 M(2a ) 12 2 Also or /r = _ ^ L £ ( .j : M +m 3. Solving (i) and (ii) we get V.
10 m = 0. (ii) in eqn. which is choice (d).25 x 2. the charge on capacitor plates is Q = CV= 2 x 10"6 x 2 = 4 x lO^6 C = 4 p..5 Potential drop across 2 Q resistor = 2 £2 x 1 A = 2 V This is also the potential drop across the capacitor plates. I 0 = maximum intensity cos 2tc. the torque is x = 3. (b) The emf induced in a wire of length / moving in a field B with speed v perpendicular to the field is given by e =BIv = 2 x 0 .. Therefore. this forming a couple. Hence reaction (c) . . Therefore. The total force is F = 50 x 0. 27.33xlO" 10 E = h v 15 J = 37.5 = 510 MeV 120 x 7.0) = 660 MeV (d)X— The binding energy of the products in reaction (c) is greater than that of the reactant.= 1A 2 + 0. • c) B oc \/r. the resistance of the wire at temperature Tx is less than that at temperature T2.flows in the 10 £2 resistor. 25.—. (i) where 0 = phase difference.12 = 0. 4x0 1 q {1.0 x 0.5 = 1020 MeV (60 x 8.06 N The force/acts on PS in a direction out of the page and on QR into the page. Hence no current is induced.0 N x 0.q + r « 2x. 10"3 = 4 ^ . 27t X ¥ or d = > V 3 ... upto infinity > .— + — .5 + 30 x 5.3 Nm 28. ( Since the magnetic field is constant in time and space and exists everywhere. In Young's double slit experiment intensity at a point is given by I = I 0 cos ! : — + — + — +..( 6 0 x 10) = 60 a or 60 a = 360 or a = 6 ms~2 30. 2 3 4 5 6 47te0x0 In (1 +1) = gin (2) 47C£0X0 Hence the correct choice is (d).C Hence the correct choice is (c). which gives v = 2 x 10~2 ms 1 = 2 cm s_1.5 = 900 MeV 90 x 8. Hence the correct graph is (c).5 = 900 MeV 120 x 7..5keV 26. (t) . the current /. 29.. we get I 2 —. 24.0 = 720 MeV Products 2 x 30 x 5. (c ) The sides PQ and RS are parallel to the field lines hence the force on each is zero. This can happen if Tx is less than T2 because the resistance of a wire increases with increase in temperature..0 N.5 / =. The current in the circuit is 2.0) = 870 MeV 2 x 60 x 8. upto infinity > x0 3x0 5x 0 J 6x0 •.= cos 32. l v = 0.6xlO" 34 x 3 x ! 0 8 ~ 0. (b) It is clear from figure that at a given voltage V0. Phase difference (b = — x path difference .06 = 3..0 = 300 MeV (90 x 8. The force on vertical sides PS and QR is /= BIl = 0.2 v P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 The binding energies of the reactant and the products in the given nuclear reactions are as follows : Reaction (a) 7—> 2Z (b) (c) W^X+Z W>2Y Y+Z Reactant 60x 8.0 + 30 x 5. = 6 x 10 (!) or 'o = 1 3 4 hc _ 6. Therefore. upto infinity 47tsn x. Hence the correct choice is (b). in the wire at temperature T{ is greater than the current/ 2 in the wire at temperature T2.. Therefore. Hence the correct choice is (b). (ii) Substitute eqn. (i). there is no change in magnetic flux when the loop is moved in it.— + — . (b) T60g=60a or 9 6 0 . ( d ) : V = 1 4ti£„ 1 471 £ N Current in the circuit is / = — = R 4 B u t / = 1 m A = 10~3.
Tel. Fully Solved Papers  Detailed Solutions by Experts Success in PMT 2008 NOW M a d e Easy! Nearly 50% of the questions in CBSEPMT are from previous years papers.in . changes by Ax.C) =8. For each species.J 2 md :.37 + 0.C = 4.32 + 5 x 0. Distance moved by m 2 = ——.32 cm.42 cm 39. (1). Taj Apt.M T G BOOKS » BOOKS 503.01 cm . Thus..6 + 0. In 12 hours it will fall by a factor of (2)6 = 64. then C = +(n x L. + m2 Given Axr a = 0 and Axt = d.37 cm when zero of v. the position of the centre of mass is given by = m' + m 0) l 2 If x.5 £> = 4. and x2 changes by Ax2. Using these values in Eq. 38. + M 2 A X 2 Ax = (I) m.C = 0. '  MIfa11i»i! I • f' 'I . The figure is a circuit diagram of a full wave rectifier.C = L.32 + 0. Near Safdarjung Hospital New Delhi .lAPrt(0«. the number of radioactive nuclei decreases exponentially with time. foi Mphihq D<>f»'Tff. 26191601 email: info@mtg. the total number of radioactive nuclei will decrease exponentially with time. Hence the correct choice is (b).01 cm . which is choice (a). Ring Road. 40.: 26191599. These books are essential for every PMT aspirant.64cm Here error C = 0 Actual depth of beaker = 8.releases energy.5 =4. This is best represented in plot (d). (aT: N = 8.. 0 1 = 8.01 =4. with MTG Chapterwise Explorers you are close to success by 50%. the change in x™ will be M 1 Ax. we get m x d+m 2 Ax2 = 0 or AX2 = . (c) • m — Want to Clear CBSEPMT 2008! That too with a good Rank!! M T G brings y o u close to SUCCESS in CBSEPMT 2008 with MTG CHAPTGRWISG GXPLORGR MTC r.64 cm. and x2 are the positions of masses m} and m2.64 + 0 = 8.s lies on the left. Since the half life is 2 hours.110 029. So.6 cm n= 4 V. If JC. observed internal diameter of calorimeter D0 = N+ n* V. « = 5 V V.C = L.C) = +0.in 2 PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '08 JHf. Hence.s 6 V < 20 CBSEPMT 2 0 CBSEPMT 20 CBSEPMT •XS2 Oapwwfe Selwd Papers years chaptewlss Softwd Papers PHYSreS ! Chapteiwtee Solved Papers BIOLOGY Suf«« temtmn flow Matte l Hi?feientwiRi>ic?«tt. (c) T = 4.mtg. Observed diameter of beaker = N + H(V..C = 0.6 + 4 x 0 . in 12 hours the intensity attains the safe level. ON SALE at leading book stalls www. for both the species taken together.04 = 8. the intensity of the radiation falls by a factor of 2 every 2 hours.37 cm Correct internal diameter D =D0 + C given that C = 0 D = 4.05 D0 = 4.
The average measurement of the potential difference is Reading 1 1. It is observed that electrons are ejected from the surface of the plate. h is Planck's constant and c is the speed of light) (a) hc Solenoid A Solenoid B (a) attracted by a magnetic force towards solenoid B (b) repelled by a magnetic force away from solenoid B (c) repelled by an electric force away from solenoid B (d) unaffected by solenoid B. out of which ONLY ONE is correct. are connected by a wire and separated by a large distance. For the cylinder to remain static.176 V (a) precise and accurate Reading 2 1. 1. The coefficient of friction between upper and lower blocks is i. The student averages these readings but does not take into account the zero error of the voltmeter. as shown. Both the upper blocks are connected by inextensible light string having initial zero tension. K o t a (Rajasthan).176 V (a) (C) Practice Paper 2\img(m + M) 2m + M 2 \img(m + M) (b) 2)xg(m + M) (d) iig(m + 2M) m + 2M Two hollowcore solenoids. (c) and (d). 1 and 2. Assume that the coefficient of friction between the cylinder and the plane is sufficiently large to prevent slipping.in P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 HH . Each question has 4 choices (a). the value of mass m is f1 < «o. A light string is tied to the cylinder's right most point. The masses of upper blocks are m kg and lower blocks are M kg as shown in figure. as shown in the diagram. Two bar magnets. A and B.II STRAIGHT OBJECTIVE TYPE This section contains 9 multiple choice questions numbered 1 to 9. and a mass m hangs from the string.178 V (b) precise but not accurate (c) accurate but not precise Reading 3 1.177 V (d) not accurate and not precise Reading 4 1. For detailed answers of the paper. — eEd Four blocks are arranged on a smooth fixed horizontal surface as shown. log on to institute's website www.IITJEE 200 PAPER . are suspended just above the solenoids. Then the threshold wavelength A0 for the material of plate is (e is the electronic charge.resonance. the maximum value of horizontal force F applied to right bottom block (as shown) is HP Smooth horizontal surface hc x eEd eEd M /mm M 77777777 (a) M cos 9 1 + sin 9 (b) MsinG 1 + sin 9 By: R e s o n a n c e . For all four blocks to move with same acceleration. (b).ac. A uniform cylinder of mass M lies on a fixed plane inclined at an angle 0 with horizontal. When a retarding uniform electric field E is imposed.= • (c) AQ — A. no electron can move away from the plate farther than a certain distance d. The readings of a constant potential difference is noted four times by a student. If the magnet 1 is dropped through solenoid A as shown. then the magnet 2 will simultaneously be Magnet 1 Magnet 2 J s N I N S A metal plate is exposed to light with wavelength A.
. — = > — — — — If an object O (a thin small rod) is placed upright on principal axis at a distance R from pole (i. If a point object is placed at centre of curvature of spherical surface separating two media of different refractive index. . ground). length 3 m (b) radius 0. Each question contains STATEMENT1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT2 (Reason). The charge on the outer shell is varied keeping the charge on inner shell constant. medium 2 / "2 ^medium 1 0 "1 t W R > cell 1 cell 2 (a) 2 (b) 2. The distance between the plates is increased by a small amount. i. rocket) must move opposite to velocity of rocket (w. (c) M cos0 1 —r 1 . If charge is changed on an isolated thin conducting spherical shell.. then the image is also formed at centre of curvature. The one which has the minimum elongation has (a) radius 3 mm. Reading of the ideal voltmeter connected across cell 1 is zero. (a) Statement1 is True.and n2 as shown.4 (c) 10 (d) 24 Two large oppositely charged insulated plates have a uniform electric field between them as shown.t.e. The dimensions of wire are as given below. Statement2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement1. Statement2 is True. length 0. Statement2 is a correct explanation for Statement1. (iii) The potential difference between the plates increases. JX M sin9 (d) — 1 . (ii) The electrostatic force of attraction between the plates increases. cells are of equal emf E but of different internal resistances rx = 6 Q and r2 = 4 Q. length 2 m (d) radius 3 mm. (c) and (d) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. (b) Statement1 is True.5 m (c) radius 2 mm. Statement2 is True. Statement2 is True. the ejected gas (w. (b). The value of the external resistance R in ohm is equal to WWW R choices (a).e.sin 8 234 92 U 234 Part of the uranium decay series is shown 92U238 — 90 Th 230 — 88 Ra 226 > > How many pairs of isotopes are there in the above series ? (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0 Four uniform wires of the same material are stretched by the same force. (d) Statement1 is False. as a result the electric potential difference between the two shells does not change. placed at centre of curvature). Two concentric conducting spherical shells are charged.sm 0 90 Th 234 91 Pa . image distance is equal to object distance. Which of the following statements is/are correct ? (i) The electric field strength decreases. Statement2 is False. (c) Statement1 is True. length 2 m In the circuit shown.5 mm. A spherical surface of radius of curvature R separates two media of refractive index «. then the size of image is same as size of object. Gas ejected from rocket will never exert thrust on the rocket if the ejected gas and the rocket move in the same direction. the potential at all points inside the shell changes by same amount. Each question has 4 .r. To exert thrust on rocket in its direction of motion. A homogeneous rectangular brick lies at rest on a fixed rough inclined (a) (i) only (c) (iii) only (b) (ii) only (d) (i) and (iii) only ASSERTION REASON TYPE This section contains 4 questions numbered 10 to 13.r.t.
17 to 19 Figure shows block A of mass 0.5. After the collision. The block undergoes a collision with stationary block B. g = 10 m/s 2 ). D) in Column I have to be matched with statements (p. Each question has choices (a). (Use = 1. During the further motion of the particle in the magnetic field. (b). (use 7t2 = 10. sed upon each paragraph. particle will be (a) 100 m (b) — m ' 125 m (d) 250 m (c) 215 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 For brick in situation of statement1 to be at rest.3 0 y + 50K) tesla exists in space. block B oscillates in SHM with a period of 0. (c) and (d). Thq answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illusti ated in the following example.^. If the correct matches are Ap.plane as shown. Cp. Cq and Ds. 1 ! 5m Mass of the block B is (a) 0. Assume that the spring does not affect the collision. s) in Column II. B. and block A slides off the left end of the elevated surface. C M .2 kg sliding to the right over a frictionless elevated surface at a speed of 10 m/s. Bq. The coefficient of restitution between the blocks is 0.5>/l0 cm (c) 3VTO c m (c) 1 kg (d) 1. Moment of force on brick due to its weight about centre of mass is zero. C.  9 : Paragraph for Question Nos.4). A charged particle with charge to mass ratio \ 103 — = — C / kg enters this region at time t = 0 with m) 19_ _ _ a velocity V = (20/ + 5 0 j + 30£) m/s .25 m This section contains 3 questions. landing a distance d from the base of that surface after falling height 5 m. is (a) 2. The frequency of the revolution of the particle in cycles per second will be 104 104 104 (a) (b) (c) (d) Wl9 jia/38 Wl9 27cVl9 The pitch of the helical path of the motion of the C n . Statements (A. 3 multiple choice lestions have to be answered. 1 6 : Paragraph for Question Nos. Hence the right half of the brick presses the inclined plane more in comparison to the left half of the brick. the net moment of all forces about its centre of mass should be zero. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . Assume that the charged particle always remains in space having the given magnetic field. LINKED COMPREHENSION TYPE is section contains 2 paragraphs C 1 4 1 6 and C^. 14 to 16 A uniform and constant magnetic field B = (20/ .8 kg 5spring system.2 s. The moment of force due to friction on brick about its centre of mass has tendency to rotate the brick in clockwise sense. q. Each question contains statements given in two columns which have to be matched.5 m (c) 4 m CTIO MATRIX MATCH TYPE (d) 6. the angle between the magnetic field B and velocity of the particle (a) remains constant (b) increases (c) decreases (d) may increase or decrease. Br. which is connected to a nondeformed spring of spring constant 1000 Nm 1 . r. out of which ONLY >JE is correct. •10 m/s B T 0.4 kg (b) 0. Then the right half of the brick exerts greater force on the inclined plane as compared to left half o f t h e brick.2 kg Amplitude of the SHM as being executed by block (b) 10 cm (d) 5a/TO c m The distance d will be equal to (a) 2 m (b) 2.2 kg K= 1000 Nm" www— 1 1 • d. As. then the correctly bubbled 4 x 4 matrix should be as follows ®®o® ®(q)©© ®@0® ®®©® Match the statements in Colum I with the results in Column II.
The length of the image of the rod (D)A bulb (of negligible (s) increases or inductance) and a capacitor in may increase series are connected across an over some ideal ac source of constant peak time interval voltage and variable frequency. which distributes uniformly over its surface. As frequency of ac source is continuously increased. the magnitude of electric potential at a fixed point always lying outside the bubble (C)A container with open top and (r) remains filled with ideal liquid is placed at constant rest on a smooth horizontal table. The convex lens is moved (without rotation) perpendicular to initial principal axis by 5 mm and brought back to its initial position. Match the statements in columnI with the results in columnII.I I (A)A thin uniform spherical shell (p)is of surface area S has an initial independent temperature more than its ofS surrounding atmosphere.I I (B) A circular ring lies in space (q) first decreases having uniform and constant for some magnetic field.Column . For the duration the bubble having surface area S expands. the electric power consumed by the variable resistor (A) Acceleration of centre of mass of (q) is constant system from ground frame (B) Net momentum of system from (q) is zero ground frame (C) Net momentum of system from (r) may be zero frame of centre of mass of system (D) K. Column . the magnitude of induced emf in the ring (C) A thin rod of length 1 cm (r) is always lies along principal axis of a constant convex lens of focal length 5 cm.E. One end of rod is at a distance 10 cm from optical centre of the lens. A small hole of area S is drilled at the bottom of a side wall of container.1 Column . As the magnitude of current in the wire is continuously increased.1 with the results in Column . Keeping the centre of ring fixed. the ring is rotated by 180° about one of its diameter with constant angular speed. Initially the time and then direction of magnetic field is increases parallel to plane of the ring. of system from frame of (s) may be constant centre of mass of system P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . the brightness of bulb Net force on a system of particles in ground frame is zero. the magnitude of the magnetic flux through the surface of this cylinder Match the statements in Column . In each situation of columnI a statement is given regarding this system. Then magnitude of rate of change of its temperature with time (B)A soap bubble initially in (q) depends equilibrium is given a charge on S Q. The centre of the bubble is always fixed.II. For the duration the ring rotates. The magnitude of force exerted by escaping liquid on the container (D) An infinitely long straight current (s) decreases carrying wire lies along the axis with time of a closed cylindrical surface of total surface area S in space. ColumnI ColumnII (A) A variable resistor is connected (p) first increases across a nonideal cell . As for some the resistance of the variable time and then resistor is continuously decreases increased from zero to a very large value.1 Column .
N H 2.40 V According to molecular orbital theory. Kb = 0. Ge = 32.20 kJ/mole while that of its ionisation into H + ion and hydroxyl ions is 80.35 kJ/mole. out of which ONLY ONE is correct.86 K kg mol 1 . R = 8. (c) CH 2 (d) [6j /NX Me Me Me 2 N.1 28 The green coloured complex K 2 [Cr(CN) 4 (NH 3 )(NO)] is paramagnetic and its paramagnetic moment (spin only) is found to be 1. (b). (c) and (d).M. B = 5.C H 2 . SECTION . Each question has 4 choices (a). what will be the amount of gas adsorbed per gm of adsorbent ? (a) 0.I STRAIGHT OBJECTIVE TYPE This section contains 9 multiple choice questions numbered 23 to 31. S 3 : Xe. Ni = 28. V = 2 3 . Kr and Ne all form clatherate compounds.73 B. lbar) (a) 0. How many mmoles of sucrose should be dissolved in 500 gms of water so as to get a solution which has a difference of 103. If initial pressure is 0.C = 0 + C H 2 = 0 Ph (b) Ph . 2  Ph NaNQ2/aq.HCl NaBH Atomic Numbers : H = 1. Li = 3. Co=27. P = 15. Which of the following (T) (3) (2) 03/Zn^ C o n c . then the emf of the following cell at 298 K will be (take F = 96500 C] H2(g. H 2 S Q 4 .C .C . Pt = 78. (d) None of the above is correct The end product of following reaction sequence is OH P h . Na = 11. S 4 : Fluorine in dilute solution of sodium hydroxide disproportionates in fluoride and hypofluorite.52 K kg mol"1) (a) 500 mmoles (b) 900 mmoles (c) 750 mmoles (d) 650 mmoles Identify true and false statements 5 1 : X e 0 3 is a colourless explosive solid and has a pyramidal molecular structure. Br = 35. Me 2 N. (Kf = 1.23 V (d)0.P h The major product formed in the following reaction Me 2 N.CH 2 I fa NMe. Cu = 29.57°C between boiling point and freezing point.3 atm. 5 2 : XeF 2 is not a better oxidising agent than XeF 4 .4 (b) 0. Me 2 N j Me 2 N C1 Which of the following reactions are feasible (practically possible) ? PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '08 . N = 7. IC1 > Me / Me 2 N Me \ N I (a) M e 2 N ^ O ) C CI " CH 2 (b ) CI . CH. (a) TFFF (b) TFTF (c) TTTT (d) FTFT At 298 K the standard free energy of formation of H 2 O w is 257. Hg = 80. Xe = 54.8 (d) 0. A r = 18.314 J K 1 mol"1 1 F = 96500 C is /are correct about it ? (a) Hybridisation state of chromium is sp3cf and it cannot show geometrical isomerism (b) Its IUPAC name is Potassium amminetetracyano nitrosylchromate(II) (c) In the complex chromium is in (+III) oxidation number. I = 53. Zn = 30. C r = 2 4 .C = 0 + P h C H = 0 I CH 3 (c) PhCH = 0 only (4) O II (d) Ph . it is straight line with an angle 45° and intercept 0. S = 16. O = 8.\ bar)  H + (1 M)  OH" (1 M)  0 2 (g.CHEMISTRY Useful data : Gas Constant.6 (c) 0.C .3010 on yaxis.C H ? . F e = 26. Ag = 47. Pb = 82. C = 6.50 V (c) 1. M n = 2 5 . CI = 17.K= 1 9 . F = 9. A^ (a) Ph .40 V (b) 0. which of the following is correct ? (a) LUMO level for C 2 molecule is a o 2 p orbital (b) In C 2 molecule both the bonds are rcbonds (c) In C 2 2 " ion there is oneCTand two n bonds (d) All the above are correct When a graph is plotted between log xhn and log p.
Statement2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement1 (c) Statement1 is True. while the phenols are soluble in NaOH solution. (B) and a diatomic gas (D) whose IE is almost similar to that of (C). Statement2 is True. sp d (d) Vshape. (II). Pseudohalide ions generally are not stronger coordinating ligands than the halide ions and hence the complex formed by pseudohalide ions are of high spin. Each question has 4 choices (a). In rcbutane the gauche conformation lies higher in energy than the anti conformation.sp 2 3 (c) linear.> (II). and hybridisation state of central atom in the molecule A is (a) linear. which of the following is correct about the molecule of D ? (a) its bond order is 2. sp3 The molecule of compound E contains which of the following types of bonds (a) ionic (b) ionic and covalent both (c) ionic. IV (d) I. The molecular shape. (b). colourless gas (C). covalent and Hbonds According to Molecular Orbital Theory. II.38 and C39.OH . The halide ions have higher values of electronegativity in their corresponding periods. Statement2 is True. Each question has 4 choices (a). IV OH CIO 0 H (c) I. Based upon each paragraph.OH > R 2 CHOH > RCH 2 OH P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 Ag2s + 4 K C . (b).. (b) Statement1 is True.41. (Z) AgN03 S Me CI Me' 2K > . 39 to 41 The components of organic mixture can be separated by simple chemical method. Each question contains STATEMENT1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT2 (Reason). (H20) (IV) H (a) I.NaOH PNaphthol Red dye< (III) Insoluble (II) S o l u b l e Br2/H20 HC W)j S o l u b l e (JO R e d colour d e c o l o u r i s e d (X) I . The liquid (B) is used for etching glass. covalent and metallic (d) ionic. (a) Statement1 is True. The separted components are identified by laboratory tests of functional groups. Statement2 is False (d) Statement1 is False.Me (I) Me' CI Me Me^ SbF 5 S0 2 s <B> Me 2C1 Acid catalyzed dehydration follows saytzeff (Zaitsev's) rule. sp (b) triangular. The reactivity order for acid catalyzed dehydration of alcohols is R 3 C .2K 9 (II) (III) I ^ J J (H 2 O) HCl/ZnCl > H i© ll CI H OH HCIO. ( I I I ) _ . Aromatic carboxylic acids are soluble in sodium bicarbonate solution. The gauche conformation has eclipsing interactions. III) NaHCO (I). Organic bases (aromatic amines) are soluble in aqueous HC1 solution. Statement2 is a correct explanation for Statement1. II. Observe the analysis of following organic mixture composed of three components (I. 36 to 38 White crystalline solid (A) reacts with H 2 to form a highly associated liquid (B) and a monoatomic. (c) and (d) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. (5) forms an addition compound with KF to form (E) which is electrolysed in the molten state to form a most reactive gas (F) which combines with ( C ) in 2:1 ratio to produce (A). III SECTION . STATEMENT1 N ^ 2K [Ag(CN) 2 ] + K 2 S The reaction is carried out in presence of air or 0 2 so that K 2 S is oxidised to K 2 S0 4 thereby shifting the equilibrium in forward direction.O.0 (b) it has two unpaired electrons in 71bonding M.II ASSERTION REASON TYPE This section contains 4 questions numbered 32 to 35. (c) and (d). II. ( I l l ) I n s o l u b l e J. ® Soluble NH. (c) both the above are correct (d) none of these is correct Cj)j)i: Paragraph for Question Nos. 3 multiple choice question have to be answered. Statement2 is True 32.. SECTION .III LINKED COMPREHENSION TYPE This section contains 2 paragraphs C36. out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Cj638: Paragraph for Question Nos. Compound (A) undergoes hydrolysis slowly to form (Q. „ „ > B l a c k p p t . III (b) II.
q. Kb of NH3 = 2 x IO"5) ColumnI (Titrations) CHO COONa ColumnII (Properties) (A)CH3COOH + NaOH (p)Approximate shape of the• titration curve will t volume o^base added — • Br The compound 7 can be ® © Br (B) NH4C1 + NaOH (q)Phenolphthalein (pA^. As. Statements (A. Ist equivalence point) ( W C 1. and Ka of CH3COOH =2 x 10 5. Kai of H 2 C0 3 = 107. Bq.> (B) NaB0 2 + H 2 0 + H202 (C) XeF4 + H 2 0 ColumnII (p) Hydrolysis (q)One of the product has peroxide linkage (r) Redox Reaction COOAg OH COONH4 COONa OH" (D) HN0 3 (50%)+As 2 0 3 (s) one of the products is + H 2 0 (unbalanced) — > a gas (paramagnetic) COONH4 The compound X can be NH. r.1 M. The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled D as illustrated in the following example.n = 9) can be used for end point detection NH3CI COOH (C)Na 2 C0 3 + HC1 (upto (r) At equivalence point. B. Cq and Ds. COONa ColumnI (A)(NH 4 ) 2 s 2 o 8 + H 2 o .The compound Z can be COONa 42. s) in ColumnII. C. For the following matching take the concentrations of the both the solutions being titrated to be equal to 0. Ka_ of H 2 C0 3 = 10 _u .IV MATRIX MATCH TYPE This section contains 3 questions. 1 (ii) ( C H 3 ) 2 S 0 4 / 0 H " > OH NH2 (B) ^ Q j (i)NaN02/HCl(a9)) (q) OH OH ®®©® ® ® ©® ®®©® ®®©® OCH3 OH (i) C H B r 3 / O H " v (C)( (ii) H 2 0 (iii) N a B H 4 (r)[ OH OCI1 3 (s)j Br MARCH '08 Br (i) B r 2 / F e (D)( (ii) M g / e t h e r (iii) 0 2 (iv) H 2 0 PHYSICS FOR YOU . D) in A ColumnI have to be matched with B statements (p. Cp. Br. Each question contains statements given in p q r s two columns which have to be matched. then the correctly bubbled 4><4 matrix should be as follows : © 1 OH (A) (P) OCH.8 x 10' (D) HC1 + NaOH (s)At equivalence pH > 7 point. If the correct matches are Ap. ©I © NH3CI Match following column (I) with column (II) ColumnI (Reactants) ColumnII (Products) ^CH (i) B r 2 / C S 2 2 OH NH3CI SECTION .
REASON TYPE This section contains 4 questions numbered 54 to 57. Each questions contain STATEMENT1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT2 (Reason).U y . (a) Statement1 is True. then a is i +j +k i j+k (b) (a) (c) 21 + 7 ir (d) 2i . (b). S = 2. g'(a+) and g'(a ) are finite. t h c n k /6 tanx (b ) / 2 < / .l l y . y = 7 and y = — 6 6 w h e r e f ( x ) = x + sinx.2 4 (c) 0 (d) not defined The general solution of y • (a) y = CjX + c 2 (c) y = CjX + c2e* d2y 1S (ate) (b) > = C j e ^ > (d) ^ = eci* + SECTION . = 0 and L2 = 0 are two non perpendicular intersecting straight lines in two dimensional plane and if for X = 1. then ABQ is (a) 24 (b) . \C\ = 4.1 3 = 0 ( d ) x 2 + / .II ASSERTION . x = 0. (b). Statement2 is False (d) Statement1 is False. I are nonzero vectors such that {A + /J  =  A then (a) afo = 2£> (b) aft =  i P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . (c) an (d) out of whic ONLY ONE is correct.j + k is such that a x b = a x d where d = j + 2k . is (a) 3 ^ 3 + — (c) S + (c) least value of a • £ + > (d) least value of 5 • £ + 6 I2 +2 5 I 2 +2 is 2 4 2 is 2V2 . 71/6 n/6 sinx Let / . Statement2 is True Let I .U y . (b) Statement1 is True. Statement2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement1 (c) Statement1 is True.13 = 0 If y = f (x) is differentiable at x = a and y = g(x) is continuous but not differentiable at x = a . C = [ c ^ x 3 are three matrices so that = 3. then which of the following is incorrect ? (a) y = f(x) g(x) is not differentiable at x = a if f(a) * 0 (b) y = / ( x ) g(x) is differentiable at x = a i f f ( a ) = 0 (c) y = / ( x ) g(x) is not differentiable at x = a if m=0 (d) y = / (x) g(x) is continuous at x = a K .</2 (d)/3</2</. Lx +~KL2= 0 gives line passing through acute angular region between the lines then for ~k = 4 L\ + Xl2 = 0 gives line passing through obtuse angular region. Statement2 is a correct explanation for Statement1. < / 3 (a) / 1 < / 2 < / 3 (c)/3</. ' sin(sinx) .1 If a unit vector a in the plane of b = 2i + j and c = i . Each question has 4 choices (a).l l x . = 73 = j T ^ ^ x .j If A = x 3) B = x 2 .l l x . Statement2 is True. then (a) local minimum is at x = 11 (b) local minimum is at x = V21 (c) local minimum is at x = . Each question has 4 choices (a).1 3 = 0 (b) 2x2 + 2 / . ax. j Points (x b yx) and (x2.1 (d) data insufficient Equation of circle of minimum radius which touches both the parabolas y = x2 + 2x + 4 and x=y2 + 2y+ 4 is (a) 4x2 + 4 / ~ l l x .l l x .MATHEMATICS SECTION STRAIGHT OBJECTIVE TYPE This section contains 9 multiple choice questions numbered 45 to 53.13 = 0 (c) 3x2 + 3 / . out of which ONLY ONE is correct. (c) and (d). Let y = / (x) be a cubic polynomial function which attain its local maximum at x = 3 and point of inflection is at x = 7. 5jt Area bounded by y =/~'(x). / 2 = J dx. If A. y2) are on the same / opposite sides of a line ax + by + c = 0 if and only if axj + by} + c and ax2 + by2 + c are of (b) 2 7 3 + — 3 o» 3 n 3 smx . Statement2 is True. .l l y .
the base B is moving at the rate of 5 m/sec. which is leaning against a vertical wall as shown in figure and its base slides away from the wall. r. Each question contains statements given in two columns which haveto be matched. out of which ONLY ONE is correct. If the correct matches are Ap. C.2 0 ) (d) ~ xy sin(0 + C) (c)zbeiB (b) 2z 2 . 60 and C 6 B a s e d u p o n each paragraph. s) in Column II. 36 J. then between two consecutive real roots of f"'(x) = 0. C 5!Mj0 : Paragraph for Question Nos.e''^. is (a) 1 rad/sec (b) 2 rad/sec (c) 5 rad/sec (d) — rad/sec mam rem _ LINKED COMPREHENSION 63. CA and AB respectively. TYPE 2 (c) zbej(AB) (d) 2zb e' C6l. B and C respectively. . The answers to these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as illustrated in the following example. BD = y and altitude of AABC from A meet the circle z = r at M. Roots of ax + bx + c = 0 are real if b1 . L e t / : R —> R be thrice differentiable non constant function. q. is 72 80 rad/sec (a) (b) rad/sec 35 181 . Rate at which length of shadow of the man increases. then k=p + qr=p + q = kandr= 1. (c) and (d). Cp. AD produced to meet the circle at L. then ABC is right angle triangle. Then Area of the AABC is equal to (a) xy cos(9 + Q (b) (x + y)sin 0 (c) xy sin (0 + Q Affix of . then answer the following question. If ZCAD = 0. D. (d) 20 rad/sec (cj — rad/sec MATRIXMATCH TYPE This section contains 3 questions. If k<p + qr<p + q<k. is (a) 15 m/sec (b) — m/sec 27 (d) 5 m/sec This section contains 2 paragraphs C 58 . B. zb and zc are affixes of vertices A. then the correctly bubbled 4 x 4 matrix should be as follows: ®®0® ®®®@ ®®Q® ® ®©® P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . then there exist atleast one c 6 (a.t3: Paragraph for Question Nos. As. b) for which f > { c ) = m z m .5 meter standing at a distance 15 m from the vertical wall. b].Mis (a) 2z„ei2B (b) Affix of L is (a) Z ( .e'^.same/opposite signs respectively. 58 to 60 In the figure \z\ = r is circumcircle of AABC.2 0 ) (d) 2z b e i B (c) — m/sec 2 Rate at which a decreases. At the instant base B is 12 m from the vertical wall. Set of all real numbers and set of all imaginary numbers are subsets of set of all complex numbers. E and F are the middle points of the sides BC. when the base B is 12 m from the vertical wall. za. A man (M) of height 1. Bq. when the base B is 12 m from the vertical wall. I f / (x) is differentiable in [a. Cq and Ds. when the base B is 12 m from the vertical wall. D) in Column 1 have to be matched with statements (p. (b). Br. there are atmost four real roots o f f ( x ) = 0. 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. STATEMENT1 : 111 a A 4 5 C if cosA cosB + sin/1 sin5 sinC = 1. Rate at which 9 decreases. Each question has 4 choices C(zc) (a). 61 to 63 A lamp post of length 10 meter placed at the end A of a ladder AB of length 13 meter.4ac > 0. Statements (A. AD = x.
X (r)6 (s)9 45. + ^20061 = k (2006) 2 . (B) .r.Column I (A) If/(x) is a quadratic expression inx and 6 \f( )dx 0 then k is x Column II (P)l = k /(l) + /(0) + 4/(1/2) (B) If the sum of the squares of the intercepts on the axes cut off by the tangents to the curve x 1/3 + ym = a1'3 (a > 0) at ^ » ^ j is 2 t h e n a is (q)4 (D) The lengths of two opposite edges AB (s) 4 and CD of a tetrahedron ABCD are a and b.p.p.s. (B).p .r (c) (c) (a) (a) (c) (a) (b) (b) (d) (d) (b) (a) (b) (c) (d) (b) (a) (a) (b) (A) .p.p. 65.q.s ./3 ) n the ratio of 7th term from begining to the 7 th term from end is 1 : 6.s. March issue.q.p .q.q. then n is Column I (A) Minimum value of x3 + x + 2 . (B) .s. (B) • •P. x e (0. (C).r (A) P.(B)r.s (A)s. 3 ft) is (D) If in the expansion of (21/3 + 3. ( D ) . then J5r is (D) I f / ( x ) = . 55 60.r. (B) . ( C ) .s.p . (B) .s (b) (d) (a) (b) (c) (b) (C) (d) (c) 32. (B) .p. . then a is Column I (A) Number of integral value of b for which tangent parallel to line y = x + 1 can be drawn to hyperbola 2 2 5 (r)3 (8)2 Column II (p) 4 b2 _____ (q)5 (B) x2+y2 + 2xy + 2x + 2y + X = 0 does not represent a pair of real straight line if A.p. then k is equal to P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 Kids who live in neighbourhoods with heavy traffic pollution have lower IQ and score worse on other tests of intelligence and memory than children who breathe cleaner air.r..s (A) .q.q.q. (C) .1 is r.. (d) (a) (a) (b) (b) (c) (a) (b) (d) 10.r. 50. (C) . (D) . If the volume the tetrahedron is ~ abd sin 0. (D) s (A) ..s. = (C) Number of solution of tan2x = tan 6x in (0.s. 64. (B) . (a) (d) (b) (c) (d) (c) (a) (d) (b) (a) (A) .p.p. (D) p.x 2 = 16 is (q)l (r)0 (C)If4=(r^. (C) . a new study shows.q. (d) (a) (a) (d) (a) 15. (D) r.s (A) .r. ( D ) .r ( A ) .(C)q.2 sin x + aeM + 5 tan x3 is differentiable at x = 0.(D)p For Paper 1 refer Chemistry Today.p.p.q.q.r.p. G>) (a) (b) (d) (c) (A) .4x .s. (C) .q. (C) .s.s. (D) q.r.r.q.1 where r is a natural number \A\\ + \A2\ + \A3\ + . t ^ e n p is equal to ' (C) The distance of the point on y = x4 + 3x2 + 2x which is nearest to the line y = 2x . Shortest distance and angle between AB and CD are equal to d and 0 respectively.. (D) .s.P. (C) . Column II (P)6 is (B) Number of real solutions of  x  +2\J5 .
A third identical conducting sphere C is initially uncharged and far away from A and B. and finally removed far away.80 m/s2 Fundamental charge e = 1. the Earth exerts a force F0 on an astronaut.0 x 1024kg MS = 2. They are separated by a distance much larger than their diameter and exert an electrostatic force F on each other. it undergoes a change in (a) amplitude only (b) both speed and wavelength (c) speed only (d) wavelength only. depending on how the capacitance changes. Two identical conducting spheres. then with sphere B. Two identical rooms in a perfectly insulated house are connected by an open doorway. each release an object from the same altitude and with the same initial speed v0 with respect to the ground. since both have the same volume. 300 km above the ground.6 x 10"19 J A parallelplate capacitor holds charge q and is not connected to anything. B and C. A and B. 6 7 3 x 10 27 Three airplanes A.!O0§ ©M©0@@ MH SWB P O 3 MOD GD IMMEG O isms®* DC O D O© G npaid Problem DATA Speed of light Gravitational constant Radius of Earth Mass of Earth Mass of Sun Radius of Earth's orbit Train Your Brain c = 3. The force that the Earth exerts on this astronaut inside the Space Shuttle in low Earth orbit.63 x 1034JS l/4ne 0 = 8. since the astronaut is weightless when in orbit. and C is flying at the same angle 9 as B but downward with respect to the horizontal. A person is swinging a ball at the end of a string of length I with constant speed v. At the moment their object is released.00 x 10s m/s G = 6.50 x l O 8 k m Acceleration due to gravity g = 9. On the ground. The electrostatic force between A and B is now (a) 3F/8 (b)F/2 (c) F/4 (d)F/16.99 xio~ 9 Jm/C 2 vs = 343 m/s 1 e V = 1.60 x 1019C Mass of electron me = 9. The distance between the plates is now increased. A is flying horizontally. The temperature in the two rooms are maintained at different values.38 x 10 3 km ME = 6. The work done by the tension Tin the string over one revolution is (a) 0 (b) mv1/! (c) 2nlT (d) undetermined by the information given. The pressure exerted by a gas on the walls of the vessel that contains it is due to the (a) change in kinetic energy ofthe gas molecules as they strike the walls (b) collisions between the gas molecules (c) repulsive force between the gas molecules P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 kg (a) A = VB< Vc (c) VA<VB< vc V h = 6. The electrical energy stored on the capacitor (a) decreases (b) remains the same (c) increases (d) can do any of the above. . the speeds v at which the three objects will hit the ground satisfy (b) VA > VB = V C (d) VA = VFI = VC. When an electromagnetic wave goes from one medium to another. Assuming the ground to be horizontal and neglecting any aerodynamical effect.67 x 10~u Nm2/kg2 RE = 6. The room which contains more air molecules is (a) (b) (c) (d) the one with the higher temperature the one with the lower temperature the one with the higher pressure neither. is (a) a little less than F0 (b) a little more than F0 (c) exactly F0 (d) zero. carry equal electric charge. B is flying upward at an angle 0 with respect to the horizontal.0 x 10 30 kg RES= 1. Sphere C is then brought briefly into contact with sphere A.11 x 10~31kg Mass of proton Planck's constant Coulomb's constant Speed of sound in air Energy conversion ^ = 1 .
and I 2 both increase 7] decreases and I 2 increases Ii and I 2 both decrease Ii increases and I 2 decreases. h). upward from the horizontal (c) do either (a) or (b) since the applied force is the same (d) push or pull with a force applied horizontally. are in concentric orbits around the Earth. A uniform magnetic field is then turned on. One concludes that (a) A is hollow (b) B is hollow (c) A and B are identical (d) any of the first three answers is possible. It is an important ingredient in some currrent cosmological theories. If the Earth did not rotate on its axis. the magnitude of the gravitational acceleration at the Equator would be about (a) 0. y) = (0.5 m/s 2 . A car has a maximum acceleration of 3. You want to apply a force on a box so that it moves with constant speed across a horizontal floor. At time t = 0. both carts move in the same direction. 3). the y coordinates of the two particles will be equal (at equal time) (a) (b) (c) (d) at a b o u t j = of/2000 at an undetermined value since E is unknown at about j = d/43 none of these (b) 4 sin 6 4 tanO (d) undetermined because of missing data. An electric current runs counterclockwise in a rectangular loop around the outside edge of this page. Which of the following expressions could represent this Planck length? (see Data table. assuming no skidding. the force you apply on the box will be smallest when you (a) push on it with a force applied at an angle 0 < 0 < 90° downward from the horizontal (b) pull on it with a force applied at the same angle as in (a). is (0 being the launch angle) (a) (c) ftan© 4 maximum acceleration while towing another car twice its mass. The magnetic force on the page will cause (a) the left edge to lift up (b) the right edge to lift up (c) the top edge to lift up (d) the bottom edge to lift up.3% smaller (d) 0.) (a) yle2/hc (b) Jhc/G (c) 4<3h~c (d) ^JhG/c3 • The Webb space telescope. and an electron at (d. The smallest length scale known in physics is the Planck length. would be (a) 3. a uniform electric field E of unknown magnitude but pointing in the positive y direction is turned on. The work done to accelerate a truck on a horizontal road from rest to speed v (a) is less than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v (b) is equal to that required to accelerate it from v to 2v (c) is more than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v (d) may be any one of the above since it depends on the force acting on the truck and the distance over which it acts. Its P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 In the circuit below we increase the resistance R2. The ratio of the centripetal force acting on B to that acting on A is (a) 1 (b) VT72 (c) 1/2 (d) 1/4. which lies flat on your table. A and B. A Martian creature similar to an Earth frog jumps with an initial speed v0 and attains the range R over horizontal ground.5 m/s2 2 (c) 1.0 m/s2. If Ij is the current through resistor Rj (J = 1. B is given a constant speed and collides elastically with A at rest. directed parallel to the page from top to bottom. will have a mirror 6 m in diameter. Two satellites of equal mass. scheduled to be launched in 2010.3% larger (c) 0. The distance of B from Earth's centre is twice that of A. Two carts A and B. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the box and the floor is Of the four following cases.0m/s (d) 0. Compared . After the collision. where d » h.003% larger (b) 0. neglecting friction in the tenuous Martian air.003% smaller. The maximum possible height reached by the creature.(d) change in momentum of the gas molecules as they strike the walls. Assuming that d is large enough that the protonelectron interaction is negligible. A proton sits at coordinates (x. 0). They are made of the same material and look identical. then — m — h m r 2 (a) (b) (c) (d) /. are placed on an air track.0 m/s2 (b) 1.2.
and derive as much information as you can about the magnitude of the field(s). rubidium Rb. and is totally reflected. a large experimental particle and nuclear physics research facility on the campus of the University of British Columbia. A person pulls a box along the ground at constant speed. II and III. Which of the following factors can affect the emf induced in the coil? I. This path is to be achieved by means of suitable uniform timeindependent electromagnetic fields. The media must have a refraction index n such that \ "3 "2 At TRIUMF. A magnet moves inside a coil. Until recently. Many isotopes are produced when bombarding a calcium oxide target with 0. More specifically. and observes a difference of 84 Hz between the maximum and minimum frequency of the source. The light is then also totally reflected at the interface between media 1 and 3. light is incident on the interface between media 1 and 2 at exactly the critical angle. (a) In the first step. You are asked to design a (much) simplified version of TISOL. The two interfaces are perpendicular. II.FV 0 and 0. carrying sound measuring equipment. whose mirror has a 2.with the Hubble space telescope. As he swings up and down vertically with a period of 6. These have the advantage that since their valence shell contains only one electron.2 + n\ > n\ For the sake of science a physicist jumps attached to the end of a bungee cord. Considering the Earth and the box together as a system. Separation should proceed in two steps. The bob is pulled away from the beam so that it makes an angle 0 < 30° with the vertical.4 m diameter.3 x 10 26 kg. only those that have a speed corresponding to a 20 keV 38K ion should be undeflected.5 GeV protons from the TRIUMF accelerator.5 times smaller (b) 5 times smaller (c) an order of magnitude smaller (d) the same. it will be able to resolve objects whose angular separation is about (a) 2. one major programme involves the production of intense beams of unstable isotopes of alkali atoms (potassium K. as shown in the figure. (a) c> = 0 j (b) <j)<0 (c) 0 < 4 < 28 > (d) <j) > 20 In the diagram below. Interactions between ions can be neglected here.0 s. If < is the maximum angular >  deflection to the right. A simple pendulum of length L is suspended from the top of a flat beam of thickness LI2.2 nl>n] n. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . out of all ions (38K or not) entering the velocity selector from the left. after which it travels in a direction opposite to its initial direction. their closed shell structure when they are ionised simplifies calculations. III. the desired isotope was selected by means of the TRIUMF Isotope Separator OnLine (TISOL) now decommissioned and replaced by a combined separator/ accelerator called ISAC—and sent as a lowspeed beam to experimental areas. (a) n1<n2< n 3 (c) n] ~n\> n] (b) (d) «. Which of the following is true about the net force F exerted by the person on this system and the Selector (ii) M a s s s e p a r a t o r The figure shows the desired path of a 20 keV 38K ion through the system. he monitors the frequency of a sound source on the ground directly below him. 38K has a mass of 6. It is then released from rest. If the source emits at a constant 1370 Hz. draw a sketch showing the direction of the field(s). francium Fr). the larger mirror only increases the amount of light gathered. you want to select 38K ions whose energy is 20 keV. then work W she does on it ? (a) F=0 and W= 0 (b) F * 0 a n d P F = 0 (c) F=0 and Wt 0 (d) . as illustrated below. the amplitude of his oscillations is closest to (a) 10 m (b) 20 m (c) 32 m (d)15m. and assuming no significant attenuation of his oscillations over the duration of the measurements. Suggest a field configuration that can do this. (a) (c) The speed at which the magnet moves The strength of the magnet The number of turns in the coil I only (b) I and II only II and III only (d) I.
(ii) X0 is wavelength of electromagnetic wave in vacuum X is wavelength of electromagnetic wave in medium. uy = . Work done is zero Pressure. qc = 0.v0sin9. while frequency remains constant. K q M 2 _ F7' =• 22 ' ~4" 3 Kq r 8 r2 F' = F • F' = — 8 ' 8 [using (i)] =0 . Range. q 4c = ^ and ^ 2+q = =3q 1B 2~ 4 respectively..uy ! sphere C is zero. force experienced by astronaut at a height h above ground is. R • ^o2sin29 2g Dividing (ii) by (i) we get. Now. F oc P^Ap. q+0 q qc = q A = — = 2 When C is in contact with B. v2~u2 = 2as v/ = 2gh .u = 2ayh v2 . qB = q:. v . V sin2 9 Q H _ 2g sin 9. .(ii) Let initial charge on identical spheres A and B are..R + h)2 Fo (R + h)2! R1 F0 R2 (R + h)2 1+ = •'• v ^](v02 sin 9 + 2gh) + (v0 cos9) 2+2 2 2 b=V o 8h 2 2 (ii) F" = (1 + f) =(1^')(for/'muchlessthani?) .. For C.e. it suffers a change in speed and wavelength. v = \)X vX0 ••• ^ = . (ii) and (iii). _ F = Kq . From (i) and (ii) it is clear that.v is velocity of electromagnetic wave in medium '•' c = v>X0. as electromagnetic wave goes from one medium to another. initial charge on third identical PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '08 .(iii) But. (b) ForA.. 2 uy = +vosin0 Vy ~ Uy2 = 2dyh v2 .(v0sin9)2 = 2gh v 2 = v02sin29 + 2gh •4 v Force experienced by astronaut at the ground. 2vq sin 9 cos 9 g Maximum possible height. GMm Rl where. P . A q •(i) . Fh=FQ(i^y. sin 9 R 2v02sin9cos6 ~ 4sin9cos9 n = ^/(v0 cos9) 2 + (v02 sin2 9 + 2gh) v Force (F) c= V o v ^ (Rate of change of momentum) From (i). charges on A and B after contact with C are Force between A and B is now. M = mass of earth. iA = q. 3. R = radius of earth Now.. i. I .(vosin0)2 = 2gh\ v 2 = v02sin26 + 2gh 2 Fh<Fo +v2y 2+2 Displacement of ball in one revolution is zero.(i) ^ = tan6: R 4 H= 7? tan 9 245 According to question. m = mass of astroanaut. GMm / GMm GMm Fh = (. option (d) is correct. we have vA = vB = v c Hence. Now. When C is in contact with A. . Force experienced by A and B due to one another is.0 = 2 ay h i = Vvo2 + 2 8 h For B.
(b) ForA. K 1 2 2 .(vosin0)2 = 2gh v 2 = vo2sin20 + 2gh =1 = V(v02 sin2 0 + 2 gh) + (v0 cos0) 2 ••• vfl = + 2gh (ii) For C. v = UA vx 0 . i.\ 8 2 [using (i)] =0 . Force between A and B is now. initial charge on third identical PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '08 .". GMm Fn = 2 R where. Force experienced by A and B due to one another is. H= i?tan0 . force experienced by astronaut at a height h above ground is.and = 3q  Now. sin9 R 2v 2 sin0cos0 ~ 4sin6cos0 H= g f ^ t a n e .(iii) From (i). " * >F Let initial charge on identical spheres A and B are. • vo2sin20 + 2gh v„ +v/ = yj(v0 COS0)2 + (v02 sin2 9 + 2 gh) vc = ^v2+2gh . (ii) and (iii). 1 + v sphere C is zero. it suffers a change in speed and wavelength.u . 2+q qc=qB = — •2. When C is in contact with A. FkI (i) 2 Force experienced by astronaut at the ground. while frequency remains constant. iA = q. GMm /GMm GMm R2 " (R + h)2' F0 (R + h)2 1 1 R2 (R + h)2 y = (l + j j = ( l ~ ^ ) ( f o r / z much less than/?) y]v02 Displacement of ball in one revolution is zero.u2 = 2ayh v2 . v„ sin2 0 2g Dividing (ii) by (i) we get. we have va = Vb = Vc Hence. Range. M = mass of earth. V sin2 0 p H _ 2g sin0.. F'= ' 4 = \ .0 = 2 ciyh. uy = . charges on A and B after contact with C are respectively.Uy2 = 2dyh Vy2 . From (i) and (ii) it is clear that. Foc^E.vosin0.. m = mass of astroanaut.(i) Force (F) But.e.(Rate of change of momentum) g Maximum possible height. P P^ Ap. qc = 0.(—vosin0)2 = 2gh. v2 .(ii) According to question. option (d) is correct. as electromagnetic wave goes from one medium to another. qB = q:. v2u2 = 2as • F' = — F • F' = — 8 ' v 2 = 2gh = ^ g h + v02 * uy = +vosin0 Vy2 . Work done is zero Pressure. Now. q+0 q qc = iA = — =2 When C is in contact with B. R = 2vn sin 0 cos 0 . 3. =h For B.v is velocity of electromagnetic wave in medium '' c = v>X0. R = radius of earth Now.(ii) X0 is wavelength of electromagnetic wave in vacuum X is wavelength of electromagnetic wave in medium.
value of g increases by to 2 R :.e. % increase m g = — x l O O 8 n2 (fjxfxlOO 4n . AK = \mv2 2 N= (mg . iN = 2 6 a' = 1 . decreases current through the circuit. p acceleration of car. mx = m B . In towing another car of mass 2m. (a) Work done = Change in kinetic energy Case I: K. F=ma a = — = 3. ••• W2 = 3Wl i.e. Further increase in effective resistance. Hence. _(mlm2)ul 2 m2u2 v. a' = r—(m + 2m) . mBmA> 0 i..(i) .86 4X986X638 = x 638 x 1 q 8 • x 10 746496xlO 4 980 = 746496x980 : 3 2 = 3.. \21 ' " I 4 As mA = mK and rB = 2rA • Fa m {2rA) FA~ 16. Electron moves opposite to the direction of E.(ii) Case III: When pull F on the block is upward at angle 0 (0 < 0 < 90°) with horizontal F sine a h V F cos 8 —> In elastic collision.. (b) Case I : When push or pull (F) is horizontal. m 2 = mA ux = v..80 (24x60x60)2 4 x 9 . M = M L 2 T 1 . or vB > 0..F sin 0) ••• f = ^ m g . I 2 decreases. u2 = 0. ( a ) : B A (Rest) +F fl mg fi = Vk™g (i) Case I I : When push on the block is downward at angle 0 < 0 < 90° with horizontal. Kf = \mv2 z 1 i . V! = vB (mBmA)v V b ~ (m + m ) mB+mA B A According to question.38x10 (86400)' 9. (c) Use Fleming left hand rule. AK = \mv2 I 2 ' 2 . . 8 6 x 6. W2 = mv2'.44 x IO" x 10 = 0.6. increases.F s m Q ) 13. .e..34% g increases by 0.0m/s 2 m where m is mass of car... = m.k(mg + F sin 0) .. («J ('J . Block A may be hollow.10.38 xlO xlOO 9.•. (c) As /?.(iii) t h e n .mB>mA. option (b) is correct Kf = ±m(2v)2 = 4 ±mv2 AK = 4\mv2\mv2. (d) Proton moves along the direction of E. [c] = L T 1 [G] = M _1 L 3 T" 2 mg P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . vB is positive.. i. 0 m/s 2 Centripetal force is balanced by gravitational force of acceleration GMm„ 'B_ . / < f <f2. both blocks moves in same direction. GMm. : . W\ = ±mv2 Case I I : K^^mv2..3% 12.. 17. +m2 ml+ m2 Here. f2 = \x. velocity of body B after collision is. = 0.80 4x9. AN SI h I f sine >> mg F cos 8 —> N= mg + F sin 0 :. 18. Value of acceleration due to gravity on its equator is g'=gCG 2 7? As earth stops rotating.
E = 0 L L .j + .cos 0) Total energy at A. once motion has started. . N o work is done because unless the body is lifted.. = « 2 sin 90° sinC.3) interface. there is no work done. it is moving with a constant velocity.2 cos0 = 1 .. 21. (E directed upward and S.cos () 2 cos0 .j ^ 1= .— = —m = 2.E = mg[L .E = 0.L2. 0 d is diameter of mirror of telescope.) . Angular separation of telescope. => mgL(lcos0) = ^^(lcos()) Assume that there is no friction F = 0 because once the box has started moving. 22.(iii) "2+"3 2 2 2 2 2 2 nx = n2 + «3 =>«. 0. 1 d 9 ' 2.u 0 ) = u 0 .1 Ln P. and a uniform magnetic field.(ii) Since energy is conserved.5m «i 2. E . out of the page will also work.E = mgL(\ . EA = K.«. K. P.4 m 2 0 2 _ cose. mg is acting down and R = mg. + C2 = 90° C2 = (90° . 25.v 330 • 8 4 = 1370 v v = 20.cos 0) . E 3 330(u .23 m/s = 20. (d) Problem 1 (a) As shown in the figure below. + cos 2 C.. we can use a uniform electric field.E + P.E = mg jcoscjjj = mg(l. directed into the page.5 m C. option (d) is correct.(ii) (i) V e l o c i t y s e l e c t o r 2 . For refraction at (1 .46 = 20 m = ^ ( 1COS0) ..E Ea = mgL(\ . = Squaring and aiding (i) and (iii) we get 2 2 sin 2 C.IhG £ 3 IML2T 1 • M'L'T" 2 LT" L hG = Dimension of length. = .. (c): 6 m 5 j = T.coscl Total energy at B..cos < = 1 ) > 2 cos0 = 1 + cos tf» _ l + cos<b COS0 = —  0 < <) < 20 Hence option (c) is correct. directed downward in the plane of the page.(i) At B.C J From (ii) sin(90° . sin C. Bx. K. they P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 .L cos 6] P. «..Q = n\ Hence. = ru Hence option (c) is correct. it is clear that E Since the alkali ions all have positive charge e.(i) FM Fe . = — Now from the diagram. ( c ) : For refraction at (12) interface. v = velocity of the observer At A. sin C2 = « 3 sin 90° sinC.
Only the ratio E / B is determined by the condition 2 Kn E B' trajectory with radius of curvature R0. = 4L. This mode would have a wavelength A. Ions with othdr . here. i. 2(2. where the vertical displacement is minimum. and this increases the tidal period to 12. Indeed. R.experience • an electric force FE = eE. as shown in the figure below. (ii) Mass separator Since v„ and 5. where L is the length ofthe string or. to each ionic mass in the beam will correspond one value of R in a given magnetic field.16 x 10 s v v 25 m/s 11.e. are perpendicular. we should use afield _ mv0 _ 1 2m0K0 2 eR. the two tidal bulges (high tides) on Earth would move in the direction opposite the Earth's rotation with one passing through a given position every 12 hours.2° in the sky every 12 hours or 720 minutes. with v = 25 m/s the speed of the waves. It does not change their energy (and speed) since magnetic fields do no work. If only 38K ions are to have a 249 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 .1 m l (1. the length ofthe bay L = 260 km. 6. and it is likely that this resonance mechanism can explain why the tides are amplified. = FM. consistent with our ignoring relativistic effects.3xl0~ 26 kg) Problem 2 If the high tides in the Bay of Fundy are caused by a resonance mechanism. if the Moon had a fixed position with respect to the Earth. The rise and fall ofthe tide can be modelled by a wave with extremely long wavelength propagating on the water. the magnitude of Fu is simply evB. where displacement is maximum.i With the data supplied. For a given velocity v0. where v is the velocity of an ion.. where m0 is the mass of a 38K ion and K = m„v02/2. there exist magnitudes of £ and 5. for v directed to the right. directed downward in the plane of the page • a magnetic force Fm = ev x 5. speeds will be deflected and can be extracted from the initial beam.2 x io m/s Note that this value is much smaller than the speed of light.3xl0~ 26 kg 5 = 3. Therefore. giving them a circular trajectory of radius R. A B 6.6 hours Now we expect the period of the tides to be about 12. it is directed upward in the plane of the page. But the Moon moves in its own orbit with the Earth's rotation with an average period of about 29 days. (b) In this case. The boundary conditions at the mouth and the far end of the bay mimic those of a standing wave on a string with on end fixed (mouth).0 x 10 eV) . = evJB2. such that the magnetic and electric forces balance each other. = 0. it takes 25 minutes for the Moon to cover that angular distance.60 x l 0 5 m ) X=—= — = = 4. their period is 4(2. R* l 2(2.4 hours. From the righthand rale for vector products. or eE = ev„B. we obtain RmV° ~eB~2 All incoming ions having the same speed. exerts a centripetal force F2 on incoming ions. This condition is achieved when F. where m is the mass of an ion. and the other free (far end)..6 x 10"19C) Then. F2 = mv02 / R. We have found that the period with which the water sloshes back and forth in the bay due to the Moon's tidal force is comparable to the period of the fundamental resonance mode for our admittedly crude model of the Bay of Fundy.6 x 10~19 C)/(6.4 hours. we have F. Given the approximations involved. Then all ions which have speed E V° = B when they enter the velocity selector will not be deflected. the uniform magnetic field B2 directed into the page. Using the general expression for a centripetal force. we have _1_ l2K0(eV) K0 in eV 2 ?/r.0 xl0 4 eV)(l . The direction of deflection of the ions is determined from the righthand rale applied to F2 v0XB2.060 T 2. it must be because the tidal forces from the Moon driving seawater in and out of the bay are exciting one of its standing wave modes. this is quite a good match.
New Delhi29. Since Earth is much farther from Z3 than from L2. \GM. we can eliminate co2 and M. in favour of M T G L e a r n i n g M e d i a (P) Ltd. Tel. equals the net gravitational acceleration (which is smaller than that due to the Sun) can be satisfied for a value of 0) equal to the Earth's. on the axis between the Earth and the Sun where the condition that the centrifugal acceleration co2x.in 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 .sign when x < R.3 on the other side of Sun.) The condition that a vanishes then reads GM. the condition is also satisfied where the gravitational acceleration due to the Sun's and the Earth's gravity reinforcing each other equals co2x3. so that x2> R. It is a good place to hide from Earth. x2 (R ± x)2 Multiplying by xJR. leaving the rest of the sky unobstructed for observation./ M. A Complete Magazine on Current Affairs Rs.1 = ±(1 ±uy (e) From the result in (a).co x .mtg. where this time the gravitational attractions of Sun and Earth add. and the Coriolis term does not contribute. in that rotating system..in www. Lagrange found one pair of solutions off the axis. Lx should not be very far from Earth. at a point Z. one hundred times closer than the Sun. ^ GM2 a . so that x. Taj Apt.— ± L x (R±x) 2 where the + sign is to be used w h e n x > R and the . GM. In fact. and rearranging yields. however.Problem 3 (a) We are looking for a configuration where the telescope. L3 should be much closer to R than L2. 406.5 million km away. C X = r^O X (R + xY (b) Using Kepler's Third Law. the telescope has the following net acceleration . Ring Road. with u = x/R au. In other words. there should be a point L. Since the mass of the Earth is over 300000 times smaller than the Sun's... an extra pseudoacceleration (Coriolis) term dependent on dx I dt should also be present. GM. (Technical point: since we are working in the noninertial frame rotating with angular velocity co. for a total of five. Payable at New Delhi. A heat screen attached to the telescope will shield it from heat radiated by both Earth and Sun since they are always aligned as viewed from L2. the Earth and the Sun maintain the same relative positions in a coordinate system rotating at constant angular velocity co. 275 H o w t o o r d e r : Send D. Lagrange points off the axis must come in pairs. aR 3 R x = — ++ . < R.D.: (011) 26194317 email: info@mtg. L2 should be (and is) at about the same distance from the Earth's orbit as Lv Finally. So the minimum number is two.0. Conversely. (d) The point labelled L2 in the figure will be suitable for the telescope. (e) Since the system shown in the figure is symmetric about the x axis. 150 Rs. dx / dt = 0.2 « J . With our assumption of a circular orbit. the same condition will be satisfied at a point L2 a bit farther than the Earth's orbit. = co2R\ and introducing the parameter a = MJM}. Post to the address given Available at all leading magazine stands MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. It is actually 1.
then its time period will (d) Rx=P _ 4 R2 60 PHYSICS FOR YOU APRIL'07 .5. then (a) tx = t2 (b) tx > t2 (c) tx < t2 (d) depends upon the mass The displacement time graphs of two bodies A and B are shown in figure. Another projectile is thrown at an angle 40° with the vertical and its range is R2.p. sin 0 Consider a car moving along a straight horizontal road with a speed of 72 km/h.sin0 (b) cos0 + isin9 \imgd cos 0 \xmgd sinQ (d) (c) cos 0 +p. In that case.2 kg m2. then the acceleration ofthe masses will be //////*///(///fU/I/// (a) g (b) g/2 (c) gl3 (d) gl4 A block of mass m is pulled along a horizontal surface by applying a force at an angle 0 with the horizontal. In order to produce a rotational kinetic energy of 1500 joule. an angular acceleration of 25 rad/sec2 must be applied about that axis for a duration of (a) 4 s (b) 2 s (c) 8 s (d) 10 s If the metal bob of a simple pendulum is replaced by a wooden bob. What is the relation between RX and R21 (a) R\=R2 (b) RL=2R1 (c) R2 = 2RX The moment of inertia of a body about a given axis is 1. are placed at the corner of an equilateral triangle of side I. the forces (a) can not be predicted (b) are perpendicular to each other (c) are equal to each other in magnitude (d) are not equal to each other in magnitude A body is allowed to fall from a height of 100 m. Then the moment of inertia of this system about an axis along one side ofthe triangle is (a) 3 mP (b) rnt1 (c)  ml2 (d)  ml2 (a) ^ r (b) V3 1 (c) 3 (d) 3 A projectile is thrown at an angle of 40° with the horizontal and its range is RX. then the work done by the applied force is \imgd Xrngd cos0 (a) cos0 + J. If the block travels with a uniform velocity and has a displacement d and the coefficient of friction is p. and for the remaining 50 m is t2. Initially. the shortest distance in which the car can be stopped is (a) 30 m (b) 40 m (c) 72 m (d) 20 m Three point masses. If the time taken for the first 50 m is tx. The ratio of velocity of A. each of mass m. the body is at rest. vB is 2 Two masses Mx = 5 kg and M2= 10 kg are connected at the ends of an inextensible string passing over a frictionless pulley as shown.iAMCET Manipal PMT PMT Haryana j i a PMT TNPCEE ilPMER CET Karnataka Which one ofthe following is not a unit of time? (a) Lunar month (b) Leap year (c) Parsec (d) Solar day Suppose refractive index p is given as i where A and B are constants and X is wavelength. then dimensions of B are same as that of (a) wavelength (b) volume (c) pressure (d) area The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular to their vector differences. If the coefficient of static friction between road and tyres is 0. When the masses are released. vA to velocity of B. sin 0 v ' cos 0 .
•<A B (d) none of these 2Tn (a)  p 0 (b) p0 (c) fpo (d) 2p 0 The latent heat of vaporisation of a substance is always (a) greater than its latent heat of fusion (b) greater than its latent heat of sublimation (c) equal to its latent heat of sublimation (d) less than its latent heat of fusion In a sinusoidal wave. The spring is cut into two parts. = YL(T2 + T 2 ) Pressure versus temperature graph of an ideal gas is as shown in figure. The temperatures of the source and sink are (a) 99°C. the efficiency of the engine is doubled. 37°C Graph of specific heat at constant volume for a monoatomic gas is 3R (a) (b) A block of weight W produces an extension of 9 cm when it is hung by an elastic spring of length 60 cm and is in equilibrium.73 Hz(d) 2.47 Hz (b) 0. Then the refractive index of water with respect to glass is (a) 9/8 (b) 8/9 (c) 1/2 (d) 2 64 PHYSICS FOR YOUAPRIL'07 .36 Hz (c) 0. the escape velocity will be (a) 11/V2 km/sec (c) 2 km/sec (b) l h / 2 km/sec (d) 11 km/sec A reversible engine converts onesixth of the heat input into work. then (a) g°c r (b) g r 2 (c) (d) g °= r 2 The escape velocity for a body projected vertically upwards from the surface of earth is 11 km/sec. 37°C (d) 90°C. when the elevator moves down with an acceleration a. then (a) Ti(c) Tx = JT22 + T2 (b) 7. The distance between a node and neighbouring antinode is (a) 1 m (b) 2 m (c) 3 m (d) 4 m The refractive index of water with respect to air is 4/3 and the refractive index of glass with respect to air is 3/2. its time period becomes 7"3. If r < R. The frequency of the wave is (a) 1.17 sec. (c) 3 20 cm (d) 2 Two capillaries of length L and 2L and of radii R and 2R are connected in series. The net rate of flow of fluid through them will be (given rate of the flow through single capillary X= NPR4/KT]L) (a) f x (b) f x (c) jX (d) ] x If the displacement (x) and velocity v of a particle executing simple harmonic motion are related through the expression 4V2 = 25 . The extension in cm now is /////////// A => (c) C V 3R 2 (d) }V\ (a) 9 (b) 6 o tij. If the body is projected at an angle of 45° with the vertical.94 Hz Stationary waves of frequency 300 Hz are formed in a medium in which the velocity of sound is 1200 m/s. Density at point B will be P* 3 P.(a) increase (b) decrease (c) remain the same (d) be first (a) then (b) The acceleration due to gravity is g at a point r distant from the centre of earth of radius if. Density of the gas at p o i n t s is p0. The same load W hangs in equilibrium supported by both parts as shown in figure. 37°C (b) 80°C. one of length 40 cm and the other of length 20 cm.x2 then its time period is (a) n (b) 271 (c) 4ji (d) 6n 22 A pendulum suspended from the roof of an elevator at rest has a time period T h when the elevator moves up with an acceleration a its time period becomes T2. the time required for a particular point to move from maximum displacement to zero displacement is 0. When the temperature of the sink is reduced by 62°C. 37°C (c) 95°C.
C3 = 3 C and C4 = 4C are connected to a battery as shown in the figure. The energy of the photon is E. The internal resistance of the cell is then (a) 1. The ratio of the charges on C2 and C4 is 47? l j SR A transformer with efficiency 80% works at 4 kW and 100 V. 40 A (d) 40 A. 1. C2 = 2C. If the secondary voltage is 200 V. 16 A (b) 16 A. then the primary and secondary currents are respectively (a) 40 A. When allowed to fall from rest. = C.2 cm (b) 1. The magnetic field at a mid point in between the two wires is (a) square of the magnetic field produced due to each of the wires (b) half of the magnetic field produced due to each of the wires (c) twice the magnetic field produced due to each of the wires (d) zero An arc of a circle of radius R subtends an angle ^ at the centre. so that the marks can be seen as separate? Mean wavelength of visible light may be taken 5000 A (a) 0. Let A. the value of selfV inductance varies as (a) N° (b) N (c) N1 (d) IT2 A particle A has charge +q and a particle B has charge +4q with each of them having the same mass m. What is the temperature of cold junction? (a) 320°C (b) 20°C (c) 20°C (d) 40°C Two infinitely long parallel wires carry equal currents in same direction. 20 A If T is the number of turns in a coil. the incident ray retraces its initial path.5 volt and internal resistance 0. 40 A (c) 20 A.4 mm A Nicol prism is based on the principle of (a) refraction (b) scattering (c) dichroism (d) double refraction Four charges are arranged at the corners of a square ABCD as shown in the figure. Electric potential at any point is V = 5x + 3y + Vl5z then the magnitude of electric field is (a) 3V2 (b) A^2 (C) 5^2 (d) 7 A network of four capacitors of capacity equal to C.! be the de Broglie wavelength of the proton and A2 be the wavelength of the photon.If one face of a prism of prism angle 30° and p is silvered. Which of the following is the least value of d. The diameter of the eye lens of the observer is 2 mm. The ratio Xi/X2 is ^ 2R (b) m W (a) A/1 (b) 3/22 (c) 7/4 (d) 22/3 64 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 . it is found that the balance point is at a length of 2 m. The magnetic field at the centre will be .5 Q (b) 10 Q (c) 15 Q (d) 1 Q The temperature of inversion of a thermocouple is 620°C and the neutral temperature is 300°C. each of e. when the cell is shunted by a 5 £2 resistance and at a length of 3 m.525 cm (d) 2.125 cm (b) 1.6 ampere through the circuit is (a) 2 (b) 8 (c) 10 (d) 12 In an experiment to measure the internal resistance of a cell by a potentiometer. when the cell is shunted by a 10 Q resistance.5 £2 that must be joined in series with a resistance of 20 ohm so as to send a current of 0.2 mm (c) 2. the ratio of their speeds vA/vB will become (a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 1 : 4 (d) 4 : 1 The energy of a photon is equal to the kinetic energy of a proton.m.f.125 cm A beam of light of wavelength 600 nm from a distant source falls on a single slit 1. It carries a current I.4 cm (d) 2.2 q +q (a) zero (b) along the diagonal AC (c) along the diagonal BD (d) perpendicular to side AB fa) (aj .225 cm (c) 1. The angle of incidence is (a) 60° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 90° A paper with two marks having separation d is held normal to the line of sight of an observer at a distance of 50 m. The distance between the first dark fringes on either side of the central bright fringe is (a) 1. The force on the positive charge kept at the centre O is The number of dry cells.00 mm wide and the resulting diffraction pattern is observed on a screen 2 m away.
Since M2> Mu therefore M2 moves downwards and Mx moves upwards with an acceleration a as shown in the figure.Atl i. area.5 (d) 12 Free body diagram of M....e. i.. horizontal direction it will be 90° ..t. If the emitter current is 7. ////////////////////// (a) NOR gate (c) OR gate (b) AND gate (d) NAND gate A message signal of frequency 10 kHz and peak voltage of 10 volts is used to modulate a carrier of frequency 1 MHz and peak voltage of 20 volts. The shortest wavelength in Brackett series will be (a) 21 (b) AX (C) 9A (d) 16A. the shortest wavelength in Balmer series is A. then the atomic number ofthe element which emits KA Xray of wavelength AX is (a) 11 (b) 44 (c) 6 (d) 5 If N0 is the original mass of the substance of half life period 5 years.29 mA (b) 0.e.—.5 (d) 0. t. B should have X dimensions of X2.>t2 \I8 Velocity is the slope of the displacement time graph vA = tan30° vB tan 60° = (1/^3) _ \ (^3) R is same for both 0 and (90° .43 mA The electrical conductivity of a semiconductor increases when electromagnetic radiation of wavelength shorter than 2480 nm is incident on it.proportional to (a) E° (b) EM (c) E L (d) E~2 The moment of momentum for an electron in second orbit of hydrogen atom as per Bohr's model is (a) A ( b ) 2nh (c) M (d) f The angular speed of the electron in the «th orbit of Bohr's hydrogen atom is (a) directly proportional to n (b) inversely proportional to ~Jn (c) inversely proportional to n 2 (d) inversely proportional to w3 In hydrogen spectrum.2 mA.e.t.r. If angle w. e y j> ^ velocity of light in medium dimensionless.5 (b) 1 (c) 1. i.35 mA (c) 0.r. cm 2 . velocity of light in vacuum . An element with atomic number Z = 11 emits KA Xray of wavelength X. h e n c e 1 S As H = —.^ ( S .40° = 50°.1 The combination of the gates shown in the figure below produces A SOLUTIONS Parsec is a unit of distance..39 mA (d) 0. then the base current is (a) 0.7 (c) 0.l ) = 0. i. A a Jl s Mxg 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 .F2 As two vectors are perpendicular to each other. S = F1+F2 and D = F.0). then the amount of substance left after 15 years is (a) Nq/2 (b) AV3 (c) NO/A (d) NO/S The current gain for transistor working as common base amplifier is 0. — is dimensionless.e. Thus each term on the RHS of given equation should be dimensionless.2 = 50X2 = 100 e S 2 2 and 100 = i g ? t2=ttl or f = = . vertical is 40° then w.9 (b) 0.96. The modulation index is (a) 0. The band gap (in eV) for the semiconductor is (a) 0. hence S D = 0 or (Fl + F2)(F1F2) =0 or or or (/j)2(F2)2=0 IF 2  — 0 l^M^l s= 2 or l^iH^I \st\ yfg ^ \lg or .
FsinO) But Fcos0 = / or FcosQ = (x(mg ..5 and g=10ms~2 20x20 = 40 m 2x0.Mxg = Mxa Free body diagram of M 2 l l "I Mr. 2 * (25) 2 t2 or t2 = 4 or t= 2 s Time period of a simple pendulum is T W= ^ (••• s = d) Q cos0 + (t. (a) 2 10.T~ M2a (ii) Adding (i) and (ii). the resultant force is zero. we find the moment of inertia about AB is IAB = m( 0)2 + m(0)2 + m(CE)2 In right angle ABEC sin 6 0 ° = £ K = C E BC I or CE = ^ l . Spring constant for original spring be k (say) W = (k x 9) or k 9 As spring constant is inversely proportional to length.. Moment of inertia about BC is IBC = m( 0)2 + m(0)2 + m(AD)2 Since BC AD = JAB 'BC = m\—l \ml2 4 73/ 2 " t M2g The equation of motion for M2 is Mig. Resolving F into horizontal component F cosO and vertical component F sinO. . we get R + F sin 0 = mg or R = mgF Alsof = \iR = i(mg .The equation of motion for Mx is T .5x10 T H i Time period of a simple pendulum is independent on the material of the bob.sin0 1 Initial kinetic energy of the car = Work done against friction = \Xmgs From conservation of energy xmgs = ^ mv2 or s = (v 2 /2fig) Stopping distance.FsinO) or F(cos 9 + j. V3 3ml2 or CE=l sin 60° sinO Moment of inertia along AC is IAC = m( 0)2 + m{ 0)2 + m(BF)2 In right angle ABFC BF BF ^ or BF = I sin 60° sin60° = BC I or BF = / •f3 2 S . i. projected at an angle of 45° with the vertical will be same. R„ Since the escape velocity is independent of direction of projection.Fsin8 >F cos 0 77777777777777 Similarly. sin 0) = \img mg F = cos0 + (isin0 £ + .2 . / D 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 . (c): 2GM.e.m\( —~l ^ 3ml2 = I/(o2=I/(a02 = ^ / a V Work W = Fs ••• COS0 C O s 6 1500 = 5 x 1 . s = ( v ^ n g ) Given. v = 72 km/h = 72 x = 20 m/s jt = 0. therefore escape velocity of the body. Hence when a metal bob is replaced by a wooden bob its time period remains the same. we get (M Mi)g (105)g g a =. 11 km/sec.+M1 (10 + 5) 3 Because the block moves with a uniform velocity. so spring constant for spring of k and for spring of 20 cm length = 3k. 13.
Spring constant of combination of two shorter springs 9k = or or or •• 4 ^ = x dt 4a = . Z•• nR 4 8 :kR* 7t(2 RY . Here..17 sec. AF = 0 At/ A7 ^ X It is clear from the figure that the ray will retrace the path when the refracted ray QR is incident normally on the polished surface AC. r _ 3 _ ~AT~2 ' v ~2 4V2 = 25 x2 Differentiating. (a) 9. 1+R.^ L " = 2 T 1 W ^ = % ' 3/2 4/3 1 (9/8) X ^ =2 = ? . 8r2Z.^ > < 9 =F P= co2 = ± 4 271 = 2 T = 47! S ec T_ = co 1/2 4TC2/ r2 £ a r =2 T 2•• ' Ng g +a 1 ga or or : 2jt 4TT2/ ~ =g+ 4TI I r 3 = 27t ga tc/3/T 1 ^ = 8 .47 Hz ~r L = « = ff 7T 6i 0 = 1 . _ 8t]Z ^ 9 R S =R.— y dt dx_ dt and T = v ••• w = f £(*').68 sec Frequency = 1 timcpenod(r) .(ii) T. 1 TF or and V 4n2l .2 x *  P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '08 . /= 0.= antinode is ^ = 1 m Given : <K x ^ or 'IL =— X = H .x 1 a = —x 4 T+U = T f. we get TH = 372 K = 99°C 62 T =11 .186 Solving (i) and (ii). x' = 2 cm or 9/t = fcc' Fluid resistance is given by nr When two capillary tubes of same size are connected in series. Thus angle of refraction r = 30° A for an ideal monoatomic gas AC/ _ 3 p . time for maximum displacement... Time period T for one vibration = 4t = 4 x 0.FL _ P NPR"a" 8 Rate of flow . (a) or 5 T = 1 £ 3 ^Tf+jf ZL T o.6 T T ' 3 or 2TH . . =  r „ =  x 3 7 2 K = 310K = 37°C 1 6 H 6 According to first law of thermodynamics Ag = AC/ + PAF If A g is absorbed at constant volume.68 = 1.^ .ITI = . 4 ^ 2 v ~ j = . j = T P_ T or or 3 8.. then equivalent fluid resistance is 8r)£ .(i) velocity 1200 m/s = 4m frequency 300 Hz The distance between a node and neighbouring Wavelength A.17 = 0.0 . 4TI2/ 4n2l • 2 g where g = Solving we get.
we get n = 10 V. rf = " J_ C' r"  6+3+ 2 6C ^ 11 JJ_ 6C Charge on each of the three capacitors in series Q'6 CV 11 Also charge on capacitor C4 = 4CV 6 CV Ratio = 1 1 x 4 CV 22 wxl. Therefore forces at O. Given: Electrical potential V=5x + 3y+ y/l5z Electric field E = VV where V = E= dx1 dyJ dz where Vs = Voltage across secondary VP = Voltage across primary I P = Current flowing in the primary I s = Current flowing in the secondary 80 100' j L j + JL^ + jik (5x + 3y + yf\5z) dx' dyJ dz =5137715^ Po 4x10 [ . li 0 /(B/2) p07 4 nR 8R Efficiency of a transformer Output power ( P ) _VSIS VpIp Input power(P) .4 mm. carries current I and making an angle 0 at the centre is given by R R = i V l 4nR „ In the given problem (j) = r . Ay = 2y = 2.5 I + 3 J + V15F] \E\ = \I (5))z2 + ( .5 n x 0 .•. sin0 = 0 = So the position of first minimum relative to centre will be given by d(y/D) = X. Distance between first minima on either side of central maxima.3 ) 2 + ( (3Y (—*Jl5)2 V(5 = 7 2 5 + 9 + 15 = 7 C b C2 and C 3 are in series .25 x 10"3 m = 1.. y = (D/d)X Here.U .U 1 + . i. Moreover. D = 2 m. /. Magnitude as well as polarities of charges at points A and C are same.525 cm In case of diffraction at a single slit the position of minima is given by d sin 0 = nX If 0 is small. (• ) : Magnetic field at the centre of a circular arc of radius R. = 620°C.2 mm So y = : 1x10" or T— 2 or 600 = 620 + Tc :./(R]+r) V2 l2 ER2/(R2 + r) 3 "5(10 + r) 2_T0(5+7) T. 5 + 20 Solving. The least distance between the marks to be seen separate. 4 x 1 0 W = 40 A P Vp 100 V • " S PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '08 .2 0 ° C 36. therefore force on charge kept at the centre is along the diagonal BD. Aperture of eye lens (a) = 2 mm = 2 x 10 3 m and mean wavelength of light (X) = 5000 A=5000 x 1010m. due to these charges cancel each other. T„ = 300°C T.( = sim'/sinr X sin/ = (xsinr sini = V 2 x s i n 3 0 ° V 2 x i = (1/V2) i = 45° Given: Separation between marks = d\ Distance between paper and observer (D) = 50 m. Tc = . d = 1 x io 3 m and X = 6 x 10"7 m 7 2x6xl0~ • = 1.e. ER.L C' C 2C 3C P o = y X l 0 3 W = 3200W 3200 / =5L = = 16 A 200 Vs Also Pi = IpVp P or T L. polarities of the charges at B and D are opposite.+T _R.(R2+r) R2(R1 + r) n l^xD=122x<5000y(r">x50 a 2x10 = 15.
For second orbit n = 2 j _ 2h_ _ h_ 2n n co = —. 2 I c = 0. u = a2(Zb)2 or = a\Zb)2 Therefore. = For photon. of half lives = .Self inductance = VA = ^2 qV/m. 1240 eVnm ^nm 1240 eVnm E„ = = 0. c •JlmE = 7. 1 1 n. Send D. or ( Z 2 . I e = 7.2 = 6. (11 — l)2 Z2 = 6 ^ ^ ^ 15 No. Near Safdarjung Hospital New Delhi 110 029 Tel. V HqN2A l a a = 0. Taj Apt.D/M. the ratio of wavelength is given by K Xi =X. Further v — and r «2.6. 00 Modulation index = ^ = 0.y = 3 WtibQ.5 eV * 2480 nm Y=A + B = AB [Using Boolean identity A + B = A • B ] = AB n.26194317 Always insist on MTG Boo *>J PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH ' 0 8 . 35 for postage.96 x 7. Ring Road.96. "2 _ "I For shortest wavelength in Balmer series.2 mA =Y or I c = aI vB = yjlxAqV/m e B For proton.: 26191601.2 .91 = 0. n2 = W1bG 1 1 or X = R i " For shortest wavelength in Brackett series X' r =M _42 = 4 x °°2 l=4X GXPLORGR 4 Years (20042007) Solved Papers Available at leading bookshops throughout India.O in favour of MTG Books.. Z2 = ? (Z2 1)2. X2 = 4X.MTG BOOKS 503. MAINS iPMT According to Moseley's law 4x> = a(Zb) Squaring both sides.5 = 2..Zx k 4X (^l)2 = 1 1 . * xE K V2~mE he According to Bohr's second postulate Angular momentum L = 2n Angular momentum is also called a moment of momentum.29 mA = — E _L —. Add Rs. r n hence co °c (1/w3). for two different elements. X.l) 2 = 25.91 mA h=Ic + h h=IeI E.
(Assume the potential at infinity to be zero) (b) A parallel plate capacitor with air between the plates has a capacitance of 8 pF (1 pF = 10~12 F).(a) Four particles of masses 4 kg. When the temperature of the sink is reduced by 70 K.(a) 1 m long metallic wire is broken into two unequal parts P and Q. are kept 30 cm apart. (b) A shell of mass 0. Calculate (i) the change in flux (ii) the average induced emf. ECE of copper = 6.4 gauss. If Vi and v2 are the speeds of the particle at distances jt and x2 from the equilibrium position.b\.s value of the current in the circuit. Calculate the temperature of the source and the sink. what is the recoil speed of the gun? „ . The coil is turned through 180° in (1/10) s. If the muzzle speed ofthe shell is 80 m s 1 . —2 2 kg.02 kg is fired by a gun of mass 100 kg. Calculate the r.(a) When walking on ice. 3 kg and 5 kg are fixed at the four corners A. (b) If the radius of the earth is reduced to half of its present day value without change in its mass. (b) A particle is executing simple harmonic motion. B. (a) Two point charges one of +100 pC and another of 400 pC. / = 2n V X2 2 _ X 2 \ J 6. ^ „ .(a) Finding dimensions of resistance R and inductance L. C and D of a square of each side 1 m. Find the ratio of the resistances of P and R and also the ratio of length of P and Q. its efficiency is doubled. A (4 kg) lm B(2 3. show that the 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL ' frequency of oscillations. speculate what physical quantities (L/R) and (l/2)/J 2 represents? (b) If 3 + i I = \a . (b) A silver and a copper voltameter are connected in series with a 12. .80 x io 10 N nr 2 ) (b) Why is moisture retained longer in the soil if it is harrowed? 5.0 volt battery of negligible internal resistance. Length of R is twice the length of P and the resistance of R is equal to that of Q. _ .000 N cm 2 ? (Density of lead is 11. and the space between them is filled with a substance of dielectric constant 6? 7.806 g of silver is deposited in half an hour in the silver voltameter. (b) A capacitor of capacitance 100 pF and a coil of resistance 50 Q and inductance 0. What will be the capacitance if the distance between the plates is reduced by half.4 g cm"3 and the bulk modulus of lead is 0.5 H are connected in series with a 110 V. find the angle between vectors a and b . 50 Hz source.6 x 10"7 kg C"1 8. (ii) mass of copper deposited in the copper voltameter during the same period. Find the points of zero potential on the line joining the two charges. . Calculate the moment of intertia of the r>(5 kg) lm C(3 kg) system about an axis passing through the point of intersection of the diagonals and perpendicular to the plane of the square.(a) What will be the density of lead under a pressure of 20. Calculate (i) magnitude of current flowing in the circuit. what will be the length of the day? 4. 47 .m.Practice Paper for Mains l. is it better to take short or long steps? Explain.(a) A 10 ohm coil of mean area 500 cm2 and having 1000 turns is held perpendicular to a uniform field of 0. (Given : ECE of silver = 1.12 x 10 8 kg C^'. P part of the wire is uniformly extended into another wire R. 0. 2.(a) A reversible engine converts one fifth of heat which it absorbs from source into work.
After how many years will one gram of the pure radium reduced to one milligram? 10. Then according to the principle of conservation of momentum..3°). m3 = 3 kg. the reaction remains close to the vertical.e.(a) As e = L— i.v e sign shows recoil speed of the gun.95. R its radius and to its spin angular velocity.e..M R 2 . there must be sufficient friction to prevent slipping of feet.b\ = yja2 +b2 labcosQ Given \a + b\ = \ab\ or \a + b^ = \abt or a2 + b2 + 2a6cos0 = a2 +b2 .. K • APV AV 64 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  APRIL '260 T. Which has the longer wavelength? Which has higher linear momentum? (b) The halflife of radium is 1500 years.e.02 x 80 + 100 x V 0. Frictional force depends on the normal reaction which depends on the inclination of the reaction of the ground to the vertical.(a) The bulk modulus of lead is given by. (b) . (b) : Given : m = 0. angular velocity will become 4 times of its initial value so r ]_ 1 as T oc 4 T ~ co' ~ T 24 or = 6 hour T' = == 4 4. (a) A photon and an electron both have energy of 100 eV..labcosQ or 4aAcosO = 0 or 0 = 90° 2. 7 = 4 (OA)2 + 2 (OB)2 + 3 (OC) 2 + 5 (OD)2 = 4x — + 2x — + 3x — + 5x — = 7 k g m2 2 2 2 2 (b) : If M is the mass of earth. is completely immersed in water of refractive index 1.02x80 . co' = 4co 5 4 5 i. i. M = 100 kg.02 kg.e.5. i.. the base current and gain (3? (b) A glass prism of refracting angle 60° and refractive index 1.. If we take long steps the inclination of the reaction of the ground to the vertical becomes large and hence the frictional force is less.e. If the emitter current is 10 mA. = [ML2 T 3 A"2] [R] = ATA ' L _R_ 1 • Li ML2 T~2 A . we get 0 = mv + MV or 0 = 0.e. R = VII "ML2 T~2" i. so so and [L] = [ML2 T"2 A"2] and as V=IR i. While walking. what is the collector current. Calculate the angle of minimum deviation o f t h e prism (sin' 0. v = 80 m s"1 Let the recoil speed of the gun be V. Lx = L2 From (i) and (ii). This is why while walking on ice it is better to take short steps.. This helps to develop more frictional force on a slippery road and makes walking possible.9.(a) A transistor has a = 0.(a) Ice is almost frictionless.0 . ms 1 = . m4 = 5 kg AB = BC = CD = DA = 1 m OA = OB = OC = OD = 4= m 42 Moment of inertia of the system passing through O and perpendicular to the plane of the square..56 = 34. the new angular momentum 2 L2 = I'm' = ^M(R/2)2(D' •••(ii) As no external torque is acting. we get 2 1 2 — MR2a = — x — MR2(a'. 0 1 6 m s~' 100 ..33. i. or V= 3. angular momentum must be conserved. L = \z\ dt di 't ML T [L] = so AT A _ q _j j 2P2 If we take short steps. so it represents magnetic energy stored in a coil \a + b\ = Ja2 +b2 + 2abcosQ \a .2 ML2 T"3 A"2 1 Lt'J = [T] = [ML2 T2 A' 2 ] [A2] = [ML2 T"2] 64 Now as (L/R) has dimensions of time and so is called time constant of L .(a) Given : m. SOLUTIONS eft l. m2 = 2 kg.e.R circuit and (1/2) Li2 has dimensions of work or energy. the angular momentum of earth will be L = I a = .(0 5 Now when its radius becomes half without change in its mass and w' its spin angular velocity. = 4 kg.
Thus. x = acoscor 20 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 Hence the point of zero potential lies at a distance of 6 cm from the charge of+100 iC on the line joining the two charges. and so capillary suction stops altogether.2 A (b) When the soil is not harrowed.x 2 ) . (a) : As shown in figure. Let C be the point of zero potential on the line AB.a m sinco? dt or v2 = ahD2 sin2 tot = a2co2 (1 . Q2 = £>i • Tt T 4 1 Efficiency. [using equation (i)] + + — a substance of dielectric constant (AT).x f ) and Subtracting the two. or But ••• co = —r co = 2 n / 2 v v2 = co2 (a 2 . water is retained longer in the soil.80 x 10 1 0 Nm" 2 = ° .30Since potential at C is zero. the distance between the plates (d) is reduced by half 'fiT and the space between them is filled with Z£ T  1   5 7.=  a 5 a = i a . T2 T. there are large capillaries in it. K = 0.co (a x ) — 40 Hence..06 m = 6 cm 5r=0. \ Vp 7x11. (b) : The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is given by. 7. . hence V = 0 Vor 1 47te„ 100x10 400x10" 0.v = co2 (x2 . v = — = .cos2 (Of) 2 or AV = — 40 0.. Efficiency = 2rj = 1 — ——— 2 x 1 = 1 Ii T 5 2_1_ 70 or 5 ~ 5 T. P = 20000xl0 4 = . all these capillaries are destroyed. B i $ 400 iC +100 nC K r  Potential at C due to two charges will be.8 ° *4 0 " ' N cm"2 10 AV _ AP AP = 20.2 \ v..30 — r or 0. we have Vp = Vp' New density. 4tce0 r 0.30 On reducing the temperature of the sink by 70 K.1 Here.(a) According to the question. let the two charges be placed 30 cm (or 0. 2 KEnA c = KE0A = 2 KC d! 2 [Using equation (i)] 49 .AV = V 40 40 Since the mass of lead will remain the same.(i) = 0 or 4r= 0. 6. = —x350 = 280K 5 5 (b) The displacement of a particle executing simple harmonic motion is given by.30= 0 0. Thus the soil continuously loses water. V = V .30  r • Hence.30r 0.x f ) 2 2 . Solving. Water in the soil rise up the capillary holes to the surface from where it evaporates continuously. 5.7 gem 39 V f 2 2tif = V 2 1! or / = 2tc . 1 1 100x10 400x10" 47te„ _ 1 r2 . r = 1 =1. new capacitance is given by.4x40 _3 = 11. T" (1) Now. When harrowed. = 350 K 4 4 From equation (i).30 m) apart at points A and B. v2 = co2 (a 2 .30 = 0.80x10'" V 39V New volume.000 N cm"2 1 Velocity.
5 x 10"3 kg = 47.806 xl0" 3 x 6.e.x^.12 x io.L ) (10.(a) (i) When the plane of a coil is perpendicular to the field as shown in figure (I) the angle between area S and field B is 0°. Z.JLj ie = So. K = 6 C = 8 pF = 8 x 10"12 F —ce " i C = 2 x 6 x 8 x 10~12 F = 96 x 10' 1 2 F = 9 6 p F Let the length of piece P be L then of Q will A0 = 0 2 . (b) or N = N 0 e' J log. i.5 = 134.6 x 10" 3 4 /V2x9x 10"31 xlOOx 1.053 x 1024 k g m s . x=/E=12400(eV. = 0. 50 .s value of the current in the circuit is given by (b) Given : w.NSB = 2NSB i. (j).t (ii) A c c o r d i n g electrolysis. RP = p— and RQ = p^—^— S S Now when part P is extended into another wire R of iength twice of P. m.Mrs.806 g = 0.5 H..2+(xL .4 x 10') = 4mWb (ii) As in turning through 180°.  _ A0 _ 2NSB _ 4 x 1Q"3 _ • = 40 mV So that.6 x 10"7 kg C"1 According to Faraday's first law of electrolysis. 4 LQ ( 1 . For electron p = h/X => 0. = NBScosQ = NSB cosO = NSB [as 6 = 0] When the coil is turned through 180° as shown in figure.6x 10"la = 1. in change of flux A0.2 m S S 0.' Momentum of electron h 6.xc)2 = JR2 + ( 2 * f i .6 xlO"34 = —= rr = 5.= = 6.12x10" = 47. A01 = 2 x 103 x (500 x 10"4) x (0.806x10" hc (a) : For photon E = hv = — A.e. m.4 xlO kg m s X 1. ^ P ( U S I RR 4p (L/S) „ L (1 L) . the coil takes (1/10)s.. 1 4 x 5 0 xlO" 4 = V(50) 2 + (15731.0.".23x10'° So the electron has greater momentum. L = 0.5 g w2=m.806 x 10' 3 kg t = 30 min = 30 x 60 s Z..e. = Z. . 5  2 x 3 .2 1 I a n d 4 = . = 40 A 1. R.6 x 10 _34 /124 x IO"10 = 0. „„ 4p_ = pi i. Z2 = 6. 1 4 x 5 0 x 0 . Vmx = 1 1 0 V . Z. = 1. . 2L its resistance will be (2L) „ L * =P(572) = 5 [ a s S L = 2 L * V] According to given problem R r = RQ to to 10" (b) Given : C = 100 ^iF = 100 x 10"6 F R = 50 £2.23 A So the photon has a longer wavelength.6x10" kg j2mE = h/X . / = 50 Hz The impedance of LCR circuit is given by z = JR.303 logl0 — = Xt Nn 64 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  APRIL '262 N So change in flux.2) 4 = 4 (50)' + 2 x 3 .85) 2 = ^2500 +15662.12 x 10"8 x 3 0 x 6 0 to F a r a d a y ' s second law 0.m. — = Xt N N 8.e. . i. = NSB .. L = 0. So the flux linked with the coil.77 £2 .8 kg C'.A)=i2400_ of E £(eV) 100 eV (v E = p2/2m) m.•• x = h/^bUE or 1. Momentum of photon = hv/c = h/X = 6.7/ or 1 = 3  (i) 9. r. (II) the flux linked with the coil will be 0 2 = MSficosl80 = NSB (as 6 = 180°) or or N N„ _ „ 2.
99 year sin or 1. .3° or ( b ) : Given : A = 60°.0004 0.303xl500xlog 0.999 year t=0. = 68. Dt. (A + S„ —xl. The book deals with important named reactions.303x1500x 0.6° .„ .l3 = sm a 2 { 2 sin A + 8.13 = A + 8„ 10. Rlukul C Ray eliminations etc. In order to solve the problems of Organic Chemistry one should have good command on the concepts.60° = 8.6° . % = 1. Taj Apts.693 N_ Nn 2.5 mA •• h = h ~h = 1° ~ 9.95 x 10 = 9..303log. But X Given : JV0 = 1 g N = 1 g . rearrangement and their mechanisms. MTG is releasing this book to empower students with each and every skill required to solve problems in Organic Chemistry.3° 2 A + 8„.5 mA 0. (a): Given : a = 0.A = 68. l E = 10 mA Now.999 g 1 2. The book starts with basic knowledge of various types of reactions : electrophilic and nucieophilic substitutions.693 2. Ring Road New De. a \i„= 1. 1x1.2.5 = 0. or t=A 0. reactions and their mechanisms.303 r i / 2 l o g 1 0 ^ t=0.693 = 1.95 Since. tS8& 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL ' 51 .6° Reaction Mechanisms in ORGANIC CHEMISTRY WjbG BOOK Y O U R C O P Y T O D A Y ! wite Reaction IVlechanisms in Organic Chemistry covers major portion of a Chemistry Paper of any competitive exam be it medical or engineering. a = — IE or or 1 .693 N0W 133 Refractive index is given by. M T G BOOKS <• This book would be useful and effective in helping the students § * » • • 503.6° or Ic = aIE = 0. IE = lB + lc And P = a 1a or or A + 8„ = 34.10"3)g = 0..10~3 g = (1 .95 = 19 10.56 = sin 34. Organic Chemistry is based on different reactions.33 8m = 68.hi" ?9 Tel: of chemistry to develop an insight into the mechanistic aspects ' 26191599 of Organic Chemistry as a whole.13 = 0.5.95.
A hollow cylinder has a charge q coulomb within P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U MARCH'08 . The path of the particle makes with the xaxis an angle of (a) 45° (b) 60° (c) 0° (d) 30°. Two radioactive substances A and B have decay constants 5 A. 2. 4.707TX (c) zero (d) 0.00 rad/sec. The phase difference between the instantaneous velocity and acceleration of a particle executing simple harmonic motion is (a) 71 (b) 0. the output voltage across the secondary coil is (a) 120 volts (b) 220 volts (c) 30 volts (d) 90 volts. What will be the position of this particle when it achieves maximum speed along the +x direction? (a) 54 m (b) 8 1 m (c) 24 m (d) 32 m. If V and B are kept constant. the ions are initially accelerated by an electric potential V and then made to describe semicircular paths of radius R using a magnetic field B. 12. y) plane. 10. A particle starting from the origin (0..SOLVED PAPER CBSEPMT (Prelims) . Ait = 0 they have the same number of nuclei. 7. If the electric field is switched off. 5. and X respectively. t is time in seconds ] (0 >  and ()o is a constant. In a radioactive decay process. 3.0 rad/sec 2 and an initial angular speed of 2. 0) moves in a straight line in the (x. the negatively charged emitted Pparticles are (a) the electrons produced as a result of the decay of neutrons inside the nucleus (b) the electrons produced as a result of collisions between atoms (c) the electrons orbiting around the nucleus (d) the electrons present inside the nucleus. A car moves from A'to Y with a uniform speed v„ and returns to Y with a uniform speed v. 9. the output Kfor all possible 11. A B + (a) A B 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 (c) A B 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 Y 1 1 1 0 Y 0 1 1 1 (b) A B Y 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 (d) A B Y 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 8.t3 where x is in metres and t in second. the ratio ( charge on the ion ^ ion' V mass of the ion J (a) MR? (b) R2 will be proportional to (c) R (d) MR. In a mass spectrometer used for measuring the masses of ions. The position x of a particle with respect to time t along jcaxis is given by x = 9t2 . A beam of electron passes undeflected through mutually perpendicular electric and magnetic fields. If the magnetic flux 0 linked with the primary coil is given by (> = <> + 41. 6. A wheel has angular acceleration of 3.571. and the same magnetic field is maintained. The primary and secondary coils of a transformer have 50 and 1500 turns respectively.. The average speed for this round trip is iWd d + vu 2 v v du (d) Vj + Vu ' (b) v inputs A and B is expressed by the truth table. the electrons move (a) in a circular orbit (b) along a parabolic path (c) along a straight line (d) in an elliptical orbit.2007 1. Its coordinates at a later time are ( ^ 3 . 3 ) . In the following circuit. The ratio of number of nuclei of A to those of B will be (Me)2 after a time interval (a) AX (b) 2X (c) \/2X (d) MX. In a time of 2 sec it has rotated through an angle (in radian) of (a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 4 (d) 6. where < is in webers.
given by / = /o 1 t w h e r e / and T are c 38 PHYSICS FOR YOli MAY 07 . . in terms of dimension of mass M. would be (a) ML 2 T (b) ML 2 T 1 I 1 2 3 2 (c) ML T. A block B is pushed \ \ \. 18. Given that the moment of inertia of the rod about A is mflh.\ v NB \ momentarily along a horizontal \ 7 TTTtTTTTTTT)7 7 7 7 V surface with an initial velocity V. then (a) (b) (c) (d) B. of time T and of current 1.40 g.50 (b) 3.0 x 10s m/s s (c) 1.(A . If the nucleus f j Al has a nuclear radius of about HUM 3. Z)]c2 M(A.Z)M„ [M(A.8 fm (d) 6.8 x io 8 m/s.27 g (d) 0. 17. = = = = [ZM„ r (A .m 6 ii Wr3Q —VvW4 £2 15. The particle at t = 0 has zero velocity.E. B.(A .E.S'the bridge gets balanced. an input impedance of 100 Q and an output impedence of 200 Q. R each of 2 £2 and an unknown resistances S form the four arms of a Wheatstone bridge circuit. A small coin is resting on the bottom of a beaker filled 4 cm with liquid.E. .. the initial angular acceleration of the rod will be q 2£O (b) < p (d) e q_ o 0 13.Z)M„ .2 x 10 m/s (d) 1.ZMp .E.00 (c) 1.f j (d) f0T. 19. B. 25. A nucleus y X has mass represented by M(A.M(A. B The rod is released from rest in the horizontal position. the particle's velocity (v r ) is at time t. Dimensions of resistance in an electrical circuit. A transformer is used to light a 100 W and 110 V lamp from a 220 V mains.40 14.F0T (b) F0P (c) .6 fm.67 g (c) 0. Z) . If (J) is the electric flux in units of voltmeter associated with the curved surface B. T constants.0 fm (c) 4. A ray of light from the coin travels upto coin the surface of the liquid and moves along its surface. Z) . The power gain of the amplifier is (a) 1000 (b) 1250 (c) 100 (d) 500. A particle moving along jraxis has acceleration/.M(A. If the main current is 0. A steady current of 1. If n is the coefficient of sliding friction between B and the surface. In the time interval between / = 0 and the instant when / = 0.Z)M„]c2. block B will come to rest after a time (a) g\i!V (b) g/V (c) Vlg (d) K/(gfi). The frequency of a light wave in a material is 2 x 1014 Hz and wavelength is 5000 A. 18 V 16. then ' ^ T e would have its radius approximately as (a) 9. Q. 21. of length L. 22.ZM. How fast is the light travelling in the liquid? (a) 2. the flux linked with the plane surface A in units of voltmeter will be (a) (c) e (a) . A uniform rod AB of / length / and mass m is free to rotate about point A. 24.I~ (d) ML 2 T 3 I'.50 g (b) 0.33 (d) 1.0 fm. What is the value of S? (a) 3 Q (b) 6 Q (c) 1 Q (d) 2 Q. . A common emitter amplifier has a voltage gain of 50. Z)]C2 [ZMp + AM. The refractive index of material will be (a) 1. If Mp and A/„ denote the mass of proton and neutron respectively and 8.5 amp flows through a copper voltameter for 10 minutes.5 amp. 23.it. the efficiency of the transformer is approximately (a) 50% (b) 90% (c) 10% (d) 30%.4 x 10s m/s (b) 3. B. Z). If the electrochemical equivalent of copper is 30 x 10"^ g coulomb 1 .6 fm (b) 12.E. 20. the mass of copper deposited or the electrode will be (a) 0. Three resistances P.. the binding energy in MeV. When a resistant of 6 £2 is connected in parallel to . The total power dissipated in watts in the circuit shown here is (a) 40 (b) 54 (c) 4 (d) 16.
z = 0) and (x = a. is the midpoint between A and B. (a) 10. y = a. 2q and +q are placed at points (x = 0.0 cm (b) any value less than 12. the number of photoelectrons liberated will be reduced by a factor of (a) 8 (b) 16 (c) 2 (d) 4. Two satellites of earth. The kinetic energy of an electron in the first excited state is (a) 6.6 eV (c) 1. 27. The maximum values of the potential energy and the total energy are respectively (a) K0/2 and K0 (b) K0 and 2K 0 (c) K0 and K0 (d) 0 and 2 K 0 . 30. The power emitted is 2 x 10~3 W. Charges +q and q are placed at points A and B respectively which are a distance 2L apart. 34.0 cm. it liberates photoelectrons from a photosensitive metallic surface. 29. The number of photons emitted. 31. If the angular momentum of the particle with respect to origin O is LA when it is at A and L„ when it is at B. z = 0) (c) \[2qa along +x direction (d) J2qa along +y direction. y = a. then (a) LA = LH (b) the relationship between LA and LH depends upon the slope of the line AB (c) LA < LB (d) LA > L„.0 m. Three point charges +q.(a) mgl 2 (b) 26. z = 0) and (x = a.0 kg is put on a flat pan attached to a vertical spring fixed on the ground as shown in the figure. y = 0. The magnitude and direction of the electric dipole moment vector of this charge assembly are (a) 42qa along the line joining points (x = 0.y = 0. A mass of 2. A 5 watt source emits monochromatic light of wavelength 5000 A. S. 28. z = 0) and (x = a. Monochromatic light of frequency 6. When pressed slightly and released the mass executes a simple harmonic motion. y = 0. y = 0. The mass of 5.8 eV (b) 13. (b) and S2 are moving with the same speed. 32. (d) The time period of S is four times that of S2. z = 0) respectively. The particle executing simple harmonic motion has a kinetic energy K0cos2(tit.7 eV (d) 3. z = 0). (x = 0. by the source per second is (a) 5 x IO16 (b) 5 x 1017 14 (c) 5 x io (d) 5 x io 15 . A particle of mass m moves in the AT plane with a velocity v along the straight line AB. if \ A x B \ = S ( A B ) . When the source is moved to a distance of 1. on the average. The work done in moving a charge +0 along the semicircle CRD is (a) (c) qQ 2 ne0L qQ 6ne0L qQ (b) 6K E L q qQ (d) AkzqL I" (c) 21 (d) 31 (b) qa along the line joining points (x = 0.5 m away. y = a. C. What should be the minimum amplitude of the motion so that the mass gets detached from the pan (take g = 10 m/s 2 ).6 eV. A charged particle (charge q) is moving in a circle of radius R with uniform speed v.0 cm (c) 4. the value of 0 is (a) 45° (b) 30° (c) 90° (d) 60° 33. 35. 36. When placed 0.0 cm (d) 8. The mass of the spring and the pan is negligible. and S2 are moving in the same orbit. z = 0) 60 20 PHYSICS FOR YOU APRIL'0 . A and B are two vectors and 0 is the angle between them. Which one of the following statements is true? (a) The potential energies of earth and satellite in the two cases are equal. The total energy of electron in the ground state of hydrogen atom is 13. (c) The kinetic energies of the two satellites are equal.4 eV. is four times the mass of S2. The associated magnetic moment p is given by (a) qvR2 (b) qvR2/2 (c) qvR (d) qvR/2. The spring constant 7777777777 is 200 N/m.0 x 1014 Hz is produced by a laser.
44. P H Y S I C S F O R Y O UIDECEMBER'07 47. 48.iJ. What is the value of inductance L for \yhic(i the current is maximum in a series LCR circuit with C = 10 pF and co = 1000 s' 1 ? (a) 1 mH (b) cannot be calculated unless R is known (c) 10 mH (d) 100 mH. (b) jCF2 ( C ) ^CV2 (d) 2CV2. 45. . 50. the power received by a unit surface. The work done in charging fully both the condensers is (a) \CV2. The time period of the motion (a) depends on both R and v (b) is independent of both R and v (c) depends on R and not on v (d) depends on v and not on R. The value of shuntresistance is (a) 2 £2 (b) 0. 40. An engine has an efficiency of 1/6. radiating like a black body at temperature t°C. When the temperature of sink is reduced by 62°C. as shown. (normal to the incident rays) at a distance R from the centre of the sun is (a) (c) r a(t + 273) 4%R2 r a(t + 273)4 2 (b) \6n2r2Gt4 «t) R2 where cj is the Stefan's constant. In the energy band .M. After an additional shunt has been connected to this ammeter it becomes possible to measure currents upto 750 amperes by this meter.U.. then it will show (a) anti ferromagnetism (b) no magnetic property (c) diamagnetism (d) paramagnetism./.upper end of the spring falls vertically on the spring so that the spring is compressed by a distance d.+ 7' (d) T„ = 7 ^ / 2 . A particle executes simple harmonic oscillation with an amplitude a. The material is (a) an insulator (b) a metal 47ir 2 at 4 . diagram of a material shown below. If the temperature is increased beyond Curie temperature. A vertical spring with force constant k is fixed on a table. 43. For a cubic crystal structure which one of the following relationsindicating the cell characteristics is correct? (a) a * b * c and a = (3 = y = 90° (b) a = b = c and a * 0 * y = 90° (c) a = b = c and a = 0 = y = 90° (d) a * b * c and a * 0 and y * 90°. one of capacity C and zrc/2 other other of capacity C/2 are connected to a Kvolt battery.37. 46. It emits energy at a rate which is proportional to (a) (1000) 4 (b) (1000) 2 (c) (727) 4 .AjLJ.2 Q (<?) 2 kQ (d) 20 Q. 41. 39. 49. Assuming the sun to have a spherical outer surface of radius r. The minimum time taken by the particle to travel half of the amplitude from the equilibrium position is (a) 778 (b) 7712 (c) 7/2 (d) 774. s ~ 41 . Nickel shows ferromagnetic property at room temperature. 38. Two condensers. If the cold junction of a thermocouple is kept at 0°C and the hot junction is kept at T° C. then the relation between neutral temperature (T„) and temperature of inversion (7)) is (a) Tn = 27) (b) T„ = T. (a) mg(h + d)—kd~ (b) mg(hd)kdz (c)• mg(hd) 1 ? + kd(d) mg(h+d) 1 ? + kd.(d) (727) 2 . its efficiency is doubled: Temperatures of the source is (a) 37°C (b) 62°C (c) 99°C (d) 124°C. A black body is at 727°C. The electric and magnetic field of an electromagnetic wave are (a) in opposite phase and perpendicular to each other (b) in opposite phase and parallel to each other (c) in phase and perpendicular to each other (d) in phase and parallel to each other. the open circles and filled circles denote holes and electrons respectively. Under the influence of a uniform magnetic field a charged particle is moving in a circle of radius R with constant speed v.T (c) Tn = 7.U.U. The net work done in the process is 1 9 1 .. A ball of mass m at a height h above the free . The resistance of an ammeter is 13 Q and its scale is graduated for a current upto 100 amps. 42. The period ofoscillation is T.
27 m = 54 m. . a neutron is transformed into a proton and an electron is emitted with the nucleus along with an antineutrino. — = e No Na .0) or. Voltage across the primary. 0 = tan~'(\/3) = 60°.t3 ..t3). (c) : Given : XA = 5X. we get L NAi = e &AlB)' or.2 2 m BR R PHYSICS FOR YOU  MAY 07 . charge on the ion or. VS NS N—— ("oh = . we get Bqv = 1 BqR 2 6.2 (ii) Nb V = qV Since V. 3. (c): Also ' TP=TP 2. (N0)A = (N0)H NA N According to radioactive decay. As the magnetic field curves the path of the ions in a semicircular orbit mv" BqR v= R m Substituting (ii) in (i). NL A = g(SXX)/ B 4ll or. Truth table of the given circuit is given by A B Y' Y 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 I 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 8.. AX~ 2X' or. ( i i ) Divide (i) by (ii). (d) : Let y = ^sino)/ (0. (a) : Given : x = 9t2 . From figure.m v qV . 10. (a) : In beta minus decay ((3 ). (d) : Average speed = total distance travelled total time taken i + i1 _ 2s _ 2vuvd u +u JL + JL v. (a): In mass spectrometer when ions are accelerated 1 2 through potential V. V = — = —(<j>0 + At) dt dt = A volt.. (i) U V cl where m is the mass of ion.0) Wo) A 42 . f i T . B are constants. dt dt dv •0 For maximum speed. of turns across primary N„ = 50 Number of turns across secondary NS = 1500 Magnetic flux linked with primary. n p + e~ + v where v is the antineutrino. — . t= or. AXt = 2 7. q is the charge of the ion. m Rz mass of the ion q _ 2V or. (a) : Electron travelling in a magnetic field perpendicular to its velocity . (b) : Let 0 be the angle which the particle makes with an xaxis.(c) an «type semiconductor (d) a ptype semiconductor.0) dx d o i t Speed v = — = —(9t —t ) = \ 8t — 3t . 5.6/ = 0 dt t = 3 s. 9. (a) : Given : No. (From x = 9t2 . * max = 81 m .. 4. tanG: 73 y Y' = A + B• Y=A + B = A + B. SOLUTIONS 1. ( = 0O + At >  :. 18 ../+V„ V — = Aacosat = Aosinfatf + — dt V 2 Acceleration = ^w 2 sino)r The phase difference between acceleration and velocity is 7i/2. XB = X AT 1=0.circular path.
(d) : Given u = V. (d) : Let (j)^. 0—V V 9 = 2 x 2 + 1 x 3 x 4 = 4 + 6 = 10 radian. final velocity = 0.. and hence its equivalent resistance is given by — =1 +1 Rn 6 3 or R = 2 Q . (a) : Given: Angular acceleration. 0 = /0 1 — 1 =0 or t = T. 1 1 1 ••• r .a r 2 1 9 t t /= = \img (f is the force of friction) . dv Also.at or. RTt = I 4M 3 J/3 / —VAV Let .» •"• <\>A + <(>fl= — e o or. the equivalent circuit diagram drawn below. Total current in the circuit. 18 V 2+ 4 Power in the circuit = VI = 1 8 x 3 = 54 watt. t' Acceleration / = / o [ ' j 0 = V .200 £2 Input resistance Rt = 100 £2 Power gain = P 2 x . (a) 15. or 2§A = . a = 3 rad/sec 2 Initial angular velocity co. Option not provided. ( b ) : In the given circuit 6 £2 and 3 are in parallel. * \dv= n 1=1 T ( t \ J fdt = J / o 1 . p 13. According to Gauss theorem. v = 10 s m/s v vac 3 xlO 8 „ 1'med 14. Wr 4 £2 18 / =:3 A. 16. 2 12.. (ATE ^Al or. v = 0. 125 27 n. Given : Voltage gain P = 50 Output resistance R„ .dt n 0 V 1 i~n 1=0 J velocity of light in medium (v) v = vX = 2 x 1014 x 5000 x IO' 10 In the medium. and <j>(. 17.r 6 Therefore. Retardation. 100 R.= (50) 2 x — = 5000.11. LJL ' a ng' 18. a = \ig . acceleration / = — dt v T :. R 108 200 The equivalent circuit diagram is given in figure. 2§ a = 2 + + <t)c ~ e ~ o A t / = 0./ + . (c) : Given : At time t = 0. Since (J)^ = <t»e.Ybe the equivalent resistance between S and 6 £2. (b) : [i = velocity of light in vacuum (c) fo 19. = 2 rad/sec Time t = 2 sec Using. velocity. (d) : Nuclear radii R = (R0)A'n where A is the mass number. Since f0 is a constant. 9 = co.are the electric flux linked with A.'.f . Using v = u + at PHYSICS FOR Y O U MAY 07 43 . B and C.1/3 xR.< ( > £ £0 (Given = 0).
I 25. (c) : Given : I = 1. (b) : Given : Output power P = 100 W Voltage across primary VP = 220 V Current in the primary l p . . OP is the same whether the mass is at A or B.2 . (c) : According to Ohm's law. we get 1 1 1 1 2 „ „ ^ .5 x 600 = 0. (c) : Kinetic energy + potential energy = total energy When kinetic energy is maximum. v = 3 x l 0 8 x — = 1. sinC . 0 + K0 =K0 (K.8x10 8 ms . . potential energy is zero and vice versa. 27. 2 S 6 S 6 21. = total energy). we get P R —=— Q X or 2 2 .=— 2 X => = v X = 2 „ _ Q.= or.5 nr 24. a = — = — = — = . sinC = V(4) +(3) where C is the critical angle.1 . t = 10 min = 600 sec Z = 30 x 10~5 g coulomb 1 . 2^3.E.For a balanced Wheatstone bridge. R velocity of light in air (c) Mv: velocity of light in liquid (v) +9 28. 5 23. F V = RI or R1 Dimensions of V = W '1 ML 2 T" 2 IT 21 L. + P. first law of electrolysis m = ZIt = 30 x io. AD = AB + BD = 2L + L = BD = BC = 3L 1 q 47te0 L 1 q L_ Potential at C is given by = 0 JL_i 4 t c 0 . _ From eqn..5 A.5 x 1. Maximum potential energy = total energy. According to Faraday. Also. coin From figure. S = 3 Q . (c) : Torque about A.= —+or. 2 7 ml /3 21 >1 26.3 L L 67l£0 Work done in moving charge +Q along the semicircle CRD is given by q 0 ~q Q (Q) = 6rcen 6MNL Comments : Potential at C is zero because the charges are equal and opposite and the distances are the same.5 A output power „„ Efficiency of a transformer t\ = — — xlOO input power 100 X100: X100 = 90%.E.' Va 1 sinC = — Also 2 :2 3 5 >/ L t since H a = V/ 1 — •'• La = LB. R = „ 1 mgl T = mg x — = —— 2 2 Also x = 7a x mgl/2 3? Angular acceleration. ( c ) : « D v v sinC = —= c 3x10° •J or. V l 220x0. K 3cm [ML2T 2 / I T ] w .0.27 g. (d) : 4 cm Moment of momentum is angular momentum. (a) : 22. W = [VDVC](+Q) = PHYSICS FOR YOUMARCH'08 44 . (i).= ML T I .
(a) : / q*a s (a) q x a +q moment = Jq2a2 + q2a2 = 4lqa.05xl0 1 7 = 5 x l 0 1 5 . GMm . ^BsinO = = S(A ^ABcosQ O e o B) or.. time period is same for both the satellites 5. N = PIE 2 x 1 0 3 = 0.6 eV E = —t— n2 For ground state. i.. the minimum is just greater than 10 cm. s =4 mK »s m 35. O'O" is the amplitude. Hence option (d) is wrong. K 2r GMm Potential energy of a satellite. Ks = 4KS. 0 = tan" 1 V3 =60°. Us =4Us. tan0 = VI or. n = 1 13. q and +q with dipole moment along with the +ydirection and q and +q along the xdirection.63 x 10"34 x 6 x i o ' 4 J Number of photons emitted per second.. / : 2KR . If the restoring force mAa>2 > mg. From equation (ii). Whem m is placed over it. (d) : \AxB\ :. Therefore it is negative. But when talking of amplitude. detached from the pan. we get U m or. v . and S2. Power P = 2 x 10~3 W Energy of one photon E = hv = 6. 34. If it is pressed from O' (the equilibrium position) to O". 6. 32.(iii) The spring has a length /. (d): Energy of «th orbit of hydrogen atom is given by 13.S'2 m«2 '"S Hence option (c) is correct. (d) : Magnetic moment p = IA «• Since r = / Also. . g 20 A>A > > 0.. = ^ L = 2 x l 0 = ( ) 1 0 m k 200 mg = kx0. . 31.\ j ~ y ~ Timeperiod of satellite. From (iv). o o . r is same for both the satellites Sx and S2 :.2 2 Option (a) is wrong.Potential at D due to q is greater than that at A (+q). since v is independent of the mass of a satellite.63 xlO .. From (iii). The resultant —= 4 or.6 eV l2 For first excited state.. O (b) (c) 33. From (i). because D is closer to B. +a. 29. the equilibrium position becomes O'. 0). T = ( a jc 2 ^ 4 GM 1/2 . (ii) GM Orbital speed of satellite.e. (b): The satellite of mass m is moving in a circular orbit of radius r. (a) : This consists of two dipoles.6 = 13. n = 2 . I Us.. we get K «= m P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U MARCH'08 J J S L )( n R U nR) ) ^ . the orbital speed is same for both satellites and S2. it is always from the equilibrium position with respect to which the mass is oscillating. (d) : Power of monochromatic light beam is P = Nhv where N is the number of photons emitted per second. (i) :. Along the direction 45° that is along OP where P is (+a..10 m.3 4 x 6 x l 0 1 4 30. (iv) _qv_ T 27iR 2 Given wV = 4ws7 Since M. k/m 200 The amplitude > 10 cm. (The actual compression will include jc0 also. Hence option (b) is correct. then the mass will move up with acceleration. Kinetic energy of a satellite. U = . since T is independent on the mass of a satellite.
3 . therefore potential d i f f e r e n c e across both the condensors remains the same. 43. or. 2 x —= 1 . T = I ——where T} is the temperature of the source and T2 is the temperature of the sink.= asin(atf) sinf  = sin(co/) K _ 2nt or. 2T. 36. L = c 2C o Work done in charging fully both the condensors is given by w = Qy 2 = x\cv]v 2 V2 J = 4 cv2. 42.62) . electric and magnetic field are in phase and perpendicular to each other and also perpendicular to the direction of the propagation of the wave.13.=3 71—186 71 = 186 or.1 8 6 or. 4 eV 40. Resonant frequency co JLC 2 —V co = — +—VCV. — = 4 or. •—>— / S R„ 13 Q. or 100 x 13 = [750 .4 eV. the number of photoelectrons is also reduced by a factor of 4. 39.e. VA\— or 1300 = 650 5 7. the intensity at a distance d is given by And1 where we assume light to spread out uniformly in all directions i. — = 6 2k oo = I P = . 1 .62 or. rate of energy radiated E T4 where T is the absolute temperature of a black body. / . 46./. E OC (727 + 273) 4 or E « [1000]4. =/ 2 10. [using (i)] —=186 or.. l = 7712. it is a spherical source. T. 1 = 1 (7262) '1 T 2 . the temperature of the source remain unchanged ^ 1 . Zk (i) When the temperature of the sink is decreased by 62°C (or 62 K). When a intensity of source is reduced by a factor of four. 4 h = — or. or.5 J I2 A In a photoelectric emission. (d): In series LCR. ( b ) : x(t) = (7sinti)/ (from the equilibrium! position) At x(t) = a/2 a . current is maximum at resonance. = CV ^ Given co = 1000 s 1 and C = 10 (xF . (d): For a light source of power P watt. = 372 K = 99°C. a = § = y = 90°. 37.= 0. (b) : As the capacitors are connected in parallel. (a) : Let the shunt resistance be S. + Q. 38 (c) : In a cubic crystal structure a = b ^ c. 7.'. G i v e n : / = 750 A. L = LC or. Since. /. the number of photoelectrons liberated per second from a photosensitive metallic surface is proportional to the intensity of the light.100]S 5 = 1300/650 = 2 Q. / „ = 100 A. Q = Q. (7. T. efficiency becomes double. 271 : 3 r 2 . (d) : Above Curie temperature.1 H = 100 mH. (c): In electromagnetic wave. = 13 Q From the figure. 1000x1000x10x10" 45. 44. . When a mass falls on a spring from a height h the 66 20 PHYSICS FOR YOUAPRIL'07 . 2 2 Also.or. /? ( . (a) : According to Stefan's law.6 22 Kinetic energy of an electron in the first excited state is K = E2 = 3. ferromagnetic material become paramagnetic. or. (c) : Efficiency of an engine. 41. Q\=CV\ Q: = 5 or.
Heat and Thermodynamics 11. Optics 19. Electromagnetic Waves 18. mv . The radiant power per unit area received by the surface at a distance R from the centre of the sun is given by P __ o47tr2(? + 273)4 r2a(t + 273) 4 5 = 4KR2 4KR2 R1 50. 7. R= 48. 6.T„ = T„ . (b): In a uniform magnetic field. T = v Bqv Bq Time period 7'does not depend on both R and v because when v is changed. If work done is initial P. Thermal & Chemical Effect of Current 14. R is also changed proportionately and for period. 2. Modern Physics 20. (d) : T. 0) ~Bq 27zR 2nmv 2K M . =^kd2 8. Asked 1 3 2 1 1 3 1 4 0 3 4 1 3 2 2 3 1 2 9 4 o of o mg(h + d) = ^kx2 lllg/k (x„ + x') = x = d 5. 4. as seen from options. Electrostatics 12. Question could have been more specific like work done by oscillation.E. T. Magnetism 16. it is zero. Units and Dimensions Motion in One Dimension Motion in Two Dimensions Laws of Motion & Friction Work.mg(h + d) mg(h + d)^kd2 or. = 2T„ . 9. P = <5e 4jir\t. 3. 49.= Bqv ~R~ mv 10.E. but it is not justified. Solids & Semiconductor Devices „• !  i Must for PMT Aspirants m 10 Model Test Papers & 10 Practice Papers with expert's detail answers a Tips on H W to attempt SUBJECTIVE questions D o Success tips from exam toppers Important information and FAQ's on CBSEPMT Mains a 3 Previous Years Solved Papers PHYSICS FOR YOU MAY 07 47 . Power and Energy CM & Rotational Motion Gravitation Oscillation Waves Ques.Tc or. The answer expected is 1 kd~ .Tc 7* = 2T„ .final P. (i>) Time period.. 1 2 One can write mg(h + d) = —kd Analysis of CBSEPMT (Prelims) 2 0 0 7 Topics 1. . The work done in compression or expansion is always positive as it is x2..0°C or Tn = Tj!2.work done by the loss of potential energy of the mass is stored as the potential energy of the spring. + 273 )4 where r is the radius of the sun and the sun is treated as a black body where e = 1. it is R/v that is taken. Current Electricity 13. .. 47. . Electromagnetic Induction & Alternating Current 17. a charged particle is moving in a circle of radius R with constant speed v. (d) : ptype semiconductor. Magnetic Effect of Current 15... or. Work done is totally converted (assuming there is no loss). (c) : Power P radiated by the sun with its surface temperature (t + 273) is given by Stefan's Boltzmann law. Thetwo energies are equal.
k2)D = 7i or D = v2 A. 3600 3600 + n~ [7[ ]jg •••(ii) . Considering it a point source (a) What is the sound intensity level at a point 4 m away? (b) At what distance from the speaker does the sound intensity level drop to half the level that it has at 4 m? 5. Sector36D. Determine the distance from peak to peak of the amplitude modulating factor and number of wavelengths contained between successive zeros of the modulating envelope.X + AX superpose on a string.. is the length of an imperfectly adjusted pendulum which gains n seconds in one hour at the same place. (iv) YT = A sin —(xvt) y2 = sin —•(xvt) > 2 Since wave number k = MX\ From principle of superposition.vt) + sin [2nk 2 (x .k^x] sin [7t (kx + £2)jc] The amplitude modulating factor is AM= 2/lcos [n (kf . then y = A [sin2nA:]x + sm2iik2x\ = 2A cos [ji {k\ . The two superposing waves are r 2tt 2ti If t = 0.M . we get 3600 + n _ 17 3600 Dividing (i) by equation (iii).. If /. Let us denote this distance by D. find the length of the second pendulum. First Floor. Mobile : 9814527699 Ph.n f£ ]jg .vf)]} Randhawa Institute of Physics. Suppose the sound intensity level in Chandigarh has been increasing by about l d B annually. = X. l = 7i — \S For the pendulum that gains n second. Chandigarh. X2 . 4. R. SCO208.. 3600 3600 . X2 or D t X2 AX Number of wavelengths contained in this distance is A X ~ AX' T For second pendulum. both travelling along the +ve x direction and wavelengths A. Randhawa 1.Thought Provoking Problems in S. we get 3600n _ 3600 IT (v) ~ V /. The distance between points where a m p l i t u d e modulating factor becomes zero is defined by the change of x corresponding to an increase of n in the quantity 7 i . The speaker of public address system emits 20 W power.. What percentage increase in intensity does this correspond to? In about how many years would the intensity of sound double if it increased at ldB annually? SOLUTION 1. Discuss the shape of the combination at / = 0.S.k2)x. compare it with the beats phenomena. we have 7t(A. •'• y = y\ + yi = A {sin [Ink^x . Find the natural frequency of the semicircular shell of mass m and radius r which rolls without slipping.(iii) Dividing equation (i) by (ii).k^pc\.: 01722620699 6 PHYSICS FOR Y O U I APRIL '07 ..H. Two waves of equal amplitude. & WAVE MOTIOII By: Prof. . 2. 3. 2.(i) For the pendulum that looses n sec.
9xlO" 2 W/m2 .a) co = mga (1 . (b) Half the intensity level P' = ^ = 55dB P' = 101og1{ dB. 20 47cx (1 x 10 )(10 ) = 2. P' 10 dB • / ' = /„ xl0 p '' log. — = ——/ dfi 10 / P = lOIog— 3IA®2 =mr(rd)tf ~ • • On differentiation we get e O A/ f A Hence — « — I I P InlO = —— Ap 10 23% ('a) where. Mdt 10 J dt dfi As — = 1 dB/ year and taking I (t2) = 2/(?. Ring Road Hospital New D e l h i .9 xlO" io' 2 2 DCE HOdB.a) 2 — 70 .(a) Intensity at a radial distance of 4 m from the source.®§§ Boors N e a r S a Warjung 147t/„(10p /lndB ) 503.«7a2 + m (r — a)2 . WlfcG P = 101ogl( Guide P n.).1 ~ 10 In 2 „ = 3 year.1 1 0 029 Tel. = / cvw + w (r .t . we get di In 10 d$ .= 2/777' (r — a) )max = (7>£)max wr(/..). On integrating ~]~ = ~W~dt . I(L) we get I n = /(?.2 km On squaring both sides and solving. 20 47I72 4ir(4) 2 9. 'o y v v ^ . Taj Apt. / =4 /. Sound intensity level = 10Iog„ 9.M T G BOOKS ::. / = 2 for AP = 1 dB.Adding equation (iv) and equation (v) • ••(vi) If we assume no dissipation of energy occurs the total power radiated remains constant at 20 W m~2 and r = 5..cos9) 4. we have dt In 10 which is the required time for intensity to double. lnloVP .: 26191601. At 2 .26194317 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL 07 ./ 2 As intensity level p is given by / = I„e ^P 10 di In 10 ..
9352603206 For detailed answers of the paper. Then.( 1 = 0. F = 0. log on to institute's website www. leftwards (b) leftwards.5 4. rightwards (c) rightwards. bar resting on a fixed smooth supports A and B.com 20 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '276 . The speed of block B when it has risen by S = 30 m will be (Given: radius of pulley rA = 50 mm. Two identical discs of radius R and mass m each are connected by a light rod as shown in figure.2 (c) 0. Suppose that earth suddenly shrinks in size under some internal forces.5 . rc= 150 mm. Kota (Rajasthan). (a) the duration of day will decrease (b) the kinetic energy of rotation about its own axis will remain unchanged (c) the duration of year will decrease (d) all the above 6. leftwards (d) rightwards.According to New Pattern I I T . Starting from rest when 5 = 0.J E E PAPER . The ball is released from rest from the position when the string makes an angle of 30° with the vertical. the direction of frictional forces on A and B respectively will be A B ) ) / > H I ) / /1 r/7 > / M H (a) leftwards.3 (a) (b) (c) (d) between 3 kg and 2 kg between 2 kg and 1 kg between 1 kg and ground both (a) and (b) T 5. A conical metallic body is heated at middle. If the body was truncated from its ends then m = 4 kg 3. The displacement in meters of the bar when the string makes the maximum angle on the other side of the vertical is (a) 0 (b) 0.25 (d) 0. 1 to 12) (Only one option is correct) 1. : 07442433425.1 (Q. rightwards / / / 50 mm EL (a) 2 m/s (c) 4 m/s (b) 3 m/s (d) none of these 2. rD= 75 mm). where will slipping first start? FH = 0. Ph.I PHYSICS 2 0 0 7 Section . A block of height 2R and mass 2m collides elastically with the disc A.insightiitjee. pulley A is given a constant angular acceleration of 6 rad/s2. If force F is increasing with time and at t = 0. Just after the collision. A ball of mass 1 kg is suspended by an inextensible string lm long attached to a point O of a smooth horizontal Heat By : insight G a t e w a y to NTs. No. The mass of the bar is 4 kg. Assume that it remains perfectly spherical and its mass remains unchanged.
0 O 0 0 0 (a) (b) (c) (d) aWV—(")" K K can be obtained for any value of V null point can be obtained only if V < V0 null point can be obtained only if V> V0 can never be obtained SectionII (Q. The speed of point C will be (a) zero (c) (/fa. Tangents are drawn to the curve at the points P(Q = 0 2 ) and Q(Q = 0. The system is heated uniformly and slowly such that it's temperature A'i y XT(C) (d) y (0.5 (1 + x) where x. Which of the following figures represents the trajectory of the ray correctly? 13.0) PHYSICS FOR Y O U  APRIL '277 .sound in air is (g = 10 m/s2) (a) 330 m/s (b) 350 m/s (c) 300 m/s (d) 310 m/s 8.a. A detector is released from /(Hz) rest over a source of sound of 3 1100 frequency / 0 = 10 Hz. Assume that it obeys Newton's law of cooling. A plane mirror falling vertically as shown in the figure. tan cjjj tan <> ji tan<j)2 0j — 02 0 2 — 0q 0. + l2a2)R (d) none of these 12. A light ray is incident on a glass slab with variable refractive index given by p. the rate of increase of the length AB is 3.0) x (0.(a) there will be no effect on the body (b) no strain is produced in the body (c) maximum compressive stress will be on the side of the body towards L (d) maximum compressive stress will be on the side of body towards R 7. The frequency observed by the 1000 detector at time t is plotted in the graph. = 1. the null point r 9. No.0) * 11. Then (a) (c) tan<j).) . 13 to 20) (More than one option may be correct) 10. Two thin rods are arranged as shown in figure. Then (a) the impulse delivered by the floor to the body is mu( 1 + e)sin0 (b) tan<j> = e tan0 (c) v = l(le2)sin20 (d) the ratio of the final kinetic energy to the initial kinetic energy is cos20 + e 2 sin 2 0 (0. A particle strikes a horizontal smooth floor with a velocity u making an angle 0 with the floor and rebounds with velocity v making an angle < with the floor.0 •/( s) accel = g m/s2 Height = x mts (a) (b) (c) (d) directly proportional to x constant but not zero inversely proportional to * zero dT increases at a rate R = — . 0 tan<>2 _ tan <> fj tan<j> (d) tan ef>2 (b) 02 . If S is a point source of light. Outside refractive index is 2. The >  coefficient of restitution between the particle and the floor is e. These tangents meet the time axis at angles of and as shown in figure. y axes are taken as usual. Its temperature 0 is plotted against time /.0) 64 (0. The speed of. A body cools in a surrounding which is at a constant temperature of 9 0 . 2 + /22 a 2 2 )mR (b) (/. In the given potentiometer arrangement.
(c) s2 = 25. How can the manufacturer correct this HIg 278 . 9. 7T+7V4 Y 19. 2 V <j ? Choose the correct alternative (a) charge on capacitor C. 2 (b) ( 17. A planet having surface temperature TK has a solar constant S. At a certain point Q it moves at right angle to its initial direction.1 (Q. A particle is projected from a point P with a velocity v at an angle 0 with horizontal. The equilibrium temperature of the plate will be (a) /4 . A part of the 2V circuit is shown in the figure. Denticity of ligands l. The viscosity of water is r) and depth of the water body is H. < s2 < 20. ^ is (v/g)sec0 EMISTRY Section . A solid angle 0 is subtended by the sun at the planet PHYSICS FOR YOU IDECEMBER'07 23. [fig (a)]. 21 to 32) (Only one option is correct) 21. If v2 is the average velocity in this case and s2 the total displacement.4diaza2. In the second case it is accelerated for the same time tx with constant acceleration 2a. A large flat plate of area A is kept such that the temperature of surroundings to it's left is T\ and to it's right is T2. be the average velocity in this case and J. and then stops in time t2 with constant retardation a2. the total displacement. < v2 < 4v. Starting from rest a particle is first accelerated for time t\ with constant acceleration a.14.1 (d) JP % o 18. [fig (b)] is H r2 (b) (7? + T 2 Y A (c) somewhere between 7] and T2 but the exact value cannot be predicted by given data (d) none of these 16. and adenine. Two boats of base areas A. (d) r m A l 2A (a) N H (b) 2.5cyclohexadiene. (b) Tin A lnIn 2 2 i2 A. Let v. and comes to rest with constant retardation a2 in time t3.(c) C1205 (d) N 2 0 5 22. Which ofthe following will have structure different from others ? (a) I 2 0 5 (b) S 2 0 5 2 . A manufacturer of u barometers discovered that a recently prepared lot of i C11 hundred barometers had a J O notable defect : the glass tube in these cases had non1 Constriction . uniform cross section due to a slight constriction towards the center. No. and A2. All the capacitors have 2 V o— capacitance of 2pF. When the system attains a constant speed. The quantity produced second time was twice of that produced first time. the tension in the thread will be (a) zero (c) (a) S « T2 (b) 5 oc T (c) S oc 9 (d) 5 ~ 0 2 (b) F0 ° ( A L + A 2 ) FN ' W A T ) (d) none of these 15. (b) 2v.2 —o 3V i 1. (d) 2s. If now their present activities are AT and A2 respectively then their age difference equals (a) (c) T . connected by a string are being pulled by an external force F0. is zero (b) charge on capacitor C2 is zero (c) charge on capacitor C3 is zero (d) charge on none of the capacitors is zero (a) 1. A radioactive material of halflife T was produced in a nuclear reactor at two different instants. Assume that heat transfer takes place only through radiation and that the plate has a very large thermal conductivity. then (a) v2 = 2v. Then (a) velocity of particle at Q is vsin0 (b) velocity of particle at Q is vcot0 (c) time of flight from P to Q is (v/g) cosec0 (d) time of flight from P t . 2 A.
the salt dissolves.) 20 . 29.36 x 10~5 J (b) 4. Calculate the work done if surface tension of mercury is 35 x 10~3 N/m.defect? (a) This causes no defect in the reading (b) By introducing some air in the empty space over Hg column in the tube (c) By adjusting the marking on the wooden scale such that the readings in the zone of constriction should indicate the distance on curved surface of glass measured in vertical direction (d) He should throw these barometers and make fresh ones if he wants to save his reputation 24. When an aqueous solution of lithium chloride is electrolysed using graphite electrodes PHYSICS FOR Y O U  APRIL '07 This is known as the MichaelisMenten mechanism. If C4H5OH represents a primary alcohol. Which of the following helps to explain the observation? (a) Ammonia depresses the concentration of [CI] (b) NH 4 + and Cl~ have great affinity for each other (c) The ionic product of [Ag+]aq and [CI"]aq in the solution is less than or equal to the solubility product of silver chloride just after adding ammonia (d) Ag precipitates as complex ion [Ag(NH3)2]Cl. Which of the following will undergo minimum hydrolysis with water? (a) A S C 1 3 (b) SnCl2 (c) SnCl4 (d) CdCl2 30. Which of the following gases when bubbled through lime water will not turn it milky and then colourless? (a) S0 3 (b) C0 2 (c) SOz (d) COCl2 31.II (Q.333 x IO" J (d) 5. which of the following will be the possible stable structure? (a) OH OH (d) OH (c) eT OH C D 32.64 x 10 6 J 25. 33 to 40) (More than one option may be correct) 33. Consider (I) NC CN (II) NO. A simple model for enzymecatalyzed reaction is given by the following set of equations A E+P ES EP B EP C ES EP ES D E+S Activated complex Activated complex ES Activated complex Activated complex E+P E+S EP Which of the following will be a Pemitter ? (a) 7 5 B (b) . The potential energy diagram is shown in figure. No. When aqueous ammonia is added to silver chloride.356 x 1Q3 J 3 (c) 3. 26. Which of the following has minimum oxidation potential? (a) Li (b) Na (c) Rb (d) Cs. Which of the following sets of identifications is correct? (Assume that temperature and pressure are constant.2D (d) all of these. A mercury drop of radius 1 cm is sprayed into 106 droplets of equal size. (a) 6. Reaction coordinate E + S Fast ES (enzyme) ES (reactant) : (intermediate 1) EP (intermediate 1) (intermediate 2) EP (intermediate 2) E + P (enzyme) (product) O O ( I V ) " ^ ^ ^ _ O' o The correct order of their acidity is (a) (II) > (I) > (III) > (IV) (b) (II) > (III) > (I) > (IV) (c) (IV) > (III) > (II) > (I) (d) none of these Section . (c) ?oNe 28.
J /(* sine )^f ^y' f(xsmQ)dx ) i s equal to J (a) cosG  tan 9 Which of the following is correct? Csl3 is thermally more stable than [N(CH3)4]+I3~ BaS0 4 and KMn0 4 are isomorphous CsC10 4 is less soluble than LiC104 (in water) None of these. The value of lim is equal to 64 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '28 . pH of the solution around the cathode increases (d) as the current flows./H 2 Q(oxidative) Br2/hv ^ h+ KCN > ( Z n / H g / H C l . A> Heat> H3Q+.I (Q. will give hydrogen gas at cathode when electrolysed using inert electrodes under standard conditions? (a) K 2 C0 3 and Na 2 S0 4 (b) NaCl and CaCl2 (c) Ba(N0 3 ) 2 and Pb(N0 3 ) 2 (d) CuCl 2 and potash alum 36. the sequence that represents the correct order of increasing oxidisng ability is 44. cos8 . ] sin 9 tan 9 (b) tanG J f{x)dx CS O0 sin 0 tan 6 (c) sinG j / ( x c o s G ) dx (d) tanG j sine f(x)dx 2/1+1 n\ 5n +1 39. The following conversion reaction can be carried out by using reaction sequence/s. Br". respectively from the given data. Which of the following mixtures. O O 11 1 1 •COOH OH . The probable products of the following reaction can be kH "'CH3 C 2 H s 07C 2 H 5 0H A t (a) acidic Mn0 2 > K 2 S 2 0 8 > Cl2 (b) I 2 > K 2 S 2 0 8 > Br2 (c) K 2 S 2 0 8 > I2> Br2 (d) Cl 2 > K 2 S 2 0 8 > Br2.sin 2 x y ~f[x) is — thenX*) is periodic function with fix) principal period (a) n (b) In n (d) non periodic (c) j HH (a) . If f { x ) L . 41 to 52) (Only one option is correct) x ^ 2/3 41. (a) (b) (c) (d) (d) & H CH. Which of the following is unstable(does not exist at room temperature)? (a) Cul 2 (b) CuCl2 (c) T1F3 (d) SnPb0 3 35. pH of the solution around the anode increases 34. t a n 0 x 0 M 6 / (c) 38. acidic K 2 S 2 0 8 and acidic Mn0 2 oxidise I".2 0 ( f/((t ' ) ) and ^ (c) 6 dt JJ o (/('))2 (d) 0 = / (72) is equal to (a) 2 (b) 3 42.. A^ (d) KMn0 4 /0H~ / heat MATHEMATICS Section . 40. when dissolved in water. Electrolysis of aqueous solutions of which of the following substances results in only decomposition of water? (a) Potassium chloride (b) Zinc sulphate (c) Potassium hydroxide (d) Sodium phosphate 37.(a) pH of the resulting solution increases (b) pH of the resulting solution decreases (c) as the current flows. No.A> I 2 / N a O H . K 2 S 2 0 8 . If the slope of tangent to the curve ^. // W (a) (b) (c) NaBH4 f A12Q3.. CI" to I2. 43. A> Q. Br2 and Cl2.
B(z2) C(3. The probability that no teams win all its games or loss all its games is 45. If coefficient jc" in (1 +x) 101 (1 . then (a) is the A.z 2 2zi A 3 " * : 15 (b) 16 (d) none of these =k then points A(zt).11) + X(x + 2y .32x . If eccentricity of all such family of ellipse is j then locus of the focus will be (a) (a) 1 1 32 (c) 32 51.13) = 0 is a (a) circle (c) pair of lines (c) 512 201 (d) none of these Section II (Q. Let e be the eccentricity of a hyperbola and. If 3z. 0) and D(2. (c) 11 (d) f ( x ) = {g(x) + g(x)}{h(x) 49. Locus of point of intersection of the perpendicular lines are one belonging to (x+y2) + X(2x + 3y .5) = 0 and other to (b) straight line (d) none of these (2x + y . 1] and increasing in [1. the (a) (b) (c) (d) For the function f ( x ) = cos 1 x + cos"' x2 which of following statements is / are true? / (x) is always decreasing f ( x ) is decreasing in [0. 0) is (b) f ( x ) = x2 l n ( > / 7 7 l ' + x 3 ) 22 11 (a) f (b) (c) / ( * ) = 2* + 1 _5_ 281 (d) none of these. Which of the following functions are odd functions? x v — — = 1 for which there is only one tangent at a (a) a b~ distance of 1 unit from the focus (6. of r and t (c) is the H.x + x2)100 is nonzero. The auxiliary circle of a family of ellipse passes through origin and makes intercept of 8 and 6 units on the xaxis and the yaxis respectively. of r and t (d) none of these 46. Each square of a 3 x 3 board is coloured either red or blue at random ( each having probability 1/2). The probability that there is no 2x2 red square is n (a) i512 r(b) M w x2 i6 + v2 ir= 2 5 i n 512 (b) 4x2 + 4y* .24y + 75 = 0 x2 y2 (d) none of these 47.0] / (x) has only one local maxima / (x) has only one local minima . l ) 52.0) (taken in clockwise sense) will (a) lie on a circle only for k > 0 (b) lie on a circle only for k < 0 (c) lie on a circle V ke R (d) be vertices of a square V £ s ( 0 .M. Y 2 . 53 to 60) (More than one option may be correct) 53. No.2/5 (a) 1 (b) 0 (c) (d) e2/5 loss for a team.y(axi3)} {a + ( a x P)} and {sa + sjj + t(a x j))} are coplanar. Five teams of equal strength play against each other in a tournament and each match either ends in a win or P H Y S I C S F O R Y O UIDECEMBER'07 + h(x)} 55.M. The length of the latus rectum of the hyperbola 2 2 54. of r and t (b) is the G./(e) be the eccentricity of its conjugate hyperbola then 3 [ / / / • • • / ( g ) «times d e js e q u a j { 0 (a) 4 if n is even (c) 2 if n is even (b) 4 if n is odd (d) 2^2 if n is odd 48. then n cannot be of the form (a) 3t + 1 (b) 31 (c) 3t + 2 (d) 41 + 1 50. If p and q are two mutually perpendicular unit vectors and if the vectors {ra + r(5 + .M.
56. If / ( x ) = (a) (b) (cl (d) /(x) fix) f'(x) fix)
3x + 21 x  1 1  1 1+x is increasing in [0,1] is continuous in [0,3] does not exist at x = 1 has a maximum at x = 1
0<x< 1 , then 1 <x<3
Y = x a + _y(3 + z ( a + p), then (a) z2 = 1 2x 2 (b) z 2 = 1  2 f 2 2 (c) z — 1 x y (d) x2 = y2 59. If p + q + r pa qc determinant rb = 0 = a + b + c, then the value of the qb rc ra pb is pc qa a b c (b) P V c a b b c a
57. If L, and L2 are two lines belonging to family of lines (3 + 2X)x + (4 + 3X)y 7  5 ^ = 0 (A. is parameter) such that at maximum and minimum distance from (2,3) respectively, then the equation of lines passing through (1,2) and making equal with L} and L2 is/are (a) x + 2y = 7 (b) 3x +y = 5 (c) x — 3y = 5 (d) none of these 58. Let d , f i a n d y be the unit vectors such that
P q r abc 1 p P (a) r r q
(c) (a3 + b3 + c3)(p3 + q3 + r3) (d) 0. 60. If a, b, c form A.P. with common difference d(* 0) and x, y, z form a G.P. with common ratio 1), then the area of the triangle with vertices; (a, x), (b, y) and (c, z) is independent of (a) a (b) b (c) x (d) r
a and 3 are mutually perpendicular and y is equally inclined to d and 3 at an angle 0. If
PAPER  II
PHYSICS Section I (Q.No. 1 to 10) Comprehensive questions Comprehension 1 : A stable collection of charges One important question regarding a static distribution of charges was asked long back in 1904 by J.J Thomson, the discoverer of electron. Thomson's question was this: How should n identical point charges be distributed on a plane circular area such that the total electrostatic energy of the distribution is minimum? Since the time of Thomson, a lot of effort has gone into answering this seemingly simple question. Common sense would suggest that ^identical charges, constrained to be on a circular area, would lie on the circumference and arrange themselves on a regular polygon of T sides. V But the answer is not that simple. In 1985 Satanand Gupta came up with a very surprising answer for the distribution of these charges. He showed that the simple intuitive answer is all right as long as there are 11 or less charges. When there are 12 charges, be found that for minimum energy, 11 charges should be spaced symmetrically on the circumference of the circle and one charge should sit at the centre. He said that for all N > 12, the minimum energy arrangement will have ,V 1 charges equally spaced on the circumference and one charge at the centre of the circle. Improved calculations in 1986 by Tikam Roopchandani indicated that Satanand's results are valid only for N = 12 to 17. For N= 18, he found that 16 charges should be placed symmetrically on the circumference and the two charges should be placed symmetrically about the centre at some distance from it. When one more charge is added to this (i.e. N = 19), the added charge should go to the centre and rest everything remains same. For greater values of N no conclusive results have yet been obtained and this problem is still keeping many scientists occupied. May be in future one of you would be able to get to the correct result for a general value of Nl 1. Suppose that you are given six identical point charges and you have arranged them in a circular region of area A such that the potential energy of the system is minimum. Then the distance between the two adjacent charges would be
«
2.
$
$
< « >
iS ^
(d)
If 15 charges are to be arranged on a circular region
20 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07
20
such that the potential energy of the system is minimum then they should be arranged as
(c)
3 Kq2
(4
^
2
Sj
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3. If 18 charges are to be arranged on a circular region such that the potential energy of the system is minimum then the best arrangement will be 'i
(a)
(c)
4. According to the information given in the passage, if 19 identical point charges are arranged on a circular region such that the potential energy of the system is minimum then, for the arrangement, choose the incorrect statement. (a) At least three charges will be collinear (b) At the most five charges can be colinear (c) One charge has to occupy the centre (d) There is at least one charge whose distance from all the other charges is equal 5. Suppose that you are given six identical point charges. You are free to place them anywhere on a circular region of radius r. If each charge is q, the minimum possible value of potential energy of the arrangement will be (a) zero (b) KqVr
283
Comprehension  2 : Stable and unstable equilibrium A body is said to be in equilibrium when the net vvvvvvvwvutvv force acting on it is zero. figure 1 Suppose that it is displaced slightly from the equilibrium position. After displacement, if the forces act on it in such a way that it is displaced further away from the equilibrium position then it is said that the equilibrium \\\\\\ is unstable. On the other flgure 2 hand, if the forces act on it in such a way that the body tends to move back to equilibrium position, then we say that the equilibrium is stable. Lastly, if the body neither tends to move away nor towards the equilibrium position, we say that the equilibrium is neutral. For example, if a hemisphere is kept on a flat horizontal plane as shown in figure 1 then it is easy to see that the hemisphere is in stable equilibrium. On the other hand, if we manage to balance a tabletennis ball over a football as shown in figure 2 then the tabletennis ball will be in unstable equilibrium. Some elementary questions of stability are answered by common sense as seen in above examples. But there is a large variety of questions which may require some mathematical figure 3 calculations. We will study one such case. Suppose that a body (BodyI) with a curved bottom is balanced on a body (BodyII) with curved top as shown in figure 3. It is given that no slipping is possible between the bodies. BodyI will be in equilibrium when its centre of mass lies vertically above the point of contact. Let and R2 be the radii of curvature of two surfaces at the point of contact. Let the height of centre of mass of bodyI be at a height h above the point of contact. Then it can be mathematically proved that if the upper body is displaced slightly from the equilibrium position, it will be in 1 1 1 Stable equilibrium if /, ^ ^ 2 ' Contd. on page no. 60
PHYSICS FOR YOU I
APRIL 07
2£> Contd. from page no. 26 Unstable equilibrium if .
R
<xx\± 3 0 b a c k . height hiA above its base. The cone will be in (a) stable equilibrium (b) unstable equilibrium (c) neutral equilibrium (d) stable or unstable equilibrium depending on the radius of the circular base 8. Two equal point masses Meach are suspended from a thin rod of mass 10 m 2 M and length < I_I~ 1 M j •<«"»,' \ M 100 cm. The rod is placed equilibrium on a hemisphere of radius 50 cm. For checking the equilibrium, the value of h in formula 1 1 , 1 h>< R, R, derived in the passage should be kept as (a) h = 0 (b) A = 10 cm (c) h = 10 cm (d) h =  5 cm 9. The arrangement described in Q.8 will be in (a) stable equilibrium (b) unstable equilibrium (c) neutral equilibrium (d) half stable equilibrium 10. A cone of height r and base radius also r is stuck on the flat surface of a hemisphere, also of radius r. The arrang ement is placed on a horizontal plane as shown in figure. The arrangement will be in (a) stable equilibrium (b) unstable equilibrium (c) neutral equilibrium (d) stable / unstable equilibrium depending on what my partner thinks SectionII (Q.No. 11 to 15) Match the columns 11. Column 1 (a) Velocity at t = 0 of a particle following the equation x = u(t  8) + a(t  2)2 (b) Acceleration of a particle moving according to equation 2 jc = 4(r  5) + a(t  2) at t = 0 (c) Velocity of the particle moving according to equation x = ut + 5at 2 ln(l + tl2) + at2 at t = 0 (d) Acceleration of the particle moving according to the equation x = ut+ 5at 2 ln(l + t/2) + at2 Column II (P) a
1 , 1 +
R,
Note that the proof has been avoided here to keep the passage simple. Let us look at some simple examples of the above result. Example 1 : Suppose that a hemisphere is kept over another hemisphere as shown in figure. It is given that the centre of mass of a uniform solid 3r hemisphere lies at a height jjfrom it's base on it's axis. If the radius of lower hemisphere is 10 cm, for what values of /?, will the upper hemisphere in stable equilibrium? Here, h = r 3 r ( 5 r ,R, = 10 cm Let R{ = r So, for stable equilibrium, 1 1 : _3_ > J_  > — + 5 r r 10 5 r 10 r < 6 cm. Example 2 : If the hemisphere in the previous problem is inverted. Then, h = 3r/8, R\ —» 00 (for a plane surface) and R2 = 10 cm So, for stable equilibrium 80 8/3r > 1/10 + l/oo T c m for stable equilibrium of upper hemisphere. 6. A cube of side length a is resting on a hemisphere of radius r. The maximum value of air for which the cube will be in stable equilibrium is (a) zero (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) infinity 7. A cone of height 2 cm is balanced on a hemisphere of radius 10 cm. It is given that the centre of mass of a solid uniform cone lies at a
64
Cube
hemisphere
A
(Q) 2a
(R) u
(S) u  4 a
P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '284
12. A person A can swim in still water with a velocity 5 m/s. If the water is flowing at a speed 3 m/s and if Column II Column I (P) he will cover a drift (a) The man swims in a in the direction of direction perpendicular river to the flow of river in frame of river then (b) The man swims at an (Q) he will cover zero drift angle of 150° to the direction of the flow of river in river frame then (c) The man swims at an (R) he will cover drift in angle of 53° to the a direction opposite direction of flow of river to the rivers flow in river frame then (d) The man swims at an (S) he will take minimum angle 90° to the flow of possible time to cross river, in ground frame the river then 13. A projectile is thrown at an angle 0 with the horizontal with a initial velocity v0. If the magnitude of velocity of the projectile and time are related as \2
15. In the given systems 2 beads each of mass m are constrained to move only in vertical direction. Match the corresponding constraint relations for the system shown in the left column
(P) vB = 0
(Q) vB = v c
(R) Vfi =  v c tan 2 0/2
v'(t)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
: T, a a Column I Range is Height is Time of flight is Velocity at highest point
then Column II (P) c (Q) 2b/a (R) Ibcla (S) b2/2a (S) vB =  v c (sec0  1)
(T) vc = vB(\+
sec9)
14. A particle moving in horizontal plane along a curve whose equation in polar coordinates is r = 2acosG Column I Column II (a) If dO/dt = 5 rad/s and 6 = 60°, then (b) If v = 10a m/s and 0 = 30°, then (c) If d29 _ 25 ~ — and dt2 ~ s 0 = 45°, then (R) aN = 100a m/s2 50a (Q) a T = m/s2 (P) a N
100a
(1 + V2) m/s2
SectionIll (Q. No. 16 to 20) Subjective Questions 16. Two landingstages M and K are served by launches that all travel at S, km K \ 2 3 4 5 the same speed relative to the water. The distance between the landingstages 1 is 20 km. It is 2 3 4 5 6 covered by each launch irom M to K in one hour and from K to M in two hours. The launches leave the two landingstages at the same time at an interval of
50 a (d) If co = 10 rad/s and 0 = n/2 rad, then
P H Y S I C S F O R Y O UIDECEMBER'07
(S) aT=
2 +
^
m/s2
(T) aT = 0 m/s2
285
20 minutes and stop at each of them also for 20 minutes. Determine (i) the number of launches in service (ii) the number of launches met by a launch travelling from M to K (iii) the number of launches met by a launch travelling from K to M. 17. A block of mass m is placed on a wedge of mass M as shown in figure. Find the "777777777777777777777777777777777 ^X accelerations of the block and the wedge in the reference system fixed to the table, and the reaction. Friction is to be neglected. Analyse the limiting case when the wedge remains stationary. 18. In figure, a block slides along a track from one level to a higher level, by moving through an intermediate valley. The track is frictionless until the block reaches the higher level. There a frictional force stops the block in a distance d. The block's initial speed v0 is 6 m/s, the height difference h is 1.1 m and the coefficient of kinetic friction p. is 0.6. Find d. 19. In a cylinder filled up with ideal gas and closed from both ends there is a piston of mass m and crossB sectional area S. In equilibrium the piston divides the cylinder into two equal parts each with volume V0. The gas pressure is P0. The piston was slightly displaced from the equilibrium position and released. Find its oscillation frequency, assuming the processes in the gas to be adiabatic and the friction negligible. 20. A hemispherical bowl of radius R is set rotating about its axis of symmetry which is kept vertical. A small block kept in the bowl rotates with the bowl without slipping on its surface if the surface of the bowl is smooth and the angle made by the radius through the block with the vertical is 0, find the angular speed at which the bowl is rotating. CHEMISTRY Section I (Q. No. 21 to 33) Comprehensive questions Comprehension I : In monosubstituted benzene derivatives, if the substituent group provides electron density to the ring by its resonance effect, it is always
20
ortho/para directing. The arenes (alkyl benzenes) stabilize the arenium ion by +1 and hyperconjugative effect so are also activating and ortho/para directing. If the substituent group withdraws electron density by resonance effect then it is meta directing. In case of disubstituted benzenes, the strongly activating group dominates over weakly activating or deactivating groups in deciding the orientation of major product. There is often little substitution between two groups that are meta to each other due to steric crowding. 21. In the following reaction the monochlorination mainly takes place at
oT
CI
Cl,/SbCI, (monochlorination)
•
(a) ortho position (b) meta position (c) para position (d) both ortho and para position O
22.
Br;/Fe
> ; The major substitution is
taking place at position (a) 1 (b) 2 HC — CH — COOH 23. product is HC = CHCOOH
(c) 3
(d) 4.
HOCl/H+
*•
The
major
HC = CHCOOH (b)
(a)
(c)
HC = CH  COOH CI
OH CI I I HCCHCOOH (d) 
P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07
24. Which of the following aromatic ring is most basic with DF/BF3?
(c) Silver ion and perchlorate ion (d) All of these. 27. Which of the following ions will be capable of causing catalytic decomposition of H 2 0 2 ? (a) Fe3+ (b) Fe2+ (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of these 28. Which statement about standard reduction potentials is correct? (a) £ ° D + / D 2 = zero at 298 K (b) £°H+/H, = zero at all temperatures (c) A redox reaction is feasible if sum of SRP of oxidant and that of reductant is a positive quantity (d) K 2 Cr 2 0 7 (acid) is stronger oxidising agent than KMn0 4 (acid). 29. and (a) (b) (c) (d) Which is correct about the reaction between H 2 0 2 03? 0 3 will oxidise H 2 0 2 into 0 2 It is a case of mutual reduction It is not a redox reaction H 2 0 2 being a stronger oxidising agent will decompose ozone into oxygen. Comprehension  3 M
S 0ng y "" / h e a t e 'd> P + Q,0 + Hg(N0 3 ) 2
O 25. OMe OH + CI  S  ^ ^  M e O
HCI •
(1)
Br,/Fe • =
(2)
(3)
+ H: _ >
The major product is Br, (a) MeO .Br (c) MeO—(/ % (d) (b)
(R) ppt.
(colourless hydrated salt)\
HgCl2
Comprehension2 Standard reduction potentials (SRP) for different systems can be used to decide the spontaneity of a reaction e.g. E°z„2+/Zn =  0.76 V, hence for the reaction Zn + 2H+ Zn 2+ + H 2 , AG° is negative. It has been found experimentally that if (SRP of an oxidant  SRP of a reductant) is more than 1.7 V, then their combination may lead to explosion (though it may be prevented by kinetic factors). Now go through the following data and answer the questions. Data: E° N2 /N 3 ~ 3.09 V N £ V / A g = 0.80 V = 1.23 V E ° M =271 V ao4/cio3E° O 2 / h 2 o 2 =  1 . 0 3 V £ ° F C 3 + / F e 2 + : ^ 0.77 V £°o3/o2 = 2.07 V £°H 2 o 2 /H 2 o = 1.76 V £°Cr2072/Cr3+= 133 V £°MnO,/Mn2+= 1.54 V 26. Which of the following ionic combinations may lead to the formation of explosive substance? (a) Silver ion and azide ion (b) Sodium ion and azide ion
64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '
N (white ppt.)
O
(black ppt.) excess of
(M) soln ^ ^
00 0ur ess
> white \ turbidity
\
' ' solution
prolonged > heating with HNO,
clear solution
31. The colour of the compound R is (b) yellow (a) white (d) brown (c) black 32. The structure of compound P is (b) crown shaped (a) linear (d) zigzag chain (c) square pyramidal 33. Compound M is used (I) in photography (II) (III) as a dehydrating agent (IV)as an oxidising as well as Choose the correct option. (a) I, III (b) (c) I, II (d) in analytical chemistry reducing agent I, II and III I, II, III and IV.
61
SectionII (Q. No. 34 to 37) Subjective Problems
34. Rate of a reaction A + B — product is given as a > function of different initial concentrations of A and B. \A\/mo\ L1 [Bj/mol L"' 77/mol L 1 min"1 (a) 0.01 0.01 0.005
0.02 0.01 0.010
39. Which compounds in column (I) shows a characteristic test with reagents in column (II)? Column I Column II
^
N/
O II
(P) Tollen's reagent
0.01 0.02 0.005 Determine the order of the reaction with respect to A and with respect to B. What is the halflife of A in the reaction? 35. Calculate the concentration of ammonium ion that is required to prevent the precipitation of Mg(OH)2 in a solution with [Mg2+] = 0.10 M and [NH3] = 0.10 M. Two equilibria are involved in this system. Mg(OH)2W M g 2 ^ + 20H~ W) Ksp = 1.5 x 10"11 ... (i) NH3(ot/) + H 2 O (0
( „ „ ) + OH 1.8 x 10Ksp '
O
(Q) Fehling's solution (R) NaOH + I2 (S) Brady's reagent
(b)
H3C  C  H
O  (c) H 3 C  C  N H 2 O
(d) H3C 
c
CH3
NH,4
... (ii)
Section I (Q. No. 41 to 52) Comprehensive questions Comprehension 1 : If / (x) = (x  a)" g(x) then / ( a ) =/'(<*) = / " ( a ) = .... = / » ( a) = 0 where fix) and 37. Reaction of 3,3dimethyllbutene with hydrogen g(x) are polynomials. iodide yields two compounds A and B, each having the For a polynomial/(x) with rational coefficients, answer molecular formula C6H13I, in the ratio A : B = 90 : 10. the following questions. Compound A, on being heated with potassium hydroxide 0), in ttpropyl alcohol, gives only 3,3dimethyllbutene. 41. I f f ( x ) is of degree 4 and touches xaxis at Compound B undergoes elimination under these then conditions to give 2,3dimethyl2butene as the major (a) sum of the roots / (x) is 0 product. Suggest structures for compounds A and 5. (b) product of the roots of f (x) is 9 (c) sum of the product of the roots taken three at time SectionIll (Q. No. 38 to 40) is 12>/3 ' Match the columns (d) none of these. 38. Column I Column II 42. I f / (x) is of degree 3 and touches xaxis, then (a) Isothermal vaporisation (P) AT=O (a) all the roots o f / ( x ) are rational of water at 100°C (b) only one root is rational (b) Isothermal reversible (Q) AE = 0 (c) both (a) and (b) may be possible expansion of an ideal gas (d) none of these. (c) Adiabatic compression (R) AH = 0 of an ideal gas 43. I f f (3) = / ( 2 ) = 0 and/'(—3) < 0, then the largest (d) Adiabatic free expansion intergal value of C is ( w h e r e / ( x ) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c), (S) Q = 0 of ideal gas (a) 18 (b)  1 9 (c)  1 2 (d)  6 .
64 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  APRIL '07
36. A well known orange crystalline compound (A) when burnt imparts violet colour of flame. (A) on treating with (B) and concentrated H 2 S0 4 gives reddish gas (C) which gives reddish yellow solution (D) with alkaline water. (D) on treating with acetic acid and lead acetate gives yellow precipitate (E). (B) sublimes on heating. Also on heating (B) with NaOH, gas (F) is formed which gives white fumes with HC1. What are (A) to (F) ?
40. Column I Column II (a) On increasing pressure (P) viscosity of liquid increases, pL increases (Q) V, decreases, p7 (b) On increasing temperature decreases (R) viscosity of water (c) On dilution decreases (S) none of these (d) On increasing mass MATHEMATICS
44. / ( a ) = / ' ( a ) = / " ( a ) = 0,/((3) = / ' ( P ) = / " ( P ) = 0 and / ( x ) is polynomial of degree 6, then (a) all the roots of f i x ) = 0 are real (b) atleast two roots o f f " ( x ) = 0 are always real (c) exactly two roots o f f " ( x ) = 0 are real (d) none of these Comprehension 2 : Consider a three dimensional cartesian system with origin at O and three rectangle coordinate axes x, y and zaxis. Suppose that the distance between two points P and Q in the space having their coordinates (x,, y,, z,) and (x2, y2, z2) respectively be defined by the following formula d(P 0 =  * 2  * l l + + Z. Although the formula of distance between two points has been defined in a new way, yet the other definitions remain same (like section formula, direction cosines etc.) So in general equations of straight line in space plane in space remain unchanged. 45. If /, m, n represent direction cosines (if we can call it) of a vector OP, then which of the following relations holds? (a) P + m2 + n2 = 1 (b) I + m + n = 1 (c) / + m + n\ = 1 (d) /[ + \m\ + « = 1. 46. Locus of point P if d (O, P) = k where k is a positive constant number, represents (a) a sphere of radius k (b) a set of eight planes forming an octahedron (c) a set of eight planes forming hexagonal prism (d) an infinite cylinder of radius k. 47. Let A be a point ( 5,2,3) in the given reference system. Then locus of the point P in the first octant satisfying the equation d{OP) = d(A, P) does not contain (a) any of the coordinates axes (b) any of the coordinates planes (c) any plane parallel to coordinates axes (d) any plane parallel to coordinates planes. 48 An equilateral triangle has its vertices on the axes of coordinates and area V3 square units. The coordinates of the orthocentre of the triangle are (a) (L L 1) (c) (b) (d) 1 V2 3 ' 1 V2 1 V2 J 3 ' >/3' y/3 3 ' 3
length 2a and vertices A, B, C lying on x, y and zaxis repectively. Let P be a point inside the region of the tetrahedron satisfying d{0, P) < mm{d(P, A), d(P, B), d(P, C)} The maximum value of d(0, P) is (a) a (b) V2a (c) 2ct/3 (d) 4a/3. Comprehension 3 : Statement  In the equation z2 + 2Xz + 1 = 0, X is a parameter which can take any real value, then 50. The roots of this equation lie on a certain circle, if (a)  1 < X < 1 (b) X > 1 (c) X < 1 (d) none of these. 51. One root lies inside the unit circle and one outside, if (a)  1 < X < 1 (b) A > 1 (c) X < 1 (d) none of these. 52. For every large value of X, the roots are approximately (a)  2X, \IX (b)  X, \IX (c) 2X,MX (d) none of these. SectionII (Q. No. 53 to 56) Subjective Questions 53. L e t / ( x ) = minimum {ex, 3/2, 1 + e~x}, 0 < x < 1. Find the area bounded by y=f(x), xaxis, >>axis and the line x = 1 54. Tangents PA and PB are drawn to circle (x + 3)2 + (y 2)2 = 1 from point P lying on y2 = 4x, then find the locus of circumcentre of APAB. 55. Find the minimum value of P(A u 5)if P(B) = {P(A u B)}2 56. If x = sin — + s i n — + sin — 1 1 1 2K 4ti 871 and y = cos h cos 1 cos—, then find x + y 7 7 SectionIll (Q. No. 57 to 60) Match the columns 57. Let / (x) be a real valued function defined by fix) =x2 2\x\ and _ (minimum{/(/):  2 < 7 < x } , x e [  2 , 0 ) Six~)  [maximum { f i t ) : 0 < t < x}, x e [0,3] Column I Column II (a) / (x) is not continous (P)  2 at x equal to (b) gix) is not derivable (Q) 0 at x equal to
PHYSICS F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 . .
t
.
.271
.471
87T
49. Let OABC represent a regular tetrahedron with edge
20
(b)S . Q. (a) (c) 47. 26.{0} x R be defined by 44. (c)P. R. (a)S (d)Q (b)Q (c)R 12. (b) 58. (d) 28. (c) 30. R . Q.c2)x + b2 = 0 are 60. c. Column I Column II (a) a . 52. (e)P. sinj 54. 29. (a. 59. (a. (b) 51. 45.a2 . 48. 50. (d) 16. 31.P. (d) 3. Q. (d)P 14. (a) 29. T (a)R. J5 56. R . (b) 23. b) 42. (b) 2. 54. c) 59. (c) 56. (b) 9. (b) 7. (b)Q . (c) 14. 6. (a. (b)P.c) 58. L e t / : R . c) 21. 57. d) (a) 55. (d)T . R . (d)R. (d) 10. (b)Q. Let ax + by = 1 be a chord of the curve hx^y2. (b) (c) 44. 40. 50. d) (c) (c) (S) 2 (T) 3 5. (b) 8. b.M. 57. a)R.(a + 1 )x . (b) 24. 36. c) 39. (b) (a) 32. b. S . (b) . (a) 11. (b. T (a)P . c. (d)P. (b) 30. (a)Q . S . (a) (a. d) 41. T 15. (b)R . (a) (a) 20. S. S . 40. R. S (a)P. . (c)P . (d) (a. (a. (a. (a) 32. c are unequal (S) imaginary positive numbers and b is H. <o = SsJlyPg/ mV0 > where y is the adiabatic exponent (d) 22. a)P. c are unequal (P) of opposite signs positive numbers and b is A. R . 49. d) (d) 17. S . S (a)P. (c)S . d) 37. a)R . ax = g . (b)S . 15. (ii) 8. (b)Q. PHYSICS FOR YOUIDECEMBER'07 67 . (y\) 2 H) 0 (c) JS1 = 2x+3 55. 21. (d)S. a)R . of a and c then the roots of ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 are (d) If \a ± b\ < c and a = 0 (T) of same sign then the roots of a2x2 + (b2 + a2 . Q . 38. 19 24. (c) 7. (d) 6. b) (a.M of a and c then the roots of ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 are (b) If a e R.isin2a 18. b) (b. (c)Q . (c)S . 33. T . (c)Q . Q i) 11. d) (b. (a) 48.2x + 4y = 0 intersecting the curve at the points A and B such that AB subtends a right angle at the origin O. (c) 13. (d)R. (d) 27. (d) 45. b) 4. 5.2b + 1 is equal to (P) 0 (b) the distance from the origin of the farthest chord (Q) 2 cannot exceed (c) if the triangle OAB is (R) isosceles then the area of the triangle cannot exceed (d) The number of chords such that triangle OAB is (S) 3 isosceles cannot exceed (T) 5 59. (O PAPER II 1. then the roots of (Q) rational numbers the equation (R) real and unequal x2 . 39. (a) 10. (c) 49. c. d) 20. T . (d)Q 13. (d)T " (a)Q . (d) (b. b. (c) (a) 27. (c) 3. (iii) 8 16. (b) Msinacosa M +OTSina msinacosa bx = S A/ + /. (c) (a)P . (b)P. (d) (a) *+l + /(*) = x e 1 2 now match the entries from the following two columns Column I Column II ( a ) / ( x ) is even (P) true (b) f(x) is oneone (Q) false (c) / (x) is onto (R) can't be decided (d) lim x>0 f(x)= 2 (S) data insufficient sin(n)sin 53. 47. 60. (c)Q . (a) (d) 43. (d) 8. (A/ + w)sin a 6^gi M + m sin2 a _ mMg cosa 5 0~ M + sin2 a 19. b. (a) 28. (d) 12. R . b. (d)R. (b)R. (b) 9.17 m 17. (d)P. a>y[gRsecQ 25. (a. (c) (c) 31. (d) 33. (c)T . 2. d) 38. 46. 25. (a) 43.4 = 0 are (v) If a. (b. 11. (d) 26. (c)Q.(c) Number of points of local extremum of g(x) is equal to (d) Absolute maximum value of g(x) is equal to (R) 1 ANSWERS PAPER 1 l. (d) 18. (d)S (b) (b) (b) 42. (a) (a) 34. (a. (b) 23. S .d) 35. (c)Q .c) (a) 22. (c) 4. (a) 53. 58. c. (a) (a. d) (c. 60. (b)Q. (c)R . (a. (a. Column I Column II (a) if a. (a) (b) 52.
What will be its moment of inertia about a tangent parallel to the diameter? (a) 4/ (b) 21 (c) (3/2)7 (d) 37.8 kms"1. P M T . what was the original distance between them? (a) 1200 m (b) 1250 m (c) 850 m (d) 450 rn. the dimension of mass will be (a) FTV ( b ) F~LTV 2.2 m.' and a bag is dropped from it when its height from the ground is 39. the acceleration 1 kg with which the system is moving is (a) zero (b) 1 ms"2 (c) 2 ms~2 7. At a point along the pipe where the crosssectional area is 10 cm2. Two trains A and B of length 400 m each are moving on two parallel tracks with a uniform speed of 72 km Ir 1 in the same direction. 3 kg (d) 3 ms 2 . A remote sensing satellite of the earth. revolves in a circular orbit at a height of 250 km above the earth's surface. 11. g = 10 ms 2 ) (a) 6. The rotation period of an earth satellite close to the surface of the earth is 83 minute. The angle between the two vectors A = 2i +Aj + 5k (d) 180° and B = 7>i + A j —5k will be (b) 45c (c) 90° (a) 5. 4.j + k) to 13.2k) under the action of the force 64 . 12. If after 50 s. with A ahead of B. The satellite in an orbit at a distance of three times earth radii from its surface will be (a) 83 minute (c) 664 minute (b) 83 x A/8 minute (d) 249 minute.( a i i m s ) ( C B S E ) ( D P M T ) A F M C ) ( V M M C ) (EAMCET) WBJEE) ( B H U ) ( C M C ) 2007 Medical Entrance 1 Exam ( UP C P M T . What is the pressure of water at another point where the crosssectional area is 5 cm2? (a) 200 Pa (b) 300 Pa (c) 400 Pa (d) 500 Pa.1 [CET Karnataka j MP PMT MGIMS Practice 1rest Pa peir ( c ) FTV~L ( d ) FT1 V. The loss in kinetic energy of the system will be (a) 95% (b) 100% (c) 5% (d) 50%. The work done by the force in arbitrary unit is (a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 16 8. the water velocity is 1 m/s and the pressure is 2000 Pa.k ) . 3.8 kms~' (d) 9. A uniform rod of mass m and nnnintiiiniiininniiim length I is suspended by means of two light inextensible strings as shown in figure.8 ms . A particle is displaced from a position ( 2 i . time (T) and force (F) were chosen as fundamental quantities. The moment of inertia of a circular ring about one of its diameter is /. 14. If velocity (V). 1. What would be the reading of the balance when the lift is descending with an acceleration of 4 ms~2? (a) 1 kg (b) 2 kg (c) 3 kg (d) 4 kg. 6 kg and 3 kg are connect to each other with strings and are placed on a table T< as shown in figure.0x10~ 5 m2 stretches by the same amount as a copper PHYSICS FOR YOU  APRIL '07 another position (3/ + 2 j. A steel wire of length 4. A balloon is rising up with a velocity of 9. 6 kg r.7 m and cross section 3. the guard of B just brushes past the driver of A. 9. What is the orbit speed of the satellite? (Take radius of earth 7? = 6400 km. If g = 10 ms2.8 kms"1 (c) 8. 6.8 kms"1 (b) 7. jManipal P M T ( JIPIV1ER ] (PMDT B i h a r ) (PMT H a r y a n a ) ( K e r a l a PMT 1 R a j . Tension in one B string immediately after the other A string is cut is (a) mgl 2 (b) mg (c) 2 mg (d) mglA 10. Three masses of 1 kg. The driver of B decides to overtake A and accelerates by 1 ms~2. A man standing in a lift holds a spring balance with a load of 5 kg suspended from it. f T N P C E E j (2i + j . The time taken by the bag to reach the ground is (a) 2 s (b) 3 s (c) 4 s (d) 5 s. A horizontal pipe line carries water in a streamline flow. A 50 gram bullet moving with a velocity of 10 ms 1 gets embedded into a 950 g stationary body.
+V2 = of mixture 4(1) + 1(16) =4 5 is given by 50 x 50 I_I_L V u f ( P . Given v = 250 m/s.v sina As sin a = — 5 h = 3m • 0 = cos" 1 . we get 0 = cos \ W = fmgh cot a On putting numerical values./V /V.) (1 + 5op.3.2Z = cos .07 .r » ( 1 + 50(3. => — . Work done by friction is given by W = .) (1503/) = [150(13.dT dO =—nRdT = — PdV ? ? 0. 12. Let the distance of lens from table = x.9998) = 1. . 9. we get J vdv = glj sin QdQ 0 "0 gl[ COS01 or or 2 10. z^>X = — and Acp = — A * : = —A<p = Ad) u X 271 27IU On putting numerical values. _l + 50pfc 5_pb P/ 1 + 50(3/ (1 + 503.8 = cos (0. A On putting numerical values. 60 v v t>2 = frequency of open pipe = — = — .'996 13. vdv = gs'mQ(ldQ) ds o e Integrating. < V .0 2 gl On putting numerical values.8)(3)cot 30° = 1018. p M0 .01 k.i i .1.x ) 1 +8 . I). .2(100)(9.11 /2 25 25 25 => ^2 = yj~ x 22 = 50 cm So.14° y = N2T2 1 7./... we get f 0. u.44 J Change in the internal energies of the body and the plane = .52 x io 4 . u. At t = 0°C.0. v= yJyP/p The density F l P +K 2 P 2 V.8x9. . u = 500 Hz and A > = 60°. X . 271 . Given /.8x9. .0.l2 = 22 cm and U 9 9 Squaring both sides. From first law of thermodynamics dO = dU + dW = nC„dT + PdV = nC.03) = 1.50 x 7.g s i n 9 .1 14.e. 4 4/.fNs = f (mg cos a) . 5 2 x l O 5 (0. v'•= '300 = 650 m/s " v ~ V p' 14 2 PHYSICS FOR YOU MARCH '07 1 1 (50 .9998) = 1. we get 0 =  x l .On putting numerical values. V .)] = 1 .2 4 2x9. pbody (50oC) = phquld (50.2 h =>M2ti — = Nyln 36 30 2 * :36 — 25  _A _ 36 1 = .COS0] S v ? 6(60X61) = 366 Hz and 60 60' j > = 6(60)(61) = 3 6 Q H z 61 61 2 cose = 1 — ^ 2 gl 2 11.dT + nRdT dO = n(Cv + R)dT= nC.1 = frequency of closed pipe = — = — . we get 250 ( n } 1 Ax = — — =— m 27r(500) V 3 J 12 . = /2 + 22 = 72 cm l2 8..14° 0 = cos 1 2x9.1 ] = gl [1 .C) = p (say).l .(0.8 \ Alternative Method : a = gsin 0 dv v — = . we get W = .7 x 10"5 = 0.44 J = 1. > "02 212 61 According to question. t)2 = 6 60 U V V 61 = 6: 6160 60(61) = 6 => v = 6(60)(61) cm/s ' 1 = gl [cos 9 . c) = p„{5(rC) (1 + 50pA) P/(0°C) = P/(50°C)(' + 5 °P/) fraction of body immerged. At t = 50° C. .W = 1018. we get N] l\ = N ^ 2 2 /. i.
* .(50jc) +jc 1 = ..50* + 400 = 0 x(50x) 8 => (x .85xl0" 1 2 X6. + r— _ 2 2 1 M Bp = B] — Bi = 2 fh 4>/2 19.127Q The connecting wires divide the length in the ratio of 8. we get .". l0 = 1 m and 0 = 30° w\ . (i) . (l)(9.873£2 and x 2 = 1. = 15.\t In 7 Similarly ln2 = 1 \ T U 2 '1/2 _ =» *.64 hrs.127 = 7. Let resistance of parts as x and 1 0 .x 2 => * 2 .= (V 2 ' fl.= tan 0 : 1 mg 1 4TC0 (/ o sin0 + / o sin0) sin 2 0)tan0 • 0) (ii) 20. 1 47TE0 Ze" r 2_ e .873 : 1.5x10" 5 C d = 4/'„ _p0/ ... tesla — N0 = N0 e~x' [where t = 60 hrs. (ii) In 2 100 In Divide equation (ii) by (i). 100 ln In equilibrium of the charges mg = 7cos0 Fe = 7sin6 Dividing equation (ii) by (i).87 : 1 17.8)4(i 2 ) Q= 18. 1 = + 100 {27t(2rQ) } 2 2 3/2 2 _p0/ 4r02 _ p0/ 2r0 1 4^2 4ti (4r0 + 4r 0 ) 3 cm = +—m =J 3 10* 1 2X6^2^ 5.] => — = e ^ 0 1 100 0 7 .. we get 2 = (1 )(9. 100 = . According to question. Given m = 1 kg.8)4(12 )(sin 2 30° )(tan 30°) 9x10 mvr 47t£nr On putting numerical values. nh mvr 2tt From Newton's second law.( .(ii) 2n h e' • v=2znh => Q = y]4m0(mg)(4$ From (i) and (ii).1 0 ) ± V l 0 0 . N = N0e~Xl 5^5.=> 400 = 50* .8 a/3(9X10 9 ) = 2.40) (* . > fl2 r o 1 _ Ho' 2 5\[5 r0 16. 9xl09 f 1 N 9.19x10° m/s 64 64 PHYSICS FOR YOU  APRIL '07 ...1 Ox + 10 = 0 . we get On putting numerical values.. we In 2 (60) hrs..6xl0" 3 4 ) = 2. 1 — + 1 = 1= > ( 1 0 . (i) mg = tan0 'mv 4tce 0r (For hydrogen atom Z = 1) . From quantization of angular momentum. = 8.x 2 => x 2 .. we get v= (1.10) = 0 .6X10"' 9 ) 2 2(8.* ) + x x => •• 10x 1 x(10x) 10= 1 Ox . x = 40 cm or 10 cm.4 0 " 10±2>/l5 _ .
What is the change in the internal energies of the body and the plane upon the displacement of the body by a distance h = 3 m along the vertical? The coefficient of sliding friction is / = 0.03 m 3 to a final volume V2 = 0. A solid body floats in a liquid at temperature t = 50°C being completely submerged in it.5 s. assuming that the motion of the train is uniformly variable. 2. At what height should she place the lens? 15. A car of mass M = 1000 kg decelerates from a velocity v = 100 km/h to a stop in 10 s. The slope of the hill is 30° and the angle of the gun to the horizontal is 60°. Calculate the total amount of heat Q absorbed in the process. Calculate their frequencies. Find the lengths of the pendulum. A pendulum of length / =9. 14.2 m/s at its lowest point. The first carriage of the train passes the observer during time = Is and the second. The length of each carriage is / = 12 m.3 x IO5 K _1 and of liquid P. using a converging lens of focal l e n g t h / = 8 cm. 8.16 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  MARCH '07 73 .52 x io 5 N/m 2 . Find the velocity of an artificial satellite moving in a circular orbit at a height h = 1600 km above the surface of the earth. 5./2 = 22 cm oscillate at the same place so that one of them makes 7V. Find the points at which currentcarrying conductors should be connected so that the resistance R between these points is equal to 1Q.QUESTIONS 1. a heavy body is dropped from it. At what average rate must the braking surfaces lose heat if their temperature is not to rise significantly? 6. What is the amplitude of the subsequent oscillation? 7. With what velocity does this body reach the ground? 4. 17. The distance of best vision for an eye is L = 1 m. during time t2 = 1. The velocity of sound in hydrogen is 1300 m/s. A body of mass m = 100 kg slides down an inclined plane with a slope a = 30°. A resonates with a closed column of air 15 cm long and B with an open column 30. What is the distance between two points having a phase difference of 60° ? 9. : Arya Kumar Road.O.07 m 3 . 3. Two pendulums whose lengths differ by /. H. = 8 x 10"5 K"1 ? 13. Find the optical power of the spectacles compensating the defect of vision for this eye. An experimenter wishes to obtain a sharp image of the source at the table. if the coefficient of cubic expansion for the solid is pv = 0. 12. A ring is made of a wire having a resistance R 0 = 10Q. A bullet is fired from a gun from the bottom of a hill along its slope. Two masses m = 1 kg with equal charges O are Contributed by : Paradise Institute.5 cm long. The pressure throughout is P = 1. . The initial velocity of the bullet is 21 m/s. = 30 oscillations and the other N2 = 36 oscillations during the same time. The radius of the earth R = 6400 km. What fraction 8 of the volume of the body is submerged in the liquid after its cooling to t0 = 0°C. A helicopter ascends with a velocity v 0 = 10 m/s. 16.8 m hangs in equilibrium and is then given velocity v 0 = 0. Find the distance from the gun to the point at which the bullet falls. Patna .2. Find the velocity of the train at the beginning and end of observation and its acceleration. Two molecules of an ideal monatomic gas expand isobarically from an initial volume VX = 0. A point light source is at a height h = 50 cm above a table. 11. A train passes an observer standing on a platform. The speed of a wave is 250 m/s and its frequency is 500 cycles/s. Rajendra Nagar. Two tuning forks A and B give 6 beats/second. What will be the velocity in a mixture of 4 parts by volume of hydrogen and 1 part of oxygen at the same temperature and pressure? 10. At a height H = 50 m.
. gcosp • cosO = 1 => 0 = cos Horizontal displacement is given by SH= uHt = (wcosa)f 2 gl 2g/ 60 64 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 .cosp = — = OA R 2u sin(oc~P)cosa R.. vu 5.5 2.V 2 ) = . SOLUTIONS J In A04B.. we get 9..6 2 a= = = .2 . 2 m/s t 2.. { 2 A 12 . F = (i) . cosp gcos 2 p On putting numerical values.(ii) mv..2 + 8 . At = in = 3.613.M ( V .6 m/s.= 13.= Is A v / = 12 m /= 12 m u+v 4.. Parallel loops of radii r 0 .suspended by light strings of length /0 = 1 m from a point.6 = 5. A sample of sodium containing a certain concentration of the Na 2 4 isotope is prepared. we get Sv = uvt + —avt^ „ 3 0 = 7/sin(ap)r(gcos?)/2. W = .08 km/s V (6400 + l 600)103 5.j \\ / m I =  6. 2 .35x10 J/s — jo.5=> v + v' = 16 From dynamics of circular motion. we get v = JlO2 +2(9.6 m/s u= From equation (iii). (i) For uniform acceleration.4xl0 6 ) 2 „„„.:10Ool 2 2 ^ Average rate of heat loss  A W T 9 E ~ 1 A5 gRz R+h Substracting equation (ii) from (i) we get uv = 8 Adding equations (iii) and (iv). From Newton's law of . S = For first carriage 12 = 1 For second carriage 12 = v'+v GMm gravitation. F . v = 4v[+2gH On putting numerical values. H = 50 m C t2= 1.86 m/s. v 2 = u2 + 2 aS => v2 = v02 + 2 g H . .13.(iv) r ~ r ' ~V r V R+h~ On putting numerical values.3 . 2 2u sin(a(3)cosa : O yy — g cos p h = 21 m/s U _ 3 85xl05 18.(iii) .. From workenergy theorem. we get 2(21 2 sin30°cos60°) ^ = 9. we get 19.5 B t. 19.2 1=>M + V' = 24 1. 20.8(6.5 kW \ f > K B = 3n° j / ^ R From conservation of mechanical enerev 1 2 — 3@?V/\ — tn&h ~ yyi<? (• ~~.8 v.8cos 30° 2(21 R= 3. (ii) From equations (i) and (ii). 2r0 are at distance d = 4r 0 apart and carry currents I in opposite senses.: 2 2 = "S"l(a~P). v =4 = 7. „ ^T^r —^ = 30 m 9. Calculate the halflife of u N a 2 4 .8)(50) = 32. The strings hang at 30° to the vertical what is the value of Ql 18..5) => u + v = 19. = 10 m/s From 3rd equation of motion. we get v — 19. After 60 hours this concentration has fallen to 7% of its original value. Determine the velocity of an electron in the first orbit of hydrogen atom. we get GMm 2 = For first and second carriage both mv2 V _ fGM _ I GM 24 = • j(2.2 . By taking ycomponents of 2nd equation of motion.. Find the magnetic field Bn at the point P halfway between the loops.
Very Similar • • n M M M a M H M a m M H H H M M M * I IIW IB I WWIii'l IIHH WIl WI WM I IIll I Practice Paper m AIEEE 2007 Exam on 29th April 2007 Refractive index (i is given as B_ ^=^+ 2 X where A and B are constants and X is wavelength.3 and acceleration due to gravity is 10 m/s 2 . then the value of  A + B  is i (a) (A2 + B1 +ABy (b) 1. the maximum speed of the car is (a) 30 km/hr (b) 81 km/hr (c) 108 km/hr (d) 162 km/hr 8. 2. Three equal weights A.. A stone is just released from the window of atrain 10. moving along a horizontal straight track.6 N 9. If  A x B  = V3 (A • B). < M. (c) H. If the coefficient of friction is 0. then dimensions of B are same as that of (a) wavelength (b) volume (c) pressure (d) area.k is the coefficient of kinetic friction. < > Mr (b) Rv < it. then the maximum height reached by the pendulum is (a) JS. The retardation is (a) lav3 (b) 2Pv3 3 (c) 2aPv (d) 2 P V 6. Bali is embedded in sand 1 m and stops (a) only momentum remains conserved 20 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '07 20 . > > \xk (c) A + B (d) (A2 +B2 + V3AB)' 3. If the two masses stick together after the collision. A ball is released from the top of tower of height h metre. It takes T second to reach the ground. B. 8g (c) jlv(g (b) (d) ^ J^g 11. If \x. The stone will hit the ground following a (a) straight line path (b) circular path (c) parabolic path (d) hyperbolic path 7. A ball is dropped from a height 10 m. A mass m moving horizontally with velocity v0 strikes a pendulum of mass m.3 N (d) 19. Its acceleration (a) versus time (r) is as shown in the figure. C of / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / mass 2 kg each are hanging on a string passing over a fixed frictionless pulley as shown in the figure. What is the position of the ball in 7/3 second? h (a) g metre from the ground (b) {lh/9) metre from the ground (c) (8/7/9) metre from the ground (d) ( \ l h l 18) metre from the ground. (d) p.v the coefficient of static friction then generally (a) Hv > M* > Mr . The tension in the string connecting weights B and Cis (a) zero (b) 13 N (c) 3. The relation between time t and distance x is t = ax2 + Px where cc and p are constants. the coefficient of rolling friction and p. The maximum speed of the particle will be ioni/s2 (a) 110 m/s (b) 55 m/s (c) 550 m/s (d) 660 m/s 11 *s) 4. A car is moving on a circular level road of curvature 300 m. 5. A particle starts from rest.
50 cm 20.25 cm (b) 12.4 (d) 1008. In how much time will water heated to 77°C with the lid open? (specific heat of water = 4. Its Poisson's ratio is (a) 2.00 Nm 18. + T2 (b) (r.+p2v2) f gR 2 [R+x 15. A satellite of mass m revolves around the earth of radius R at a height x from its surface. A kettle with 2 litre water at 27°C is heated by operating coil heater of power 1 kW. Two particles of masses /n.08 mm when the rod is heated from 0°C to 100°C. will be (a) 1/2 (b) 7/9 (c) 3 (d) 7 16.2 22.1 0 m (c) 0. distance 2R from the centre O of the sphere.2 kJ/kg) (a) 8 min 20 sec (b) 6 min 2 sec (c) 14 min (d) 7 min 23.50 cm (c) 31. The moment of inertia of the dumbbell about an axis perpendicular to the plane passing through the centre of mass is work required to stretch it further by another 5 cm is (a) 6. the oil level will stand higher than the water level by (a) 6.2 (c) 1006. In a carbon mon xide molecule. The 20 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  APRIL '07 21.(b) only kinetic energy remains conserved (c) both momentum and kinetic energy are conserved (d) neither kinetic energy nor momentum is conserved 12. Oil which does not mix with water is next poured into one side. The volume it measures at 100°C in cc is (a) 1002. in a steady A(T2Tx)Ky wjth/ec)ual tQ state 61 .2 17.75 Nm (d) 25.4 times that of modulus of rigidity. A spring of spring constant 5 x l o3 N/m is stretched initially by 5 cm from the unstretched position. The sphere with cavity now applies a gravitational force F2 on same particle placed at P.m2)r2 19.8 g/cm 3 . T2).2 (c) 0. the orbital speed of the satellite is (a) gx (c) R + x (b) (d) gR Rx P2VX (d) rj^pxv. If g is the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth..75 cm (d) 62. the Young's modulus is 2. A flask made of the same glass as that of rod measures a volume of 1000 cc at 0°C. A Utube is partially filled with water. The heat is lost to the atmosphere at constant rate lfeO J/sec. A solid sphere of uniform density and radius R applies a gravitational force of attraction equal to F.51 x 10'° m (a) 0. and m2 are connected by a rigid massless rod of length r to constitute a dumbbell which is free to move in the plane. (a) (b) (c) (d) Viscosity of liquids increases with increase in temperature is independent of temperature decreases with decrease in temperature decreases with increase in temperature (a) mx + m2 (c) mxm2r (b) (m.4 (b) 1004.4 (b) 1. The ratio F2IF. + m2)r2 (d) (/w. If the valve joining the two vessels is opened.l o m .50 Nm (c) 18. the temperature inside the vessel at equilibrium will be (a) r. If the density of oil is 0. the carbon and the oxygen atoms are separated by a distance 1.25 Nm (b) 12.12 x 1 0 . volume (VU V2) and pressure (Pu P2) respectively. A spherical cavity of radius RI2 is now made in the sphere as shown in figure.64 x io. Two thermally insulated vessels 1 and 2 are filled with air at temperatures (T. For a given material. The rate of heat transfer through the slab.4 (d) 0.56 x IO"10 m 13. until water rises by 25 cm on the other side. Two marks on a glass rod 10 cm apart are found to increase their distance by 0. on a particle placed at P. when its lid is open.). The temperature of the two outer surfaces of a composite slab consisting of two materials having coefficients of thermal conductivity K and 2K and thickness x and 4x respectively are T2 and Ti(T2> 7".48 x IO' 10 m (d) 0. . The distance of the centre of mass from the carbon atom is (b) 0. + T2)/2 (c) PVT1 + 14.
Two plane mirror A and B are aligned parallel to each other. The same amount of heat is given to the gas in each cylinder. then the angle between reflected and refracted light is 20 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  A P R I L '07 28. A point object is placed at a distance of 10 cm and its real image is formed at a distance of 20 cm from a concave mirror. The maximum number of times the ray undergoes reflections (including the first one) before it emerges out is K — — 2V3 m M ^ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / (b) 30 (c) 32 (d) 34 B /7777777777777777777777/ (b) <d. Two cylinders fitted with pistons contain equal amount of an ideal diatomic gas at 300 K. the image will shift by about (a) 0. j. Oxygen is 16 times heavier than hydrogen.(a) 1 (b) 1/2 (c) 2/3 (d) 1/3 24. then limiting resolving power of the telescope is (a) 2. Both trains blow whistles of same frequency of 243 Hz. If the object is moved by 0. One train is approaching an observer at rest and another train is receding from him with the same velocity 4 m/s. while that of B is held fixed. Then which o f t h e following is correct? (a) v = 5 m/s (b) X = 18 m (c) a = 0. The plane of incidence coincides with the plane of figure. The piston of A is free to move.4 cm towards the mirror (c) 0. A light ray is incident at an angle of 30° at a point just inside one end of A. An endoscope is employed by a physician to view the internal parts of body organ. It is based on the principle of (a) refraction (b) reflection (c) total internal reflection (d) dispersion 33.1 x 105 rad (d) 6. If the rise in temperature of the gas in A is 30 K. Equation of a progressive wave is given by. The spring is pulled a little and then released. = 4 . If light is polarised by reflection.4 cm away from the mirror (b) 0. A telescope. The equal volumes of hydrogen and oxygen are mixed. The ratio of m/M is (a) . An organ pipe open at one end is vibrating in first 30 .8 cm towards the mirror 34. The displacement of a particle varies according to the relation x = 4(cosro + sinm). as shown in the figure.04 m (d) / = 50 Hz 29.8 cm away from the mirror (d) 0. . whose objective lens has an aperture of 1 mm for the wavelength of light 500 A. The beat frequency in Hz as heard by the observer is (speed of sound in air = 320 m/s) (a) 10 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 1 31. A mass Mis suspended from a spring of negligible mass. If the mass is increased by m. then the rise in temperature of gas in B is (a) 30 K (b) 18 K (c) 50 K (d) 42 K 25. The ratio of length of two pipes is (a) 1 : 2 (b) 4 : 1 (c) 8 : 3 (d) 3 : 8 30.1 x 10"5 rad (b) 4. The ratio of speed of sound in the mixture to that in hydrogen is (a) V8 F2 (b) (d) 32. 3 f 27.£ ) + f where x.1 x 10"5 rad 35.1 x 10"5 rad (c) 5. i n [ * ( l . so that the mass executes simple harmonic motion of time period T. 16 overtone and is in resonance with another pipe open at both ends and vibrating in third harmonic. The amplitude of the particle is where x in m and t is second (a) 8 m (b) 2 m (c) 4 m (d) 4^2 m 26.1 cm towards the mirror. y are in metre and / is in second. the time period 5T becomes — .
In Young's double slit experiment. . If the ratio of number of turns in the primary to secondary is 2 : 1.30 gauss 44. The electrochemical equivalent of metal is 3. The value of back emf induced in it will be (a) 150 V (b) 170 V (c) 180 V (d) 190 V 47. 2.5 V (d) 7.15 gauss (d) 0.20° (d) 0.125 gauss (c) 0. distance between two sources is 0. A shunt S is connected across it such that (1/34) of the total current passes through the galvanometer.25 gauss (b) 0.4 amp (c) 1.5 V 40. Potentiometer wire of length 1 m is connected in series with 490 £2 resistance and 2V battery. The potential difference between the centres of the two rings is (a) zero (c) (b) 4JTE„ (d) R 1 J t f + d2 1 15a 50fl 10Q VWM— (b) 0.9 x 10~7 kg 7 (c) 6. then the magnetic induction at a point 5 cm from the either end of the wire is (a) 0. Four identical capacitors are connected in series with a 10 V battery as shown in the figure.8 x IO"7 kg (b) 9.08° (b) 0.16° (c) 0.9 Q 41. The mass of the metal liberated at the cathode when a 3 A current is passed for 2 second will be (a) 19.9 £2 (c) 5. Two thin wire rings each having radius R are placed at a distance d apart with their axes coinciding.32° 37. what is the input current and voltage? (a) 2 A and 40 V (b) 1 A and 20 V (c) 4 A and 10 V (d) 8 A and 40 V P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL '32 4jiEud 2KE„ JF77 38.1 x io.5 V 64 N (b) 7. Then the value of the shunt is (a) 3663 ohm (b) 111 ohm (c) 107. A current of 5 ampere is passed through a straight wire of length 6 cm.7 amp (a) 1. What will be its value at the centre of the loop? (a) 250 pT (b) 150 pT (c) 125 pT (d) 75 pT 45.4 amp (d) 0. It draws a current of 1.5 V. 0 V (c) 5 V.7 kg 43.(a) n (c) 271 71 resistor is : 20£1 4S2 (b) «> 71 * T 1. 2.5 amp when run by 220 volt DC supply.1 mm. Then angular position of first dark fringe is (a) 0.6 x 10" kg (d) 1.1 x i o 1 0 V/m (b) 4. In the following figure the current through 4 ohm .2 mV/cm is the potential gradient. If 0. The distance of screen from the sources is 20 cm. A galvanometer has a resistance of 3663 ohm. Wavelength of light used is 5460A.5 x 10 10 V/m 10 (c) 4. The point N is earthed. The armature of a DC motor has 20 Q resistance.3 x IO7 kg per coulomb.9 Q (d) 6.3 ohm 46. The charges on the two rings are +Q and Q. The potentials of points A and B are 10 V b (a) 10 V. In a transformer the output current and voltage are respectively 4 A and 20 V. The electric field at a distance 2 cm from the centre of a hollow spherical conducting shell of radius 4 cm having a charge of 2 * 10~3 C on its surface is (a) 1.4 a m p Wb— 4 36.5 x io V/m (d) zero 39. The magnetic field due to a current carrying circular loop of radius 3 m at a point on the axis at a distance of 4 m from the centre is 54 pT.5 V.9 £2 (b) 7.0 amp 42. then resistance of the potentiometer wire is (a) 4.7 ohm (d) 3555.
m2. then the rate of fission will be (a) 5 x 10 l s per second (b) 10 * 1016 per second (c) 15 x io16 per second (d) 20 x io16 per second 54. 51.. Two identical photocathodes receive light of frequencies U. 53. then (a) v . The logic circuit is (a) OR gate (b) AND gate (c) NAND gate (d) NOR gate (c) v. B should have d i m e n s i o n s of A.48. B and C are shown in figure (b).u2) 50. ^BsinO = y/3AB cos0 or tan 0 = fi or 0 = 60° \A + B\ = (A2+B2 + 2AB cos 60°)"2 =(A2 + B2 + AB)V2 33 = ^A2 + B2 + 2AB x ij . Figure (a) shows a logic gate circuit with two inputs A and B and the output C. i.U 2 ) 55. . (7/8) of it decays into Zn in 15 minutes. Z circuit as shown in the figure? 2kQ (a) 42 V (c) 7 V (b) 14 V (d) 6 V Oh ^(u. The energy of a hydrogen like atom (or ion) in its ground state is 122.e. i.6 MeV. and v2 respectively. 1 fdV As s velocit  BIX2 is dimensionless.If the velocities of the photoelectrons (of mass m) coming out are v.2. and u2. the plot of the kinetic energy of the emitted photoelectrons from a metal versus frequency of the incident radiation gives a straight line whose slope (a) depends on the nature of metal used (b) depends on the intensity of radiation (c) depends on both intensity of radiation and the nature of metal used (d) is the same for all metals and independent of the intensity of radiation.e. What is the value of output voltage V0 in the P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I APRIL 07 2.. i. The corresponding halflife is (a) 5 minutes (c) 10 minutes (b) 7— minutes 2 (d) 14 minutes 235 Figure (a) OtFigure (b) SOLUTION y I'ght ' n vacuum j l e n c e j is ^ velocity of light in medium ' e n c e l x i dimensionless. In Millikan's oil drop experiment an oil drop of radius r and charge q is held in equilibrium between the plates of a charged parallel plate capacitor when the potential difference is V. According to Einstein's photoelectric equation. 200 MeV energy is released.v 2 = (b) V . area. If the power output of atomic reactor is 1. On bombardment of U by slow neutrons. To keep a drop of radius 2r and with a charge 2q in equilibrium between the plates the potential difference V required is (a) V (b) 2V (c) 4V (d) SV 49.4 eV. Thus each term on the RHS of given equation should be dimensionless.e.+v 2 = (d) 2h vf+v22=^(u. . It may be (a) hydrogen atom (b) He+ 2+ (c) Li (d) Be 3+ 52. (a) : Given \ Ax B \ = s/3 (a • §) Hence.V = ^ ( U . The voltage wave forms of A.u2) 2 2 . Starting with a sample of pure 6SCu.
.12 x 10 m = 0.2av 3 dt (p + 2ax) 2 retardation.(ii) Also.(v) 2 I = + m2r2 . GMm (R + x)2 mvn GM.r... therefore change in velocity = V.. = m2r2 .(iv) . 34 /H. it is quite obvious that static friction is always greater than kinetic friction.k > \i r . v •• dt p + 2ax' Negative sign show # dv 2av • = . (a) : Applying the law of conservation of momentum. The vertical motion will be controlled by the force of gravity...t graph = 2 " x i 0 x i i = 5 5 m/s..12x10" 12 + 16 6.. 7.. and . + nu Putting (iv) and (v) in equation (i).. rx + r2 = r .r.(i) According to definition of centre of mass.. + m.4a = 2a or a = gl3 From equations (iv) and (v).64 x 10" Zo 13. Rolling friction is always less P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I APRIL '07 . = 2a .(i) 16 = x 1.. + m2 = (. moment of of given system about an axis passing through of mass m dumbplaced inertia centre X \J\ Jig For A : T2g Free body diagram of B For B : Tt + 2g . 2 = —2^ 2mgh or h = 6 ~ 8g 11. i. (b) : The area under the accelerationtime graph gives change in velocity..T = 2a Free body diagram of C .ir where (t = system. Potential energy of the system = 2mgh Hence. that is why it is easy to move a heavy load from one place to another by rolling it over the surface instead of sliding it over the same surface..r m.'.t to time on both sides. (b) : Free body diagram of A a\ = 2a .t > \x. and r2 from (ii) and (iii). Thus the resultant motion will be along a parabolic trajectory.... (d): For the satellite. Let the particles of masses A . Position of the ball from the ground r h h —h— =— m 9 9 5. we get 1 = 2a ^ • x + p r dt dt dx :.(2 m)v = ^ xx2/.. (a): It is an example of inelastic collision. mxm2 is called as reduced mass of the mx r m2 14. = 4a From equation (iii) and (iv). In inelastic collision momentum is conserved but kinetic energy is not conserved. (c) : h = i gT 2 than sliding friction. the horizontal motion will be uniform motion.3.(iii) Adding equation (i) and (ii).e. we get / = 2 For C : 2g . In this way. we get f ..T. (c) : The horizontal velocity of the stone will be the same as that of the train. Kinetic energy = 2. (c) : vmax = ^V^g = Vo.. we get m.(iv) mxr . Hence.e. we get 2g . 12. •'• von ~ " gR ! VJT7 (a) : p.(v) m. Moreover. vertical motion is accelerated motion. and m2 be H at distances r. i. — V — 1 0 = area under a .. we get Tx = 4 x ^  = 13N 9. (a) : t = cue2 + (k = x(ax + P) Differentiate w.(iii) Solving for r. the gravitational force provides the necessary centripetal force. 10. (d): Rcu = 12x0 + 16x1. Since particle starts with u = 0.m x p L m x 1 2 (zm)vLet the system reach a height h... 4 = T 1 (T h In y sec.3x300x10 = 30 m/s 18 = 3 0 x — km/hr = 108 km/hr 8. [Q 2g . we get mv„ + m x 0 = 2 m x v 2!o. 4. the distance travelled = — g ( y j = g . and R1 'g (R + x) . /M. (a): Suppose C be the centre of mass of the bell. and r2 from C..
= o°c.2 17.4ti = 2rj(l + o) or 1 + a = 1. 3x dQ _^A{T2T.. (a): By the law of conservation of energy.008 cm force due to sphere creating cavity.4 x 3 0 = 4 2 K [ v For diatomic gas —£. Y = 3a = 24xl0"/ o C present above at that position.15. F1 = . 20. = 10 cm.e. (A Q)A = NCP(AT)A and ( A Q)B = NC^AT).2 or a = 0.4 x 103 x 50 = 500 sec = 8 min 20 sec 2. assumed to be 0. Given : (AQ)A = (AQ)„ : . Equating pressures at A and B. 21. (b) : On — pouring oil on left 25 cm y Oil side. lI KV. l 2 . ^ = (y1/yiy= 4 A W = W 2 . (c) : k = 5 x 103 N/m. heat is supplied at constant pressure while in cylinder B heat is supplied at constant volume.008 a = = 8 x l O .Difference of levels of oil (C) and water (D) in the two limbs = 62.+ 5 = 10 cm = 10 x IO"2 m W.1 0 0 ° 2 2 AR (3i?/2) 36 R2 1000x100 7 GMm / 36 R2 7 y2 ..W X = 18. r] = modulus of rigidity. we have x I 4x — 3x = hf. = ^ k y f =  x ( 5 x l 0 3 ) x ( 5 x l 0 " 2 ) 2 = 6. +. water rises 1 by 25 cm from its 25 cm previous level in E= >t the right limb of ^ A 5. (d) C t 19.08 mm = 0. (c) : The number of moles of system remains same pyL+pii RTt RT2 m + Vi) RT or = 4^2 sin(n/ + ^ ) Standard equation of displacement is x = a sin (co/ + ((>) Comparing the given equation with standard equation a = A42 m 35 P(K+V2)TJ2 ( W 2 + W O 64 PHYSICS FOR YOU  APRIL ' . = GMm A — .5 . Pt = msAQ + energy lost o = Poisson's ratio 1000/ = 2 x 4..— eq KA 2KA KA Now.1000 = 24 X 10"6 X 105 = 2.F 2 . 10 x 100 GMm G(M/S)m 7 GMm i. 33 Utube.4 cc So — = 9' F.K. 24x 10"6 .6 / ° C .T{) •KA 0) dt ft./.4] 25.5 cm + cos ^ sin nt A J . (d) : x = 4(cos nt + sin nt) = 4V2 X= cos 7it + —\= sin 71/ V2 V2 = Ajl sin ^ cos A JC/ C„ 50xp„ater _ 50x1 Poii 0. T2 = i o o ° c sphere and particle respectively and R is the radius Y ~ 100 V.= 1.4 y2 = 1002./.50 = 12.75 Nm 23. (b) : Gravitational force due to solid sphere. ' inn J of the sphere. GMm! AR 22. energy given by heater must be equal to the sum of energy 16.(ii) W2 = 4Wx = 25. (d) : Y=2r\ (1 + a) where Y= Young's modulus. + R 2 = — + — = . we get f= 1/3.25 Nm W2=\ky\.— *„„ = /?. „ 2 > where M and m are mass of the solid 4R r . . creating a difference of levels of water by 50 cm. (d) : For slab in series. ( A T ) „ = ^ ( A T ) A = 1.)K^ V2 Given ^ = / dt \ x ' Comparing (i) and (ii). we get PA = PB h x Poii * g = 50 x Pwaler x g — 24. in a steady state rate of heat transfer through the slab is given by dQ = = (T2 . = 0..0 Nm 18. yt = 5 x IO"2 m y2 = y.4r 840/ = 8. gained by water and energy lost from the lid. The gravitational force on particle due 100/.8 = 62.. Let h cm be the height of oil above level A in the left limb of Utube. to sphere with cavity = force due to solid sphere .2 x io 3 x 50 + 160/ Given : Y = 2.5 cm. (d): In cylinder^..
l i. (c) J t 28. Third harmonic or second overtone of organ pipe open at both end.2 0 + 9 ^ o r v ' = _ 2 0 . 1.2 tan 30° = [y~P . shift is 0.e. we get 2TU) =  u or = 2n _n . 320 . 32. (b) : d= 0.1 x 10"5 rad 35.1 mm = IO"4 m. (a) : In the first overtone of organ pipe open at one end 3v XV = .4 79 Ui = f  x 2 4 3 When the train is receding u2 = ——— x u = x 243 = §7 x 243 2 v + v.. \ T ) 27. (where AfH is the molecular mass of hydrogen) and volume of oxygen V0 = VH (where KH is the volume of hydrogen). vu 0.'. d0 = 1. (b) : As is clear from the figure W / = 2V3 m W / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / M„ mH X /7777777777777777777777> A d = 0.46 xlO" 7 2 xlO" 4 x 180° 71 2. n .2/y/3 .J — Therefore.. . (a) : From mirror equation.22A. D = 20 cm = j m A = 5460 A = 5.8m/s 10 Amplitude a = 4 m.j) + <> .(ii) Comparing (i) and (ii). • / _ 2V3 = 30 73 ' d 0. (b) 36.. v cc ^ .22 x 500 x 10" 1 xlO= 6. ( b ) : Given : y = 4sin n \59)+6. Limiting resolving power of telescope. (c): Given : Molecular mass of oxygen (M 0 ) = 16MH.2. . Oi = ——— x u = x 243 = ^ v . we get 36 34. P . 3v ^ From equations (i) and (ii). 29.. (i) 20 10 " 20 1 3 1 ''• 7 = .o2 = 80 x 243 79 81 6 Hz x 243 T 2 1 _/5773)2 _ 2 5 T. m_ = 16 M = 3v 2L °r 4 fa Vw2 30..(i) 4/.y Kh _ 17M h _ 17 2M u Velocity of sound in a gas is given by Therefore.73 x 10~3 radian = 0.4 cm away from the mirror. ^ • „ M Density of a gas. TX = T m2 = M + m. 324 81 Beat frequency is J_ u.=— x l 8 = 1.4 c m i. (c) : mx = M.. PH 31.26. (b) : When the train is approaching. (d) : Given : Aperture of objective lens (a) = 1 mm = 1 x 10" ! m and wavelength of light (X) = 500A = 500 x IO"10 m.+ — = • J L Standard equation : J' = asin 2n\ ut . Max number of reflections = 30.e. 33. .. — g or A = 18 m Velocity v = uA.46 x 10~7 m Angular position of first dark fringe is 0 2d 5.73 x 10 . T2 = ^ f Tx _ 2UyJmx / k _ T2 ~ 2n^jm2/k M +m M r Given : vc = u 0 or 3v 4L M M +m .v.. Molecular mass of mixture is Mnix = M a + M h = \ 6 M h + M h = 17 M h and volume of the mixture is (Vmix) =V0+ Kh = Kh + KH = 2K„.156° PHYSICS FOR Y O U APRIL '07 (ii) = 2. / V U 4r = .
p0.. = V .(3)2 = 4 cm /• = 4 cm = 4 x l o2 metre 6 cm £+I c + I c + I c = . (d) : Electric field inside the hollow conducting sphere is zero.4 amp + d 2 ADC 38.2.15 x 10"4 tesla = 0. the bridge is balanced. x = 0 and p „ / = IV _ p „ .Vc = 1. \ 4 x 10 / 5 = £ x l 0 " 5 = 0. 24x60 .0 = 2.5 + 2. at the centre of the coil. 15 Q resistor is ineffective.5 V 40. = — and sin q>2 = — 3 — +3 — B = 10"7 x ( — 5.02(490 + R) = 2R Solving R = 4. VA .8 x 10~7 kg 43. + sinc^] or 2. (a) : B = c or IV = 2 9 54x2x5x25 1. Hence. (c) : P = 20fl A sin <)).5 + 2. then So current through 4 Q resistor. = 1 ampere No current will flow through 15 Q resistor. hence current through 15 £2 resistor is zero.4 x — ^ = 24 volt So current through ABC.5 = 0 .5 = 7.02 V 10~2 m R x 2 Also 0.3 x IO7 x 3 x 2 = 19. 0 o r i = 2. /.V 94 —^ = ABC 2 4 120 amp =2. .7?2 (R2+x2f2 or 54 _ = M3)2 2 2[3 + 4 12 ] H * r 2 = 4Q r—wm— B 44.R Q K K 20 50 Q T = m =>5 = 5 i.V B [sin<j>.15 gauss. 2 m .VB or VB = . I2 = * A~V(' \R 2 =~ 6 0 = 0. RABC = 20 + 4 = 24 Q RAOC = 50 + 10 = 60 Q A C _ R a . Now B = Here r = OP Now AO = OB = 1 cm = 3 cm and PB = PA = 5 cm •'• OP = >/(5)2 . 0.5V c c c c or VA . 2R 2 x 3 6 54x2x5x25 9x6 S or± = 34 S + G 37 D s= ion 45 ^ XI Here —=— Q s ' P R sTG 64 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  APRIL .9 Q 41.v A H So. (d) : Potential of ring A VA~. m = ZIt OT = 3. J?ADC 24 + 60 ABC 11 T n Potential of ring B KQ V =^ + R \l R2 + d2 v .5 V Also. A x ' . . 1 2 0 Q ~ R J .e. (a): According to Faraday's first law of electrolysis.02 = r+R where R is resistance of potentiometer wire and r is resistance connected in series. (b) : If q is the charge on each capacitor.37.2 x 10~3) V x 1 m • = 0.4 amp 15Q —mwrR = 5oa mm— Now. 39. 42.£ = V S Vn = 0 . (a) : Potential across potentiometer wire _ (0. Current through ADC. (c) : Let AB represents the current carrying conductor and P be the point where magnetic induction B is required.
.s = (G!33) = (3663/33) = 111 Q E—e 46.(ii) 50.. . = 2 x 20 = 40 V 15 or T l = — = 5 min 2 Since the input power = output power (for ideal transformer) ••• W = IX .. V': ^ = 4 o r V = 4V (2r)3 2<? . For drop to be remain stationary qE = Mg «V 4 Here E = ^ and M =  icr'p 3 54..5 = N IV s Here £. which is the potential across the zener diode because in parallel.10 per second. 6 x Z eV • 2000+ MCQ's with detailed Solutions Frequently Asked Questions . the potetial remains the same.6xlO" 1 9 MeV 16 = 5 x . n 64 bookshops all over the country P H Y S I C S FOR YOU  APRIL '38 . (d): According to Einstein's photoelectric equation (KE) raa .A • B. we get •••ft(t>.5 = « or 1. The output voltage V0 = 6 V.1 when n is the number of half lives N0 \21 or n t 2 47.3 Jtpd WlfcG 49.1 3 .z 122.4 eV 122.W The slope of the line in the graph is h.6x2? o r Z = 3 20 ? 1 ore = 190 V 52.S at «v..u2) = ^ m(vf . (a) : Sample remain undecayed is N = . = hv .Vj) .4 = 13.6 MeV 200x1. = to)0 +  mvj From (i) and (ii). the Planck's constant. 51. The rate of fission = ^ = 4 x ^ 0 = 2amp 1. (c) : In Millikan's oil drop experiment. 55.N0 8 /V 11 \n — = . (d) : I = —^— where e is the induced back emf or 1.. = 1 i ••• = 2 V. • For second oil drop. (b): According to Einstein's photoelectric equation to). (b) : The Boolean expression which satisfies the output of this logic gate is C . (a). 48. / P 53. (d) : In the circuit zener diode is used as voltage regulating device. (c) : Ez„ = 13. For ground state.(}) B a s e d on L a t e s t P a t t e r n • 10 Very Similar Practice Test Papers • 20022006 Expert's Solved Papers Au. (a) : Given • V N =^ o r V v..A w S a a .6 x Z T r 5 eV Ef = . M• .2 . = to)0 + ~ mv. which is for AND gate.
5 c. The area of the triangle OAB be (a) — 7 l 7 sq.y dl .R are constants.CBSEPMT 2008 PHYSICS 1. 1495. then the maximum error in the value of a determined by the experiment is (a) (bx + Cj + dl + (b) ( 6 . email : momentumacademy@gmail. d and e using the Momentum.UVb) — = RT . 5 745 relation a = ba / cf e5. unit (b) . If C and R represent capacitance and resistance respectively.)% V45'V45 1 N/45'V45 745 4 .) Phone : (0761) 4005358.2k) (b) ^(3i+6j 3.6j + 2k and B = 2i + j.com. 7'is the absolute temperature and a.com P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 . + c . . Wright Town. A frictionless wire AB is fixed on a sphere of radius R. Jabalpur (M. A person travels along a straight road for the first half time with a velocity vt and the next half time is + 2k) with a velocity v . (d) ±(3i6j+Zk) (c) —nj + 6]_2k) 49 The vectors from origin to the points A and B are A = 3i .unit (b) (d) d> 2a 2a 4.)% 7. the driver of the car A applied the brake producing a uniform retardation a. 2 d < (V1V2) 2a (d) ^ 7 1 7 sq. then the dimensions of RC are (a) [M°L°T2] (b) [M°L°T] (c) [ML 1 ] (d) none of these The equation of state of some gases can be expressed as a \ P + .4i + 3j + 6k and B = i +3jSk (a) + 6j . There will be no collision when (a) (c) 9. V d> (v.2 ] 3 (c) [M°L T°] (d) [M°L6T°] A physical parameter a can be determined by measuring the parameters b. and e°/c.« .< / . 4035241 Website : www.unit Two cars A and B are travelling in the same direction with velocities vt and v2 (Vj > v2). If A = 2i + 4j5k vector A are (a) (b) 2 4 and the direction cosines of the .0 and (c) 745 745 3 and (d) 745'745 " 745 and (d) (ab { + Pcj + y d] + 8 e. Near Stadium. unit (c) — 7 l 7 sq. c.P. The mean velocity v of the man is 2 _ J_ + J_ v + v (b) (a) v V[ V2 v.7 l 7 sq. A very small spherical ball slips on this wire. d and e are bflc. The time taken by this ball to slip from A to B is A is the volume.momentumacademy. . If the maximum errors in the measurement of b. ) % (c) (ab ] + Pcj . •v = i1 2 2 (c) v= j v ^ (d) The unit vector parallel to the resultant of the vectors A . V2) 2 2a 5. Here P is the pressure. c.b. The dimensions of 'a' are (a) [ML5T2] (b) [ML'T. When the car A is at a distance d ahead of the car B.2k respectively.
Figure shows a body of mass m moving with a uniform speed v along a circle of radius r.8 m/s2. A vehicle of mass m is moving on a rough horizontal road with momentum p.26 m/s2 (b) 0. Its engine delivers 30 kW while resistive force due to surface is 750 N.69 m/s (d) 0. A car of mass 1250 kg is moving at 30 m/s. If the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road be p. The angular speed of seconds needle in a mechanical watch is n (b) 2n rad/s (a) 30 rad/s (c) 71 rad/s (d) —rad/s 12. the time in which the^component of the velocity becomes zero is (a) 5 sec (b) 20 sec (c) 40 sec (d) 80 sec 14.(a) 2J g R gcosQ \8 fi (b) (d) 2^R gR COS0 g (c) 2 10 15.39 m/s2 2 (c) 0.4 and g = 9.ms"'. The kinetic energy of the composite block will be 1 2 M 1 2 m (a) 2 m v (b) mv X (m + M) 2 (m + M) (a) Mv M m mv P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 . then the velocity of other part will be Mv (b) M +m (M +m)v (d) (c) M m m 20.„„„ 2)img P 2 jim2g P2 (b) 2 \xmg 2 YJGC O S 0 A body is revolving with a constant speed along a circle. then the stopping distance is (a) (c) P . A bullet of mass m moving with velocity v strikes a block of mass M at rest and gets embedded into it. If a constant force F = (/' + 5 j)N acts on the body. A space craft of mass M is moving with velocity v and suddenly explodes into two pieces. Now a force of 24 N is imparted to it with negligible impulse.m/s 2 (c) Irn/s (d) m/s 2 13. A given object takes n times as much time to slide down a 45° rough inclined as it takes to slide down a perfectly smooth 45° incline. What maximum acceleration can be given in the car? 1 m/s (b) (a) . then the acceleration of the block is (a) 0. A particle of mass m moving with velocity v() strikes a simple pendulum of mass m and sticks to it. The change in velocity in going from A to B is 1 n1 17. A part of it of mass m comes at rest. then which of the following statement is true? (a) The magnitude of centripetal force is variable (b) The centripetal force will have its direction reversed (c) The centripetal force will not suffer any change in direction (d) The centripetal force would be doubled ^ 2 \lm2g 16. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the object and the incline is given by (a) (b) 1 1n2 11. If the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0. A body of mass 5 kg starts from the origin with an initial velocity ii = 30/ + 40. If its direction of motion is reversed but the speed remains the same. A block of mass 5 kg is on a rough horizontal surface and is at rest.88 m/s2 19. The maximum height attained by the pendulum will be (a) (c) I (b) yjv0g (d) (c) (d) r B D (a) vV2 (c) v J (b) V / A / 2 (d) zero 4g 18.
its refractive index is given by (a) (c) 1 Vuo^o" (b) 1 29. When a plane mirror is placed horizontally on a level ground at a distance of 60 m from the foot of a tower. If the reflected and the refracted waves are mutually perpendicular. Total internal reflection of a ray of light is possible when the (ic = critical angle. then (a) After deviation it will emerge from the second refracting surface (b) It is totally reflected on the second surface and emerges out perpendicularly from third surface in air (c) It is totally reflected from the second and third refracting surfaces and finally emerges out from the first surface (d) It is totally reflected from all the three sides of prism and never emerges 35. The relation between the linear magnification m. The velocity of light in air is 3 x 10s ms 1 .(c) ( J 1 mv 2 2 x (M + m) M (d) Mv 2 x m {m + M) (a) ^ (b) V3 . The wavelength of light in a glass of refractive index 1. If the refractive indices of crown glass for red. A double convex lens of glass of p = 1. It will behave as (a) plane mirror (b) convex mirror of focal length 2/ (c) concave mirror of focal length / / 2 (d) none of these 33. The critical angle between an equilateral prism and air is 42°.8 cm towards the mirror 26. the image will shift by about (a) 0.5140. 1. The ratio of the wavelength of incident and refracted waves is (a) 1 : p (b) 1 (c) p : l (d) 1: 1 27.10 dioptre (c) .5170 and 1. The wavelength of sodium light in air is 5890 A.8 cm away from the mirror (d) 0. . the top of the tower and its image in the mirror subtend an angle of 90° at the eye. yellow and violet colours are 1. Monochromatic light is refracted from air into the glass of refractive index p. A diver at a depth of 12 m in water (p. then refractive index of material is P H Y S I C S F O R YOU I DECEMBER '07 308 . as in a periscope used in submarines. the object distance u and the focal length/is X/ (a) (b) m = fu f f+u = f (d) m(c) m f f +u 24. A point object is placed at a distance of 10 cm and its real image is formed at a distance of 20 cm from a concave mirror. If p 0 be the relative permeability and K0 the dielectric constant of a medium.2 m.5 has radius of curvature of each of its surface is 0.1 cm towards the mirror. then the object distance is (a) 60 cm (b) 20 cm (c) 40 cm (d) 30 cm 25. The height of the tower will be (a) 30 m (b) 60 m (c) 90 m (d) 120 m 22. On a glass plate a light wave is incident an angle of 60°. The plane surface of a planoconvex lens of focal length/is silvered.4 cm away from the mirror (b) 0.6 would be close to (a) 5890 A (b) 3681 A (c) 9424 A (d) 15078 A 30.4 cm towards the mirror (c) 0. The power of the lens is (a) + 1 0 dioptre (b) . (c) 3 2 21. If the object is moved by 0. = 4/3) sees the sky in a cone of semivertical angle (a) sin1 (4/3) (b) tan1 (4/3) 1 (c) sin" (3/4) (d) 90° 32. i = angle of incidence) (a) ray goes from denser medium to rarer medium and i < ic (b) ray goes from denser medium to rarer medium and i > ic (c) ray goes from rarer medium to denser medium and i > ic (d) ray goes from rarer medium to denser medium and i < ic 31. A light beam is being reflected by using two mirrors.5318 Mo^o (d) V0K0 28. If one of the mirrors rotates by an angle 0 the reflected light will deviate from its original path by the angle (a) 20 (b) 0° (c) 0 (d) 49 23. Radius of curvature of concave mirror is 40 cm and the size of image is twice as that of object.5 dioptre (d) + 5 dioptre 34. If the incident ray is perpendicular to the refracting surface.
respectively and for flint glass these are 1.62 _ 1.1.064 and 0.0 36. Figure shows ABCDEF as a regular hexagon. where v(f) is speed in m/s and t dt in sec. If Fo and Fe are the focal length of the objective and eyepiece respectively of a telescope.0 (c) 2.e~3r) m/s (c) The speed is 0. the resultant force will be (a) zero (b) 10 N (c) 20 N (d) 10^2 N 42. If the refractive indices of a prism for red.3 and 12. The final image formed by the eyepiece is at infinity. 45. The dimensional formula v=P for m will be (b) sin (d) (a) [M°LT'] (c) [ML'T°] (b) [ML'T'I (d) [M°L°T°] 2cos'^j cos 38.651.61 (d) (c) w 1.0 (b) 2.4 and 12. (b) Velocity of the object increases uniformly. then the value of A in terms of p is (a) sin (c) is the value of AB+ AC + AD+ AE+ AF Ej.0 — 3v(0 .064 (d) 0.63 and 1. The two lenses are thin.6852 respectively.4 and 15.621.0 cm respectively.6499 and 1.00 and 0. then its magnifying power will be (a) Fo + Fe (b) F x F (c) FJFe (d) \(F0 + Fe) 41.034 (c) 1.0 cm.0 (d) 2. Which of the following options is correct for the object having a straight line motion represented by the following graph? 0 e 39.064 (b) 0. What (a) The object moves with constantly increasing velocity from O to A and then it moves with constant velocity. then (a) 7o is virtual but 7 is real v ' e (b) 7o is real but 7e is virtual (c) 7o and 7e are both real ' (d) 7 and 7 are both virtual v J v v 7 44. if the objective produces an image Io and the eye piece produces an image 7c.63 1.1 m/s when the acceleration is half the initial value (d) The magnitude of the initial acceleration is 3.651. In a compound microscope. The distance between the objective and the eyepiece is 15.3 and 3. The number of images of a point object placed between them will be P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 309 . Five equal forces of 10 N each are applied at one point and all are lying in one plane.61. The distances in cm of the object and the image produced by the objective measured from the objective lens are respectively (a) 2.034 and 1. The frequency of vibration of string is given by F~ . The motion of a body is given by the equation — = 6. If the angles between them are equal.034 and 0. Two plane mirrors are inclined at an angle of 12°.0 m/s2 46.2(1 .631 1. The focal lengths of the objective and the eyepiece of a compound microscope are 2. If the angle of minimum deviation is A.0 40. (d) The graph shown is impossible. then the dispersive power of the prism will be 1.651.6434. (c) Average velocity is zero.611 1. then the dispersive powers for crown and flint glass are respectively (a) 0.0 m/s (b) The speed varies with the time as v(t) .0 cm and 3. »/> (a) OA (b) 2AO (c) 4AO (d) 6AO 43.611 37 A prism of refractive index fl and angle A is placed in the minimum deviation position.61 (b) (a) 1. If body was at rest at t = 0 (a) The terminal speed is 4. 1. Here p is number of segments in the m 21 string and / is the length.651 1. yellow and violet colours be 1.65 respectively.
iA (iv) Critical angle between A and B is sin (a) (i) and (iii) (c) (ii) and (iii) (b) (i) and (iv) (d) (ii) and (iv) smiA sin L 50. Mg.5 D (b) + 0 . The velocity of an electron in the first Bohr orbit of hydrogen atom is 2.30 mol of Na3P04.20 mol (d) 0.08 g of BaO (molar mass of Ba = 138 g mol 1 ) and unknown carbonate XC0 3 (b) (c) (d) n.6. An object of length 6 cm is placed on the principle axis of a concave mirror of focal length/at a distance of 4f. (d )d„ Px 56 The first ionization potential of Na. The orbital diagram in which the aufbau principle is violated is 72 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 . «3 and n4 from the bottom respectively.6 D. If this lens is submerged in a liquid of refractive index 1. The expression of Rydberg constant is (a) 2n2 mh3c / (e2/ 4TI80)2 (b) 2n2 m(e2/ Anef/h'c (c) (e2/Ane0)2/2n2mh3c (d) 2n2 mh'c / (e2 / 4rce0) 54. A mixture weighing 4. The ion that is isoelectronic with CO is (a) CN" (b) 0 2 + (c) 0 2 (d) N2+ 64. The hybridization in sulphur dioxide is (a) sp (b) sp2 (c) sp3 (d) dsp2 62. Its velocity in the second orbit would be (a) 1. The correct order of ionization energy is (a) Si > P > S (b) Si > P < S (c) S i < P > S (d) Si < P < S 59.+ 1 + i «3 nA 49.19 x 106 ms1.6 mol of BaCl 2 is mixed with 0.5 x 10 ms' (d) 8. A1 and Si are in the order (a) Na < Mg > A1 < Si (b) N a > M g > A l > S i (c) Na < Mg < A1 > Si (d) N a > M g > A l < S i 57. Then which of the following is true? (i) Light can be totally internally reflected when it passes from B to A (ii) Light can be totally internally reflected when it passes from A to 5 (iii) Critical angle for total internal reflection is iB . The length of the image will be (a) 2 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 1. and material B has critical angle i (z > i ) . 61.2 cm 48.5 has a front surface + 11 D power and back surface . the resulting power of the lens is (a) .625 D (d) + 0.76 x 106 ms 1 55.0. The apparent depth of the vessel when looked normally is (a) H(nj +n2 + nj + n4) H 2s 2p 2s 2p (a) (c) tl 2s tl t 2p (b) (d) t 2s tl t t 2p tl t t t tl tl tl t 53. (w1+n2 + »3 + n4) AH H\ J.625 D CHEMISTRY 51. The maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons ejected from a metal is 4 x 1019 J when it is irradiated with radiation of frequency twice the threshold frequency. 5 D (c) .0. If 0.70 mol (b) 0. The threshold wavelength of the metal is about (a) 400 nm (b) 500 nm (c) 600 nm (d) 300 nm 52. Material A has critical angle i . The maximum amount of Ba3(P04)2 that can be formed is (a) 0.(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 47. Mg and A1 is (a) Mg > Na > A1 (b) A1 > Mg > Na (c) Na > Mg > A1 (d) Mg > A1 > Na 58. Which of the following orbitals is symmetric about the yaxis ? (c) d (b) p.50 mol (c) 0.15 mol 66. Each quarter of a vessel of depth H is filled with liquids of the refractive indices nv n2. The correct order of third ionization energies (IE3) of Na. The molecule having one unpaired electron is (a) NO (b) CO (c) CN" (d) O. Which of the element is a metalloid ? (a) C (b) As (c) Pb (d) Mg 60. The species in which the central atom uses sp2 hybrid orbitals in its bonding is (a) PH3 (b) NH3 (c) CH3+ (d) SbH3 63.10 x 106 ms' (b) 4.38 x 106 ms 1 5 (c) 5.+ J. Which of the following is paramagnetic ? (a) Of (b) CN(c) CO (d) NO+ 65. ru n. A thin lens made of glass of refractive index 1.
the ionization constant of HF in water at this temperature is (a) 1.24 mol kg1 1 (c) 0. In a system A(s) ^ 2 B. The molarity of Pb2+ and Cr3+ ions in the solution respectively are (a) 0.1 M HC1 solution using methyl orange indicator. + 0 „ .125 M 82..74 (c) 5. 0. Mixing of 50 mL of 0. The molar mass X is about (a) 20 g mol"1 (b) 30 g mol"1 1 (c) 40 g mol" (d) 50 g m o l 1 67. 2(g) 2(g) 2N 2 0 5(s) .5 g dm 3 . For the reaction NO.25 mol kg1 (b) 0. it will cause the equilibrium concentration of B change to (a) two times the original value (b) one half of its original value (c) 2\[2 times its original value (d) I/2V2 times the original value P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 73 .8 xlO" 5 ) 78. 0. 71.15 (Given :^ a ( C H 3 C O O H ) = 1.5 N H 2 S0 4 is (a) 3. The excess acid required 16 mL of 2. If pKb for fluoride ion at 25°C is 10. it is given that 2 N 2 < V • 4N0 2fe) + 02(g).1 mol of HC1 is added to 1L of solution containing 0. This was dissolved in 100 mL of 1 M HC1.0667 M. (a) both Na 2 CO a and N a H C 0 3 are completely + 3Cter.5 x 1021 (c) 6. 0.0 (b) 4.86 x 10s : 1 (d) 2. At the equivalence point. if the concen tration of C at equilibrium is increased by a factor of 2. and CaO and gaseous C 0 2 are placed in a vessel and allowed to reach equilibrium CaO. The halflife period of a radioactive element is 140 days. For the decomposition of N 2 0 5(g) ..38 x IO"2 of the following fact holds good ? (a) Kp = K c (b) Kp > Kc x v ' ' (c) Kp < Kc v y (d) Kp and Kc cannot be correlated unless pressure of the system is provided.83. + 3H 2(s) .2 x IO"10 M and x lo^m) • ah c ) ~ ^(on (a) 548 : 1 (b) 1 : 548 (c) 2. = CaCO 3(s) AH = . Predict which of the following fact will be affected ? (a) More NH3(sJ is produced (b) Less NH3(j) is produced (c) No affect on the equilibrium (d) K of the reaction is decreased 70.25 g of Glauber's salt is dissolved in water to obtain 500 mL of solution of density 1077. The plot of log K versus 1 IT is linear with a slope of (a) EJR (b) EJR (c) EJ2.10 M chromic sulphate solution causes the precipitation of lead sulphate..75 x lO^ (d) 5.52 x 10~3 1 (c) 6.0667 M (b) 0.S0 4 as (H 2 S0 4 + 2H 2 0 2H 3 0 + + SO'") The number of H 3 0 + ions in 10 ml of 0. Three of the following formulae might be empirical or molecular formulae but the fourth is certainly a molecular formula. the minimum value for the energy of activation will be (a) less than AH (b) zero (c) more than AH (d) equal to AH 75. A solution containing Na 2 C0 3 and NaHCO a is titrated against 0. Some inert gas at constant pressure is added to the system. 0. . + CO.5 M NaOH solution for complete neutralization. Which one is that ? (a) N 2 0 (b) N 2 0 4 (c) NH 3 (d)Mg 3 N 2 69. Solids CaCO.01 x 1021 (b) 1.303R (d) EJ2.303R 76. Given the following reaction at equilibrium. The ratio of acid strength of HOCN and HCN is about (Given : K (HCN) = 4. The residue weighed 3. After 560 days. 80.125 M. For an endothermic reaction where AH represents the enthalpy of the reaction.27 mol k g 1 81.86 x 10 4 : 1 79.26 mol kg" (d) 0.2 E'a (a)Ea=E'a (c) Ea < E'a 77.74 x IO"5 (b) 3.05 M (d) 0. one gram of the element will reduce to (a) 1/2 g (b) 1/4 g (c) 1/8 g (d) 1/16 g 74. Assuming complete dissociation of H. The molality of Na 2 S0 4 in solution is about (a) 0. which 73. activation energy E'a then (b ) E > E ' a (d) Ea .was heated strongly.05 M. 0. activation energy. 40.01 x 1022 68. N 2(8). £ ^C^) 2N02fe)+—02fe) .\ 80 kJ m o l 1 2(g) The quantity of CaO in the vessel could be increased by (a) adding more of CaC0 3 (b) removing some of C 0 2 (c) lowering the temperature (d) reducing the volume of the vessel 72.2 M (c) 0.64 g. The pH of the solution will be (a) 1.5 mol of sodium acetate.1 M. 2NH3(s).(s).35 (d)4.02 x 1021 (d) 3.25 M lead nitrate solution with 25 mL of 0.
2 atm The rate of diffusion of methane at a given temperature is twice that of a gas X.0 88.p mtitititin tititititim tititititim is 3d 4s 1 1 1 1 89.M2) + p MM.4 mm (c) 160 mm (d) cannot be predicted 84.4. 96. An alloy of gold and copper crystallises in a cubic lattice in which gold atoms occupy the lattice points at the corner of the cube and copper atoms occupy centres of each of the cube faces. the rate of reaction increases by a factor of 1. MM.18 x 10'8 J 18 (c) . The elevation in boiling point of solution of 9.5 mm of Hg (c) 320 mm of Hg (d) 250 mm of Hg 86. The density of neon will be highest at (a) STP (b) 0°C. M(M.0 (d) 8.52 K molality"1) (a) 0. The molecular electronic configuration of B2 is (a) KK (o2sf (a*2sf (tf2p)\n2py)x 2 2 (b) KK (c2s) (a*2s) (n2p)2 (c) KK (o2s)2 (a*2sf (nlpf (d) KK (o2s)2 (CT*2S)2 {o2p)\n2py)1 95 The expression relating mole fraction of solute (x2) and molarity (M) of the solution is (a) * 2 = (b) (c) x. The probable empirical formula of an alloy is (a) Au 3 Cu (b) AUCU3 (C) AU2CU3 (d) AuCu 2 (a) 001 (b) 111 (c) 110 (d) 100 The ionization energy of the groundstate hydrogen atom is 2. The vapour pressure of solution will be (a) 220 mm (b) 86.2.866 mol For a chemical reaction X —» Y.09 x IO18 J (b) . .5 g MgCl2 in 1 kg water using the following information will be (molecular weight of MgCl 2 = 95.1.16 (b) 0.18 x 10 18 J. The order of the reaction with respect to X is + S (d) x2 = 9' 74 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 . the partial pressure of oxygen is (a) 175 mm of Hg (b) 157.5 times.1 (d) 0. III and IV 94.M z ) . H3O+ in. The equilibrium constant Kc of the reaction 2AB. Miller indices of the shaded plane shown in the diagram MM.45 x IO"19 J Which of the following arrangement of electrons is most likely to be stable ? (a) (b) (c) (d) 93 Pick out the isoelectronic structures from the following : i.5. CH3+ n.. Kb = 0.837 when the concentration of X is increased by 1.467 mol (b) 0. and 2(S) (g) 2 2 mol of B2 are mixed. If the anions (A) form hexagonal closest packing and cations (C) occupy only 2/3 octahedral voids in it.2.neutralized (b) only Na 2 C0 3 is wholly neutralized (c) only NaHCO. If pressure is 750 mm of Hg.M2)p M(M. CH3(a) I and II (b) III and IV (c) I and III (d) II.401 mol (d) 1. NH3 rv. The molecular weight of X is (a) 64. M(M. Air contains 79% N2 and 21% 0 2 by volume.36 x 10" J (d) . 2 a t m (c) 273°C. The energy of an electron in its second orbit would be (a) . is wholly neutralized (d) NaC0 3 is neutralized upto the stage of NaHC0 3 Benzene (p° = 160 mm) and toluene (p° = 68 mm) form ideal solution at certain temperature with mole fraction of benzene as 0. the amount AB at equilibrium would be (a) 0. then the general formula of the compound is (a) CA (b) CA 2 (C) C / 3 (d) CJA2 90.2 85. is 50. 1 atm (d) 273°C.0 (c) 4.M2) + p MM. If 1 mol of A.05 (c) 0.934 mol (c) 1. M(M.0 (b) 32.
Q.00 (c) During conversion of pyruvic are also formed (a) CO. Which of the following occurs only in aerobic conditions ? (a) Glycolysis (b) Oxidative phosphorylation (c) Fermentation (d) Lactate respiration • Largest amount of phosphate bond energy is 37 The number of glucose molecules required to produce 38 ATP molecules under anaerobic conditions by any yeast cell is (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 19 (d) 38 What is common in NAD. and 0 2 (b) campylotropous (d) circinotropous 8nucleated embryosacs are (a) monosporic only (b) bisporic only (c) tetrasporic (d) any of these In an embryo. the radicle is near the (a) micropyle (b) chalaza (c) hilum (d) funicle The ephemeral structure which anchors the embryo and pushes it into the nutritional zone of the embryosac (a) haustorium (b) suspensor (c) coleorhiza (d) radicle i 25 One of the following guide the pollen tube in releasing gametes in embryosac (a) synergid (b) secondary nucleus (c) egg cell (d) antipodal cell Photorespiration in C3 plants starts from (a) Phosphoglycerate (b) Phosphoglycolate (c) Glycerate (d) Glycine Which type of reaction changes pyruvate to acetyl CoA? (a) Oxidative decarboxylation (b) Oxidative dehydrogenation (c) Oxidative dehydration (d) Oxidative phosporylation Pyruvic acid before combining with the oxaloacetic acid of citric acid cycle change into (a) 4 carbon compound (b) 3 carbon compound (c) 2 carbon compound (d) 6 carbon compound The approximate amount of energy received from one bond breakage of molecule of ATP is (a) 76 kcal (b) 7. R. and H 2 0 (b) (c) C0 2 and NAD (d) 1.430 (d) 2.(c) apogamy (d) amphimixis 119 Effect of foreign pollen on endosperm is (a) chimera (b) xenia (c) metaxenia (d) polyploidy 12 The total nuclei in mature male gametophyte of an angiosperm are (a) two (b) three (c) four (d) five 121 Crucifer ovule is (a) atropous (c) anatropous produced in the process of respiration during (a) glycolysis (b) Kreb's cycle (c) anaerobic respiration (d) none of these S 52 Photorespiration take place in plants where carbon fixation occurs through (a) Calvin cycle (b) Hatch Slack cycle (c) glycolysis (d) Kreb's cycle. Total ATP production during EMP pathway is (a) 24 ATP molecules (b) 8 ATP molecules (c) 38 ATP molecules (d) 15 ATP molecules If there is increase in temperature of about more than 35°C (a) rate of decline of respiration will be earlier than decline of photosynthesis (b) rate of decline of photosynthesis be earlier than decline of respiration (c) both decline together (d) both show no fixed variations. (c) Butanol (d) H .6 kcal (c) 6. 139 NADPH and ATP are generated through (a) anaerobic respiration (b) glycolysis (c) photosystem I (d) photosystem II In anaerobic fermentation 15% of the energy is stored as ATP and 50% of it is lost as heat. 0 Osmotic pressure depends upon (a) concentration of solute (b) ionisation of solute (c) temperature (d) all of these Which of the following has the highest water 76 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 . The remaining energy is used in (a) doing work (b) growth and reproduction of yeast cells (c) fast locomotion (d) production of oxygen In anaerobic respiration of yeast and bacteria.715 (b) 1.145 acid to acetyl CoA C0 2 and NADH2 CO. which of the following is released ? (a) Methanol (b) CO.7 kcal (d) 67 kcal. ATP and FMN ? (a) Zn (b) P (c) Ca (d)Mg.ofC 1 8 H 3 2 0 1 6 is (a) 0.
These are (a) type of glands (b) pain receptors (c) naked tactile receptors (d) encapsulated pressure receptors 164 Epidermis is specialized for (a) respiration (b) absorption (c) protection (d) all of these 165 Erector pilli associated with base of hair follicle is (a) single unit.2 .4 bars (d) + 2.3 bars 146.0. now prothrombokinase helps in clotting of blood by (a) inactivation of heparin (b) conversion of prothrombin into thrombin (c) conversion of fibrinogen into fibrin (d) both (a) and (b) 159. In contact with moisture. voluntary (d) multi unit.Heparin is secreted by (a) liver cell (b) mast cell (c) nervous cell (d) kidney 154 Adam's apple represents (a) cartilage of larynx (b) thyroid cartilage of trachea (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these 155 Cartilage is (a) nonvascular (c) poorly vascular (b) highly vascular (d) none of these development (a) Erythrocytoblast (c) Reticulocyte (b) Normoblast (d) Erythrocyte 157.Stump of well watered potted plant shows exudation of sap due to (a) root pressure (b) capillary (c) cohesion force (d) transpiration pull. involuntary (c) single unit. 3 bars (b) 0 bar (c) 22.0.Relative volume of erythrocyte may be read as percentage of total blood volume in the graduated centrifuge tube (Haematocrit tube) (a) PCV (b) ESR (c) TLC (d) all of these 158 Thromboplastin changes into Prothrombokinase in presence of calcium ion. it turns (a) yellow (b) pink (c) green (d) red 150 Main function of lenticels is (a) transpiration (b) guttation (c) gaseous exchange (d) translation 151 Yellow bone marrow is found especially in the medullary cavity of (a) spongy bones (b) long bones (c) short bones (d) all of these 152 Transitional epithelium is found in (a) lungs (b) liver (c) urinary bladder (d) stomach 153.1 M solution of a solute has a water potential of (a) .15 bars (c) pressure potential is .15 bars (b) water potential is .3 bars pressure applied on it (d) Distilled water 144. Which of the following statement is wrong for such a solution ? Its (a) osmotic potential is .Root hairs absorb water from soil through (a) turgor pressure (b) ion exchange (c) osmosis (d) DPD 148.potential ( ¥ ) (a) 1 M salt solution (b) 1 M sugar solution (c) 1 M sugar solution with 2. involuntary (b) multi unit.15 bars (d) osmotic pressure is + 15 bars 145.Which of the f o l l o w i n g is used as artificial anticoagulant and precipitates calcium ion in testtube during blood examination? (a) citrate or oxalate of Na (b) citrate or oxalate of K (c) citrate or oxalate of Cs (d) both (a) and (b) 160J31ood differ from lymph in (a) containing less lymphocyte & waste (b) containing large protein (c) containing RBC (d) all of these 161 Which of the following layer of epidermis in man provides the main protection of body against water loss and the entry of disease causing organism? (a) Stratum spirosum (b) Stratum corneum (c) Stratum lucidium (d) Stratum germinativum 162 Camouflage of Chameleon is associated with (a) chromosome (b) chromomere (c) chromoplast (d) chromatophore 163 Pacinian corpuscles occur in the skin of certain parts of body in mammals. voluntary 166 Greenish faecal matter passed by infant in first two days of birth due to sterilized intestine is (a) macrophage (b) stercobilin n u v t r r c W D v n u I ncrcuoCD 'n 1 Y 156 Haemoglobin first appears in which stage of RBC .Field capacity is affected by (a) soil profile (b) soil structure (c) temperature (d) all of these Cobalt chloride is blue in dry state. 147.5 M sucrose solution develops a pressure of 15 bars in an osmometer.
(c) meconium (d) both (b) and (c).6% of coelomic fluid 85.6% of total blood (c) 3. 181 During oxygen transport the oxyhaemoglobin at the tissue level liberates oxygen to the cells because in tissue (a) 0 2 concentration is high and C0 2 is low (b) 0 2 tension is low and CO. because (a) blood supply is poorer in anterior part (b) there is more digested food in posterior part (c) blood supply is poorer in posterior part (d) digestion is faster in posterior part The partial pressure of oxygen in the alveolar air is about (a) 50 mm Hg (b) l O l m m H g (c) 150 mm Hg (d) 200 mm Hg 8.5 . is (a) pyruvic acid (b) malic acid (c) lactic acid (d) methyl alcohol Haemoglobin oxygen dissociation curve in developing foetus is (a) sigmoid (b) hyperbola (c) parabola (d) none of these The intestinal villi are more numerous and larger in posterior part of small intestine than in anterior part. tension is high and C0 2 tension is low 182.5 . • Mumps is the painful condition of (a) sublingula infection (b) parotid infection (c) submaxillary salivary glands (d) all of these * Cow's milk is more nutritious and slightly yellow due to presence of (a) vitamin D (b) ascorbic acid (c) riboflavin (d) tryptophan Surfactant dipalmityl lecithin of the lungs is released by (a) histiocytes of the lungs (b) Kupffer cells of the liver (c) Clara cells of the lungs (d) both (a) and (c) 174. in animals. Sometimes food gets accumulated in lower part of 78 PHVSIPS ! OR vnri I nnTMRFR m oesophagus due to failure of cardiac sphincter. Aurebach's plexus is present in (a) submucosa (b) between mucosa and submucosa (c) between circular and longitudinal muscles of muscularis interna (d) between circular and longitudinal muscles of muscularis externa 180. The heart rate is increased by (a) an increase in the activity of the sympathetic nerves that supply the heart (b) a decrease in the activity of the parasympathetic (vagus) system (c) an increase in the level of adrenalin in the circulation (d) all of these. Chloride shift is essential for transport of (a) C0 2 and 0 2 (b) N2 (c) C0 2 (d) 0 2 183 The anticoagulant most commonly used to store blood in the blood banks is (a) sodium citrate (b) sodium fluoride (c) EDTA (d) acid citrate dextrose 184. among the following are not deciduous (a) incisors (b) canines (c) premolars (d) 1st and 2nd molars 169.6% of total body fluid (d) 3. Active bone marrow in adult human being is about (a) 3.5 . 167 The term given to rythmic waves of contraction passing backwards over the gut wall resulting in the pushing of the food is (a) regurgitation (b) emulsification (c) peristalsis (d) deglutination. Eating of raw fish can cause deficiency of vitamin (a) D 1 (b) B6 (C) B l (d) K Cloacal thymus is another name of (a) cloaca of birds (b) endostyle of protochordates (c) bursa Fabricius (d) thymus of man.5 .6% of the body weight (b) 3. Severe Acute Respiratory syndrome (SARS) (a) is caused by a variant of Pneurnococcus pneumoniae (b) is caused by a variant of the common cold virus (•Corona Virus) (c) is an acute form of asthma ! . This leads to (a) Heart burn (b) Achlorohydria (c) Cardia achlasia (d) Deglutination 179. Pacemaker of the heart in rabbit is situated in (a) wall of right atrium close to eustachian valve (b) interatrial septum (c) interventricular septum (d) wall of left atrium close to the opening of pulmonary veins 186. tension is high (c) 0 2 concentration is low and C0 2 is high (d) O. The end product of anaerobic respiration.
24. 50. 153. 130. 120. 162. 171. 180. 10. 176. 148. (a) (b) (a) (a) (a) (c) (c) (c) (d) (a) (b) (a) (c) (a) (d) (c) (a) (a) (c) (b) (d) (b) (b) (c) (d) (a) (a) (c) (d) (c) (c) (a) (d) (c) (c) (b) (c) (d) (c) (a) 3. (a) (d) (a) (a) (b) (c) (c) (c) (a) (c) (b) (a) (b) (c) (b) (a) (a) (b) (d) (d) (b) (c) (d) (b) (b) (a) (b) (b) (b) (a) (b) (b) (b) (c) (b) (b) (b) (b) (d) (a) 2. 151. 79. 48. 182. (PQ ) is lower inside the venous blood than in the air in the lung (d) Partial pressure of C0 2 (P co ) is higher inside the venous blood than in the air 188. 45. 33.oom 12 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER ' 0 7 . 190. 191. 14. 117. 39. 121. 116.momentumacademy. 47. 28. 123. 41. 77. 156. 160. 59. 126. 69. 76. 52. 168. 18. 111. 147. 152. 16. 198. 34. 178. 53. 166. 87. 32. 110. 165. 9. 140. 100. 98. 93. 170. 104. 145.Sphincter of Boyden which helps in the filling up of gall bladder is present in (a) Ampulla of vater (b) Duct of wirsurg (c) Ductus choledoccus (d) Duct of santorini 193. 113. 99. 27. 62. (P co ) is higher in the air inside the lungs (b) Partial pressure of 0 2 (P ) is higher in the air inside the lungs (c) Partial pressure of O. 159. (b) ureter contracts (d) urethra contracts (a) (c) (c) (c) (b) (b) (d) (b) (c) (b) (b) (c) (a) (d) (d) (a) (b) (b) (d) (c) (a) (b) (b) (a) (a) (c) (b) (b) (d) (d) (b) (d) (d) (c) (c) (c) (d) (c) (d) (c) 4. 185. 192. 184. 150. 154.Which one of the following is a disease of kidney? (a) Parkinson's disease (b) Addison's disease (c) Bright's disease (d) Graves's disease 189. 17. 26.Glomeruli fail to filter from plasma (a) glucose (b) globulins (c) lipids (d) Both (b) and (c) 195. 22. 15. 81. 55. 30. 174. 188. 73. 138. 107. 65. 82. 177. 196. 74. 31. 114. 49. 12. 71. 86. 179. 44. 144. 80. 172. 200. under certain conditions. 43. 94. 88. 25'. 173. 103. 51. 181. 131. 187. 67. 141. 161. 68. 105. 56. (a) (c) (d) (a) (a) (b) (a) (c) (b) (c) (b) (a) (d) (c) (d) (b) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) (c) (c) (b) (a) (b) (b) (b) (a) (c) (c) (d) (b) (c) (b) (d) (a) (c) (b) (a) ANSWERS a cardiac output of 5250 ml per minute. 84. 95.What would happen if human blood becomes acidic (low pH) ? (a) Oxygen carrying capacity of haemoglobin increases (b) Oxygen carrying capacity of haemoglobin decreases (c) RBCs count increases (d) RBCs count decreases. 189. 101. 96. 7. 109.Ultrafiltration occurs in glomerulus when (a) hydrostatic pressure is more than osmotic pressure (b) colloidal osmotic pressure + capsular pressure is less than hydrostatic pressure (c) osmotic pressure is more than hydrostatic pressure (d) none of these 200Jn micturition (a) urethra relaxes (c) ureter relaxes 1. 119. 112. 118. 134. 133. 167. 83. 46. 21. 61. with 75 heart beats per minute. 85. 89. 57. 143. 78. 37. 169. 35. 157.Trimethylamine is excreted by (a) marine teleosts (b) mollusca (c) fresh water fish (d) amphibians 197Which of the following control the amount of enzymes in pancreatic juice ? (a) Pancreozymin (b) Secretin (c) Cholecystokinin (d) Gastrin For detailed solution. 38. 122. 75. 60. visit our website : www. the affinity of the pigment of combining with 0 2 will (a) remain same (b) rise (c) fall (d) first rise and then fall 199. 11. 54. 128. 155. 97.(d) affects the nonvegetarian much faster than the vegetarians 187.Which statement is wrong ? (a) Partial pressure of CO. 199. 197. 149. 23.Which of the following vertebrate organs receives only oxygenated blood ? (a) Gill (b) Lung (c) Liver (d) Spleen 192. 193. 102. 183. 70. 136. 20. 164. 194. 115. 186. 190jn 198.Chemical responsible for increase in blood pressure due to renin action is (a) aldosterone (b) angiotensinogen (c) angiotensin I (d) angiotensin II 194. 64. 129. 42. 36. 195. 146. 132. 58. 6. > 40. the stroke volume is (a) 55 ml (b) 60 ml (c) 70 ml (d) 80 ml 191. 125. 106. 29. 66. (b) (c) (d) (a) (d) (b) (b) (a) (c) (d) (a) (b) (a) (b) (c) (c) (a) (c) (a) (c) (b) (a) (a) (b) (b) (b) (a) (d) (c) (b) (a) (d) (d) (c) (c) (d) (a) (b) (d) (b) 5. 142. 13. 175. 158. 91. 137. 72. 108. 163. 127. the P50 value of haemoglobin rises.0ne of the following is not a kidney disorder (a) pyelitis (b) oedema (c) Bright's disease (d) Paget's disease 196. 135. 19. 92. 90. 124. 139. 63.When. 8.
Which combination of the following three courses of action will achieve this? (I) Move away from the mirror (II) Move toward the the mirror (III) Use a mirror whose height will allow you to see your whole image when you are at your initial position. At the moment the string looks flat. I must cross a river in the shortest possible time.A Multiple Choice Questions with one correct answer 1. and falls freely to the floor. a potential difference V is maintained between points a distance d apart. 7.0 m/s between the two parallel shores. < vB (c) WA=WB. Two monkeys with the same mass stand on a branch at height h above the horizontal jungle floor. Monkey B steps off and falls straight downward. The corresponding electric field E accelerates an electron from rest to a speed v over that distance. the instantaneous transverse velocity of points along thf string. Which cart experiences the smaller force because of the collision? (a) The 5 kg cart (b) The forces are equal (c) The 2. A string clamped at both ends is vibrating. 2. neglecting air resistance but not the tension in the rope. (a) the hoop has a greater translational speed than the cylinder (b) the cylinder has a greater translational speed than the hoop (c) the hoop and the cylinder have the same translational speed (d) the hoop has a greater rotational speed than the cylinder. 5.•:: f . A person.3 m/s 2 . 3. 6. You are standing upright in a room in front of a vertical mirror. throws a ball vertically upward.0 kg cart (d) It depends if the collision is elastic. the magnitude of the ball's acceleration relative to the train is (a) 9.0 m/s (d) 13. In this mirror.3 m/s 2 2 (c) 7. Taking the direction of the flow as reference. Monkey A steps off the branch holding the end of an inextensible rope of length L whose other end is tied to another branch at height H. it should head at (a) 90° (b) 120° (c) 150° (d) 27°. Water flows downstream at a constant 5.y (b) WA = WB' vA VV VV V (d) W A < W B' VA ^ 4. If their kinetic energies are equal. the total work W done on each monkey and the speed v with which each hits the floor are as follows /• (a) WA < v. You wish to see the entire length of your body reflected in the mirror. standing on a train that is accelerating forward at 3.: '• Train Your Brain l§ © H M B O S © ®000 g o ® © H M Q M J d q ODD© M D 0 t M  Canadian Olympiad Problems SECTION .8 m/s 2 (b) 10. if my boat has a maximum speed of 10 m/s. They both roll. lets go at the bottom of the swing. must be (a) zero everywhere (b) dependent on the location along the string (c) not zero anywhere (d) nonzero and in the same direction everywhere. on a horizontal surface. you can see from your position only the upper twothirds of your body. Then. A 5 kg cart collides on a horizontal surface with a 20 kg cart. Which one of the following statements is true? . without slipping. 8.1 m/s2. as shown below. In vacuum. excluding its endpoints. (a) (I) only (b) (II) only (c) (III) only (d) either (I) or (in). A hoop and a solid cylinder have the same mass and radius.vA = vB . Neglecting air resistance.
respectively. F > mgl2 is sufficient (d) yes. whether the surface is charged or neutral. A positivelycharged glass rod is brought near ball A without touching it. not on d E depends only on d v depends on V. No external horizontal force was acting at any time on the masses. Can a horizontal force of magnitude F applied on the box at the centre of the side opposite the obstruction tip the box? (a) No. V = 6 V. one often associates a characteristic wavelength X with a particle of mass m. then increase. in the short term the length of the day would (a) increase (b) remain the same (c) decrease (d) first decrease. only if F > mg (c) yes. V = 8 V (c) q = 36 p. 9. An observer at O views two closely spaced lines on the bottom sheet through an angled slab of plastic with parallel faces. The potential across a 3 p. can never be (a) (b) (c) (d) tangent to the surface perpendicular to the surface zero directed inward since it must vanish inside. and two light bulbs A and B as shown below P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U t DECEMBER '07 . Two uncharged balls A and B. V = 4 V (b) q = 24 pC. only if F > 2mg. Compared to when there is no plastic. In subatomic physics.(a) (b) (c) (d) E does not depend on d E depends on V. 10. Which of these comments is the most appropriate about this process? (a) initial speeds and masses must have been different (b) initial speeds and masses must have been identical (c) initial speeds. exactly as shown in the figure below. 16. At equilibrium. you conclude that (a) QA < 0 and QB < 0 (c) QA > 0 and 0R < 0 (b) QA < 0 and QB > 0 (d) QA > 0 and QFL > 0. the lines appear to the observer (a) the same but shifted to the right (b) shifted to the left and spaced further apart (c) shifted to the right and spaced closer together (d) exactly as they do without the plastic slab. never (b) yes.F capacitor is 12V when it is not connected to anything. 15. A u n i f o r m cubical box of mass M rests on a horizontal floor with one edge against a small obstruction fixed to the floor. not on d. 11. 17. hang vertically side by side just touching each other. were identical (d) the process cannot have occurred as claimed. If all of Earth's polar ice were suddenly to melt into the oceans. each very light and coated with a conducting material. Students claim that in a lab experiment they witnessed a headon elastic collision between two balls on a horizontal surface which resulted in the balls being both at rest. 12. the charge q on the 3pF capacitor and the potential difference V across it are (a) q = 12 pC.C. 13. If Q and QB represent the electric charges on A and B. which of the following expressions is most likely to be the correct one? (a) (c) X = he I m Xhm/c (b) X = hlmc2 (d) X = hlmc • If the filament in lightbulb A burns out. V = 12 V (d) q = 12 pC. the electric field at a point on a closed conducting surface. At equilibrium. A circuit consists of a battery. then the following is true for light bulb B (a) it is turned off (b) its brightness does not change (c) it gets dimmer (d) it gets brighter. a resistor R. If h = h/2n (h being Planck's constant) and c the speed of light. 14. Now A and B are separated and then the glass rod is removed. but not necessarily masses. It is then connected in parallel with an uncharged 6pF capacitor.
and the direction of the ball's apparent instantaneous position (see figure). and away from a circular conducting loop. TA and TB.18. If positive and negative ions in the blood are longitudinally at rest with respect to the flow. you slam on the brakes so as to stop the car quickly. as q is being moved. the speed of the flow is closest to (a) v = V/BD (c) v = VD/B (b) v = (d) v = BD/V B/VD. measures the timedependence of the angle a between the vertical at his position. with respect to the car the balloon (a) moves forward (b) remains motionless (c) moves backward (d) can move forward or backward. wishing to determine the density of this ball. with a the acceleration 50 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 .B Long Answer Questions 25. An observer. The horizontal distance between the observer and the initial position of 19. 20. of uniform composition and initially at the same temperature. During this process. 23. As seen from the magnet looking in the direction of the loop. the radius R of the Moon's orbit is increasing at the rate of a few centimetres per year. An ice cube of pure fresh water floats on pure fresh water in a glass. the work done by the electrostatic force F f on q. 1 (a) (b) (c) (d) I / I I runs runs runs runs clockwise and a points to the left counterclockwise and a points to the right clockwise and a points to the right counterclockwise and a points to the left. A uniform ball of mass M = 1. Then. Suddenly. and therefore U remains constant (c) U increases (d) U decreases. A huge ice shelf. During decceleration.F]: . a distance h above the surface. once the balls have reached their final dimension? ((t/Uffttf of the magnet due to this current. (a) W = —Wp and therefore U remains constant (b) Fa = . 24. along the axis of. 22 A bar magnet with its north (TV) and south (5) poles as shown below is initially moving to the left. Two identical balls A and B. each absorb exactly the same amount of heat. Let U be the total energy of <7. which of the following statements is correct about their final temperatures. Assuming no subsequent heat loss by the balls. the moon's angular momentum (a) remains constant since its speed decreases (b) remains constant but its total energy increases (c) increases as JR while its total energy increases (d) decreases as Jp> while its kinetic energy decreases. You are travelling at constant speed in an airtight car with a balloon floating motionless next to you. (a) the water level rises both in the glass and in the ocean (b) the water level does not change in either case (c) the water level stays the same in the glass but rises in the ocean (d) the water level decreases in the glass but stays the same in the ocean. 21 In order to measure the speed v of blood flowing through an artery. and Wh. as the ice cube and the iceberg melt. A is hanging down from the ceiling while B rests on the horizontal floor in the same room.00 kg is released from rest at the surface of a pond and sinks vertically into the water. a uniform magnetic field B is applied in a direction perpendicular to the flow and a voltmeter measures the voltage across the diameter D of the artery. floats on the ocean away from Antarctica. f \ O A (a) TA < TB (c) Ta = Tb 1 (b) TA > TB (d) TA < TB. at right angles to B. A current I is induced in the loop. Due to tidal friction on earth. You are moving a negative charge q < 0 at a small constant speed away from a conducting spherical shell on which resides a negative charge O < 0. The electrostatic field of Q is E . W the work done by the force Fa you exert on q. also of pure fresh water. SECTION . Neglecting the contribution due to the density of air.
9082 0. At the area of contact with the tire. We also take the density of water to be = 1000 kg/'m3 and its refraction index as nw = 1. The tire's diameter is 66 cm. and that its resistance is constant. Then calculate the density of the ball and obtain a value for the drag coefficient b. Also.125 0.425 0. with the rim of the generator's shaft rolling against the tire's rim due to the rotation of the wheel. the coil has 125 turns of wire and a crosssectional area of 0. as biomechanics research has shown. by carrying such weights. Examples of these have been dug up by archaeologists. 10. immersed in a field of magnitude 0.475 Speed [m/s] 0. the rim of the generator's shaft has a radius of 1. (a) 21. 19. at the moment of takeoff. (b) Estimate by how much the length of a 3 m j ump could be increased for a 65 kg athlete jumping at an angle of 50°.075 0. 14.080 T. (b) 23. State briefly two other simplifying assumptions that must be made. (a) If the lightbulb in the headlight needs 5. 12.(b) (d) (d) (c) (c) 5. each have a mass of around 3 kg. r . not a running start like today's long jump. (b) (b) (a) (b) (c) 3.0010 m2.000 0.9145 0. (a) Write a short paragraph explaining qualitatively how athletes could boost their performance.000 0.(a) 2.(c) (d) 13.8966 0. 22. by what factor would the power delivered to the bulb increase if the cyclist tripled the bicycle's speed (presumably downhill or at the Tour de France)? The long jump as an Olympic sport dates back at least as far as 700 BC. Bicycle headlights are often powered by a generator. to produce a decent amount of light.0V. 15. (c) What is the amplitude of the current induced in the coil under these conditions? (d) To the extent that the lightbulb obeys Ohm's Law. You can take the centre of mass of the body to be at a height of lm above ground and the length of the arms to be 65 cm. h.6823 0. ie. where b is a constant. SOLUTIONS SECTION A From these data. made of stone or lead.0910 0. (b) Having calculated the depth of the ball as a function of time. You can accept that. calculate the linear speed of the bicycle needed. Remember that this takes place from a standing start.8767 0.7836 0. 20. . The shaft is rigidly connected to a coil within the generator which rotates in a magnetic field B.33. describe what they would have done with the weights during the jump. More precisely.the ball is d. the athlete is leaning forward so that his shoulders are about 15 cm in front of the centre of mass of his body. (a) Derive an expression for the instantaneous depth y of the ball as a function of a.2086 0. corresponding to a voltage amplitude of 4. Unlike in the modern Olympics. and d.8425 0. assuming no slipping anywhere in the problem. 9. jump further from a standing start. (c) (b) (d) 16.5081 0. (b) 18. In one such generator. it was practised not only from a running start.25 cm.9155 (b) Calculate the torque that must be supplied by the bicycle wheel to produce the required average electrical power for the bulb. but also from a standing start. xl •+  a 'h i • surface n ^ ball The drag force acting on the ball as it sinks is well approximated at low speed v by F^ = —bv. The length of a jump was measured (as it still is) from the point where the back of the feet touched the ground on landing.375 0. find the initial acceleration of the ball and estimate at which value its speed will stabilise.010 0. and typical ones.025 0.325 0. 17. ( d ) 4. 24.175 Speed [m/s] Time [s] 0. a loaded body could take off at the same speed and angle as an unloaded one.225 0. the observer can then construct the following table for the speed of the ball as a function of time: Time [s] 0. 7.275 0. Paintings on ancient Greek vases depict athletes jumping from a standing start while holding compact weights in both hands.0W of average electrical power. (a) (a) (b) (c) 12 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '07 .
0 V)' = 2. the acceleration vanishes and eq.SECTION B 0 = Mg . and therefore the linear speed of the bicycle itself.080 T)(1. (a) The centre of mass of the body of the athlete loaded 1 sin a (b) The initial acceleration a0 can be calculated from the first velocity point in the data table. As is readily derived from Faraday's law applied to the rotating coil with N turns and area A.10/9.00xlO 3 kg/m 3 1. we can take its tangential speed v to be that of the bicycle wheel.p„Vgbv .. Velocity changed from 0 to 0. The bulb may well burn out! 27. F= Ma. By Newton's second law.10 m/s2. the voltage output of the generator as a function of time is e = atNBA sin m and its amplitude is therefore emax = mNBA.1 Solving for b yields surface v f { Pball. 1. with P the average mechanical power.(i) where Mg is the gravitational force.916 m/s 1 1.0 x 10~ 3 m 2 ) (b) The average torque supplied by the tire's rotation is given by T = /VOJ.80 On the other hand. Thus.0 m/s (125)(0.h tana). which gives a0 = 9. Combining these expressions leads to re v=• NBA (1. p w Vg is the upward buoyancy force if the ball has volume V.. where n w= 1. when the speed has reached its final value v .25 x 10 m)(4. immersed in a uniform magnetic field with magnitude B.0 W) 5.4 x 104 kg/m3 19. This is related to its rotational speed 0) by v = cor.091 m/s in 0. the power it consumes goes like the square of the voltage supplied at constant resistance. where r is the radius of the shaft. • Initially.4xlO 4 kg/m 3 = 9.25xl0~ 2 m)(5. to the point where a ray originating from the instantaneous position of the ball at depth y crosses the surface to reach the observer.«o! 8 1000 kg/m _ = ( d . From geometry.25 x 10.p ' wVgbvf=\\^\Mgbvf Pball.5 A a a /e a 1 ' (d) Assuming that the light bulb obeys Ohm's Law. (1. The terminal speed can be read off the table as approximately v f = 0.2 N'm (c) The power amplitude P is twice the average power. where a is the acceleration of the ball. P is also the average electrical power produced by the generator. Then T = rP/v _ (1. the power supplied is multiplied by 9.33 is the index of refraction of water.80 m/s 2 ) ball (a) Let x be the horizontal distance from the point where the ball was released. and bv is the drag force. Pball Pw 1 . and we can write with p w  the density of the ball. power is proportional to v2. or 54 km/hr). (i) becomes 52 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U I DECEMBER '07 .01s.00 kg) (9.916 m/s2. The total instantaneous downward force F acting on the ball when it has speed v is F = Mg. If that speed triples (to 15 m/s. we can also write : x = dh tan a tan P = x/y Then Jf = cosp tan P sin p . From Snell's law we have sin a = nw sin (3.9 kg/s (a) Since the generator shaft contacts the tire very close to its edge. Since that voltage goes like the linear speed of the bicycle. and the maximum current is therefore I mx =P mx mx = (^ 0 W)/(4.0 m/s = 1.0V) = 5.lsin P sin 2 p 0. If we ignore any loss due to (i) friction and (ii) the resistance of the coil. v is small enough that the drag force can be ignored.
Assuming 65 cm as the length of the arms. Totalling these three contributions gives an extension of the jump's length of about 17 cm.085 Ar. the centre of mass lies a bit forward and higher from its position than if there were no weights. Let us break down the effect into three parts. „ Mn+mr) Ar A R=— = M+m \ + M lm where Ar = (Ax. *> A Complete Magazine on Current Affairs Ifwedoti'taanow what you see here mi^it disappear by 2050 CURRENTS Subscription Rates KEESCHEJ'ZSSB Rs. Then. the corresponding horizontal extension of the length of the jump is AX = AF/tan 50° = 7. The angle of the trajectory being about 50°..with the weights follows a parabolic trajectory.1 cm.085 x lm = 8. Payable at New Delhi.. 150 Rs.D. if the jumper thrusts the weights forward at arm's length as he jumps.I M. which gives AX = 6. .0845 sin 40°(60 cm) = 3. Therefore. Then the centre of mass of the body is 0. whether or not he carries weights. it is reasonable to assume that the vertical position of the weights has shifted by up to one metre between takeoff and landing.Y): Mrj + mr2 _ r\ +jf>2 R=M +m \ + ml M where r.0. The position of the centre of mass is given by R = (X. the arms are swung backwards. New Delhi29. Taj Apt. This is of course quite dependent on the assumptions we made. and r2 are the positions of the centre of mass of the body and the centre of mass of the weights..xx = 80 cm. • At landing.8 cm. this gives AR = 0. www. There is also an extra enhancement coming from the upward vertical motion of the body with respect to the centre of the mass as the weights are swung down before landing. Post to the address given MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. (b) Let M be the mass of the body and m the total mass of the weights. two horizontal ones and one vertical.m a i l : i n f o @ m t g .3 cm ahead of the centre of mass of the system. • At takeoff. We assume that then arms make an angle of 40° with the vertical. Athletes were not allowed to throw the weights while in flight. No. the athlete then swings the weights down and backward before landing. R i n g R o a d . Ay) = r2 . in effect extending its trajectory a bit further forward. plus another 15 cm for the horizontal position of the shoulders relative to the centre of mass of the body leaning forward. In midflight.r.in Tel.: (011) 26194317 e . the weights are held at arm's length (arms horizontal). 406.. in favour of MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. the centre of mass of the body is higher by about AY= 0.mtg. when the trajectory of the system's centre of mass is at the vertical position it would have at landing with tout weights. but gives a reasonable estimate. which puts the point of contact of his feet at a position slightly further ahead with respect to the centre of mass then if no weights were carried. we have Ac = x. 275 Available at all leading magazine stands How to order: Send D. respectively. The initial shift in the position of the centre of mass of the body due to the weights is then . i n 12 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER ' 0 7 . which makes sense as the long jump was not meant as a weightthrowing contest on top of the jump itself.5 cm. • If the athlete always lands in a crouching position. With M = 65 kg and m = 6 kg.
Tht central bright fringe is observed to shift to the positioi originally occupied by the fifth bright fringe. and 6699A..Thought Provoking Problems in OPTICS By: Prof. Due to a vertical temperature gradient in the atmosphere the index of refraction varies as i = p.O. Chandigarh. 1116x6699 xlO"10 x 3 = 2. A person of height h = 2 m stands on a level surface. Find an expression for the light intensity I at the screen as a function of 8. = 3A2 = 3A The intensity at the central position / 0 = A"(3A + A)2 = 16 KA2 or K = J ^ T . Hence n X = \ n + \ \ x ' n (6699) n + 1 6696 2. 208. A spherical surface of radius of curvature R enclosing a medium of refractive index p = 1.25 m 10" The resultant intensity at a point is •d) 1= K (A? + A] + 2/1. central part of the screen from one slit is thrice that from the other slit. Light is incident at an angle 8 on one plane end of a transparent cylindrical rod of refractive index p. (a) Find the order upto which fringes can be seen on the screen? (b) And how far from the centre of the screen does this occur? 2.C. Find the radius of the luminous spot formed on the table. X of radius 2r placed with its base on a horizontal Randhawa Institute of Physics. Rajinder Singh Randhawa 1. In YDSE. Beyond what distance he cannot see the runway? 6. 4. 7.com PHYSICS FOR Y O U I DECEMBER '07 . 3. The screen is placed 3 m away and the distance between the slits is IO"3 m. Suppose that one of the slits in a YDSE is wider than the other. If a transparent liquid of refractive index p. find the minimum fraction of the area that should be covered in order not to see the coin. the incident light is composed of two wavelengths 6696 A . II X = 5890 A find the thickness of the glass sheet. Sector36D. the fringes will be visible to the order 1116 (b) Distance from the centre is given by nXD 2. A2 COS C>) As A. Determine the least value of p so that the light entering the rod does not come out of the curved surface of the rod irrespective of the value of 8. A small coin is placed at the bottom of a cylindrical vessel of radius R and height h. completely filled into the cylinder. 8.0 ^ 1 + ay . S. Find the distance x where a mirror should be present so that the image of a distant point object lying on the principal axis is formed at the pole P. where p 0 is the index of refraction at the surface and a = 8 x IO6 n r 1 . The path difference at any point P is Ax = <7sin0 2 7t The phase difference at any point P is 0 = — x Ax:. First Floor.5.. 5. A thin glass sheet (p = 1. so the amplitude of the light reaching the. A vertical beam of crosssectional radius r is incident symmetrically on the curved surface of a glass hemisphere table. SOLUTIONS (a) The fringes will be invisible when n&' maximum of wavelength 6699 A coincides with the (4) minimum of wavelength 6696 A . Email: randhawainstitute_physics@yahoo. n = 1116 So.(2) H) 3".52) is introduced normally in the path of one of the two interfering waves. the angular position.
A = nr2.1 2 C The total area of the base A' = n R2 r ? nR1 A a\ \ 2 ri /a \ \ \ \ 0 >/ / st 1 oo n .e.0 sin 90° = p.2 1) R2 4. x io" * max = 1000 m 6. they will be totally reflected. equation (1) becomes. A . Minimum area that should be covered. c h 1 Since s i m c = — ^ =» tan ic = The slope of tangent at point P is tanO = Using Snell's law. \ Due to presence of the plane mirror. x +x =v x = ~— ~ 5. sin i = 1 — co1 * Jl + a y j sin i sini = [7~. u = °° (J.Acos 2ji<isin0 v = 2x / = A 10+ 6 cos 2 2 j t J s i n 0 16 3.(3A). When the rays coming from the coin incident at an angle i > ic. Let O be the object visible to man and P be a point on the trajectory of the ray 6 = 90 . V o va .2n (dsind) (3) Thus.1 R 3R For the extreme rays. p. . coti = — • o \iay h :. r 1 sin6 = — = 2r 2 cosO = 2 \iR _ 1. v _3R at the pole P. In 16 A2 (3 A) + A + 2.51 70 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  OCTOBER '07 69 . Let 0 = angle of incidence a = angle of refraction nh2 ti . dy . the image formed at I behaves as a virtual object for the plane mirror and a real image V is formed in front of the plane mirror.i.nr2 = nh2 H 1 ' The fraction of base area covered = h1 (p.5R v=Hl 1. Since light comes from very distant object i.'. As t a n = — => r = h tan i.
. One doen not learn 50% truth for passing. siniS^/p 2 .66 x 10^ cm . think straight.(2) Eliminating sin r from (1) and (2).ic sin r < yj1 . we get sin. one has to not only know the concepts thoroughly but must have also the ability to calculate fast the applications which are dependent on many concepts for the same problem. In AOPQ.l ) z = 5x — rf a 5X 5x5890x10" t=p1 1.1 p • = V 2 Since sin9 < 1. Practice and practice as if the winning of the test matches depends on you. one thing is clear..2 v h => sin i < ^/p2 1 p2l>sini p > ^/l + sin 9 r^nun Think. v x0 = displacement of images = 5P 8. and go to the roots of the problem when studying. the most important things are the concepts in each chapter. revise again and again till you know your subject like the palm of your hand.2r = cos (9 .. to ask why. For a ray not to come through the curved surface. iITJEE or P M T You Can Meet The Challenges When one looks at the question papers for the past many years.. 1.521 = 5. there is no need to fear any exam here or in the universities. IITJEE or AIEEE or PMT. In fact. for the purpose of studying physics. Trust in God and buckup. M at B Snell's law for refraction at A yields sun sinr smi • sin r = • . Do not leave anything or play Monte Carlo.(1) Since r + ic = 90° => sin (99 . D. This is the key for success. sine As P = —— sin a cos a = sin a = sm0 1 2 1 = —x—= — and p 2 3 3 AIEEE. REVISE.OQP = 90 + 9 . As L = sin T . To learn to go straight to the heart of the problem. Of course speed and accuracy should be the keyword for success. mathematics whether one goes for any exam or not. 60% truth for getting the cutoff percentage and reserve 100% learning for the rest. Editor . chemistry.. n 1_ < . Revise immediately after you have learnt something. You can win anything if you have the will to do it.. If the basic concepts are clear and the student develops the attitude to think.678r 7. What you get is not in your hands. and seek the answers to the logical limit.sin2 ic < ^ 1 . But you work for is in your hands. then REVISE. in fact any exam can be tackled if the concepts are clear.ic) = cos ic.a ) cos 0 cos a + sin 9 sin a Using above values r0 = 0.a . s i n ( 9 0 + e _ a r ) = sin a sin a . Revise everything from class XI onwards. r < 90 . „ XD c — ( p . 2r Applying sine rule. Speed comes with practice. The general standard is rising. Z. Either one works for 100% or one does not work. reducing the given problem to elementary ones is all that is needed. 2r For IIT.
5 A spherical ball of mass m and radius r moving with velocity u strikes elastically a rigid surface at an angle a to the normal. A ladder rests on the floor.h) = 0 W = JlRhh1 . it begins to spin and eventually rolls without slipping. Find the ratio of initial energy to the final energy. How long does it take to begin rolling without slipping? Squaring and adding up (i) and (ii).. 208.O. (2R . First Floor. Rajinder Singh Randhawa* 1 A cylinder of weight W and radius R is to be raised on to a horizontal step of height h as shown in figure. we get N= Randhawa Institute of Physics.e. 1 F X = 0" Z F . (2R h) = 0 *° M W^2Rhh2 =>F = 2 Rh Now. S.(i) . (ii) by (i) we get W A tan0 = — JF2+W2 For equilibrium. The moment of arm x of the weight relative to the =^2Rhh2 point A. N cosG = F and N sin0 = W Dividing..C. Find the minimum force F necessary to raise the cylinder and the reaction force at A assuming the cylinder does not slip.2> What is the minimum angle 0 that ladder can make with the floor if the ladder is not to slip? (Assuming there is uniformly distributed mass). Assuming that slipping occurs while the sphere is in contact with the surface and coefficient of friction is p.com 70 PHYSICS FOR YOU  OCTOBER '07 69 . 3. x = ^R2(Rh)2 The moment arm of F relative to A CD = 2Rh The net torque about A is Wx .F. Email: randhawainstitute_physics@yahoo. SOLUTIONS 1... As it slides. Using condition of equilibrium. Sector36D. i.Thought Provoking Problems in 0 0 By: Prof. = 0 1FX = 0 1F= 0 .(ii) m \ A spherical ball of mass m and radius r is projected along a rough horizontal surface so that initially (.F.t = 0) it slides with linear speed u but does not rotate. A rope is wrapped around the cylinder and pulled horizontally. A rod of mass M and length I is pivoted at the top. Chandigarh. A body of mass m and velocity v hits at distance d from the top and stick to it. and that between ladder and wall is p. Find (p) coefficient of friction in terms of a and (3 when the ball is reflected at an angle 3 to the normal. leaning against a wall of coefficient of static friction between the ladder and floor is i.
Ei _ \ m v 2 x 2 + 3wrf2) . Angular impulse on the ball = (2m«pcosa) r ••• A 3 m2v2d2 _ Ml2 4. NAt = 2mwp cosa Also. p = Now..(2) . L' = L = mvd + md2 3 Using (3) and (4) in (2). vcm = coR 5p* gt0r 2u 5... after solving .(6) .AT.. Taking moment about point 'A' is given by (I) ..(4) Eqn of motion for rotation is T= \i. L sin0 • ••(5) 2 2 2 r Then the angular velocity of the ball at time t is A M. after collision.. = = 0 and 1 Fy = Nx + ^ N2 .. at time Y is v = u + at ie v = u .. 2 mwpcos0 = mu'sinP .=y.(1) .—mr a. • tanBtana From (1) and (3). we get (mvd)2 3m2 v2d2 f 21' Ml2 2(M I2 + 3md2) j2) + md ' M.(3) Ml2 .. (2) and (3).cosflj Solve (1)..k mgr .. ( A s / ! = miVj a n d / 2 = \x2N2) f2 (LcosG) + / j (LsinG) = Mg \ . Et = ^ mv2 Final energy....(2) I.(2) The condition for pure rolling .(3) fi 2 Hi . a = —p.k g Velocity of C...(1) About pivot.. Fx = . I....\ik R = ma ZFy = Rmg =0 From eqns (1) and (2).p* g t .(3) . (5) NAt = Ap = pf .. 2r Since collision is elastic. L' Ef = — 2 co = 0 + at = 2r .IF.(2) Component of impulse parallel to the surface = p.M. according to conservation of angular momentum. we get 0 = tan"1 Initial energy. / ' = From eqns (1) and (5). ....(3) . then u cos a = u' cos (3 . (1) .mwsina .pi = 2mwcosa .f = ma ..3 md2 3 md2 Eqns of motion for (translational) sphere are given by ^i? (normal reaction) A y Aap 12 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SPE BR '07 ETME 2umwcosa J 2Lp m « r c o s a ® =— = T I ^ 2 —mr 5 5p«cosa .(4) From impulse momentum'theorem .Mg = 0 Now.
. .\ik g Velocity of C. E.Pfc R = ma FyRmg = 0 From eqns (1) and (2). a = .(3) .mwrcosa 7 2 2 —mr 5 Aa> = 12 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SPE BR '07 ETME 5pwcosa .(3) The condition for pure rolling . Taking moment about point 'A' is given by .2rawjLt cosa Also.. NAt = Ap = pf ..cosa) r Aco tan From eqns (1) and (5). About pivot. after collision..(1) <2) X F„ = .(1) . (2) and (3). we get 9 = tan" 3...(2) Component of impulse parallel to the surface = p.(5) Then the angular velocity of the ball at time t is co = 0 + at = 5nt gt 2r ^cos0 IzJhJh 2p.. 2 mwpcosG = mu'sinP . according to conservation of angular momentum... I.... Angular impulse on the ball = (2mwp.Mg = 0 Now.... after solving .XFI = VL1N1N2 = 0 and Z Fy = + ^ N2 .. L' = L = mvd • ••(3) Ml2 M..(4) From impulse momentum'theorem . / ' = — — + md Using (3) and (4) in (2). .(1) Final energy.(2) ... vcm = mR u\ykgt0 Solve (1). Initial energy.(4) 2 2 Eqn of motion for rotation is T= \xk mgr = —mr a a= Z sin9 2 12L£ r .(6) (As / j = p. p = Now..pi = 2/Mucosa .\lk g t .M..... we get _ tLt (L')2 21' (mvd)2 Ml2 + md' 3 m2v2d2 2(MI2 + 3md2) (5) .(2) 5./ = ma => . = ^ mv L' Ef = — 2 2 . at time 'f is v = u + at ie v = u .mwsina •••(3) From (1) and (3).(1) . ^ mv2 x 2 (Ml2 + 3md2) 3m2 v2 d2 m i + ^ 3 md2 ft ^ tang Eqns of motion for (translational) sphere are given by ^•R (normal reaction) A y ( r/ \ _ 2 p m « c o s a _ 2p. A^ and f2 = p 2 AT2) / 2 (Lcos8) + / i (Lsin0) = Mg 5p* gt0r =2r 2u 7 Since collision is elastic. then u cos a = u! cos P .. NAt ..
' SOLVED PAPER 2007 CBSEPMT 1. torque. q which are separated by h metre. A small object is detached from it and strikes the ground. how many times intensity of magnetization of substance will change ? (b) There are two wires each produces frequency of 500 Hz. Now emitted electrons enter in transverse magnetic field 6. PHYSICS FOR YOU  OCTOBER '07 69 4. relate acceleration due to gravity tp. rb <1 5. supported by a table.(a) Write the difference between nuclear force and Coulombian force. (b) An object is thrown vertically upward with some speed. How will the charge density and electric b'u potential varies at different bnr.(a) A rod is hinged as shown in the figure. (b) (Mains) A solid sphere of radius a having charge q~ is placed inside spherical shell of inner radius r. where r<x< R. n A (c) 70 . outer radius R. 6. By what percentage tension in one wire is increased so that 5 beats per second can be heard ? 7. Which of the following quantities have same dimensional formula? Angular momentum. Find mass of string. Now it is connected with inductor of 5 mH. (b) An aeroplane is moving horizontally with speed of 100 m/sec at height of2000 m from ground. calculate the flux linked per turn of coil m (b) A string having tension 360 N and mass / length = 4 x IO3 kg/ni. It produces two consecutive' resonant frequencies with a tuning fork. force and moment of inertia. If tp is the time between p and highest point and coming back and tq is the time between q and highest point and coming back. a circular path of radius 50 cm. It crosses 2 points p.5 eV. points of cone ? 2. If 3 A current is passed through coil n then.If amplitude and time period of resultant wave does not change then calculate (<j) (j^).(a) In photoelectric effect a photon of wavelength 3300 A is incident on metal surface of work function 2.(a) Capacitance of 6 pF is charged by 6 V battery. energy. Calculate charge of electron from the given data ? (b) If temperature and magnetic field applied across paramagnetic substance are tripled. When the support is withdrawn calculate the acceleration of centre of mass.7 x 10"6 T and turn in.y 2 = a sin(otf + <j>2). When 2 A current is passing through coil m. impulse.(a) Equation for two waves is given as y\ = a sin(co/ + §\). then flux linked in coil n is 1 8 x 10"4 weber per turn. Support A « / ' > 3.(a) Two coils m and n having 10 turns and 15 turns respectively are placed close to each other. tq and h. Calculate the angle from vertical with which it strikes the ground. (b): A conducting cone is given charge q. which are 375 Hz and 450 Hz. Find potential at distancex. Find current in inductor when 1 /3 rd total energy is magnetic.(a) Find the force on conductor carrying current i is shown in the figure.
Time taken to fall through a height w 1 2 H = 2 t = 360 = 300 m/s 4x10" Let the harmonics be n and n + 1 = 3 75 lm g Hz. 1 ^ = 450 Hz Ground 70 PHYSICS FOR YOU  OCTOBER '07 It is assumed that the length is the same. 2H [2/[ \2H 2/i2 tp = J— + u = g V g g V g ' because by the same argument as before. and H 8. 9.'T = g (h 2 (h.e. B p = 1 . the time taken to fall is separately from R to Q and R to ground is the same as Q to R and R to ground. 2h2 C.e. lp Is j given C = 6 jiF and V = 6 volts Energy =  x ( 6 x l 0 ~ 6 ) 3 6 = 108 x 10^ J When connected to the inductor. i L I 2 = 36xl0" 6 J and L = 5 mH (given) :. R as (b) Give the truth table of the following from R to P. I = (b) 36X10 _ 6 x2 5x10 * * . If this load is released then calculate acceleration of the block.32 kg m2 is used to hang a 2 kg mass with the help of massless string. (b) A small pulley of radius 20 cm and moment of inertia 0.^ : is induced in secondary this is Vs. When 2 ampere current passes from negative to positive terminal of the battery potential difference 9 V is obtained. (tpt)2(t. 69 . . Due to a voltage applied in secondary coil Vs Vp dt —dfysldl _ 1P dfypl dt Is is induced in primary.= I c f 2 :.(a) Prove that for a monatomic gas ratio of specific heat y = 5/3 h separately is tp because it will take as much time to go from P to max height.jMH Time taken to fall through A. = 0. <b> I h* A ° = n [f 2/\p where is the velocity of the wave.~ x  = 4.12 A.05xl0~ 4 weber per turn. calculate emf and internal resistance of the battery. (t't)2(tat)2 2 .(a) When 4 ampere current flows through battery from positive to negative terminal potential difference is 12 V obtained. it is given that 1/3 energy is transferred as magnetic field energy i. Here Bp is used for the flux per unit turn. This is V . Therefore time taken to go from P to R and R to ground is the same as falling from R to ground and R to P.4 x .t)2 = where t g We assume the total height is H.(a) How many photons of wavelength 439 nm should strike on a perfectly reflecting surface in 1 second so that it may exert a force of 10 N ? (b) Can water be boiled without heating ? SOLUTIONS l.(a) The electric field energy of the capacitor Due to a voltage applied in primary. 8 x l 0 . ( a ) 10 turns 15 turns 10.h2) g 2h i.
tension and mass are the same.7 x 10~6 x 0.1x10 Mg 6. If by adjusting tension.<j>2 = 120° (b) : Potential at x due to the outer surface. 21 \ p For a wire where p is mass/unit length. the intensity of magnetisation is not affected.1 / 2 i.<j>2) = .3 eV E = 1.E. Torque = Mg— = la Mg1.3 x 1. = Au = 5 Hz Au 5 1 A7 AT 500 2 T u = (b) U = (+?) R Due to B at x = Due to C at x = 1 (+g) 471E 0 x = 2%. lnu ='ln[ —1+ ' l n J . M v s BIT.e.(a) By Ampere's law.76 eV X 3300 A Max.u. M.(a) The photoelectric equation of Einstein is hu = hu0+K.= M~ I2 Mg. .E. the magnetic induction at a point 7. But the range of nuclear force is very small. (>i . u and T. let us assume initially the length.(a) The differences between nuclear force and Coulombian force : Nuclear force is very strong when compared to the electrostatic that is Coulombian force.4 5 0 . A atx = 1 4TC£0 a 772 •^=4^=0. 1 2 = hvhvn 2mV" where hv>0 is the work function he 12400 eVA .3 7 5 = ^ ^ => / = 2 m Mass of the string = 2 M * 10 3 r from the conductor = 8 x 10 3 = g. in the straight line portion of curve.e. the sum of the two vectors of displacement maximum is given by A2 = a2 + a2 + 2a • a cos((})i . cos (()>! .75.6xl0"19C.= — j — = 3.<> tI i 2 Assuming t0 is the same for both. That is.max for the electrons.^ l n u \2l) 2 2 H Au 1 AT Differentiating the variables. if both B and Tare tripled.2 Ml2 = (b) According to Curie's law. K. The initial phase difference is <> . 1 (9) 4lZ£(\ 4UE0 R Total potential at x = 5. Po£ 27ir 'A i/ i i \X 3.26 eV = 1. If each one produces 500 Hz. Mass M.<J>2) If A2 = a2. / is the length and T is the tension. 6 x l 0 ~ 1 9 6. then a2 = 2 a2 + 2 a2 cos(<t>. High potential exists at the portions where radius is small. frequency is changed. = 3.6 x IO"19 J qvB = mv2 r yllmE 25 The force on the current element idr p0/z' dr => F = 2 nr Total force on the conductor of length / placed perpendicularly is l+ x  V Mi 2n 1 J X r 2n x „ JlmE => qB = r V2x9x 10~31 x l .5 (b) Potential on the surface of a conductor is Kq/r.(a) Equations for two simple harmonic motions are y\ = a sin(to? + <)j) and y2 = a sin(co/ + (j)2) If the amplitude and time period do not change. smaller the radius greater the charge and therefore charge density at that place is also more. of the order of femi or 10 13 m whereas electrostatic force has much PHYSICS FOR YOU  OCTOBER '07 69 70 . „ „ hv = v.76 . a and a) are the same.5x10" = 1.<j)2) i. 4. (a): < J I !<V > 1/2 • q = \ Support •'• q = 6. = ^ 2/\p If v>2 .5 eV = 1. 3 x l .7x0.2.
like charges repel and only opposite charges attract. h ION = 2Mv A (b) A 0 0 B 0 A B Y 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 Y =A + B Y =A B = A + B.6 x 1025 = 3326 x 1024 photons. force = 10 N. below the room temperature... When the pressure is very low.(a) R \a i\T 2 kg M 2x10 0. Mg = Ma + T = \ M + Mg Of n MH—r R2 = 2 m/s 2 . the ratio of molar specific heats. 9. Coulombian force is electrostatic force. (b) As water is converted to steam. For Coulombian forces. Y1 T :.(2) solving this.2r . Moment of inertia = [ML2] Energy and torque have the same dimension. it is 2np. higher the pressure.. for monoatomic molecules. = = 100 m/s 200 m/s 10x2000 = 200 m/s = tan h»H H (b) TR = MgT TR = la => r = R — R2 = Ma V tan 9 = (c) 1 Angular momentum = r x mv = [LMLT1] = [ML 2 !" 1 ] Impulse = F x time = [M • a • t] =• [MLT"2T] = [MLT1] 1 Energy = —mv = [ML2T"2] Torque = [r x F] = [L • MLT 2 ] = [ML2T"2] Force = [MLT"2] .04 Momentum of a single photon = JTO 2 + ~j where / is the degree of freedom.larger range.6x10" n = 332. cv _ . CP 8. water boils fast at low temperature. 52 PHYSICS FOR YOU  S P E B R "07 ET M E 69 . n =••? 10N = 2«— 10x439x10 r9 n=34 2x6. 9 = e .(1) ^ 0 when discharging. 2 p For n photons.(a) y = .e. This is the total force. water starts boiling without supplying heat. (1) + 2 x (2) =>30 V = 3e. higher the boiling point. r = .a r>—WWW (b) vH = 100 m/s v vert. At low pressure. Given k = 439 nm. x internal resistance is the charging voltage 12 = e + Ar . if n photons are incident on the area. 10.(a) Emf of the battery + 4 amp. even a proton can attract a proton or a neutron..32 2 + 0. / = 3 => y = 5/3 ^radiative = P per photon For a perfect reflector change of momentum is twice this value i.. nuclear force does not depend on the sign of the charges in the nucleus. 10 V. In the nucleus.
[tan 0 tan 0' + tan 0 tan 0" + tan 0" tan 0'] = 0 1 = tan 2 0 . If e is the coefficient of restitution between the ring and the particle. At point A. tan 2 0 tan 2 0 e3 ' tan0 = Ki.O. M2gh = 1~M2v 2 Randhawa Institute of Physics. What is the maximum height reached by the block? 2. S. The other end of the string is connected to a block of mass Mx= 13 kg resting on a table. Sector36D. A ball of mass 100 gm is dropped from a height 8 m. then find the gravitational energy of the chain from the base of the hemisphere. M 2g M + m . A small block ofmass mis projected from the lowermost point of a smooth wedge ofmass A/rests on frictionless surface with velocity u. tan©' tan 0" = w'sin0' eu'cos 0' tan© and u" = \u'2 sin 2 0 + eu'2 cos 2 0 As particles come back at the original position. 02 sec. 208.: 01722620699.C. find the impulse of the impact force. Ph. show that the particle will return to the point of projection after two reflections if tan 0 = (1 + e + e ) SOLUTIONS From conservation of momentum along xaxis _ mu mil = (m + M)v or v . From point C of the ring a particle is projected at an angle 0 to the radius vector at C. If it remains in contact with the ground for At = 0. From figure !<sin0 ewcosG tan0 e At point B. A chain of length L < ^ is placed on a smooth hemispherical surface of radius R with one of its ends fixed at the top ofthe sphere. Randhawa* 1.S. . Two blocks are connected by a massless string that passes over Pulley a frictionless peg as shown in the figure.Thought Provoking Problems Momentum and in Energy conservation By: Prof. First Floor.M + w From conservation of energy. Find the angle a with the vertical due to which 6 kg block be released in order to just lift the 13 kg off the table? 4. Mobile : 9814527699 10 PHYSICS F O R YOU I SEPTEMBER '07 .e + e tan 0 = 1 + e+e 3. 8 1. tan 8' = r and u' = \u2 sin2 9 + eu2 cos2 3 Similarly. Chandigarh. 3. It rebounds losing 90% of its total mechanical energy. 1 — mu2 = 1 (M + m)2v + mgh — 1 2 1 m2u2 2mU =2{M^n) l or h = u ~ 2. According to principle of conservation of energy. M2 = 6 kg and R = 3 m RRcosa= h from the peg. R. A smooth ring is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. 5. *2(0 + 0'+0") = 7t or tan(0 + 0' + 0") = oo or 1 .
g(7?i?cosa) = ^ v 2 or
v2 = 2 i ? g ( l  c o s a )
(i)
When Mx is on the point of being lifted, M, is vertical Now TMlg = M]a. But a = 0 ••• TMg= 0 (ii) For Mv v2 T = M2g + M2 — K (iii)
RdQ y f ] gRcosBTotal potential energy of the chain
d U =
U = U = *fgR2
JLI
coseJG
sin(L/R). .(i)
Using (i) and (ii) in (iii), we get Mxg = M2g + ^[2Rg(\ 3 M2M1 COSOt= 2MT  cosa)] 3x613 5 2~x6 = 1 2 '
5.
FA? = Ap = /wv1 — (  m v 2 ) , = m(v 1 +v 2 )
=
a
*65°
Since vj =
v,= V2gft I Y v2= V2gh' iiiiiiin/ini'miiiiiiiiiii gh and 90% energy is lost
1 2 1 2 10
4. Let mass of the chain is M and its length is L = TQ. Let PQ = dl, small element of chain at angle 0 which subtends an angle dG and its mass is m = ~(RdQ). Potential energy of small portion of the chain, dU = mgh . From figure, h = Rcos0.
.'. Final kinetic energy =  mv2 = ^ m\\ x —^ V! 2 gh 12x10x8 , l
And v, = JTgh = V 2 x l 0 x 8 = 4VfO ms" 1 = 4 x 3 16 = 12.64 ms Put Vj and v2 in (i) we get, Impulse, I = FAt = m(16.64) = 1= 1.664 Ns. x 16.64
A Complete Magazine on Current Affairs
^CURRENTSubscription Rates
CURRENTS
MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd.,
406, Taj Apt., Ring Road, New Delhi29. Tel.: (011) 26194317 email: info@mtg.iri www.mtg.in
How to order : Send D.D.I M.O. in favour of MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd., Payable at New Delhi. Post to the address given
www.mtg.in Available at all leading magazine stands
52 PHYSICS FOR YOU  S P E B R "07 E T ME
69
A
Comprehension 1 Two cars C and D, travel in a straight line. The distance of C from the starting point is given as a function of time by xc(t) = at + $t2, with a = 2.60 m/s and (3 = 1.20 m/s 2 . The distance of D from the starting point is xD(t) = yt1  5t 3 , with y = 2.80 m/s2 and 5 = 0.20 m/s2. 1. Which car is ahead just after they leave the starting point? (a) Car C moves ahead (b) Car D moves ahead (c) Car C and D move simultaneously (d) Data is insufficient. 2. At what time(s) are the cars at the same point? (a) 2.27 s (b) 5.73 s (c) 2.6 s (d) both 2.27 sand 5.73 s 3. At what time(s) do C and D have the same acceleration? (a) 6.27 s (b) 4.33 s (c) 2.67 s (d) both 6.27 sand 4.33 s Comprehension 2 A container of large uniform crosssectional HI2 area A resting on a horizontal surface, holds two immiscible, mi nonviscous and incompressible liquids **» of densities d and 2d, each of height HI2 as shown in the figure. The lower density liquid is open to the atmosphere having pressure PQ. A homogenous solid cylinder of length L(L < HIT), crosssectional area Al5 is immersed such that it floats with its axis vertical at the liquidliquid interface with length 1/4 in the denser liquid. The cylinder is then removed and the original arrangement #
a m
r * h"f :"' ' .' •'• '£, " "• >? , is restored. A tiny hole of area s(s « A) is punched on the vertical side of the container at a height h(h < HIT). As a result of this, liquid start flowing out of the hole with a range x on the horizontal surface. 4. The density/) of the material of the floating cylinder (a) (c) 5. (a) 5<7/4 4J/5 (b) (d) 3d!4 4dl3. „ (L + 6H) , P0 + dg 4 The total pressure at the bottom of the container is
D P0 +
(61 + / / ) , 'dg
(b)
/1S
(1 + 6//) ,.>mn (L + 6H) (c) P0+ dg dg 9 (d) D" 4 sirfl; 6. The initial speed of efflux of the liquid at the hole i tssy. is (a) ? le v = Jf[3H = + 4h] H  4 h] (b) (d) v= [4H3h] H + 3 h]
>(e)
m
1. The horizontal distance travelled by the liquid, initially, is (a\ ^ H + 4h)h 'V(3//  4h)H (b) (d)
yJ(3h+4H)h
^{3H4h)h
J
8. The maximum horizontal distance travelled by the liquid is to H • rv = — (b) • max ^ max ~ ^ (c) „Vn. 3H 4

(d)
x,max
—
^
Comprehension 3 •A ball of radius R carries a positive charge whose volume charge density depends only on the distance r from the r' ball's centre as P  Po 1 R where p0 is a constant. Assume e as the permittivity of
P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  OCTOBER '07 69
70
the ball. 9. The magnitude of electric field as a function of the distance r inside the ball's is given by
i.e. a + f k =
1 =
yt8t2
^[(PY)±V(Pr)245a]
(a) (c)
E = Po r r 3~4R. = Po r £ 3 + AR
(b) (d)
^ r r 4~3R r2 £=P« r + E .4 3R E =
£
= q^O [+1.60 ±7(1 60)2  4(0.20X2.60) ] = 4.00 sec ± 1.73 sec Hence, xc = xD for / = 0, t  2.27 sec and t = 5.73 sec. 3. (c): For the same acceleration ac=aD 2j3 = 2 y  6 8 t y  p _ 2.801.20 or t = 35 ~ 3(0.20) = 2.67 sec. ~ 4. (a) : According to principle of floatation, net buoyant force = weight of cylinder A L A 3L A T' or yx 4x2,5fe+ yx^xofe = jxLDg where A/5 is the crosssectional area of the cylinder and D is the density of the material of the cylinder. A :. D = 5d/A. 5. (b) : Total pressure at the bottom of the container p _ weight of liquid + weight of cylinder A + Atmospheric pressure _ [Ad(H / 2)g + A2d(H / 2)g] + [(A / 5) x (5d/A)Lg] + P n A
10. The magnitude of the electric field as a function of the distance r outside the ball is given by
«
Po R 1 (c) E = 3 8s r
(b) (d)
E =
Po R* \2zr2
2 E = Po^ 12£r
11. The value of distance rm, at which electric field intensity is maximum, is given by
(a) (c)
rm =
R 3 2R
(b) (d) rm=
3R 2 AR
12. The maximum electric field intensity is
(a) (c)
E„
=
Po* 9s M 3e
(b) (d)
=
e Em = Po 9R M = 6s
SOLUTIONS
1.
( a ) : xc=at dxr
+
; xn =
yt28t3 = dg 6.
H
\
L
+ J
o
_ (6H + L)dg 4 +
(c) : According to Bernouilli's theorem = ^(2d)v2+P0
P0 + dg(H/2) + 2dgi[^hj «c = dt = 2p ; an = c/v, = 2y6§?
Solving, we get: v = ^ ( 3 H  4 h ) . 7. (d) : Time taken by the liquid to reach the ground is
The car that initially moves ahead is the one that has larger velocity at t = 0. At t = 0, v c = a and vD = 0 So initially car C moves ahead. (cars at same point) (d): * r a t + (3z2 = yr2 one solution is t = 0, which suggests that they start from the same point. To find the other solution, divide by t.
.. t =
x
= vt = J ^ ( 3 f f  4 h ) x l y =
yj(3H4h)h.
70
PHYSICS F O R Y O U  OCTOBER '07 69
8.
(c) : For maximum distance xmax', *
v 7
dx 3 H n L — = 0 or A =  g 
centre. Hence, electric field at a distance r from the centre of ball. E = 1 0 4ns r2 M l 12 er2
L
12 H~ 3 H 8~J
3H_ 4 '
11. (c) : For E to be maximum : dE W
= 0 or
9. (a) : The given charge distribution in the ball is not uniform but varies w.r.t. distance from the centre. In order to calculate the electric field due to it, the ball can be assumed to be made of various concentric spherical shells. Let us consider one such spherical shell having radius r and thickness dr. Volume of the elementary spherical shell = 4nr2dr. Hence, charge contained in the volume dq = 4 nr drp = 4nr drp0
2 2
P 0 J. _ 2 r v 3 4R. =
0 or
2R
12. ( a ) : :.Em
I _ Vm L i 4 R. Po ( R s V9
2 R 4RX~36R
47ip0
'"5
r2dr
u eu t r competitive sfl o exams \m
Hence, charge contained within the volume of a sphere of radius r(r < R) is : 1 ~ \dq = 47tp0 j r2dr 4np0 r3 r4 4R
(
AIIMS * AFMC *JIPMER MAN I PAL • NDA • MBA • GMAT SAT* NTSE GRE
i  j
Now the electric field E at a distance r from the centre of ball can be calculated as if the charge q is concentrated at the centre ofthe ball. V3 . 3 r4 _ 1 4R_ r 2 Po r e _3 r2' 4R_
4TCS
R
2
10. (I?) : For calculating the electric field outside the ball, we should calculate first the total charge present in the ball, i.e., Q = 47tp0 J 0 = 47tp0 R] 3 31 4R r2dr
Send D.D/M.O in favour of MTG Books. Add Rs. 35 for postage.
M T G BOOKS
#J*5 BOOKS 5°3. Taj Apt., Ring Road Near S a f d a r j u n g Hospital New Delhi  110 029 Tel.; 26191601, 26194317
Again to find the electric field outside the ball, total charge Q will be considered to be concentrated at the
12 P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  S P E B R '07 ET M E
This exercise will give your brain the workout it needs!
Train Your Brain
SECTION  A with the charges as shown in the diagrams below. Which of the diagrams below correctly indicates the direction and magnitude of the electrostatic force acting on each o f t h e balls?
Australian Physics Olympiad Problems
Multiple Choice Questions with one correct answer 1. A ball is thrown into the air and it moves in the path shown here. Ignore air resistance in this question. At position A the ball is at the highest point in its path, position B is just before it hits the ground. Which of the following statements is true? (a) The speed ofthe ball at A is zero and the acceleration of the ball at B is the same as at A. (b) The speed o f t h e ball at A is the same as the speed at B and the acceleration at B is higher than at A. (c) The speed at A is lower than the speed at B and the acceleration at A is higher than the acceleration at B. (d) The speed at A is lower than the speed at B and the acceleration at A is the same as the acceleration at B. (e) The speed at A is higher than the speed at B and the acceleration at A is the same as the acceleration at B. 2. A person at a distance R from the centre of the earth (where R is greater than the radius of the earth) is attracted towards the earth by a gravitational force of 400 newtons. How far away from the centre of the earth must the person be for the gravitational force to be 100 newtons? (a) ^ (e) 16R.
12
4. A truck weighing 6000 kg runs into a car weighing 800 kg. The truck was moving at 15 ms  1 , and the car was at rest. Assume that the track and the car continue moving together. What is the final speed ofthe combined car/truck system? (a) 1.8 ms  1 (b) 7.5 ms ' (c) 13 ms  1 (d) 17 ms~ (e) 113 ms" 1 . 5. In the circuit shown here there is a current of 0.3 ampere flowing through 10 Q. resistor. How m u c h current flows through the 90 Q resistor? (a) OA (b) 0.1 A (e) 0.3 A.
(b) \ R
.(c) 2R
(d) AR
12 V
45 £2
3. Three uniformly charged balls lie at the corners of an equilateral triangle. Each ball is positively charged,
(c) 0.15 A
(d) 0.2 A
PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '07
6. When a beam of white light is shone into a glass prism, a rainbow appears as shown in the below diagram.
dispersed light red / \ — > orange / S s ^ l — • yellow
40 35 30
VJ
•J ,T V tTi
^
25
^ 20 £
" 15
b*
4
10
5
This phenomenon is known as dispersion. Which explanation best describes why this occurs? (a) Different frequencies of light meet at different angles on the glass surface, meaning that they refract at different angles, as according to Snell's law. (b) Violet light is affected by gravity more than red light, because it is more energetic, hence it is pulled down more. (c) The refractive index of glass depends on frequency. (d) Snell's law breaks down when different frequencies of light are combined, creating strange quantum relativistic effects which cause dispersion. (e) This effect is an optical illusion and the light is not actually dispersed. 7. Colin claims to have invented a machine that removes heat energy from the air and converts it into electricity. The entire machine is at the same temperature as the surrounding air and does not have an external power supply. Can Colin's machine work? (a) Yes, it can. (b) No, it cannot, because there is no electricity in the air. (c) No, it cannot, because there will be no net flow of energy from the air into a machine at the same temperature. (d) No, it cannot, because it would violate conservation of energy. (e) No, it cannot because heat energy cannot be converted into electrical energy. 8. Measurements of time, t, were taken as a function of mass m, and radius r. The relationship between time, mass and radius is of the form t = k—r + q where k r and q are constants. From the graph below, find the value of k. Hint: Remember that the equation of a straight line can be written as y = mx + c.
12 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '07
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
80 90 100 110
mass2/radius3 (g2.cm
(a) 0.33 cm 2 .s.g" 2 (b) 0.38 cm 2 .s.g" 2 2 2 J (c) 0.33 g .cm .s(d) 0.38 g l c n r ^ s " 1 2 2 1 (e) 2.63 g .cm~ .s . 9. Dimensional analysis is an important technique in physics which allows one to check an equation for plausibility. If the dimensions on each side ofan equation are identical, the equation is dimensionally correct. If not, the equation cannot be correct. There are five fundamental dimensions. These are length L, mass M, time T, charge Q and temperature K. Pure numbers, such as 7i, have no dimensions. For example, the speed of light c is a measure of length per unit time, and has dimensions of LI"1. The table below lists some quantities and their dimensions. Quantity Dimensions Energy, E Current, / Viscosity, r) Momentum, p Inductance, L Planck's constant h ML 2 !" 2 QT1 ML'T" 1 MLT 1 ML2Q"2 ML 2 !" 1 .
Using this information, which of the following equations cannot be correct? (a) E = heIX (b) E2 = p2(? + m2c4 1 (c) E = mv (e) E = U l 2 . 10. A tin of peaches is hanging from a spring balance. Nearby a bucket of water sits on a set of scales, as shown below. The tin ofpeaches, still hanging from the spring balance is immersed in the bucket of water. Which of the following statements is true?
2
(d) E = 6nv\va
m2
 a
(a) When the tin of peaches is immersed in the water the reading on the spring balance decreases and the reading on the scales increases. (b) When the tin of peaches is immersed in the water the reading on the spring balance increases and the reading on the scales decreases. (c) When the tin of peaches is immersed in the water the reading on the spring balance decreases and the reading on the scales stays the same. (d) When the tin of peaches is immersed in the water the reading on both the spring balance and the scales stays the same. (e) When the tin of peaches is immersed in the water, the reading on both the spring balance and the scales increases. SECTION  B
Long Answer Questions
in terms of R, M and N. (d) What is the total kinetic energy K, of the hoop if it is rolling without slipping with velocity, v? (e) If the hoop starts from rest at the top of a hill with height h and rolls without slipping to the bottom, what is its final speed? (f) If the hoop slides without rolling (ignoring kinetic friction) down the same hill, rather than rolling without slipping, will its speed at the bottom be the same as, greater than or less than if it rolled without slipping? Why? 12. In this question, we will be investigating nuclear fission and fusion. Fission is the process by which a nucleus of an atom is split into two smaller nuclei. Fusion is the opposite process: two smaller nuclei are combined to create a larger nucleus. The nucleus of an atom is composed of a number of smaller particles called nucleons. When the nucleons are brought together to form a nucleus, a certain amount of energy is released. As a consequence, a certain amount of energy (called the binding energy) is required to separate a nucleus into its individual nucleons. This binding energy can be seen as a difference in mass between the nucleus and the combined mass of its nucleons using Einstein's famous equation E— mc2, where c is the speed of light. Using this, we can find an expression for the mass of the nucleus in terms of the binding energy and the combined mass of the nucleons: (mass of nucleus) x c 2 = (combined mass of nucleons) x c2  binding energy In the graph below, the average binding energy per nucleon in the nucleus is plotted against the total number of nucleons in the nucleus. Note that MeV (megaelectron volts) is a unit for measuring energy.
48
11. A hoop of mass m and radius R is rolling without slipping with a velocity v along a flat surface. That is, the centre of the hoop is moving with a constant velocity v and the bottom of the hoop, which is touching the ground, is not slipping along the ground but is stationary. As it rolls the point which was in contact with the ground moves up off the ground and the hoop rests on a new point on its circumference. As the point in contact with the ground is continuously changing any particular point is only on the ground for an instant; remember that for that instant its velocity is zero. (a) How long does it take for the same point on the circumference of the hoop to be in contact with the ground again? Draw appropriate diagrams as part of your answer. (b) Express the number of revolutions the hoop completes in one second, n, in terms of the velocity and radius of the hoop. (c) Find the rotational kinetic energy, Kr, of the hoop
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
Number of nucleons (A)
(a) A nucleus undergoes fission into exactly two small er equalsized nuclei. If the larger nucleus has a total binding energy of 50 MeV and the smaller nuclei have a binding energy of 40 MeV each, will this process release energy
52 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  SEPTEMBER "07
or require energy to occur? How much energy will be released/required in MeV? (b) Explain with reference to the above graph why larger nuclei can undergo fission without an external source of energy, but smaller nuclei (< 50 nucleons) cannot. Assume that the products of fission have the same number of nucleons each. (c) Is it possible for a fusion reaction to release energy? Why/Why not? If so, what is (roughly) the minimum (or maximum) number of nucleons two identical nuclei must each have for a fusion reaction between them to release energy? (d) If a uranium nucleus with 236 nucleons undergoes fission into two nuclei with 118 nucleons each, how much energy is released in this reaction in MeV? 13. Consider a helicopter hovering at some height above the ground. (a) Draw a free body diagram showing the forces acting on the helicopter? (b) What is the force that acts against gravity to keep the helicopter in the air, and what exerts this force on the helicopter? (c) Find an expression for the rate R, at which air flows past the blades (mass per unit time) in terms of the air velocity v, air density p, and the area swept out by the blades. (d) Show that the force exerted by the helicopter blades on the air F= Apv2. (e) A particular helicopter can hover if its engine produces mechanical power P. A scale model which is identical to this first helicopter is built, such that it is an exact scale replica (in all linear dimensions). Using the results from the previous parts, what mechanical power, in terms of P, is required for this smaller helicopter to hover? 14. This question concerns two balloons and two cylinders of gas. One cylinder contains helium, a monoatomic gas of molecular mass 4 g mol 1 . The other contains nitrogen, a diatomic gas of molecular mass 28 g m o l 1 . The balloons are identical, and each is connected to one of the cylinders. Both gases may be assumed to be ideal, and both cylinders weigh the same amount. Ideal gases have the property that their molecules do not interact other than through elastic collisions, and that the pressure in a container of ideal gas is inversely proportional to the volume, and directly proportional to the temperature and number of moles of gas.
52 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER "07
(a) Which balloon will be inflated faster when the cylinders are opened? Carefully explain your reasoning using physical arguments? (b) Compare the sizes ofthe heliumfilled balloon and the nitrogenfilled balloon. Which, if either, will be bigger? Explain your answer. (c) Find expressions for the final temperatures ofthe gases in both balloons in terms ofthe initial temperature T and other variables previously defined. (d) Hence find the difference between the volumes of the two balloons after the heating. 15. Xrays are a form of high energy light which can be used in medical imaging and to investigate the structure of solids. It is used because the Xrays have very short wavelengths and hence are useful for seeing very small things using interference and diffraction ofthe Xrays. Consider Xrays with wavelength X incident on a crystal, as shown below.
tosource
to detector
oGeeo ^ The spacing between layers of atoms can be found by measuring the angles at which constructive interference occurs. (a) Draw a diagram showing the path difference between the two reflected rays shown above. (b) Find an expression for the path difference between the two rays. (c) Find the condition on the incident angle, 0, as defined in the diagram above, for constructive interference. (d) Consider a crystal which has a spacing of 5.5 x 10~'° m between layers of atoms. The incident Xray have a wavelength X = 1.54 x 10~10 m. Find the two smallest angles (in degrees) for which there will be constructive interference of the reflected Xrays. A highly reactive crystal is stored under oil to prevent it oxidising explosively in air. The oil has a refractive index of 1.6 for Xrays. Xrays of wavelength X = 1.54 x 10 10 m are used to find the spacing between layers of atoms in this crystal. The Xray source and detector are arranged as shown below with the sample kept under oil while measurements are made.
49
for constructive interference. (c) Find expressions for the final temperatures of the gases in both balloons in terms of the initial temperature T and other variables previously defined. (e) A particular helicopter can hover if its engine produces mechanical power P. Ideal gases have the property that their molecules do not interact other than through elastic collisions. air density p. The incident Xray have a wavelength X = 1. It is used because the Xrays have very short wavelengths and hence are useful for seeing very small things using interference and diffraction of the Xrays. A scale model which is identical to this first helicopter is built. Consider a helicopter hovering at some height above the ground. The Xray source and detector are arranged as shown below with the sample kept under oil while measurements are made. 49 . Consider Xrays with wavelength X incident on a crystal. 15.5 x 10~10 m between layers of atoms. Find the two smallest angles (in degrees) for which there will be constructive interference of the reflected Xrays. and that the pressure in a container of ideal gas is inversely proportional to the volume. and both cylinders weigh the same amount. if either. The oil has a refractive index of 1. (c) Is it possible for a fusion reaction to release energy? Why/Why not? If so. (d) Hence find the difference between the volumes of the two balloons after the heating. as shown below. a monoatomic gas of molecular mass 4 g mol"1. (a) Draw a free body diagram showing the forces acting on the helicopter? (b) What is the force that acts against gravity to keep the helicopter in the air.6 for Xrays. and directly proportional to the temperature and number of moles of gas. Assume that the products of fission have the same number of nucleons each. Which. Xrays of wavelength X = 1. (a) Draw a diagram showing the path difference between the two reflected rays shown above. 0. and what exerts this force on the helicopter? (c) Find an expression for the rate R. Using the results from the previous parts. a diatomic gas of molecular mass 28 g m o l 1 .or require energy to occur? How much energy will be released/required in MeV? (b) Explain with reference to the above graph why larger nuclei can undergo fission without an external source of energy. is required for this smaller helicopter to hover? 14. will be bigger? Explain your answer. A highly reactive crystal is stored under oil to prevent it oxidising explosively in air. such that it is an exact j scale replica (in all linear dimensions). and each is connected to one of the cylinders. (c) Find the condition on the incident angle. how much energy is released in this reaction in MeV? 13. what mechanical power. The balloons are identical. but smaller nuclei (< 50 nucleons) cannot. what is (roughly) the minimum (or maximum) number of nucleons two identical nuclei must each have for a fusion reaction between them to release energy? (d) If a uranium nucleus with 236 nucleons undergoes fission into two nuclei with 118 nucleons each. (b) Find an expression for the path difference between the two rays.54 x 10 10 m. This question concerns two balloons and two cylinders of gas. as defined in the diagram above. (d) Show that the force exerted by the helicopter blades on the air F = Apv2. 52 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  SEPTEMBER "07 (a) Which balloon will be inflated faster when the cylinders are opened? Carefully explain your reasoning using physical arguments? (b) Compare the sizes of the heliumfilled balloon and the nitrogenfilled balloon. at which air flows past the blades (mass per unit time) in terms of the air velocity v. Xrays are a form of high energy light which can be used in medical imaging and to investigate the structure of solids. The other contains nitrogen. Both gases may be assumed to be ideal. (d) Consider a crystal which has a spacing of 5. to source to detector ©GOGO * The spacing between layers of atoms can be found by measuring the angles at which constructive interference occurs. One cylinder contains helium. in terms of P.54 x 10 10 m are used to find the spacing between layers of atoms in this crystal. and the area swept out by the blades.
The vertical velocity of the ball is zero at A. the ball is at a higher speed than at A. Calculate the spacing between the planes of atoms. (Note that you do not have to show all of the machines. between the oil surface and the path to the detector for constructive interference is 6. which has only a machine. 6000 x 15 = (6000 + 800) x V f Rearranges to solve for v f (final velocity). (f) The angle 0j. An enterprising student has a collection of ballshooting machines. 16. The machine consists of a pair of metal plates. Show all your working and include a diagram. Mark in the currents flowing through the devices.) 52 (d) What is the total current flowing through the first resistor. Each device draws a constant current / regardless of the potential difference between the plates. that between the generator and the first machine? (e) What is the potential difference across this first resistance. Represent the resistances between the boards as resistors. '^ R" As G. (c): This is a question ofconservation of momentum. making which one is the positive and which the zero. just a couple so that the pattern is obvious.detector a Q 9. Mand m do not change.I = vf vyf (6000 + 800) ' 6800 5. i. (d) : The ball has a constant horizontal velocity and the ball has a constant acceleration downwards due to gravity. except for the last board. Balls are accelerated from rest at one plate towards the other. and some value (not zero) downwards at B.3 ampere flowing through the combined 90 ohm and 45 ohm resistors. one of which is connected to a voltage supply line and the other of which is connected to earth (zero potential). whilst between the two +5Q charges the force will be proportional to (5 Q)2 = 25Q2. R2 = 2 R v 3. Dividing the first equation by the second leads to the . (c): The force due to gravity is given by F • <jr m . Thus. so the force between the +Q charge and a +5 Q charge will be proportional to 5Q2 and repulsive. and the ballshooting machines as circles with the letter B inside. Each board then has one machine and one more board plugged into it. the generator as a battery. sample (e) Find an expression for the incident angle in the oil at which constructive interference will occur. (e): The force due to charged particles is proportional to the product of the charges (Coulomb's law). Drawing a careful diagram which resolves the forces will give the correct answer. Draw a circuit diagram representing this situation. Pi = P/(P i s momentum) Momentum = mass x velocity Thus. The student connects iVof these devices to a generator providing a constant positive potential of K(with respect to earth) by a chain of power boards.e. and hence what is the potential applied to the first device? (f) What is the potential applied to the last (JV1) device in the chain? (g) How many devices may the student connect before the last one in the chain fails to accelerate balls to velocity v? SOLUTIONS SECTiONA 1.8° for die first angle at which constructive interference occurs. in terms of Rt and R2 as the respective radii. and draw in the electric field and the direction of the acceleration of one of the balls. one can write an equation for the first force Fu and the second force F2. PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER "07 2.®. (b) If the balls are to have velocity at least v as they leave the machine. (b) : If there is 0. which fire negatively charged balls of mass m and charge q.3 ampere flowing through the 10 ohm resistor. at B. then there must be 0. 4. 6000x15 90000 = 13 ms. find the minimum potential which needs to be applied to the positive plate. \2 4 0 0 N L = 4 = 22 ratio — _ 100N Thus. (c) The devices are connected as described above. The resistance between one board and the next (and between the generator and the first board) is r. and then leave the machine with some velocity v from a small hole in the plate. (a) Draw a diagram ofthe device showing the two plates.
Heat energy can be converted into electrical energy. (a) is incorrect. (a) : When the tin of peaches is lowered into the water. by Newton's 3 rd law. otherwise there will be no net flow of heat. Whether it is E = 6%i\vd is given or 6m]va. (b) : The gradient of the line of best fit for this graph is the constant k. The time it takes for the same point on the hoop to be 2nR —. 0. meaning that it will weigh less according to the spring balance. as the beam of white light meets the prism at a set angle. Note that forcing the line through the origin results in the incorrect answer (a). and 0. When the centre of the hoop has moved a distance d the point of the hoop in contact with the ground is a distance d further along the hoop's circumference.There is the same voltage across both the 90 ohm and the 45 ohm resistors. 6. (d) The translational kinetic energy of the hoop is 4 So n = 53 . the tin of peaches exerts a force on the water. k.2 ampere through the 45 ohm resistor. must be cm 2 s g~2. ti e number of revolutions that occur in one second is / = 1 IT. v (b) If T is the time for one revolution. but can be worked out logically. However. Similarly the translational kinetic energy is calculated by finding the kinetic energy of the body if it were not rotating. 8. there will be half as much current going through the 90 dim resistor as through the 45 ohm resistor. (a) As the hoop rolls' each point on its circumference comes into contact with the ground. so (e) is incorrect. this question does not necessarily require knowledge of how dispersion works. Thus.1 ampere will pass through the 90 ohm resistor. (c) If the hoop's translational velocity was zero but it was still rotating n times per second the velocity of any point on its circumference would be the distance it travels during one rotation times the number of rotations per second. and thus the current will be split in a ratio of 1 : 2. (b) is incorrect. This effect is quite real and observable. for the same point on the hoop to be in contact with the ground again. Thus. (c) : The answer is (c) through prior knowledge however. The rotational kinetic energy of a body is calculated by finding the kinetic energy of the body if its translational velocity were zero. Light acts as a wave. (d) : Using the information provided to find the dimensions for the right hand side of each question and compare these to the dimensions for energy. To take energy out of the air and into the machine requires the machine to be cooler than the air. 9. Hence the measuring scales will show an increased weight. in contact with the ground again is T = 2ttR The total kinetic energy of a body is its rotational kinetic energy plus its translational (linear) kinetic energy. which are ML2T~2. The dimensions of the gradient.38 cm 2 s g~2. and conservation of energy need not be violated. hence the correct answer is (b). the correct is (d) which has dimensions of MLT 2 . and waves obey superposition so the combination of different frequencies does not have "strange quantum relativistic effects". which then exerts this force on P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER 0T the scales. Drawing a line of best fit and finding the gradient gives the correct value for k of 0. there is no gravitational direction presented here. the spring balance shows a decreased weight and the measuring scales show an increase in weight. which is a force. So v r = 2nRn and since all the mass of the hoop is at its circumference the rotational kinetic energy of the hoop: K r =mv? r =/<o2 =xmR2 x4jcV 2 2 2 =» Kr = mR2 2n2n2. The figure below illustrates this. buoyancy will reduce its effective weight. But 6nar\v is the Stoke's equation for viscous force. The hoop moves with a constant velocity v so the time it takes to travel a distance d is t = d/v. 7. 11. 10. hence there is no need for there to be electricity in the air. and white light is composed of light of various colours. Using V= IR. both the diameter and the radius have the same dimension. Hence (a) is incorrect and (c) is the correct answer. (c) : Energy can be converted from one form to another.
mgh = mv2 and the speed at the bottom of the hill. Hence the maximum number of nucleons each that two nuclei can have for a fusion reaction between them to release energy will be between 25 and 50 nucleons. and a nucleus with 118 nucleons would have a binding energy of ~ 8. Thus. (c) It is possible for a fusion reaction to release energy. This is a difference of 1 MeV per nucleon. 30 MeV of energy must be released. the two B nuclei have a combined binding energy of 80 MeV. when two nuclei with 5 nucleons each fuse together and form a nucleus with 10 nucleons. For convenience set the zero for gravitational potential energy at the bottom of the hill. ^top ^top my2 — ^top ^top — ^bottom + ^ b o t t o m B nucleus has 40 MeV of binding energy. the smaller daughter nuclei will have a higher binding energy per nucleon (as seen from the graph). the process described in the question can be represented by the equation A^B + B. they have the same kinetic energy and the rolling hoop has a lower speed. ^bottom = 0 and Kbottom = mv2. uranium has a binding energy of ~ 7. (a) Fw e i g h t P H Y S I C S F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '07 . If small nuclei (less than about 50 nucleons) were to fission. their binding energy can increase. this process will release energy. At the top of the hill the hoop has no kinetic energy and a higher gravitational potential energy than at the bottom. (b) When large nuclei (of more than about 100 nucleons) fission. If the sum of the binding energy of two identical nuclei is greater than the binding energy of a nucleus twice that size. and hence the process will release energy. this process would require an external source of energy to occur and so will not occur spontaneously. fusion of two nuclei with 25 nucleons each will release energy. the total binding energy increases from 2 x 5 x 5 MeV = 50 MeV to 10 x 7 MeV = 70 MeV. Applying conservation of energy. if the hoop slides.+ Kr = 2 mv2+Ito2 2 R2 1 2 1 „2 V2 2 = —mv +—mR'x—rr = mv~. the binding energy per nucleon of the daughter nuclei would be smaller than the binding energy per nucleon of the parent nucleus. As the binding energy has increased. The amount of energy released will be 236 nucleons x 1 MeV/nucleon = 236 MeV. it can be shown that the exact answer is 40 nucleons. and each 12 13. applying conservation of energy as in part (e). As the maximum of the graph is at 50 nucleons. then fusion of the two smaller nuclei will require energy. hence 20 MeV of energy would be released by this process.Kt=mv2 ' 2 The total kinetic energy of the hoop is K = K. So. ^bottom • ^bottom mgh = ~ So the final speed at the bottom of the hill. while fusion of two nuclei with 50 nucleons each will require energy. 2 2 (e) The easiest method for solving this problem is to use conservation of energy.5 MeV per nucleon. (a) If we call the larger nucleus A and the smaller (daughter) nucleus B. This speed is greater than the speed calculated in part (e) as expected. When two small nuclei fuse together. Quantitatively. As no nucleons were gained or lost in this process. (d) From the graph. This means that forming the A nucleus from separate nucleons would release 50 MeV. while forming the two B nuclei would release 80 MeV. one sliding and one rolling without slipping. For example. The rolling hoop has a higher kinetic energy. with the same speed do not have the same kinetic energy. When the hoop is at the bottom.5 MeV per nucleon. v = y[gh. (f) If the hoop slides without rolling its translational kinetic energy is its total kinetic energy. 2 This means that two identical hoops. As the hoop travels down the hill the gravitational potential energy is converted to kinetic energy so at the bottom of the hill. 12. Hence. So K = mv2. When the hoop is at the top of the hill the gravitational potential energy £/top = mgh and Ktop = 0. The nucleus A has 50 MeV ofbinding energy. From the graph.
that is the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one mole of gas by one kelvin. This indicates that the helium balloon will fill faster. (b) Again using the relation PV ^ nT. Monoatomic gases cannot store energy in rotation as they are pointlike. Note that this could also be arrived at using dimensional analysis. hence v2 k / or v « P/2. The force must be at least equal to the weight of the helicopter . is the number of degrees of freedom which the system possesses. F= — At Using the definition of momentum as p = mv. The power required for the helicopter to hover is equal to the downward force applied to the air by the helicopter blades times the mean velocity v. the volume of both balloons will be the same. of an ideal gas at constant pressure is given by w h e r e / i s the number of degrees of freedom of the gas and R is the universal gas constant. (d) This problem requires the definition of force as the rate of change of momentum. We can use our expression for force from part (d). (c) From the words in the question. and some arbitrary height h. H = nCpAT. Now we need to know how v varies with /. To get the mass flow rate. Hence if in all dimensions / becomes (1/2) I. The two balloons are now heated by supplying the same quantity H of heat (thermal energy) to each. the helium cylinder contains more moles of gas than the nitrogen cylinder. since air is being pushed down by the rotors. we can write _ A (mv) Am „ 2 F = — . and in rotation.— = v — = vR = Apv". (a) As both cylinders have the same weight.mg. we need to simply multiply by the density. The molar heat capacity. We are going to heat the balloons. as P oc (riTIV). to get R = Apv which was the required expression. the rotors must be pushed up by the air. Any reasonable upward force was accepted here as a correct answer. as required. we have the equation. An important property of an ideal gas. with area A being the area swept out by the blades. n. since the molecular mass of helium is lower than that of nitrogen. As p does not depend on length. Both balloons are filled with the same number of moles of gas. where AT is the difference between the initial and final temperatures. 14. the power 52 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER "07 needed goes as ^where P is the power for the fullsized helicopter. ofthe downward moving column of air beneath its rotor blades. and so we shall assume that the pressure of the gas inside both balloons is constant. passing through the blades per unit time is ~ > where v is the velocity of air through the blades. and area is proportional to /2. the pressure in the helium cylinder must be a lot higher than that in the nitrogen cylinder. rt the number of moles of gas and CP the heat capacity at constant pressure. ByNewton's third law. Returing to P=Fv. Diatomic gases can store energy by rotating in two different rotational directons. and indeed of many other systems in physics. Rearranging for AT 49 . in three different directions. this time with n and 7" the same for both balloons. Hence the air exerts this force. because the rate will be dominated by the pressure difference between the inside ofthe cylinder and the inside of the balloon. Molecules can store energy through translation (linear motion). but not very much. So force scales as F m P. The volume of air Ah . H the heat added. pushing the helicopter upwards. (this is given in words in the question) with V and T constant. M At At (e) What we are looking for here is the relationship between power and length. (c) The volume of air coming out of the rotors is cylindrical. the power needed is equal to the force exerted by the air multiplied by the velocity of the air.where F weight = mg is the force due to gravity acting downwards on the helicopter and Fair is the force exerted by the air on the helicopter. As the balloons are identical. Now. the product of pressure and volume must be the same for the two balloons. Each degree of freedom corresponds to one possible way in which the gas can store energy. From this we can say that Apv2 oc P. we can now write P P. how is power proportional to the length in any direction of the helicopter? We can start with P = Fv. (b) The force that acts against gravity to push the helicopter upwards is the reaction force of the air being pushed down by the rotors. I1'2 oc p5. we can say that Pv2 °c P. F = Apv2.
. with m = 1 for the smallest angle. 1. where m = 1 . so the incident angle will be given by 2ds'mQ = mXm!/noi.6xsin(52°) = 0.54xlO~ 10 m For m = 2 : sin0 = nRAT 2H P P C / + 2) So finally. and 0 is the angle of incidence to the surface in oil. and we know that the number of moles is constant. 2</sin0 = mX. and / = 5 for nitrogen (two degrees of rotation). 2 . "infinity" can be a few cm away. The dark section is the path difference. mk mX„ir We are trying to find.0°. n and R are constants. Hence we required path difference.. For constructive interference in the oil the condition on the path difference becomes path difference = 2<isin0 = mX = mXair /noii where X is the wavelength in oil and Aajr is the wavelength in air of the Xrays. This gives the following equations for AT A2 V = and so 7>lnaI 2H 5 nR He (c) The condition for constructive interference is that the path length difference is equal to an integer number of wavelengths. Note that the Xrays that come in and go out are parallel.AJnoi where X is the wavelength in oil and Aajr is the wavelength in air of the Xrays. 2d (e) See diagram for part (b). (f) See diagram below.5 x IO"10 m and hence 0 = 8. the extra distance ray b must travel compared to ray a.= 0. then to take the difference between them. See diagram below. and effectively meet at infinity.. The difference is that wavelength is now X = ~k. using / = 3 for He and / = 5 for N 2 2H 2 H 4H e 5P 1P~35P' 15.54x10 10 2«oii sin 0 2x 1.61 x 10 10 m. As crystal spacings are usually on the scale of IO 9 m. . / = 3 for helium (no rotational energy). so using the earlier relationship PV= nRT. the path difference = 2dsinQ. (d) Take the above formula and rearrange to obtain sin 0 = """ 2d and A7N2 = 2H 2H InR 2H T + = and TVm3l For m = 1 : sin0 = mk 27 mk (d) The first step here is to calculate the volume increase for each balloon. which we can work out using Snell's law sin8 j = « 2 sm0 2 . so that all the waves interfere constructively. 3. (a) See diagram. gives: mX d = '2sin0 Overall view. We are assuming that the pressure is constant. (b) Using the diagram below.AT = H nCP H nR / + 2 As H. the initial and final volumes are 2 nRT. MKW 1x1.14 2 x 5. o n l y / is different for the two gases . which is where the source and detector are. The angle 0 is 52°. a x e r \ \ ^ crystal planes = 0. « = • 2 sin 0 2 n oil sin 0 We have numbers for everything in this expression except the angle 0. air/oil interface crystal planes 48 Close view for finding 52 angles: PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER "07 .28 and hence 0 = 16°. / and so AV = and V = nRT . Putting the numbers in.
0 n =1. (a) The electric field points in the direction of decreasing potential. NSEP.q A V . . Now this energy is 1 2 converted into kinetic energy. we get energy = qV. (f) At the second resistor. the potential difference across the first resistor is Nir. 2 2q This can be rearranged to give a quadratic equation for N. „ „ irN(N +1) ^ mv2 Hence. where m and v are defined in the problem. . In this case. this can be written as irN(N +1) Jr 2 (g) The last device in the chain needs a voltage of at least mv2l2q to shoot the ball properly. the potential applied is jy V—ir j[>. Intemational Olympiads • Also useful for IITs/PMTs/AIE£E Exams » Previous Years Question Papers 52 PHYSICS FOR Y O U  SEPTEMBER "07 49 . the minimum potential that needs to be applied for velocity v gives • (c) (d) Each machine draws a current i. (e) Using Ohm's law. NSEB. By the time that we reach the last device in the chain. ir irq 52°A 0 16. Thus. NS£C RMO anil National. and since all of the current flows through the first resistor. 1/ _ 1 2 Solving for N (and taking only the positive solutions f as the negative is unphysical) gives 2V__mJ} 1 + 1 + 4 ir irq N= Mathematical h i n t : Z ' = " « ( « + !)• W & & OLYMPIAD BOOKS • Us«fuf for NSO. the total current flowing through the first resistor is Ni. Thus. Solving for V.6 38\ machines. and so the potential applied to the second device is VNir(N1 )/>. which gives qV = —mv .83. V= IR. the potential drop over the second device is (Nl)ir. r E (b) The energy gained by a charge moving through an electric field is equal to the charge times the negative of the potential difference between the initial and final points: .2° n = 1. The potential applied to the first device in the chain is hence VNir. V > . »=1 Using the hint given. there is a current (Nl)i flowing through the resistor. with N mmmmmmmmmm $ >v . Negatively charged balls will move in the opposite direction to the electric field.
= 6a (i) and T2 = 9a 1 9 g . i. Ph. c SOLUTIONS 1. 9 kg and 19 kg. Assuming the lengths of the chain to be L and coefficient of static friction compute the maximum length of the chain which can be held outside a table without sliding.Thought Provoking Problems in Dynamics By: Prof. R.O. the block Mx is being prevented from descending by pulling M to the right with force F. Randhawa* 1. =  y N and 7^ = (ii) (iii) N Free body diagram is given by. Find (i) acceleration of blocks (ii) force R with which the blocks press against each other. 3. The 19 kg block is prevented from rotating. T = Mxg Nx = Mxa (iii) (iv) M. If the coefficient of friction between an insect and bowl is p and the radius ofthe bowl is r. (ii) Equation of motion of block M2 T = M2a N.( r . Masses ofblocks are Mx and M2 and coefficient of friction are and _i2 respectively. Find its acceleration and tension in each cord. 208. First Floor. comes straight down.S. M2g N TV.C. 34a = 19g a = 19 gms—2 — Put a in (i) and (ii). The angle of inclination is 0. 2.T M Ni B. Equations of motion are given by a T. Two blocks are kept on an incline in contact with each other.^M^g f T ^ i. 6 kg gjz: 'VT. 5.. From free body diagram of 6 kg.. 4. (ii) and (ii).: 01722620699. 19 kg 19 £ 'kg 2. we get. Mobile : 9814527699 10 PHYSICS FOR YOU I SEPTEMBER '07 . Assuming all the surfaces to be frictionless. all the surfaces are smooth. we get. (i) .e. f^F mrnmrmt hmnnnnfimTTnTTm 777? Mg Randhawa Institute of Physics. In the system shown in the figure. 71. In the system shown in the figure. Sector36D. Chandigarh. find the maximum height to which the insect can crawl up in the bowl. S. + r 2 ) = 19a Adding up (i). find F. Equation of motion of block Mj.
..Now equation of motion of block M. 12 > > > > ..\I2N2 = M2a Y1Fy = N2M2gcosQ =0 ..R . (iv) SOLVED PAPERS 2007 IN PHYSICS FOR YOU > Now.> flOOdOOO^Y I fo{ T fL w £ W From equation (v) F — T = M1 —J g + Nx ]xL which gives * .. h = r — y = r Now... we get. we get ls R = mgcosQ (0 mgcosi M2& M2 1S M2 h = wgsinG (ii) Dividing equation (ii) by (i) JV. add up Nx and JV2 from equations (ii) and (iv) in equations (i) and (iv) we get.or tan6= p[v fL = jift] K MjgcosQ Mjgsin6 M2gcos6 \ M . (i) (ii) :. Since W = f L ..g + T 4. g s i n e Free body diagram of M 2 Free body diagram of Mj or Equations of motion of free body diagram of MX Y^FX = MjgsinG .. _ (M\ + M 2 )gsin9 . we get M M .. (iii) .( j ^ j l ) 5. using free body diagram. we get Mxg = M2a Put a in (iv) put the values of W and fL in equation (i). (i) From figure W=^xg M Then f i = )\R = \i^j{Land R = W' = ^(Lk x)g R x)g {Lxj Equating (i) and (iii). which also means that blocks will separate. ..(jijMj + p 2 M 2 )gcos0 M\ + M2 Also from equation (i). FT = Ma+Nl (v) (vi) JV = JV2 + M. then R becomes negative.. From figure Using JVj.. equations of motion of free body diagram of M2 Z F x = M2gsin6 + R . which is not possible. tan9 = 4f. R > > > IITJEE CBSEPMT (Prelims) CBSE (Board) AIEEE Kerala PMT Bihar CECE (Mains) Kerala PET UP CPMT UPSC May 2007 May 2007 May 2007 June 2007 June 2007 July 2007 July 2007 August 2007 August 2007 PHYSICS F O R Y O U  SEPTEMBER '07 (H2 ~ Ml) MjM 2 gcos6 M\ + M2 If Hi > 1X3.mNi = Mxa Xi>=JV1M1gcos9 = 0 . and T = Mxg.
the minimum take off speed is lower because there is no condensation and so the plane's mass is lower.75. how far will the skier slide on the gravel before coming to a stop? (a) 400 m (b) 90 m (c) 900 m (d) 4 m (e) 40 m. the minimum take off speed is greater because the air density is greater. the lines with arrows are electric field lines and the arrows indicate the direction of the electric field. At this speed. Which of the following statements is true? (a) On a humid day. In the diagrams. A superhero standing on the ground (because her rocket pack is at the cleaner's) catches a 60 kg man falling from a height of 80 m above the ground.) PHYSICS FOR YOU I AUGUST '07 . reducing its coefficient of drag. 4. (c) The minimum take off speed is the same on a humid day as on a dry day. A large truck and a small car collide and stick together. In which situation is the net force on the dipole zero? 20 (a) A only (c) A and C (e) C and D (b) G only (d) D only 5. the minimum take off speed is lower because the water condenses on the surface of the aircraft.This exercise will give your brain the workout it needs! Train Your Brain SECTION . Assuming she has unlimited strength and can catch the man when he is 3 m above the ground(she has very long arms). The density of air decreases with increasing humidity. ' patch of gravel. An aeroplane must accelerate to a minimum speed before it can take off. Which of the following is closest to the minimum constant force she has to apply to the man to just stop him from reaching the ground? (Ignore air resistance. (e) The result depends on the energy absorbed by the crumpling bodies of the vehicles on impact. Which one undergoes the larger change in momentum? (a) The car (b) The truck (c) The momentum change is the same for both vehicles (d) You can't tell without knowing the final velocity of the combined masses. and that the skier's coefficient of friction with the gravel is 0. assuming that the snow and air are frictionless. A point particle is at equilibrium when the net force on it is zero. Which of the following statements is/are correct? (a) Any object in equilibrium is at rest (b) An object in equilibrium is not necessarily at rest (c) An object at rest must be in equilibrium (d) Both (b) and (c) (e) None of the above 2. (b) On a humid day. and skis down the hill into the giuvw*.A j Australian Physics Olympiad Problems  Multiple Choice Questions with one correct answer 1. 6. the change in momentum of the air directed downward by the wing per second is equal to the gravitational force acting on the plane. A 100 kg skier starts from rest on top of a snowy hill 30 m above a io. 3. (e) On a dry day. the minimum take off speed is greater because the air density is lower. (d) On a dry day. An electric dipole with no net charge consisting of a positive charge bound to a negative charge separated by a small distance as shown in the figure below is placed in an external electric field.
(c) The pull of the ball's mass on the Earth.6 ms. (c) The force on the mass is directed radially outwards. A soap bubble (made of clear soap) falling at a constant rate in the earth's atmosphere is observed . Which of the following statements is true? (a) There will be constructive interference at A and B. which of the following statements is definitely true? (a) The acceleration of the mass is zero because its 20 PHYSICS F O R Y O U I AUGUST '07 speed is constant. A guitar string is tuned to a particular pitch by changing the tension in the string while it is fixed at the ends. Two radio stations that are 250 m apart emit radio waves of wavelength 100 m. A mass m undergoing circular motion close to the earth's surface. what is the reaction from Newton's third law? (a) The force of air resistance on the ball. (b) Both the light and the sound refract at an angle of 74° from the horizontal. 12. (e) There will be destructive interference at A.2 (b) 6. Which of the following is closest to the deceleration of the truck? (a) 5.8. 10. When the object is pulled down. the sum of the elastic potential energy of the spring and the gravitational potential energy of the object and Earth. If the action is the force of gravity on the ball. What happens? (a) The light refracts to an angle uf 74° from the horizontal. The radio stations emit in phase. (c) The light refracts to an angle of 26° from the horizontal and the sound refracts to an angle of 74° from the horizontal. If a tuned guitar was (unwisely. and destructive interference at A. 14. For light.8 times that of the speed of sound in air. (e) Both the net force and net acceleration are radially inwards. (e) The light refracts to an angle of 74° from the horizontal and the sound refracts to an angle of 26° from the horizontal. (d) The force of the ball on the air. The truck is decelerating at a constant rate on a horizontal road and the possum is hanging at an angle of 35° to the vertical. (d) The sound would travel faster in the water. thrown from a tall building. (d) The energy of the mass is constant. A ball. (b) The force on the mass is directed radially outward away from the centre of circular motion. (c) The frequency of the sound in the water would be the same as the vibrating frequency of the string. which of the following statements is not always true? (a) The wavelength of vibration of the string would be the same. B and C.(a) 16000 N (c) 1600 N (e) 14400 N.0 ms" (d) 14 ms"2 (e) Can't be determined from the information given. (b) The frequency of the vibration of the string would be reduced by the water resistance. 8. 13. 11. A possum is hanging by its tail in the back of a truck. Point C is 400 m from one station and 450 m from the other. (e) There is no force of gravity as the ball is not accelerating. The acceleration is radially inwards towards the centre of circular motion. 9. The speed of the mass is constant. perhaps) played underwater.9 ms"2 2 (c) 8. (b) There will be destructive interference at A and B. the refractive index of the liquid is 1. and destructive interference at B and C. (c) There will be constructive interference at A. (d) There will be constructive interference at B and C. and the sound passes straight through. and destructive interference at C. (a) increases (b) decreases (c) stays the same (d) can either increase or decrease depending on the spring constant. An object hangs motionless from a spring. (e) can either increase or decrease depending on the mass of the object. The speed of sound in the liquid is 1. Point B is 450 m from both stations. A laser beam and a sound wave from directional sources both enter a liquid at an angle of 60° from the horizontal surface of the liquid. (b) 3600 N (d) 1440 N 7. Point A is 400 m from both stations. (b) The acceleration of the ball. reaches terminal velocity. Considering only the information given and making no further assumptions about the system. and constructive interference at C. (e) The wavelength of the sound in the water would be the same as the wavelength of the vibrating string. (d) The light refracts to an angle of 26° from the horizontal and the sound reflects completely off the surface.
15. A satellite is in a circular orbit around Earth. Which of the following diagrams correctly the gravitational field lines for a pair of masses? Given the following five statements: (i) The fragment with the greater velocity goes into the higher orbit. At the point of the fragment's orbits opposite the explosion: (iii) Fragment 1 has a lower velocity than it had immediately after the explosion and fragment 2 has a greater velocity than it had immediately after the explosion. the resistance between A and B „ / ( M (a) (c) (e) 20 PHYSICS F O R Y O U I AUGUST '07 . Which of the following is true? (a) (i) and (iii) (b) (i) and (iv) (c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (ii) and (iv) • (e) (i) and (v) 18. The velocities of the two fragments are in the same direction as before the explosion. initially at rest. in a constant. the top of the soap bubble thins as the soap film flows slowly under gravity to the bottom of the bubble. Due to an electrical fault. (iv) Fragment 1 has a greater velocity than it had immediately after the explosion and fragment 2 has a lower velocity than it had immediately before the explosion. is the shape of the trajectory of the electron? E 1